Agenda of 23rd Meeting of Academic Council PDF

THE UNIVERSITY OF LAHORE
Agenda
for the
rd
23 Meeting of the Academic Council to be
held on Thursday 12th October, 2017
at 11:00 A.M.
1-KM Defence Road Campus, Lahore

Tel: +92(42)35321456-60 Fax: +92(42)35321761
Agenda of the 23rd Meeting of the
Academic Council, the University of Lahore
to be held on 12th October, 2017
ITEM NO. 1. Confirmation of the Minutes of the 22nd meeting of the Academic
Council held on 08-02-2017
ITEM NO. 2 Approval of New Degree program BS Orthotics & Prosthetics (BSOP)
4-Years offered by University Institute of Physical Therapy, Faculty
of Allied Health Sciences
ITEM NO. 3 Approval of New Degree program Doctor of Occupational Therapy
(DOT) offered by Department of Health Professional Technologies,
Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
ITEM NO. 4 Approval of New Degree program BS in Operational Theatre
Technology (BS-OTT) offered by Department of Health Professional
Technologies, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
ITEM NO. 5 Approval of New Degree program BS in Bio-Medical Engineering
(BS-BE) offered by Department of Health Professional Technologies,
ITEM NO. 6 Approval of New Degree program Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in
Sports Sciences and Physical Education offered by Department of
Sports Sciences & Physical Education, Faculty of Allied Health
Sciences
ITEM NO. 7 Approval of New Degree program Doctor of Optometry (OD) offered
by Faculty of Allied Health Sciences, Islamabad Campus
ITEM NO. 8. Approval of finalization, amendments and updates in course
curriculum, course codes, course outlines, course title
and credit hours of B.Sc Computer Engineering program
ITEM NO. 9. Approval of MS/MPhil & PhD programs in International Relations of
School of Integrated Social Sciences
ITEM NO. 10. Approval of Bachelor of Science in Information Technology (BSIT)
program of Computer Science and Information Technology
Department
ITEM NO. 11. Approval of BS in Economics (4 years) program of Economics
Department
ITEM NO. 12. Approval of correction in duration of MS in Economics (2years)
of Economics Department
ITEM NO. 13. Approval for revised M.Phil and Ph.D curriculum of Lahore
Business School
ITEM NO. 14. Establishment of new discipline entitled “Zoology (HEC
approved curriculum)”in IMBB/CRiMM
ITEM NO. 15. Establishment of new discipline entitled “Botany (HEC approved
curriculum)”in IMBB/CRiMM
ITEM NO. 16. Establishment of six new BS and MS/M.Phil degree programs in
IMBB/CRiMM
ITEM NO. 17. Approval for establishment of diplomas in various disciplines at
graduate and post-graduate level in IMBB/CRiMM
ITEM NO. 18. Approval for introducing new courses Biotechnology and Drug
Discovery for BS Biotechnology, Latent Finger Printing for MPhil
Forensic Sciences in IMBB/CRiMM
ITEM NO. 19. Approval for grant of permission to award MS to MPhil degree
students by course work of 6 credit hours relating to the Faculty of
Sciences in exceptional cases.
ITEM NO. 20. Approval of New Degree program Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Computer
Science offered by Department of Computer Science, Gujrat Campus
ITEM NO. 21. Approval for the change of degree title from MS-Sports Science to
MPhil-Sports Sciences and Physical Education
ITEM NO. 22. Approval of t-DOT Program in Department of Health Professional
Technologies
ITEM NO. 23. Approval to change the title of degree (Bachelor of Science in
Bio-Medical Engineering (BSBE) to Bachelor of Science in
Bio-medical Engineering Technology (BS-BMET)) in Department of
Health Professional Technologies
ITEM NO. 24. Approval of the changes in curriculum of MSMIT, M.Phil MUT, PhD
DU and PhD MUT
ITEM NO. 25. Approval of agenda Items of Sargodha Campus by the Board of
Faculty
ITEM NO. 26. Any other item with the permission of the Chair
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 1:-
Subject: Confirmation of the Minutes of the 22nd meeting of the Academic Council
held on 08-02-2017
The Academic Council may kindly confirm and approve the minutes of their 22nd meeting
(Annexure-I).
(Annexure-I)
Minutes of the 22nd meeting of the Academic Council held on 08-02-2017 at

10:00 am in the Auditorium-I, Defence Road Campus.
The following were present:
1. Mr. Uzair Raoof Chairman

Rector
Deputy Chairman, BOG
2. Prof. Dr. M. H. Qazi Member
V. C/ Director IMBB/Center for Research in Molecular Medicine
3. Justice (R) Muhammad Bilal Khan Member
Dean Faculty of Law
4. Prof. Dr. Mahboob Ali Ch. Member
Dean Faculty of Engineering
5. Prof. Dr. Moghees Ahmad Baig Member
Dean Faculty of Medicine & Dentistry
6. Prof. Dr. Syed Amir Gilani Member
Dean, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
7. Mr. Muhammad Maqbool Member
Dean Faculty of Accountancy and Finance
8. Prof. Dr. Syed Saeed Ul Hassan Member
Dean Faculty of Pharmacy
9. Prof. Dr. Fazal-e-Aleem Member
Dean Faculty of Sciences
Head, Department of Physics
10. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Arshad Cheema Member
Dean, Postgraduate Medical Institute / Chairman Deptt. of
Surgery & Director UOL Cancer Centre, UOL
11. Dr. Sikander Afzal Member
Associate Dean, (Admin) University College of Medicine
12. Prof. Dr. K. H. Usmani Member
Associate Dean, Islamabad Campus
13. Prof. Dr. Javed Anjum Sheikh Member
Director (Academics), Gujrat Campus
14. Hafiz Tehzeeb ul Hassan Member
Head, Department of Electrical Engineering
15. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Ozair Ahmad Member
Head, Department of Mathematics
16. Prof. Dr. Iqbal Hussain Member
Head, Department of Mechanical Engineering
17. Prof. Dr. Zulfiqar Ali Khan Member
Head, Department of Civil Engineering
18. Mr. Waseem Nazar Member
Head, Department of Electronics
Head, Department of Technology
19. Dr. Nadeem Ahmad Member
Head, Department of Computer Science
20. Dr. Shahzadi Tayyaba Member
Head, Department of Computer Engineering
21. Dr. Mohammad Aslam Ch Member
Head, Department of Economics
22. Dr. Ali Akbar Al Azhari Member
HOD, Islamic Studies
23. Dr. Ashfaq Ahmad Member
HOD, UIPT, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
24. Dr. Sajid Shaheen Malik Member
HOD, URSMIT, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
25. Dr. Nazar Ullah Raja Member
HOD, UIMLT, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
26. Dr. Shahid Bashir Member
HOD, UIDN, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
27. Ms. Atia ur Rehman Member
HOD, DHPT, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
28. Syeda Rushda Zaidi Member
Acting HOD, DOVS, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
29. Dr. Jamshaid Ahmad Member
HOD, Sports Sciences and Physical Education, FAHS
30. Dr. Rabia Akhtar Member
Head, School of Integrated Social Sciences
31. Mr. Muhammad Afzal Member
Principal College of Nursing
32. Prof. Dr. Farrukh Iqbal Member
Principal, University College of Medicine
33. Dr. Mahwish Arooj Member
Vice-Principal University College of Medicine
34. Mr. Tariq Ahmed Shah Member
Vice-Principal College of Law
35. Dr. Syed Hasan Shoaib Member
Director Admission and Planning
36. Dr. Mumtaz Ahmad Khan Member
Islamabad Campus
37. Prof. Dr. Naheed Sultana Member
Prof. of Economics Department
38. Prof. Dr. Mohammad Salim Malik Member
Faculty of Medicine & Dentistry (PESSI)
39. Prof. Dr. Nizam Khatoon Member
Professor Emeritus (Pathology), University College of Medicine
40. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Abdul Rahim Khan Member
Professor, University College of Medicine, (PESSI)
41. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Afzal Member
Professor, University College of Medicine (Mansoora)
42. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Iqbal Member
43. Prof. Dr. Khalid Mahmood Durrani Member
Professor, University College of Medicine (PESSI)
44. Prof. Dr. Mulazim Hussain Bukhari Member
HOD (Pathology)/Professor, University College of Medicine
45. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Arshad Mahmood Member
46. Prof. Dr. Saima Javed Butt Member
47. Prof. Dr. Nabila Kaukab Member
HOD (Anatomy) /Professor, University College of Medicine
48. Prof. Dr. Muzammil Shahzad Member
Professor, University College of Medicine
49. Prof. Dr. Tahira Rizwan Member
50. Prof. Dr. Rizwan Ashraf Member
Professor/HOD (Pharmacology), University College of Medicine
51. Prof. Dr. Samina Malik Member
HOD (Physiology)/Professor, University College of Medicine
52. Dr. Yasmeen Iqbal Member
Professor, Department of Sports Sciences
53. Prof. Dr. Munir Akhtar Saleemi Member
HOD (Community Medicine)/Professor, University College of
Medicine
54. Syed Raza Zaidi Member
HOD, School of Creative Arts
55. Dr. Muhammad Arslan Member
Professor CRiMM
56. Prof. Dr. Javed Anver Qureshi Member
Professor of CRiMM
57. Prof. Dr. Syed Shahid Ali Member
Professor of IMBB
58. Mr. Hassan Zulfiqar Member
Pakpattan Campus
59. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Zafarullah Member
Professor of Electrical Engineering Department
60. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Afzal Javed Member
Professor of Civil Engineering Department
61. Prof. Dr. Manzoor Ali Member
Professor of Mechanical Engineering Department
62. Mr. Javed Iqbal Member
Professor, Department of Pharmacy
63. Prof. Dr. Maqbool Ahmad Chaudhary Member
Professor, Department of Mathematics
64. Prof. Dr. Habib Ahmad Member
Professor, Department of Mathematics
65. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Nawaz Member
Professor, Department of Arabic and Islamic Studies
66. Prof. Muhammad Aman Ullah Khan Member
Professor, UIPH, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
67. Prof. Areesha Zaman Member
Professor, URSMIT, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
68. Prof. Dr. Ahmed Mukhtar Khalid Member
Professor, IMBB
69. Dr. Malik Haji Arif Ali Member
Professor, IMBB
70. Prof. Dr. Hoseein Karimi Member
Professor, UIPT, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
71. Prof. Dr. Saad Asad Member
Professor, (UCD)
72. Dr. Aamer Qazi Member
Associate Professor CRiMM
73. Dr. Faisal Qadeer Member
Associate Professor, Lahore Business School
74. Dr. Ramiz Ur Rehman Member
Associate Professor, Lahore Business School
75. Dr. Muhammad Fainan Hanif Member
Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering Department
76. Dr. Ishtiaq Ahmad Member
77. Dr. Muhammad Nasir Khan Member
78. Dr. Farid Ahmed Ch. Member
Associate Professor, University College of Medicine (PESSI)
79. Dr. Saima Rafique Member
Associate Professor, University College of Medicine (PESSI)
80. Col. (R) Dr. Ayub Ahmad Khan Member
Associate Professor, University College of Medicine
81. Dr. Abdur Rehman Member
Associate Professor, University College of Medicine, (PESSI)
82. Dr. Muhammad Rizwan Saleem Member
Associate Professor, Faculty of Medicine & Dentistry (PESSI)
83. Dr. Tasneem Fatima Rana Member
Associate Professor, University College of Medicine
84. Dr. Amir Farooq Member
Associate Professor, Civil Engineering Department
85. Dr. Muhammad Salman Bashir Member
Associate Professor, UIPT, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
86. Dr. Soraya Ramizadeh Rahbar Member
Associate Professor, DHPT, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
87. Mr. Atiq-ur-Rehman Member
Associate Professor, Pharmacy
88. Dr. Tabbasum Naz Member
Associate Professor, Department of Computer Science
89. Mr. Moeen Chishti Member
Campus Chief Coordinator
90. Dr. Rab Nawaz Member
Assistant Professor (Environmental Sciences)
91. Dr. Faiza Hassan Member
Assistant Professor (Chemistry)
92. Mr. Anwar ul Haq Member
Assistant Professor (Department of Physics)
93. Mr. Karam Elahi Member
Registrar/Secretary
The meeting commenced with recitation from the Holy Quran.

The Chairman Academic Council welcomed the members to the 22nd meeting of the
Academic Council and took up the agenda items for consideration by the members.
ITEM NO. 1. Confirmation of the Minutes of the 21st meeting of the Academic
Council held on 11-08-2016
The minutes of the 21st meeting of the Academic Council were confirmed.
ITEM NO. 2 Approval of proposed Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs) of B.Sc Civil
Engineering Courses
The Academic Council approved the proposed Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs) of B.Sc
Civil Engineering Courses that had been endorsed by Board of Faculty as well as Board of Studies
in their meetings held on 11th May, 2016 and 7th April, 2016.
ITEM NO. 3 Approval of minor revisions in the Current Curriculum of M.S/Ph.D

Civil Engineering Program
The Academic Council approved the proposed minor revisions in the Current Curriculum
of M.S/Ph.D Civil Engineering Program that had been endorsed by Board of Faculty as well as
Board of Studies in their meetings held on 11th May, 2016 and 7th April, 2016.
ITEM NO. 4 Approval of Revised Curriculum of MS/PhD Electrical Engineering
Program
The Revised Curriculum of MS/Ph.D Electrical Engineering Program from Semester Fall
2016 endorsed by the Board of Studies and Board of Faculty of Engineering was approved.
ITEM NO. 5 Approval of Revised Curriculum of BSEE Electrical Engineering

Program
The Academic Council approved the Revision of Curriculum of BSEE Electrical

Engineering Program endorsed by the Board of Studies and Board of Faculty of Engineering.
ITEM NO. 6 Approval of the proposed new courses for IMBB degree programs to
be offered from Fall Semester 2016
The proposed following new courses for IMBB degree programs endorsed by the Board of
Studies from Fall Semester 2016 were approved.
1. “Biotechnology and Entrepreneurship” for all BS and MSc Program in IMBB

2. “General Parasitology” for BS & MSc Microbiology Program in IMBB
3. “Advanced Parasitology” for M.Phil & PhD Microbiology Program in IMBB
ITEM NO. 7 Approval of New program (M.Sc Mathematics Regular and Weekend)
The item was referred back to the Department of Mathematics and Statistics for review to
bring it in line with HEC laid down criteria.
ITEM NO. 8. Approval of Mission, Vision & Values of University College of

Medicine
The Academic Council approved the Mission, Vision & Values of University College of
Medicine as endorsed by their Board of Studies.
ITEM NO. 9. Approval of curriculum of M.Phil Anatomy offered by University
College of Medicine
The curriculum of M.Phil Anatomy offered by University College of Medicine as
endorsed by their Board of Studies was approved
ITEM NO. 10. Approval of curriculum of M.Phil Hematology offered by University

College of Medicine
The Academic Council approved the curriculum of M.Phil Hematology offered by

University College of Medicine as endorsed by their Board of Studies
ITEM NO. 11. Approval of curriculum of M.Phil Chemical Pathology offered by

University College of Medicine
The curriculum of M.Phil. Chemical Pathology offered by University College of Medicine,

endorsed by their Board of Studies was approved.
ITEM NO. 12. Approval of minimum criteria for admission in PhD Hematology
program
The Academic Council approved the curriculum and minimum criteria for admission in
PhD Hematology program endorsed by the Board of Studies, University College of Medicine.
ITEM NO. 13. Approval of curriculum of M.Phil Histopathology offered by

The curriculum of M.Phil. Histopathology offered by University College of Medicine

endorsed by their Board of Studies was approved
ITEM NO. 14. Approval of curriculum of PhD Histopathology program offered by

The curriculum of PhD Histopathology program offered by University College of Medicine
endorsed by their Board of Studies was approved.
ITEM NO. 15. Approval of curriculum of MBBS/BDS Modular System of University
College of Medicine
The curriculum of MBBS/BDS Modular System of University College of Medicine

endorsed by their Board of Studies were approved.
ITEM NO. 16. Approval of Revised Curriculum of Master of Medical Education

(MME) Program offered by University College of Medicine
The approval given by Rector for revised Curriculum of Master in Medical Education
(MME) Program offered by University College of Medicine in anticipation of the approval of the
Academic Council was confirmed.
ITEM NO. 17. Approval of curriculums of Post-graduate disciplines offered by Post

Graduate Medical Institute (MD Medicine, MS Surgery, MS Obstetrics &
Gynecology, MD Pediatric, MS Ophthalmology, MS Orthopedic, MD
Radiology)
The Academic Council approved the curriculums of following Post-graduate disciplines

offered by Post Graduate Medical Institute endorsed by their Board of Studies:
1. MD Medicine,
2. MS Surgery
3. MS Obstetrics & Gynecology
4. MD Pediatric,
5. MS Ophthalmology
6. MS Orthopedic
7. MD Radiology
ITEM NO. 18. Approval of New Degree program Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in
Computer Science offered by Department of Computer Science, Gujrat
Campus
The item was deferred for approval of the Board of Faculty.
ITEM NO. 19. Approval of New Degree program Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in
Management Science offered by Department of Management Science,
Gujrat Campus
The proposal to start New Degree program Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Management
Science by the Department of Management Science was approved in anticipation of the clearance
by their Board of Studies and Board of Faculty (Main Campus) that would be obtained by the
Gujrat Campus.
ITEM NO. 20. Approval of New Degree program Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in English
offered by Department of English Language & Literature, Gujrat Campus
The proposal to start of New Degree program Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in English
offered by Department of English Language & Literature was approved in anticipation of the
clearance by their Board of Studies and Board of Faculty (Main Campus) that would be obtained
by the Gujrat Campus.
ITEM NO. 21. Establishment of Department of Mathematics & Statistics along with
degree programs BS Mathematic (4year), M.Phil Mathematics (2year),
and PhD Mathematics (3year) at Gujrat Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Mathematics & Statistics along with
degree programs BS Mathematic (4year), M.Phil Mathematics (2year), and PhD Mathematics
(3year) was approved in anticipation of the clearance by their Board of Studies and Board of
Faculty (Main Campus) that would be obtained by the Gujrat Campus.
ITEM NO. 22. Establishment of Department of Physics along with degree programs BS
Physics (4year), M.Sc. Physics (2year), MPhil Physics (2year), and PhD
Physics (3year), at Gujrat Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Physics along with degree programs BS
Physics (4year), M.Sc. Physics (2year), MPhil Physics (2year), and PhD Physics (3year) at Gujrat
Campus was approved in anticipation of the clearance by their Board of Studies and Board of
Faculty (Main Campus) that would be obtained by the Gujrat Campus.
ITEM NO. 23. Establishment of Department of Chemistry along with degree programs
BS Chemistry (4year), M.Sc. Chemistry (2year), and MPhil Chemistry
(2year), at Gujrat Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Chemistry along with degree programs
BS Chemistry (4year), M.Sc. Chemistry (2year), and MPhil Chemistry (2year) at Gujrat Campus
was approved in anticipation of the clearance by their Board of Studies and Board of Faculty (Main
Campus) that would be obtained by the Gujrat Campus.
ITEM NO. 24. Establishment of Department of Education along with degree programs
Master of Arts in Education (2year), MPhil Education (2year), and PhD
Education (3year) at Gujrat Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Education along with degree programs
Master of Arts in Education (2year), MPhil Education (2year), and PhD Education (3year) at
Gujrat Campus was approved in anticipation of the clearance by their Board of Studies and Board
of Faculty (Main Campus) that would be obtained by the Gujrat Campus.
ITEM NO. 25. Approval of New Degree program MS Speech Language/Hearing Sciences
(MS-SLHS) offered by Department of Health and Professional
Technologies (DHPT)
The approval given by Rector to offer new degree program MS Speech Language/Hearing
Sciences (MS-SLHS) offered by Department of Health and Professional Technologies (DHPT) in
anticipation of the approval of the Academic Council was confirmed.
ITEM NO. 26. Approval of M.Phil in Public Health 2-years Program offered by the
University Institute of Public Health
The Academic Council approved the recommendation of Dean, Faculty of Allied Health
Sciences to start the M.Phil in Public Health 2-years Program by the University Institute of Public
Health from Spring 2017, endorsed by the Board of Studies/Supervisory Committee.
ITEM NO. 27. Approval of establishment of Department of Optometry & Vision Sciences
along with degree programs under the Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
at Islamabad Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Optometry & Vision Sciences along with
degree programs under the Faculty of Allied Health Sciences at Islamabad Campus was deferred.
ITEM NO. 28. Approval of 3 to 5 years PhD Food Science and Technology program in
the University institute of Diet & Nutrition, Faculty of Allied Health
Sciences
The proposal to start 3 to 5 years PhD Food Science and Technology program in the University
institute of Diet & Nutrition, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences endorsed by the Board of Studies and
Board of Faculty was approved.
ITEM NO. 29. Approval of amendments in curriculum of Doctor of Medical Laboratory

Sciences (DMLS) degree program offered by Faculty of Allied Health
Sciences
The amendments in curriculum of Doctor of Medical Laboratory Sciences (DMLS)
Program endorsed by the Faculty Board of Allied Health Sciences was approved.
ITEM NO. 30. Approval of four New Degree programs offered by Department of
Education
The proposal to start four new programs by the department of Education was deferred.
ITEM NO. 31 Approval of formation of five Board of Studies of Gujrat Campus
The approval given by the Rector for formation of the following five Boards of Studies of
Gujrat Campus in anticipation of the approval of the Academic Council was confirmed.
1. Board of Studies of Department of University Institute of Physical Therapy
2. Board of Studies of Department of English
3. Board of Studies of Department of Diet & Nutritional Sciences
4. Board of Studies of Lahore Business School
5. Board of Studies of Department of Civil Technology
ITEM NO. 32. Approval for establishment of Department of Botany along with its
degree programs and curriculums of BS Botany (4year), MSc Botany
(2year) and MPhil Botany (2year) and PhD Botany (3year) at Sargodha
Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Botany along with its degree programs
and curriculums of BS Botany (4year), MSc Botany (2year) and MPhil Botany (2year) and PhD
Botany (3year) at Sargodha Campus was approved in anticipation of the clearance by their Board
of Studies and Board of Faculty (Main Campus) that would be obtained by the Sargodha Campus.
ITEM NO. 33. Approval for establishment of Department of Urdu along with its
degree program and curriculum of MPhil Urdu (2year), at Sargodha
Campus
The proposal for approval for establishment of Department of Urdu along with its degree
program and curriculum of MPhil Urdu (2year), at Sargodha Campus was approved in anticipation
of the clearance by their Board of Studies and Board of Faculty (Main Campus) that would be
obtained by the Sargodha Campus.
ITEM NO. 34. Approval for establishment of Department of Zoology along with its
degree programs and curriculum of BS Zoology (4year), MSc Zoology
(2year) and MPhil Zoology (2year), at Sargodha Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Zoology along with its degree programs
and curriculum of BS Zoology (4year), MSc Zoology (2year) and MPhil Zoology (2year), at
Sargodha Campus was approved in anticipation of the clearance by their Boar of Studies and Board
of Faculty (Main Campus) that would be obtained by the Sargodha Campus.
ITEM NO. 35. Approval for establishment of Department of Psychology along with its
degree programs and curriculum of BS, M.Sc and MPhil/MS Clinical
Psychology at Sargodha Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Psychology along with its degree
programs and curriculum of BS, M.Sc and MPhil/MS Clinical Psychology at Sargodha Campus
was approved in anticipation of the clearance by their Board of Studies and Board of Faculty (Main
Campus) that would be obtained by the Sargodha Campus.
ITEM NO. 36. Approval for establishment of Department of Chemistry along with its
degree programs and curriculum of BS Chemistry (4year), M.Sc
Chemistry (2year), MPhil Chemistry (2year) and PhD Chemistry at
Sargodha Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Chemistry along with its degree programs
and curriculum of BS Chemistry (4year), M.Sc Chemistry (2year), MPhil Chemistry (2year) and
PhD Chemistry at Sargodha Campus was approved in anticipation of the clearance by their Board
of Studies and Board of Faculty (Main Campus) that would be obtained by the Sargodha Campus.
ITEM NO. 37. Approval for establishment of Department of Physics along with its
degree programs and curriculum of BS, M.Sc., MPhil and PhD Physics
at Sargodha Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Physics along with its degree programs
and curriculum of BS, M.Sc., MPhil and PhD Physics at Sargodha Campus was approved in
anticipation of the clearance by their Board of Studies and Board of Faculty (Main Campus) that
would be obtained by the Sargodha Campus.
ITEM NO. 38. Approval for establishment of Department of Computer Science along
with eight (8) degree programs and their curriculum at Sargodha
Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Computer Science along with following
eight degree programs and their curriculum at Sargodha Campus was approved in anticipation of
the clearance by their Board of Studies and Board of Faculty (Main Campus) that would be
1 BS Computer Science
2 BS Software Engineering
3 BS Information Technology
4 Master in Computer Science(MCS)
5 Master of Science in information Technology(MIT)
6 Master of Science in Computer Science(MSCS)
7 Master of Science in Information Technology(MSIT)
8 Master of Science in Software Engineering(MSSE)
ITEM NO. 39. Approval for establishment of Department of Diet and Nutritional
Sciences along with degree program Doctor of Diet and Nutritional
Sciences at Sargodha Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Diet and Nutritional Sciences along with
degree program Doctor of Diet and Nutritional Sciences at Sargodha Campus was approved in
ITEM NO. 40. Approval for establishment of Department of Physiotherapy along with
its degree program, Doctor of Physical therapy (DPT) at Sargodha
Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Physiotherapy along with its degree
program, Doctor of Physical therapy (DPT) at Sargodha Campus was approved in anticipation of
the clearance by their Board of Studies and Board of Faculty (Main Campus) that would be
ITEM NO. 41. Approval for establishment of Department of English along with its
degree programs and curriculum of BS English, MA English, M. Phil
(Linguistics) and M. Phil (Literature) at Sargodha Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of English along with its degree programs
and curriculum of BS English, MA English, M. Phil (Linguistics) and M. Phil (Literature) at
Sargodha Campus was approved in anticipation of the clearance by their Board of Studies and
Board of Faculty (Main Campus) that would be obtained by the Sargodha Campus.
ITEM NO. 42. Approval for establishment of Department of Education along with its
degree programs M.Phil. Education (2 years program), M.Phil Special
Education (2 Years program) and PhD Education at Sargodha Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Education along with its degree programs
M.Phil. Education (2 years program), M.Phil Special Education (2 Years program) and PhD
Education at Sargodha Campus was agreed to in principle, however the proposal will be referred
to their Board of Studies and Board of Faculty (Main Campus) for clearance in the first instance.
ITEM NO. 43. Approval for establishment of Department of Islamic Studies along
with degree program M.Phil. (Islamic Studies) at Sargodha Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Islamic Studies along with degree
program M.Phil. (Islamic Studies) at Sargodha Campus was approved in anticipation of the
by the Sargodha Campus.
ITEM NO. 44. Approval for establishment of Department of Law along with LLM (2
year) degree program at Sargodha Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Law along with LLM (2 year) degree
program at Sargodha Campus was approved in anticipation of the clearance by their Board of
Studies and Board of Faculty (Main Campus) that would be obtained by the Sargodha Campus.
ITEM NO. 45. Approval for establishment of Department of Economics along with
degree program M.Sc Economics and M.Phil Economics at Sargodha
Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Economics along with degree program
M.Sc Economics and M.Phil Economics at Sargodha Campus was approved in anticipation of the
by the Sargodha Campus.
ITEM NO. 46. Approval for establishment of Department of Sports Sciences and
Physical Education along with its degree program Master of Philosophy
in Sports Sciences and Physical Education at Sargodha Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Sports Sciences and Physical Education
along with its degree program Master of Philosophy in Sports Sciences and Physical Education
at Sargodha Campus was approved in anticipation of the clearance by their Board of Studies and
ITEM NO. 47. Approval for establishment of Department of Mathematics and
Statistics along with its degree programs BS Mathematics, M.Sc
Mathematics, M.Phil Mathematics and M.Phil Statistics at Sargodha
Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Mathematics and Statistics along with its
degree programs BS Mathematics, M.Sc Mathematics, M.Phil Mathematics and M.Phil Statistics
at Sargodha Campus was approved in anticipation of the clearance by their Board of Studies and
ITEM NO. 48. Approval for establishment of Department of Social Work along with
its degree programs BS, M.Sc and M.Phil in Social Work at Sargodha
Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Social Work along with its degree
programs BS, M.Sc and M.Phil in Social Work at Sargodha Campus was approved in anticipation
of the clearance by their Board of Studies and Board of Faculty (Main Campus) that would be
ITEM NO. 49. Approval for establishment of Department of Technology along with
its degree program BS Civil Technology at Sargodha Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Technology along with its degree
program BS Civil Technology at Sargodha Campus was approved in anticipation of the clearance
by their Board of Studies and Board of Faculty (Main Campus) that would be obtained by the
Sargodha Campus.
ITEM NO. 50. Approval for establishment of Department of International Relations

& Political Science, along with its degree programs M.Phil in Political
Science and M.Phil in International Relations at Sargodha Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of International Relations & Political
Science, along with its degree programs M.Phil in Political Science and M.Phil in International
Relations at Sargodha Campus was approved in anticipation of the clearance by their Board of
Studies and Board of Faculty (Main Campus) that would be obtained by the Sargodha Campus.
ITEM NO. 51. Approval for establishment of Department of Management Sciences
(LBS Sargodha) along with its degree programs BBA, MBA (3.5 years),
MBA (Executive), MBA (1.5 years), B.Com, M.Com and MPhil
Management Sciences at Sargodha Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Management Sciences (LBS Sargodha)
along with its degree programs BBA, MBA (3.5 years), MBA (Executive), MBA (1.5 years),
B.Com, M.Com and MPhil Management Sciences at Sargodha Campus was approved in
ITEM NO. 52. Approval for establishment of Department of Environmental Science

along with its degree programs BS, M.Sc. and M.Phil in Environmental
Science at Sargodha Campus
The proposal for establishment of Department of Environmental Science along with its
degree programs BS, M.Sc. and M.Phil in Environmental Science at Sargodha Campus was
approved in anticipation of the clearance by their Board of Studies and Board of Faculty (Main
Campus) that would be obtained by the Sargodha Campus.
ITEM NO. 53. Approval of Undergraduate Degree program of BS (Hons) in Social

Sciences offered by Faculty of Social Sciences
The approval given by Rector for Undergraduate Degree program of BS (Hons) in Social
Sciences offered by Faculty of Social Sciences from Fall 2016 with the following three
specialization in anticipation of the approval of the Academic Council was confirmed.
i. Politics and International Relations

ii. International Development Studies
iii. Governance and Public Policy
ITEM NO. 54 Approval of 2-years M.Phil Health Professions Education (MHPE)

The proposal to start 2-years M.Phil Health Professions Education (MHPE) by Department
of Health Professions Education (DHPE), Faculty of Allied Health Sciences was approved.
ITEM NO. 55 Approval of Certificate in Health Professions Education (CHPE)

The proposal to start Certificate in Health Professions Education (CHPE) by Department
of Health Professions Education (DHPE), Faculty of Allied Health Sciences was approved.
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 2
Subject: Approval of New Degree program BS Orthotics & Prosthetics (BSOP), 4-
Years offered by University Institute of Physical Therapy, Faculty of
Allied Health Sciences
The competent authority, in anticipation of the approval of Academic Council has

approved to start new degree program BS Orthotics & Prosthetics (BSOP), 4-Years from Fall
Semester 2017 (Annexure–I). The details of the program are available at Annexure–II.
The degree program has been endorsed by the Board of Studies of University Institute of
Physical Therapy (BOS – UIPT) and Board of Faculty. (Annexure-III)
The Academic Council may kindly confirm the action taken by the competent authority.
(Annexure -I)
THE
UNIVERSITYOF
LAHORE
A Project of lbadat Educational Trust
OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR
REGR toonltsbqe'
Date; March 24,24n
NOTTFTC4TTON
The competent authority, in anticipation of the approval of the Board of Advanced Studies and
Academic Council has pleased to approve the launch of five degree programs offered by the following
departments under the umbrella of Faculty of Allied Health Sciences:
1. Departmetrt of Sports Sciences (DSS)
_
i. PhD in Sports Sciences and Physical Education (3-5 year, 6-10 Semesters)
2. University Institute of Physical Therapy
i. BS Orthotics & Prosthetics (BSOP) 4 years, 8 Semesters
3. Depa.rtment of Health Professional Technology (DHPT)
i. BS Biomedical Engineering (BSBE),4 years, 8 Semesters
ii. Doctor of Occupational Therapy (DOT) 5 years, 10 Semesters
iii. BS Operation Theatre Technology (BSOTT) 4 years, 8 Semesters
tLr*rrRA*-
(Karam Elahi)
Registrar
C.C.
l. Chairman, Board of Governors
2. Rectof
3. Pro Rector (Academics)
4. Dean, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
5. Head, University Institute oTPhysical Therapy
6. Head, Department of Sports Sciences '---, ;
7. Head, Department of Health Professional Technology
8. Chief Finance Officer
9. Controller of Examinations
10. Director Admissions
11. Offrce Record
Raiwind Road CamPus

'!-K1.,4 Fi:.airvinei Fr+?{!, l-eheie. iei: ;g:i'4? :i5ir:el.{:'li"-ti-}.7;r:>::.: !'}i} '"'? iftti':a'''{'i+
Defence Road CamP
uol.edu.P[m
UAN: +92 42 111 865 865 info@uol.edu.pk
lffi
(Annexure -II)
(Annexure-II)
The University of Lahore

Proposal of New Degree Program
I. Overview:
Program Title: BS Orthotics & Prosthetics
Degree level: Undergraduation
Field: Orthotics & Prosthetics
Degree Program Code:_BSOP
Department(s): University Institute of Physical Therapy
Faculty: Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
Departmental Contact:
1) Name: Title: Dr. Ashfaq Ahmad, PT (Head of the Department)

Phone: 0300-9449192
e-mail: ashfaq.ahmad@uipt.uol.edu.pk
2) Name: Title: Saba Afzal, Orthotist & Prosthetist (Program Coordinator)
Phone: 03244220771
e-mail: sabaafzal21@gmail.com
Campus: DEFENCE ROAD CAMPUS
Starting Date: Fall 2017
Method of course delivery: (check all that apply)

• Classroom (including hybrid)*
• Video-Conferencing System
• Laboratories* (workshop )
II. Mission Statement
Vision
To create an academic environment that cultivates lifelong learning by imparting education
based on analytical and critical thinking that produces graduates exhibiting leadership
qualities to serve the society with highest level of integrity and civic responsibility. By
following modern curricula and focusing on creation of innovative research with an aim to
place itself in the forefront of national research universities.
Mission
The University of Lahore is a private sector university committed to the tradition of service
to society. Our objectives are:
• To advance knowledge through creative research and scholarship across a wide
range of academic disciplines.
• To extend knowledge through innovative educational programs built on strong
foundation in which emerging scholars are motivated to realize their highest
potential and assume roles of leadership, responsibility, and service to society.
• To apply knowledge to provide solutions to the problems in order to improve the
quality of life and enrich the economy of the nation, and the world.
What is the Mission statement of your Faculty and Department?

(Write statements on the missions of the faculty and the department.)
o Mission of the Faculty

 Ensure organization of excellent learning experience for the students.
 Continuously endeavors to improve their education, skills, and behavior to be an
excellent teacher and an ideal role model for the student.
 It is teacher’s responsibility to counsel, censure, or after due process to dismiss a
candidate who fails to demonstrate appropriate competence, reliability or ethics.
Teachers must closely monitor the conduction of the program and students
performance and try to bring improvements in both
o Mission of the Department
To provide high quality training to students who will ultimately serve the
orthotics and prosthetics needs of Southern Africa. To promote first-class
teaching, learning, research, and community engagement in order to be a
training service provider of choice for students, whilst maintaining the
reputation of the DUT as a model of knowledge empowerment; To produce a
well-rounded and competent graduate who will be a productive citizen fully
able to integrate into society, and who will function efficiently and effectively
in a dynamic global environment.
Describe how this proposed program will complement or mirror these missions.
• Where currently department/Faculty stands?

Currently FAHS is running full- fledged international level undergraduate,
postgraduate and PhD programs.
• Where do we want to go (or to develop, or to be perceived)?

The AHS aspire to promote globally competitive undergraduate, postgraduate,
professional and PhD programs that support research, intellectual development,
knowledge and skill acquisition, and student success through a diverse, fully-engaged,
learner-centered campus environment.
• How will the proposed program help us get there?

The department will attain the desired goals through the followings
1. Academic learning through tutor led and student directed approach
2. Work Based Learning
3. Integration of Academic and Practice Based Learning
4. Autonomous Learning Skills
5. Reflective Skills
III. Program Description

Describe the proposed program by answering the following questions:
• Describe the nature and focus of this program.

Target of BS Orthotics & Prosthetics is to provide the advanced knowledge to Professionals
in the field of prosthetics and orthotics .so that thy could design, fabricate, and fit orthopedic
braces and artificial limbs for a broad range of clients from pediatric to geriatric.
• Is this program interdisciplinary in nature? If so, what are the fields of study involved, and
how will the identified units work together in delivering the program? (Attach any
document on support from all units involved.)
Yes, this program interdisciplinary in nature. Therefore this program does need any support
from other departments.
• Within what discipline(s) does it fall? What distinguishes it from other similar disciplines or
from other branches of the same field?
It does not fall in any other discipline.
• Is it a broad, general program or will it focus on one specialization? Does it offer more than
one option?
This program is specialized course that focuses on fabrication and fitting orthopedic
braces and artificial limb to rehabilitate a broad range of patients from pediatric to
geriatric.
IV. State Need and Student Demand for the Program

Summarize your conclusions about the need and the demand for the program.
Year Expected intake
2017 50
2018 50
2019 50
2020 50
2021 50
V. Goals and Objectives, Student Learning Outcomes and

Assessment
A. Goals and Objectives

• What are we trying to achieve with this program?
 The student accepts the orthotics and prosthetics program in its full sense as a lifelong
activity and that he/she is prepared to invest time and effort to acquire, maintain and
further improve his/her own knowledge and skills.
 A critical appreciation of techniques, procedures is carried out in the orthotics and
prosthetics and an understanding of scientific methods is acquired for reliability and
validity of observations and the testing of hypothesis.
 The ability and willingness to adopt a problem solving approach to manage
clinical/research situations.
 The ability to plan and interpret a management program in orthotics prosthetics/
rehabilitation centers with due regard to the patient’s comfort and economic factors.
 Awareness of the role of a professional in health/research//rehabilitation/welfare teams
and his/her willingness to work cooperatively within such teams.
 Awareness of the fact that he/she has to create his/her own professional impact as a
capable orthotist and prosthetist.
 To pursue and develop the basic scientific pursuits and guidelines for scientific
discoveries to strengthen knowledge further about human body requirements.
 The candidate should recognize the importance of teamwork and function as effective
member/leader of the team.
• How will we assess whether we are meeting our goals and objectives – i.e., how
will we gather information and how will we use it?
As per prescribed rules and regulations of university as well as HEC
B. Student Learning Outcomes
• What will our graduates know and be able to do as a result of this program?
At the end of this program students will be able to design, fabricate, and fit orthopedic
braces and artificial limbs.
• Are the program outcomes observable and measurable?

Yes the outcomes are observable and measureable as students will be doing practical
work which can easily be observed as well as measured.
• Do they align with other university’s learning goals, and/or with standards from
professional or regulatory bodies?
• This is achieved by a focus of the following three university themes:
• Theme 1: to be forward thinking in the design of the program in supporting lifelong
learning and anticipating and responding to changes in demand and need, providing
vibrant and challenging learning opportunities
• Theme 2: to enhance students’ learning experience, making assessment activities,
support and feedback a powerful integrated feature of learning
• Theme 3: to introduce a comprehensive professional development framework that
improves practice and promotes excellence in learning, teaching and assessment
Theme 1 Vibrant and challenging learning opportunities
Provide learning opportunities that Program aims 1.2; 1.3; 1.5

integrate e-learning, promote learner
autonomy and embed employability and Student Learning Outcomes 1.3; 2.1; 2.2;
personal development planning into the 3.3
curriculum Tutor and Student Directed learning
Section
Development of Autonomous Learning

Skills Section
Employability Skills and Career Progression

Section
Design and deliver flexible learning Program aims 1.1; 1.2; 1.5
experiences
Student Learning Outcomes 3.3
Development of Autonomous section

Learning Skills Section
Development of Reflective Skills
Theme 2 Assessment and feedback integrated into learning
Provide timely and effective Feedback Program aims 1.3
Engage students with timely feedback Student learning outcomes 2.1; 2.3
Align assessment experiences The Approach to assessment and feedback

within the Program Section
Explore issues of effectiveness and
efficiency in assessment
Theme 3 Professional development framework for staff
Offer meaningful development Section on staff development

opportunities
Provide a sustainable career path within

learning teaching and assessment
Recognize and reward excellent practice
Use research to inform practice
C. Assessment of Student Learning and Student Achievement (resources and samples

appended)
• How will we assure whether students are achieving the student learning
outcomes?
To ensure this there will be periodically assessment programs like presentation,
weekly tests, and practical demonstrations, mid and final term examinations
• Does this program include a senior level project, where students demonstrate
mastery of the learning outcomes and assessment can readily occur?
At the end of the program there will be research project of 6 credit hours, where
students will demonstrate skills & learning outcomes.
• What resources are available to support program assessment?
We will be having university permanent as well as visiting faculty for the assessment.
And this will be supported by the external assessor as well as student assessment form
recommended by HEC.
• If the new program will be included in an existing program’s assessment plan, how
will the assessment data be disaggregated to provide useful information on the
new program? How will the new program participate in assessment? Are there any
unique assessment needs or constraints (may include delivery mode, for example)?
It will be included in the existing program. The disaggregation of assessment data will
be conducted as per university rules and regulations.
Please indicate as appropriate:

 Assessment of this program will be incorporated into the existing assessment plan
for __________________. Please attach a copy of the existing plan.
VI. Curriculum
• What courses will be required?
The detailed course outline has been attached for guideline.
• What electives (if applicable) will be available?
N/A
• What courses from other departments/colleges will be used? (Document support

from those units.)
Following courses from other departments/colleges will be used
Anatomy, Physiology, Behavior Sciences, Computer, Biochemistry, Mathematics,
Physics
• How do the required courses align with the student learning outcomes to ensure
students can build and refine skills and knowledge over time? Has the curriculum
been mapped?
yes, curriculum has been fully mapped that meets all national and international
standards.
• If this is an undergraduate program, how have the needs of transfer students been
taken into account in planning for it? What arrangements are in place to ensure
that pre-requisites are readily available?
As per rules of university.
Please attach a curriculum map (matrix aligning courses and the program’s student learning
outcomes)
VII. Use of Technology

• What kinds of technology will be used in teaching this curriculum?
Power point presentations, video lectures, and other softwares/programs will be used.
• Will instructors or students need any training or support using technology? If so,
how will the training or support be provided?
University and training and teaching center is on board and provide training twice a
year. It monitors any ongoing and future need and fulfills them accordingly.
• What technologies will the students learn to use in order to be employed in this
field?
Students need basic computer knowledge so that they can operate the above
mentioned technologies easily and efficiently.
• To what extent do the class technologies align with technologies in the field?
We have all the latest technologies being used in the field (workshop of orthopedics &
rehabilitation) .
VIII. Delivery methods
• Will this be an entirely site-based, face-to-face program?

This program is face-to-face will direct interaction between students and instructors.
• If site-based and face-to-face, when will the program be offered

(day/evening/weekend)?
BS Orthotics & Prosthetics is regular program in which the classes to will be
conducted on week days ( Mon – Fri)
• Will students or instructors need any training or support in using the delivery
methods? If so, how will that training or support be provided?
Though instructors are experienced and well trained for the program but as far as
technologies are concerned we will be having the need of some trained individuals so
that the best possible skill can be learnt.
IX. Students
A. How many students do you expect to serve with this program?
Year Number of Students
Year 1 50
Year 2 50
Year 3 50
Year 4 50
* Enter year number in which program anticipates reaching full enrollment

B. Admission Requirements
• What is the minimum qualification requirements for admission (for

undergraduates), or the departmental process and admission requirements (for
graduate programs)?
F.sc (Pre – medical) or equivalent from HEC recognized institute.
C. Expected time for Program Completion
• Is the program fulltime daytime?

This is full time day time program.
• If this is an undergraduate program, can it be completed in four years (if so, please
outline a 4-year course of study; if not, please explain), and what is the required
number of credits to graduate from the program?
Yes it is undergraduate program and will be completed in four years. Number of total
credit hours will be 133.
D. Advising
• Who will provide academic advising for the students?

Teachers or instructors will provide advising to the students
• How will advisors be assigned?

As per their experience and specialty.
X. Faculty and Administration
1. CV’s, copies of PHD degrees and transcript of faculty members clearly indicating
their areas of specialization and date of joining in university.
2. Faculty
Year Lecturers Assistant Associate Professors Total

Professors Professors
1 Saba Afzal Dr. Rabiya Noor Dr. Ashfaq Ahmad Prof. dr. Hossain
Kareemi
2 Hussan Shuja Dr.Fareeha Dr. Salman Bashir

Amjad
3 Sumbal Dr. Waqar Afzal Dr. surriya Zahra

Waheed
4 Nazia Shahzadi Dr. Umair Afzal
3. Administrative staff
Year Admin Officers Data Entry Operators Messengers Total
Mr. Farukh Mr. Bilal Mr. usman
Mr. Hammad
XI. Facilities
• Will this program require new teaching laboratories?

The department owns state of the art laboratories with most up to date equipment.
• Will this program require new research facilities?

As department is working on their own research center, so any research based need
will be met with that research center.
• Will this program require specialized equipment?

Yes, this program require specialized equipment. We need full fledged orthopedic
workshop for the practical training of students and welfare of patients.
• If so, what resources are available for this purpose?

University has approved the place for orthopedic workshop.
XII. Finances
Year Number of Students Fees Revenue Total
1 50 1 lakh/ 50,00000/-
student/year
2 50+ (50 old students) 1 lakh/ 1,0000000/-

student/year

student/year
4 50 + (150 old students) 1 lakh/ 2,0000000/-

student/year
5 50000000/- Rs
Year Numbers Average Salary Total outlay (salaries)

1 2 Lecturer 45,000/- Rs 90,000/-Rs
2 2 Senior Lecturer 60,000/- Rs 1,20,000/-Rs
3 2 Assistant Professors 80,000/- Rs 1,60,000/- Rs
4 2 Associate professors As per hiring
5 1 Professor As per hiring
Total 3,70000/- P.M
4.4 Millions /Month

Miscellaneous Expenses= 1.6 + 3 Millions
(Books + Orthopedic workshop)
Grand total = 9 millions
XIII. Approval of the University Statutory body to start a new program.

XIV. Affiliation Letter of University (If applicable)
XV. NOC of Professional Councils (If applicable)
Curriculum
of
4 Years BS Orthotics and Prosthetics

(BSOP)
University Institute of Physical Therapy

0
Table & Contents
Sr. No DESCRIPTION
General Rules and Regulation
Introduction, Level and Duration, Nomenclature of Qualifications,
1-6 Equivalence, Professional status and Future Scope of Graduate, and
Place of Work.
7 Program Mission
8 Scheme of the Program
9 Admission Criteria and Procedure
10 Program competencies of the graduate
11 Program Specific Learning Outcome (Competencies of the Graduate)
12 Year wise Distribution of Contact Hrs./ and Credits into Theory & Skills
17 Taxonomy of Learning Domains.
18 Credit Accumulation and Transfer System (CATS)
19 Research Work
20 Objectives of Literature Review Assignments
21 Objectives of Clinical Cases Collection and Reporting.
22 Instructional Strategies/Learning Strategies:
23 Roles and responsibilities of Teachers
24 Criteria of Supervisors & Mentors
25 Administration of Program(s)
26 Institutional Support and Learning Facilities
27 Diploma Supplement
28 Quality Improvement of Programs
1
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. Introduction:
Rehabilitation of persons with locomotor disabilities or neuromuscular disorder is a team work, where
Centre of attention is the person with disabilities. The team usually comprises of the Physical medicine and
Rehabilitation Specialist (Physiatrist) who is usually the leader, Prosthetist and Orthotist, Physiotherapist,
Occupational therapist, Social worker and Rehabilitation Nurse. Depending upon the need, other professionals
like Orthopedic Surgeons, engineer, psychologist, geriatrist and other related professionals are also included in
the team.
General planning of the total rehabilitation of the disabled is usually done by the Physiatrist. The role of
Prosthetist and Orthotist is important. It is she/he, who fabricates and fits the prosthesis or orthosis to the
persons with disabilities both temporary and permanent often referred as “Patient” and thus helps make the
patient independent, confident and useful member of the society.
2. Level and Duration; All B.Sc.(Hons.) in Allied Health Sciences Programs will be places at Level-I of Higher
Education (University Education). This will be equal to EU Education Level-6, and 1st cycle of University Education in
most European Universities.
These Programs shall be of four (4) years.
The Entry Requirements of B.Sc. (Hons) AHS shall be twelve (12) year of school education FSc. (Pre-Medical / Pre-
Engineering) /equivalent).
3. Nomenclature of Qualification :
BS Orthotics and Prosthetics
4. Equivalence; The graduates of these programs will be given recognition, jobs and emoluments as commensurate
with other B.sc (Hons) graduates of four (4) years duration after FA/FSc (Level-6 EU) and old MA/MSc Pak Programs.
5. Professional Status and Future Scope of Graduate;

5.1. Care of persons with disabilities
5.1.1. Formulation of treatment
• Participates as full member of the clinic team; take part in the examination and prescription; and in the
designing of the Prosthetics/Orthotics device, including the socket or body/device interface, suspension
and selection of proper components.
• Records and reports any pertinent information regarding patient and patient’s families, including a
determination of expectations and needs regarding Prosthetic and Orthotic aids
• Communicates appropriate information to the patients and their families.
• Ensure the full inclusion of the patient or customer in the treatment, planning and decision making.
2
5.1.2. Fitting and fabrication
• Formulates Prosthetics or Orthotics designs including selection of materials, components and additional
aids.
• Takes all casts and measurements that are necessary for proper fabrication and fitting.
• Modifies positive and/or negative models and/or layout of design to obtain optimal fit and alignment.
• Carries out fitting, static and dynamic alignment and, where appropriate, preliminary training and initial
check-out.
• Performs and/or supervises fabrication of prosthesis and orthosis.
5.1.3. Evaluation and follow-up
• Participate in final check-out and evaluation of fit, function and cosmoses.
• Instruct the patient or family in the use and care of the device.
• Takes part in follow-up procedures as well as maintenance, repairs and replacement of the appliance.
• Recognizes the need to repeat any of the identified steps in order to optimize fit and function and alters
accordingly.
• Collaborates and consults with other rehabilitation team
5.2 Management and supervision
• Supervise the activity of supporting staff as appropriate.
• Manages Prosthetics and Orthotics workshop activities assigned to him/her, including:
� use and maintenance of tools and equipment
� Maintenance of safe working environment and procedures
� Inventory and stock control
� Personnel matters
� Financial matters
� Appropriate record keeping
� Total quality management
� Identifies and introduces improved job methods for increasing efficiency
� Interacts with professional groups and, where appropriate, Governmental
and non-governmental organizations.
5.3. Training and education
• Supervises and conducts the education and training of Prosthetics & Orthotics students.
• Lectures and demonstrates to colleagues in his/her profession and other professionals concerned with
Prosthetic/Orthotics and also to other interested groups.
• To take part in and contribute to the process of continuing professional development.
• Keeps upto date new development in prosthetics and orthtoics and teaching techniques.
5.4. Community Services
• Makes a professional contribution to and take part in community rehabilitation programmes.
3
5.5. Research and Development
• Conducts continuing evaluation of his/her activities.
• Develops and actively participates in formal evaluation and research programmes.
• Participates in scientific/professional meetings and contributes papers to scientific/professional journals.
• Use outcome measures to review treatment procedures to determine best practice
5.6. Legal and Ethical Requirement
• Provide patient care, which complies with medical/legal requirements.
• Provide patient care within a recognized Prosthetics/Orthotics code of ethics.
6) Place of work/posting.
• These Technologists will participate in assessment of physically disabled, manufacturing and fitting/supply of
Orthotics, prosthetics and mobility aids and rehabilitation physically disabled in Orthotic and Prosthetic
Workshops, Physical Rehabilitation Centers as well as in Orthopaedic and Trauma Surgery settings.
• Join as Lecturer in teaching Institutions.
• Improve their education by seeking admission in M.Phil /M.Phil leading to PhD Programs
7) program mission
These Technologists will participate in assessment of physically disabled, manufacturing and fitting/supply of
Orthotics, prosthetics and mobility aids and rehabilitation physically disabled in Orthotic and Prosthetic
Workshops, Physical Rehabilitation Centers as well as in Orthopaedic and Trauma Surgery settings.
8). Scheme of the Program.
Type of Scheme of the Curriculum is symesterl Type.The duration of the program, the credit accumulation and transfer
system and general learning objectives are based on the recommendations of the EU Higher Education. The Bloom
Taxonomy of Learning Levels & Quality Assurance is derived from USA Practices.
9. Admission Criteria and Total Procedure:

The applicant must meet the following academic qualification;
i. F.Sc (Premedical/Pre-engineering)/Equivalent 55% marks minimum
ii. Age less than 20 yrs
iii. Admission vacancy based/competitive/transparent
iv. Admission of all programs will be made on merit without assigning any specific program.
v. First year of education will be common for students of all programs.
vii. Based upon merit of admission, and choice of students will be allocated specific programs at the end of
the first year of education. In 3rd Semester, the students will be asked to report to their Program
Director who will administer their curriculum for year 2, 3 & 4.
10. Program competencies of the graduate:
i) Objectives:
• The student accepts the orthotics and prosthetics program in its full sense as a lifelong activity and that he/she
is prepared to invest time and effort to acquire, maintain and further improve his/her own knowledge and skills.
• A critical appreciation of techniques, procedures is carried out in the orthotics and prosthetics and an
understanding of scientific methods is acquired for reliability and validity of observations and the testing of
hypothesis.
• The ability and willingness to adopt a problem solving approach to manage clinical/research situations.
4
• The ability to plan and interpret a management program in orthotics prosthetics/ rehabilitation centers with due
regard to the patient’s comfort and economic factors.
• Awareness of the role of a professional in health/research//rehabilitation/welfare teams and his/her willingness
to work cooperatively within such teams.
• Awareness of the fact that he/she has to create his/her own professional impact as a capable orthotist and
prosthetist.
• To pursue and develop the basic scientific pursuits and guidelines for scientific discoveries to strengthen
knowledge further about human body requirements.
• The candidate should recognize the importance of teamwork and function as effective member/leader of the
team.
ii) Outcomes:
• The students will be able to work out their knowledge and apply their skills in O & P workshops and orthopedic
wards/rehabilitation centers.
• Will conduct continuing evaluation and participate in formal evaluation and research program.
• Will be able to devise improved job methods for increasing efficiency to solve problem to manage clinical and
research situations.
• Will be able to adopt and apply methods and techniques to the individual needs or capabilities of patients and
considering patient’s comfort and economic factors.
• Will be able to demonstrate effective interpersonal skills with patients, orthopedic surgeon, rehabilitation
physician, technicians and co-workers.
• Will be able to apply administrative policies and procedures effectively in the performed duties and create his
professional impact as a capable orthotist and prosthetist.
• Will be able to take part in, contribute to the process of continuing professional development, and keep abreast of
new development concerning orthotics/prosthetics according to patient body requirement.
• Will be able to supervise the activity of supporting staff to ensure the team work and function as effective team
leader by taking part in planning and implementation of technical orthopedic care system.
11. Program Specific Learning Outcome (Competencies of the Graduate):
The competencies which a graduate will exhibit at the end of the program will be started in following five (5)
aspects;
i. Knowledge
ii. Skills
iii. Ethics
iv. Research
v. Future Scope
12. Year wise Distribution of Contact Hrs./ and Credits into Theory & Skills.
5
1. List of course arranged Semester/Year wise with time allocation in Wks./Hrs.
Semester 1:
Sr. Course titles Credit hours

no.
1. Mathematics 3(3-0)
2. Introduction to Orthotics & Prosthetics and Workshop 4 (4-0)
3. Behavioral Sciences (Psychiatry & Psychology) 2 (2-0)
4. Introduction to physics 2 (2-0)
5. Introduction to Computing Applications 2 (2-0)
:
6. Islamic Studies / Ethics 2 (2-0)
Total 15
Semester 2
Sr. no. Course titles Credit hours
1. Upper Limb & General Anatomy 3 (2-1)

2. Systemic Physiology 3 (2-1)
3. Materials Technology 3 (3-0)
4. Functional English 2 (2-0)
5. Pakistan Studies 2 (2-0)
6. Biochemistry 2 (2-0)
15
Total
Semester 3:

no.
1. Lower limb Anatomy 3 (2-1)
2. Physiology of Nervous system, Neuro-muscular 3 (2-1)
physiology
3. Pathology 2 (2-0)
4. Fractures& Amputations with X-Ray interpretation 3 (3-0)
5. Technical Drawing 3 (2-1)
6. Introduction to Physiotherapy 2 (2-0)
Total 16
6
Semester 4:

no.
1. Head and Neck (vertebral column) 3 (2-1)
2. Rehabilitation and Sports Medicine & Mobility aids 4 (3-1)
3. Metal Work 3 (2-1)
4. Electro Work 3 (2-1)
5. Lathe Machine Work 3 (2-1)
6. Statistics 2 (2-0)
Total 18
Semester 5:

no.
1. Upper Limb Orthotics I 3 (2-1)
2. Spinal Orthotics I 3 (2-1)
3. Lower Limb Orthotics I 3 (2-1)
4. Upper Limb Prosthetics I 3 (2-1)
5. Lower Limb Prosthetics I 3 (2-1)
6. Biomechanics I 3 (3-0)
Total 18
Semester 6:

no.
1. Upper Limb Orthotics II 3 (2-1)
2. Spinal Orthotics II 3 (2-1)
3. Lower Limb Orthotics II 3 (2-1)
4. Upper Limb Prosthetics II 3 (2-1)
5. Lower Limb Prosthetics II 3 (2-1)
6. Biomechanics II 3 (3-0)
Total 18
7
Semester 7:

no.
1. Biomechanics III 3 (2-1)
2. Lower Limb Prosthesis III 3 (2-1)
3. Lower Limb Orthosis III 3 (2-1)
4. Scientific Inquiry & Research Methodology 3 (3-0)
5. Workshop practices I 3 (0-3)
6. Clinic, Workshop and Business Management 2(2-0)
Total 17
Semester 8:

no.
1. Fundamentals of Electricity and Electronics 3 (3-0)
2. CAD-CAM Technology 3 (2-1)
3. Workshop practices II 4 (0-4)
4. Research Project 6 (0-6)
16
Total
Total credit hrs :133
Note *
This scheme of curriculum is also applicable to annual system; in which two consecutive
semesters will be considered as one professional year.
Credit hours distribution is as following:
 Theory: one credit hour shall be equal to one hour of teaching per week throughout the
semester.
 Practical / lab: one credit hour shall be equal to two hours of lab work per week
throughout the semester.
 Clinical: one credit hour shall be equal to three hours of clinical work per week throughout
the semester.
8
 Research: One credit hour shall be equal to three hours of research work per week
throughout the semester.
1 YEAR I Semester 1

no.
Total 15
9
Course No: __1__ Year No. _1__ Semester ___1_
Course : Mathematic Credit. ____3_____
Learning objectives:
1. MATHEMATICS
• Algebraic manipulation;
• Trigonometry;
• Functions, polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic;
• Differentiation;
• Integration;
• Differential equations.
10
Course No: __2___ Year No. _1___ Semester ___1__
Course : Introduction to Orthotics and Prosthetics
Credit. ____4____
Contents
1. Introduction to orthosis
a. Definition of orthosis
b. Classification
c. Types
d. Action of orthosis
e. Mechanism of orthosis
f. Indications of orthosis
g. Effects of orthosis
2. Introduction to prosthesis
a. Definition of prosthesis
b. Causes of amputation
c. Levels of amputation
d. Pre assessment for amputation
e. Pre amputation Counseling and preparation
11
Course No: _____ Year No. _I___ Semester ___1__
Course Title: _ Behavioral Sciences
Credit. ___2_____
Learning Objectives
1. Use Bio-psycho-social model in his clinical work.
2. Integrate knowledge of behavioural sciences with medial /dental sciences in his
clinical training and future practice.
3. Use principles of behavioural sciences in his own learning and in his/ her
communication with the patients and their families.
4. Use principles of bahvioural sciences to enhance his own learning skills.
5. Exhibit highest standards of medical / dental ethics and character is his interaction
with teachers, colleagues, patients their families and society at large.
Sr.No. Course Contents

1 Introduction to Behavioural Sciences and its importance to health Application of
Behavioural Sciences Behavioural sciences in medical practice.
2 Understanding Behavior
Sensation and sense organ
Perception
Attention and concentration
Memory
Thinking
Communications
3 Individual differences
Personality
Psychodynamic
Theories of personality
Intelligence
4 Emotions
Motivation/need/drive
5 Learning
6. Life events and illness
7 Stress and stressors
8. Stress management
9. Doctor-Patient Relationship
10. Interviewing / psychosocial history taking
11 Medical ethics
12
12 cultural and medical practice
13. Psychological Relation illness and behavior (sick-role, stigma, somatization
treatment adherence (Compliance)
14. Breaking bad news
15. Psychosocial aspect of health and diseases
16 Pain, sleep , consciousness
17 Communication skills counseling crises intervention, conflict resolution informational
care
18. Principles of effective communication
13
Course No: __4___ Year No. _1___ Semester ___1__
Course Title: _ Physics __Credit. ____2____
Learning Objectives
Contents
1. Introduction to physics
2. Magnetic Resonance Imaging
3. Images from radioactivity: radionuclide scans
4. Diagnostic x-rays and CT-scan;
5. Applied Medical Physics
6. Biomedical measurements:
7. Physics in Medicines:
8. Biomedical applications of physics including
9. Physics of Human Body
10. Nuclear Physics
11. Atomic Physics
12. Electricity
13. Optics:
14. Waves and Oscillations
15. Fluid Dynamics
16. Mechanics
14
Course No: 5___ Year No. _I___ Semester 1
Course Title: _ Introduction to Computing applications
Credit. ___2_____
Learning objectives
Contents
1. To know the basic of computer

2. How to operate the computer
3. To make Word files
4. To make power point presentation
5. How to make internet connection
6. How to send email
7. How to get any reference from different websites
8. How to enter data for research
15
Course No: __6__ Year No. _1___ Semester ___1__
Module Islamiyat & Ethics credir hrs ____2____
Learning Objectives
To get basic knowledge of Islam and its implementation in practical work in medical sciences
To know the ethics of Islam regarding human health
Contents
16
YEAR 1 Semester 2

Total 15
17
Course No: __1___ Year No. _2__ semester: 2
Course Title: _upper limb & general_Anatomy
Credit. ____3_____
Learning Objectives:
• To introduce the objectives of B. Sc Medical Technology.
• To describe the general anatomy of the human body.
• To describe the anatomy of the different systems of the body.
• To describe the applied aspects of human anatomy.
Topic and Learning Objectives
Topic
1. Introduction to Anatomy
2. Body planes and cavities
3. Cell
4. Tissue
5. Tissue
6. Skeletal system-axial
7. Skeletal system-appendicular.
8. Joints
9. Muscular system.
10. Muscular system
11. Integumentary system (Hair and Nail).
12. Circulatory system- Heart
13. Heart
14. Arterial system.
15. Venous system
16. Lymphatic system
17. Mouth, pharynx and esophagus.
18. Stomach
19. Small and large intestines.
20. Liver and spleen
21. Respiratory system-Upper
22. Respiratory system-Lower
23. Urinary system-kidneys.
24. Ureter
25. Urinary Bladder
26. Spinal cord.
27. Spinal nerves
28. Cranial nerves
29. Meninges
30. Medulla Oblongata.
18
31. Pons & Mid brain.
32. Cerebellum.
33. Diencephalon
34. Cerebrum
35. Ventricles of brain and CSF circulation.
36. Autonomic nervous system.i
37. Special senses-structure of eye.
38. Structure of eye.
39. Structure of ear
40. Tongue
41. Endocrine system – pituitary gland
42. Thyroid and parathyroid glands
43. Pancreas and adrenal gland
44. Male reproductive system
45. Female reproductive system
Upper limb anatomy:
OSTEOLOGY:
 De ta ile d de s cription of a ll bone s of uppe r lim b a nd s houlde r girdle a long the ir
musculature and ligamentous attachments.
MYOLOGY:
 Mus cle s conne cting uppe r limb to the axial skeletal
 Mus cle s a round s houlde r joint
 Wa lls a nd conte nts of a xilla
 Mus cle s in bra chia l re gion
 Mus cle s of fore a rm
 Mus cle s of ha nd.
 Re tina cula ,
 P a lm a r a poue nros is
 Fle xor te ndon dors a l digita l e xpa ns ion
NEUROLOGY:
 Cours e , dis tribution a nd functions of a ll ne rve s of uppe r lim b
 Bra chia l ple xus
ANGIOLOGY (CIRCULATION):
 Cours e a nd dis tribution of a ll a rte rie s a nd ve ins of uppe r lim b.
 Lym pha tic dra ina ge of the uppe r lim b
 Axilla ry lym ph node
 Cubita l fossa
18
19
ARTHROLOGY:
 Acrom iocla vicula r a nd s te rnocla vicula r joints
 S houlde r joint
 Elbow joint
 Wris t joint
 Ra dioulna r joints
 Inte r ca rpa l joints
 J oints MCP a nd IP
 S urfa ce Ana tom y of uppe r lim b
 S urfa ce m a rking of uppe r lim b
DEMONSTARIONS:
 De m ons tra tion on S houlde r joint, a tta che d m us cle s a nd a rticula ting s urfa ce s .
 De m ons tra tion on Elbow joint
 De m ons tra tion on Wris t joint
 De m ons tra tion on Ra dioulna r joint
 De m ons tra tion on MC P a nd IP joints
 De m ons tra tion on a crom oi clavicular joint
 De m ons tra tion on s te rnocla vicula r joint
 De m ons tra tion on Bra chia l ple xus
 De m ons tra tion of blood s upply of bra in
 De m ons tra tion on S tructure of bone s
20
Module No: __2___ Year No. _I___
Course no. 2 year : 1 semester : 2
Course Title: systemic Physiology Credit. ____3_____
LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce the objectives of B.Sc Medical Technology
• To describe the normal Physiology of the human body.
• To describe the normal homeostasis and adaptation of the body.
• To describe the Physiology of the different systems of the body.
Sr. No. Contents
1. Introduction of the course.

2. Introduction to Physiology of body.
3. Homeostasis and adaptation.
4. Cell, tissue and membrane Physiology.
5. Basic Physiological processes.
6. Blood, blood groups, haemoglobin and immunity.
7. Nerve Physiology and autonomic nervous system.
8. Muscle Physiology.
9. The circulatory system, heart, arterial system and venous system.
10. Urinary system, structure and function of nephron, process of urine formation,
micturition, water and electrolytes balance.
11. Respiratory system, Physiology of upper and lower respiratory system, lungs volume
and capacities, transport of gases, control of respiration.
12. Physiology of high altitude and deep sea diving.
13. The digestive system, structure and function of GIT, formation and control of saliva,
gastric juice, bile and pancreatic juice, motility of GIT and its control.
14. Endocrine system, mechanism of action of hormone, hypothalamus, pituitary, thyroid,
parathyroid, pancreas and adrenal gland hormones.
15. Reproductive system, female reproductive cycles, pregnancy and lactation, male
reproductive system.
16. Special senses, Physiology of vision, audition, olfaction and gestation.
17. Nervous system, central and peripheral nervous system, formation and circulation of
CSF in brain.
21
Course No: __3___ Year No. _1__ Semester ___2__
Course title: Material Technology Credit. ____3_____
Contents
1. Metal & Alloys:

Fundamentals of metals and alloys both ferrous and nonferrous.
Properties, testing and inspection of metals and alloys, heat treatment of metals.
2. Wood utilization:
Wood, types, seasoning, preservation, lamination properties and
adhesives for wood. Wood working tools. Pattern making and making of various kinds of joints.
3. Leather utilization:
Leather, types, tanning, preservation, lamination, properties and
adhesives for leather.
4. Fabric:
Fabric types, properties, utilization, selection and quality control.
5. Plastics:
Introduction to Plastics, type of plastics and molecular structures.
Relationship of properties to structures. Monomers, Polymers, additives, Mechanical
properties, effect on properties of method of production.
6. Fabrication:
Fabrication processes, Effects of fabrication, process, micro structural
changes, shrinkage and other degradation during processing, environmental effects.
Thermoforming plastics, their fabrication process, thermosetting plastics and
fabrication process Composite materials and their uses. Elastomers, H.D.P.E. PP,
PP-CP, Visoelastic behaviour of plastics. Introduction to fiber reinforced
plastics Introduction to and their processing especially various techniques of
moulding and lamination. Joining: Joining of plastics, welding, adhesives and their
effect on structure and plastics properties.
7. Foams:
Different types of foams used in P&O especially Latex, Polyurethane,
poluthelene and other kind of rigid/semi rigid/ flexible foams.
22
Course No: __4___ Year No. _I___ semester :2
Course Title: _Functional English_ Credit. ____2____
Learning Objectives
To improve the English language, reading and writings
Contents
1. Discussion on nursing and non-nursing topics by using new vocabulary

2. Grammar Recognition and production
3. Oral presentations using clinical contexts.
4. Reading
5. Effective Writing
6. Introduction to APA style.
23
Course No: __5__ Year No. _I___ semester :2
Course Title: _Pakistan Studies _ Credit. ____2____
Develop vision of historical perspective, government, politics, contemporary Pakistan,

ideological background of Pakistan.
Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age
and posing challenges to Pakistan.
COURSE OUTLINE:
Historical Perspective
 Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama
Muhammad Iqbal and Quaid-e-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah.
 Factors leading to Muslim separatism
 People and Land
 Indus Civilization
 Muslim advent
 Location and geo-physical features.
Government and Politics in Pakistan
Political and constitutional phases:

 1947-58
 1958-71
 1971-77
 1977-88
 1988-99
 1999 onward
Contemporary Pakistan
 Economic institutions and issues
 Society and social structure
 Ethnicity
 Foreign policy of Pakistan and challenges
 Futuristic outlook of Pakistan
24
Course No: __6__ Year No. _I___ semester :2
Course Title: _Biochemistry _ Credit. ____2____
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This course provides the knowledge and skills in fundamental organic chemistry and introductory
biochemistry that are essential for further studies It covers basic biochemical, cellular, biological and
microbiological processes, basic chemical reactions in the prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, the
structure of biological molecules, introduction to the nutrients i.e. carbohydrates, fats, enzymes, nucleic
acids and amino acids. The nutritional biochemistry concludes the course.
Sr. No. Contents
1. Biochemical philosophy
2. Acid base balance
3. Blood gas analyzer
4. Fluid and electrolyte balance
5. Molecular organization of proteomics
6. Molecular organization of glycomics
7. Molecular organization of lipomics
8. Enzymology & biological oxidation
9. Endocrinological organization
10. Vitamins, minerals and nutrition
11. Practical diagnostic biochemistry
12. Biochemical philosophy
13. Acid base balance
25
YEAR 2 Semester 3

no.
2. physiology of Nervous system, Neuro-muscular 3 (2-1)
physiology

Total 16
26
Course No: __1__ Year No. _2__ semester :3
Course Title: _Lower Limb Anatomy _ Credit. ____3____
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
The focus of this course is an in-depth study and analysis of the regional and systemic
organization of the body. Emphasis is placed upon structure and function of human
movement. A comprehensive study of human anatomy with emphasis on the nervous,
musculoskeletal and circulatory systems is incorporated. Introduction to general anatomy lays
the foundation of the course. Dissection and identification of structures in the cadaver
supplemented with the study of charts, models, prosecuted materials and radiographs are
utilized to identify anatomical landmarks and configurations of the lower limb and abdomen
pelvis.
COURSE OUTLINE:
LOWER LIMB
OSTEOLOGY:
 De ta ile d de s cription of a ll bone s of lowe r lim b a nd pe lvis along their
musculature and ligamentous attachments.
MYOLOGY:
 Mus cle s of glute a l re gion
 Mus cle s a round hip joint
 Mus cle s of thigh (a nte riorly, pos te riorly, la te ra lly a nd m e dia lly)
 Mus cle s of lowe r le g a nd foot.
NEUROLOGY:
 Cours e , dis tribution, supply of all nerves of lower limb and gluteal region
 Lum bos a cra l ple xus .
ANGIOLOGY:
 Cours e a nd dis tribution of a ll a rte rie s , ve ins a nd lym pha tic dra ina ge of lowe r
limb
29
ARTHROLOGY:
 P e lvis
 Hip joint
 Kne e joint
 Ankle joint
Joints of the foot
 S urfa ce Ana tom y of lowe r lim b
27
 S urfa ce m a rking of lowe r lim b
ABDOMEN
ABDOMINAL WALL:
 S tructure s of a nte rior a bdom ina l wa ll: s upe rficia l a nd de e p m us cle s
 S tructure of re ctus s he a th
 S tructure s of P os te rior a bdom ina l wa ll
 Lum ba r s pine (ve rte bra e )
 Brie f de s cription of vis ce ra
PELVIS:
 Brie f de s cription of a nte rior, pos te rior a nd la te ra l wa lls of the pe lvis
 Infe rior pe lvic wa ll or pe lvic floor m us cle s
 S a crum
 Brie f de s cription of pe rine um
 Ne rve s of pe rineum
28
Course Title: _physiology of Nervous System & Neuromuscular Anatomy _
Credit. ____3____
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
The course is designed to study the function of the human body at the molecular, cellular, tissue and
systems levels. The major underlying themes are: the mechanisms for promoting homeostasis; cellular
processes of metabolism, membrane function and cellular signaling; the mechanisms that match supply
of nutrients to tissue demands at different activity levels; the mechanisms that match the rate of
excretion of waste products to their rate of production; the mechanisms that defend the body against
injury and promote healing.
Contents
Nerve anatomy and physiology:
• Parts of nervous system

• Central nervous system
• Peripheral nervous system
• Structure of brain, neuron nerves
• Reflex action, the regulation of posture
• General survey of voluntary movement
• Pain
• Reflex action
• Conduction of nerve impulse. Autonomic Nervous System.
• Structure and function of neuron
• Physiological properties of nerve fibers
• Physiology of action potential
• Conduction of nerve impulse
• Nerve degeneration and regeneration.
• Synapses
• Physiological structure of muscle,
• Skeletal muscle contraction,
• Skeletal, smooth and cardiac muscle contraction.
• Neuromuscular junction and transmission,
• Excitation contraction coupling,
• Structure and function of motor unit
29
Course Title: _ Pathology _ Credit. ____2____
Learning Objectives
1. Describe the responses to different types of injury at the cellular and subcellular level
2. Enlist the differences between necrosis and apoptosis.
3. Describe different morphological patterns of tissue necrosis
4. Describe the different types of responses of the cells to stress.
5. Describe the different types of exogenous and endogenous pigmentations.
6. Describe the sequence of vascular changes in acute inflammation (vasodilation, increased
permeability) and their purpose.
7. Define the terms edema, transudate, and exudate.
8. Describe the steps involved in phagocytosis and the role of IgG and C3b as opsonins and
receptors.
9. Compare and contrast acute vs chronic inflammation with respect to causes, nature of the
inflammatory response, and tissue changes10. Describe the differences between the various cell
types (ie, labile, stable, and permanent cells) in terms of their regeneration potential. List
examples of each cell type.
10. Distinguish between fibrinous, purulent, and serous inflammation. Define an abscess.
11. Describe the systemic manifestations of inflammation and their general physiology, including
fever, leukocyte left shift, and acute phase reactants
12. Define and understand the process of excessive growth of different types of cell
30
Contents
1-CELLULAR BASIS OF DISEASE:
1. Cellular responses to stress ;Adaptations of growth and differentiation

Hyperplasia
2. Hpertrophy, Atrophy, Metaplasia
3. Cell injury and cell death, Causes of Cell injury
4. Mechanisms of cell injury, Reversible and irreversible cell injury
5. Morphology of cell injury and necrosis, Apoptosis
6. Sub cellular responses to injury, Intracellular accumulation, Pathological calcification
2.Inflammation and healing
1. Acute Inflammation, Chemical mediators of inflammation
2. Outcomes of acute inflammation
3. Morphologic patterns of acute inflammation
4. Systemic effects of inflammation
5. Mechanisms of tissue regeneration
6. Repair by healing ,scar formation and fibrosis
3.Hemodynamic disturbances,
1. Edema
2. Hyperemia and congestion
3. Hemorrhage
4. Hemostasis and thrombosis
5. Embolism, Infarction
4-Shock
1. Differentiate the non neoplastic excessive and neoplastic growths
2. Understand the differences between benign and malignant tumors
3. Understand the classification of different tumors
4. Understand the TNM classification of malignant tumors
5. Define and describe hyperemia and congestion ,edema, ,hemorrhage, thrombosis,
infarction and embolism ,
6. Describe shock. And its different types .Understand the mechanisms leading to shock.
7. Describe the organization of nuclear material, its replication and division.
8. Understand different modes of inheritance
9. Describe the the different types of genetic aberrations.
10. Understand the basis of molecular diagnosis of genetic disorders
11. Define the components of the immune system.
12. Understand the innate and adaptive immunity, the classes of
immunoglobulins.
13. Define humoral and cellular immunity.
14. Define the differences between immunity and hypersensitivity.
15. Describe the autoimmune diseases and their diagnosis.
16. Understand the immune deficiency states
5-Diseases of immunity
1. General features of immune system
2. Cells and tissues of the immune system
3. Innate and adaptive immunity
4. Disorders of the immune system
31
5. Autoimmune diseases
6. Immunological deficiency syndromes
6-Neoplasia
1. Benign and Malignant Neoplasms
2. Biology of tumor growth
3. Molecular basis of cancer
4. Host defenses against tumors
5. Clinical features of tumors
7-Basis of hematology
1. Anemia’s, Leukemia
2. Coagulation disorders
32
Course Title: _ Fractures ,Amputation with Xray interpretation _ Credit. ____3___
Contents
Fracture
a. Bone physiology
b. Fracture mechanics
c. Fracture healing
d. Fracture classification
• By cause (traumatic, pathological)
• By orthopedics (open, close)
• By nature of fracture (transverse, oblique, linear, spiral, comminuted)
• Anatomical
• OTA classification (Orthopedic Trauma Association)
• Orthopedic management of fracture
Amputation:
• Indications/causes,
• General Principles,
• Types of amputation, i.e. Guillotine, Flap,
• Osteoplastic Myoplastic,
• Osteo-myoplastic.
• Individual’s Preparation for prosthesis. Ideal stump.
• Preoperative, operative and postoperative prosthetic management techniques in general.
Amputation Surgery:
• Amputation surgery in lower and upper limbs.
• Amputation in special circumstances, like in infants and children,
33
• Congenital limb deficiencies and its universal classification,
• ischemic limbs,
• elderly persons and malignancy.
Introduction to x-ray interpretation
Alignment & adequacy
Type of x-ray views taken and the anatomical site visualised
Bones - outline & density
Cartilage - outline, joint space & loose bodies
Normal x- ray interpretation of:
A. Upper limb
B. Lower limb
C. Spine
Abnormal x- ray interpretation of:
A. Upper limb
B. Lower limb
C. Spine
34
Course Title: _ Technical Drawing _ Credit. ____3____
Contents
Introduction:
Drawing instruments and their uses. Sizes and layout of drawing sheets. Item references on drawings
and item lists. Planning on assembly. General Principles: Folding of Drawing prints Scales. Plain and
diagonal, Lines, Letterings. General Principles of Presentations. Section and other conventions
Conventional representations circle, Tangent Ellipse. Cycloised Involute of circle.
Fundamentals:
Dimensions on technical drawings. Indications of linear and angular tolerance on technical drawings.
Methods of dimensioning & tolerancing. Cone methods of indicating Surface textureon. Technical
Drawings for structural Metal Work. Orthographic projections of points, lines, simple objects and
combinations. Isometric views, Auxillary view, Drawing of screw thread form Bolts Screws and
Screw joints, weld and welded joint dimentioning and sketching of P & O components/ parts, pulley
shaft, coupling, etc.
35
Course Title: _ Introduction to Physiotherspy _ Credit. ____2___
Contents
1. Introduction to physiotherapy
2. Kinesiology, kinematics, kinetics
3. Force, lever, ROM
4. Effect of gravity forces on muscle
5. Therapeutic exercises
6. Electrotherapy
7. Actinotherapy.
8. Planes and Axes
9. Types of radiations and effects
36
YEAR 2 Semester 4

no.

18
Total
37
Course Title: _ Head & Neck _ Credit. ____3__
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
The focus of this course is an in-depth study and analysis of the regional and systemic
organization of the body. Emphasis is placed upon structure and function of human
movement. A comprehensive study of human anatomy with emphasis on the nervous,
skeletal, muscle, and circulatory systems is incorporated. Introduction to general anatomy
lays the foundation of the course. Dissection and identification of structures in the cadaver
supplemented with the study of charts, models, prosecuted materials and 43
radiographs are utilized to identify anatomical landmarks and configurations of the head and
neck.
Contents
THE HEAD AND NECK
THE NECK:
 Muscles around the neck
 Tria ngle s of the ne ck
 Ma in a rte rie s of the ne ck
 Ma in ve ins of the ne ck
 Ce rvica l pa rt of s ym pa the tic trunk
 Ce rvica l ple xus
 Ce rvica l s pine (Ve rte bra e )
 J oint of ne ck.
THE FACE:
 S e ns ory ne rve s of the fa ce
 Bones of the face
 Mus cle s of the fa ce
 Fa cia l ne rve
 Mus cle s of m a s tica tion
 Ma ndible
 Hyoid bone
 Te m porom a ndibula r joint
 Brie f de s cription of orbit a nd na s a l ca vity.
THE SKULL:
 Bone s of s kull
 Ante rior cra nia l fos s a
38
Middle cranial fossa
 P os te rior cra nia l fos s a
 Ba s e of s kull
 S tructure s pa s s ing through fora m ina
39
Course No: _2__ Year No. _2__ semester :4
Course Title: _ Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine & Mobility Aids _ Credit. ____4__
Contents
1. Orientation to rehabilitation medicine
Introduction to rehabilitation medicine, general examination techniques, rehabilitation techniques

(Orthotics & Prosthetics) and sports medicine.
2. Neuropethesis
Definition, Types, Causes, General rehabilitation , Orthotic management
3. Myopethesis
Definition, Types, Causes, General rehabilitation, Orthotic management
4. Polio
Definition, Causes, General rehabilitation, Orthotic management
5. CP
Definition, Types, Causes, General rehabilitation, Orthotic management
40
Course Title: _ Metal Work _ Credit. ___3__
Contents
Metal work:
• Introduction of work bench tool
• care & application of vernier caliper, marking with vernier caliper
• height gauge
• introduction of drill machine
• calculate & select the RPM
• drilling of cylindrical hole, reaming of hole, typing of hole, countersinking and counter
boring. Twist drill sharpening, marking with central punch
• Iintroduction to piller drill machine, calculate & select the RPM
• Drilling of cylindrical hole on drill machine, internal thread cutting by hand, calculate the
drill of reamer, reaming of the hole by hand
• Fitting of two parts(square fitting), fitting of two parts (dove tail fitting).
41
Course Title: _ Electro Work _ Credit. ___3__
Contents
Electro technology:
• Basic concepts
• DC circuits
• inductance and capacitance
• AC circuits
• Power supplies
• Amplifiers
• Feedback
• interference rejection techniques
• measurement
• myoelectrodes
• safety.
42
Course Title: _ Lathe Machine Work_ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. Constance of lathe machine:

• Introduction of lathe machine,
• calculate and select the RMP on lathe machine,
• type of turning tool
• type of threading.
2. Operational work:
• Facing/ central drilling
• Turning, step turning
• Threading
• Bore ring
• Offhand grinding
• Preparation of cutting tools
• Filling of the flat surface by hand.
43
Course Title: _ Statistics_ Credit. ___2__
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
To introduce the basic methods and ideas of medial statistics.
How to conduct to research.
How to apply statistical methods in a medical research into their practical context.
How to decide on an appropriate sample size and to use the computer in biostatistics.
How to interpret the result.
How to write the report.
Contents
INTRODUCTION
1.1 Meaning of Statistics
1.2 What is Bio- Statistics
1.3 Why Bio- Statistics (Essential for Research)
1.4 Main Division of Statistics
i) Descriptive and
ii) Inferential Statistics
1.5 Population and samples

1.6 Definition of Data
1.7 Data Analysis and presentation of results
2. Presentation of Data
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Frequency (Qualitative Data)
2.3 Frequency Distributions (Quantitative Data)
2.4 Histogram
2.5 Pie chart
2.6 Frequency Polygon
2.7 Frequency Distributions of the Population
2.8 Shapes of frequency distributions
2.9 Scattered Diagram
3. Measures of locations
3.1 Arithmetic mean
44
3.2 Median
3.3 Mode
3.4 Geometries Mean
3.5 Quartiles
4. Measures of Variation
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Range
4.3 Standard deviation
4.4 Quartile deviation
4.5 Mean deviation
4.6 Standardized Variable
4.7 Co-official of variation
4.8 Skewness
5. Probability
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Probability calculations
5.3 Multiplicative rule
5.4 Additive rule
5.5 Binomial Distribution
5.6 Poisson Distribution
5.7 Normal Distribution
6. Confidence interval for mean

6.1 Introduction
6.2 Large Sample case (Normal Distribution)
6.3 Smaller Samples
6.4 Confidences interval using t-distribution
6.5 Severe non Normality
6.6 Summary of Alternatives
7. Statistical Inference
7.1 Estimation
7.2 Point estimation
7.3 Standard error
7.4 Interval estimation
7.5 Testing of Hypothesis
7.6 P-Value
7.7 Calculation of required Sample size
8. Significance tests for a single mean

45
8.1 Introduction
8.2 t-test
8.3 Pared t-test
8.4 Relation between Confidence intervals and significance tests
8.5 One sided and two sided tests
8.6 One simple t-test
8.7 Normal test
9. Comparison of two Means

9.1 Introduction
9.2 Sampling distribution of difference between two means
9.3 Normal test (Large Sample or known standard deviation)
9.4 t-test (Small samples, equal standard deviation)
9.5 Small samples, un-equal standard deviation
10. Comparison of several Means Analysis of Variance – Analysis of

variance
10.1 Introduction
10.2 One way Analysis of variance
10.3 Assumptions
10.4 Relation ship with two sample t-test
10.5 Two way Analysis of variance
10.6 ANOVA table
10.7 LSD
11. Correlation and linear regression

11.1 Introduction
11.2 Correlation
11.3 Significance test
11.4 Linear Regression
11.5 Significance test
11.6 Prediction
11.7 Assumptions
12. Proportions
12.1 Introduction
12.2 Significance test for a single proportion
12.3 Confidence interval for a single proportion
12.4 Significance test for comparing two proportions
12.5 Confidence interval for different between two proportions
46
13. The chi-squared test for contingency tables
13.1 Introduction
13.2 2x2 contingency table
13.3 Continuity correction
13.4 Comparison with normal test
13.5 Validity
13.6 Quick formula
13.7 Short formula for 2xc tables
13.8 Exact test for 2x2 tables
13.9 Comparison of two proportions - paired-case
13.9.1 McNemar,s chi-squared test validity
13.9.2 Mantel-Haenszel chi-squared test
13.9.3 Validly
13.9.4 Chi-squared for trend
47
YEAR 3 Semester 5

no.
Total 18
48
Course Title: _ Upper Limb Orthotics 1_ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. Introduction to upper limb orthotics:

Static orthosis, dynamic orthosis, functional orthosis, assessment ( mobility, strength, sensation,
skin conditions)
2. Finger and thumb orthotics:

Mallet deformity and mallet finger splint, swan neck deformity, boutonniere deformity and
boutonniere splint, dupuytren’s contracture and orthosis, orthosis for flexor-tendon repair, bunnel
finger extension orthoses, capener/ Radford splints, PIP joint extension orthosis(armchair Splint)
dorsal PIP joint Blocking Orthosis, joint jack, thumb immobilizing splint, web spacer.
3. Hand, wrist and forearm orthotics:

Splinting positions (position of safe immobilization, position of function, position of rest)post
operative orthosis for metacarpophalangeal implant arthroplasty, splinting for burn injuries, web
spacers.
4. Hand and wrist orthosis:

Opponens orthoses, short opponens orthosis, wrist flexion control orthoses, wrist extension
orthoses, prehension orthoses, finger driven prehension orthosis, wrist driven prehension orthosis,
positioning orthosis,rheumatoid resting orthosis, slot through orthosis, dorsal protective orthosis (
with or withput thumb extension), metacarpophalangeal arthroplasty orthosis, metacarpophalangeal
flexion/ extension assist orthosis, proximal interphalangeal extension assist orthosis, radial nerve
palsy orthosis, burn- finger nail traction orthosis, metacarpophalangeal flexion orthosis, ulnar drift
orthosis, compression glove.
49
Course Title: _ Spinal Orthotics 1_ Credit. ___3__
50
1. Motion of spine
• Motion of the cervical spine: atlanto – occipital joint, atlanto – axial joint.
• Remainder of the cervical spine (C2-C7): flexion – extension, lateral flexion and rotation.
• Motion of lumbar spine.
2. Flexible spinal orthoses (corsets and belts)
• Sacroiliac belt, sacroiliac corset,sacroiliac corset, lumbosacral corset, thoracolumbosacral
corset.
3. Components of rigid spinal orthoses
• Pelvic band: alignment and location, material and dimensions.
• Thoracic band: alignment and location, material and dimensions.
• Anterior extensions of thoracic band with subclavicular pads (cowhorns): alignment and
location, material and dimensions.
• Lumbosacral and thoracolumbosacral posterior uprights: alignment and location, material
and dimensions.
• Lateral uprights: alignment and location, material and dimensions.
• Oblique lateral uprights: alignment and location, material and dimensions.
• Interscapular band: alignment and location, material and dimensions.
• Full – front abdominal support: superior border, lateral borders, pelvic straps, waist straps,
thoracic straps, additional fourth strap.
• Corset front
4. Design and functions of rigid spinal orthoses
• Lumbosacral flexion – extension control orthosis (chairback): functions, special
considerations.
• Lumbosacral flexion – extension - lateral control orthosis (knight): functions, control.
• Lumbosacral extension lateral control orthosis(Williams): functions, control.
• Thoracolumbosacral flexion – entension control orthosis(taylor): functions, control.
• Thoracolumbosacral flexion – entension - lateral control orthosis(knight – taylor): functions,
control.
• Thoracolumbosacral flexion – entension – lateral - rotary control orthosis(cow horn):
functions, control.
• Thoracolumbosacral flexion control orthosis (anterior hyperextension): functions, control,
special considerations.
• Thoracolumbosacral orthosis (plastic body jacket): functions , control, special consideration.
5. Cervical othoses
• Flexion – extension control orthoses: special consideration, control, Philadelphia collar
(function).
• Flexion – extension and rotary control orthoses: sterno – occipital – mandibular –
immobilizer (somi), function,.
• Flexion – extension – lateral – rotary control: post appliances (function, control), custom
molded (Halo type).
6. Indications of spinal orthoses
• Positive effects: trunk support, motion control, spinal realignment.
• Negative effect
• Orthotic treatment of lumber and thoracic conditions: mechanical – structural loe back pain.
• Orthosis and spinal surgery: pre operative, following surgrical lumber fusion, disc surgery
without fusion.
• Fractures: osteoporosis with multiple vertebral
51 compression fractures, fracture with posterior
element involvement.
• Inflammatory spinal arthritis: juvenile spinal osteochondrosis (kyphosis dorsalis juvenilis,
sheuermann,s disease), infectious disorders of spine (osteomylitis and tuber closis),mtumor
Course Title: _ Lower Limb Orthotics 1_ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. Prosthetics and orthotics clinical management
2. Normal gait
• Definition, gait cycle,
• components of gait cycle: swing phase, stance phase, stride length, step length, candance,
single support, double support.
• path of centre of gravity: vertical displacement, lateral displacement.
• gait influencing path of centre of gravity: pelvic dip, pelvic rotation, width of walking base.
• Kinetics and kinematics (analysis of motion) in sagittal plane, frontal plane, transverse
plane.
3. Pathomechanics of foot
• Introduction, arch and beam mechanism, The axis of motion of the ankle.
• Simple deformities: eqinus, calcaneus, valgus, varus, cavus.
• Compound deformities: talipes equinovarus, pes valgoplanus.
• Effect of motor loss on balance and walking: aneroposterior balance, mediolateral balance.
• Effect of paralysis of specific muscles: the tibialis anterior, the gastrosoleus, the peroneus
longus, the tibialis posterior.
• Definitions of terms related to movements of the foot and ankle: axis, dorsiflexion, planter
flexion, abduction, adduction, supination, pronation, inversion, eversion.
52
4. Pathomechanics of the knee
• Introduction
• Bio mechanical consideration: length of lever arms, muscle forces applied to the knee joint,
alignment of the femur and tibia, orientation of joint axes, stresses in the femur.
• Angular deformities involving the knee joint: genu varum, genu valgum, genu recurvatum.
• Effect of muscle paralysis on standing balance and walking: quadriceps, hamstrings.
5. Pathomechanics of the hip

• Introduction
• load distribution on hip: normal standing, one legged standing and walking.
• Reduction of forces: gait deviation, canes and crutches.
• Coxa vara and coxa valga
• Muscular insufficiency: hip extensors, hip abductors.
53
Course Title: _ Upper Limb Prosthetics 1_ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. Psychological aspects of amputation
• Introduction
• The Amputation experience: physical capacities(functional limitations, functional failure).
Comfort(pain related to prosthetic wear, phantom pain, fatigue). Appearance(visual
considerations, auditory considerations). Vocational and economic factors. Social
considerations,
• Amputee behavior: Behaviour during hospitalization, long term behavior, behavior related to
prosthetic wear.
• Amputee pshycodynamics: Perception of disability, consequences of frustration.
• Pshycological rehabilitation, Criteria of successful rehabilitation
2. Components of upper limb prostheses
• Terminal devices: hooks, hands.
• Wrist units, Below – elbow components: b/e hinges, cuffs, pads, b/e harness and controls,
elbow unit, Above - elbow components: elbow units, a/e harness and control.
• Shoulder prosthesis: shoulder harness and control cables.
• Externally powered prosthesis., Endoskeletal prosthesis.
3. Components for jevnile upper – limb amputees
• Terminal devices
• Shoulder prosthesis, Above - elbow components
• Below – elbow components, Wrist units
4. Fabrication, fitting and harness and procedure
• Below elbow prosthesis: socket and fore arm extension (making and measurement, primary
cast, master mold, chek socket, lamination mold and first lamination, extension second
lamination and socket trim).
• Harness and control systems: unilateral below elbow harness, unilateral below elbow chest
strap harness with shoulder saddle, muenster below elbow harness, bilateral below elbow
harness, Above knee prosthesis: measurement and fabrication.
• Harness and control system: unilateral above elbow harness, unilateral above elbow chest strap
harness with shoulder saddle, bilateral above elbow harness.
54
Course Title: _ Lower Limb Prosthetics 1_ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. Psychological aspects of amputation
• Introduction
• The Amputation experience: physical capacities(functional limitations, functional failure).
Comfort(pain related to prosthetic wear, phantom pain, fatigue). Appearance(visual
considerations, auditory considerations). Vocational and economic factors. Social
considerations,
• Amputee behavior: Behaviour during hospitalization, long term behavior, behavior related to
prosthetic wear.
• Amputee pshycodynamics: Perception of disability, consequences of frustration.
• Pshycological rehabilitation.
• Criteria of successful rehabilitation
2. Levels of amputation and limiting factor
• The below knee amputation
• Selection of patient: peripheral vascular disease,
3. The below knee amputation
4. Immediate and early prosthetic management
5. Normal gait
• Definition, gait cycle,
• components of gait cycle: swing phase, stance phase, stride length, step length, candance,
single support, double support.
• path of centre of gravity: vertical displacement, lateral displacement.
• gait influencing path of centre of gravity: pelvic dip, pelvic rotation, width of walking base.
• Kinetics and kinematics (analysis of motion) in sagittal plane, frontal plane, transverse plane.
6. Below – Knee prostheses and components
• Foot – ankle assembly: single – axis foot – ankle assembly, SACH foot – ankle assembly,
multiple - axis foot – ankle assembly.
• Shank
• Socket: patellar tendon bearing socket, air cusion socket, other socket variations.
• Suspension systems: cuff suspension, supracondylar system, supracondylar/suprapetellar
system, thigh corset, rortaor unit,modular construction.
55
Course Title: _ Biomechanics 1_ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. Biomechanics of bone:
Introduction; bone composition and structure; biomechanical properties of bone; biomechanical
behavior of bone; bone remodeling; degenerative changes in bone associated with aging;
2. Biomechanics of articular surface:

Introduction; composition and structure of articular cartilage; biomechanical behavior of articular
cartilage; lubrication of articular cartilage; wear of articular cartilage; biomechanics of cartilage
degeneration;
3. Biomechanics of tendons and ligaments:

Introduction; composition and structure of tendon and ligaments; mechanical behavior of tendons
and ligament; factors that affect the biomechanical properties of tendons and ligaments;
4. Biomechanics of peripheral nerves and spinal nerve roots:

Introduction; anatomy and physiology of peripheral nerves; anatomy and physiology of spinal
nerve roots; biomechanical behavior of peripheral nerves; biomechanical behavior of spinal nerve
roots;
5. Biomechanics of skeletal mucles:

Introduction; composition and structure of muscle contraction; mechanics of muscle contraction;
force production in muscles; muscle fiber differentiation; muscle injuries, muscle remodeling;
56
YEAR 3 Semester 6

no.

Total 18
57
Course Title: _ Upper Limb Orthotics II_ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. Elbow problems:
Epicondylitis (lateral Epicondylitis- tennis elbow, medial Epicondylitis) Arthritis(osteoarthritis,
rheumatoid arthritis) Disarticulation, paralysis.
2. Elbow orthoses:
Dynamic elbow orthosis, elbow joint, 3- point elbow extension orthosis, anterior elbow
orthosis, static elbow orthosis(with side steels, elasticated)
3. Shoulder problems:
Shoulder dislocation, burns and other scars, paralysis, muscular dystrophies, ERB’S palsy,
axillary neuropathy, rotator cuff rupture, anterior thoracic neuropathy..
4. Shoulder orthoses:
Slings, overhead supports. Clavical stabilizer orthosis, shoulder abduction orthosis, Stanmore
flail arm orthosis, roehanpton flail arm orthosis, balanced forearm orthosis.
58
Course Title: _ Spinal Orthotics II_ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. Orthotic treatment of scoliosis

• Definitions
• Types of scoliosis: idiopathic, neuromuscular, congenital, associated with skeletal
abnormalities, associated with neurofibromatosis, mesenchymal disorder, trauma, secondary
to irritation, other such as metabolic, nutritional and endocrine disorders.
• General considerations
• Methods of achieving correction
• Purpose of orthoses
• Types of orthoses: CTLS alignment orthosis (Milwaukee orthosis), TLS alignment orthoses,
plaster casts
2. The CTLS alignment orthosis (Milwaukee)
• General description
• Pelvic girdle: functions, trimlines.
• Head and neck unit: functions, neck ring, throat piece, occipital pads.
• Uprights: functions, anterior upright, posterior uprights.
• Corrective pads and accessories: out rigger, thoracic pad and straps, lumber pad, axillary
sling and straps, shoulder ring and straps, Kypos pads.
3. Checkout of CTLS alignment orthosis
4. TLS alignment orthoses
• Boston othosis: general considerations, specific features (materials, trimlines, pads, sizes).
• Miami orthosis: general consideration, specific features (materials, trimlines, pads).
• Wilmington orthosis: general consideration, specific features (materials, trimlines, pads).
• New York orthopedic hospital orthosis: general consideration, specific features (materials,
trimlines, pads).
59
Course Title: _ Lower Limb Orthotics II_ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. Principles or orthotic management

• Goals and methods of treatment,
• function of orthoses: stabilizing or supportive, the motorized or functional, corrective orthoses,
protective orthosis.
• hazards and errors in bracing.
2. Shoes
• Parts of shoes: sole, heel, upper, linings and reinforcements, shoe lasts, quarter heights, throat
styles, closures.
• Construction, extra depth and molded shoes.
• Evaluation of fit.
3. Shoe modifications and foot orthoses
• General characteristics.
• External shoe modifications: heel modifications, heel flare, heel wedge,extended (Thomas)
heel, heel elevation.
• Sole modification: rocker bar, metatarsal bar, sole wedge, sole flare, steel sole bar.
• Combination heel and sole modifications.
• Internal sole modifications
• heel modifications: heel-cusion relief, medial heel wedge, interior laced ankle support.
• Sole modifications: metatarsal pad, inner sole excavation, medial longitudinal arch support (
scaphoid pad, navicular pad, cookie), toe crust.
• Foot orthoses (inserts, inlays): UCBL insert, heel seat (heel cup), sesamoid platform.
• Prescription principles: ankle subtalar joints, mid and hind foot, fore foot, fractures, leg length
discrepancy.
• Evaluation.
4. Ankle, knee and hip orthosis
• Ankle-foot components and orthoses (AFO’s)
• metal and metal – plastic designs: shoe or foot attachments (stirrup, caliper, shoe insert, ankle
stops), ankle – joint assists (varus valgus corrections (t – straps), uprights, calf bands and
cuffs.
• Plastic design: posterior leaf spring, spiral, hemi spiral, solid ankle, AFO eith flange.
• Knee – ankle – foot components and orthoses (KAFO’s):
• metal design (knee joint and lock): the free motion knee joint, off set knee joint. Drop ring
lock, pawl lock, adjustable knee lock.
• accessories pad and straps
• plastic design and plastic – metal design
• hip – knee – ankle – foot components and orthoses (HKAFO’s)
60
• hip joints and locks: single axis locks, double axis lock.
• Pelvic bands: unilateral pelvic band, double or pelvis girdle band, Silesian belt.
• Spinal attachments: thoracis bands, uprights, abdominal support, Lumbosacral flexion
extension and lateral control orthoses (“Knight”), Thoracolumbosacral flexion extension and
lateral control orthoses (“Knight – Taylor”).
• Knee orthoses: for Patello – femoral disorder, angular motion control in frontal and sagittal
planes ( sedish knee cage, three way knee stabilizer). Axial rotation control,
• Special purpose orthoses: weight bearing devices ( Patellar-tendon-bearing orthosis, Patten
bottom)
• fracture orthosis: tibial orthosis, femoral orthesis.
• Special purpose orthosies for children: Angular and rotational deformities (Denis Browne
splint, “A”-Frame orthosis, Torsion-Shaft orthosis, Hip Rotation control straps.)
• Congenital Hip dislocation and dysplasia: Von Rosen splint, Ilfeld splint, Pevlik Harness.
• Legg-Calve-Perthesis disease: Trilateral orthosis, Toronto orthosis, Scottish Rite orthosis.
• Severe Paralytic Disorders: Detachable hip joint, standing frame orthosis, Parapodium,
Reciprocation – Gait orthosis.
5. Princples of fit and alignment

• Joint characteristics related to orthotic fit and alignment: Hip joint, knee joint, ankle joint and
the line of progression, subtalar joint.
• Alignment in frontal plane.
• Alignment in transverse plane.
• Effects of incorrect Orthotic alignment: in frontal plane, in sagittal plane in transverse plane.
61
Course Title: _ Upper Limb Prosthetics II_ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. 1 Below elbow prostheses
2. Above elbow prostheses
3. Amputee training
• Importance of residual function principles of amputee training: some factors which affect learning,
problem of harness , methods of determining when amputee is trained, requirement of trainer.
• Amputee orientation prior to control training.
• Control training for bilateral amputee.
• Criteria for completion of control training.
4. Controls and use training for child amputee
5. Medical considerations
• Prepration of the patient for mputation
• Sites of amputation
• Amputation surgery: the close flap or plastic amputation, techniques of the open circular amputation.
• Post operative care of the stump
• Post operative physical therapy
• Immediate fitting procedures.
• Stump hygiene
• Stump pathology
• Role of the surgeon in the prosthetic team.
6. Prosthetic prescription
• Medical and social factors
• Vocational and avocational consideration
• Prosthetic specification
• Prescription of mechanical component.
Responsibilities of the member of prescription team.
62
Course Title: _ Lower Limb Prosthetics II_ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. Fabrication, fitting, alignment and suspension of the above knee prosthesis

• Principles: ischial – gluteal weight – bearing and the a – p dimension, high anterior wall and the
scapa’s pad, control of perimeter at ischial level, adduction angle, flexion angle.
• Fabrication procedures: patient evaluation., measurement and molding (stump flexion angle,
stump adduction angle, a – p dimension, stump perimeters.
• Cast modification.
• Socket lamination and trim.
• Bench alignment.
• Suspension.
• Static and dynamic alignment, alignment duplication, shaping and final lamination.
2. Biomechanics of below – knee prosthesis
• Pressure as a determinant of comfort.
• Socket contours and shape related to pressure distribution.
• Accommodating for differences in relative firmness.
• Accommodating for different tolerance to pressure.
• Effect of relative inclination of supporting surface.
• Alignment and pressure distribution.
• Stump length related to npressure on stump.
• Mediolateral alignment.
• Anteroposterior alignment.
• Suspension methods and stump – socket pressures.
3. Fabrication, fitting, alignment, and suspension of the below – knee prosthesis

• Evaluation of stump, measurement and molding, cast modification, fabrication of the soft
insert, socket lamination and trim, bench alignment. Suspension, static and dynamic alignment,
alignment duplication.
• Variation of the patellar – tendon – bearing prosthesis
4. Gait analysis of the below – knee amputee
• Between heel strike mid – stance.
• At mid – stance.
• Between mid – stance and toe – off.
• During swing phase.
5. Above – knee prosthesis and components
63
• Foot ankle assembly.
• Shank.
• Knee assembly.
• Knee axis: polycentric axis.
• Knee control: constant friction, variable friction, weight – activated, fricyion brake, manual
lock.
• Extension aids: kick strap, extension lever.
• Hydraulic and pneumatic systems: sockets.
• Plug fit.
• Quadrilateral.
• Total contact.
• Non – total contact.
• Suspension devices: suction suspension, partial suction with auxiliary suspension, sileasian
bandage, pelvic belt, special devices.
• Modular construction.
• Prosthesis maintenance.
6. Fluid – controlled prosthesis
• General characteristics: variable resistance during swing, extension bias.
• Special features: coordinated knee – ankle motion, stance control, knee disarticulation.
• Prescription consideration.
7. Biomechanics of above knee prosthesis
• General considerations.
• Socket consideration: posterior wall, anterior wall, lateral wall, medial wall.
• Initial flexion
• Alignment: mediolateral alignment, antroposterior alignment.
• Swing – phase control.
64
Course Title: _ Biomechanics II_ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. Biomechanics of the knee:

Introduction; kinematics; kinetics
2. Biomechanics of the hip:

Introduction; anatomical consideration; kinematics; kinetics;
3. Biomechanics of the foot and the ankle:

Introduction; growth of foot; kinetics of the foot; ankle joint biomechanics; kinetics of ankle joint;
effects of shoe wear on biomechanics of foot/ankle;
4. Biomechanics of lumbar spine:

Introduction; the motion segment-the functional unit of the spine; kinematics; kinetics
5. Biomechanics of the cervical spine:

Introduction; component anatomy and biomechanics; kinematics; applied biomechanics;
biomechanics of cervical trauma;
6. Biomechanics of the shoulder:

Introduction; kinematics and anatomy; kinetics;
7. Biomechanics f the elbow:

Introduction; anatomy; kinematics; carrying angle; elbow stability; kinetics; electromyography;
elbow joint forces; articular surface forces; calculation of joint reaction force at the elbow;
8. Biomechanics of the wrist:

Introduction; anatomy of the wrist and hand; control of the wrist and the hand; kinematics;
interaction of wrist and hand motion, pattern of prehensile hand function;
65
YEAR 4 Semester 7

no.

Total 17
66
Course Title: _ Biomechanics III_ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. Introduction to the biomechanics of fracture fixation:

Introduction; fracture stability and healing; fixation devices and methods;
2. Biomechanics of arthroplasty:
Introduction; forces at the hip joint; rotational moments about the implant, reconstructed joint
geometry; stem position within the femoral canal; periprosthetic bone loss; forces at the knee joint;
medial-lateral load distribution; patellofemoral joint and loads; joint line height; posterior cruciate
ligament; conformity; constraint; polyethylene; anterior cruciate ligament;
3. Engineering Approaches to standing, sitting and lying:
Biomechanics of standing; reaching; biomechanics of pelvis; flat versus ball and socket joint;
sitting; seat; lying; decubitus ulcers
4. Biomechanics of gait:
Introduction; anatomical consideration; methods of gait analysis; gait cycle; time-distance
variables; angular kinematics; segmental kinetics; muscular control;
67
Course Title: _ Lower Limb Prosthetics III_ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. Gait analysis of the above knee amputee
• Deviations: abducted gait, lateral bending of trunk, circumduction, swing phase whips, rotation
of foot on heel strike, un even heel rise, terminal swing impact, footslap,uneven length of steps,
lumbar lordosis and vaulting.
2. Partial foot, syme, knee disarticulation and bilateral prosthesis
• Partial foot prosthesis
• Symes prosthesis
• Knee diarticulation prosthesis
• Bilateral prosthesis
• Bilateral above knee, Above knee/below knee
• Bilateral below knee
3. Hip disarticulation prostheses
• Socket designs: basic socket, diagonal socket, hemipelvectomy socket.
• Stump – socket control: anteroposterior control, mediolateral control.
• Alignment: stability in sagittal plane, stability in frontal plane.
• Gait sequence: heel strike, foot flat, midstance, push off, acceleration, decelaration.
• The modular approach.
4. Gait and activities training
• Introduction
• Prosthetic training for below knee or above knee: applying the prosthesis correctly, balancing on
the prosthesis, walking on level surfaces, sitting and raising from chairs, ascending and
decending stairs, ascending and decending inclines, piking up objects from floor, clearing
obstacles, hop – shop method of running, self protection in falling.
5. Functional capacities
• Amputation below ankle, Below knee amputations.
• Above knee amputation, Hip disarticulation.
• Bilateral amputation.
68
Course Title: _ Lower Limb Orthoticss III_ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. Analysis of pathological gait

• Introduction.
• Gait deviations (under consideration of points like phase of gait, Description, how to
observe, possible causes): Lateral trunk bending, Hip hiking, Internal and external limb
rotaion, Circumduction, Abnormal walking base, Exessive medial or lateral foot contact,
Anterior trunk bending, Posterior trunk bending, lordosis, Hyperextended knee, Exessive
knee flexion, Exessive genu varum or valgam, Inadequate dorsiflexion control, Insufficient
push-off, Vaulting, Rythmic distribances, Other, including abnormal arm motion.
• Common functional disorders: spastic hemiplegia,flaccid paralysis of quadriceps, arthritis of
knee.
2. Orthotics in lower motor neuron disorders
• Deformities (functional/fixed)
• Ankle and foot: muscles functional deficit, deformities and prescription considerations.
• Knee: muscles functional deficit, deformities and prescription considerations.
• Hip: muscles functional deficit, deformities and prescription considerations.
3. Functional consideration in spinal cord injury
4. Othotics in upper motor neuron disorders
• Neuropathology of UMN disorders
• Recovery processes
5. Orthotic in other clinical conditions
• Orthotics in arthritis
• Orthotics in fractures
• Orthotics in hemophilia
• Orthotics in progressive muscular dystrophy
69
Course Title: _ scientific Inquiry & Research Methodology _ Credit. ___3__
Contents
o Uniform Requirements for Manuscripts Submitted to Biomedical
Journals: Writing and Editing for Biomedical Publication
70
Course Title: _ Workshop Practice I _ Credit. ___3__
Contents
1. Materials and Tools used in Orthotics and Prosthetics.
• Material used in orthosis
• Material used in prosthesis
• Tools for measurement and casting
• Tools used in moulding and fabrication
• Tool used in model making and rectification
2. General principles of Measurement & Casting.
• Measurement taking
• Principles of marking and measurement
• Measurement taking of orthosis
• Measurement taking of prosthesis
• Principles of casting
3. General principles of Mould making and Rectification.
• Principles of rectification
• Principles of modeling
71
Course Title: _ Workshop &Business Management _ Credit. ___2__
Contents
1. materials acquisition, handling and stock control;

2. workforce management;
3. production cost calculations;
4. budgeting, invoicing, receipting and accounting;
5. clinic management, appointment systems, record keeping;
6. property management, care and maintenance;
7. environmental/ecological considerations;
8. quality management;
9. health systems;
10. ethical considerations
72
YEAR 4 Semester 8

no.
16
Total
73
Course Title: _ Fundamentals of Electricity & Electronics _ Credit. ___3__
Contents
• Introduction of Electricity & Electronics

• Basic concepts
• DC circuits
• inductance and capacitance
• AC circuits
• Power supplies
• Amplifiers
• Feedback
• interference rejection techniques
• measurement
• myoelectrodes
• safety.
74
Course Title: _ CAD-CAM Technology _ Credit. ___3__
Contents
• Introduction Of CAD-CAM
• Concepts of CAD-Cam
• Methodology to use it
• CAD-CAM TECHINIQUES FOR ORTHOTICS AND PROSTHETICS
75
Course Title: _ Workshop Practice II _ Credit. ___4__
Contents
Clinical Practice
• assessment and prescription;
• clinical provision of prostheses and orthoses;
• manufacture of prostheses and orthoses;
• interpersonal relationships;
• professional activity;
• communication;
• organisation and management;
• clinical research.
Prosthetics and Orthotics Practice

• -partial foot prosthetics;
• ankle disarticulation prosthetics;
• trans-tibial prosthetics;
• knee disarticulation prosthetics;
• trans-femoral prosthetics;
• hip disarticulation and hemipelvectomy prosthetics;
• partial hand prosthetics;
• wrist disarticulation prosthetics;
• trans-radial prosthetics;
• elbow disarticulation prosthetics;
• trans-humeral prosthetics;
• shoulder disarticulation and forequarter prosthetics;
• foot orthotics;
• ankle-foot orthotics;
• knee orthotics;
• knee-ankle-foot orthotics;
• hip orthotics;
• hip-knee-ankle-foot orthotics;
• hand orthotics;
• wrist-hand orthotics;
• elbow orthotics;
• elbow-wrist-hand orthotics;
• shoulder orthotics;
• shoulder-elbow-wrist-hand orthotics;
• sacro-iliac orthotics;
• lumbo-sacral orthotics;
76
• thoraco-lumbar orthotics;
• thoraco-lumbo-sacral orthotics;
• cervical orthotics;
• cervico-thoraco-lumbo-sacral orthotics;
• orthopaedic footwear and shoe modifications;
• fracture bracing.

Course Title: _ Research Project/Thesis_ Credit. ___6__
PRACTICAL:
 Lite ra ture re vie w
 P re pa ra tion, pre s e nta tion a nd de fe nce of re s e a rch propos a l
 P os te r pre s e nta tion
77
17. Taxonomy of Learning Domains (Blooms Taxonomy of Learning Objectives). A committee of colleges, led by
Benjamin Bloom (1956), categorized learning objectives in three domains.
i) Cognitive Domain (Theoretical Learning)

ii) Psychomotor Domain (Skill Learning)
iii) Attitudes (Performance under Emotional Control)
The recommendations of Bloom Taxonomy have been received several times. Most common classification
applied in medical education is as under;
The levels of learning in the curriculum and the corresponding testing levels of examinations are predetermined in
the light of classification (Blooms Taxonomy) of learning objectives. In these Programs, the taxonomy will be
used at planning management and evaluation points of education.
19. Research Work

18.1: General Regulations:
All students of BSc Allied Health Sciences, during year IV shall be assigned at least one Research Topic
(Literature Review/Clinical Cases Collection and Reporting. (as given under)
18.2; The members of the Program Faculty Committee of year III and IV will act as supervisors/mentors of the
students.
18.3. The Topic of Research will be approved by the supervisor / mentor.
18.4. The Research Proposal/Synopsis and final Research Report will be recommended by the Supervisor
and approved by the Program Director.
18.5. Guide lines are given at para 19 & 20.
20. Objectives of Literature Review Assignments
Student will be assigned a clinical problem, related to their program most commonly encountered in the specialty;
and will be expected to review the literature and write a “Review Article” comprising of;
• Topic
• Introduction
• Review of Literature
• Conclusion
• References
21. Objectives of Clinical Cases Collection and Reporting.

Student will be assigned a clinical problem encountered in the field of the Program; and will be expected
to collect data and write a “Report” comprising of;
• Topic
• Aims of Study;
• Case Report Form (Study Performa)
78
• Result & Analysis
• Conclusions
22. Instructional Strategies/Learning Strategies:
Educational Strategies in Medical Education have attracted much attention and controversy in recent years. An
increased orientation to the consumer of the education has been reflected in a move of focus from “what students
are taught, to what trainees learn”, from “acquisition of knowledge, to the application of knowledge”, and from
“topic oriented teaching to objective oriented learning”.
In an attempt to achieve the learning objectives in medical education, eight (8) important educational strategies
have been developed during the past 50 years. These are;
a. Student-centered-learning(SCL)
b. Problem –based-learning(PBL)
c. Integrated teaching(IT)
d. Community-based-education(CBE)
e. Task-based-learning(TBL)
f. Team Based Learning (TBL), and
g. Evidence-Based-Learning (EBL)
h. Best Evidence Medical Education.
24. Roles and responsibilities of Teachers

i) Ensure organization of excellent learning experience for the students.
ii) Continuously endeavors to improve their education, skills, and behavior to be an excellent teacher and an
ideal role model for the student.
iii) It is teacher’s responsibility to counsel, censure, or after due process to dismiss a candidate who fails to
demonstrate appropriate competence, reliability or ethics.
Teachers must closely monitor the conduction of the program and students performance and try to bring
improvements in both
25. Criteria of Supervisors & Mentors
The Program Faculty Committee should appoint Mentors/Supervisors to each student. The main role of
Mentors/Supervisors to perform Carrier Counseling, give guideline and act as “Role Model”. The
Mentors/Supervisor must hold regular meetings with their students.
26. Research.
Students in 4th year of all B.Sc (Hons) Programs are attached to a supervisor/mentor (one of the members of the
Program Faculty Committee) by the Program Director. The respective supervisor/mentor will supervise the student to
write synopsis and Dissertation of the Research project to be completed
Evaluation and Approval will be granted by another member of the Program Faculty Committee as appointed by the
Program Director.
27. Scoring and Grading System
The GP System will be used to issue transcript of the students.
Grade Point
Sr. No Letter Grade Numerical Grade (%)
Value
79
1. A+ 4.00 85 % and above
2. A 3.70 80 % - 84 %
3. B+ 3.40 75 % -79 %
4. B 3.00 70 % - 74 %
5. B- 2.50 65 % - 69 %
6. C+ 2.00 60 % - 64 %
7. C 1.50 55 % - 59 %
8. D 1.00 50 % - 54 %
9. F 0.00 Below 50 %
28. Administration of Program(s)

28.1. First year of education (Semester of I & II) will be common to students of all programs and Dean AHS
will administer semester I & II and send results of modules to the Controller of Examination.
28.2. After successful completion of year 1 (semester I & II ) the specific programs will be allotted to the
students by Board of Studies of AHS based on the choice of student and merit of admission.
28.3. Whole curriculum is managed module wise. The full time, part time and visiting faculty will teach the
program and carry out assessment of the respective modules and semesters.
28.4. The Board of Studies of Allied Health Sciences will also act as Program Coordination Committee. The
BOS AHS will notify “List of Program Faculty Committees” for Semester 1, Semester 2, Year 2, 3 and 4
under Chairman Ship of Program Director for each “BSc(Hons) Program for a period of four (4) years
and is responsible to develop, manage and monitor the curriculum of their respective program and have
following composition.
• Program Director Chairman

• Upto 05 full time faculty members Members
• Upto 03 part time visiting faculty members Members
• Student of the program Member
(C.R. to be on yearly basis)
Faculty Committee will be responsible to administer the curriculum and maintain discipline in Program.
28.5 Board of Studies (BOS)of Allied Health Sciences (All B.Sc. Programs Coordination Committee include
all Program Directors shall develop, review and manage the;
a. Framework (Rules and Regulations of All AHS Programs).

b. Admissions
c. Examinations of AHS Programs
d. Administrative and Disciplinary Affairs.
e. Responsibilities of the Institution.
f. Responsibilities of the Teachers.
g. The requirements/Learning resources of the program.
h. The Learning Strategies to be used for instructions.
i. Quality Assurance Procedures.
j. Fee structure
k. Remunerations to teachers
l. Any other policy issue
30. Diploma Supplement

Diploma Supplement as described by EU Higher Education will be issued to each student.
80
As adapted from the European Commission of Higher Education, the “Diploma Supplement” is a document
attached to a higher education program providing a standardized description of nature, level, context, content and
status of the studies that were pursued and successfully completed by the graduates.
The Diploma Supplement is aimed at providing transparency and facilitating academic and professional
recognition of qualifications (certificates, diplomas, degrees). A Diploma Supplement will be delivered to all
graduates of all programs at King Edward Medical University Lahore in academic with following structure and
recommendation structure and recommendation of Diploma Supplement.
1. Information on the Institution

a. Name and address
b. Academic calendar
c. Academic authorities
d. General description of the institution (including type and status)
e. List of degree programmes offered
f. Admission/registration procedures
g. Main university regulation procedures
h. CATS institutional co-ordinator
i. Objective of the course (preferably expressed in terms of learning outcomes and competences)
j. Prerequisites for entry into the Program
k. Program Curriculum contents
l. Recommended reading
m. Teaching methods
n. Assessment methods
o. Language of instruction
2. General Information on degree programmes

a. Qualification awarded
b. Admission requirements
c. Educational and professional goals
d. Access to further studies
e. Course structure diagram with credits (60 per year)
f. Final examination
g. Examination and assessment regulations
3. Description of individual Modules (course) units

a. Module/Course title
b. Module/Course code
c. Year of study
d. Two Semester/Three Semesters
e. Number of credits allocated to the Program, Each year, Each Semester, Each Module (based on the
student workload required to achieve the objectives or learning outcomes)
f. Name of Program Director and In charge Teacher of each Module.
81
4. General information for students
i. Cost of living
ii. Accommodation
iii. Meals
iv. Medical facilities
v. Facilities for special needs students
vi. Financial support for students
vii. Student affairs office
viii. Study facilities
ix. International programmes
x. Language courses
xi. Internships
xii. Sports facilities
xiii. Extra-mural and leisure activities
Xvi Students associations
31. Quality Improvement of Programs
The statement(s) of learning objectives and procedures of program administration are called academics
standards. The measurement of effectiveness of these academic standards is called academic quality.
The effectiveness of academic standards of BSc AHS programs is measured to determine the existing quality
level and is taken as base line for its further improvement, through following procedures;
31.1. Internal Regular Monitoring
The programs are continuously monitored by the Program Director and reported in their Annual
Monitoring Report. The report consists of following parts;
i. Certificate that program academic and administration procedures were carried out according to
the laid down standards.
ii. Problems which were encountered while administrating the programs along with list of problems
that were solved and unsolved.
iii. Annual Monitoring Report of the B.Sc. Allied Health Sciences will be provided to Dean AHS
during month of January each year.
31.2. Self Evaluation (Peer Review)
A pear review committee of two specialists of the same field from outside KEMU are recommended by
each Program Director to the Dean, AHS. The Dean will recommend the panels of peer review
committees along with the time table of “Self Evaluation” of each program to the Vice Chancellor for
approval. Self Evaluation of Program is conducted after every five years. The Program Director act as
coordinator of the Self Evaluation. The Committee will review the Program on following
i. Review the curriculum content and teaching activities

ii. Review of Annual Monitoring Report of the Program Director.
iii. Quality on the Teaching/Learning activities and resources.
iv. Meet the Students and the Program Faculty and take their view on the effectiveness/smooth
running of the program.
The Committee will visit the Learning Environment, meet students and faculty before making final
report.
31.3. Accreditation (External Review)

This will be carried out by an approved accreditation agency.
82
Information Required for BS/MS/MPhil, PHD or Equivalent
Degree Program
I. Overview:
Program Title: BS Orthotics & Prosthetics
Degree level: Undergraduation
Field: Orthotics & Prosthetics
Degree Program Code:_BSOP
1) Name: Title: Dr. Ashfaq Ahmad, PT (Head of the Department)

Phone: 0300-9449192
e-mail: ashfaq.ahmad@uipt.uol.edu.pk
2) Name: Title: Saba Afzal, Orthotist & Prosthetist (Program Coordinator)
Phone: 03244220771
e-mail: sabaafzal21@gmail.com
Campus: DEFENCE ROAD CAMPUS

• Classroom (including hybrid)*
• Laboratories* (workshop )
Vision
Mission


 Ensure organization of excellent learning experience for the students.
 Continuously endeavors to improve their education, skills, and behavior to be an
excellent teacher and an ideal role model for the student.
 It is teacher’s responsibility to counsel, censure, or after due process to dismiss a
candidate who fails to demonstrate appropriate competence, reliability or ethics.
Teachers must closely monitor the conduction of the program and students
performance and try to bring improvements in both
To provide high quality training to students who will ultimately serve the
orthotics and prosthetics needs of Southern Africa. To promote first-class
teaching, learning, research, and community engagement in order to be a
training service provider of choice for students, whilst maintaining the
reputation of the DUT as a model of knowledge empowerment; To produce a
well-rounded and competent graduate who will be a productive citizen fully
able to integrate into society, and who will function efficiently and effectively
in a dynamic global environment.

Currently FAHS is running full- fledged international level undergraduate,
postgraduate and PhD programs.

The AHS aspire to promote globally competitive undergraduate, postgraduate,



Target of BS Orthotics & Prosthetics is to provide the advanced knowledge to Professionals
in the field of prosthetics and orthotics .so that thy could design, fabricate, and fit orthopedic
braces and artificial limbs for a broad range of clients from pediatric to geriatric.
Yes, this program interdisciplinary in nature. Therefore this program does need any support
from other departments.
It does not fall in any other discipline.
one option?
This program is specialized course that focuses on fabrication and fitting orthopedic
braces and artificial limb to rehabilitate a broad range of patients from pediatric to
geriatric.

2017 50
2018 50
2019 50
2020 50
2021 50

Assessment

 The student accepts the orthotics and prosthetics program in its full sense as a lifelong
activity and that he/she is prepared to invest time and effort to acquire, maintain and
further improve his/her own knowledge and skills.
 A critical appreciation of techniques, procedures is carried out in the orthotics and
prosthetics and an understanding of scientific methods is acquired for reliability and
validity of observations and the testing of hypothesis.
 The ability and willingness to adopt a problem solving approach to manage
clinical/research situations.
 The ability to plan and interpret a management program in orthotics prosthetics/
rehabilitation centers with due regard to the patient’s comfort and economic factors.
 Awareness of the role of a professional in health/research//rehabilitation/welfare teams
and his/her willingness to work cooperatively within such teams.
 Awareness of the fact that he/she has to create his/her own professional impact as a
capable orthotist and prosthetist.
 To pursue and develop the basic scientific pursuits and guidelines for scientific
discoveries to strengthen knowledge further about human body requirements.
 The candidate should recognize the importance of teamwork and function as effective
member/leader of the team.
At the end of this program students will be able to design, fabricate, and fit orthopedic
braces and artificial limbs.


integrate e-learning, promote learner
autonomy and embed employability and Student Learning Outcomes 1.3; 2.1; 2.2;
personal development planning into the 3.3
curriculum Tutor and Student Directed learning
Section

Skills Section

Section
experiences
Student Learning Outcomes 3.3


within the Program Section
Explore issues of effectiveness and

opportunities



appended)
outcomes?
At the end of the program there will be research project of 6 credit hours, where
students will demonstrate skills & learning outcomes.

recommended by HEC.
It will be included in the existing program. The disaggregation of assessment data will
be conducted as per university rules and regulations.

for __________________. Please attach a copy of the existing plan.
VI. Curriculum
The detailed course outline has been attached for guideline.
N/A

from those units.)
Following courses from other departments/colleges will be used
Anatomy, Physiology, Behavior Sciences, Computer, Biochemistry, Mathematics,
Physics
been mapped?
yes, curriculum has been fully mapped that meets all national and international
standards.
As per rules of university.
outcomes)

University and training and teaching center is on board and provide training twice a
year. It monitors any ongoing and future need and fulfills them accordingly.
field?
Students need basic computer knowledge so that they can operate the above
mentioned technologies easily and efficiently.
We have all the latest technologies being used in the field (workshop of orthopedics &
rehabilitation) .


BS Orthotics & Prosthetics is regular program in which the classes to will be
conducted on week days ( Mon – Fri)
Though instructors are experienced and well trained for the program but as far as
IX. Students
Year 1 50
Year 2 50
Year 3 50
Year 4 50

graduate programs)?
F.sc (Pre – medical) or equivalent from HEC recognized institute.

This is full time day time program.
Yes it is undergraduate program and will be completed in four years. Number of total
credit hours will be 133.
D. Advising


As per their experience and specialty.
1. CV’s, copies of PHD degrees and transcript of faculty members clearly indicating
their areas of specialization and date of joining in university.
2. Faculty

1 Saba Afzal Dr. Rabiya Noor Dr. Ashfaq Ahmad Prof. dr. Hossain
Kareemi
2 Hussan Shuja Dr.Fareeha Dr. Salman Bashir

Amjad
3 Sumbal Dr. Waqar Afzal Dr. surriya Zahra

Waheed
4 Nazia Shahzadi Dr. Umair Afzal
Mr. Farukh Mr. Bilal Mr. usman
Mr. Hammad
XI. Facilities

The department owns state of the art laboratories with most up to date equipment.


Yes, this program require specialized equipment. We need full fledged orthopedic
workshop for the practical training of students and welfare of patients.
University has approved the place for orthopedic workshop.
XII. Finances
1 50 1 lakh/ 50,00000/-
student/year

student/year

student/year
4 50 + (150 old students) 1 lakh/ 2,0000000/-

student/year
5 50000000/- Rs
Year Numbers Average Salary Total outlay (salaries)
1 2 Lecturer 45,000/- Rs 90,000/-Rs
2 2 Senior Lecturer 60,000/- Rs 1,20,000/-Rs
3 2 Assistant Professors 80,000/- Rs 1,60,000/- Rs
4 2 Associate professors As per hiring
5 1 Professor As per hiring
Total 3,70000/- P.M
4.4 Millions /Month

Miscellaneous Expenses= 1.6 + 3 Millions
(Books + Orthopedic workshop)
Grand total = 9 millions

Outline of course BS Orthotics & Prosthetics (BSOP)
Semester 1:

no.
:
Semeste
Total 16 r2

16
Total
Semest
er 3:

no.
2. Physiology of Nervous system, Neuro-muscular 3 (2-1)
physiology
Total 16
Semester 4:
no.
Total 18
Semester 5:

no.
Total 18
Semester 6:

no.
Total 18
Semester 7:
no.
Total 17
Semester 8:

no.
16
Total
T
otal credit hrs :136
(Annexure -III)
(Annexure-II)
MINUTES OF THE 6th MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES OF

UIPT HELD ON 02-12-2016 AT 11.00 A.M. AT THE CONFERENCE ROOM
UNIVERSITY INSTITUTE OF PHYSICAL THERAPY, UOL.
Description of Minutes:
• Agenda of The Meeting:

o Discussion and justification of start of new BS Orthotics & Prosthetics under
domain of UIPT
o Finalization of course outline and detailed curriculum with clear cut course
description and course objectives
o Implementation of Laboratory manuals and Practical and Clinical Log books
• Venue & Date of Meeting:
o 2-12-2015 AT 11.00 A.M.
o The Conference Room University Institute ofPhysical Therapy, UOL.
• Board Members:
1. Dr. Ashfaq Ahmad, PT (HOD, UIPT) Chairman
2. Mr. Muhammad Afzal, Principal LSN Co- Chairman
3. Dr. Salman Bashir Member
4. Dr. M. Waseem Akhtar, PT (UHS) Member
5. Dr. Hafiz ljaz, PT(LGS) Member
6. Dr. Salman Malik Kamboh, PT (Multan) Member
7. Dr. Junaid ljaz Gondal, PT (KEMU) Member
8. Dr. Shahid Ahmed Heera, PT (Faisalabad, TUF) Member
9. Dr. Arooj Munawar, PT (UIPT) Member
10. Dr. Rabiya Noor Member
11. Dr. Fareeha Amjad, PT Member
12. Dr. Umair Ahmad, PT Member
13. Ms. Saba Afzal concerned Subject Specialist
14. Dr. Salman Zafar Member
15. Dr. waqar Afzal, PT Secretary I Member
All the members were present except Dr. salman malik and Dr Shahid Heera
• Proceedings; The following resolutions were unanimously made:

o Meeting was started with the recitation of Holy Quran at 11:00 ani sharp.
o There was detailed discussion on the need, importance and justification of start of
new BS Orthotics & Prosthetics. Keeping in view the current demand , it was
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 3
Subject: Approval of New Degree program Doctor of Occupational Therapy
offered by Department of Health Professional Technologies, Faculty
of Allied Health Sciences

approved to start new degree program Doctor of Occupational Therapy (DOT), 5-Years to be
offered by Department of Health Professional Technologies from Fall Semester 2017 (Annexure-
I). The details of the program are available at Annexure–II.
The degree program has been endorsed by the Board of Studies of Department of Health
Professional Technologies (DHPT) and Board of Faculty (Annexure-III).
(Annexure -I)
THE
UNIVERSITYOF
LAHORE
REGR toonltsbqe'
Date; March 24,24n
NOTTFTC4TTON
_
tLr*rrRA*-
(Karam Elahi)
Registrar
C.C.
2. Rectof
11. Offrce Record
Raiwind Road CamPus

Defence Road CamP
uol.edu.P[m
lffi
WORKING PAPER
Item No: -
Subject: - Approval of DOT Program in Department of Health Professional
Technologies
Department of Health Professional Technologies Board of Studies (BOS-DHPT) reviewed on 12
December,2016, Faculty Board of Studies reviewed on 26 December,2016 discussed, reviewed
and approved respectively 5 Years DOT (Doctor of Occupational Therapy) program in
Department of Health Professional Technologies (minutes of meeting are attached).
The members agreed that such programs will be more beneficial for our University to enhance its
quality of education and to maximize the worldwide ranking amongst the top universities.
Moreover, such research programs will also help to enhance the goodwill and repute of the
University all over the world. It is also decided that the Degree Program should be of 5 years
divided into 10 semesters.
Programs:
• Doctor of Occupational Therapy (DOT) – 5years - 10 semesters

(Credit Hours – 172)
Eligibility Criteria:
• FSc Pre Medical (12 Years)
• Intermediate or equivalent with a minimum aggregate of 50% marks
The admission criteria will be:

Merit will be finalized as per UOL & HEC rules and regulations on the basis of the following;
1. Academic achievements (Distinctions / University Positions)
2. GRE / GAT-Subject Test / NTS-Subject Test (minimum passing marks 50%)
3. UOL Entry Test and Interview
The Board of Studies of Department of Health Professional Technologies (BOS-DHPT) and

Faculty Board of Studies approved the curriculum and introduction of the degree program from
Fall 2017.
Now this matter is placed before Board of Advanced Studies and Research (BASR) for further
consideration and approval please.
List of Documents Attached:
1. Details of background, rationale, justification, faculty, financial feasibility

2. Outline of all proposed courses and allocation of credit hours as per HEC guide lines
3. Approval from Departmental Board of Studies (BOS), DHPT
4. Approval from Faculty Board of studies, FAHS, UOL
(Annexure -II)
(Annexure-I)

Proposal to Offer a New Degree Program
I. Overview:
Program Title: Doctor of Occupational Therapy
Degree Program Code: DOT

Department(s): Department of Health professional Technologies
Faculty: Faculty of Allied & Health Sciences
Name: Ms. Atia Ur-Rehman

Title: Head of DHPT/Assistant Prof
Phone: +923364150279
E-mail: atia.urrehman@dhpt.uol.edu.pk
Supervisor of Program Dr Sraya Rahber
E-mail: rahbarsoraya7@gmail.com
Campus: Main Campus
Starting Date:
Method of course delivery:
• Classroom
• Hospital Clinics
• Rehabilitation centers/special education Centers
The University of Lahore:
Vision:
To create an academic environment that cultivates lifelong learning by

imparting education based on analytical and critical thinking that produces
graduates exhibiting leadership qualities to serve the society with highest level
of integrity and civic responsibility. By following modern curricula and focusing
on creation of innovative research with an aim to place itself in the forefront of
national research universities.
Mission:
The University of Lahore is a private sector university committed to the

tradition of service to society. Our objectives are:
• To advance knowledge through creative research and scholarship across a
wide range of academic disciplines.
• To extend knowledge through innovative educational programs built on
strong foundation in which emerging scholars are motivated to realize their
highest potential and assume roles of leadership, responsibility, and service
to society.
• To apply knowledge to provide solutions to the problems in order to
improve the quality of life and enrich the economy of the nation, and the
world.
Mission of the Faculty
To integrate fundamentals of ‘Allied and healthcare professionals (AHPs)

includes individuals involved with the delivery of health or healthcare
related services, with qualification and competence in therapeutic,
diagnostic, curative, preventive and/or rehabilitative interventions. To
provide services in multidisciplinary health teams in diverse healthcare
settings to promote, protect, treat and/or manage a person (‘s) physical,
mental, social, emotional, environmental health and holistic well-being. To
facilitate the learning at best clinical practices, consistency and alliance
between the academic and clinical is rudiments. Program has made
important progress in both areas and efforts to refine and consolidate the
integration between theory and practice is mission of AHS.
Teach and develop plans to enhance service delivery through specialty
programs. Increase teamwork with on-campus and other institutions of
allied with clinical and academic advising for professional students
regarding the key areas of diagnose management and rehabilitations.
We accomplish our mission through:
• Providing high quality Profession related education to prepare professionals

for providing full-scope in clinical practice with an ethical and professional
manner.
• Educate student/Professionals, how to communicate with patients/clients,
care-givers, other health professionals and other members of the
community effectively and appropriately.
• We make an effort for our students to be of the highest competence and be
able to obtain the highest level of skills and education needed to serve their
patients and communities upon post-graduation.
• Department Providing large variety of academic and clinical experiences,
students are prepared to become professional, competent and
compassionate educators and clinicians who are able to utilize evidence-
based principles in their professional practice.
• Providing a multidisciplinary environment for professionals that encourages
scholarly activities/services and lifelong learners.
• Advancing knowledge of human and contribute to the advancement of the
profession of occupational practice, research, and professional
development.
• Producing professionals with a strong clinical and theoretical background to
practice at the highest level of professional proficiency and integrity; who
provide quality services to students while maintaining sensitivity to cultural,
linguistic, and individual diversity.
• Acquiring a sound foundation in basic and clinical sciences essential for
graduate of OT
• Learning the technical, communicative, and interpersonal skills required to
apply that knowledge; develop self-confidence in decision-making,
acceptance of responsibility and characteristics of a professional.
• Becoming involved in discovery, transmittal, and application of knowledge
through participation in, or appreciation of, scientific inquiry; Be exposed
to, and made aware of: The ethical insights and moral attitudes required to
ensure the best interests of the patient are served; The forces--legislative,
legal, ethical, technical and socioeconomic--which influence health care;
The necessity of keeping abreast of new knowledge and technology and
their applications as a continuing obligation to patients and their care.
• The Research Goal of the University is to conduct scholarly inquiry, both
basic and applied, and to disseminate this information to the appropriate
audiences.
• Encourage students to develop interest in leadership roles within the
professions and a concern for the highest quality of care given by the
professionals in Pakistan.
• Teach students about the role of other healthcare providers and the
importance of a holistic and co-operative approach with other professions
and professionals.
Mission of the Department:
The educational missions of the Department DHPT is to educate and train to
professionals to serve the needs of the health care populations, moreover
educate and train qualified teachers and researchers in field of Allied health
sciences to provide professional degree in advanced clinical areas and to
provide training for practitioners in new developments. The research mission is
to add to the body of knowledge identified in occupation therapy and its
effective applications. The service missions are to provide counsel and support
to the profession in its mission to improve clinical services; to help provide
appropriate health education to the public; to help extend care to those
segments of society which are underserved, and to provide advice and counsel
to the international professionals in health sector. (DHPT, UOL)
The mission of the (DOT) Doctor of Occupational Therapy

Describe how this proposed program will complement or mirror these
missions.
Where currently department/Faculty stands? Doctor of Occupational

Therapy (DOT) will be the first specialized program which is a dire need in the
country to have specialized programs which will produce Occupational
Therapists.
They will be able:
1. To provide specialized occupational therapy care.

2. To serve as responsible members in the professional community and are
willing and able to assume leadership roles in the communities they serve.
3. To identify researchable problems, advocate and participate in research,
and incorporate research findings into clinical practice.
4. To understand and place in context the social, economic and cultural issues
of practice and effectively advocate for changes in policy
5. To apply different techniques of occupational therapy in a safe and
effective manner.
6. To adopt only those techniques which are evidence based
Describe the nature and focus of this program.
1- Occupational therapy (OT) is a major member of any Rehabilitation

Team and a significant role player in any health care set up. A short list
of all areas of OT contribution to the health and well-being of the society
has been provided in the proposal.
2- OT has been neglected in both education and practice aspects in
Pakistan and is far behind international standards.
3- OT, in its current status (only BSc) has been unfairly pushed back by
other health care programs that are currently offered at doctoral level in
the University of Lahore, hence appearing unattractive to students and a
DOT program will resolve this issue.
4- Although OT started originally at a diploma or BSc level globally, it has
quickly moved to MSc and PhD and more recently to DOT levels to
address the growing needs to the very specialized services this it can
provide. Current belief is that, considering all areas that OT should
address, a 4 year BSc program is not enough to cover all aspects and a
DOT is absolutely needed. Therefore OT education at a BSc level has
been already (or planned to be) phased out in many countries, including
USA, UK and Australia.
Therefore, there is no doubt that OT is needed to be redirected to a

reasonable educational and practical stream in Pakistan.
Feasibility:
Although a formal feasibility study has not been conducted, it is quite

obvious that the fast growing need for the OT services and very limited
number of occupational therapists working in Pakistan, a DOT program
will be attractive not only to new students, but also to the occupational
therapists already holding a BSc and willing to join a 3 semester
Transitional Doctor of Occupational Therapy (TDOT) program as included
in the proposal.
Sustainability:
DOT will be sustainable because of the ever growing need to its services
in physical, mental and psychiatric areas and over the life span from
pediatrics to geriatrics. Pakistan population and very limited number of
occupational therapists that are currently practicing and are educated
only at a BSc level guarantees that the program will attract students
immediately and in the long run.
This unique program consists of a team of members of a diverse, highly

specialized and qualified background, which enriches the Pakistani society
through highly qualified post-graduates.
III. Program Description:
Doctor of occupational Therapy (DOT)

The four-year post-graduate curriculum includes instruction in all clinical and
practical phases of an essential part of curriculum.
• Is this program interdisciplinary in nature? If so, what are the fields of study
involved, and how will the identified units work together in delivering the
program? (Attach any document on support from all units involved.)
Within what discipline(s) does it fall? What distinguishes it from other similar
disciplines or from other branches of the same field?
The Five years Doctor of occupational Therapy (DOT) Degree in program has
been designed for meeting the demand of the growing needs of experts in the
fields of Occupational theray.DOT will be sustainable because of the ever
growing need to its services in physical, mental and psychiatric areas and over
the life span from pediatrics to geriatrics. In Pakistani population, there are
limited numbers of occupational therapists that are currently practicing and
are educated only at a BSc level guarantees that the program will attract
students immediately and in the long run. This program will fulfill the demand
of field of Allied health professions.
Is it a broad, general program or will it focus on one specialization? Does it

offer more than one option?
It will be a broad base and will focus on various specializations like primary
health care profession that encompass trained to assist the surgeons during
the procedures and assume responsibility for completion of other functions as
assigned. Responsibilities include and maintain anesthesia machine, monitors
life support equipment like airway equipment, ventilator, emergency
equipment, defibrillator, and anesthetic and resuscitation drugs. Maintains and
keep records of all anesthesia equipment and drug. Assist Anesthetist in
patient procedures like setting up of invasive lines, airway management,
setting up of monitors and administer anesthesia to patient.
Assists during emergency situations by assisting in basic and advanced life
support, critical events Prepares and maintains operation table, light and
electric
Management of central sterile services department, Sterilization procedures
like autoclaving, plasma sterilization and disinfection procedures as per
guidelines, checking, storage and dispatch, Management in Intensive Care unit
and emergency department of equipment like ventilators, monitors, infusion
pumps, defibrillators all are working areas of OTT. Assist disaster team in
disaster situations and national emergencies on field and safe transport in
ambulance, Assist anesthetist during anesthesia procedures outside operation
theatres like CT and MRI suits, Cardiac catheterization laboratory, pain relief
procedures are includes OTT responsibilities.
IV. State Need and Student Demand for the Program:
• The need for program was assessed from input the field experts and
industry and prospective/current candidates.
For the general course is designed to train students in the operation theatre,
CCU, Post-Operative rooms as well as in the operation and maintenance of
theatre equipments and hospital pipeline system as the success of the
procedures and safety of patients depend largely on the reliability, smooth and
trouble free performance of these equipments. It is presented that though
only two institutes whose are offering this degree, King Edward University and
University of health sciences. Conversely graduates of both universities are not
sufficient, less than demand. So an immense number of potential candidates
are present and willing to get enrolled in BSOTT (Four years program).
V. Goals and Objectives, Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment:
What are we trying to achieve with this program?


How will we assess whether we are meeting our goals and objectives – i.e.,
how will we gather information and how will we use it?
• Learning will be assessed using a variety of examinations and written

assignments, project presentations and a research paper.
What will our graduates know and be able to do as a result of this program?
• This interactive degree is designed to help students build their knowledge
leadership and training skills in occupational therapies.
• This course will enhance ability to facilitate a cooperative team work in

students and also develop the skills and knowledge to communicate
effectively with patients, clients and staff; learn how to transport and care
for your clients and develop a understanding of basic medical terminology
and anatomy, enabling you to deliver the highest standards of service.
• The Program emphasis initially on the academic content establishing a

strong scientific basis and later on the application of theory to
clinical/reflective practice, on a continuum of rotation from theory to
practice over the program.
• The program helps students to specialize in the examination, diagnosis,

treatment, management and preventions.
• This graduate degree is designed to help students to apply principles of
evidence-based practice to their clinical service delivery, Work in
combination with other health care professional to provide integrated,
quality care for patients
• It’s an outcome-based program; meet the local and national manpower
requirements, personal satisfaction and career potential for the
professionals with supporting pathway in the development of the
profession.
• One of the major changes is the shift from a focus based on traditional
theoretical knowledge and skills to competency based education and
training. Optimal education/training requires that the student is able to
integrate knowledge, skills and attitude in order to be able to perform a
professional act adequately in a given situation.
• The curriculum aims to focus on skills and competencies based approach for
learning and are designed accordingly designed with an aim to standardize
the content across the nation.
• Students will be given grounding in research methods and data analysis that
prepares them for higher research-related degrees.
After DOT students will be able to

o Work as Occupational therapist in Special schools
o Hospitals settings
o Art therapist
o Ergonomist
o Health promotion specialist
o High intensity therapist
o Occupational therapist
o Sports therapist
o Advice worker
o Care manager
o Medical sales representative
o Sports specialists
o Play therapist
o Primary care graduate mental health worker
o Social worker
o Special educational needs teacher
o Teaching assistant
Are the program outcomes observable and measurable?
• The outcomes the proposed program will be observable and measurable

the program will facilitate the student’s problem solving skills. Thinking
creatively and synthesizing information for integrative solutions.
• The program will introduce the students to collect analyze critically evaluate
and prepare data for presentation, through internet and web-based
technologies.
Do they align with other university’s learning goals, and/or with standards
from professional or regulatory bodies?
We’ll deliver and promote the activities which fulfill the requirement and goals
set by the professional or regulatory bodies as well.
C. Assessment of Student learning and Student Achievement (resources and

samples appended)
How will we assure whether students are achieving the student learning
outcomes?
• We’ll assess our student by evaluating their competitive skills in hospital

and clinics, on simulators, by community services and psychological services
to enhance research oriented activities and task. This program is basically
for the professionals and the resources will be their organizations, work
places and teachers.
Does this program include a senior level project, where students demonstrate
Although OT started originally at a diploma or BSc level globally, it has quickly

moved to MSc and PhD and more recently to DOT levels to address the
growing needs to the very specialized services this it can provide. Current
belief is that, considering all areas that OT should address, a 4 year BSc
program is not enough to cover all aspects and a DOT is absolutely needed
What resources are available to support program assessment?
• The required resources are available with internet and web-based

technology; with equipment and instrumentation; and grounds/courts; and
for collection, analyzing and preparing data for research purposes.
If the new program will be included in an existing program’s assessment plan,

how will the assessment data be disaggregated to provide useful information
on the new program? How will the new program participate in assessment?
Are there any unique assessment needs or constraints (may include delivery
mode, for example)?
The existing available assessment plan will fulfill the required assessment or as
per university policy.
 Assessment of this program will be incorporated into the existing

assessment plan for Please attach a copy of the existing plan.
VI. Curriculum:
What courses will be required?
Following is the scheme of the courses offered
What electives (if applicable) will be available?
What courses from other departments/colleges will be used?
Department of health professional technologies will manage and arrange

specific field subjects by its own faculty and basic sciences FAHS faculty
teachers.
How do the required courses align with the student learning outcomes to
ensure students can build and refine skills and knowledge over time? Has the
curriculum been mapped?
• The program will support studying of roles of occupational therapists who

work in mental health settings where they help patients who suffer from
developmental disabilities, mental illness, or emotional problems. They help
these patients cope with, and engage in, daily life by teaching skills such as
time management, budgeting, using public transportation, and doing
household chores. In addition, therapists may work with individuals who
have problems with drug abuse, alcoholism, depression, or other disorders.
They may also work with people who have been through a traumatic event.
The program will facilitate the student’s problem solving skills. Thinking
• If this is an undergraduate program, how have the needs of transfer
students been taken into account in planning for it? What arrangements are
in place to ensure that pre-requisites are readily available?
Students/professionals will be on clinical attachments/Rotations with

adjacent hospital of UOL
Please attach a curriculum map (matrix aligning courses and the program’s
student learning outcomes)
Course outlines are attached
Detail course outlines are attached
VII. Use of Technology:
• Lectures would be delivered by the academician and field experts. The

program will introduce the students to criticize information: with internet
and web-based technology; with occupational tests and assessment and
managements in different clinical settings.
• Further practice of Occupational Therapy would be executed to impart
knowledge to the students in a theoretical as well as practical manner.
• To what extent do the class technologies align with technologies in the

field?
The Internet has the potential to change the in DOT research and services are
provided. In recent years, the computer industry has made dramatic gains in
the development of the Internet and other computer technology. As would be
expected, occupational therapists are taking advantage of these
improvements, and are developing new and innovative ways of using this
technology to further their professional development. This technology is now
being used to improve communication and the dissemination of information
among professionals, students and laypersons.
The new class technologies in alien with technologies in the field are:
 Testing and assessment are common techniques used by occupational

therapists when working with patients. Internet based technology now
gives practitioners and patients 24 hour access to these assessment
devices, and they can now be scored, and the results interpreted at any
time or place.
 Use of Internet related technologies such as video conferencing; chat

rooms, e-mail, and teleconferencing can open the door and allow
individuals from all backgrounds and geographic locations to receive help
from professional practitioners. The Internet can also be used to improve
the cost-effectiveness of face-to-face meetings.
 Through the use of secure web sites, our institution can allow students to
access course assignments, read, listen to or watch lectures on specific
topics, ask questions, receive guidance, and turn in course
assignments. Furthermore, the Internet can also be used to access domain
specific specialists in distant locations for supervision opportunities.
VIII. Delivery methods:
Will this be an entirely site-based, face-to-face program?
• It would be entirely face to face program.
If site-based and face-to-face, when will the program be offered

The program will be offered weekdays Monday to Friday.
• Will students or instructors need any training or support in using the

delivery methods? If so, how will that training or support be provided?
Not applicable.
IX. Students:

Year 1 100
Year 2 100
Year 3 100
Year 4 100
Year 5 100
What is the minimum qualification requirements for admission (for

undergraduates), or the departmental process and admission requirements
(for graduate programs)?
FSc Pre Medical (12 Years)

Intermediate or equivalent with a minimum aggregate of 50% marks
o Must fulfill criteria as per UOL policy in eligibility

o Student must pass the university entrance examination.
o Interview: must pass the interview conducted by the HOD/faculty.

The program will be offered on weekday bases (Monday to Friday)
• If this is an undergraduate program, can it be completed in four years (if so,

please outline 4-year course of study; if not, please explain), and what is the
required number of credits to graduate from the program?
The duration of shall be four academic years, with eight semesters: total credit
hours 140
Please see Annex II for detail.
D. Advising
Academic expert/ Researcher/Professionals from the field
Respective Dean will assign the advisors with the consultation of the HOD.
X. Faculty and Administration:
A. Faculty
Assistant Associate
Year Lecturers Professors Total
1 02 01 01 01 04
2 02 01 01 01 04
3 02 02 02 01 07
4 02 02 02 01 07
5 02 04 02 02 10
B. Administrative staff
Admin Data Entry

Year Messengers Total
Officers Operators
1 01 01 01 03
2 01 01 01 03
3 01 01 02 04
4 01 02 02 05
5 01 02 02 05
XI. Facilities:
Students will be trained in adjacent hospitals Rehabilitation centre and OT

clinics
Not applicable

Clinical attachments required
• Finances:
Year Number of Fees Revenue Total

Students
1 50+50=100 100,000/student/year 10 Million 10 Million
XII. External Reviews:
If this program is new to the University of Lahore, please provide the names
and addresses of 3 to 4 external experts from similar institutions who could be
contacted to provide reviews of this program.
1. M.zubair(HOD SLP/Audiology Dept ISRA university ISLAMABAD)

2. Dr Suleman Bashir Associate Prof
3. Dr Asif Watoo Senior Lecturer
Doctor of Occupational Therapy
(Five Years/Ten Semesters)
Course Outline
Program: Doctor of Occupational Therapy
Short Title: DOT
Duration: 10 Semesters (05 Years)
Credit Hours: 172
Timing: Monday to Friday (Week days)
Eligibility: FSc Pre Medical (12 Years)
Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs

SEMESTER:1
DOT-101 Anatomy 1 4(3-1)
DOT-102 Bio-Statistics I 3(3-0)
DOT-103 English I (Functional English) 2(2-0)
DOT-104 Kinesiology (I) 3(2-1)
DOT-105 Pakistan Studies 2(2-0)
DOT-106 Physiology I 4(3-1)
18
SEMESTER:2
DOT-201 Anatomy (II) 4(3-1)
DOT-202 Bio-Statistics II 3(3-0)
DOT-203 English II 2(2-0)
DOT-204 Islamic Studies / Ethics 2(2-0)
DOT-205 Kinesiology (II) 3(2-1)
DOT-206 Physiology (II) 4(3-1)
18
SEMESTER:3
DOT-301 Anatomy III 3(2-1)
DOT-302 Biochemistry and Genetics I 2(2-0)
DOT-303 Biomechanics & Ergonomics I 3(3-0)
DOT-304 Introduction to Computer 3(3-0)
DOT-305 Physiology III 3(2-1)
DOT-306 Introduction to Rehabilitation and Occupational Therapy 3(2-1)
17
SEMESTER:4
DOT-401 Anatomy IV 3(2-1)
DOT-402 Biochemistry and Genetics II 2(2-0)
DOT-403 Biomechanics & Ergonomics II 3(3-0)
DOT-404 Musculoskeletal Assessment 3(2-1)
DOT-405 Introduction to Clinical Medicine 2(2-0)
DOT-406 Psychiatric Disorders 2(2-0)
DOT-407 Life Span Development 2(2-0)
17
SEMESTER:5
DOT-501 Health and Wellness 3(3-0)
DOT-502 Pathology and Microbiology I 3(3-0)
DOT-503 Pharmacology I 3(3-0)
DOT-504 Sociology 2(2-0)
DOT-505 Therapeutic use of Occupations and Activities I 3(2-1)
DOT-506 Psychosocial Counseling and Group Therapy 3(2-1)
17
SEMESTER:6
DOT-601 Pathology and Microbiology II 3(3-0)
DOT-602 Pharmacology II 3(3-0)
DOT-603 Pediatrics Rehabilitation I 3(2-1)
DOT-604 Occupational therapy for Psychosocial Dysfunction 3(3-1)
DOT-605 Occupation as Therapy 3(2-1)
DOT-606 Teaching Methodology and Community Medicine 2(2-0)
17
SEMESTER:7
DOT-701 Medicine I 3(3-0)
DOT-702 Radiology and Diagnostic Imaging 3(3-0)
DOT-703 Surgery I 2(2-0)
DOT-704 Occupational Therapy for Physical Dysfunction I 3(2-1)
DOT-705 Clinical Practice Psychosocial 3(2-1)
DOT-706 Therapeutic use of Occupations / Activities II 3(2-1)
17
SEMESTER:8
DOT-801 Medicine II 2(2-0)
DOT-802 Surgery II 3(3-0)
DOT-803 Clinical Practice Physical I 3(0-3)
DOT-804 Occupational Therapy for Neurological Conditions 3(3-0)
DOT-805 Assessment in Occupational Therapy 3(2-1)
DOT-806 Occupational Therapy for Physical Dysfunction II 3(2-1)
17
SEMESTER:9
DOT-901 Clinical Decision Making and Differential Diagnosis 3(2-1)
DOT-902 Clinical Practice (Geriatrics) 2(0-2)
DOT-903 Clinical Practice Physical II 4(2-2)
DOT-904 Prosthetics and Orthotics 3(2-1)
DOT-905 Community Based Occupational Therapy 3(2-1)
DOT-906 Evidence Based Clinical Practice I 3(2-1)
18
SEMESTER:10
DOT-1001 Occupational Therapy Research Project 6
DOT-1002 Evidence Based OT Practice II 3(0-3)
DOT-1003 Pediatrics Rehabilitation II 4(2-2)
DOT-1004 Management in Occupational Therapy 3(2-1)
16
Total Cr Hrs 172
(Annexure -III)
(Annexure-II)
MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES OF DHPT HELD

ON 12-12-2016 AT 10.30 A.M. IN THE OFFICE OF HOD OF DHPT, FAHS
Agenda of the Meeting:
Approval of Course out lines of
• Bachelor of Science in Bio-medical Engineering

• Bachelor of Science in Operation Theater Technology
• Doctor of Occupational Therapy
Participated Members:
1. Assistant Prof.MS Atia Ur-Rehman HOD/Con vener

2. Assistant Prof. Dr.Munawer Ahmed Malik(PU) Member
3. Associate Prof.Dr Soraya Rahbar Member
4. Dr.Suleman Bashir Member
5. Dr Asif Watto Member
6. MS Anam Zahir Member
SN AGENDA DECISION
1.
• Meeting was started with the recitation of Holy MS Anam Zahir
Quran
2.
• MS Atia Ur-Rehman present scheme of
BSOTT (Bachelor of Science in Operation All the members of Board of
Technology) and BS Bio-medical Studies collectively approved
Engineering. The matter was discussed in the courses.
detail about assigned number of credit hours;
MS Atia Ur-Rehman justified the case by
providing all the relevant documents.
• Clinical rotation and lab hours also
discussed.
• Dr Soraya Rahber presented scheme Doctor
of Occupational Therapy. The matter was
discussed in detail about assigned number of
credit hours, international reference of
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 4
Subject: Approval of New Degree program BS in Operational Theatre
Technology (BS-OTT) offered by Department of Health Professional
Technologies, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences

approved to start new degree program BS in Operational Theatre Technology (BS-OTT),
4-Years to be offered by Department of Health Professional Technologies from Fall Semester
2017 (Annexure–I). The details of the program are available at Annexure–II.
(Annexure -I)
THE
UNIVERSITYOF
LAHORE
REGR toonltsbqe'
Date; March 24,24n
NOTTFTC4TTON
_
tLr*rrRA*-
(Karam Elahi)
Registrar
C.C.
2. Rectof
11. Offrce Record
Raiwind Road CamPus

Defence Road CamP
uol.edu.P[m
lffi
WORKING PAPER
Item No: -
Subject: - Approval of BS-OTT Program in Department of Health
Professional Technologies
and approved respectively 4 Years BS-OTT program in Department of Health Professional
Technologies (minutes of meeting are attached).
Programs:
• BS in Operational Theater Technology (BS-OTT) – 4years - 8 semesters

• FSc Pre Medical (12 Years)


Fall 2017 .

(Annexure -II)
(Annexure-I)

I. Overview:
Program Title: Bachelor of Sciences in Operation Theater Technology

Degree Program Code: BSOTT

Title: Head of DHPT/Assistant Prof
Phone: +923364150279
Campus: Main Campus
Starting Date:
• Classroom
• Hospital Clinics
• Rehabilitation centers/special education Centers
Vision:

Mission:
• To advance knowledge through creative research and scholarship across a wide range of
academic disciplines.
foundation in which emerging scholars are motivated to realize their highest potential
and assume roles of leadership, responsibility, and service to society.
• To apply knowledge to provide solutions to the problems in order to improve the quality
of life and enrich the economy of the nation, and the world.
To integrate fundamentals of ‘Allied and healthcare professionals (AHPs) includes

individuals involved with the delivery of health or healthcare related services, with
qualification and competence in therapeutic, diagnostic, curative, preventive and/or
rehabilitative interventions. To provide services in multidisciplinary health teams in diverse
healthcare settings to promote, protect, treat and/or manage a person (‘s) physical, mental,
social, emotional, environmental health and holistic well-being. To facilitate the learning at
best clinical practices, consistency and alliance between the academic and clinical is
rudiments. Program has made important progress in both areas and efforts to refine and
consolidate the integration between theory and practice is mission of AHS.
Teach and develop plans to enhance service delivery through specialty programs.
Increase teamwork with on-campus and other institutions of allied with clinical and
academic advising for professional students regarding the key areas of diagnose
management and rehabilitations.
• Providing high quality Profession related education to prepare professionals for providing
full-scope in clinical practice with an ethical and professional manner.
• Educate student/Professionals, how to communicate with patients/clients, care-givers,
other health professionals and other members of the community effectively and
appropriately.
• We make an effort for our students to be of the highest competence and be able to obtain
the highest level of skills and education needed to serve their patients and communities
upon post-graduation.
• Department Providing large variety of academic and clinical experiences, students are
prepared to become professional, competent and compassionate educators and clinicians
who are able to utilize evidence-based principles in their professional practice.
• Providing a multidisciplinary environment for professionals that encourages scholarly
activities/services and lifelong learners.
• Advancing knowledge of human and contribute to the advancement of the profession of
OTT practice, research, and professional development.
• Producing professionals with a strong clinical and theoretical background to practice at
the highest level of professional proficiency and integrity; who provide quality services to
students while maintaining sensitivity to cultural, linguistic, and individual diversity.
• Acquiring a sound foundation in basic and clinical sciences essential for graduate of OTT
• Learning the technical, communicative, and interpersonal skills required to apply that
knowledge; develop self-confidence in decision-making, acceptance of responsibility and
characteristics of a professional.
• Becoming involved in discovery, transmittal, and application of knowledge through
participation in, or appreciation of, scientific inquiry; Be exposed to, and made aware of:
The ethical insights and moral attitudes required to ensure the best interests of the
patient are served; The forces--legislative, legal, ethical, technical and socioeconomic--
which influence health care; The necessity of keeping abreast of new knowledge and
technology and their applications as a continuing obligation to patients and their care.
• The Research Goal of the University is to conduct scholarly inquiry, both basic and
applied, and to disseminate this information to the appropriate audiences. Such
scholarship will often be accomplished through externally and internally funded project.
• The program will prepare Operation Theater Technologists to contribute to the
advancement of the profession.
• Encourage students to develop interest in leadership roles within the professions and a
concern for the highest quality of care given by the professionals in Pakistan.
• Teach students about the role of other healthcare providers and the importance of a
holistic and co-operative approach with other professions and professionals.
The educational missions of the Department DHPT is to educate and train to professionals
to serve the needs of the health care populations, moreover educate and train qualified
teachers and researchers in field of Allied health sciences to provide professional degree in
advanced clinical areas and to provide training for practitioners in new developments. The
research mission is to add to the body of knowledge identified in Operation theater
technologies and its effective applications. The service missions are to provide counsel and
support to the profession in its mission to improve clinical services; to help provide
appropriate health education to the public; to help extend care to those segments of society
which are underserved, and to provide advice and counsel to the international professionals
in health sector. (DHPT, UOL)
The mission of the Bachelor of Sciences in Operation Theater Technology

(BSOTT)
The Mission of Program is to produces graduates in the country who will be capable to help
and sustain to allied health professions. This degree program will cover an operation theatre
(OT) technologist forms a fundamental part of any hospital. Operation Theater professionals
obliged to undertake operation theatre technologies, includes managing the patients in & out
of operation theatre, looking after all the surgical equipment, arrangement of operation
theatre table, dressing table, anesthesia table as well as management of the staff. The
program’s mission to prepare expert professionals whose prefer direct and indirect patient
care, equipment set up and operation procedures, train to assist the surgeons during the
procedures and assume responsibility for completion of other functions as assigned. Bachelor
of Science Operation Theater Technology (BSOTT) program will be design for meet the
demand of the growing needs of experts in the fields of operation theater management,
medical ethics, anesthesia technology and post operation care at national and international
level.

missions.
This unique program consists of a team of members of a diverse, highly specialized and
qualified background, which enriches the Pakistani society through highly qualified post-
graduates.
The scope of graduates Operation Theater Technology program has been designed for meet
the demand of the growing needs of experts in the fields of operation theater management,
medical ethics, anesthesia technology, post operation care, degrees shortage makes this new
avenue post-graduate Program critically important for local, regional, national and
international health care systems.
The vision of the faculty is to bring the future graduates of operation theater technologist to
the classroom. Students will be exposed to the latest and most significant new improvement
in direct and indirect patient care, equipment set up and operation procedures and well trained to
assist the surgeons during the procedures and assume responsibility for completion of other as
assigned profession.
Bachelor of Sciences in Operation Theater Technology (BSOTT)
The four-year post-graduate curriculum includes instruction in all clinical and practical
phases of an essential part of any hospital. As trained professional will be undertake
operation theatre technology course. An Operational Theater professional will facilitates the
surgical procedures, planned and emergency both, by preparing in advance the equipment
that are necessary for any surgical procedures.OTT Professionals moreover looks after all the
work and management of the operation theatre which includes managing the patients in & out
of operation theatre, looking after all the surgical equipment, arrangement of operation
theatre table, dressing table, anesthesia table as well as management of the staff. The program
will also train and equip professionals with managerial, research and professional skills who
can play to leadership role in health care delivery.
• Is this program interdisciplinary in nature? If so, what are the fields of study involved,
and how will the identified units work together in delivering the program? (Attach any
• As the surgical branch has various specialty including General Surgery, OBG, Cardiac,
Ortho and genito-urinary, the OT technologist needs to know about these various
specialties
(In support of all given practices, rotations/attachments are mandatory from surgical
complex hospitals)
• OTT committed to train professional to the highest level of professional proficiency,
integrity and preparing graduates to practice at the leading edge of rapidly evolving
health care profession.
Within what discipline(s) does it fall? What distinguishes it from other similar disciplines or
The Four years Bachelor of Science (BSOTT) Degree in (Operation Theater Technology)
program has been designed for meeting the demand of the growing needs of experts in the
fields of operation theater management, medical ethics, anesthesia technology, post operation
care. The Operation Theater and Anesthesia Technologist are responsible for direct and
indirect patient care, equipment set up and operation procedures. They are trained to assist the
surgeons during the procedures and assume responsibility for completion of other functions
as assigned.OTT Responsibilities includes managing the patients in & out of operation
theatre, looking after all the surgical equipment, arrangement of operation theatre table,
dressing table, anesthesia table as well as management of the staff. At the same time as OTT
is surgical branch has various specialty including General Surgery, OBG, Cardiac, Ortho and
genito-urinary, the OT technologist will know about these various specialties.
It will be a broad base and will focus on various specializations like primary health care
profession that encompass trained to assist the surgeons during the procedures and assume
responsibility for completion of other functions as assigned. Responsibilities include and
maintain anesthesia machine, monitors life support equipment like airway equipment,
ventilator, emergency equipment, defibrillator, and anesthetic and resuscitation drugs.
Maintains and keep records of all anesthesia equipment and drug. Assist Anesthetist in
patient procedures like setting up of invasive lines, airway management, setting up of
monitors and administer anesthesia to patient.
Assists during emergency situations by assisting in basic and advanced life support, critical
events Prepares and maintains operation table, light and electric
Management of central sterile services department, Sterilization procedures like autoclaving,
plasma sterilization and disinfection procedures as per guidelines, checking, storage and
dispatch, Management in Intensive Care unit and emergency department of equipment like
ventilators, monitors, infusion pumps, defibrillators all are working areas of OTT. Assist
disaster team in disaster situations and national emergencies on field and safe transport in
ambulance, Assist anesthetist during anesthesia procedures outside operation theatres like CT
and MRI suits, Cardiac catheterization laboratory, pain relief procedures are includes OTT
responsibilities.
IV. State Need and Student Demand for the Program:
• The need for program was assessed from input the field experts and industry and
prospective/current candidates.
For the general course is designed to train students in the operation theatre, CCU, Post-
Operative rooms as well as in the operation and maintenance of theatre equipments and
hospital pipeline system as the success of the procedures and safety of patients depend largely
on the reliability, smooth and trouble free performance of these equipments. It is presented
that though only two institutes whose are offering this degree, King Edward University and
University of health sciences. Conversely graduates of both universities are not sufficient,
less than demand. So an immense number of potential candidates are present and willing to
get enrolled in BSOTT (Four years program).
V. Goals and Objectives, Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment:
• Within the multidisciplinary team, the professional responsible for the facilitation and
preparation of the surgical procedures is the Operation theatre technologist.
• An operation theatre technician is an allied healthcare professional. They are trained
to assist Doctors or Surgeons during surgery. Operation theatre technology course is a
job oriented paramedical course. On this course students will learn understand the
functional anatomy and biomechanics of the human body .A wide range of teaching
and assessment methods will utilize and theoretical knowledge is incorporate and be
appropriate through regular placements. During learning/training an operation,
various equipment, anesthesia and instruments will be grip. An operation theatre
technician will be train to handle the equipment, arrange surgical instruments, provide
adequate dose of anesthesia and assist Doctor or Surgeon performing the surgery.
• The operation theatre (OTT) technology is an integral person in the dynamic
operating theatre team. The success of the procedures and safety of patients depends
largely on the reliability of the OT technologist. The course aims in providing the
technical and interpersonal skills required to work under the supervision of
anesthetists and surgical personnel. At the completion of this course, the student will
• Be able to understand the basics of -Ethics, Discipline, Layout, and Equipment in OT
• Be able to understand the basics of Anesthesia related modalities and procedures.
• Be able to position the patients in different operating procedures and for anesthesia.
• Have knowledge of basic principles of IV line, fluids, transfusion and C.P.R.
• Demonstrate knowledge and skills related to routine care and endoscopes Anesthetic,
Machines, Monitors etc.
• Demonstrate knowledge and skilled related to Sterilization of OT Room, Instruments,
Endoscopes, CSSD.
• Demonstrate knowledge and skilled related to Disposal of waste.
• Be able to keep records and stock maintenance.
• Be able to collect data and compute information.
How will we assess whether we are meeting our goals and objectives – i.e., how will we
gather information and how will we use it?
• Learning will be assessed using a variety of examinations and written assignments,

project presentations and a research paper.
• This interactive degree is designed to help students build their knowledge leadership and
training skills in operating Theatre technicians to meet the requirements of specific work
functions in operating theatre support such preparation and setup of the operating theatre
prior to surgery.
• This course will enhance ability to facilitate a cooperative team work in students and
also develop the skills and knowledge to communicate effectively with patients, clients
and staff; learn how to transport and care for your clients and develop a understanding of
basic medical terminology and anatomy, enabling you to deliver the highest standards of
service.
• Students will be able learn the essentials of safe work practices, such as infection control,
hazard identification, and risk assessment procedures and deepen the knowledge base and
skills in monitoring policy and procedures in the operation theater.
• The Program emphasis initially on the academic content establishing a strong

scientific basis and later on the application of theory to clinical/reflective
practice, on a continuum of rotation from theory to practice over the program.
• The program helps students to specialize in the examination, diagnosis, treatment,

management and preventions.
• This graduate degree is designed to help students to apply principles of evidence-based
practice to their clinical service delivery, Work in combination with other health care
professional to provide integrated, quality care for patients
requirements, personal satisfaction and career potential for the professionals
with supporting pathway in the development of the profession.
theoretical knowledge and skills to competency based education and training.
Optimal education/training requires that the student is able to integrate
knowledge, skills and attitude in order to be able to perform a professional act
adequately in a given situation.
learning and are designed accordingly designed with an aim to standardize the
content across the nation.
• Students will be given grounding in research methods and data analysis that prepares
them for higher research-related degrees.
What will our post-graduates know and be able to do as a result of this program?
After graduation in OTT students will be able to

• Maintains and keeps the operating room and ensures everything is running
smoothly before the conduct of surgery.
• Cleanse and disinfect surgical instruments and or equipment after surgeries
• Prepare surgical instrument and equipment for autoclaving/sterilization per
protocol
• Maintains and keeps all surgical tools sterile and orderly.
• Maintains and keeps all equipment clean and functional.
• Order and maintain adequate necessary supplies in the operating room.
• Prepares the patient before and after surgery by washing and disinfecting the
area for surgery.
• Prepare necessary equipment and instrument prior to procedure/surgery.
• Assists in bringing the patient to the operating room.
• Attends to the needs of the patient while inside the operating room.
• Assist surgeon during the procedure.
• Assist nursing staff in keeping patient safe during the procedure by assisting
Doctors with the application of restraints and following the recommended
protocol.
• Takes care of any specimens obtained for testing following laboratory
procedures/protocol.
• Provides assistance to the surgical team and coordinates very closely with the
doctors, nurses and laboratory staff.
• Clean and disinfect operating room area after each procedure/surgeries.
• Reports any defective equipment and instrument for repair or replacement.
• Assist other staff in discharging patient as needed.
• Performs other duties that may be assigned from time to time.
• Students with the knowledge, skill, and abilities to improve the health and
performances of individuals and communities
• The program will facilitate the student’s problem solving skills. Thinking
• The outcomes the proposed program will be observable and measurable the program
will facilitate the student’s problem solving skills. Thinking creatively and synthesizing
information for integrative solutions.
• The program will introduce the students to collect analyze critically evaluate and
prepare data for presentation, through internet and web-based technologies.
Do they align with other university’s learning goals, and/or with standards from
We’ll deliver and promote the activities which fulfill the requirement and goals set by the
professional or regulatory bodies as well.
C. Assessment of Student learning and Student Achievement (resources and samples

appended)
How will we assure whether students are achieving the student learning outcomes?
• We’ll assess our student by evaluating their competitive skills in hospital and clinics, on
simulators, by community services and psychological services to enhance research
oriented activities and task. This program is basically for the professionals and the
resources will be their organizations, work places and teachers.
Does this program include a senior level project, where students demonstrate mastery of
the learning outcomes and assessment can readily occur?
• This program will include a senior level project, where students demonstrate mastery of
the learning outcomes and assessment which can readily occur. The program will
introduce the students to criticize information: with internet and web-based technology;
with equipment and instrumentation; and collecting, analyzing and preparing data for
presentation.
• This program includes completing a thesis where students are trained to conduct
independent research in the area of Operation theater technologies.
• The courses adopt a theory-to-practice approach that enables current research and
theory to be applied to practical situations.
• Formal coursework is supplemented with small group or individual reading sessions
designed to related topics in greater detail, related topics in detail. In addition, the
program is carefully tailored to meet the professional needs and interests of the student
and professions demands locally and internationally.
• The required resources are available with internet and web-based technology; with
equipment and instrumentation; and grounds/courts; and for collection, analyzing and
preparing data for research purposes.
If the new program will be included in an existing program’s assessment plan, how will the
assessment data be disaggregated to provide useful information on the new program? How
will the new program participate in assessment? Are there any unique assessment needs or
constraints (may include delivery mode, for example)?
The existing available assessment plan will fulfill the required assessment or as per
university policy.
 Assessment of this program will be incorporated into the existing assessment plan for
Please attach a copy of the existing plan.
VI. Curriculum:
Department of health professional technologies will manage and arrange specific field
subjects by its own faculty and basic sciences FAHS faculty teachers.
How do the required courses align with the student learning outcomes to ensure students
can build and refine skills and knowledge over time? Has the curriculum been mapped?
• The program will support studying hearing and learn the basics of Speech & Hearing
sciences profession and clinical work, as well as topics related to working with
community, patients and other types of performers. The program will facilitate the
student’s problem solving skills. Thinking creatively and synthesizing information for
integrative solutions.
• If this is an undergraduate program, how have the needs of transfer students been taken
into account in planning for it? What arrangements are in place to ensure that pre-
requisites are readily available?
Students/professionals will be on clinical attachments/Rotations with adjacent hospital

of UOL
outcomes)
Course outlines are attached
Detail course outlines are attached
VII. Use of Technology:
• Lectures would be delivered by the academician and field experts. The program will
introduce the students to criticize information: with internet and web-based technology;
with hearing tests and assessment and managements in different clinical settings.
• Further practice of Operation Theater would be executed to impart knowledge to the
students in a theoretical as well as practical manner.
The Internet has the potential to change the in Speech and Hearing sciences research and
services are provided. In recent years, the computer industry has made dramatic gains in
the development of the Internet and other computer technology. As would be expected,
speech pathologists and Hearing Sciences professionals are taking advantage of these
improvements, and are developing new and innovative ways of using this technology to
further their professional development. This technology is now being used to improve
communication and the dissemination of information among professionals, students and
laypersons.
 Testing and assessment are common techniques used by speech pathologists &
audiologist practitioners when working with patients. Internet based technology now
gives practitioners and patients 24 hour access to these assessment devices, and they
can now be scored, and the results interpreted at any time or place.
 Use of Internet related technologies such as video conferencing; chat rooms, e-mail, and
teleconferencing can open the door and allow individuals from all backgrounds and
geographic locations to receive help from professional practitioners. The Internet can
also be used to improve the cost-effectiveness of face-to-face meetings.
 Through the use of secure web sites, our institution can allow students to access course
assignments, read, listen to or watch lectures on specific topics, ask questions, receive
guidance, and turn in course assignments. Furthermore, the Internet can also be used to
access domain specific specialists in distant locations for supervision opportunities.
VIII. Delivery methods:
• It would be entirely face to face program.
If site-based and face-to-face, when will the program be offered (day/evening/weekend)?
The program will be offered weekdays Monday to Friday.
• Will students or instructors need any training or support in using the delivery methods?
If so, how will that training or support be provided?
Not applicable.
IX. Students:

Year 1 20
Year 2 20
Year 3 20
Year 4 30
Year 5 30
What is the minimum qualification requirements for admission (for undergraduates), or the
departmental process and admission requirements (for graduate programs)?
FSc Pre Medical (12 Years)

The program will be offered on weekday bases(Monday to Friday)
outline 4-year course of study; if not, please explain), and what is the required number
of credits to graduate from the program?
The duration of shall be four academic years, with Eight semesters: total credit hours 140
D. Advising
Academic expert/ Researcher/Professionals from the field
X. Faculty and Administration:
A. Faculty
Assistant Associate
1 02 01 01 01 04
2 02 01 01 01 04
3 02 02 02 01 07
4 02 02 02 01 07
5 02 04 02 02 10

1 01 01 01 03
2 01 01 01 03
3 01 01 02 04
4 01 02 02 05
5 01 02 02 05
XI. Facilities:
Students will be trained in adjacent hospitals Operation Theaters.
Not applicable
Operation Theaters required(university have its adjacent Hospital)
XII. Finances:
Registration yearly
Year Semester Students Fee Tution Fee Revenue Revenue
1 1 10 20,000 50,400 704,000 704,000
2 10 50,400 504,000 1,208,000
2 3 10 50,400 504,000 1,712,000
4 10 50,400 504,000 2,216,000
3 5 10 50,400 504,000 2,720,000
6 10 50,400 504,000 3,224,000
4 7 15 50,400 756,000 3,980,000
8 15 50,400 756,000 4,736,000
5 9 15 50,400 756,000 5,492,000
10 15 50,400 756,000 6,248,000
XIII. External Reviews:
If this program is new to the University of Lahore, please provide the names and addresses
of 3 to 4 external experts from similar institutions who could be contacted to provide
reviews of this program.
1. Munawer Ahmed Malik(Assistant Prof Special Education DEPT Punjab University

LAHORE)
2. M.zubair(HOD SLP/Audiology Dept ISRA university ISLAMABAD)
3. Malik Arshed Awan(King adward medical university)
4. Waris Ali (Audiologist) (warisali9855@yahoo.com)
Bachelor of Sciences in Operation Theater Technology
(Four Years/Eight Semesters)
Course Outline
Program: Bachelor of Science in Operation Theater Technology
Short Title: BSOTT
Credit Hours: 140
Eligibility: FSc Pre Medical (12 Years)
Course Course Title Cr. Hrs

Code
SEMESTER:1
BSOTT 111 Anatomy and Physiology of human body 5(3.2)
BSOTT 112 Biochemistry 3(3.0)
BSOTT 113 Computer Education 3(3.0)
BSOTT 114 Islamic Studies 2(2-0)
BSOTT 115 Introduction to Healthcare Delivery 5(4.1)
Systems
18
SEMESTER:2
BSOTT121 Communication and soft skills 5(5.0)
BSOTT 122 Medical Terminology and Record 4(4.0)
keeping (including anatomical terms)
BSOTT123 Medical Law and Ethics/Behavior 3(3.0)
science
BSOTT124 Basic Pathology 4(3.1)
BSOTT 125 Pakistan studies 2(2.0)
17
SEMESTER:3
BSOTT 231 Introduction to Quality and Patient 3(3.0)
safety
BSOTT 232 Professionalism and values 4(3-1)
BSOTT233 Principles of Anesthesia 4( 3-1)
BSOTT 234 Directed Clinical Education -i 4(3-1)
BSOTT 235 Principles of Management 3(3.0)
18
SEMESTER:4
BSOTT241 Directed Clinical Education-ii 5 (5.0)
BSOTT 242 Applied medicine 3(3.0)
BSOTT243 Community orientation 3(3.0)
BSOTT244 Clinical Microbiology 4(4.0)
BSOTT 245 Basic techniques of Anesthesia 3(3.0)
18
SEMESTER:5
BSOTT 351 Directed Clinical Education – iii 5(3+2)
BSOTT 352 Clinical Pharmacology 3(3.0)
BSOTT 353 Basics of Surgical procedures 4(3-1)
BSOTT 354 CSSD Procedures 3(3.0)
BSOTT 355 Advance anesthetic techniques 3(3.0)
18
SEMESTER:6
BSOTT 361 Specialized surgery and anesthesia 5(3-2)
BSOTT 362 Basic Intensive care 5(4-1)
BSOTT363 Directed Clinical Education – IV 4(4.0)
BSOTT364 Evidence based practice 3(3.0)
18
SEMESTER:7
BSOTT 471 Specialized surgery and anesthesia 3(3.0)
BSOTT472 Electronics and technology in surgery 3(3.0)
and anesthesia
BSOTT 473 Research Methodology & Biostatistics 5(5.0)
BSOTT 474 Directed Clinical Education – V 4(4.0)
BSOTT 475 Clinical practice 3(3-0)
18
SEMESTER:8
BSOTT 481 Skills based outcomes and monitor able 4(0.4)
indicators for Operation Theatre
Technologist ,OTT internship
BSOTT 482 Clinical seminar 4(1-3)
BSOTT 483 Research Project 6(6.0)
BSOTT 484 Clinical practice 4(0-5)
15
(Annexure -III)
(Annexure-II)



SN AGENDA DECISION
1.
Quran
2.
discussed.
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 5
Subject: Approval of New Degree program BS in Bio-Medical Engineering
(BS-BE) offered by Department of Health Professional Technologies,

approved to start new degree program BS in Bio-Medical Engineering (BS-BE), 4-Years to be
offered by Department of Health Professional Technologies from Fall Semester 2017 (Annexure–
I). The details of the program are available at Annexure–II.
(Annexure -I)
THE
UNIVERSITYOF
LAHORE
REGR toonltsbqe'
Date; March 24,24n
NOTTFTC4TTON
_
tLr*rrRA*-
(Karam Elahi)
Registrar
C.C.
2. Rectof
11. Offrce Record
Raiwind Road CamPus

Defence Road CamP
uol.edu.P[m
lffi
WORKING PAPER
Item No: -
Subject: - Approval of BS-BE Program in Department of Health
and approved respectively 4 Years BS-BE program in Department of Health Professional
Technologies (minutes of meeting are attached).
Programs:
• BS in Bio-Medical Engineering (BS-BE) – 4years - 8 semesters

• FSc Pre Medical/Engineering (12 Years)


Fall 2017.

(Annexure -II)
(Annexure-I)

Proposal of New Degree Program
I. Overview:
Program Title: Bachelor of Science in Bio-medical Engineering
Degree (level) of (type): Graduation
In (field) Bio-medical Engineering
Degree Program Code: BSBE
Faculty: Allied Health Sciences
1. Name: Title: Dr. Ashfaq Ahmad (HOD)

Phone: 0300-9449192
E-mail: ashfaq.ahmad@uipt.uol.edu.pk
2. Name: Title: Dr. Salman Zafar (Program Coordinator)
Phone: 0312-4114886
E-mail: salmanzafar@kemu.edu.pk
Campus: Defence Road Campus

• Classroom (including hybrid)
• Laboratories
• Clinical rotation/Electives
Vision
Mission
The University of Lahore is a private sectoruniversity committed to the tradition of service to

society. Our objectives are:
• To advance knowledge through creative research and scholarship across a wide range
of academic disciplines.


This is the era of specialization and faculty is committed to provide the
plate form where they can meet international standards with the latest
research, knowledge and skill to not only make them the subject specialist but
research scholar and better clinician as well. The graduated students will be
able to play a distinguish role while dealing with Musculoskeletal system in
assessment and treatment and research in the field of Physical Therapy

able to play a distinguish role while dealing with Musculoskeletal system in
assessment and treatment and research in the field of Physical Therapy
Describe how this proposed program will complement or mirrorthese missions.
Currently UIPT is running full-fledged international level undergraduate courses.

The UIPT aspire to promote globally competitive undergraduate, postgraduate,



Bio-medical Engineering focuses on health issues, aging populations around the world,
growing expectations of the delivery of better medical devices and equipments designed by
Bio-Medical Engineers. Employment of Bio-Medical Engineers is expected to grow fast than
all occupations globally. This growing field needs immediate attention by government of
Pakistan.
• Is this program interdisciplinary in nature? If so, what are the fields of study involved, and how
will the identified units work together in delivering the program? (Attach any document on
support from all units involved.)
Yes it is interdisciplinary and permission letter is attached
one option?
It is a specialized field, In practice, it involves everything from equipment for diagnosis and patient
monitoring through implants such as pacemakers, artificial joints, limbs to the computer simulations
of biological functions.


2017 50
2018 100
2019 100
2020 100
2021 100

Assessment

• 1.1 Offer an educational opportunity through which students will be able to identify
their learning needs and give them the opportunity to enhance their effectiveness in
the critical application of skills and interventions across a range of biomechanical
principle
• 1.2 Through independent learning and continued professional development, enable
them to evidence their attainment of the core standards of practice articulated by the
Health Professions council and other professional bodies.
• 1.3 Enhance and consolidate their critical reflection and clinical reasoning skills to
enable them to utilize evidence critically to justify their professional practice
• 1.4 Facilitate critical reflection on skills and practice development within the context
of health care provision in local and global community.
• 1.5 Enable students as either a novice clinician or a returnee to develop their
intellectual potential, critical reasoning and ability to critically evaluate the movement
disorders.
• How will we assess whether we are meeting our goals and objectives – i.e., how will
we gather information and how will we use it?
• Bio-medical Engineering focuses on health issues, aging populations around the world,
Pakistan.
• It is a specialized field, In practice, it involves everything from equipment for diagnosis and
patient monitoring through implants such as pacemakers, artificial joints, limbs to the
computer simulations of biological functions.
professional or regulatorybodies?

integrate e-learning, promote learner Student Learning Outcomes 1.3; 2.1; 2.2;
autonomy and embed employability and 3.3
personal development planning into the Tutor and Student Directed learning
curriculum Section
Skills Section
Section
experiences Student Learning Outcomes 3.3
Explore issues of effectiveness and within the Program Section
opportunities

appended)
• How will we assure whether students are achieving the student learning outcomes?
 There is a variety of assessments used within the course to facilitate assessment for
learning. Tutor marked assessments and feedback will be offered as soon as possible
to facilitate future submissions. The team recognize that not only do students learn
from tutors but also that they value the input from other students. There is a reliance
on tutors that is matched by the peer assessment and the self-assessment that will be a
part of some subjects. Being able to be self-critical and constructively critical of peers
is a major step in becoming a professional. These skills are used within the
assessment process to shape the students' thinking processes as they are skills
needed for the "real life "situations that they will be in when working in clinical
practice. Thus the assessment strategies employed are intended to facilitate real life
situations and to boost learning. Summative assessment strategies used will facilitate
personal and professional learning and development. Assessments will provoke
students to challenge existing concepts and ideas, to allow reflection upon their
practice, to review, critically analyze current research and literature developing an
awareness of how it informs and relates to evidence-based clinical practice, and
to demonstrate their professional skill base. A variety and balance of assessment
methods and tools are employed during the course, assessing cognitive,
psychomotor and affective domains, and providing students with effective
learning opportunities and enabling them to be assessed appropriately at master level.
• Attendance: It is expected that they will be in attendance unless they are
prevented from doing so by illness or some other domestic or personal
emergency. Records of attendance will be kept for practice learning activities
and action will be taken where attendance issues arise.
• Academic Performance: The outcomes of the assessment process will be available
to the student at the end of each semester see table below
Initial core subjects form the basis of the learning and act to offer a firm foundation
for future study. The range of assessments has been designed to fulfil the
subject learning outcomes and go beyond the perception of "what do I need to do
to pass”
• Does this program include a senior level project, where students demonstratemastery
of the learning outcomes and assessment can readily occur?
• Yes, program involves a research project at the end. This project is essentially an
individual, self-directed piece of work. The contents of which will be specific to the
professional area and interests. Student will be expected to demonstrate a knowledge
base relevant to the topic of interest as well as knowledge and understanding of
appropriate methodologies. Student will be advised appropriately about the necessity
of obtaining ethical and scientific approval for their projects. These are examples of
the content that the project will need to include:
• • Abstract
• • Literature review
• • Justification for project
• • Aim of project
• • Methodology, with justification
• • Results
• • Discussion of results with reflection on previous relevant findings
• • Conclusion
• • References
• • Appendices
• At the end of the project, it is expected that student will publish their research paper in
the HEC recognized national or international journal
recommended by HEC.
will theassessment data be disaggregated to provide useful information on the new
program? How will the new program participate in assessment? Are there any unique
assessment needs or constraints (may include delivery mode, for example)?
It’s a new program however assessment will be done per policy of university and no
other tool or delivery mood is required.

for__________________. Please attach a copy of the existing plan.
VI. Curriculum
The detailed course outline has been attached for guideline
Detail of elective has been attached
• What courses from other departments/colleges will be used? (Document support from
thoseunits.)
Required document has been attached
been mapped?
It will be assessed as per university policy
taken intoaccount in planning for it? What arrangements are in place to ensure that
pre-requisites arereadily available?
As per university rules and regulations
outcomes)
• Will instructors or students need any training or support using technology? If so, how
will the training or support be provided?
University and training and teaching center is on board and provide training twice a year. It
monitors any ongoing and future need and fulfills them accordingly.
• What technologies will the students learn to use in order to be employed in this field?
It involves everything from equipment for diagnosis and patient monitoring through implants such as
pacemakers, artificial joints, limbs to the computer simulations of biological functions.
S TECHNOLOGIES BEING USED IN THE BIO- TECHNOLOGIES

NO MEDICAL ENGINEERING AVAILABLE IN THE
DEPARTMENT
1. Fully established Electronics Labs Available
2. Fully established Medical Labs Available
3. Fully Established engineering department Available
4. Clinical rotation setups Available

Bio-Medical Engineering is a regular program in which the classes to will be

conducted from Monday to Friday.
methods? If so,how will that training or support be provided?
• Though instructors are experienced and well trained for the program but as far as
• However, university and training and teaching center is on board and provide training
twice a year. It monitors any ongoing and future need and fulfills them accordingly.
IX. Students

Year 1 100
Year 2 100
Year 3 100
Year 4 100
• What is the minimum qualification requirements for admission (for undergraduates),

or the departmental process and admission requirements (for graduate programs)?
• As per policy of HEC.
4 years
It is full time program
outline a4-year course of study; if not, please explain), and what is the required
Total numbers of credit hours are 137
D. Advising
As per their experience and specialty
1. CV’s, copies of PHD degrees and transcript of faculty members clearly

indicating their areas of specialization and date of joining in university.
2. Faculty

1 5 1 1 1 8
2 5 1 1 1 8
3 5 1 1 1 8
4 5 1 1 1 8

Mr. Farrukh Mr. Bilal Mr. Imran 3
XI. Facilities
The department owns state of the art laboratories with most up to date equipment. So
no further new laboratories are required.
The program is equipped with the specialized equipment to date so no further need for the
other equipment yet.
N/A
XII. Finances

3
4
5
Year Numbers of Average Salary Total outlay (salaries)

teachers
1 8 (Further hiring in 50,000/Month 400,000/Month
process)
2
3
4
Bachelor of Science in Bio-Medical Engineering (BS-BME)
Course Outline
Program: Bachelor of Science in Bio-Medical Engineering
Short Title: BS-BME
Credit Hours: 137
Eligibility: FSc Pre Medical/Pre engineering (12 Years)
SEMESTER I Credit hours
Course Course Title
1 English I (Functional English) 2(2+0)
2 Applied Physics 3(2+1)
3 Introduction to Computing 3(2+1)
4 Basic Electrical Engineering 3(2+1)
5 Applied Chemistry 3(2+1)
6 Computer Aided Engineering Drawing 1(0+1)
7 *Basic Mathematics/Basic Biology (Foundation) *(6/5+0/1)
Total 15
*Basic Mathematics/Basic Biology are mandatory foundation courses to be taken as non-

credit hours
SEMESTER II Credit hours
Course Course Title

1 English II (Communication Skills) 2(2+0)
2 Calculus and Analytical Geometry 3(3+0)
3 Physiology-I 3(2+1)
4 Complex Variables & Transforms 3(3+0)
5 Biochemistry 3(2+1)
6 Human Anatomy 3(2+1)
Total 17
SEMESTER III Credit hours
Course Course Title
1 Linear Algebra & Differential Equations 3(3+0)
2 Biophysics 3(2+1)
3 Physiology-II 3(2+1)
4 Basic Electronics 4(3+1)
5 Circuit Analysis 4(3+1)
Total 17
SEMESTER IV Credit hours
Course Course Title

1 Biomedical Electronics 4(3+1)
2 Numerical Analysis 3(3+0)
3 Pakistan Studies 2(2+0)
4 Biomechanics 3(2+1)
5 Digital Logic Design 3(2+1)
6 Bio Fluid Mechanics 3(2+1)
Total 18
SEMESTER V Credit hours
Course Course Title
1 Signals & Systems 4(3+1)
2 Electromagnetism 2(2+0)
3 Probability & Statistics 2(2+0)
4 Microprocessor & Interfacing 3(2+1)
5 Biomedical Instrumentation-I 4(3+1)
6 Islamic Studies/Ethics 2(2+0)
Total 17
SEMESTER VI Credit hours
Course Course Title
1 Bio-signal Processing 3(2+1)

2 English-III (Technical Report Writing and Presentation Skills) 3(3+0)
3 Biomedical Instrumentation-II 4(3+1)
4 Biomedical Control Systems 3(2+1)
5 Modeling & Simulation 3(2+1)
6 Rehabilitation Engineering 3(2+1)
Total 19
SEMESTER VII Credit hours
Course Course Title
1 Economics & Healthcare Management 3(3+0)
2 Social Sciences 3(3+0)
3 Biomaterials & Design 4(3+1)
4 Elective-I 3(2+1)
5 Biomedical Engineering Project – I 3(0+3)
6 Elective-II 2(2+0)
Total 18
SEMESTER VIII Credit hours
Course Course Title
1 Neuroscience & Neural Networks 4(3+1)

2 Medical Imaging 3(2+1)
3 Professional Practices & Ethics 3(3+0)
4 Elective-III 3(3+0)
5 Biomedical Engineering Project – II 3(0+3)
16
Total 137
(Annexure -III)
(Annexure-II)



SN AGENDA DECISION
1.
Quran
2.
discussed.
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 6
Subject: Approval of New Degree program Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in
Sports Sciences and Physical Education offered by Department of
Sports Sciences & Physical Education, Faculty of Allied Health
Sciences

approved to start new degree program Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Sports Sciences and
Physical Education to be offered by Department of Sports Sciences & Physical Education from
Fall Semester 2017 (Annexure–I). The details of the program are available at Annexure–II.
The degree program has been endorsed by the Board of Studies of Department of Sports
Sciences & Physical Education (DSSPE) and Board of Faculty. (Annexure-III).
(Annexure -I)
THE
UNIVERSITYOF
LAHORE
REGR toonltsbqe'
Date; March 24,24n
NOTTFTC4TTON
_
tLr*rrRA*-
(Karam Elahi)
Registrar
C.C.
2. Rectof
11. Offrce Record
Raiwind Road CamPus

Defence Road CamP
uol.edu.P[m
lffi
ODH/DSSPE/let/IU/015 March 06, 2017
Dean
Through: Director Academics – Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
Subject: Agenda Item
Respected Sir,
The Department of Sports Sciences and Physical Education is looking forward to
launch “Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Sports Sciences and Physical Education”
program in Fall-2017 semester. The accompanying documents are presented as a part
request for approval from the Academic Council.
It is requested to please forward the agenda item for further necessary action.
Thank you and looking forward.
___________________________________
Dr. Jamshaid Ahmed
Head of Department
Sports Sciences and Physical Education
1
Deptt. Of Sports Sciences & Physical Education Ph.D. Syllabus
Department of Sports Sciences & Physical Education

Faculty of Allied Health Sciences (FAHS)
Proposed Scheme of Studies
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Sports Science & Physical Education
Fall 2017 & onwards
WORKING PAPER
Subject: - Approval of 3 to 5 Years PhD Sports Science and Physical Education
Board of Studies (Dept. of Sports Sciences & Physical Education, Document Reference:
ODH/DSSPE/let/IU/017) on 25-10-2016 and FAHS - Faculty Board on 26-12-2016
discussed, reviewed and finalized 3-5 Years PhD program in Sports Sciences and Physical
Education.
The members agreed that such research programs will be more beneficial for our
University to enhance its quality of education and to maximize the worldwide ranking
amongst the top universities. Moreover, such research programs will also help to enhance
the goodwill and repute of the University all over the world. The introduction of 3-5 Years
PhD program in Sports Sciences and Physical Education will be more beneficial for the
Sports Scientist, professionals and researchers.
It is also decided that the Degree Program shall be of 3 to 5 years divided into 6 to 10
semesters. Total credit hours of the program are 48 (one year/02 semester of course work;
18 Credit Hours and 30 credit hours of research work from 02 to 03 years or 04 to 08
semesters).
The eligibility for this degree will be:
1. M.Sc. (Hons.)/MS/M. Phil in Sports Sciences & Physical Education

2. MS/MPhil in Psychology/Sociology/Biomechanics/Diet & Nutrition
Selection will be according to UOL and HEC rules and regulations, and 18 years of
education with at least CGPA 3.0 out of 4.0 and at least 1st division in annual system will be
requirement for acquiring admission in PhD.
The Board of studies of DSS&PE and FAHS- Faculty Board approved the curriculum and
introduction of the degree program from Fall-2017 placed at Annexure-I. The matter is
2
placed before the Board of Advanced Studies and Research for consideration and
approval please.
Program execution – (credits, duration):

• Program will be conducted as per HEC and UOL rules & regulations.
• For PhD, at least 18 credit hours of course work followed by a comprehensive

examination (written and oral exams) and Dissertation (30 Credit Hours) would be
essential for the award of Degree.
• Supervisor selection criteria will be as per HEC/UOL rules & regulations.
• Details for PhD in Sports Sciences & Physical Education

• The PhD program will require both course and research work leading to submission
and defense of thesis, two publication in HEC recognized journals and if successful the
award of PhD degree. Learning resources will include libraries (Institute, HEC etc),
computer lab, and learning resource centers of UOL. Research will be arranged at
different sports facilities including Pakistan Sports Board, Provincial Sports Boards,
Pakistan Sports Federations and Pakistan Cricket Board and any other sports settings.
• The research work and award of degree will be supervised by a Principal thesis
Supervisor and Co-Supervisors from related areas of expertise (as approved by UOL &
HEC) who must have demonstrated research capability through publications, especially
being an author of at least three research papers published in peer reviewed journals.
Upon admission to program a Supervisor will be assigned to the enrolled student who
will help the student to select the course curriculum during the year one of admission.
The UOL-PhD committee will oversee the proper implementation of the program and
monitor the progress in postgraduate courses, the research project and preparation of
thesis.
____________________
Dr. Jamshaid Ahmed
Head of Department
Sports Sciences & Physical Education
3
(Annexure -II)
Annexure – I
Two Semester Course Work

Credit Hours = 18
Note:-
• There will be 02 Semesters of Course Work
• Three (03) Credit Hours for each course.
• (06) Six Courses to be offered, (03) three in each semester.
1st Semester
Course Credit
Subject
No. Hours
PEHSS-900 Research Methodology and Application of Statistics 03
PEHSS-902 Test, Measurement & Evaluation in sports (Advance) 03
-- Optional Course 03
Total Credit Hours 09
2nd Semester
Course Credit
Subject
No. Hours
PEHSS-908 Curriculum Design and its Application 03
PEHSS-910 Studies of Health Education (Advance) 03
(Optional Courses – 1st semester)

One course to be offered from the followings:
Course Credit
Subject
No. Hours
PEHSS-904 Sports Psychology (Advance) 03
PEHSS-906 Science of Sports Training 03
(Optional Courses – 2nd semester)

Course Credit
Subject
No. Hours
PEHSS-912 Cognitive factors in motor skill acquisition 03
PEHSS-914 Mechanical Principles involved in sports 03
4
Semester - 03
Course No. Subject Credit Hours
-- Synopsis/Dissertation 7
Semester - 04
-- Dissertation 7
Semester - 05
-- Dissertation 8
Semester - 06
-- Dissertation 8
The core doctoral curriculum, required of all students, comprised of a total of 48 credit-
hours. The course work consists of total of 18 credit-hours that is completed in a year, 02
semesters. After that a comprehensive examination is offered, the students who pass this
examination would be eligible for the candidacy of PhD. The research work from 3rd to 6th
semester consist of 30 credit hours. The candidate is expected to submit synopsis of his/her
research latest by the end of third semester to the UOL-PhD committee after approval from
principal supervisor. After that it involves all steps after approval of synopsis by UOL-PhD
committee to the submission of thesis and its defence. Students will be encouraged and are
expected to participate in national and/or international conferences, seminars, lectures and
scientific peer reviewed publication process.
5
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND APPLICATION OF STATISTICS IN

PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Course No. PESS-900

Ph.D. 1st Semester Credit Hours: 03
Objectives:
The outlines of this course is described with the purpose of acquaint students with
defining the principles and methods of research and engage them in creative studies
emphasizing on to undertake projects which are useful to the community.
Overview of Research Process

• Research Definition
• Research in Physical Education
• Five Characteristics of Research
• Differences between Basic and Applied Research
• Scientific & Non-Scientific Approaches
• Objectives
• Literature Review
• Hypothesis
Types of Research:
• Historical Research
• Descriptive Research
• Developmental Research
• Observational Research
• The Problems
• Finding Research Problems
• Criteria for choosing a problem
• Inductive and deductive reasoning
• Significance of the study
• Design and Analysis
• Difference between Qualitative & Quantitative Research
• The Research Proposal & Process
• The Proposal Process
Statistical Measurement & Concepts:

• Categories of Statistical Techniques
• Objectives
• Relationships among Variables
• Differences among Groups
• Understanding the Multivariate Techniques
• Non Parametric Techniques
• Measuring Research Variables
• Descriptive & Predictive Research
• Survey Techniques
• Questionnaires
6
• Personal Interviews
• Normative Surveys
• Case Study
Research Findings:
• Findings on Physical Education
• Movement and Learning
• The Motor Brain
• The Case for Physical Education
• Psycho-Social Benefits
• Research Question
• Variables
• Procedure
• Self-Report Measures
• Data Results
• Format of a Thesis or Dissertation
REFERENCE BOOKS
Ann Gray Research Practice for Cultural Studies, Sage

Publications Limited, 2003, London.
Andrew C. Sparkes Research in Physical Education Manion and

Sports (Exploring Alternative Visions), The Falmer
Press, 1992, London.
D. A. De’vous Surveys in Social Research, 11 New Fetterlane,

2001, London.
Iqbal A. Qureshi. Research Methods in Physical Education,

C.H.P.Ed. Alumni, 1996, Jamshoro.
Jennifer Mason Qualitative Researching (2nd Edition), Sage

Publication Limited, 2002, London.
K. Chandra Shekar Research Methods & Statistics in Physical

Education published by New Gyan Offset Printers
in 2006, New Delhi, India
Kathleen Armour & Research Methods in Physical Education and

Youth Sports
Doune Macdonald published by Routledge Taylor & Francis Group
in 2002, London and New York, NY, USA
Louis Cohen & Lawrence Research Methods in Education, J & L

Composition Limited, 1994, North Yorkshire.
Yoginder Prasad Sharma Physical Education and Research Methodology,

Published by Dr. S.K. Bhatia, 1997, New Dehli.
7
TEST, MEASUREMENT & EVALUATION IN SPORTS (ADVANCE)
Course No. PESS-902

Objectives:
This course is designed acquaint the students with techniques of testing and
evaluating the approach of physical & motor fitness relating to strength, stamina, speed,
endurance, cardio respiratory conditions, classification and impact technology in the
performance of sports.
Measurement and Evaluation in a changing society:

• Introduction of test, measurement and evaluation
• Functions of measurement and evaluation
• Formative and summative evaluation
• Standard and modules for evaluation
• Computer literacy for measurement and evaluation
Quantitative Aspects of Measurement:
• Statistical Tools in Evaluation
• Elements of Score Analysis
• Organizing and Graphing Test Scores
• Descriptive Values
• Measuring Group Position
• Standard Scores
• The Normal Curve
• Determining Relationships between Scores
• Reliability of the Mean
• Additional Statistical Techniques
Reliability and Objectivity:
• Estimating Reliability – Intra-class Correlation
• Selecting a Criterion Score
• Spearman – Brown Prophecy Formula
• Standard Error of Measurement
• Factors Affecting Reliability
• Objectivity
• Reliability of Criterion-Referenced Tests
Validity:
• Validity for Norm-Referenced Tests
• Validity of a Criterion Score
• Validity for Criterion-Referenced Tests
Evaluating Achievement:
• Introduction
• Grading
• Other Evaluation Techniques
• Authentic Assessment
8
• Program Evaluation
Measurement Physical Abilities:
• Theory of Basic Abilities
• Muscular Strength
• Strength Testing Methods
• Muscular Endurance
• Basic Movement Patterns
• Flexibility
• Balance
• Kinesthetic Perception
• Fine Psychomotor Abilities
Evaluating Skill Achievement:
• Sport Skill Tests
• Rating Scales
• The performance
• Procedures for Evaluating Skill Achievement
• Sample Sport Skill Tests
Exercise Psychological Measurement:
• Measuring Attitudes
• Psychological Determinants of Physical Activity
• Eating Disorders
• Psychophysical Ratings
• Sport Psychology Instruments
• Uses of Psychological Scales
REFERENCE BOOKS:
Barry L. Johnson Jak K. Nelson Practical Measurements for Evaluation in

Physical Education Burgess Publishing 1986
USA
Bonne S. Mohnsen Using Technology in Physical Education

Human Kinetics Publishers 1995 USA
D. Allen Philips Measurement and Evaluation in Physical

Education. John Wiley and Sons 1979
Canada
Ted A. Baumgartner,
Andrew S. Jackson Measurement for Evaluation in Physical
Education and Exercise Science, WCB
Brown & Benchmark, 1995 USA
9
SPORTS PSYCHOLOGY (ADVANCE)
Course No. PESS-904

Objectives:
The purpose of this course is to provide students with an in-depth view of the theoretical
and applied aspects of the psychology of sport and exercise. This course will consider the
many facets of sport and exercise psychology in review fashion. Students interested in
sport and exercise psychology with an overview of the theories and principles that explain
factors which influence human behavior in sport and physical activity. Sport and exercise
psychology is the scientific study of the psychological factors associated with participation
and performance in sport, exercise, and other types of physical activity. Sport and exercise
psychology practitioner focus primarily on:
1) Helping individuals use psychological principles and skills to achieve optimal
mental health and to improve performance.
2) Understanding how participation in sport, exercise, and physical activity affects
their psychological development, health, and well-being.
Topical Contents
• Introduction to Sport and Exercise Psychology
• Understanding Participants
• Understanding Sport and Exercise Environments
• Understanding Group Processes
• Performance
• Stress/ Anxiety and Physical Activity
• Physical Activity and Affect, Mood, and Emotion
• Depression and Physical Activity
• Self-Esteem and Physical Activity
• Determinants of Physical Activity
• Enhancing Health and Well-Being
10
• Psychological Growth and Development
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Van Raalte, J. L., & Brewer, B. W. (2013). Exploring sport and exercise
psychology (3rd ed.). Hyattsville,
MD: American Psychological
Association.
Aoyagi, M. W., & Poczwardowski, A. (Eds.). (2012). Expert approaches to sport

psychology: Applied theories of
performance excellence.
Morgantown, WV: Fitness
Information Technology.
Weinberg, R. S., & Gould, D. (2011). Foundations of sport and exercise

psychology (5thed.). Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.
Hanrahan, S. J., & Andersen, M. B. (Ed.). (2010). Handbook of Applied Sport

psychology: A comprehensive guide
for students and practitioners. New
York: Routledge Taylor & Francis
Group, USA.
Biddle, S. J. H., & Mutrie, N. (2007). Psychology of physical activity.

Determinants, well-being and
interventions. New York: Routledge.
Acevedo, E. O., & Ekkekakis, P. (2006). Psychobiology of physical activity.

Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Lox, C., Martin Ginis, K. A., & Petruzzello (2006). The psychology of exercise.
Integrating theory and practice (2nd
Edition). Scottsdale, AZ: Holcomb
Hathaway.
Anshel, M. (2005). Applied exercise psychology: A

practitioner’s guide to improving
client health and fitness. New York:
Springer Publishing.
Lavallec. D., Kremer, J., Moran, A., & Sports psychology: Contemporary
Themes. New York: Williams. M.
(2004). Palgrave Macmillan
Publishers.
11
Carron, A. V., Hausenblas, H. A., & The psychology of physical activity.

New York: Estabrooks, P. A. (2003).
McGraw-Hill.
Buckworth, J., & Dishman, R. (2002). Exercise psychology. Champaign, IL:

Human Kinetics. Dr. Scott B. Martin
3
Millamn, D. (1999). Body mind mastery: Creating
success in sports and life. Novato:
New World Library.
Raalte, J. L. V., & Brewer, B. W. (Eds.). (2002). Exploring sports and exercise
psychology. Washington D. C.:
American Psychological Association.
Gershon Tenebaumand Robert C. Eklund “Handbook of Sports Psychology”

(3rd Ed.) (2007) Published by John
Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New
Jersey, USA & Canada.
Leif H. Smith, PsyD, and Todd M. Kays, “Sports Psychology For Dummies”
(2010) by John Wiley & Sons Canada,
Ltd. Published by John Wiley & Sons
Canada, Ltd.
Martin Hagger and Nikos Chatzisarantis “Social psychology of exercise and

sport” (2005), Open University Press,
McGraw-Hill Education, New York,
NY, USA
Matt Jarvis “Sport Psychology: A Student’s

Handbook” (2006), published by
Routledge, New York, NY, USA
Michael Bar-Eli, Henning Plessner and “Judgment, Decision Making and

Success in Sport”
Markus Raab (2011) John Wiley & Sons Ltd. UK
Aidan P. Moran “Sport and Exercise Psychology: A

Critical Introduction” (2004), published by
Routledge, New York, NY, USA and Canada
Ellis Cashmore “Sports Psychology: The Key

Concept” (2002). Published by Routledge, New York,
NY, USA and Canada
12
SCIENCE OF SPORTS TRAINING
Course No. PESS-906

INTRODUCTION:
The Language of training theory:

1. Fitness:
• Basic principles
• Physical characteristics
• Effects of training
Theory and practice of development of the following:

1. Strength
• Strength and its relativity to movement and development
• Speed
• Speed in sports
• Speed development and annual cycle
2. Endurance
• Training methods
3. Mobility
• Classification and training
4. Evaluation in sport:
• Status,
• Classification
Planning the program:

• Periodizing the year
• Variations in Periodization
• Training units
• Micro cycles and macro cycles
• Adaptations to loading
• Training vs. straining
• Competition vs. training
Strength training and its benefits:

• Potential guidelines
• Effects
• Equipment and safety concern
• Advanced strength training
• Body building and strength building
• Strength training for youth, seniors
• Recommended strength exercises.
Physical training:
• Methods
13
• Physiological effects
• Exercise and physical training in females
Endurance training:
• Effects of VO 2 max
• Performance and homeostasis.
Foundations of fitness and exercise:

• Health related physical fitness
• Physiology of health fitness
• Factors limiting health and fitness
• Work tests to evaluate cardio respiratory fitness
• Training for health, fitness and performance
• Exercise and training for special population
PRACTICALS:
TRAINING FOR SPORT & PERFORMANCE:
Different strength training protocols; effect of exercise intensity, duration, frequency,

types on training parameters; Ergometry; resistance and endurance training program;
physical activity adherence questionnaire; fitness; evaluating flexibility; flexibility
exercises; questionable exercises; evaluating Skill related physical fitness; Healthy Back
Test; evaluating posture; of planning of physical activity program; anthropometric and
fitness measurements: four skin fold thickness. Keeping records for fat.
BOOK RECOMMENDED
Sr. No. Author Title Publisher / year

1. Meagher A complete program for Station 1990
increasing performance and
endurance in fifteen
Popular sports
2. Dick Sports training principles Black 1989
3. Karvonen Medicine in sports training and Karger 1992

coaching
4. Watson Physical fitness and athletic Longman 1983

performance a guide for students
athletes and coaches
5. Leith Guide to coaches Human 1990
6. Gummerson Sport coaching and teaching Black 1992
7. Frost Psychology concept applied to Addison 1971

physical education and coaching
14
CURRICULUM DESIGN AND ITS APPLICATION IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Course No. PESS-908

Ph.D. 2nd Semester Credit Hours: 03
Objectives:
This course is designed to acquaint students with the objective to define basic
concepts of physical education and its relation to Health Education, and provide
preliminary awareness about physical, mental and social developments; interpretation of
biological, psychological effects on physical activities, and understanding of office
management, budget and training care of equipment.
The Curriculum Field:

• Introduction
• The Meaning of Curriculum
• Normative and Descriptive Curriculum Theory
• Ideologies of Curriculum
• Teachers as Curriculum Decision-Makers
Models of Curriculum Development:
• Introduction
• Models of Curriculum Development
• Frameworks of Curriculum
• Curriculum Development and Political Influences
Curriculum Intentions and Contents:
• Introduction
• Sources of Curriculum Intentions
• Aims, Goals and Objectives
• Traditional Conceptions of Content and Knowledge
• Alternative Views of Curriculum Content
• New Sociology of Education and Knowledge
• The postmodern Challenge
• The Emancipatory Perspective
• New Right Visions of Knowledge
• Re-emergence of Subjects in Curriculum
Teaching Experiences, Evaluation & Assessment:

• Introduction
• Models of Teaching
• Teaching Effectiveness Factors
• Students Learning Styles
• Evaluation of Student Learning
• Programme Evaluation
• Issues in Evaluation
Curriculum Leadership:
• Introduction
• Theories of Leadership
• New Perspectives in School Leadership
15
• Teachers as Leaders and Decision-Makers

• Reflection
Curriculum Change & Planning:
• Introduction
• Models of Change
• Organizational Self-Renewal
• National Curriculum Development
• Teachers and Change
• Planning Decision-Making
• Course Design and Planning
• Designs for Curriculum Development
Meaning and Philosophy:
• Philosophy and Its Branches
• General Philosophy
• Modern Educational Philosophy
• Mind-Body Relationship
• Sports Philosophy
Changing Philosophy for Sports, Fitness and Physical Education:
• Philosophical Influences in early American Sport
• School sport and the new Physical Education
• Philosophical Forces in Sport, Fitness, and Physical Education since 1950
REFERENCES BOOKS
Richard, M. Suinn, Psychology in sports methods and application,

Surjeet Publisher (1989), New Delhi India.
Krishnamurthy V., Educational Dimensions of Physical Education

1990m / styrkubg Oyvkusger Ktd, Bew / dekgum Ubdua,
Suinn Richard M., Psychology in Sports 2/e-1989, Surjeet Publisher,

New Delhi, India.
Chu Donald, Dimensions of Sports Studies 1/e-1982, John Wiley

and Sons, New York, ISBN 0-471-08576-6
Clive McGee Teachers and Curriculum Decision-Making.

(1997), Published by Dunmore Press Nelson, Australia
Sing S.B., Sodhi T.S., Philosophies of Education, 1/e 1988 The Indian
Publications Hill
Sandhu G.S., Road, Ambala Cantt, India.
Pangrazi Vector P. Dauer Dynamic Physical Education for Elementary and

Robert P, School Children, 1990, C. Brown Publisher Int. New
York.
Zeigler Eerle F., An Introduction to Sports and Physical Education

Philosophy, - 1989, C. Brown Publisher Int. New York.
16
Charles, Bucher A. Donald Chu Dimensions of Physical Education, 19 / 2-e C.V.

Mosby Company, New York, USA.
Bucher Charles, A Foundations of Physical Education, 3/e-1960

C.V. Mosby Co. St. Louis, New York.
Jewett Ann E. John E. Nixon, An Introduction To Physical Education 9/e-1960

Saunders College, Philadelphia.
Zeigler Eerle F., Philosophical Foundation for Physical Health and

Recreation Education.
Hatfield Bral Seppo E. Psychology of Sports, 1986, W.M. Brow ISO

Alhola Publishers, Dubuque, Lowa.
Baley James, Physical Education and the Physical Educator 2/e-

1976, Allyn & Bacon Inc., London.
Charlas A. Ucher, Foundation of Physical Education. Saint Louis.

The C.V Mosby Company.
Harold. A.B.L, Men and Movement, & Principles of Physical

Education Second lea and Fbinger 19/7
Wilam V. E. and Brow-Well, Administration of Health Education and Physical

Education, A.B. Sunders and Co. Philadelphia.
Bucher and Koening, Secondary School Education, Ed-IV Edition. The

C.V. Mosby Company, 19/4
Chilff orm and Lomeraul, Introduction to Physical Education Hall Inc.

Englewood Cliffs.
17
STUDIES OF HEALTH EDUCATION (ADVANCE)
Course No. PESS-910

Objectives:
Health is the blessing, which needs complete comprehension. The knowledge about
the teaching of health has extreme important value. It is the knowledge by which an
individual, a society, a nation and the world can have a fruit full living. People live life
without knowing about health, which can be a prime goal of their lives. The health
education covers all these aspects.
Man and Medicine

• Health for all
Concept of Health and Disease
• Modern medicine
• Dimensions of health
• Determinants of health
Principles of Epidemiology and Epidemiologic Methods:
• Aims of Epidemiology
• Epidemiological Approach
• Rates and Ratios
• Measurement of Mortality
• Measurement of Morbidity
• Association and Causation
• Uses of Epidemiology
Medicine and Social Science
• Environment and Health
• Occupational Health
• Mental Health
• International Health
Infectious Disease Epidemiology
• Disease Transmission
Disease Prevention and Control
• Disinfection
• Investigation of an Epidemic
Immunity and Immunization
• Immunizing Agents
• Immunization program
Communicable Diseases:
• Respiratory Infections
• Intestinal Infections
• Arthropod-borne Infections
• Zoonoses
• Viral
• Bacterial
• Rickettsial Diseases
18
• Parasitic Zoonoses
• Surface Infections
• Tetanus
• AIDS
Chronic Non-Communicable Diseases and Conditions
• Asthma
• Coronary Heart Disease
• Hypertension
• Stroke
• Cancer
• Diabetes
• Obesity
• Accidents and Injuries
Nutrition and Health
• Balanced diet
• Deficiency diseases
Health Hazards
• Tobacco
• Opium
The Environmental Concepts
• The perfect environment
• The measures of keeping safety of environment
• The responsibilities and steps
Reference:
Cottrell, R. R. Principles and Foundation of Health Promotion

and Education, 13th Edition, New York: Benjamin
Cummings, 2006.
Saxena, Ravi. Health and Physical Education. New Delhi:

Anmol, 2005.
Gupta, D. K. Health Education for Children. New Delhi: Khel

Sahitya Kendra, 2005.
Sonkar, Satish. A World History of Physical and Health

Education. Jaipur: ABD, 2005.
Thani, Vivek. Dictionary of Health and Physical Education. New

Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2003.
Adams, Lee. Promoting Health: Politics and Practice. London:

Sage, 2002.
Tilt, E. J. Health & Disease. New Delhi: Sports Publication,

2000.
19
Henderson, L. Handbook of Health Education. New

Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2001
J. E. Park & K. Park Text Book of Preventive and Social Medicine M/s
Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers, 2002, India
Lawrence M. Tierney, Jr. Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, Lange

Medical Books McGraw-Hill 2002 New York
Dr. Surendra Singh Health and Diseases Dynamics and Dimensions,

New Royal Book Company 2000 Lucknow
India.
Jane Ogden Health Psychology A Text Book, Open University

Press, Buckingham, 1996 U.K
Walter W. Holland Oxford Text Book of Public Health, Oxford

Medical Publications 1991 U.S.A
Rabia Khalid, Mohd. Ilyas Community Health, Time Traders Publisher, 1990,
Karachi, Pakistan
Mccuteheon, Maureen. Exploring health careers. 3rd ed. Thomson Pub.

London, 2006.
Lane, Russel. J.M. Hand book of muscle disease. New York. Marcel
Dekker Pub. 1996.
Burnard, Philip. Writing Skills in health care. Nelson Thores

pub.2004. London.
Hales, Dianne. An invitation to health. Wadsworth pub. New

York.
20
COGNITIVE FACTORS IN MOTOR SKILL ACQUISITION
Course No. PESS-912

Objectives:
The purpose of the course extends beyond simply presenting the concepts and
principles of motor learning and control. The intent of motor learning and control for
practitioners is to provide the students with the opportunity to become actively engaged
with its content through an applications–based approach.
Introduction to Motor Learning and Control

• Motor Learning, Control and Performance
• What is learning?
The Nature of Motor Skills
• Skill Classifications
• Motor Abilities
Individual Differences
• Categorizing Motor Abilities
• Practical Implications
• Understanding Movement Preparation
Theoretical Approaches to Movement Preparation:
• Preparing a Response
• Factors Influencing Reaction Time
• Reducing Response Time: Beyond Movement Preparation
Attention:
• Theoretical Models of Attention
• Tips for Practitioners
• Selective Attention
• Attentional Focus
Arousal:
• Arousal and Management Preparation
Behavioral Theories of Motor Control:
• Coordination and Control
• Skilled Movement: Central Command
Dynamic Interaction:
• Motor Program
• The Generalized Motor Program
• Specifying Parameter Values: The Schema
• Executing the Program
• Evidence Supporting Motor Program Control
• Generalized Motor Program Synopsis
Dynamic System Theory:
• Constraints
• Self-Organization
• Attractor States
• Evidence Supporting Dynamic System Control
• Dynamic System Theory Synopsis
21
Neural Mechanisms: Contributions and Control:

• Nervous System
• Sensory Receptors
• Vision
• Proprioception
Transmission of Information:
• The Spinal Cord
The Brain:
• Cerebrum
• Cerebellum
• Memory
Stages of Learning
• Fits and Posner’s Three Stage Model
• Gentile’s Two-Stage Model
Inferring Progress: Learner and Performance Changes:
• Movement production
• Attention
• Error Detection and Correction
• Self-Confidence
• Practice Design Factors
Breaking Down Skills: Progressions and Sequencing

• Whole vs. Part Practice
• Speed-accuracy Tradeoff
• Bilateral Transfer
Psychological Strategies:
• Motivation and Practice
• Goal Setting
• Mental Practice
Diagnosing and Correcting Errors:
Diagnosing Errors:
• Skill Analysis
• Conducting an Observation
Determining the Cause of an Error and its Resolution:
• Errors Due to Constraints
• Comprehension Errors
• Errors in Selection
• Execution Errors
• Sensory Errors
• Should the Error Be Corrected?
Correcting Errors:
• Types of Feedback
• Functions of Augmented Feedback
Sources of Augmented Feedback
• Auditory Feedback
• Visual Displays
• Equipment and Drills
• Biofeedback
22
REFERENCE:
Brace, D.K. Measuring Motor Ability. (1927), New York, NY:

A.S. Barnes.
Cheryl A. Coker Motor Learning and Control for Practitioners.

(2004) New York, NY: USA
Drowatzky, J.N. & Zucatto, EC. Interrelationships between selected measures of

static and dynamic balance. Research Quarterly,
1961. 38, 509-510
Eichstaedt, C.B. and Kalakian, L.H. Developmental / adapted physical education:

Making ability count. (3rd ed. 1993). New York,
NY: McMillan Publishing Co.
Fleishman, E.A. The description and prediction of perceptual

motor skill learning. In R. Glasser (ed.), Training
research and education. (1962) (pp. 137-175).
Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh
Press.
Gentile, A.M. Skills acquisition: Action, movement, and the

neuro-motor processes. In J.H. Carr & R.B.
Shepard (eds., 2000), Movement science:
Foundations for physical therapy in rehabilitation.
(pp. 111-180). Rockville, MD: Aspen Publications.
Henry, F.M. Specificity vs. generality in learning motor skills.

In R.C. Brown & G.S. Kenyon (eds., 1968),
Classical studies on physical activity (pp. 331-340).
Englewook Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Hoare, D.G. & Warr, C.R. Talent identification and women’s soccer: An
Australian experience. Journal of Sports
Sciences, (2000), 18, 751-758.
McCloy, C.H. The measurement of general motor capacity and

general motor ability. Research Quarterly, 5
(1934), (Suppl. 5), 45-61.
Payne, V.G., & Isaacs, L.D. Human motor development: A lifespan approach
(4th ed., 1999). Mountain view, CA: Mayfield
Publishing Company.
23
Rink, J.E. Motor learning. In B.S. Mohnson (ed., 1998),

Concepts of physical education: What every
student needs to know (pp. 15-37). Reston, VA:
NASPE.
Robertson, S.D., Zelaznik, H.N., Correlations for timing consistency among

tapping and drawing Lantero, D.A., Bojczyk, K.G.
tasks: Evidence against a single timing process for
motor control.
Spencer, R.M., Doffin, J.G. &
Schneidt, T. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human
Perception and Performance, (1999), 25(5), 1316-
1330.
Zelanznik, H.N., Spencer, R.M. & Temporal precision in tapping and circle
movements at preferred
Doffin, J.G.
24
SPORTS BIOMECHANICS
Course No. PESS-914
Objectives:
The objective of a course of study is to understand the nature of the function of

human movement in sport, dance, physical recreation and adapted movement activities.
The competent professional should be well versed in the body of knowledge or subject
matter of this specialized field, which demands an understanding of numerous sub-
disciplines.
The Study and Analysis of Human Movement

• Kinesiology and Biomechanics: Areas of Study
• Approaches for Studying Movement
• Understanding the Study of Human Movement
• The Skeletal System and Its Movements
• Fundamental Mechanical Concepts
• Force
Neuromuscular Aspects of Movement

• General Characteristics of the Muscular System
• Types and Functions of Muscular Tension
• Understanding the Characteristics of the Muscular System
• Torque and Rotary Motion
Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System

• Leverlike Arrangements
• Understanding Torques on the Musculoskeletal System
• Understanding Applications to Musculoskeletal Structure
Biomechanical Relationships in the Upper Extremity

• The Shoulder Girdle
• The Shoulder Joint
• Understanding the Shoulder Girdle-Shoulder Joint Complex
• The Elbow Joints
• The Wrist Joint
• Understanding the Elbow, Radioulnar, and Wrist Joints
Biomechanical Relationships in the Lower Extremity

• The Hip Joint
• The Knee Joint
• Understanding the Hip and Knee Joints
• The Tibiofibular Joint
• The Ankle and Foot
• Understanding the Ankle and Foot
• Biomechanics of the Lower Extremity During Locomotion
• Lower Extremity Postures
• Analyzing Lower Extremity Misalignments
25
• Understanding Postural Alignments
Biomechanical Relationships in the Trunk

• The Skull
• The Thorax
• The Vertebral Column
• Understanding the Trunk
• Linear Movement Reponses to Applied Forces
• Linear Momentum
Application of Biomechanics to Neuromuscular Fitness

• Aspects of Fitness
• Resistance Devices Used in Training
• Understanding Resistance Devices
• Strength
• Muscular Power
• Understanding Muscular Strength and Power
• Understanding Muscular Endurance
• Flexibility
• Understanding the Biomechanical Aspects of Flexibility
Analysis of Projectile-Related Activities
Applications of Aerodynamics in Sport
Application of Hydrodynamics in Swimming

• Rotary Movement Responses to Applied Torques
• Angular Momentum
Analysis of Balance-Related Activities
Analysis of Activities in which the Body Rotates free of Support
Analysis of Activities in which the Body Rotates while Supported
Analysis of Throw and Push Patterns
Applying the Kinetic Link Principle in Performance Analysis
Reference:
B.M. Nigg & W.Herzog Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System John

Wiley & Sons Publisher 1994 USA
Blagevich, Anthony. Sports Biomechanics. A & C Black publication

London, 2007.
Bartlett, Roger, Introduction to sports biomechanics. 2nd ed.

Rutledge publication London, 2007
26
Dr. Dhananjoy Shaw Mechanical Basis of Bio-Mechanics, Sports

Publications, 2000, New Delhi, India
Ellen Kreighbaum & Biomechanics: A Qualitative Approach for

Studying Human Katharine M. Barthels Movement. (1981, 1985), Macmillan Publishing
Company, New York, USA
Hallm Susan. J. Basic Biomechanics, 5th ed. McGraw-Hill, New

York. 2007.
Jain, P. Kinesiology Care of Athletic Injuries and Health

Education. New Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2006.
James G.Hay The Bio-Mechanics of sports techniques. Prentice

Hall international Ltd. 1993, U.K.
J.P. Troup, and Others Biomechanics and Medicine in Swimming VII E &
F.N Spon Publisher 1996 U.K.
Lakshmi, Vijaya Biomechanics of body movements in sports, New

Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2005.
Robert A. Robergs Fundamental Principles of Exercise Physiology for

Fitness Performance and Health, McGraw-Hill
Publisher 2000 U.S.A
Scott O. Roberts Shekar, K.C. Kinesiology. New Delhi: Khel

Shaw, D. Sports Biomechanics, New Delhi: Khel Sahitya

Kendra, 2003.
Shaw, D. Mechanical Basis of biomechanics. New Delhi,

Sports Publication, 2000.
Sven Carlsoo How Man Moves, Heinemann: London 1972 U.K
Susan J. Hall Basic Biomechanics, McGraw Hill Companies,

1995, USA.
27
CURRICULUM VITAE
Name: Prof. Dr. Yasmeen Iqbal
(E-mail yasmeen.qureshi@hotmail.com)
hpe_su_jamshoro@yahoo.com
+92-0321-3047286
Father's Name: Qamar-uz-Zaman Khan
Date of Birth: 16 July, 1955.
N.I.C. No.: 41306-3771264-2
Post Held: (a) Professor in Department of Sports Sciences at “The
University of Lahore, Main Campus”
Joining date at The University of Lahore: Feb 01, 2016

Academic Qualification:
a) Master of Arts in Political Science, University of Sindh, Pakistan (1975).
b) Post Graduate Diploma in Public Administration, University of Sindh, Jamshoro,
Pakistan (1976)
c) Bachelor Degree in Physical Education, University of Karachi, Karachi, Pakistan (1979)
d) Master Degree in Health and Physical Education, University of Sindh, Jamshoro,
Pakistan (1991).
e) Course on Women's Health from University of Melbourne, Australia (1994)
f) Diploma in Athletics held at Islamabad, Pakistan.
g) Doctorate in Health & Physical Education titled “Social class differences in Sports
participation among female students in Sindh”, Pakistan. (2000-2004).
Professional Experience (Academic):

1) Ph.D Examiner to Ali Garh Muslim University, Ali Garh, India.
2) Presented Research Paper on “Talent Identification and Development” a Multi-disciplinary
approach at Berlin, Germany” in 2006.
3) Presented Research Paper on Physical Education and Sports Sciences held at Kasturba
Medical University Manipal, India from April 28 to30, 2006 and Received the best
presentation award at Kasturba Medical University Manipal, India.
4) Visited Zibo Teachers College, Peoples Republic of China as a Visiting Scholar (1995).
5) Appointed Hon. Professor to Zibo Teachers College, Peoples Republic of China (1995).
6) Convener, National Curriculum Revision Committee in Physical Education for
Higher Education, Islamabad.
7) Convener, Board of Studies in Health and Physical & Education Curriculum,
University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
8) Member Peer Review Committee “The National Journal of Physiotherapy” Kasturba
Medical University, Manipal, India.
9) Member Academic Council, University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
10) Member, Board of Studies in Health and Physical & Education Curriculum, Gomal
University, D.I. Khan.
11) Member, Board of Studies in Health and Physical & Education Curriculum, Shah
Abdul Latif University, Khairpur.
12) Editor-The Shield-(ISSN-1991-8410)-International Journal of Physical Education &
Sports Science published by Centre for Physical Education, Health & Sports Science,
University of Sindh, Jamshoro, Pakistan
13) “Best Paper Award” at International Conference on Physical Education and Sports
Sciences held at Manipal between 28th & 30th April, 2006
14) Member Editorial Board of International Research Journal of Experimental Sciences-
(ISSN-2218-1768) Available Online: http://jexpsciences.com/
Professional Experience (Sports):
1) President, Pakistan Gymnastic Federation (Women Wing).
2) Member, Sindh University Sports Board since 1978.
3) Member, Selection Committee for Pakistan University Women's Hockey, Table
Tennis, Athletics, Tennis and Badminton Teams for National Championships held at
different places of Pakistan.
4) Deputy Manager, Pakistan Women's Athletic Team at South Asian (SAF) Games
held at Islamabad.
5) Regional Representative (Hyderabad Region) for Pakistan Cricket Board.
National / International Honor / Awards:

a) Represented as Manager Pakistan Combine Universities Girls Gymnastic Team at
Bangkok, Thailand in 2007.
b) Visited India being a member of Pakistan Youth Hostel Association under the Youth
Hostel Leader Exchange Program, December 2004.
c) Manager, Pakistan Gymnastic Girls Team at 2nd Islamic Countries Women's Solidarity
Games at Tehran, Iran, in 1997.
d) Visited Tehran, Iran as Manager, Pakistan University Table-Tennis Team in 1995.
e) Visited Helifex, Nova Scotia, Canada as Group Leader of Pakistan Youth Delegation
under Canada World Youth Programme in 1990-91.
f) Conferred Hon. Citizenship of Nova Scotia, Canada by the Governor of Nova Scotia
for the excellence of Youth Programme in Canada (1990).
g) Awarded Gold Medal (Pride of Performance) for University of Sindh, Sports
excellence in 1978.
h) Organizing Secretary, National Basket Ball Women’s Championship held at
i) Member, Organizing Committee at National Seerat Conference held at University of
Sindh, Jamshoro, Pakistan.
j) Regional Representative Pakistan Cricket Board, Women Wing for Hyderabad

Region.
Author / Editor of Books:

1) Research Methods in Physical Education (1996)
2) Science of Physical Education, 1997
3) Sports Injuries: Prevention and Treatment (1997).
Published Research Papers:
1) "Public Administration and its Utility in Physical Education". Published in Research
Journal "The Government" (1993).
2) "Importance of Footwork in Sports Performance: The Japanese Experience".
Published in Asia Pacific Research Journal (1993).
3) "Physical Fitness and Mental Workout in Japan: A Psycho-Social Study". Published
in Asia Pacific Research Journal (1994).
4) "Democratic Ideals: A case study of Health and Physical Education students. Volume-I
1994, Published in Social Science Research Journal of Sindh University (1994).
5) "Fat Bodies: A major concern of Asian Women". Published in Asia Pacific Research
Journal Volume-14 (1995).
6) “The Role of Physical Education in a Democratic Society". 2001 –Vol. 3, Research
Journal of Social Sciences.
7) ‘The Role of Physical Education: A new vision for young generation’ Research
Journal of Social Sciences, University of Sindh Volume 4 & 5, 2002-2003.
8) ‘The Origin contemporary sports: A study of Euro American States” Research
9) “Impact of motivation on the performance of Women Athletes”, Publication in
Sindhological Studies 2005.
10) The Impact of Exercise on Longevity: An Assessment of a Physical Educationist.
Research Journal of Social Sciences, University of Sindh Volume 6 & 7, 2006.
11) Socio-political Analysis of 1986 Seoul Olympics Games. ‘Asia Pacific’, Research
Journal of Far East & South East Asia Study Centre. (accepted for publication)
12) Importance, Objectives and Limitations in Physical Education Research: A academic
analysis (in Sindhi) published in Sindhi Adab-2005, Research Journal of Institute of
Sindhology, University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
13) Analytical study of the Factors involved in the Enhancement of Performance in
Sports Competitions Published in “The Shield”, Research Journal of Physical
Education & Sports Sciences, University of Sindh, Jamshoro Volume 1, 2006.
14) Socio-biological Aspects of Women participation in sports: An analytical study
(accepted for publication) University of Karachi, Karachi.
15) Sports Injuries: Self Help (in Sindhi) to be published in Sindhi Adab of Institute of
Sindhology, University of Sindh in 2006.
16) Gender differences in emotional intelligence among professional athletes of
Hyderabad City published in “The Shield”-Research Journal of Physical Education &
Sports Science, University of Sindh, Jamshoro. Vol. 02, 2007.
17) An Investigation of Misconception of Females’ Participation in Sports competitions
in traditionalist Society of Pakistan published in “The Shield”-Research Journal of
Physical Education & Sports Science, University of Sindh, Jamshoro. Vol. 03, 2008.
18) Avoiding health risks through physical movements: Significance and Analysis
published in “The Shield”-Research Journal of Physical Education & Sports Science,
University of Sindh, Jamshoro. Vol. 04, 2009.
19) The relationship between sport activities, academic achievements and personality dynamics
of High School Students in Sindh published in “The Shield”-International Journal of
20) Sports as a Dynamic Force in the Development of relation among Nations in Global
Politics published in “The Shield”-International Journal of Physical Education & Sports
Science, University of Sindh, Jamshoro. Vol. 06, 2011.
21) “Knowledge, Attitude, Prevalence and factors leading to smoking among Students of
the Center for Physical Education and Sports Science, University of Sindh, Jamsoro,
Pakistan” in African Journal for Physical, Health Education, Recreation and Dance
(AJPHERD), Vol. 17(2), 2011
22) Muslim female athletes in Sports and Dress Code: Major obstacle in International
Competitions published in Journal of Experimental Sciences, India, Vol. 02, No. 11,
2011. http://jexpsciences.com/
23) Physical activities among college students participating in sports pertaining to socio-
cultural conditions of Sindh published in “The Shield”-International Journal of Physical
Education & Sports Science, University of Sindh, Jamshoro. Vol. 07, 2012.
24) Attitude of Female Lecturers in Physical Education towards Profession published by
Macrothink Institute, USA in International Journal of Learning and Development,
Vol. 2, No. 4, 2012. www.macrothink.org/ijld
25) “Community beliefs, attitude and awareness about child obesity” published in “The
Shield”-International Journal of Physical Education & Sports Science, University of
Sindh, Jamshoro. Vol. 08, 2013.
26) “Significance of advance technology using modern equipments in International sports
competitions” published in “The Shield”-International Journal of Physical Education &
C-71, Staff Town, University 0307-4444158
of Karachi. anila_ahsen@hotmail.com
Dr. Anila Amber Malik

Professor
Department of Sports Sciences and Physical Education
• Doctor of Philosophy in Psychology from University of Karachi in 2003.

Education Ph D Thesis Title
• The Study of Social Support as a determining factor in depressed and non-
Masters depressed as measured by an indigenously developed Social Support Scale.
• M.A in Psychology with specialization in Clinical Psychology, First Division,

Department of Psychology, University of Karachi, 1993.
• Professor, Department of Psychology, University of Karachi, as of 10

Teaching Experience March,2014 to date.
Permanent Position • Associate Professor, Department of Psychology, University of Karachi, as of
11 November 2005 to 10th March 2015.
• Assistant Professor, Department of Psychology, University of Karachi, as of
May 7t h 2003- 10th November 2005
• Lecturer, Department of Psychology, University of Karachi, as of February
14, 1996 – May 6, 2003.
• Co-operative teacher, (Full -Time) Department of Psychology, University of
Karachi, as of April 3, 1994–February 14, 1996.
• Department of Psychology, University Of Karachi as of 1st August.2013 till

Chairperson Present.
• BA, B.Sc. Hons,, Masters, BS, MS, M.Phil, Ph.D (Department of

Psychology, University of Karachi).
Level of Courses taught as a
Permanent Faculty Member. • Psychosocial Issues, MS/M.Phil program, Department of Psychology/
Education, University of Karachi.
• Psychometrics, MS / M.Phil program, Department of Psychology/Public
Courses taught at MS / M.Phil / Administration /Education, University of Karachi.
PhD level as a Permanent Faculty • Personal Adjustment, PhD program, Department of Psychology, University
of Karachi.
• Research Seminars, PhD program, Department of Psychology, University of
Karachi.
• Thesis and Manuscript Writing, PhD program, Department of Psychology,
University of Karachi.
• Current Issues, PhD program, Department of Psychology, University of
Karachi.
• Writing a research Proposal, PhD program, Department of Psychology,
• ‘Social Psychology’ at the Department of Social Sciences, Hamdard
University for five semesters.
• ‘Research Methodology’ at the Department of Education, and Management
Sciences, Hamdard University for five semesters.
Visiting Faculty • Organizational Conflict and Stress Management’ at the Department of
Courses taught at MS/M.Phil/PhD Public Administration, University of Karachi, 2009, 2010,

level 2011, 2012,2013,
2014 .
• Communication Skill, at the Department of Public
Administration,
University of Karachi, 2012, 2013,2014.
• ‘Social Psychology and Self – Development’ at IBA, Karachi in 2002.

• ‘Introduction to Psychology’ at Mohammad Ali Jinnah University, Karachi
Courses taught at Graduate/Post for five semesters.
graduate level (Visiting Faculty) • ‘Organizational Behavior’ at School of Business Administration, University
of Karachi, 2002.
• ‘Organizational Behavior’ at University College of Social Sciences, 2003.
• ‘Behavioral Sciences’ at the Department of Public Administration,
University of Karachi, 2002-2013
• ‘Educational Psychology’ at Tareeqah Board (Aga Khan Education Project).
• ‘Behavioral Sciences’ at the University College Karachi, 2004.
• ‘Psychology’ at the Department of Computer Science, University of Karachi
2006,2007,2009
• Research Methods’ at the Department of Public Administration, University
of Karachi, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2013.
• Research Methods’ at the Department of Mass Communication, University
of Karachi, 2008, 2009.
• “Introduction to Social Sciences” at the department of Botany University of
Karachi, 2009, 2010, 2011.
• “Introduction of Social Sciences” at the department of Physiology,
University of Karachi, 2011.
• “Introduction of Social Sciences” at the department of Chemistry, University
of Karachi, 2011.
• “Human Behavior”, at the department of Commerce, University of Karachi,
2011, 2012.
• Perspectives of Psychology, at the department of Public Administration,
University of Karachi, 2011, 2012, 2013.
• Psychology, at the Department of Computer Sciences, University of Karachi,
2011, 2013.
• ‘Foundations of Human Behavior’ at IBA, Karachi in 2013, 2014, 2016.
• Behavioral Sciences, School of Physical therapy, Liaquat National Hospital
2013, 2014, 2015.
• Research Methods, Masters in Public Policy Department of Political Science,
• Behavioral Sciences, Masters in Physical Therapy, Department of Health
and Physical Education, 2015.
• A Study of Work Related Stress among Supervisors of Government

Controlled Semi autonomous and multinational companies of Karachi,
Degree awarded 2007.
• The Standardization of Domestic Violence Screening Scale, Degree Awarded
2010.
• The Development of Marital Satisfaction Scale, Degree Awarded in 2010.
• Motivation and Self confidence in Sports, Degree Awarded in 2010.
• Psychopathology and Well being: A study of Contrasting variables among
PhD Supervised and Award of students of Karachi University. Degree Awarded in 2015.
Degree. • The role of European Union in the Psychological Rehabilitation of
Earthquake victims: An evaluation. (Degree Awarded in 2015)University of
Karachi..
• Perceived Mother’s Warmth, Psychological Wellbeing and Quality of
Relationship: A Relational Analysis of Young Adults. (Degree Awarded in
2015, University of Karachi).
• The Role of Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in Depressed Breast Cancer

Patient of Karachi: An Analysis of Quality of Life and Perceived Social
Support. (IN Progress… University of Karachi).
• Role of Psychosocial and Educational Inventions in the Treatment outcome
of Tuberculosis Patients. University of Karachi .In progress.
• Rabia Naz Mehreen, Psychosocial influences of media: A qualitative study.

University of Karachi. (Degree awarded 2014). University of Karachi.
• Tehzeeb Sakina Amir, Machiavellianism personality and its psychological
correlates in working and academic environment (Degree awarded 2014)..
PhD Supervision in Progress
• Quratul ain Azhar, The present status of Occupational Testing in Pakistan:
A qualitative need analysis. University of Karachi(Degree awarded 2015)
• Asbah Zia, Father and daughter relationship and its impact on daughter’s
psychological growth. University of Karachi. (Degree awarded 2015 )
• Sumaya Salim Girach, Measurement of Well Being: Scale development and
Validation, University of Karachi. (Degree awarded 2015 ).
M.Phil / MS Supervised
• Alia Hassan, Loneliness and depression: An old age phenomena (2011
enrolment). University of Karachi.
• Tooba Farooqi, Inventory of Character Strengths: Development and
Standardization. (2013 enrolment). University of Karachi.
• Afreen Faiza, Development of Indigenous Death Anxiety Scale: A study of

Reliability and Validity.
• Maria Akber, Emotional Intelligence, Well Being and Social Identity: A
correlational Study( 2013), University of Karachi.
• Clinical Psychology, Career Counseling, Psychometric, Political Psychology,
Research Methods, Organizational Behavior, Personal Relationship,
Consumer Behavior, Social Psychology, Personality.
• Chairperson, Social and Political Psychology Division, Pakistan

M.Phil / MS Supervision Psychological Association, 7th March 2013.
• American Psychological Association 1998.
• Pakistan Psychological Association, Vice President Sind Chapter,2010-2011.
• Transparency International, Member, Education committee, University
Chapter 2011.
• A Knighthood from the Royal Order of the Noor of Buayan, in recognition of

meritorious service of the Community services 2010, From the State of
Buayan.
Areas of Interest
• Feroz R., Jehangir A., & Malik A.A, (1997).“Anjum-Khalique Type A scale,
A further Study of Validity”, Pakistan Journal of Psychology, June-Dec.,
28, 39-45.
Membership • Malik A. A,(2001).“A study of Sex Differences in Self-
Monitoring Behavior”, Past and Present: Research Journal of
the Department of General History, 192-195.
• Malik A. A., Feroz R., & Ara, A. (2001).“A study of Convergent

and Discriminant Validity of Satisfaction with Life Scale”,
Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities, Vol, 1 and 2, 135-
142.
Award • Malik A. A, (2002).“Shyness and its relation to loneliness and
Depression”, Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities, Vol-3,
108-105.
• Malik A. A,(2004). “Relationship between teacher’s behavior

Research Papers rating and children’s self-esteem”, Journal of Social Sciences
and Humanities, Vol-1, 133-147.
• Malik A A., & Ismail Z., (2005).“Development of Social Support

Scale”, Pakistan Journal of Psychology, June. ,36, 1, 3-30.
• Malik A. A., & Qasim S.,(2008). Family sense of coherence and

Quality of Relationship: A Relational Analysis, Pakistan
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 7, 2, 47-54
• Hassan S. & Malik A.A., (2009). “Standardization of Karachi

Domestic Violence Screening Scale -Urdu Version. Journal of
Social Sciences, 20(2): 83-90 (INDIA)
• Elias. T. N., & Malik A. A., (2009). Development of Naheed

Anila Index for Mate Assessment, Journal of Couple &
Relationship Therapy, Volume 8, Issue 1 January,, pages 52 –
63 (Routledge and Taylor & Francis journal)
• Malik A. A & Khan B., (2009). Professional Development at

Higher Education: Teachers Concerns Approach. Pakistan
Journal of Special Education, Vol. 10, pages: 13-20.
• Malik A. A & Salim S., (2010). Gender Differences in

Organizational Structure and Corporate Culture Preferences,
Pakistan Journal of Gender Studies, Volume: 1, Pages: 1-10.
• Malik A. A & Khatri S. S., (2010). Sandbagging and Shyness:

Evaluating the Relationship, Journal of Social Sciences and
Humanities, Vol: 49,Part II, July –Dec. Pages:65-74.
• Malik A.A., & Riaz E., (July 2010-Jan 2011) “ Freud The Sufi
Within”, Journal of European Studies, Vol: 26- 27, No: 2& 1,
Pages: 119-138.
• Malik A . A.,& Khatri S. S., (2010). Measuring Distance in

Personal Relationships, Pakistan Journal of Psychology, Dec.
Issue,Vol:41, Pages:49-58.
• Hassan S. & Malik A. A.,(2010). Factors of Intimate Partner

Violence(IPV) in Urban Pakistani Families, Pakistan Journal
of Clinical Psychology, Dec issue, Vol: 10, Pages: 3-20.
• Hassan, S., & Malik, A. A. (2012) Psycho-social Correlates of

Intimate Partner Violence (IPV), Pakistan Journal of
Psychological Research. 27(2), 281-297.
• Malik A. A. , Ali M. S. & Farooqi T. (2012). An Analytical

Review: Predictors, Prevention and Interventions for Juvenile
Delinquency. Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities, Vol:
51 Part I, January –June, Pages:173-184.
• Malik A. A., & Kiran T.(2013).Psychological Problems in

Breast Cancer
Patients: A Review. Chemotherapy 2: 115. doi:10.4172/2167-
7700.1000115.
• Nasreen Begum, Malik A.A., Shahzad S Prevalence of

Psychological Problems among Survivors of the Earthquake in
Northern Areas of Pakistan Asian Journal of Management
Sciences & Education Vol. 3(3) July 2014.
• Ali S & Anila Amber Malik, “Psychopathology and Self Esteem among Students of
University of Karachi,” International Journal of Innovation and Scientific Research,
vol. 10, no. 2, pp. 387–394, October 2014.
• Zia A., Malik A. A., Ali S. Father and Daughter Relationship and Its Impact on
Daughter’s Self-Esteem and Academic Achievement. Academic Journal of
Interdisciplinary Studies MCSER Publishing, Rome-Italy Vol 4 No 1. March2015.
• Kamrani, F., Malik, A.A. Mother’s Warmth and Social Support: A Relational
Analysis. International Journal of Innovation and Scientific Research, Vol 17, No. 2,
August 2015. pp. 236–240.
• Kamrani, F., Malik, A.A. Mother’s Warmth and Environmental Mastery:A

Relational Analysis. Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities,
Vol: 53(1) January –June,2014, Pages:41-52.
• Malik A.A. & Salim S., (2007). Mother’s Parenting Style and its
Correlates: Quality of Mother Daughter Relationship & Self
Esteem., Interdisciplinary Social Sciences International
Conference 4-5 September. Proceedings, pages: 56-64.
• Intolerance in Pakistan: An analysis.

• University; Ideals and Reality.
• Men in Uniform: Sense of Psychological Ascendancy.
• Increasing Conflicts and Intolerance: Etiology and
Psychosomatic Corollary.
• Imposed Psychological and Cultural Warfare on Pakistan:
Vulnerabilities, Perception and Response.
• Riaz E., Malik A. A. “ Social Identity, Partisanship and Student

Activism: A Qualitative Study.
• Malik A. A., & Kiran T.(2013).Psychological Problems in
Breast Cancer
Unpublished Papers Patients: A Review. Chemotherapy, Pink Day Celebration ,
Usman Institute
of Technology Karachi. 2013.
• Riaz E., Malik A. A. “ Social Identity, Partisanship and Student Activism: A

Qualitative Study Social Intervention International Conference, University
of Karachi on 6-7 March 2012.
• “A Study of Sex Differences in Self- Monitoring Behavior” 7TH Annual
Conference of Department of Psychology, University of Peshawar, Bara
Gali, 2002.
Paper Presented in Conferences
• “Shyness, and its relation to Loneliness and Depression” X
Psychological
Conference, Pakistan Psychological Association, Lahore, 2002.

• “Relationship between teacher’s behavior rating and children
self-esteem” 8TH Annual Conference of Department of Psycholog
University of Peshawar, Bara Gali 2003.
• “Development of Social Support Scale”, 8th international conference,
Pakistan Association of Clinical Psychologist (PACP), Lahore, 10–11 April,
2004.
• “Standardization of UCLA Loneliness Scale in Urdu language”, in
National Conference on New Trends in Psychological Research, Department
of Psychology and Applied Psychology ,University of the Punjab.5 to 7 April,
2007.
• Mother’s Parenting Style and its correlates: Quality of mother–daughter
relationship & Self- Esteem, Interdisciplinary Social Sciences Conference
(ISSIC), Faculty of Arts University of Karachi on 4-5 September 2007.
• Standardization of UCLA Loneliness Scale in Urdu language. T

project is being funded by Research Facility Center, Faculty
Arts, University of Karachi.
• Data analysis and report writing on Psychosocial Issues for t

Annual report of “MADADGAR”, a joint Venture of LHRLA f
UNICEF.
• Conducted Market research for a Multinational company.

Research Projects
Market Research
• PUAN International Conference Peace and Conflict Resolution: Engaging

Conferences Participation Communities for a Better Tomorrow /PUAN-International-Peace-
Conference November 27-29, 2015 Marriott Hotel, Islamabad, Pakistan
• National Conference on Changing trends in Clinical Psychology. June
4rth,2015.
• Participation in International Conference on Emerging Global Scenario,
Survival of Muslim Youth in the Realm of Violence & Mental Health of
Children, Adolescents and Adults, organized by Institute of clinical
Psychology, University of Karachi, on 14 November 2006.
• Member organizing committee for the Multidisciplinary International

Conference on “Qualitative Research in Developing Countries:
Opportunities and Challenges”, organized by the Faculty of Arts, University
Member Conference Organizing
of Karachi, in collaboration with Higher Education Commission, 3-4
Committee November 2006.
• Coordinator International Conference on Contemporary Social Sciences, s,

University of Karachi on 12-13 December, 2015 .
• Coordinator International Conference on Challenges of Transition in Social

Sciences, University of Karachi on 3-4 December, 2014 .
• Coordinator Social Intervention International Conference, University of
Conference Coordination Karachi on 6-7 March 2012.
• Coordinator Interdisciplinary Social Sciences International Conference,
Faculty of Arts, University of Karachi on 4-5 September 2007.
• Coordinator Interdisciplinary International Conference on Media and Social
Change, Faculty of Arts, University of Karachi on 5-6 November 2008.
• Session chair, International Conference on Contemporary Social Sciences, s,

• International Conference on Challenges of Transition in Social Sciences,

• International conference on Social Sciences organized by Institute of
Business Management 2012.
Conference Chair

• Session Chair, War on Terror: Psychosocial Effects,14th Annual Conference

of Psychology Organized by department of Psychology, University
of Peshawar, 2010.
• The role of District Government Functionaries in Drug Abuse

Prevention, organized by Anti Narcotics Force, Sind.
• Coordinated a session of Research Methods in Social Sciences,

a six day National Workshop, organized by Faculty of Arts,
University of Karachi in collaboration with POWER, 29th
September to 4th October 2003.
• Communication and Professional Ethics; A Workshop for

Assistant Professor And lecturers of University of Karachi;
Workshop Coordination
18—30 July, 2008, Organized by Faculty Of Arts.
• Module coordinator of Educational Psychology at the Staff Development

Program of Higher Education Commission, at University of Karachi, 2007.
• Department of Psychology, University of Karachi.

• Federal Public Service Commission.
• Federal Urdu University, Karachi.
• Dadabhoy Institute of Higher Education
Staff Development Program
• Psychological Assessment and Career Counseling, for Self

Selection Boards Discovery Program by IGNITE IBA
Participation
• Pakistan Journal of Psychology, University of Karachi.
• Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences, University of

Karachi.
Career Counseling • Bahria Journal of Psychology.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist for two months on FM105

Member Journal Editorial (Radio).
Board
• Conducted 13 episodes of a TV Talk show “SOCHO ZARA” as
Anchor Person. The program which focused on psychological
issues of women went on air on PTV in 1999. It was also aired
on a private channel in England.
Media Exposure
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by BBC Urdu service (Radio) on
numerous occasions.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by PTV in MEENA BAZAR on
numerous occasions.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by PTV in MEEZAN.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by Indus TV.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by ARY TV.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by DAWN News.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by Samma TV.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by Express TV.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by Dunya TV in Pyam e Subh.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by AB TUK TV.
• Chairperson , Department of Psychology, University of
Administrative Positions
Karachi.2013 to date
• Provost, Awan e Liaquat Girls Hostel Karachi, University of
Karachi.2014 to date.
• Member Academic Council, University of Karachi.2013 to date.
• Member Senate, University Of Karachi (2008-2012, 2013-to
date)
• Member Syndicate University Of Karachi (March 2008- March
Administrative Assignments 2011).
• Convener, Conflict Resolution Committee for Conflict

Resolution Case for Scientific Officer of KIBGE,2016 .
• Member, Board of Studies, Confucius Institute, University of

Karachi. 2015-2018.
• Convener, Conflict Resolution Committee for Student Clash on
28 October 2015.
• Member of Admission Committee for 2016.
• Member of prospectus Committee for Admission 2016.
• Convener, Conflict Resolution committee for pharmacy,
teacher’s case for not taking her classes, 2015.
• Convener, Conflict Resolution committee for Food Science
Technology teacher’s case for not taking her classes, 2015.
• Member of Discipline Committee, University of Karachi 2015.
• Member Teachers and Course Evaluation proforma
Committee.2015.
• Member of the Academic Committee (as a University Professor)
of the Board of Secondary Education
• Member Academic Council Course Load Committee 2014, 2015
• Member Campus Security 2013-to Present.
• Member marketing and Innovation committee, University of
Karachi. 2014 to date.
• Member, Board of Studies, Faculty of Law, University of
Karachi. 2013-2016.
• Inquiry officer in teacher’s study leave case, physics department
2015.
• Member Enquiry Committee , International Relation
Department Conflict
2013.
• Member Advisory Board, Benazir Bhutto Shaheed Chair,
University of Karachi. (2009-2012)
• Member Board Of Studies, Psychology Department, University
Of Karachi(As a Lecturer, Assistant Professor, and Associate
Professor)
• Member Board Of Faculty of Arts, University Of Karachi(As a
Lecturer , Assistant Professor, and Associate Professor,
Professor.)
• Member Board of Studies, Pakistan Army School Of Air
Defence. 2007
• Member, Technical Committee for Job Description, University
Of Karachi.
• Member , Convocation Committee,
2008,2009,2010,2012,2013,2014.
International Consultations
• Member House Building Loan Committee, University of
Karachi. 2008-2011
• Member Board of Studies, Psychological Testing, Guidance &
Research, University of Sind.
• Inquiry officer in teacher’s study leave case, physics department
Special Security Unit, Sind Police
2013.
Experience • Member Plagiarism Sub Committee, University Of Karachi.
International Training • USAID, Pre-STEP: Standards for Pre-Service Teachers

Pakistan: Consultations on Draft Rubrics 9th -12 Feb 20
Islamabad
• Orientation meeting of Accreditation Council of Teach
Education Programs with Piloting Institutions on March 11-1
2010. By National Accreditation Council for Teacher Educati
(NACTE) and UNESCO , USAID and HEC.
• Special Security Unit, Capital City Police, Sind, for the selecti
nd recruitment of Special Security Personnel, 2011-2012.
• Participated in International Visitor Leadership Program:

“Community Dialogue and Dispute Resolution”; A Project for
Pakistan. May 7th -28th 2011. A Program of United States,
Department of State; Bureau of Educational and Cultural
Affairs.
• Participated and Completed a one day Program at Texas

Wesleyan School of Law , May 18th .2011 consisting of
following subjects:
• The Art of influence and persuasion
• Conflict Resolution and Judges
• Diversity-Cultural, Spiritual, Psychological Dimensions of

Dispute
Resolution
• Western History and Traditions- From the gun (might is right

power) to the Judicial bench and the role of mediators.
• Approaches to resolving Criminal Cases, including Plea

Bargaining,
Restorative Justice and Therapeutic Justice.
Conduct Research Methodology • Completed an Honorary Course in Conflict Resolution at the

Courses University of Denver, USA ; May 20,2011.
• Participated in a Dialogue in Alternative Dispute Resolution

at the centre for Dispute Settlement ,Rochester, USA, May
25th, 2011.
• Attended and participated in Interfaith Study and Dialogue,

at The Centre for Interfaith Studies and Dialogue, Nazareth
College, Rochester, New York.USA; May 25th,2011.
• Participated in a Dialogue at M.K.Gandhi Institute for

Nonviolence at University of Rochester , Rochester, USA,
Curriculum Development
May 25th,2011.
• Attended and Participated in a seminar on Restorative

Practices, at Partners in Restorative Initiatives, Rochester,
New York ,USA. May 26th,2011.
• Research Methods , a day course at Baluchistan University of

Information & Technology, Quetta.2010.
• Conducted 3 Courses (60 hrs each) of Research Methodology

for the Faculty of Arts, University of Karachi M. Phil and PhD
Students, 2006 Admission Group.(720 in numbers).
• Conducted Workshop on Research Methodology for

Department of International Relations, Faculty of Arts
University of Karachi, 13-15 April 2009,2010, 2013, 2014,
2015,
• BS Program of Psychology, , University Of Karachi

• MS Program of Psychology, University Of Karachi
• PhD Program of Psychology, University Of Karachi
• MS/M.Phil, Program of Psychology, Institute of Business
Management, Karachi
• The following Emergency Response training programs were
Emergency Response Planning,
conducted for Pakistan International Airline, in Karachi,
Pakistan International Airline
Lahore and Faisalabad.
• Psychological support program for Air-Craft Emergencies for

Middle Management, 2006.

all Station Heads, 2006.

ERP Coordinators, 2007/ 2008
• Crisis Communication, at Pakistan International Airline, 2007/

2008
• Personal Well-Being at Pakistan International Airline. 2007/

2008
• Airline and Media, at Pakistan International Airline. , 2007/

Guest Lectures / Training 2008
Pakistan Air Force • Aircraft Accident Investigation and Interviewing techniques,

School of Air Safety, Pakistan Air Force, Masroor Base.
• Aircraft Accidents and Media Handling, School of Air Safety,

Pakistan Air Force, Masroor Base.
• Work Family and Social life: A triangular Concept. School of

Air Safety, Pakistan Air Force, Masroor Base.
• "Behaviour Modification, 2015, School of Air Safety, Pakistan

Air Force, Masroor Base.
• "Psychology of An Aviator: Mental Stress Tolerance, Coping

and Conflict Handling, 8th May, 2014, School of Air Safety,
Pakistan Army • Culture and Habits Interference in Safety Behaviors Of An

Aviator, 3rd June 2014, School of Air Safety, Pakistan Air
Force, Masroor Base.
• Research Methods, Pakistan Army School of Air Defense 2007
• Academic Writing, Pakistan Army School of Air Defense 2007
• Stress Management in Military Life, Pakistan Army School of

Air Defense 2008.
Pakistan Navy
• Psychosocial Problems of Youth, Inter Services Selection
Board, Malir Cantonment. Karachi 8th April 2009.
• Cultural Competence and Moving Forward, School of Logistic,
Pakistan Navy.
Miscellaneous Guest Lectures
delivered
• Indicators of Good Governance, HEC workshop Phase II on
Good Governance, for support Staff, University of Karachi.(31st
December,2015).
• Good Governance Issues, HEC workshop Phase II on Good

Governance, for support Staff, University of Karachi.(31st
December,2015).
• Gender Biases at Work, HEC workshop Phase II on Women

Harassment, for support Staff, University of Karachi.(31st
December,2015).
• Domestic Violence, HEC workshop Phase II on Women

Harassment, for Support Staff, University of Karachi. (31st
December,2015).
• Writing Research Proposal in Social Sciences, Workshop

Organized by Office of Research Innovation and
Commercialization,( ORIC)
• Gender Equity and Governance, HEC Support Staff

Development Program.2015.
• Leading the Change and Changing the Leaders HEC Support

Staff Development Program.2015.
• Hostel Management HEC Support Staff Development

Program.2015.
• Workplace Harassment, HEC Support Staff Development

Program.2015.
• Pakistan Qualification Framework, Semester Examination

Training workshop, Collaborated by Higher Education
Commission, 2015.
• Transfer of Credits in Higher Education Semester Examination

Training workshop, Collaborated by Higher Education
Commission, 2015.
• Quality Assurance in Higher Education , Semester

Examination Training workshop, Collaborated by Higher
Education Commission, 2015.
• The Challenge of Funding in Social Sciences Research:

Social Science Must Change to Realize Its Full Value. Arts
Auditorium, University of Karachi. 2014.
• Corporal punishment and its psychological impact.

Beaconhouse School system.2014
• Early childhood comprehension and parental role, Beacon

house School system.2014.
• Psychosocial Problems and Mental Health , Nizaree Jamat

Khana, 28th August 2014.
• Young Girls and Psychosocial Problems, Govt. Degree College

Kotri.2014
• Antisocial Personality Disorder ,Department of Sociology,

University of Karachi, 2013, 2014
• Psychological Problems in Breast Cancer. Pink Day

Celebration at Usman
Institute of Technology, Hamdard University. 2013.
• Intrapersonal Communication. KASBIT , 2013.
• Behavioral Genetics, Department of Genetics, University of

Karachi. 2013, 2014.
• Interview anxiety and emotional stability, Department of

Geology, University of Karachi 2009.
• “PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT AND CAREER PLANNING”,

at the Department of Geology, University of Karachi, 2009.
• PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT LEARNING,” at FACULTY

DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM, organized by Higher Education
Commission, Human Resource Centre, University of Karachi,
2007.
• “STRESS AND WORK LIFE LINKAGES”, at FACULTY

2007.
• “Psychological impact of environmental pollution on behavior

and mental processes”, jointly organized by University of
Glasgow, British council, and HEC, 9 March, 2006.
• Panel discussant on the “ROLE OF FAMILY IN

REDISCOVERING CHILDHOOD”, a 3-DAY Symposium
on Rediscovering Childhood, SIND EDUCATIION
FOUNDATION, April, 3-5, 2006.
• “MEET TODAY’S LEARNER”, at FACULTY

2006.
Higher Education Committees • “Assertiveness as a Social Skill”, at IBA. 2005.

• “Psychological Disorders”, at IBA. 2005
• Adolescence Period” at YOUTH HELP LINE PROJECT.
• “Stress and Work life Linkages”, at NESTLE. 2004.
• “Psychology of Advertising”, at the Department of Public

Administration University of Karachi. 2004.
• “Psychological Impact on Domestic Workers”, at the National

Consultation on Domestic Workers Rights; organized by
Lawyers for Human Rights and Legal Aid (LHRLA), 2nd –3rd
September 2003, Regent Plaza, Karachi.
• “What kind of a thinker you are?” in Science and Media: a

workshop organized by National Science Foundation, at the
Department of Genetics, University of Karachi.
• Member Psychology Journals Committee.2014-to date.

• Member, Thematic Research Grant Program , 2016.
Courses/Workshops Attended • Workshop on Data Analysis at Lahore University of Management Sciences
(LUMS), March 10–11, 2007.
• Short course on Trauma Psychology organized by International Center for

Psychological Trauma (ICPT), University of Missouri-Columbia, 2001.
• Short course on Psychological and Medical Services for Sexually

Abused and Exploited Children, organized by Lawyers for Human
Rights and Legal Aid, & United Nations Economic and Social
Commission for Asia and the Pacific. April 26– May 6, 2001.
• SPSS: Data Analysis and Interpretation, November, 5–12, 2001.
• Short course on Research Designs & Modes of Analysis; arranged

by department of Psychology, University of Peshawar, Bara Gali,
July 6, 2002.
• Workshop on "Rational Emotive Behavioral Therapy;” arranged

by department of Psychology, University of Peshawar, Bara Gali,
July 29, 2003.
• Workshop on “Research Paper Writing”; arranged by department

of Psychology, University of Peshawar, Bara Gali , July 30, 2003.
• Workshop on Research Proposal Writing; arranged by department

of Psychology, University of Peshawar, Bara Gali, July 30, 2003.
• Research Methods in Social Sciences, a six day National Workshop,

organized by Research Facility Center Faculty of Arts, University
of Karachi in collaboration with POWER. September 29– 4October
4, 2003.
• Intellectual Property Rights and Patenting, Organized by Human

Resource centre, University of Karachi.
• Communication and Interpersonal Skill, Hoechst, Feb22–23 1997.
• Leadership, Goal Orientation, and Team Building, Asmaamms,

Feb 22 and March 7, 1998.
• ISO-9000, Organized by Clariant Pak. Ltd., September11 –13, 1998.
• The role of Behavioral Sciences in General Health Care, organized

by WHO center for Mental Health Research and Training in
Pakistan, and the Department of
Psychiatry, PNS Shifa Karachi, Feb 20 –21 1998.
Career in Community Development, organized by Young

Professionals Training Unit. August 1, 1998.
• Environmental Awareness.(3 days). Organized by IUCN.

• The Road to Success, organized by MAS Associates and ACE
Consulting (Pvt) Ltd. October 14, 1998.
• Violence on Women. by Dr. Shifa Naeem, At Department of

Psychology, University of Karachi
• Post Traumatic Stress Disorder, organized by PNS Shifa Karachi.
• Role of women in Drug abuse prevention, organized by Anti

Narcotics Force Sind.
• Introduction to Digital Library Resources and their Effective

Usage, organized by Higher Education Commission , at University
of Karachi
• High Speed Fiber Based LAN Establishment with Wireless

Computing Support at University of Karachi, organized by
DR. JAMSHAID AHMED
HOD/ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR, DEPTT. OF SPORTS SCIENCES & PHY. EDU
H.E.C APPROVED PHD SUPERVISOR
THE UNIVERSITY OF LAHORE, MAIN CAMPUS, LAHORE
Tel: +92 42 35322501-12 Mobile: 03005307714 - 03222622509 (042) 35321456-60 EXT: 2802
Email:Jamshaid.ahmad@sps.uol.edu.pk, jamshaid005@gmail.com
EDUCATION
Dec. 2010: PhD in Social Sciences (Sports Psychology)

Hamdard University, Karachi, Pakistan
Research Project: Motivation and Self Confidence in Sports
Sep. 2005: MPhil in Social Sciences (Sports Psychology)

Jan. 1998: MSc in Health and Physical Education

Gomal University, D.I.Khan
Campus, Pakistan Sports Board
WORK EXPERIENCE
a) TEACHING
• HOD and Associate Professor in Deptt. Of Sports Sciences & Physical

Education, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences, The University of Lahore, Main
Campus, Pakistan. (August 2015 ~ Till to date)
• Faculty of Management Sciences, COMSATS Institute of Information
Technology, COMSATS Attock Campus Pakistan
o Assistant Professor (December 26, 2012 ~ October 25, 2015)
o Convener, Sports & Student Activities (Jan, 2012 ~ August 15, 2015)
• Hamdard Institute of Management Sciences (HIMS) Hamdard University

Karachi, Assistant Professor (December 2010 ~ December 25, 2012
o Deputy Director, Sports (July 15, 2005 ~ August 25, 2009)
o Director Student Affairs (August 26, 2009 ~ December 25, 2015)
• GIK Institute of Engineering Science & Technology, TOPI, Pakistan

o Sports Officer (December 24, 1994 ~ July 10, 2005
Courses Taught
• Graduate Program (Emerging Issues in Leadership & Motivation, Seminar in
Management)
• Undergraduate Program (Psychology, Sociology, Organizational Behavior, Business
Ethics)
Area of Specialization
• Social Sciences (sports psychology, physical education& organizational behavior)
Area of Interest
• Motivation and Self Confidence, research and assessment, personal dynamics,
Leadership, Emotional intelligence and behavioral sciences & motivational speaker.
Papers Published
1 Aftab Ahmed Shaikh, , Jamshaid Ahmed, & Bilal Ahmad (2014), Role of Teacher Related
Factors in Basic Education: A Case of Govt. Secondary Schools in Karachi, Pakistan.
Journal of Management Info 4(1), 167-197 (2014)
2 Jamshaid, Fahmida, Ahmed Bilal. (2014), The Impact of Gender Discrimination on Trait
Sports Confidence (TSCI) in Pakistani Athletes. Journal of Management Info. Volume 3(1),
58-66 (2014) Info. http://readersinsight.net/journals/jmi/
3 Ahmed Jamshaid, Fahmida., Intrinsic Motivation: An Analysis for Elite Pakistani Athletes of
Various Major Sports and Games. Journal of Management Info. (2014) Volume 3(1) 47-57
http://readersinsight.net/journals/jmi/
4 Imamuddin Khoso., Rizwan Raheem Ahmed., Jamshaid Ahmed. (2014). Pricing Strategies in
Pharmaceutical Marketing. The Pharma Innovation Journal2014; 3(7): 13-17.
5 Ahmed S.M., Malik I. M., Sajjad M., Hyder S., Hussain S. Ahmed J. (2014). Linking
Teacher Empowerment with Organizational Commitment, Professional Commitment and
Organizational Citizenship Behavior. Life Sciences Journal; 11(4): 105-108. ISSN: 1097-
8135.
6 Imran Muhammad Malik, Sajjad Muhammad, Hyder Shabir, Shakil Ahmad Muhammad,
Ahmed Jamshaid and Saddam Hussain,(2013) Role Overload: A Cause of Diminishing
Employee Retention and Productivity. Middle-East Journal of Scientific Research 18 (11):
1573-1577, 2013. ISSN 1990-9233, © IDOSI Publications, 2013. DOI:
10.5829/idosi.mejsr.2013.18.11.12457.
7 Ahmed Jamsahid, Ansari Basit (2013). The role of gender in sports to evaluate the trait sports
confidence of Pakistani elite athletes. International Journal of Biology and Biotechnology
2013 Vol. 10 No. 2 pp. 315-318 ISSN 181002719URL http://www.ijbbku.comRecord
Number 20133277369
8 Rizwan Raheem Ahmed, Ahmed Jamshaid and Vishnu Parmar. (2012) Factors that Affect
Attitude Towards generic Drugs Perception: Comparison of Physicians & General
Practitioners of Karachi. International Journal of Management, IT and Engineering (IJMI)
ISSN 2249-0558
9 Jamshaid Ahmed & M. Akram Ansari. Gender Differences of self confidence in sports with
reference to Pakistan socio cultural factors and attitudes towards women. The shield,
International Journal of Physical Education & Sports Science, 2011, Volume 06, pg. 42-49.
10 Ahmed Jamshaid, Fahmida Bano.Motivation and Self Confidence: Approach to Help Special
Children with Special Needs in Sports and Adapted Physical Education. Pakistan Journal of
Special Education (PJSE) 2011, Volume 12 Issue, pg. 95-105.
11 Ahmed Jamshaid , Gender differences of motivation and self-confidence in sports.’

SCHEMA ISSN No. 1991-8461, Annual Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences
Volume 05, 2008 pp 27-34.
12 Ahmed Jamshaid, Strategic Plan: Road to Success” for winning Sports Competition at
University Level”. “SCHEMA) ISSN No. 1991-8461, Annual Journal of Humanities and
Social Sciences Volume 04, 2007 pp 69-75.
Conferences
1. Paper presented on “Apply Physical Education and Sport as a Medium to improve the lives
of disaffected Youth in Pakistan: Youth in Crisis? on Social Intervention International
Conference 2012 “A Better Tomorrow for the Coming Generation” Conference was held on
March 6-7, 2012 at Karachi University
2. Paper presented on “Strategic Plan: Road to Success” for winning Sports Competition at
University Level” conference organized by sports division HEC held on August 22-24, 2007
at Khanspur Ayubia.
Seminars/Workshops organized
1. “Getting in” and Getting out” two days training workshop held on November 12-13, 2015 at
COMSATS Wah Campus
2. Coaching Dynamics; Two Days Training Workshop held on March 05-06, 2015 at CIIT
Attock Campus.
3. Seminar and video documentary film competition on “Anti-Corruption” organized by
Transparency International-Pakistan at IoBM Campus on Saturday, 30th July 2011
4. Seminar on “Thalassaemia awareness treatment and prevention” organized by the Omair
Sana Foundation in collaboration with Hamdard University student affairs department
Karachi on April 25-26, 2011 at Hamdard University main campus
5. Lecture delivered on “Pakistani society” organized by student affairs department Hamdard
University on March 03, 2011
6. Workshop on “Teach for Pakistan” organized by Aman Foundation in collaboration with
Hamdard University
7. student affairs department on February 16-17, 2011
8. Seminar on “Quaid-e-Azam Mohammad Ali Jinnah (Jinnah Anthology) organized by
Hamdard University on February 03, 2011
9. Seminar on “Recent development in Higher Education in Pakistan: Challenges and
Opportunities” by Prof. Atta ur Rehman, FRS, NI, HI, SI (Civil) & TI. Director,
International Centre for Chemical Sciences HEJ Research Institute of Chemistry on January
28, 2011 at Hamdard University main campus
10. Workshop on “Biodiversity” organized by IUCN (International Union for Conservation of
Nature) Pakistan on May 26, 2010
11. Seminar on “Violence against Women and Children ~ How to eliminate the menace? What
role can we play? Organized by Lawyers for Human Rights and Legal Aid (LHRLA) on
May 13, 2010
12. Seminar on “Question Your Thinking-Change Your Life” organized by Hamdard University
on May 07, 2010
13. Seminar on “Leadership and Ethics organized by Hamdard University
14. Seminar on “Power of Media in Pakistan” organized by DAWN News on April 14, 2010
15. Seminar on “Nation Building” organized by Hamdard University
16. Workshop on “Security and Safety Measures” organized by Chief, Citizen-Police Liaison
Committee (CPLC) on January 21, 2010
17. Training course on “Medicine from nature: sustainable use and conservation of medicinal
plants” organized by IUCN in collaboration with Faculty of eastern medicine Hamdard
university on December 13-25, 2009
18. Seminar on “Terrorism “lecture delivered on August 20, 2009
19. Seminar on “Pak-Japan Business relationship” organized by Japan International
Cooperation Agency” (JICA) on March 06, 2009
20. Seminar on “Business Management” organized by Management Association of Pakistan
(MAP) on February 23, 2009
21. Human Resource Development Convention-2009 organized by Sport and Youth Affairs
Department Govt. of Sindh on January 21, 2009
22. Seminar on “Media and Society” on December 31, 2008
23. Seminar on “How to be successful and peaceful in Life” on August 27, 2008
24. Seminar on “Situation of Prisons in Sindh” on May 29, 2008
25. Seminar on “Environmental devastation and human health” on March 06, 2008
Lectures /Talks delivered:

1. Lecture on “Development of human behavior” delivered at Kharabad Motorway police head
quarter North on June 17, 2015.
2. Lecture on “The Positive coach mental model” delivered at Mehran University of
Engineering & Technology University (MUET) Jamshoro on July 27, 2011
3. Lecture on “Desert survival techniques and applications” delivered in Hamdard University
on December 27, 2010
4. Lecture on “Personal Dynamics” delivered to participants of Five-day training talent
identification organizing an event and developing coaches’ course organized by HEC
Islamabad on July 01, 2010 at the Sindh University Jamshoro
5. Lecture on “Sports management” delivered in Mehran University of Engineering &
Technology (MUET) on June 18, 2009
6. Lecture on “Consistence performance) delivered in Mehran University of Engineering &
Technology to the participants of sports management course on June 23, 2008
7. Lecture on “Health Education” delivered to B.Ed students on March 08, 2007
Community-based Activities
• Social activist working in various community works including
Thalassemia prevention awareness program with the collaboration of Umair Sana
Foundation, Karachi. (2005 to date)
• Working voluntarily for Aawaz (voice) program for women
empowerment and human rights with SANJI Foundation Attock Punjab, Pakistan (2012 to
date)
• Working for children with disabilities welfare by organizing awareness
child physical/mental rehabilitation coaching camps on regular monthly basis since 2013 to
date
• Supervising university character building society by organizing various
awareness programs including seminars, dramas, class assignments and community sports for
eradication of corruption from the society.
• Convener, Civic engagement program (It’s wonderful life) COMSATS
Attock Coordinator, Community-based free medical/educational career counseling camps
since January 2011to date.
Achievements
• Received three appreciations from the management in 2009, 2010 and 2011 by leading
student affairs, sports, admission and university advancement office
• Have successfully led many teams in achieving various organizational goals
• Planned & established marketing and co-curricular/sports events
• Established University’s first student affairs and sports department
• Played an important role in establishment of student clubs and societies
• Designed and published both paper based and internet based advertising material
• Involved in strategic planning, management and execution of admission cell
• Streamlined the Student Affairs/Sports Office
• Represented Hamdard University for linkages with various industries and organizations
• Participated in community-based health, education and sports activities and received huge
appreciation from the community
• Trained students in various time management, motivation and effective management
techniques
• Restructured the university admission cell for better output
Sports Professional Seminars/Courses/Lectures attended

1. Talk on “Young Cricketer Mental Conditioning” organized by Rawalpindi Region Cricket
Association with the collaboration of Pakistan Cricket Board on Dec.2103.
2. Course on “The Sports management” organized by Higher Education Commission at its
summer training center Khanaspur (Ayubia) from 18 July to 23 July 2005
3. Course on “Sports for All” & “Sports Management at University level, organized by Asian
Olympic Association in collaboration with Pakistan Olympic Association in November 15 –
20, 2001 at Aamir Hotel Lahore
4. Course on “Sports Administration” and “Hand ball Clinic” organized by University Grants
Commission in 25th to 30th September 2000 at Agriculture University Faisalabad
5. Attended “Hockey Couching and Training Course organized by Pakistan Sports Board in
1989 at Islamabad
6. “Basic Unit Scouting” course organized by Pakistan Scouting Association at Islamabad in

1994
7. “Mountaineering, hiking and equipment management Course organized by Alpine Club of

Pakistan from 25th to 30th May 1995 at Naran / Kaghan
National level hockey Achievements/Camps attended

1. Pakistan National senior hockey training camp at Islamabad for BMW trophy Holland 1990
2. Pakistan National senior hockey training camp at Islamabad for Asian Games China. 1991-
92
3. Pakistan Junior hockey training camp at Lahore for junior world cup. 1992
4. Rawalpindi Division hockey team for National Senior hockey championships 1990 to 1997
5. Winner National hockey championship qualifying round, from Rawalpindi Division in 1994
6. Winner Divisional Inter District Punjab Championship from Rawalpindi district 1989-90
Special Interest (Mountaineering and Hiking) (1987-to date)

1. Base camp Nanga Parbat Expedition from fairy meadow side June 2011
2. Chengz Khan Trail rally to explore the old silk route from Hunza to Khunjarab top August
2009
3. Upper Swat Moudand lake tracking / camping expedition May 1998
4. Tracking kalam to Ushu glacier 1999
5. Tracking / camping Kaghan to Naran (lake Saif ul Malooq) since1997
6. Nanga parbat base camp (fairy meadow) trekking expedition Since1995 to date
7. Gilgit/Biltistan/Hunza Tracking/Hiking Expeditions since 1987 till to date
Hobbies:
Painting, reading and camping
Department of Sports Sciences
Faulty of Allied Health Sciences
Following are the permanent Academic resource at Department of Sorts Sciences and
Physical Education - Faulty of Allied Health Sciences, The University of Lahore, for
MPhil/PhD program.
Ser. Status
Name Qualification Area of Specialization
No.
Prof. Dr. Yasmeen Permanent
1 PhD Physical Education
Iqbal
Sports Sciences/Sports Permanent
2 Dr. Jamshaid Ahmed PhD
Psychology
Prof. Dr. Hossein Permanent
3 PhD Physical Therapy
Karimi
Prof. Dr. Anila Psychological Visiting
4 PhD
Amber Malik Assessments
Diet and Nutritional Permanent
5 Dr. Shahid Bashir PhD
Sciences
Physiotherapist/PhD Permanent
6 Dr. Ishfaq Ahmed Physical Therapy
Scholar
___________________________________
Dr. Jamshaid Ahmed
Head of Department
ODH/DSSPE/let/IU/017 Oct 25, 2016
Approval of BOS for PhD - Sports Sciences and Physical Education
The Board of Studies of the Department of Sports Sciences and Physical Education held a
meeting on 25-10-2016 to discuss the launching of PhD - Sports Sciences and Physical
Education program from Fall-2017 onward. The board found the curriculum as well as the
academic resources available to the department satisfactory and gave approval for the
launch of the program.
The case is forwarded for further necessary actions please.
____________________
Dr. Jamshaid Ahmed
Convener (BOS)
Prof. Dr. Yasmeen Iqbal: ________________

Member
Prof. Dr. Anila Amber Malik: ________________

Member
Dr. M. Akram Ansari: ________________

Member
Mr. Bilal Ahmad: ________________

Member
Mrs. Aqsa Shamim: ________________

Member
Secretary (BOS)
CC:
- Dean – Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
(Annexure-I)

Degree Program Proposal
Doctor of Philosophy in
1-KM, Defense Road (Off Bhoptian Chowk) Lahore

UAN: +92 42 111 865 865
1
Table of Contents
1. Program Overview:...................................................................................................................... 3
2. Mission Statement ........................................................................................................................ 4
.1.1 The University of Lahore .................................................................................................... 4
.1.2 Mission statement of faculty and department ................................................................. 4
3. Program Description ................................................................................................................... 5
4. Demand for the Program ............................................................................................................ 7
5. Goals & Objectives, Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment ...................................... 7
5.1 Goals and Objectives ................................................................................................................. 7
5.2 Student Learning Outcomes ..................................................................................................... 7
C. Assessment of Student learning and Student Achievement ................................................. 8
6. Curriculum .................................................................................................................................... 9
7. Use of Technology...................................................................................................................... 11
8. Delivery methods ....................................................................................................................... 12
9. Admissions Requirement .......................................................................................................... 12
9.1 Admission Criteria ................................................................................................................... 12
9.2 Expected time for Program Completion ............................................................................... 12
9.3 Advising .................................................................................................................................... 13
10. Staff Requirement................................................................................................................... 13
a. Faculty ......................................................................................................................................... 13
b. Administrative staff ................................................................................................................... 13
11. Facilities ................................................................................................................................... 13
12. Finance ..................................................................................................................................... 14
13. External Reviewers ................................................................................................................ 14
Annexure I – Program Summary ..................................................................................................... 15
Annexure II – List of Courses ........................................................................................................... 16
Annexure III – Detail of Courses ..................................................................................................... 18
Annexure – IV: Approval from Board of Studies .......................................................................... 48
Annexure – V: Approval from Faculty Board of Studies - FAHS ............................................... 49
Annexure – VI: Approval from Board of Advance Studies and Research (BASR)................... 51
Annexure – VII: Approval of Academic Council .......................................................................... 54
Annexure – VIII: Anticipatory Approval of the Chairman .......................................................... 55
Annexure – IX: Faculty Profiles ....................................................................................................... 56
2
1. Program Overview:
Program Title: Doctor of Philosophy in in Sports Sciences & Physical

Education
Degree Program Code: PHDSSPE
Department(s): Department of Sports Sciences and Physical Education
Name: Dr. Jamshaid Ahmed

Designation: Head of Department
Office Address: Admin Block, Faculty of Allied & Health Sciences
Phone: +924235321456-60 Ext: 2802
E-mail: jamshaid.ahmad@sps.uol.edu.pk
Campus: Main Campus
Starting Date: Sep 04, 2017

3
2. Mission Statement
.1.1 The University of Lahore
Vision:
To create an academic environment that cultivates lifelong learning by imparting

education based on analytical and critical thinking that produces graduates
exhibiting leadership qualities to serve the society with highest level of integrity and
civic responsibility. By following modern curricula and focusing on creation of
innovative research with an aim to place itself in the forefront of national research
universities.
Mission:
The University of Lahore is a private sector university committed to the tradition of

service to society. Our objectives are:

.1.2 Mission statement of faculty and department
• Mission of the Faculty

Faculty of Allied Health Sciences is focused on human performance, holistic well-
being and social functioning through education, research & practice, certification
and service to the profession of Health and Sport.
• Providing an engaging professional forum for networking and information

sharing among members committed to scholarship and/or evidence-based
practice
• Promoting our expertise and services for use by health professionals, technicians,
lab workers, athletes, coaches, business professionals, and high-risk occupations
(military, firefighters, police).
• Supporting and disseminating original and relevant scholarship and research
that informs evidence-based practice of health sciences.
• Mentoring professionals in all stages of their careers
• Upholding professional standards for competent and ethical practice
4
• Fostering societal awareness of the value of our expertise
• Mission of the Department
The mission of the Sports Sciences and Physical Education program at The
University of Lahore is to critically engage students with a broad spectrum of field
perspectives, drawing on a range of research and applied methodologies in physical
education and sports. Founded on an academically rigorous knowledge base, studies
focus on the impact that research has on applied practice.
• Describe how this proposed program will complement or mirror these

missions?
The program will complement or mirror these missions by recognizing cultural

diversity; representations of the human body; learning the impact of social,
economic, and political forces; experiencing exercise, sport in allied health settings.
The department consist of a team of 10 faculty members of a diverse, highly

specialized and qualified background, practicing and advocating research based
methods to equip the students with contemporary sports sciences and Physical
Education knowledge. Moreover, the Faculty of Allied Health Sciences has wide
range of degree programs; being delivered through a range of high qualified faculty
members, that indirectly and in some cases directly relate to the field of Sports
Sciences and Physical Education. These members are available to deliver the
knowledge in its true spirit.
We want to develop and focus the urgent and important need to educate sports and
physical education professionals by providing higher education to promote research
in order to initiate a life-style change among the local population towards a healthier
life. Moreover to supply specialized human resource in the sports industry to revive
and revitalize the declining position of sports on the field as well in academia.
By providing best teaching practices, research oriented activities and better sports
facilities, this program will lead and fulfill the required objectives.
3. Program Description
5
The nature of the program will be to equip the students with contemporary and
advance concepts of Sports Sciences and Physical Education with direct or indirect
application to physical fitness and athletic conditioning. PhD is a research degree
hence the major focus would be to develop advance research skills, critical thinking
and systematics for long term solutions to the problem in our society. In this regards
students would be required to undertake comprehensive research work in the form
of thesis. It further will familiarize the students to perform health and wellness
program based upon the ability to assess needs, and to design, implement, and
evaluate a complete project.
program?
This proposed program is interdisciplinary in nature and the conceptual

contributions from multiple fields are taken on analogical basis. As a whole, the
program will be a blend of medical sciences and social sciences. This particular
program will strengthen the process of integration with the goal to foster learning in
each subject area. The disciplines may be related through a central theme, issue,
problem, process, topic, or experience. The concept of interdisciplinary physical
education will acknowledge the integrity and uniqueness of each subject area. The
main focus of PhD degree program is the achieving the mastery in research concepts
and their execution, it also makes mandatory for the students to undertake 30 credit
hours of research work, which is developed in consultation with a faculty mentor.
• Within what discipline(s) does it fall? What distinguishes it from other similar
As stated earlier, the program is careful blend of Social Sciences and Physical
Education, encompassing the contemporary ideology of physical education in
general and practically infusing it with sports sciences and its social aspects. The
program will generate the context of recognizing cultural diversity; representations
of the human body; learning the impact of social, economic, and political forces;
experiencing exercise, sport and allied health settings.
• Is it a broad, general program or will it focus on one specialization? Does it

The program will provide specialization in different fields through research,

including Sports Sociology, Sports Psychology, Physical Education, Physiology,
Sports Management and other areas related to sports and physical education.
6
4. Demand for the Program
• Summarize the need and the demand for the program.
The demand of the program can be evaluated in two perspective; the market supply
and demand of the students.
As for the first perspective, there are very few higher education institutes in the
whole country that offer PhD in Sports Sciences and Physical Education. The
University of Sindh, Jamshoro is one. Other than that such program is either non-
existent in in the first place or is in its initial stages of being launched, and that too is
for faculty development. Conclusively, there is wide gap present in academia market
that would welcome the launch of this program.
Secondly, about 20-25 of our pioneer batch students of MPhil Sports Sciences and
Physical Education are passing out in Spring-2017, they are willing and looking
forward to the launch of the this program.
5. Goals & Objectives, Student Learning Outcomes and

Assessment
5.1 Goals and Objectives
• The program will train the students to understand and master advance research
and analysis skills.
• The program will introduce the students to the advance statistical analyses and
inferences to strengthen the physiological basis for exercise and physical activity
in direct application to physical fitness and athletic conditioning.
• The program will facilitate the students to learn contemporary fitness testing and
prescribe & administer exercise programs.
• The program will familiarize the students to the modern concepts of health and
wellness programs while applying advance measurement and evaluation
techniques for designing, implementing, and evaluating a project.
• The program will enable the students to analyze the social settings, propose and
execute an event management strategy and turn it into a lucrative business
opportunity.
• The program would provide an opportunity to the student to critically asses
physical activity (including sports) using a biomechanical, psychological,
sociological, pedagogical or physiological approach.
5.2 Student Learning Outcomes
7
The program will facilitate the student’s problem solving skills, creative thinking
and synthesizing information for integrative solutions. Further, it would
- Providing students with the knowledge, skill, and abilities to improve the
health and performances of individuals and communities,
- Preparing leaders for the public and private sectors sports bodies and in the
various subfields,
- By engaging students in sport, exercise and physical activities broad research
topics.
The outcomes the proposed program will be observable and measurable. Theoretic
assessment would be conducted through class assignments, case studies, quizzes,
and examinations with strong focus on research and analysis.
C. Assessment of Student learning and Student Achievement
outcomes?
By evaluating their competitive skills, community services and market oriented

activities and task, learning outcome of the students would be assessed. The students
would be required to take part research activities, present their work in conferences
and journal in the country as well as internationally.
Further, class assignments, case studies, class discussions, and research projects
would be undertaken to make sure that students are achieving the proposed
learning outcome. This program is basically for the scholars and has a pure academic
approach to it so all resources form Faculty of Allied Health Sciences; faculty
members, libraries, digital libraries, would be at their disposal.
This program will include completing a research thesis where students would be
trained to conduct independent research in the area of sports sciences and physical
education. After completing one year of course work the students would be required
to submit a detailed research proposal in 3rd and 4th semester. a course for
preparation of Research Synopsis in the 7th semester and then undertake
research/thesis in the 8th semester. Further students would be required to
demonstrate mastery of the learning outcomes and research skills. The program will
introduce the students to criticize information: with internet and web-based
technology while collecting, analyzing and preparing data for presentation.
8
The required resources are available with internet and web-based technology.
Furthermore, there grounds, courts, indoor gymnasium, and indoor swimming pool
are available for purpose of assessment as well as collection, analysis and
preparation of data for research purposes.
6. Curriculum
The program consists 18 credit hours of course work as mentioned below. It is to be

noted that these courses would be taught over the period of 01 year/02 semesters.
Note:-

1st Semester
Course Credit
Subject
No. Hours
2nd Semester
Credit
Course No. Subject
Hours
9
Credit
Course No. Subject
Hours
Credit
Course No. Subject
Hours
Semester - 03
Semester - 04
-- Dissertation 7
Semester - 05
-- Dissertation 8
10
Semester - 06
-- Dissertation 8
• What courses from other departments/colleges will be used?
All the courses would be taught by the faculty members of the department.
• How do the required courses align with the student learning outcomes to
ensure that students can build and refine skills and knowledge over time? Has
the curriculum been mapped?
The courses have been aligned with student learning and skill development.
• If this is an undergraduate program, how have the needs of transfer students

been taken into account in planning for it? What arrangements are in place to
ensure that pre-requisites are readily available?
Not applicable
7. Use of Technology
Lectures would be developed by the academician and field experts and delivered in
the class room. With the help of multimedia presentations, electronic books and web
based contents, the curriculum would be delivered making sure at the same time
that students are taught up-dated or recent course material. Moreover, the
program will introduce the students to criticize information: with internet and web-
based technology collection, analysis and preparation of data for presentation and
research purposes.
• Will instructors or students need any training or support using technology? If

so, how will the training or support be provided?
The students would be taught the use of computer and basic concepts of information
technology. Other than that students or instructor would not need any/such
technology that requires special training or support.
11
8. Delivery methods
The program would be entirely face to face in nature.
• If face-to-face, when will the program be offered (day/evening/weekend)?
The program will be regular in nature and will be offered on weekend including
Friday; Saturday and Sunday (03 days).
9. Admissions Requirement
9.1 Admission Criteria
• What are the minimum qualification requirements for admission, or the

departmental process and admission requirements?
The eligibility for this degree will be:
1. M.Sc. (Hons.)/MS/M. Phil in Sports Sciences & Physical Education

2. MS/MPhil in Psychology/Sociology/Biomechanics/Diet & Nutrition
Selection will be according to UOL and HEC rules and regulations, and 18 years of
education with at least CGPA 3.0 out of 4.0 and at least 1st division in annual system will be
requirement for acquiring admission in PhD.
9.2 Expected time for Program Completion
Expected time of program completion is 03-06 years (02 semesters of course work
and 04-08 semester for Synopsis and thesis completion).
The program is to take regular approach. The classes would be held from Friday to
Sunday during the day (08:30-04:30).

please outline a 4-year course of study; if not, please explain), and what is the
Not applicable
12
9.3 Advising
Academic expert/ Researcher/Professionals from the field would be available for

the purpose.
Respective Dean will assign the advisors with the consultation of the HoD.
10. Staff Requirement
a. Faculty
Year Assistant Professors Associate Professors Professors Total
1 01 02 02 05
Number of faculty member may vary with respect to strength of students.
b. Administrative staff

01 01 01 01 03
Number of staff member may vary with respect to strength of students.
11. Facilities
- Computer Labs are necessary

- Modern gym,
- Swimming pools and
- Bio Mechanics lab are important for delivery of course material and effective
learning of students.
Dedicated computer lab for PhD scholar would be needed for consultation and
uninterrupted work.
13
No, the program would not require any specialized equipment.
12. Finance
Fee (1st+2nd Revenue

Ser Year
no Faculty Expected Number of Quantity
StudentsReqd. Average Salary
Semester) Total outlay
(salaries)
1140000
1 1 Professor 05 02 124000+104000
200,000 400,000
2 Associate Professor 02 150,000 300,000
3 Asst. professor 01 110,000 110,000
Revenue
Salaries:
13. External Reviewers
• If this program is new to the University, please provide the names and
addresses of 3 to 4 external experts from similar institutions who could be
contacted to provide reviewers of this program.
The institute may propose names of field academicians/scholars for the said purpose.
Following external experts would be available for the said purpose,
1. Prof. Dr. Akram Ansari

2. Prof. Dr. Asif Ali Guraya
3. Prof. Dr. Zakki Uddin
4. Dr. Saddam Hussain
14
Annexure I – Program Summary
Program Name: PhD (Sports Sciences &Physical Education)

Degree of: Doctor of Philosophy in Sports Sciences and Physical Education
Program Duration: 03-05 Years (06-10 Semesters)
Teaching System: Semester System
Credit Hours: For PhD, total of 48 credit hours are necessary. It includes 18 credit
hours of course work followed by a comprehensive examination
(written and oral exams) and 30 credit hours of research
work/dissertation.
Class Schedule: Weekend (Friday-Sunday) Morning

Timing: 08:30 am to 04:30 pm
Eligibility Criteria: The eligibility for this degree will be:
1. M.Sc. (Hons.)/MS/M. Phil in Sports Sciences & Physical

Education
2. MS/MPhil in Psychology/Sociology/Biomechanics/Diet &
Nutrition
Selection will be according to UOL and HEC rules and regulations,

and 18 years of education with at least CGPA 3.0 out of 4.0 and at least
1st division in annual system will be requirement for acquiring
admission in PhD. Further the candidate,
o Must pass the university entrance test/examination.

o Must secure valid score in interview conducted by the
HoD/faculty.
15
Annexure II – List of Courses
Note:-

1st Semester
Course Credit
Subject
No. Hours
2nd Semester
Credit
Course No. Subject
Hours
Credit
Course No. Subject
Hours
16
Credit
Course No. Subject
Hours
Semester - 03
Semester - 04
-- Dissertation 7
Semester - 05
-- Dissertation 8
Semester - 06
-- Dissertation 8
17
Annexure III – Detail of Courses
There are four proposed components to the doctoral studies curriculum. The first is
the core doctoral curriculum, required of all students, comprised of a total of 12
credit-hours. The second component consists of total of 12 credit-hours. Enrolled
PhD student fulfil HEC and UOL criteria for a minimum of 18-24 credit hours of
course work. Students are expected to finish these 18 credit hours latest by the end of
second semester. The candidate is expected to submit synopsis of his/her research
latest by the end of third semester to the UOL-PhD committee after approval from
principal supervisor. Fourth component encompasses all steps after approval of
synopsis by UOL-PhD committee to the submission of thesis and its defence.
Semester 4 to 7 (research work, data collection and analysis). Semester 7 to 10 (thesis
submission and final exam). Students will be encouraged and are expected to
participate in national and/or international conferences, seminars, lectures and
scientific peer reviewed publication process.
18
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND APPLICATION OF STATISTICS IN
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Course No. PESS-900

Objectives:
The outlines of this course is described with the purpose of acquaint students with
defining the principles and methods of research and engage them in creative studies
emphasizing on to undertake projects which are useful to the community.
Overview of Research Process
• Research Definition
• Research in Physical Education
• Five Characteristics of Research
• Differences between Basic and Applied Research
• Scientific & Non-Scientific Approaches
• Objectives
• Literature Review
• Hypothesis
Types of Research:
• Historical Research
• Descriptive Research
• Developmental Research
• Observational Research
• The Problems
• Finding Research Problems
• Criteria for choosing a problem
• Inductive and deductive reasoning
• Significance of the study
• Design and Analysis
• Difference between Qualitative & Quantitative Research
• The Research Proposal & Process
• The Proposal Process
Statistical Measurement & Concepts:
• Categories of Statistical Techniques

• Objectives
19
• Relationships among Variables
• Differences among Groups
• Understanding the Multivariate Techniques
• Non Parametric Techniques
• Measuring Research Variables
• Descriptive & Predictive Research
• Survey Techniques
• Questionnaires
• Personal Interviews
• Normative Surveys
• Case Study
Research Findings:
• Findings on Physical Education

• Movement and Learning
• The Motor Brain
• The Case for Physical Education
• Psycho-Social Benefits
• Research Question
• Variables
• Procedure
• Self-Report Measures
• Data Results
• Format of a Thesis or Dissertation
Reference
Ann Gray Research Practice for Cultural Studies,

Sage Publications Limited, 2003, London.
Andrew C. Sparkes Research in Physical Education Manion

and Sports (Exploring Alternative
Visions), The Falmer Press, 1992, London.
D. A. De’vous Surveys in Social Research, 11 New

Fetterlane, 2001, London.
Iqbal A. Qureshi. Research Methods in Physical Education,

C.H.P.Ed. Alumni, 1996, Jamshoro.
Jennifer Mason Qualitative Researching (2nd Edition),

Sage Publication Limited, 2002, London.
K. Chandra Shekar Research Methods & Statistics in Physical

Education published by New Gyan Offset
Printers in 2006, New Delhi, India
20
Kathleen Armour & Research Methods in Physical Education
and Youth Sports
Doune Macdonald published by Routledge Taylor & Francis
Group in 2002, London and New York,
NY, USA
Louis Cohen & Lawrence Research Methods in Education, J & L

Composition Limited, 1994, North
Yorkshire.
Yoginder Prasad Sharma Physical Education and Research

Methodology, Published by Dr. S.K.
Bhatia, 1997, New Dehli.
21
Test, Measurement & Evaluation in sports (Advance)
Course No. PESS-902

Objectives:
This course is designed acquaint the students with techniques of testing and
evaluating the approach of physical & motor fitness relating to strength, stamina,
speed, endurance, cardio respiratory conditions, classification and impact
technology in the performance of sports.
Measurement and Evaluation in a changing society:

• Introduction of test, measurement and evaluation
• Functions of measurement and evaluation
• Formative and summative evaluation
• Standard and modules for evaluation
• Computer literacy for measurement and evaluation
Quantitative Aspects of Measurement:
• Statistical Tools in Evaluation
• Elements of Score Analysis
• Organizing and Graphing Test Scores
• Descriptive Values
• Measuring Group Position
• Standard Scores
• The Normal Curve
• Determining Relationships between Scores
• Reliability of the Mean
• Additional Statistical Techniques
Reliability and Objectivity:
• Estimating Reliability – Intraclass Correlation
• Selecting a Criterion Score
• Spearman – Brown Prophecy Formula
• Standard Error of Measurement
• Factors Affecting Reliability
• Objectivity
• Reliability of Criterion-Referenced Tests
Validity:
• Validity for Norm-Referenced Tests
• Validity of a Criterion Score
• Validity for Criterion-Referenced Tests
Evaluating Achievement:
• Introduction
22
• Grading
• Other Evaluation Techniques
• Authentic Assessment
Measurement Physical Abilities:
• Theory of Basic Abilities
• Muscular Strength
• Strength Testing Methods
• Basic Movement Patterns
• Flexibility
• Balance
• Kinesthetic Perception
• Fine Psychomotor Abilities
Evaluating Skill Achievement:
• Sport Skill Tests
• Rating Scales
• The performance
• Procedures for Evaluating Skill Achievement
• Sample Sport Skill Tests
Exercise Psychological Measurement:
• Measuring Attitudes
• Psychological Determinants of Physical Activity
• Eating Disorders
• Psychophysical Ratings
• Sport Psychology Instruments
• Uses of Psychological Scales
Reference books:
Barry L. Johnson Jak K. Nelson Practical Measurements for Evaluation in

Physical Education Burgess Publishing 1986
USA
Bonne S. Mohnsen Using Technology in Physical Education

Human Kinetics Publishers 1995 USA
D. Allen Philips Measurement and Evaluation in Physical

Education. John Wiley and Sons 1979 Canada
Ted A. Baumgartner Measurement for Evaluation in Physical

Education and Exercise
Andrew S. Jackson Science, WCB Brown & Benchmark, 1995 USA
23
Ted A. Baumgartner Measurement for Evaluation in Physical
Education and
Andrew S. Jackson Exercise Science. WCB/McGraw-Hill

Companies, 1999 USA
24
SPORTS PSYCHOLOGY (ADVANCE)
Course No. PESS-904

Marks: 100
Objectives:
The purpose of this course is to provide students with an in-depth view of the theoretical
and applied aspects of the psychology of sport and exercise. This course will consider the
many facets of sport and exercise psychology in review fashion. Students interested in sport
and exercise psychology with an overview of the theories and principles that explain factors
which influence human behavior in sport and physical activity. Sport and exercise
psychology is the scientific study of the psychological factors associated with participation
and performance in sport, exercise, and other types of physical activity. Sport and exercise
psychology practitioner focus primarily on:
1) Helping individuals use psychological principles and skills to achieve optimal
mental health and to improve performance.
2) Understanding how participation in sport, exercise, and physical activity affects their
psychological development, health, and well-being.
Topical Contents
• Introduction to Sport and Exercise Psychology

• Understanding Participants
• Understanding Sport and Exercise Environments
• Understanding Group Processes
• Performance
• Stress/ Anxiety and Physical Activity
• Physical Activity and Affect, Mood, and Emotion
• Depression and Physical Activity
• Self-Esteem and Physical Activity
• Determinants of Physical Activity
25
• Enhancing Health and Well-Being
• Psychological Growth and Development
Reference Books:
Van Raalte, J. L., & Brewer, B. W. (2013). Exploring sport and exercise
psychology (3rd ed.). Hyattsville,
MD: American Psychological
Association.
Aoyagi, M. W., & Poczwardowski, A. (Eds.). (2012). Expert approaches to sport

psychology: Applied theories of performance excellence.
Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology.
Weinberg, R. S., & Gould, D. (2011). Foundations of sport and exercise

psychology (5thed.). Champaign,
IL: Human Kinetics.
Hanrahan, S. J., & Andersen, M. B. (Ed.). (2010). Handbook of Applied Sport psychology:
A comprehensive guide for students and
practitioners. New York: Routledge
Taylor & Francis Group, USA.
Biddle, S. J. H., & Mutrie, N. (2007). Psychology of physical activity.

Determinants, well-being and
interventions. New York: Routledge.
Acevedo, E. O., & Ekkekakis, P. (2006). Psychobiology of physical activity.

Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Lox, C., Martin Ginis, K. A., & Petruzzello (2006). The psychology of exercise. Integrating
theory and practice (2nd Edition).
Scottsdale, AZ: Holcomb Hathaway.
Anshel, M. (2005). Applied exercise psychology: A

practitioner’s guide to improving client
health and fitness. New York: Springer
Publishing.
Lavallec. D., Kremer, J., Moran, A., & Palgrave Sports psychology: Contemporary
Themes. New York: Williams. M. (2004).
Macmillan Publishers.
26
Carron, A. V., Hausenblas, H. A., & The psychology of physical activity.
New York: Estabrooks, P. A. (2003). McGraw-Hill.
Buckworth, J., & Dishman, R. (2002). Exercise psychology. Champaign, IL:

Human Kinetics. Dr. Scott B. Martin 3
Millamn, D. (1999). Body mind mastery: Creating success in

sports and life. Novato: New World
Library.
Raalte, J. L. V., & Brewer, B. W. (Eds.). (2002). Exploring sports and exercise
psychology. Washington D. C.:
American Psychological Association.
Gershon Tenebaumand Robert C. Eklund “Handbook of Sports Psychology” (3rd

Ed.) (2007) Published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
Hoboken, New Jersey, USA & Canada.
Leif H. Smith, PsyD, and Todd M. Kays, “Sports Psychology For Dummies”
(2010) by John Wiley & Sons Canada,
Ltd. Published by John Wiley & Sons
Canada, Ltd.
Martin Hagger and Nikos Chatzisarantis “Social psychology of exercise and

sport” (2005), Open University Press, McGraw-Hill
Education, New York, NY, USA
Matt Jarvis “Sport Psychology: A Student’s

Handbook” (2006), published by
Routledge, New York, NY, USA
Michael Bar-Eli, Henning Plessner and Markus Raab UK
“Judgment, Decision Making and

Success in Sport” (2011) John
Wiley & Sons Ltd.
27
Aidan P. Moran “Sport and Exercise Psychology:
A Critical Introduction” (2004), published
by Routledge, New York, NY, USA and Canada
Ellis Cashmore “Sports Psychology: The Key

Concept” (2002). Published by Routledge, New
York, NY, USA and Canada
28
SCIENCE OF SPORTS TRAINING
Course No. PESS-906

Marks: 100
INTRODUCTION:
The Language of training theory:
1. Fitness:
• Basic principles
• Physical characteristics
• Effects of training
Theory and practice of development of the following:
1. Strength
• Strength and its relativity to movement and development

• Speed
• Speed in sports
• Speed development and annual cycle
2. Endurance
• Training methods
3. Mobility
• Classification and training

4. Evaluation in sport:
• Status,
• Classification
Planning the program:
• Periodizing the year

• Variations in Periodization
• Training units
• Micro cycles and macro cycles
• Adaptations to loading
• Training vs. straining
• Competition vs. training
Strength training and its benefits:
• Potential guidelines
• Effects
29
• Equipment and safety concern
• Advanced strength training
• Body building and strength building
• Strength training for youth, seniors
• Recommended strength exercises.
Physical training:
• Methods
• Physiological effects
• Exercise and physical training in females
Endurance training:
• Effects of VO 2 max
• Performance and homeostasis.
Foundations of fitness and exercise:
• Health related physical fitness

• Physiology of health fitness
• Factors limiting health and fitness
• Work tests to evaluate cardio respiratory fitness
• Training for health, fitness and performance
• Exercise and training for special population
PRACTICALS:
TRAINING FOR SPORT & PERFORMANCE:
Different strength training protocols; effect of exercise intensity, duration, frequency,

types on training parameters; Ergometry; resistance and endurance training program;
physical activity adherence questionnaire; fitness; evaluating flexibility; flexibility exercises;
questionable exercises; evaluating Skill related physical fitness; Healthy Back Test;
evaluating posture; of planning of physical activity program; anthropometric and fitness
measurements: four skin fold thickness. Keeping records for fat.
BOOK RECOMMENDED
Author Title Publisher / year
30
Meagher A complete program for increasing Station 1990
performance and endurance in fifteen
Popular sports
Dick Sports training principles Black 1989
Karvonen Medicine in sports training and Karger 1992

coaching
Watson Physical fitness and athletic Longman 1983

performance a guide for students
athletes and coaches
Leith Guide to coaches Human 1990
Gummerson Sport coaching and teaching Black 1992
Frost Psychology concept applied to Addison 1971

physical education and coaching
31
CURRICULUM DESIGN AND ITS APPLICATION IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Course No. PESS-908

Marks: 100
Objectives:
This course is designed to acquaint students with the objective to define basic
concepts of physical education and its relation to Health Education, and provide preliminary
awareness about physical, mental and social developments; interpretation of biological,
psychological effects on physical activities, and understanding of office management,
budget and training care of equipment.
The Curriculum Field:

• Introduction
• The Meaning of Curriculum
• Normative and Descriptive Curriculum Theory
• Ideologies of Curriculum
• Teachers as Curriculum Decision-Makers
Models of Curriculum Development:
• Introduction
• Models of Curriculum Development
• Frameworks of Curriculum
• Curriculum Development and Political Influences
Curriculum Intentions and Contents:
• Introduction
• Sources of Curriculum Intentions
• Aims, Goals and Objectives
• Traditional Conceptions of Content and Knowledge
• Alternative Views of Curriculum Content
• New Sociology of Education and Knowledge
• The postmodern Challenge
• The Emancipatory Perspective
• New Right Visions of Knowledge
• Re-emergence of Subjects in Curriculum
Teaching Experiences, Evaluation & Assessment:

• Introduction
• Models of Teaching
• Teaching Effectiveness Factors
• Students Learning Styles
32
• Evaluation of Student Learning
• Issues in Evaluation
Curriculum Leadership:
• Introduction
• Theories of Leadership
• New Perspectives in School Leadership
• Teachers as Leaders and Decision-Makers
• Reflection
Curriculum Change & Planning:
• Introduction
• Models of Change
• Organizational Self-Renewal
• National Curriculum Development
• Teachers and Change
• Planning Decision-Making
• Course Design and Planning
• Designs for Curriculum Development
Meaning and Philosophy:
• Philosophy and Its Branches
• General Philosophy
• Modern Educational Philosophy
• Mind-Body Relationship
• Sports Philosophy
Changing Philosophy for Sports, Fitness and Physical Education:
• Philosophical Influences in early American Sport
• School sport and the new Physical Education
• Philosophical Forces in Sport, Fitness, and Physical Education since 1950
References Books
Richard, M. Suinn, Psychology in sports methods and application,

Surjeet Publisher (1989), New Delhi India.
Krishnamurthy V., Educational Dimensions of Physical Education

1990m / styrkubg Oyvkusger Ktd, Bew / dekgum
Ubdua,
Suinn Richard M., Psychology in Sports 2/e-1989, Surjeet

Publisher, New Delhi, India.
33
Chu Donald, Dimensions of Sports Studies 1/e-1982, John
Wiley and Sons, New York, ISBN 0-471-08576-6
Clive McGee Teachers and Curriculum Decision-Making.

(1997), Published by Dunmore Press Nelson, Australia
Sing S.B., Sodhi T.S., Philosophies of Education, 1/e 1988 The Indian
Publications Hill
Sandhu G.S., Road, Ambala Cantt, India.
Pangrazi Vector P. Dauer Dynamic Physical Education for Elementary

and Robert P, School Children, 1990, C. Brown Publisher Int.
New York.
Zeigler Eerle F., An Introduction to Sports and Physical

Education Philosophy, - 1989, C. Brown Publisher Int. New York.
Charles, Bucher A. Donald Chu Dimensions of Physical Education, 19 / 2-e C.V.

Mosby Company, New York, USA.
Bucher Charles, A Foundations of Physical Education, 3/e-1960

C.V. Mosby Co. St. Louis, New York.
Jewett Ann E. John E. Nixon, An Introduction To Physical Education 9/e-

1960 Saunders College, Philadelphia.
Zeigler Eerle F., Philosophical Foundation for Physical Health

and Recreation Education.
Hatfield Bral Seppo E. Psychology of Sports, 1986, W.M. Brow ISO

Alhola Publishers, Dubuque, Lowa.
34
Baley James, Physical Education and the Physical Educator
2/e-1976, Allyn & Bacon Inc., London.
Charlas A. Ucher, Foundation of Physical Education. Saint Louis.

The C.V Mosby Company.
Harold. A.B.L, Men and Movement, & Principles of Physical

Education Second lea and Fbinger 19/7
Wilam V. E. and Brow-Well, Administration of Health Education and

Physical Education, A.B. Sunders and Co.
Philadelphia.
Bucher and Koening, Secondary School Education, Ed-IV Edition. The

C.V. Mosby Company, 19/4
Chilff orm and Lomeraul, Introduction to Physical Education Hall Inc.

Englewood Cliffs.
35
STUDIES OF HEALTH EDUCATION (ADVANCE)
Course No. PESS-910

Marks: 100
Objectives:
Health is the blessing, which needs complete comprehension. The knowledge about
the teaching of health has extreme important value. It is the knowledge by which an
individual, a society, a nation and the world can have a fruit full living. People live life
without knowing about health, which can be a prime goal of their lives. The health
education covers all these aspects.
Man and Medicine
• Health for all

Concept of Health and Disease
• Modern medicine
• Dimensions of health
Principles of Epidemiology and Epidemiologic Methods:
• Aims of Epidemiology
• Epidemiological Approach
• Rates and Ratios
• Measurement of Mortality
• Measurement of Morbidity
• Association and Causation
• Uses of Epidemiology
Medicine and Social Science
• Environment and Health

• Occupational Health
• Mental Health
• International Health
Infectious Disease Epidemiology
• Disease Transmission
Disease Prevention and Control
• Disinfection
• Investigation of an Epidemic
Immunity and Immunization
• Immunizing Agents
36
• Immunization program
Communicable Diseases:
• Respiratory Infections
• Intestinal Infections
• Arthropod-borne Infections
• Zoonoses
• Viral
• Bacterial
• Rickettsial Diseases
• Parasitic Zoonoses
• Surface Infections
• Tetanus
• AIDS
Chronic Non-Communicable Diseases and Conditions
• Asthma
• Coronary Heart Disease
• Hypertension
• Stroke
• Cancer
• Diabetes
• Obesity
• Accidents and Injuries
Nutrition and Health
• Balanced diet
• Deficiency diseases
Health Hazards
• Tobacco
• Opium
The Environmental Concepts
• The perfect environment

• The measures of keeping safety of environment
• The responsibilities and steps
Reference:
Cottrell, R. R. Principles and Foundation of Health

Promotion and Education, 13th Edition,
New York: Benjamin Cummings, 2006.
Saxena, Ravi. Health and Physical Education. New Delhi:
Anmol, 2005.
37
Gupta, D. K. Health Education for Children. New Delhi:
Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2005.
Sonkar, Satish. A World History of Physical and Health

Education. Jaipur: ABD, 2005.
Thani, Vivek. Dictionary of Health and Physical

Education. New Delhi: Khel Sahitya
Kendra, 2003.
Adams, Lee. Promoting Health: Politics and Practice.

London: Sage, 2002.
Tilt, E. J. Health & Disease. New Delhi: Sports

Publication, 2000.
Henderson, L. Handbook of Health Education.

New Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2001
J. E. Park & K. Park Text Book of Preventive and Social

Medicine M/s Banarsidas Bhanot
Publishers, 2002, India
Lawrence M. Tierney, Jr. Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment,

Lange Medical Books McGraw-Hill
2002 New York
Dr. Surendra Singh Health and Diseases Dynamics and

Dimensions, New Royal Book Company
2000 Lucknow India.
Jane Ogden Health Psychology A Text Book, Open

University Press, Buckingham, 1996 U.K
Walter W. Holland Oxford Text Book of Public Health, Oxford

Medical Publications 1991 U.S.A
Rabia Khalid, Mohd. Ilyas Community Health, Time Traders

Publisher, 1990, Karachi, Pakistan
38
Mccuteheon, Maureen. Exploring health careers. 3rd ed. Thomson
Pub. London, 2006.
Lane, Russel. J.M. Hand book of muscle disease. New York.

Marcel Dekker Pub. 1996.
Burnard, Philip. Writing Skills in health care. Nelson Thores

pub.2004. London.
Hales, Dianne. An invitation to health. Wadsworth pub.

New York.
39
COGNITIVE FACTORS IN MOTOR SKILL ACQUISITION
Course No. PESS-912

Marks: 100
Objectives:
The purpose of the course extends beyond simply presenting the concepts
and principles of motor learning and control. The intent of motor learning and
control for practitioners is to provide the students with the opportunity to become
actively engaged with its content through an applications–based approach.
Introduction to Motor Learning and Control

• Motor Learning, Control and Performance
• What is learning?
The Nature of Motor Skills
• Skill Classifications
• Motor Abilities
Individual Differences
• Categorizing Motor Abilities
• Practical Implications
• Understanding Movement Preparation
Theoretical Approaches to Movement Preparation:
• Preparing a Response
• Factors Influencing Reaction Time
• Reducing Response Time: Beyond Movement Preparation
Attention:
• Theoretical Models of Attention
• Tips for Practitioners
• Selective Attention
• Attentional Focus
Arousal:
• Arousal and Management Preparation
Behavioral Theories of Motor Control:
• Coordination and Control
• Skilled Movement: Central Command
Dynamic Interaction:
• Motor Program
• The Generalized Motor Program
• Specifying Parameter Values: The Schema
• Executing the Program
• Evidence Supporting Motor Program Control
• Generalized Motor Program Synopsis
40
Dynamic System Theory:
• Constraints
• Self-Organization
• Attractor States
• Evidence Supporting Dynamic System Control
• Dynamic System Theory Synopsis
Neural Mechanisms: Contributions and Control:
• Nervous System
• Sensory Receptors
• Vision
• Proprioception
Transmission of Information:
• The Spinal Cord
The Brain:
• Cerebrum
• Cerebellum
• Memory
Stages of Learning
• Fits and Posner’s Three Stage Model
• Gentile’s Two-Stage Model
Inferring Progress: Learner and Performance Changes:
• Movement production
• Attention
• Error Detection and Correction
• Self-Confidence
• Practice Design Factors
Breaking Down Skills: Progressions and Sequencing

• Whole vs. Part Practice
• Speed-accuracy Tradeoff
• Bilateral Transfer
Psychological Strategies:
• Motivation and Practice
• Goal Setting
• Mental Practice
Diagnosing and Correcting Errors:
Diagnosing Errors:
• Skill Analysis
• Conducting an Observation
Determining the Cause of an Error and its Resolution:
• Errors Due to Constraints
• Comprehension Errors
• Errors in Selection
• Execution Errors
41
• Sensory Errors
• Should the Error Be Corrected?
Correcting Errors:
• Types of Feedback
• Functions of Augmented Feedback
Sources of Augmented Feedback
• Auditory Feedback
• Visual Displays
• Equipment and Drills
• Biofeedback
Reference:
Brace, D.K. Measuring Motor Ability. (1927), New York,

NY: A.S. Barnes.
Cheryl A. Coker Motor Learning and Control for

Practitioners. (2004) New York, NY: USA
Drowatzky, J.N. & Zucatto, EC. Interrelationships between selected

measures of static and dynamic balance.
Research Quarterly, 1961. 38, 509-510
Eichstaedt, C.B. and Kalakian, L.H. Developmental / adapted physical

education: Making ability count. (3rd ed.
1993). New York, NY: McMillan Publishing
Co.
Fleishman, E.A. The description and prediction of

perceptual motor skill learning. In R.
Glasser (ed.), Training research and
education. (1962) (pp. 137-175). Pittsburgh,
PA: University of Pittsburgh Press.
Gentile, A.M. Skills acquisition: Action, movement, and

the neuro-motor processes. In J.H. Carr
& R.B. Shepard (eds., 2000), Movement
science: Foundations for physical
therapy in rehabilitation. (pp. 111-180).
Rockville, MD: Aspen Publications.
42
Henry, F.M. Specificity vs. generality in learning motor
skills. In R.C. Brown & G.S. Kenyon (eds.,
1968), Classical studies on physical activity
(pp. 331-340). Englewook Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice-Hall.
Hoare, D.G. & Warr, C.R. Talent identification and women’s soccer:
An Australian experience. Journal of
Sports Sciences, (2000), 18, 751-758.
McCloy, C.H. The measurement of general motor capacity

and general motor ability. Research
Quarterly, 5 (1934), (Suppl. 5), 45-61.
Payne, V.G., & Isaacs, L.D. Human motor development: A lifespan

approach (4th ed., 1999). Mountain view,
CA: Mayfield Publishing Company.
Rink, J.E. Motor learning. In B.S. Mohnson (ed., 1998),

Concepts of physical education: What every
student needs to know (pp. 15-37). Reston,
VA: NASPE.
Robertson, S.D., Zelaznik, H.N., Correlations for timing consistency among

tapping and drawing Lantero, D.A.,
Bojczyk, K.G. tasks: Evidence against a
single timing process for motor control.
Spencer, R.M., Doffin, J.G. &
Schneidt, T. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
Human Perception and Performance,
(1999), 25(5), 1316-1330.
Zelanznik, H.N., Spencer, R.M. & Temporal precision in tapping and circle
movements at preferred
Doffin, J.G.
43
SPORTS BIOMECHANICS
Course No. PESS-914

Marks: 100
Objectives:
The objective of a course of study is to understand the nature of the function

of human movement in sport, dance, physical recreation and adapted movement
activities. The competent professional should be well versed in the body of
knowledge or subject matter of this specialized field, which demands an
understanding of numerous sub-disciplines.
The Study and Analysis of Human Movement

• Kinesiology and Biomechanics: Areas of Study
• Approaches for Studying Movement
• Understanding the Study of Human Movement
• The Skeletal System and Its Movements
• Fundamental Mechanical Concepts
• Force
Neuromuscular Aspects of Movement

• General Characteristics of the Muscular System
• Types and Functions of Muscular Tension
• Understanding the Characteristics of the Muscular System
• Torque and Rotary Motion
Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System

• Leverlike Arrangements
• Understanding Torques on the Musculoskeletal System
• Understanding Applications to Musculoskeletal Structure
Biomechanical Relationships in the Upper Extremity

• The Shoulder Girdle
• The Shoulder Joint
• Understanding the Shoulder Girdle-Shoulder Joint Complex
• The Elbow Joints
• The Wrist Joint
• Understanding the Elbow, Radioulnar, and Wrist Joints
Biomechanical Relationships in the Lower Extremity
44
• The Hip Joint
• The Knee Joint
• Understanding the Hip and Knee Joints
• The Tibiofibular Joint
• The Ankle and Foot
• Understanding the Ankle and Foot
• Biomechanics of the Lower Extremity During Locomotion
• Lower Extremity Postures
• Analyzing Lower Extremity Misalignments
• Understanding Postural Alignments
Biomechanical Relationships in the Trunk

• The Skull
• The Thorax
• The Vertebral Column
• Understanding the Trunk
• Linear Movement Reponses to Applied Forces
• Linear Momentum
Application of Biomechanics to Neuromuscular Fitness

• Aspects of Fitness
• Resistance Devices Used in Training
• Understanding Resistance Devices
• Strength
• Muscular Power
• Understanding Muscular Strength and Power
• Understanding Muscular Endurance
• Flexibility
• Understanding the Biomechanical Aspects of Flexibility
Analysis of Projectile-Related Activities
Applications of Aerodynamics in Sport
Application of Hydrodynamics in Swimming

• Rotary Movement Responses to Applied Torques
• Angular Momentum
Analysis of Balance-Related Activities
Analysis of Activities in which the Body Rotates free of Support
45
Analysis of Activities in which the Body Rotates while Supported
Analysis of Throw and Push Patterns
Applying the Kinetic Link Principle in Performance Analysis
Reference:
B.M. Nigg & W.Herzog Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System

John Wiley & Sons Publisher 1994 USA
Blagevich, Anthony. Sports Biomechanics. A & C Black publication

London, 2007.
Bartlett, Roger, Introduction to sports biomechanics. 2nd ed.

Rutledge publication London, 2007
Dr. Dhananjoy Shaw Mechanical Basis of Bio-Mechanics, Sports

Publications, 2000, New Delhi, India
Ellen Kreighbaum & Biomechanics: A Qualitative Approach for

Studying Human Katharine M. Barthels
Movement. (1981, 1985), Macmillan
Publishing Company, New York, USA
Hallm Susan. J. Basic Biomechanics, 5th ed. McGraw-Hill,

New York. 2007.
Jain, P. Kinesiology Care of Athletic Injuries and

Health Education. New Delhi: Khel Sahitya
Kendra, 2006.
James G.Hay The Bio-Mechanics of sports techniques.

Prentice Hall international Ltd. 1993, U.K.
46
J.P. Troup, and Others Biomechanics and Medicine in Swimming VII E
& F.N Spon Publisher 1996 U.K.
Lakshmi, Vijaya Biomechanics of body movements in sports,

New Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2005.
Robert A. Robergs Fundamental Principles of Exercise

Physiology for Fitness Performance and
Health, McGraw-Hill Publisher 2000 U.S.A
Scott O. Roberts Shekar, K.C. Kinesiology. New Delhi: Khel

Shaw, D. Sports Biomechanics, New Delhi: Khel

Shaw, D. Mechanical Basis of biomechanics. New

Delhi, Sports Publication, 2000.
Sven Carlsoo How Man Moves, Heinemann: London 1972 U.K
Susan J. Hall Basic Biomechanics, McGraw Hill Companies,

1995, USA.
47
(Annexure -III)
(Annexure-II)
MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE FACULTY BOARD OF STUDIES OF FAHS

HELD ON 26-12-2016 AT 10.30 A.M. IN THE OFFICE OF DEAN, FAHS
o Examination Policy
of
o Discussion about start following new programs at F.A.H.S
• PhD in Sports Sciences & Physical Education under DSS
• BS Orthotics & Prosthetics (BSOP) under domain of UIPT
• Doctor of Occupational Therapy (DOT) under domain of DHPT
• BS Biomedical Engineering (BSBE) under domain of DHPT
• BS Operation Theatre Technology (BSOTT) under domain ofDHPT
o A.O.B
• Participated Members:
1. Prof. Dr. Syed Amir Gilani Chairman I Convener
2. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Athar Khan Member
r...., . 3. Prof. Dr. Napullah Raja Member
4. Mr. Muhammad Afzal Member
5. Dr. Jamshed Ahmed Member
6. Dr. Attia Ur Rehman Member
7. Dr. Syeda Rushda Z di Member
8. Dr. Ashfaq Ahmad, PT Member I Secretary
All the members were present.
• Proceedings:
SN AGENDA DECISION
1.
• Meeting was started with the recitation of Holy Quran Mr. Muhammad Afzal
2.
• Prof. Dr.· Syed Amir Gilani -Dean warmly welcomed all All the members gave their
worthy members of faculty board of studies and.discussed feedback on further improvement
all i mportant elements of a tnle examination system. He of examination policy
further advised CoE of F.A. H. S (Mr. Muhammad
Afzal) to lay out proposed examination policy to be
finalized in next meeting. ..).ft
3.
• Prof. Dr. Syed Amir Gilani highlighted the importance of '
new courses at F.A.H.S.
• Dr. Jamshed Ahmed presented the scheme of PhD Sports
Sciences and Physical Education. The matter was
discussed in detail about assigned number of credit hours, All the members of FBOS,FAHS
international reference of courses, . financial feasibility, unanimously approved the course
number of available teachers and equipment. Dr. Jamshed
justified the case by providing all the relevant documents.
C-71, Staff Town, University 0307-4444158
of Karachi. anila_ahsen@hotmail.com
Dr. Anila Amber Malik

Professor
• Doctor of Philosophy in Psychology from University of Karachi in 2003.

Education Ph D Thesis Title
• The Study of Social Support as a determining factor in depressed and non-
Masters depressed as measured by an indigenously developed Social Support Scale.
• M.A in Psychology with specialization in Clinical Psychology, First Division,

Department of Psychology, University of Karachi, 1993.
• Professor, Department of Psychology, University of Karachi, as of 10

Teaching Experience March,2014 to date.
Permanent Position • Associate Professor, Department of Psychology, University of Karachi, as of
11 November 2005 to 10th March 2015.
• Assistant Professor, Department of Psychology, University of Karachi, as of
May 7t h 2003- 10th November 2005
• Lecturer, Department of Psychology, University of Karachi, as of February
14, 1996 – May 6, 2003.
• Co-operative teacher, (Full -Time) Department of Psychology, University of
Karachi, as of April 3, 1994–February 14, 1996.
Chairperson • Department of Psychology, University Of Karachi as of 1st August.2013 till

Present.
Level of Courses taught as a • BA, B.Sc. Hons,, Masters, BS, MS, M.Phil, Ph.D (Department of
Permanent Faculty Member. Psychology, University of Karachi).
• Psychosocial Issues, MS/M.Phil program, Department of Psychology/

Courses taught at MS / M.Phil / Education, University of Karachi.
PhD level as a Permanent Faculty • Psychometrics, MS / M.Phil program, Department of Psychology/Public
Administration /Education, University of Karachi.
• Personal Adjustment, PhD program, Department of Psychology, University
of Karachi.
• Research Seminars, PhD program, Department of Psychology, University of
Karachi.
• Thesis and Manuscript Writing, PhD program, Department of Psychology,
• Current Issues, PhD program, Department of Psychology, University of
Karachi.
• Writing a research Proposal, PhD program, Department of Psychology,
Visiting Faculty • ‘Social Psychology’ at the Department of Social Sciences, Hamdard
University for five semesters.
Courses taught at MS/M.Phil/PhD
• ‘Research Methodology’ at the Department of Education, and Management
level
Sciences, Hamdard University for five semesters.
• Organizational Conflict and Stress Management’ at the Department of
Public Administration, University of Karachi, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012,2013,
2014 .
• Communication Skill, at the Department of Public Administration,
University of Karachi, 2012, 2013,2014.
Courses taught at Graduate/Post • ‘Social Psychology and Self – Development’ at IBA, Karachi in 2002.
graduate level (Visiting Faculty) • ‘Introduction to Psychology’ at Mohammad Ali Jinnah University, Karachi
for five semesters.
• ‘Organizational Behavior’ at School of Business Administration, University
of Karachi, 2002.
• ‘Organizational Behavior’ at University College of Social Sciences, 2003.
• ‘Behavioral Sciences’ at the Department of Public Administration,
University of Karachi, 2002-2013
• ‘Educational Psychology’ at Tareeqah Board (Aga Khan Education Project).
• ‘Behavioral Sciences’ at the University College Karachi, 2004.
• ‘Psychology’ at the Department of Computer Science, University of Karachi
2006,2007,2009
• Research Methods’ at the Department of Public Administration, University
of Karachi, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2013.
• Research Methods’ at the Department of Mass Communication, University
of Karachi, 2008, 2009.
• “Introduction to Social Sciences” at the department of Botany University of
Karachi, 2009, 2010, 2011.
• “Introduction of Social Sciences” at the department of Physiology,
• “Introduction of Social Sciences” at the department of Chemistry, University
of Karachi, 2011.
• “Human Behavior”, at the department of Commerce, University of Karachi,
2011, 2012.
• Perspectives of Psychology, at the department of Public Administration,
University of Karachi, 2011, 2012, 2013.
• Psychology, at the Department of Computer Sciences, University of Karachi,
2011, 2013.
• ‘Foundations of Human Behavior’ at IBA, Karachi in 2013, 2014, 2016.
• Behavioral Sciences, School of Physical therapy, Liaquat National Hospital
2013, 2014, 2015.
• Research Methods, Masters in Public Policy Department of Political Science,
• Behavioral Sciences, Masters in Physical Therapy, Department of Health
and Physical Education, 2015.
PhD Supervised and Award of
Degree. • A Study of Work Related Stress among Supervisors of Government
Controlled Semi autonomous and multinational companies of Karachi,
Degree awarded 2007.
• The Standardization of Domestic Violence Screening Scale, Degree Awarded
2010.
• The Development of Marital Satisfaction Scale, Degree Awarded in 2010.
• Motivation and Self confidence in Sports, Degree Awarded in 2010.
• Psychopathology and Well being: A study of Contrasting variables among
students of Karachi University. Degree Awarded in 2015.
• The role of European Union in the Psychological Rehabilitation of
Earthquake victims: An evaluation. (Degree Awarded in 2015)University of
Karachi..
• Perceived Mother’s Warmth, Psychological Wellbeing and Quality of
Relationship: A Relational Analysis of Young Adults. (Degree Awarded in
2015, University of Karachi).
PhD Supervision in Progress
• The Role of Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in Depressed Breast Cancer
Patient of Karachi: An Analysis of Quality of Life and Perceived Social
Support. (IN Progress… University of Karachi).
• Role of Psychosocial and Educational Inventions in the Treatment outcome
of Tuberculosis Patients. University of Karachi .In progress.
M.Phil / MS Supervised
• Rabia Naz Mehreen, Psychosocial influences of media: A qualitative study.
University of Karachi. (Degree awarded 2014). University of Karachi.
• Tehzeeb Sakina Amir, Machiavellianism personality and its psychological
correlates in working and academic environment (Degree awarded 2014)..
• Quratul ain Azhar, The present status of Occupational Testing in Pakistan:
A qualitative need analysis. University of Karachi(Degree awarded 2015)
• Asbah Zia, Father and daughter relationship and its impact on daughter’s
psychological growth. University of Karachi. (Degree awarded 2015 )
• Sumaya Salim Girach, Measurement of Well Being: Scale development and
Validation, University of Karachi. (Degree awarded 2015 ).
M.Phil / MS Supervision
• Alia Hassan, Loneliness and depression: An old age phenomena (2011
enrolment). University of Karachi.
• Tooba Farooqi, Inventory of Character Strengths: Development and
Standardization. (2013 enrolment). University of Karachi.
• Afreen Faiza, Development of Indigenous Death Anxiety Scale: A study of

Reliability and Validity.
• Maria Akber, Emotional Intelligence, Well Being and Social Identity: A
Areas of Interest correlational Study( 2013), University of Karachi.
• Clinical Psychology, Career Counseling, Psychometric, Political Psychology,
Research Methods, Organizational Behavior, Personal Relationship,
Consumer Behavior, Social Psychology, Personality.
Membership
• Chairperson, Social and Political Psychology Division, Pakistan
Psychological Association, 7th March 2013.
• American Psychological Association 1998.
• Pakistan Psychological Association, Vice President Sind Chapter,2010-2011.
• Transparency International, Member, Education committee, University
Chapter 2011.
Award
• A Knighthood from the Royal Order of the Noor of Buayan, in recognition of
meritorious service of the Community services 2010, From the State of
Buayan.
Research Papers
• Feroz R., Jehangir A., & Malik A.A, (1997).“Anjum-Khalique Type A scale,
A further Study of Validity”, Pakistan Journal of Psychology, June-Dec.,
28, 39-45.
• Malik A. A,(2001).“A study of Sex Differences in Self-Monitoring

Behavior”, Past and Present: Research Journal of the Department of
General History, 192-195.
• Malik A. A., Feroz R., & Ara, A. (2001).“A study of Convergent and
Discriminant Validity of Satisfaction with Life Scale”, Journal of Social
Sciences and Humanities, Vol, 1 and 2, 135- 142.
• Malik A. A, (2002).“Shyness and its relation to loneliness and Depression”,

Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities, Vol-3, 108-105.
• Malik A. A,(2004). “Relationship between teacher’s behavior rating and

children’s self-esteem”, Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities, Vol-1,
133-147.
• Malik A A., & Ismail Z., (2005).“Development of Social Support Scale”,

Pakistan Journal of Psychology, June. ,36, 1, 3-30.
• Malik A. A., & Qasim S.,(2008). Family sense of coherence and Quality of
Relationship: A Relational Analysis, Pakistan Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 7, 2, 47-54
• Hassan S. & Malik A.A., (2009). “Standardization of Karachi Domestic

Violence Screening Scale -Urdu Version. Journal of Social Sciences, 20(2):
83-90 (INDIA)
• Elias. T. N., & Malik A. A., (2009). Development of Naheed Anila Index for
Mate Assessment, Journal of Couple & Relationship Therapy, Volume 8,
Issue 1 January,, pages 52 – 63 (Routledge and Taylor & Francis journal)
• Malik A. A & Khan B., (2009). Professional Development at Higher

Education: Teachers Concerns Approach. Pakistan Journal of Special
Education, Vol. 10, pages: 13-20.
• Malik A. A & Salim S., (2010). Gender Differences in Organizational

Structure and Corporate Culture Preferences, Pakistan Journal of Gender
Studies, Volume: 1, Pages: 1-10.
• Malik A. A & Khatri S. S., (2010). Sandbagging and Shyness: Evaluating

the Relationship, Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities, Vol: 49,Part
II, July –Dec. Pages:65-74.
• Malik A.A., & Riaz E., (July 2010-Jan 2011) “ Freud The Sufi Within”,
Journal of European Studies, Vol: 26- 27, No: 2& 1, Pages: 119-138.
• Malik A . A.,& Khatri S. S., (2010). Measuring Distance in Personal

Relationships, Pakistan Journal of Psychology, Dec. Issue,Vol:41, Pages:49-
58.
• Hassan S. & Malik A. A.,(2010). Factors of Intimate Partner Violence(IPV)

in Urban Pakistani Families, Pakistan Journal of Clinical Psychology, Dec
issue, Vol: 10, Pages: 3-20.
• Hassan, S., & Malik, A. A. (2012) Psycho-social Correlates of Intimate

Partner Violence (IPV), Pakistan Journal of Psychological Research. 27(2),
281-297.
• Malik A. A. , Ali M. S. & Farooqi T. (2012). An Analytical Review:

Predictors, Prevention and Interventions for Juvenile Delinquency. Journal
of Social Sciences and Humanities, Vol: 51 Part I, January –June,
Pages:173-184.
• Malik A. A., & Kiran T.(2013).Psychological Problems in Breast Cancer

Patients: A Review. Chemotherapy 2: 115. doi:10.4172/2167-7700.1000115.
• Nasreen Begum, Malik A.A., Shahzad S Prevalence of Psychological

Problems among Survivors of the Earthquake in Northern Areas of Pakistan
Asian Journal of Management Sciences & Education Vol. 3(3) July 2014.
• Ali S & Anila Amber Malik, “Psychopathology and Self Esteem among Students of
University of Karachi,” International Journal of Innovation and Scientific Research,
vol. 10, no. 2, pp. 387–394, October 2014.
• Zia A., Malik A. A., Ali S. Father and Daughter Relationship and Its Impact on
Daughter’s Self-Esteem and Academic Achievement. Academic Journal of
Interdisciplinary Studies MCSER Publishing, Rome-Italy Vol 4 No 1. March2015.
• Kamrani, F., Malik, A.A. Mother’s Warmth and Social Support: A Relational
Analysis. International Journal of Innovation and Scientific Research, Vol 17, No. 2,
August 2015. pp. 236–240.
• Kamrani, F., Malik, A.A. Mother’s Warmth and Environmental Mastery:A

Relational Analysis. Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities, Vol: 53(1)
January –June,2014, Pages:41-52.
• Malik A.A. & Salim S., (2007). Mother’s Parenting Style and its Correlates:
Quality of Mother Daughter Relationship & Self Esteem., Interdisciplinary
Social Sciences International Conference 4-5 September. Proceedings,
pages: 56-64.
Unpublished Papers
• Intolerance in Pakistan: An analysis.
• University; Ideals and Reality.
• Men in Uniform: Sense of Psychological Ascendancy.
• Increasing Conflicts and Intolerance: Etiology and Psychosomatic
Corollary.
• Imposed Psychological and Cultural Warfare on Pakistan: Vulnerabilities,
Perception and Response.
Paper Presented in Conferences
Qualitative Study.
• Malik A. A., & Kiran T.(2013).Psychological Problems in Breast Cancer
Patients: A Review. Chemotherapy, Pink Day Celebration , Usman Institute
of Technology Karachi. 2013.

Qualitative Study Social Intervention International Conference, University
of Karachi on 6-7 March 2012.
• “A Study of Sex Differences in Self- Monitoring Behavior” 7TH Annual
Conference of Department of Psychology, University of Peshawar, Bara
Gali, 2002.
• “Shyness, and its relation to Loneliness and Depression” XI Psychological
Conference, Pakistan Psychological Association, Lahore, 2002.
• “Relationship between teacher’s behavior rating and children’s self-esteem” 8

Annual Conference of Department of Psychology, University of Peshawar, Ba
Gali 2003.
• “Development of Social Support Scale”, 8th international conference,

Pakistan Association of Clinical Psychologist (PACP), Lahore, 10–11 April,
2004.
• “Standardization of UCLA Loneliness Scale in Urdu language”, in
National Conference on New Trends in Psychological Research, Department
of Psychology and Applied Psychology ,University of the Punjab.5 to 7 April,
2007.
• Mother’s Parenting Style and its correlates: Quality of mother–daughter
relationship & Self- Esteem, Interdisciplinary Social Sciences Conference
(ISSIC), Faculty of Arts University of Karachi on 4-5 September 2007.
Research Projects
• Standardization of UCLA Loneliness Scale in Urdu language. The project
being funded by Research Facility Center, Faculty of Arts, University of Karac
• Data analysis and report writing on Psychosocial Issues for the Annual report
Market Research “MADADGAR”, a joint Venture of LHRLA for UNICEF.
• Conducted Market research for a Multinational company.
• PUAN International Conference Peace and Conflict Resolution: Engaging

Conferences Participation Communities for a Better Tomorrow /PUAN-International-Peace-
Conference November 27-29, 2015 Marriott Hotel, Islamabad, Pakistan
• National Conference on Changing trends in Clinical Psychology. June
4rth,2015.
• Participation in International Conference on Emerging Global Scenario,
Survival of Muslim Youth in the Realm of Violence & Mental Health of
Children, Adolescents and Adults, organized by Institute of clinical
Psychology, University of Karachi, on 14 November 2006.
• Member organizing committee for the Multidisciplinary International

Member Conference Organizing Conference on “Qualitative Research in Developing Countries:
Committee Opportunities and Challenges”, organized by the Faculty of Arts, University
of Karachi, in collaboration with Higher Education Commission, 3-4
November 2006.
• Coordinator International Conference on Contemporary Social Sciences, s,

Conference Coordination • Coordinator International Conference on Challenges of Transition in Social

Sciences, University of Karachi on 3-4 December, 2014 .
• Coordinator Social Intervention International Conference, University of
Karachi on 6-7 March 2012.
• Coordinator Interdisciplinary Social Sciences International Conference,
Faculty of Arts, University of Karachi on 4-5 September 2007.
• Coordinator Interdisciplinary International Conference on Media and Social
Change, Faculty of Arts, University of Karachi on 5-6 November 2008.
• Session chair, International Conference on Contemporary Social Sciences, s,

Conference Chair • International Conference on Challenges of Transition in Social Sciences,


• Session Chair, War on Terror: Psychosocial Effects,14th Annual Conference

of Psychology Organized by department of Psychology, University
of Peshawar, 2010.
• The role of District Government Functionaries in Drug Abuse Prevention,
organized by Anti Narcotics Force, Sind.
• Coordinated a session of Research Methods in Social Sciences, a six day

Workshop Coordination National Workshop, organized by Faculty of Arts, University of Karachi in
collaboration with POWER, 29th September to 4th October 2003.
• Communication and Professional Ethics; A Workshop for Assistant

Professor And lecturers of University of Karachi; 18—30 July, 2008,
Organized by Faculty Of Arts.
• Module coordinator of Educational Psychology at the Staff Development

Program of Higher Education Commission, at University of Karachi, 2007.
Staff Development Program

• Department of Psychology, University of Karachi.
• Federal Public Service Commission.
• Federal Urdu University, Karachi.
Selection Boards • Dadabhoy Institute of Higher Education
Participation
• Psychological Assessment and Career Counseling, for Self Discovery

Program by IGNITE IBA
Career Counseling
• Pakistan Journal of Psychology, University of Karachi.
• Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences, University of Karachi.
Member Journal Editorial • Bahria Journal of Psychology.

Board
• Invited as Guest Psychologist for two months on FM105 (Radio).
• Conducted 13 episodes of a TV Talk show “SOCHO ZARA” as Anchor
Person. The program which focused on psychological issues of women went
Media Exposure on air on PTV in 1999. It was also aired on a private channel in England.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by BBC Urdu service (Radio) on numerous

occasions.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by PTV in MEENA BAZAR on numerous
occasions.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by PTV in MEEZAN.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by Indus TV.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by ARY TV.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by DAWN News.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by Samma TV.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by Express TV.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by Dunya TV in Pyam e Subh.
• Invited as Guest Psychologist by AB TUK TV.
• Chairperson , Department of Psychology, University of Karachi.2013 to date

Administrative Positions
• Provost, Awan e Liaquat Girls Hostel Karachi, University of Karachi.2014 to
date.
• Member Academic Council, University of Karachi.2013 to date.
• Member Senate, University Of Karachi (2008-2012, 2013-to date)
• Member Syndicate University Of Karachi (March 2008- March 2011).
• Convener, Conflict Resolution Committee for Conflict Resolution Case for

Administrative Assignments
Scientific Officer of KIBGE,2016 .
• Member, Board of Studies, Confucius Institute, University of Karachi. 2015-

2018.
• Convener, Conflict Resolution Committee for Student Clash on 28 October
2015.
• Member of Admission Committee for 2016.
• Convener, Conflict Resolution committee for pharmacy, teacher’s case for
not taking her classes, 2015.
• Convener, Conflict Resolution committee for Food Science Technology
teacher’s case for not taking her classes, 2015.
• Member of Discipline Committee, University of Karachi 2015.
• Member Teachers and Course Evaluation proforma Committee.2015.
• Member of the Academic Committee (as a University Professor) of the Board
of Secondary Education
• Member Academic Council Course Load Committee 2014, 2015
• Member Campus Security 2013-to Present.
• Member marketing and Innovation committee, University of Karachi. 2014
to date.
• Member, Board of Studies, Faculty of Law, University of Karachi. 2013-

2016.
• Inquiry officer in teacher’s study leave case, physics department 2015.
• Member Enquiry Committee , International Relation Department Conflict
2013.
• Member Advisory Board, Benazir Bhutto Shaheed Chair, University of
Karachi. (2009-2012)
• Member Board Of Studies, Psychology Department, University Of
Karachi(As a Lecturer, Assistant Professor, and Associate Professor)
• Member Board Of Faculty of Arts, University Of Karachi(As a Lecturer ,
Assistant Professor, and Associate Professor, Professor.)
• Member Board of Studies, Pakistan Army School Of Air Defence. 2007
• Member, Technical Committee for Job Description, University Of Karachi.
• Member , Convocation Committee, 2008,2009,2010,2012,2013,2014.
• Member House Building Loan Committee, University of Karachi. 2008-2011
• Member Board of Studies, Psychological Testing, Guidance & Research,
University of Sind.
• Inquiry officer in teacher’s study leave case, physics department 2013.
• Member Plagiarism Sub Committee, University Of Karachi.
• USAID, Pre-STEP: Standards for Pre-Service Teachers in Pakista

International Consultations Consultations on Draft Rubrics 9th -12 Feb 2010 Islamabad
• Orientation meeting of Accreditation Council of Teacher Education Progra
with Piloting Institutions on March 11-12, 2010. By National Accreditati
Council for Teacher Education (NACTE) and UNESCO , USAID and HEC.
Special Security Unit, Sind Police • Special Security Unit, Capital City Police, Sind, for the selection
recruitment of Special Security Personnel, 2011-2012.
Experience
International Training • Participated in International Visitor Leadership Program:

“Community Dialogue and Dispute Resolution”; A Project for Pakistan.
May 7th -28th 2011. A Program of United States, Department of State;
Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs.
• Participated and Completed a one day Program at Texas Wesleyan School

of Law , May 18th .2011 consisting of following subjects:
• The Art of influence and persuasion
• Conflict Resolution and Judges
• Diversity-Cultural, Spiritual, Psychological Dimensions of Dispute

Resolution
• Western History and Traditions- From the gun (might is right power) to the
Judicial bench and the role of mediators.
• Approaches to resolving Criminal Cases, including Plea Bargaining,

Restorative Justice and Therapeutic Justice.
• Completed an Honorary Course in Conflict Resolution at the University of

Denver, USA ; May 20,2011.
• Participated in a Dialogue in Alternative Dispute Resolution at the centre

for Dispute Settlement ,Rochester, USA, May 25th, 2011.
• Attended and participated in Interfaith Study and Dialogue, at The

Centre for Interfaith Studies and Dialogue, Nazareth College, Rochester,
New York.USA; May 25th,2011.
• Participated in a Dialogue at M.K.Gandhi Institute for Nonviolence at

University of Rochester , Rochester, USA, May 25th,2011.
• Attended and Participated in a seminar on Restorative Practices, at

Partners in Restorative Initiatives, Rochester, New York ,USA. May
26th,2011.
Conduct Research Methodology • Research Methods , a day course at Baluchistan University of Information &
Technology, Quetta.2010.
Courses
• Conducted 3 Courses (60 hrs each) of Research Methodology for the Faculty
of Arts, University of Karachi M. Phil and PhD Students, 2006 Admission
Group.(720 in numbers).
• Conducted Workshop on Research Methodology for Department of

International Relations, Faculty of Arts University of Karachi, 13-15 April
2009,2010, 2013, 2014, 2015,
Curriculum Development • BS Program of Psychology, , University Of Karachi

• MS Program of Psychology, University Of Karachi
• PhD Program of Psychology, University Of Karachi
• MS/M.Phil, Program of Psychology, Institute of Business Management,
Karachi
• The following Emergency Response training programs were conducted for
Emergency Response Planning, Pakistan International Airline, in Karachi, Lahore and Faisalabad.
Pakistan International Airline
• Psychological support program for Air-Craft Emergencies for Middle
Management, 2006.
• Psychological support program for Air-Craft Emergencies for all Station

Heads, 2006.
• Psychological support program for Air-Craft Emergencies for ERP

Coordinators, 2007/ 2008
• Crisis Communication, at Pakistan International Airline, 2007/ 2008
• Personal Well-Being at Pakistan International Airline. 2007/ 2008
• Airline and Media, at Pakistan International Airline. , 2007/ 2008
Guest Lectures / Training • Aircraft Accident Investigation and Interviewing techniques, School of Air
Safety, Pakistan Air Force, Masroor Base.
Pakistan Air Force • Aircraft Accidents and Media Handling, School of Air Safety, Pakistan Air
Force, Masroor Base.
• Work Family and Social life: A triangular Concept. School of Air Safety,
• "Behaviour Modification, 2015, School of Air Safety, Pakistan Air Force,

Masroor Base.
• "Psychology of An Aviator: Mental Stress Tolerance, Coping and Conflict

Handling, 8th May, 2014, School of Air Safety, Pakistan Air Force, Masroor
Base.
• Culture and Habits Interference in Safety Behaviors Of An Aviator, 3rd June

2014, School of Air Safety, Pakistan Air Force, Masroor Base.
Pakistan Army • Research Methods, Pakistan Army School of Air Defense 2007
• Academic Writing, Pakistan Army School of Air Defense 2007
• Stress Management in Military Life, Pakistan Army School of Air Defense

2008.
• Psychosocial Problems of Youth, Inter Services Selection Board, Malir

Cantonment. Karachi 8th April 2009.
Pakistan Navy • Cultural Competence and Moving Forward, School of Logistic, Pakistan
Navy.
Miscellaneous Guest Lectures • Indicators of Good Governance, HEC workshop Phase II on Good
delivered Governance, for support Staff, University of Karachi.(31st December,2015).
• Good Governance Issues, HEC workshop Phase II on Good Governance, for

support Staff, University of Karachi.(31st December,2015).
• Gender Biases at Work, HEC workshop Phase II on Women Harassment,

for support Staff, University of Karachi.(31st December,2015).
• Domestic Violence, HEC workshop Phase II on Women Harassment, for

Support Staff, University of Karachi. (31st December,2015).
• Writing Research Proposal in Social Sciences, Workshop Organized by

Office of Research Innovation and Commercialization,( ORIC)
• Gender Equity and Governance, HEC Support Staff Development

Program.2015.
• Leading the Change and Changing the Leaders HEC Support Staff
Development Program.2015.
• Hostel Management HEC Support Staff Development Program.2015.
• Workplace Harassment, HEC Support Staff Development Program.2015.
• Pakistan Qualification Framework, Semester Examination Training

workshop, Collaborated by Higher Education Commission, 2015.
• Transfer of Credits in Higher Education Semester Examination Training

• Quality Assurance in Higher Education , Semester Examination Training
• The Challenge of Funding in Social Sciences Research:

Social Science Must Change to Realize Its Full Value. Arts Auditorium,
University of Karachi. 2014.
• Corporal punishment and its psychological impact. Beaconhouse School

system.2014
• Early childhood comprehension and parental role, Beacon house School

system.2014.
• Psychosocial Problems and Mental Health , Nizaree Jamat Khana, 28th

August 2014.
• Young Girls and Psychosocial Problems, Govt. Degree College Kotri.2014
• Antisocial Personality Disorder ,Department of Sociology, University of

Karachi, 2013, 2014
• Psychological Problems in Breast Cancer. Pink Day Celebration at Usman

Institute of Technology, Hamdard University. 2013.
• Intrapersonal Communication. KASBIT , 2013.
• Behavioral Genetics, Department of Genetics, University of Karachi. 2013,

2014.
• Interview anxiety and emotional stability, Department of Geology, University

of Karachi 2009.
• “PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT AND CAREER PLANNING”, at the

Department of Geology, University of Karachi, 2009.
• PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT LEARNING,” at FACULTY DEVELOPMENT
PROGRAM, organized by Higher Education Commission, Human Resource
Centre, University of Karachi, 2007.
• “STRESS AND WORK LIFE LINKAGES”, at FACULTY

DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM, organized by Higher Education Commission,
Human Resource Centre, University of Karachi, 2007.
• “Psychological impact of environmental pollution on behavior and mental

processes”, jointly organized by University of Glasgow, British council, and
HEC, 9 March, 2006.
• Panel discussant on the “ROLE OF FAMILY IN REDISCOVERING

CHILDHOOD”, a 3-DAY Symposium on Rediscovering Childhood, SIND
EDUCATIION FOUNDATION, April, 3-5, 2006.
• “MEET TODAY’S LEARNER”, at FACULTY DEVELOPMENT

PROGRAM, organized by Higher Education Commission, Human Resource
Centre, University of Karachi, 2006.
• “Assertiveness as a Social Skill”, at IBA. 2005.
• “Psychological Disorders”, at IBA. 2005
• Adolescence Period” at YOUTH HELP LINE PROJECT.
• “Stress and Work life Linkages”, at NESTLE. 2004.
• “Psychology of Advertising”, at the Department of Public Administration

University of Karachi. 2004.
• “Psychological Impact on Domestic Workers”, at the National Consultation

on Domestic Workers Rights; organized by Lawyers for Human Rights and
Legal Aid (LHRLA), 2nd –3rd September 2003, Regent Plaza, Karachi.
• “What kind of a thinker you are?” in Science and Media: a workshop

organized by National Science Foundation, at the Department of Genetics,
Higher Education Committees • Member Psychology Journals Committee.2014-to date.

• Member, Thematic Research Grant Program , 2016.
Courses/Workshops Attended • Workshop on Data Analysis at Lahore University of Management Sciences
(LUMS), March 10–11, 2007.
• Short course on Trauma Psychology organized by International Center for

Psychological Trauma (ICPT), University of Missouri-Columbia, 2001.
• Short course on Psychological and Medical Services for Sexually Abused and
Exploited Children, organized by Lawyers for Human Rights and Legal Aid, &
United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific. April
26– May 6, 2001.
• SPSS: Data Analysis and Interpretation, November, 5–12, 2001.
• Short course on Research Designs & Modes of Analysis; arranged by department

• Workshop on "Rational Emotive Behavioral Therapy;” arranged by department

• Workshop on “Research Paper Writing”; arranged by department of Psychology,

University of Peshawar, Bara Gali , July 30, 2003.
• Workshop on Research Proposal Writing; arranged by department of

Psychology, University of Peshawar, Bara Gali, July 30, 2003.
• Research Methods in Social Sciences, a six day National Workshop, organized by

Research Facility Center Faculty of Arts, University of Karachi in collaboration
with POWER. September 29– 4October 4, 2003.
• Intellectual Property Rights and Patenting, Organized by Human Resource

centre, University of Karachi.
• Communication and Interpersonal Skill, Hoechst, Feb22–23 1997.
• Leadership, Goal Orientation, and Team Building, Asmaamms, Feb 22 and

March 7, 1998.
• ISO-9000, Organized by Clariant Pak. Ltd., September11 –13, 1998.
• The role of Behavioral Sciences in General Health Care, organized by WHO

center for Mental Health Research and Training in Pakistan, and the
Department of
Psychiatry, PNS Shifa Karachi, Feb 20 –21 1998.
Career in Community Development, organized by Young Professionals Training

Unit. August 1, 1998.
• Environmental Awareness.(3 days). Organized by IUCN.

• The Road to Success, organized by MAS Associates and ACE Consulting (Pvt)
Ltd. October 14, 1998.
• Violence on Women. by Dr. Shifa Naeem, At Department of

Psychology, University of Karachi
• Post Traumatic Stress Disorder, organized by PNS Shifa Karachi.
• Role of women in Drug abuse prevention, organized by Anti Narcotics Force

Sind.
• Introduction to Digital Library Resources and their Effective Usage, organized by

Higher Education Commission , at University of Karachi
• High Speed Fiber Based LAN Establishment with Wireless Computing Support
at University of Karachi, organized by University of Karachi.
DR. JAMSHAID AHMED
HOD/ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR, DEPTT. OF SPORTS SCIENCES & PHY. EDU
H.E.C APPROVED PHD SUPERVISOR
THE UNIVERSITY OF LAHORE, MAIN CAMPUS, LAHORE
Tel: +92 42 35322501-12 Mobile: 03005307714 - 03222622509 (042) 35321456-60 EXT: 2802
Email:Jamshaid.ahmad@sps.uol.edu.pk, jamshaid005@gmail.com
EDUCATION
Dec. 2010: PhD in Social Sciences (Sports Psychology)

Research Project: Motivation and Self Confidence in Sports
Sep. 2005: MPhil in Social Sciences (Sports Psychology)

Jan. 1998: MSc in Health and Physical Education

Gomal University, D.I.Khan
Campus, Pakistan Sports Board
WORK EXPERIENCE
a) TEACHING
• HOD and Associate Professor in Deptt. Of Sports Sciences & Physical

Education, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences, The University of Lahore,
Main Campus, Pakistan. (August 2015 ~ Till to date)
• Faculty of Management Sciences, COMSATS Institute of Information
Technology, COMSATS Attock Campus Pakistan
o Assistant Professor (December 26, 2012 ~ October 25, 2015)
o Convener, Sports & Student Activities (Jan, 2012 ~ August 15, 2015)
• Hamdard Institute of Management Sciences (HIMS) Hamdard University

Karachi, Assistant Professor (December 2010 ~ December 25, 2012
o Deputy Director, Sports (July 15, 2005 ~ August 25, 2009)
o Director Student Affairs (August 26, 2009 ~ December 25, 2015)
• GIK Institute of Engineering Science & Technology, TOPI, Pakistan

o Sports Officer (December 24, 1994 ~ July 10, 2005
Courses Taught
• Graduate Program (Emerging Issues in Leadership & Motivation, Seminar in
Management)
• Undergraduate Program (Psychology, Sociology, Organizational Behavior, Business
Ethics)
Area of Specialization
• Social Sciences (sports psychology, physical education& organizational behavior)
Area of Interest
• Motivation and Self Confidence, research and assessment, personal dynamics,
Leadership, Emotional intelligence and behavioral sciences & motivational speaker.
Papers Published
1 Aftab Ahmed Shaikh, , Jamshaid Ahmed, & Bilal Ahmad (2014), Role of Teacher
Related Factors in Basic Education: A Case of Govt. Secondary Schools in Karachi,
Pakistan. Journal of Management Info 4(1), 167-197 (2014)
2 Jamshaid, Fahmida, Ahmed Bilal. (2014), The Impact of Gender Discrimination on Trait
Sports Confidence (TSCI) in Pakistani Athletes. Journal of Management Info. Volume
3(1), 58-66 (2014) Info. http://readersinsight.net/journals/jmi/
3 Ahmed Jamshaid, Fahmida., Intrinsic Motivation: An Analysis for Elite Pakistani

Athletes of Various Major Sports and Games. Journal of Management Info. (2014)
Volume 3(1) 47-57 http://readersinsight.net/journals/jmi/
4 Imamuddin Khoso., Rizwan Raheem Ahmed., Jamshaid Ahmed. (2014). Pricing

Strategies in Pharmaceutical Marketing. The Pharma Innovation Journal2014; 3(7): 13-
17.
5 Ahmed S.M., Malik I. M., Sajjad M., Hyder S., Hussain S. Ahmed J. (2014). Linking
Teacher Empowerment with Organizational Commitment, Professional Commitment
and Organizational Citizenship Behavior. Life Sciences Journal; 11(4): 105-108. ISSN:
1097-8135.
6 Imran Muhammad Malik, Sajjad Muhammad, Hyder Shabir, Shakil Ahmad

Muhammad, Ahmed Jamshaid and Saddam Hussain,(2013) Role Overload: A Cause of
Diminishing Employee Retention and Productivity. Middle-East Journal of Scientific
Research 18 (11): 1573-1577, 2013. ISSN 1990-9233, © IDOSI Publications, 2013.
DOI: 10.5829/idosi.mejsr.2013.18.11.12457.
7 Ahmed Jamsahid, Ansari Basit (2013). The role of gender in sports to evaluate the trait
sports confidence of Pakistani elite athletes. International Journal of Biology and
Biotechnology 2013 Vol. 10 No. 2 pp. 315-318 ISSN 181002719URL
http://www.ijbbku.comRecord Number 20133277369
8 Rizwan Raheem Ahmed, Ahmed Jamshaid and Vishnu Parmar. (2012) Factors that
Affect Attitude Towards generic Drugs Perception: Comparison of Physicians &
General Practitioners of Karachi. International Journal of Management, IT and
Engineering (IJMI) ISSN 2249-0558
9 Jamshaid Ahmed & M. Akram Ansari. Gender Differences of self confidence in sports
with reference to Pakistan socio cultural factors and attitudes towards women. The
shield, International Journal of Physical Education & Sports Science, 2011, Volume 06,
pg. 42-49.
10 Ahmed Jamshaid, Fahmida Bano.Motivation and Self Confidence: Approach to Help

Special Children with Special Needs in Sports and Adapted Physical Education.
Pakistan Journal of Special Education (PJSE) 2011, Volume 12 Issue, pg. 95-105.
11 Ahmed Jamshaid , Gender differences of motivation and self-confidence in sports.’

SCHEMA ISSN No. 1991-8461, Annual Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences
Volume 05, 2008 pp 27-34.
12 Ahmed Jamshaid, Strategic Plan: Road to Success” for winning Sports Competition at
University Level”. “SCHEMA) ISSN No. 1991-8461, Annual Journal of Humanities
and Social Sciences Volume 04, 2007 pp 69-75.
Conferences
1. Paper presented on “Apply Physical Education and Sport as a Medium to improve the
lives of disaffected Youth in Pakistan: Youth in Crisis? on Social Intervention
International Conference 2012 “A Better Tomorrow for the Coming Generation”
Conference was held on March 6-7, 2012 at Karachi University
2. Paper presented on “Strategic Plan: Road to Success” for winning Sports Competition at
University Level” conference organized by sports division HEC held on August 22-24,
2007 at Khanspur Ayubia.
Seminars/Workshops organized
1. “Getting in” and Getting out” two days training workshop held on November 12-13,
2015 at COMSATS Wah Campus
2. Coaching Dynamics; Two Days Training Workshop held on March 05-06, 2015 at CIIT
Attock Campus.
3. Seminar and video documentary film competition on “Anti-Corruption” organized by
Transparency International-Pakistan at IoBM Campus on Saturday, 30th July 2011
4. Seminar on “Thalassaemia awareness treatment and prevention” organized by the Omair
Sana Foundation in collaboration with Hamdard University student affairs department
Karachi on April 25-26, 2011 at Hamdard University main campus
5. Lecture delivered on “Pakistani society” organized by student affairs department
Hamdard University on March 03, 2011
6. Workshop on “Teach for Pakistan” organized by Aman Foundation in collaboration with
Hamdard University
7. student affairs department on February 16-17, 2011
8. Seminar on “Quaid-e-Azam Mohammad Ali Jinnah (Jinnah Anthology) organized by
Hamdard University on February 03, 2011
9. Seminar on “Recent development in Higher Education in Pakistan: Challenges and
Opportunities” by Prof. Atta ur Rehman, FRS, NI, HI, SI (Civil) & TI. Director,
International Centre for Chemical Sciences HEJ Research Institute of Chemistry on
January 28, 2011 at Hamdard University main campus
10. Workshop on “Biodiversity” organized by IUCN (International Union for Conservation
of Nature) Pakistan on May 26, 2010
11. Seminar on “Violence against Women and Children ~ How to eliminate the menace?
What role can we play? Organized by Lawyers for Human Rights and Legal Aid
(LHRLA) on May 13, 2010
12. Seminar on “Question Your Thinking-Change Your Life” organized by Hamdard
University on May 07, 2010
13. Seminar on “Leadership and Ethics organized by Hamdard University
14. Seminar on “Power of Media in Pakistan” organized by DAWN News on April 14, 2010
15. Seminar on “Nation Building” organized by Hamdard University
16. Workshop on “Security and Safety Measures” organized by Chief, Citizen-Police
Liaison Committee (CPLC) on January 21, 2010
17. Training course on “Medicine from nature: sustainable use and conservation of
medicinal plants” organized by IUCN in collaboration with Faculty of eastern medicine
Hamdard university on December 13-25, 2009
18. Seminar on “Terrorism “lecture delivered on August 20, 2009
19. Seminar on “Pak-Japan Business relationship” organized by Japan International
Cooperation Agency” (JICA) on March 06, 2009
20. Seminar on “Business Management” organized by Management Association of Pakistan
(MAP) on February 23, 2009
21. Human Resource Development Convention-2009 organized by Sport and Youth Affairs
Department Govt. of Sindh on January 21, 2009
22. Seminar on “Media and Society” on December 31, 2008
23. Seminar on “How to be successful and peaceful in Life” on August 27, 2008
24. Seminar on “Situation of Prisons in Sindh” on May 29, 2008
25. Seminar on “Environmental devastation and human health” on March 06, 2008
Lectures /Talks delivered:
1. Lecture on “Development of human behavior” delivered at Kharabad Motorway police

head quarter North on June 17, 2015.
2. Lecture on “The Positive coach mental model” delivered at Mehran University of
Engineering & Technology University (MUET) Jamshoro on July 27, 2011
3. Lecture on “Desert survival techniques and applications” delivered in Hamdard
University on December 27, 2010
4. Lecture on “Personal Dynamics” delivered to participants of Five-day training talent
identification organizing an event and developing coaches’ course organized by HEC
Islamabad on July 01, 2010 at the Sindh University Jamshoro
5. Lecture on “Sports management” delivered in Mehran University of Engineering &
Technology (MUET) on June 18, 2009
6. Lecture on “Consistence performance) delivered in Mehran University of Engineering &
Technology to the participants of sports management course on June 23, 2008
7. Lecture on “Health Education” delivered to B.Ed students on March 08, 2007
Community-based Activities
• Social activist working in various community works including Thalassemia prevention

awareness program with the collaboration of Umair Sana Foundation, Karachi. (2005 to
date)
• Working voluntarily for Aawaz (voice) program for women empowerment and human
rights with SANJI Foundation Attock Punjab, Pakistan (2012 to date)
• Working for children with disabilities welfare by organizing awareness child
physical/mental rehabilitation coaching camps on regular monthly basis since 2013 to
date
• Supervising university character building society by organizing various awareness
programs including seminars, dramas, class assignments and community sports for
eradication of corruption from the society.
• Convener, Civic engagement program (It’s wonderful life) COMSATS Attock
Coordinator, Community-based free medical/educational career counseling camps since
January 2011to date.
Achievements
• Received three appreciations from the management in 2009, 2010 and 2011 by leading
student affairs, sports, admission and university advancement office
• Have successfully led many teams in achieving various organizational goals
• Planned & established marketing and co-curricular/sports events
• Established University’s first student affairs and sports department
• Played an important role in establishment of student clubs and societies
• Designed and published both paper based and internet based advertising material
• Involved in strategic planning, management and execution of admission cell
• Streamlined the Student Affairs/Sports Office
• Represented Hamdard University for linkages with various industries and organizations
• Participated in community-based health, education and sports activities and received
huge appreciation from the community
• Trained students in various time management, motivation and effective management
techniques
• Restructured the university admission cell for better output
Sports Professional Seminars/Courses/Lectures attended
1. Talk on “Young Cricketer Mental Conditioning” organized by Rawalpindi Region Cricket

Association with the collaboration of Pakistan Cricket Board on Dec.2103.
2. Course on “The Sports management” organized by Higher Education Commission at its
summer training center Khanaspur (Ayubia) from 18 July to 23 July 2005
3. Course on “Sports for All” & “Sports Management at University level, organized by
Asian Olympic Association in collaboration with Pakistan Olympic Association in
November 15 – 20, 2001 at Aamir Hotel Lahore
4. Course on “Sports Administration” and “Hand ball Clinic” organized by University Grants
Commission in 25th to 30th September 2000 at Agriculture University Faisalabad
5. Attended “Hockey Couching and Training Course organized by Pakistan Sports Board in
1989 at Islamabad
6. “Basic Unit Scouting” course organized by Pakistan Scouting Association at Islamabad in
1994
7. “Mountaineering, hiking and equipment management Course organized by Alpine Club of

Pakistan from 25th to 30th May 1995 at Naran / Kaghan
National level hockey Achievements/Camps attended
1. Pakistan National senior hockey training camp at Islamabad for BMW trophy Holland
1990
2. Pakistan National senior hockey training camp at Islamabad for Asian Games China.
1991-92
3. Pakistan Junior hockey training camp at Lahore for junior world cup. 1992
4. Rawalpindi Division hockey team for National Senior hockey championships 1990 to
1997
5. Winner National hockey championship qualifying round, from Rawalpindi Division in
1994
6. Winner Divisional Inter District Punjab Championship from Rawalpindi district 1989-90
Special Interest (Mountaineering and Hiking) (1987-to date)
1. Base camp Nanga Parbat Expedition from fairy meadow side June 2011
2. Chengz Khan Trail rally to explore the old silk route from Hunza to Khunjarab top
August 2009
3. Upper Swat Moudand lake tracking / camping expedition May 1998
4. Tracking kalam to Ushu glacier 1999
5. Tracking / camping Kaghan to Naran (lake Saif ul Malooq) since1997
6. Nanga parbat base camp (fairy meadow) trekking expedition Since1995 to date
7. Gilgit/Biltistan/Hunza Tracking/Hiking Expeditions since 1987 till to date
Hobbies:
Painting, reading and camping
CURRICULUM VITAE
DR. MUHAMMAD AKARAM ANSARI
House #: A/35 Sindh University Colony Jamshoro
Residence #: 092-022-2772363
Cell #: 0333-2607512
E-mail: akramansari_2006@yahoo.com
Current Status
• Associate Professor (visiting) in Department of Sports Sciences and Physical Education, The
University of Lahore.
• Specialization in Sports Sociology and Science of Track & Field.
Personal
• Father’s Name : Arbab Ali
• C.N.I.C # : 41204-7597325-91
• Date of Birth : December 12, 1964
• Domicile : District Jamshoro
• Province : Sindh
• Country : Pakistan
Academic Qualification
GRADE /
EDUCATION YEAR BOARD / UNIVERSITY
CLASS
1st Class
M.H.P.Ed 1992 University of Sindh, Jamshoro
st
1 Position
B.H.P.Ed 2nd Class 1990 Karachi University, Karachi
1
B.A (Hons: English) 2nd Class 1988 University of Sindh, Jamshoro
Sports Qualification
• Gold medal and scholarship awarded by Directorate of College Education, University of

Sindh, Jamshoro
• Represented and captained Sindh University Shooting Ball Team in All Pakistan
Intervarsity Championship for four years.
• Represented and captained Sindh University Badminton Team in All Pakistan

Intervarsity for four years.
• Three times selected in University Grants Commission Shooting Ball Team as Captain
for National Games.
• Represented as Manager of University Grants Commission Badminton Team in National

Badminton Tournament at Lahore, nominated by University Grants Commission, 1990.
• Three years coach of Sindh University Girls Badminton Team from 1990-92.
• Represented Hyderabad Division Badminton Team in National Badminton Championship

1990-93.
• Represented Larkana Division Volley Ball Team in Sindh Games 1990 and secured 3rd
position Bronze Medal at Karachi
• Represented Larkana Division Badminton Team 1992 at Hyderabad and secured 3rd
position Bronze Medal.
2
• Represented Hyderabad Division Badminton Team 1995 at Larkana and secured 2nd
position Silver Medal.
• Completed the course of Tracking Training, organized by Adventure Foundation Pakistan,

nominated by University Grants Commission, 1992.
• Completed the course of Tracking Training organized by adventure foundation Pakistan,

nominated by University of Sindh, Jamshoro
• Member Sindh University Sports Sub-Committee since 1990
• Unbeatable Sindh University Inter-collegiate Shooting Ball Championship 1985-90.
• Unbeatable Sindh University Inter-collegiate Badminton Championship 1985-88.
• Completed the course of coaching and training of Volley Ball organized by Sindh Sports
Board help at Sukkur 1982.
• Won Inter-District Under-19 Volley Ball Championship at Sukkur 1982.
• Manager of Sindh University Shooting Ball Team since 1990.
Published Research Papers

1. “Impact of Facebook Website on collective conviviality and intellectual activities”
published in Sindh University Research Journal (Science Ser), University of Sindh,
Jamshoro Vol. 47, No. 4, 2015.
2. “Cross-cutting concerns of Modularization in Object-Oriented and Aspect-Oriented

Paradigms” published in Sindh University Research Journal (Science Ser), University of
Sindh, Jamshoro, Vol. 47, No. 4, 2015
3. “Comparing of Body Mass Index and by Sit and Reach flexibility test of Tsinghua
University Beijing China and University of Sindh, Pakistan students” Published in Sindh
University Research Journal (Science Series), Vol. 47(2), 2015.
3
4. “Awareness, Attitude and Compliance of Physical Activity among Diabetic Patients in
Hyderabad City” published in Sindh University Research Journal (Science Ser),
University of Sindh, Jamshoro, June Issue, 2015.
5. Pancytopenia: Etiological Patterns in 50 Cases Admitted in General Medical Wards”,

published in SURJ (Science Ser), University of Sindh, Jamshoro, Vol. 47, 2015.
6. “Effectiveness of Private English Medium Schools in the Development of English

Language Skills” in Biannual Research Journal Grassroots Vol. 49, No. 1, January-June,
2015.
7. “Critical Analysis of the Application of Physics in the Daily Life of Intermediate

Learners in Pakistan” will be published in Sindh University Research Journal (Science
Ser), University of Sindh, Jamshoro Vol. 47, No. 3, 2015.
8. Levels of Anxiety in sports during Training and Competition among Students of Physical
Education”, accepted for publication in The Shield”-International Journal of Physical
Education & Sports Science, University of Sindh, Jamshoro, Vol. 10, 2015.
9. “The Occurrence of Knee Injury in Badminton: A Case Study of Sindh” published in The
Shield”-International Journal of Physical Education & Sports Science, University of Sindh,
Jamshoro, Vol. 09, 2014.
10. “Comparing BMI and Hand Grip strength of Tsinghua University Beijing and University
of Sindh Pakistan Students” published in International Organization of Scientific
Research Community of Researcher Journals, Vol. 01, Issue 4, April, 2014.
11. “Impact of Teaching Techniques on the performance of Learners in Pakistan” in

International Research Journal of Arts and Humanities (IRJAH), Faculty of Arts,
University of Sindh, Jamshoro, Vol. 42, 2014.
12. “Assessment of Strength of dominant hand and BMI of the students at University of
Sindh in Pakistan” published in The Shield-Research Journal of Physical Education &
Sports Science, Vol. 08, 2013.
4
13. “Physical activities among college students participating in sports pertaining to socio-
cultural conditions of Sindh” published in The Shield”-International Journal of Physical
Education & Sports Science, University of Sindh, Jamshoro, Vol. 07, 2012.
14. “Gender Differences of self-confidence in sports with reference to Pakistan Socio-
Cultural factors and attitudes towards women” published in The Shield-Research Journal of
Physical Education & Sports Science, Vol. 06, 2011.
15. “The Relationship between Sport Activities, Academic Achievements and Personality
Dynamics of High School Students in Sindh” published in The Shield-Research Journal
of Physical Education & Sports Science, Vol. 05, 2010.
16. “Occurrence of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries in Female Players during Sports
Activities” published in The Shield-Research Journal of Physical Education & Sports Science,
Vol. 01, 2006.
17. “Historical Background and Development of Physical Education and its Impact in Sindh”
published in The University of Sindh Arts Research Journal, Vol. XXXIII, 1998-2001
Professional Experience
• Incharge Director Sports (Boys) University of Sindh, Jamshoro from 2004 to date
• Member of Syndicate, University of Sindh, Jamshoro from 2000 to 2004
• Member of Sindh University Purchase Committee from 2002 to 2004
• Member of Convocation Hall Management Committee
• Member of Convocation Refreshment Committee
• Member & Expert of Sports Selection Committee from 2008 to date at Quaid-e-Awam
University of Engineering, Science & Technology, Nawabshah
• Member & Expert of Selection Board of Sindh Agriculture University, Tando Jam-2012
5
• Paper Setter of Sindh Public Service Commission, Hyderabad-2012.
• Member of Curriculum Committee, Higher Education Commission, Islamabad.
Coaching Experience
Badminton
• Boys Degree College Gambat 1984 – 1986
• University of Sindh 1992 – 1996
• Pakistan University Team 1996 – 1998
• Badminton National Level
• Shooting Ball National Level
• Volley Ball Sindh Level
As Resource Person
1. Athletics Officiating Training & Coaching Course organized by Mehran University of

Engineering & Technology, Jamshoro in collaboration with Higher Education,
Commission, Islamabad from June 25 to 28, 2004.
2. Principles of Health, Fitness, Sports Administration and Adaption Course organized by

Mehran University of Engineering & Technology, Jamshoro in collaboration with Higher
Education, Commission, Islamabad from June 24 to 29, 2005.
3. Athletics Officiating Training & Coaching Course organized by Mehran University of

Engineering & Technology, Jamshoro in collaboration with Higher Education,
Commission, Islamabad from June 24 to 29, 2006.
6
4. Athletics Training, Nutrition & Advance Coaching Course organized by Mehran
University of Engineering & Technology, Jamshoro in collaboration with Higher
5. International Workshop on Sports Injuries: It’s Management, Prevention & Rehabilitation

organized by Centre for Health & Physical Education in collaboration with Higher
Education, Commission, Islamabad from January 09 to 11, 2007.
6. Sports Management with Special Reference to Handball Course organized by Mehran
University of Engineering & Technology, Jamshoro in collaboration with Higher
7. Sports Management with Special Reference to Athletics Training Course organized by

8. Workshop on Sports Administration and Management organized by Higher Education

Commission, Islamabad from August 11 to 16, 2009.
9. Talent Identification, Organizing an event and Developing Coaches Course organized by

Education, Commission, Islamabad from June 28 to July 02, 2010.
10. Sports Orientation Course organized by Mehran University of Engineering & Technology,
Jamshoro in collaboration with Higher Education, Commission, Islamabad from June 26
to 30, 2011.
Languages: (Read, Write & Speak)
• English
• Urdu
• Sindhi
7
CURRICULUM VITAE
Name: Prof. Dr. Yasmeen Iqbal
(E-mail yasmeen.qureshi@hotmail.com)
hpe_su_jamshoro@yahoo.com
+92-0321-3047286
Father's Name: Qamar-uz-Zaman Khan
Date of Birth: 16 July, 1955.
N.I.C. No.: 41306-3771264-2
Post Held: (a) Professor in Department of Sports Sciences at “The
University of Lahore, Main Campus”
Joining date at The University of Lahore: Feb 01, 2016

Academic Qualification:
a) Master of Arts in Political Science, University of Sindh, Pakistan (1975).
b) Post Graduate Diploma in Public Administration, University of Sindh, Jamshoro,
Pakistan (1976)
c) Bachelor Degree in Physical Education, University of Karachi, Karachi, Pakistan (1979)
d) Master Degree in Health and Physical Education, University of Sindh, Jamshoro,
Pakistan (1991).
e) Course on Women's Health from University of Melbourne, Australia (1994)
f) Diploma in Athletics held at Islamabad, Pakistan.
g) Doctorate in Health & Physical Education titled “Social class differences in Sports
participation among female students in Sindh”, Pakistan. (2000-2004).
Professional Experience (Academic):

1) Ph.D Examiner to Ali Garh Muslim University, Ali Garh, India.
2) Presented Research Paper on “Talent Identification and Development” a Multi-disciplinary
approach at Berlin, Germany” in 2006.
3) Presented Research Paper on Physical Education and Sports Sciences held at Kasturba
Medical University Manipal, India from April 28 to30, 2006 and Received the best
presentation award at Kasturba Medical University Manipal, India.
4) Visited Zibo Teachers College, Peoples Republic of China as a Visiting Scholar (1995).
5) Appointed Hon. Professor to Zibo Teachers College, Peoples Republic of China (1995).
6) Convener, National Curriculum Revision Committee in Physical Education for
Higher Education, Islamabad.
7) Convener, Board of Studies in Health and Physical & Education Curriculum,
8) Member Peer Review Committee “The National Journal of Physiotherapy” Kasturba
Medical University, Manipal, India.
1
9) Member Academic Council, University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
10) Member, Board of Studies in Health and Physical & Education Curriculum, Gomal
University, D.I. Khan.
11) Member, Board of Studies in Health and Physical & Education Curriculum, Shah
Abdul Latif University, Khairpur.
12) Editor-The Shield-(ISSN-1991-8410)-International Journal of Physical Education &
Sports Science published by Centre for Physical Education, Health & Sports Science,
University of Sindh, Jamshoro, Pakistan
13) “Best Paper Award” at International Conference on Physical Education and Sports
Sciences held at Manipal between 28th & 30th April, 2006
14) Member Editorial Board of International Research Journal of Experimental Sciences-
(ISSN-2218-1768) Available Online: http://jexpsciences.com/
Professional Experience (Sports):
1) President, Pakistan Gymnastic Federation (Women Wing).
2) Member, Sindh University Sports Board since 1978.
3) Member, Selection Committee for Pakistan University Women's Hockey, Table
Tennis, Athletics, Tennis and Badminton Teams for National Championships held at
different places of Pakistan.
4) Deputy Manager, Pakistan Women's Athletic Team at South Asian (SAF) Games
held at Islamabad.
5) Regional Representative (Hyderabad Region) for Pakistan Cricket Board.
National / International Honor / Awards:
a) Represented as Manager Pakistan Combine Universities Girls Gymnastic Team at
Bangkok, Thailand in 2007.
b) Visited India being a member of Pakistan Youth Hostel Association under the Youth
Hostel Leader Exchange Program, December 2004.
c) Manager, Pakistan Gymnastic Girls Team at 2nd Islamic Countries Women's Solidarity
Games at Tehran, Iran, in 1997.
d) Visited Tehran, Iran as Manager, Pakistan University Table-Tennis Team in 1995.
e) Visited Helifex, Nova Scotia, Canada as Group Leader of Pakistan Youth Delegation
under Canada World Youth Programme in 1990-91.
f) Conferred Hon. Citizenship of Nova Scotia, Canada by the Governor of Nova Scotia
for the excellence of Youth Programme in Canada (1990).
g) Awarded Gold Medal (Pride of Performance) for University of Sindh, Sports
excellence in 1978.
h) Organizing Secretary, National Basket Ball Women’s Championship held at
2
i) Member, Organizing Committee at National Seerat Conference held at University of
Sindh, Jamshoro, Pakistan.
j) Regional Representative Pakistan Cricket Board, Women Wing for Hyderabad

Region.
Author / Editor of Books:
1) Research Methods in Physical Education (1996)
2) Science of Physical Education, 1997
3) Sports Injuries: Prevention and Treatment (1997).
Published Research Papers:

1) "Public Administration and its Utility in Physical Education". Published in Research
Journal "The Government" (1993).
2) "Importance of Footwork in Sports Performance: The Japanese Experience".
Published in Asia Pacific Research Journal (1993).
3) "Physical Fitness and Mental Workout in Japan: A Psycho-Social Study". Published
in Asia Pacific Research Journal (1994).
4) "Democratic Ideals: A case study of Health and Physical Education students. Volume-I
1994, Published in Social Science Research Journal of Sindh University (1994).
5) "Fat Bodies: A major concern of Asian Women". Published in Asia Pacific Research
Journal Volume-14 (1995).
6) “The Role of Physical Education in a Democratic Society". 2001 –Vol. 3, Research
Journal of Social Sciences.
7) ‘The Role of Physical Education: A new vision for young generation’ Research
8) ‘The Origin contemporary sports: A study of Euro American States” Research
9) “Impact of motivation on the performance of Women Athletes”, Publication in
Sindhological Studies 2005.
10) The Impact of Exercise on Longevity: An Assessment of a Physical Educationist.
Research Journal of Social Sciences, University of Sindh Volume 6 & 7, 2006.
11) Socio-political Analysis of 1986 Seoul Olympics Games. ‘Asia Pacific’, Research
Journal of Far East & South East Asia Study Centre. (accepted for publication)
12) Importance, Objectives and Limitations in Physical Education Research: A academic
analysis (in Sindhi) published in Sindhi Adab-2005, Research Journal of Institute of
Sindhology, University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
13) Analytical study of the Factors involved in the Enhancement of Performance in
Sports Competitions Published in “The Shield”, Research Journal of Physical
3
Education & Sports Sciences, University of Sindh, Jamshoro Volume 1, 2006.
14) Socio-biological Aspects of Women participation in sports: An analytical study
(accepted for publication) University of Karachi, Karachi.
15) Sports Injuries: Self Help (in Sindhi) to be published in Sindhi Adab of Institute of
Sindhology, University of Sindh in 2006.
16) Gender differences in emotional intelligence among professional athletes of
Hyderabad City published in “The Shield”-Research Journal of Physical Education &
17) An Investigation of Misconception of Females’ Participation in Sports competitions
in traditionalist Society of Pakistan published in “The Shield”-Research Journal of
18) Avoiding health risks through physical movements: Significance and Analysis
published in “The Shield”-Research Journal of Physical Education & Sports Science,
University of Sindh, Jamshoro. Vol. 04, 2009.
19) The relationship between sport activities, academic achievements and personality dynamics
of High School Students in Sindh published in “The Shield”-International Journal of
20) Sports as a Dynamic Force in the Development of relation among Nations in Global
Politics published in “The Shield”-International Journal of Physical Education & Sports
Science, University of Sindh, Jamshoro. Vol. 06, 2011.
21) “Knowledge, Attitude, Prevalence and factors leading to smoking among Students of
the Center for Physical Education and Sports Science, University of Sindh, Jamsoro,
Pakistan” in African Journal for Physical, Health Education, Recreation and Dance
(AJPHERD), Vol. 17(2), 2011
22) Muslim female athletes in Sports and Dress Code: Major obstacle in International
Competitions published in Journal of Experimental Sciences, India, Vol. 02, No. 11,
2011. http://jexpsciences.com/
23) Physical activities among college students participating in sports pertaining to socio-
cultural conditions of Sindh published in “The Shield”-International Journal of Physical
Education & Sports Science, University of Sindh, Jamshoro. Vol. 07, 2012.
24) Attitude of Female Lecturers in Physical Education towards Profession published by
Macrothink Institute, USA in International Journal of Learning and Development,
Vol. 2, No. 4, 2012. www.macrothink.org/ijld
25) “Community beliefs, attitude and awareness about child obesity” published in “The
Shield”-International Journal of Physical Education & Sports Science, University of
4
Sindh, Jamshoro. Vol. 08, 2013.
26) “Significance of advance technology using modern equipments in International sports
competitions” published in “The Shield”-International Journal of Physical Education &
5
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 7
Subject: Approval of New Degree program Doctor of Optometry (OD) offered
by Faculty of Allied Health Sciences, Islamabad Campus
The Dean, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences has proposed to start new degree program
Doctor of Optometry (OD) to be offered by Department of Optometry and Vision Sciences,
Faculty of Allied Health Sciences at Islamabad Campus from Fall Semester 2017 (Annexure–I).
The details of the program are available at Annexure–II.
The degree program has already been approved by the Board of Studies and Board of
Faculty Allied Health Sciences (Annexure–III).
The matter is submitted before the Academic Council for consideration and approval.
(Annexure-I)
Program: Doctor of Optometry

Short Title: OD
Credit Hours: 172
Eligibility: F.Sc Pre-Medical with minimum Second Division or equivalent
Semester details for Doctor of Optometry
Semester-I
Course Code Couse Title Credits

OD-101 Human Anatomy & Histology 4(3-1)
OD-102 General Physiology 4(3-1)
OD-103 Biochemistry and Genetics 4(3-1)
OD-104 Primary Eye Care 1(1-0)
OD-105 Functional English 3(3-0)
OD-106 Pakistan Studies 2(2-0)
Credit Hours : 18
Semester-II

OD-107 General Pathology 3(3-0)
OD-108 General and Ocular Pharmacology 2(2-0)
OD-109 Ocular Anatomy 3(3-0)
OD-110 Ocular Physiology 3(3-0)
OD-111 Screening Observations 2(2-0)
OD-112 Islamic Studies 2(2-0)
English-B (communication, technical writing & presentation
OD-113 skills) 3(3-0)
Credit Hours : 19
Semester-III

OD-114 Community Medicine 2(2-0)
OD-115 Clinical medicine 3(3-0)
OD-116 Geometrical and Physical optics 3(3-0)
OD-117 Vision Sciences 3(2-1)
OD-118 Ocular Disease Basics – I 3(3-0)
OD-119 Communication skills 3(3-0)
OD-120 Introduction to Computers 3(2-1)
Credit Hours : 20
Semester-IV

OD-121 Optometric Procedures-I 3(2-1)
OD-122 Ophthalmic Nursing 1(1-0)
OD-123 Ocular Disease Basic – II 3(3-0)
OD-124 Physiological and Visual Optics 3(3-0)
OD-125 Refraction 3(1-2)
OD-126 Mathematics for Optometry 2(2-0)
OD-127 Behavioral Sciences 2(2-0)
Credit Hours : 17
Semester-V

OD-128 Fundamentals of Surgery 2(2-0)
OD-129 Ophthalmic Dispensing I 3(2-1)
OD-130 Strabismus +
2(2-0)
OD-131 Optometric Procedures II (instrumentation) 3(2-1)
OD-132 Advance Ocular Diseases I 3(3-0)
OD-133 Advance Refraction and visual functions 3(2-1)
OD-134 Medical Ethics 1(1-0)
OD-135 Clinical Practice 1(0-1)
Credit Hours : 19
Semester-VI

OD-136 Ophthalmic Dispensing II 3(2-1)
OD-137 Contact lens I 2(2-0)
OD-138 Low Vision I 2(2-0)
OD-139 BSV and Orthoptic Techniques (Amblyopia) 3(3-0)
OD-140 Pediatric Optometry 3(2-1)
OD-142 Applied Statistics for Optometrists 2(2-0)
Credit Hours : 18
Semester-VII

OD-143 Low Vision rehabilitation and Geriatrics 3(3-0)
OD-144 Neuro-Ophthalmology 3(3-0)
OD-145 Contact Lens II 3(3-0)
OD-146 Clinical Refraction and instrumentation 2(2-0)
OD-147 Public Health Optometry 2(2-0)
OD-149 Advance Ocular Diseases II 3(3-0)
Credit Hours : 19
Semester-VIII

OD-150 Clinical Reasoning and Diagnostic Procedures 2(2-0)
OD-151 Clinical Problem Solving 2(2-0)
OD-152 Basic & Advance Ocular diseases 2(2-0)
OD-154 Ocular Pharmacology 2(2-0)
Credit Hours : 12
Semester-XI

OD-155 Clinical Rotations I(Refraction, screening and Pediatric care) 6(0-6)
OD-156 Clinical Rotations II (Contact Lens, dispensing, low vision) 6(0-6)
Clinical Rotations III (Diagnostic & Paeds & Ophthalmology
OD-157 clinic) 6(0-6)
Credit Hours : 18
Semester-X
OD-158 Clinical Rotation IV (Vireo-retina Clinic & Glaucoma Clinic) 6(0-6)
Research methodology and applied statistics and Research
OD-159 Project 6(2-4)
Credit Hours : 12
Total Credit Hours: 172
(Annexure -II)
Doctor of Optometry (OD)

(Five Years/ Ten Semesters)
Program: Doctor of Optometry
Short Title: OD
Credit Hours: 175
Eligibility: F.Sc Pre-Medical with minimum Second Division or equivalent
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Internal Assessment – 20% Mid Semester Examination – 30% Final Semester Examination – 50%
Note:- Course outline covers all contents of the subjects is as prescribed by HEC.
Semester-I

OD-101 Human Anatomy & Histology 4(3-1)
OD-102 General Physiology 4(3-1)
OD-103 Biochemistry and Genetics 4(3-1)
Credit Hours : 18
Human Anatomy & Histology

Course Code OD-101 Human Anatomy & Histology 4(3-1)
Anatomy
Basic Anatomical Concepts: Terms of position and movement, basic tissues and structures
Anatomy of Skull: General features, cranial bones (frontal, parietal, occipital, sphenoid, ethmoid) facial
bones, specific features of skull sutures, par nasal sinuses, foramina, fontanels, nasal septum
Head & Neck: introduction, contents of carotid sheath, superficial structure of face and scalp, parotid
gland, masseter, temoralis and infratemporal fossa, digastrics and styloid muscle, mylohyoid and related
structures, pterygopalatine fossa, nasal cavity and par nasal air sinuses, palate, pharynx, larynx, cranium
and contents, neuroanatomy
Anatomy of muscular system: types, skeletal muscle structure, important skeletal muscles, muscles of
facial expression, mastication, muscles that move the head, overview of trunk, upper and lower limb
muscles.
Anatomy of nervous system: main divisions of CNS and peripheral, ANS. Brief anatomical description of
brain stem, cerebrum, cerebellum, diencephalon, cranial nerves, spinal cord anatomy.
Eye: overview of eye, general structures of eye
Ear: overview of ear, general structures of ear (external, middle and inner ear)
Histology
Methods: overview of methods used in histology, tissue preparation, histochemistry and cytochemistry,
microscopy.
The cell cytoplasm: overview of nucleus, membranous organelles, non-membranous organelles,
inclusions, cytoplasmic matrix
The cell nucleus: overview of nucleus, nuclear components, cell renewal, cell cycle, cell death
Tissues: overview of tissues, epithelium, connective tissue, muscle tissue, nerve tissue, identifying
tissues, blood vessels
Epithelial tissue: overview of epithelial structure and function, classification of epithelium, cell polarity,
the apical domain and its modifications, the lateral domain and its specialization in cell to cell adhesion,
the base domain and its specialization in cell to extracellular matrix adhesion, glands, histogenesis of
epithelium, epithelial cell renewal
Connective Tissue: general structures and functions of connective tissue, embryonic connective tissue,
connective tissue fibers, connective tissue proper, extracellular matrix, connective tissue cells
Cytology/Gen Histology: ultra-structure and function of cell, plasma membrane, nucleus, mitochondria
and other cell organelles in brief, basic tissues, epithelium, connective tissue muscular and nervous
tissue
Embryology
Phases of embryonic development, Blastomere, Morula, Blastula
Gastrulation: formation of 3 germ layers Derivatives of three germ layers
Neural crest and derivatives Embryonic or fetal membranes
Placenta and its functions
Practical:
• Microscope
• Identification of skeleton and skull bones (bones comprising base of skull orbits)
• Identification of organs and visears
• Identification of histological tissues
• Epithelial tissues- Squamous, columnar, cuboidal
• Connective tissue- skeletal muscles, cardiac and smooth muscles
• Cytology-mitosis
Recommended Books:
1. Goslin, Harris, Whitore and Willan; Human Anatomy, 4th edition
2. Michael H. Ross and Wojciech Powlina; Histology 5th edition
3. Romanses, G.R.; Curaninghan’s Manual of Practical Anatomy vol 3, Head and neck and brain,
Oxford University Press, 2004
General Physiology
course Code OD-102 General Physiology 4(3-1)
Introduction to general physiology: the cell and general physiology, functional organization of human
body and control of the ‘internal environment’
Homeostasis and Cell physiology: the cell and its functions
Blood Cells, Immunity and Blood Clotting
Membrane physiology: transport of substances through the cell membrane, Lipid Bilayer and Transport
across the Cell
Nerve and muscle physiology: nerve- action potential, contraction of skeletal muscles, excitation of
skeletal muscles, contraction and excitation of smooth muscles
Nervous system: general design of the nervous system, major levels of central nervous system function,
autonomic nervous system
Special senses: optics of vision, receptor and neural function of retina, overview of ear and its functions
and structures. Overview of nose and its structures and functions
Introduction to endocrinology
Basics of human genetics
Immunology
Practical
• Microscope, structure and function
• Study of Neubar chamber
• Estimation of hemoglobin by Sahli’s method
• Estimation of differential leukocyte count
• Estimation of total leukocyte count
• Determination of blood group
• Determination of bleeding time
• Determination of clotting time
• Determination of body temperature
• Clinical examination of arterial pulse
• Clinical examination of Precordium
• Determination of blood pressure in man
• Determination of effect on B.P
Recommended Books
Guyton, A.C & John E. Hall, Medical Physiology, 10th edition, Elsevier India, New Delhi 2004
Harvey A.R & P.C Champe, Pharmacology Lippincott’s Illustrated Reviews Baltimore, Maryland, India
2011
Biochemistry and Genetics

Course Code OD-103 Biochemistry and Genetics 4(3-1)
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This course provides the knowledge and skills in fundamental organic chemistry and introductory
biochemistry that are essential for further studies
It covers basic biochemical, cellular, biological and microbiological processes, basic chemical reactions in
the prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, the structure of biological molecules, introduction to the nutrients
i.e. carbohydrates, fats, enzymes, nucleic acids and amino acids. The nutritional biochemistry concludes
the course.
COURSE OUTLINE:
CELL:
• Introduction to Biochemistry
• Cell: (Biochemical Aspects)
• Cell Membrane Structure
• Membrane Proteins
• Receptors & Signal Molecules
BODY FLUIDS:
• Structure and properties of Water
• Weak Acids & Bases
• Concept of pH & pK
• Buffers, their mechanism of action
• Body buffers
BIOMOLECULES:
AMINO ACIDS, PEPTIDES & PROTEINS
• Amino acids: Classification
• Acid-Base Properties
• Functions & Significance.
• Protein Structure, Primary, Secondary & Super secondary. &,
• Structural Motifs
• Tertiary & Quaternary Structures of Proteins
• Protein Domains
• Classification of Proteins
• Fibrous proteins (collagens and elastins ) & Globular proteins
ENZYMES:
• Introduction
• Classification & Properties of Enzymes
• Coenzymes
• Isozymes & Proenzymes
• Regulation & Inhibition of Enzyme activity & enzymes inhibitors
• Clinical Diagnostic Enzymology
• CARBOHYDRATES:
• Definition
• Classification
• Biochemical Functions & Significance of Carbohydrates
• Structure & Properties of Monosaccharides & Oligosaccharides
• Structure & Properties of Polysaccharides
• Bacterial cell Wall
• Heteropolysaccharides
• GAGS.
LIPIDS:
• Classification of Lipids
• Fatty Acids: Chemistry
• Classification occurrence & Functions
• Structure & Properties of Triacylglycerols and Complex Lipids
• Classification & Functions of Eicosanoids
• Cholesterol: Chemistry, Functions & Clinical Significance
• Bile acids/salts.
NUCLEIC ACIDS:
• Structure, Functions & Biochemical Role of Nucleotides
• Structure & Functions of DNA
• Structure & Functions of RNA.
NUTRITIONAL BIOCHEMISTRY:
• MINERALS & TRACE ELEMENTS
• Sources
• RDA
• Biochemical Functions & Clinical Significance of Calcium & Phosphorus Sources
• RDA
• Biochemical Functions & Clinical Significance of Sodium Potassium& Chloride
• Metabolism of Iron, Cu, Zn, Mg, Mn, Se, I,F.
• VITAMINS:
• Sources
• RDA
• Biochemical Functions & Clinical Significance of Fat Soluble Vitamins
• Sources
• RDA
• Biochemical Functions & Clinical Significance of Water Soluble
• Vitamins.
NUTRITION:
• Dietary Importance of Carbohydrates, Lipids & Proteins
• Balanced Diet.
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY:
• DNA Replication & Repair in Prokaryotes
• DNA Replication & Repair in Eukaryotes
RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS:
1. Harper’s Biochemistry by Robbert K. Murray, Daryl K. Granner, Peter A.
Mayes, Victor W. Rodwell, Latest Ed.
2. Lippincott’s Illustrated Review of Biochemistry by Pamela C. Champe
and Richard A. Harvey, Latest Ed.
3. Practical Clinical Biochemistry by Varley.
4. Textbook of Biochemistry by Devlin, 5th Ed.
5. Textbook of Medical Biochemistry Vol-I and II by M.A. Hashmi.
Biochemistry by Stryer, Lubert, Latest Ed
Primary Eye Care

• Eye anatomy and functions

• Primary eye care introduction
• Primary eye care examination
• Common sight problems
• Case history
• Basic care for common eye infections
• First aid of eye injuries
• Safety measures to prevent ocular injuries
• Role of hygiene and sanitation to prevent ocular infections
• Role of nutrition to prevent ocular disorders
• Care of lenses
• Care of ophthalmic instruments
• Caring for the blind
• Epidemiology trends and healthcare implications
• Microeconomics and other social parameters as they affect the eye care in daily routine
• Role of primary care optometrists
Recommended Books:
1. Grosvenor, P.T, Primary care optometry, 2nd edition, Allama Iqbal open University, Islamabad
2002
2. Elliott D.B, Clinical procedures in primary eye care
FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH
Objectives:
Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking.
COURSE CONTENTS:
Basics of Grammar
Parts of speech and use of articles
Sentence structure, active and passive voice
Practice in unified sentence
Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure
Transitive and intransitive verbs
Punctuation and spelling.
Comprehension
Answers to questions on a given text
Discussion
General topics and every-day conversation (topics for discussion to be at the discretion of the teacher
keeping in view the level of students)
Listening
To be improved by showing documentaries/films carefully selected by subject teachers
Translation skills
Urdu to English
Paragraph writing
Topics to be chosen at the discretion of the teacher
Presentation skills
Introduction
Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building.
Functional English
Grammar
1. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. Exercises 1. Third edition.
Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492
Writing
1. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet. Oxford
Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 0 19 435405 7 Pages 20-27 and 35-41.
2. Reading/Comprehension
3. Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third
Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 453402 2.
4. Speaking.
PAKISTAN STUDIES (COMPULSORY)

Introduction/Objectives:
Develop vision of historical perspective, government, politics, contemporary Pakistan, ideological
background of Pakistan.
Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age and posing
challenges to Pakistan.
COURSE OUTLINE:
Historical Perspective
Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama Muhammad Iqbal and
Quaid-e-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah.
Factors leading to Muslim separatism
People and Land
Indus Civilization
Muslim advent
Location and geo-physical features.
Government and Politics in Pakistan
1947-58
1958-71
1971-77
1977-88
1988-99
1999 onward
Contemporary Pakistan
Economic institutions and issues
Society and social structure
Ethnicity
Foreign policy of Pakistan and challenges
Futuristic outlook of Pakistan
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Burki, Shahid Javed. State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd 1980.
2. Akbar, S. Zaidi. Issue in Pakistan’s Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2000.
3. S. M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring. Pakistan’s Foreign policy: An Historical analysis. Karachi: Oxford
University Press, 1993.
4. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Political Roots & Development. Lahore, 1994.
5. Wilcox, Wayne.The Emergence of Banglades., Washington: American Enterprise, Institute of Public
Policy Research, 1972.
6. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Kayyun Toota, Lahore: Idara-e-Saqafat-e-Islamia, Club Road, nd.
7. Amin, Tahir. Ethno - National Movement in Pakistan, Islamabad: Institute of Policy Studies,
Islamabad.
8. Ziring, Lawrence. Enigma of Political Development. Kent England: WmDawson & sons Ltd, 1980.
9. Zahid, Ansar. History & Culture of Sindh. Karachi: Royal Book Company, 1980.
10. Afzal, M. Rafique. Political Parties in Pakistan, Vol. I, II & III. Islamabad: National Institute of
Historical and cultural Research, 1998.
11. Sayeed, Khalid Bin. The Political System of Pakistan. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1967.
12. Aziz, K.K. Party, Politics in Pakistan, Islamabad: National Commission on Historical and Cultural
Research, 1976.
13. Muhammad Waseem, Pakistan Under Martial Law, Lahore: Vanguard, 1987.
Haq, Noor ul. Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspective. Islamabad: National Commission on
Historical and Cultural Research, 1993.
Semester-II

English-B (communication, technical writing & presentation
OD-113 skills) 3(3-0)
Credit Hours : 21
General Pathology
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course will provide knowledge about the mechanism of cell death and various response of body to
exogenous factors.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
At the end of the session student will be able to have knowledge about the response of body to foreign
body.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
General Pathology Walter J. B. & I. C. Talkot
General & Systemic Pathology dition South Western Underwood J. C. E.
Basic Pathology Kumar Et al
General Pathology Levinson & Jarvets Micro Microbiology & Immunology
Lecture Title of Chapter Contents

Number
1 Cell Adaptations//Normal Cell • Degeneration,
2 Cell Adaptations//Normal Cell • Atrophy, Dystrophy, Hypertrophy, Metaplasia,

Cell Injury & Causes
3 Cell Adaptations//Normal Cell • Degeneration,
4 Cell Adaptations//Normal Cell • Atrophy, Dystrophy, Hypertrophy, Metaplasia,

Cell Injury & Causes
5 The normal cell • Apoptosis and necrosis
9 Lymphatic System • Anatomy, functions, diseases
13 Inflammation • Acute
17 Inflammation • Chronic
21 Hemodynamic Disorders • Edema, hemorrhage, congestion, hyperaemia,
22 Hemodynamic Disorders • Edema, hemorrhage, congestion, hyperaemia

25 Hemodynamic changes/ • Thrombosis

Disorders

Disorders

Disorders

Disorders
29 Immunology • Hypersensitivity
33 Mid Term
34 The body defense system • Wound healing.Immune system.

• Viral infection/ Common congenital defects



38 Techniques • Techniques available in pathology.

• Chemical and physical analysis of substances of
biological interest.
• DNA analysis

• DNA analysis

• DNA analysis

• DNA analysis
42 Immunology • Immune deficiencies

• Autoimmunity

• Autoimmunity

• Autoimmunity

• Autoimmunity
46 Respiratory system • Inflammations and congenital disorders

• Obstructive diseases



• Obstructive diseases.
50 CVS and CNS • Diseases of CVS and CNS.

54 Introduction • Bacteriology, Virology.
58 Introduction • Mycology, Parasitology
62 The normal cell • Cell types, structure of cell, Cell membranes,

movements of cell.
• genetic and environmental causes of disease,
diagnostic pathology

movements of cell.

movements of cell.
General and Ocular Pharmacology

1. Only an introduction will be given of the banned and obsolete drug products.
2. While dealing with Pharmacology stress should be laid to the group actions of related drugs and
only important differences should be discussed of the individual drugs placed in same group.
3. Newly introduced drugs should be included in the syllabus while drugs with no clinical and
therapeutic values ought to be excluded from syllabus at any time.
4. The prototype drugs in each group from the latest edition of the recommended books.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Pharmacological basis of Therapeutics Goodman Gillman
Basic and Clinical Pharmacology Katzung B G,
Clinical Ocular Pharmacology Jimmy D Bartlett & Siret D. Jaanus
Lippincott’s illustrated Reviews Pharmacology Richard D.Howland, Mary J.Myck
Pharmacology H.P.Rang & M.M.Dale

Number
1 Pharmokinetic Introduction: History, drug sources, routes of

administration, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics
2 Absorption, distribution, volume of distribution
3 biotransformation phase I & II reactions, factors influencing

biotransformation
4 excretion, rate, ratio, body clearance
5 Definition of (Bioavailability & Bioequivalence, Therapeutic Index,

Plasma Half Life (t½), Dose-Response Curve, Area under Curve,
Volume
of Distribution, dose response curve, graded & quantal.
6 Pharmocodynamic Pharmacodynamics: Drug receptors and theories, types of

receptors
7 ANS introduction
8 Cholinergic agonist-classification, prototype drug, MoA, therapeutic

uses
9 cholinergic antagonist
10 Adrenergic agonist
11 Adrenergic antagonist
12 Review
13 Sedatives and hypnotics Sedatives and hypnotics

antidepressants
anxiolytics
CNS stimulants
14 Sedatives and hypnotics

antidepressants
anxiolytics
CNS stimulants
15 Sedatives and hypnotics

antidepressants
anxiolytics
CNS stimulants
16 Sedatives and hypnotics Sedatives and hypnotics

antidepressants
anxiolytics
CNS stimulants
17 Anesthetics
Antianginal
Antihypertensive
Diuretics
18 Anesthetics
Antianginal
Antihypertensive
Diuretics
19 Anesthetics
Antianginal
Antihypertensive
Diuretics
20 Anesthetics
Antianginal
Antihypertensive
Diuretics
21 Anti-inflammatory drugs Anti-inflammatory drugs
Chemotherapy: antibacterials
Cell wall inhibitors, protein synthesis inhibitors
nucleic acid inhibitors
22 Anti-inflammatory drugs
25 Antimicrobial drugs Antifungals

Antivirals
Antivirals
Anticancer
26 Antifungals
Antivirals
Antivirals
Anticancer
27 Antimicrobial drugs Antifungals

Antivirals
Antivirals
Anticancer
28 Antifungals
Antivirals
Antivirals
Anticancer
29 Anticancer Anticancer
Immunosuppresants
Review
Review
30 Anticancer
Immunosuppresants
Review
Review
31 Anticancer
Immunosuppresants
Review
Review
32 Anticancer
Immunosuppresants
Review
Review
33 Topical administration of drugs 1. Topical administration of drugs

2. Opthalmic solutions: ointments, drops, gels
3. Cholinergic stimulating drugs for eyes
4. Anticholinergic drugs used for eye
34 1. Topical administration of drugs



37 Adrenergic 1. Adrenergic stimulating drugs used for eyes

2. Adrenergic blocking drugs for eyes
3. Carbonic anhydrase inhibitors.
4. Hyperosmotic agents
38 1. Adrenergic stimulating drugs used for eyes


41 Antiglaucoma drugs 1. Antiglaucoma drugs: Classification, prototype drug

2. Antiglaucoma drugs: MoA of all classes
3. Antiglaucoma drugs: uses, ADRs
4. Anti inflammatory drugs: Classification ,MOA
42 1. Antiglaucoma drugs: Classification, prototype drug



45 1. Anti inflammatory drugs: uses, ADRs

2. antifungals for eye: Classification, MoA, uses, ADRs
3. Antibacterials for eye: Classification, MoA, uses, ADRs
4. Antivirals for eye: Classification, MoA, uses, ADRs


48 Anti inflammatory drugs 1. Anti inflammatory drugs: uses, ADRs

49 1. Antivirals for eye: Classification, MoA, uses, ADRs

2. Steroids for eye: Classification, MOA
3. Steroids: drug interaction, uses, ADRs
4. NSAIDS: Classification MOA



53 NSAIDS 1. NSAIDS: uses, ADRs

2. Antiallergic drugs
3. Antiallergic drugs: Classification, MoA, uses, ADRs
54 1. NSAIDS: uses, ADRs


57 Anesthetics • Anesthetics: Classification, MoA, uses, ADR

• Review
58 1. Anesthetics: Classification, MoA, uses, ADR

2. Review
59 1. Anesthetics: Classification, MoA, uses, ADR

2. Review
60 • Anesthetics: Classification, MoA, uses, ADR

• Review
61 Special aspect of geriatric 1. Special aspect of geriatric pharmacology

pharmacology 2. Special aspect of geriatric pharmacology
3. Effects of systemic medications on eye
4. Review
62 1. Special aspect of geriatric pharmacology

2. Special aspect of geriatric pharmacology
4. Review

4. Review

4. Review
Ocular anatomy
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course will provide knowledge low vision its importance and clinical assessments.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
At the end of the session student will be able to have knowledge about anatomy of an eye
RECOMMENDED BOOKS

number
1. Introduction to eye
2. Development of an eye Embryological view of an eye
3. Orbit Salient features like position, Shape, Walls, important, relations of

the orbit,
4. Orbits Important openings of the orbit, Contents of the orbit.
5. Extra ocular muscles insertion ,origin in eye ,orbit
6. Extra ocular muscles ,blood supply nerve supply
7. Extra ocular muscles Cardinal position ,
8. Eyelid Structure, layers ,
9. blood supply nerve supply
10. Eye lids glands
11. Conjunctiva Structure, types ,
12. Blood supply nerve supply ,lymphatic drainage
13. Cornea Structure its layers
14. Blood supply ,nerve supply

15. Endothelial pump, transparency
16. Sclera Structures, layers
17. Blood supply nerve supply, lymphatic drainage
18. Angle of eye
19. Lens Structure, layers,
20. Blood supply nerve supply, lymphatic drainage
21. Accommodation structural involved
22. Accommodation
23. Accommodation
24. Lacrimal system System, structure involved ,
25. Glands, accessory gland
26. Angels of the eyes
27. Aqueous Composition
28. Synthesis
29. drainage system
30. Uveal tract Structure
31. Ciliary body , iris
32. Choroid
33. Vitreous Composition ,
34. Structure
35. Retina Structure ,layers
36. Blood supply nerve supply

37. Rods Structure, location ,cycle
38. Cones Structure, location ,types
39. Optic nerve Structure, layers
40. Parts
41. Visual path way Involvement of neurons
42. Optic chaism
43. Optic tract, LGB
44. Visual cortex Area 17
45. Visual cortex Area 17,18,
Ocular Physiology
Basic concept: importance of physiology in medical approach to ocular disease process, neurological
and immunological process in relation to eye and vision
Recommended Books
1. Khurana A.K, Anatomy and Physiology of Eye; CBS Publishers, India
2. Guyton, A.C & John E. Hall, Medical Physiology, 10th edition, Elsevier India, New Delhi 2004
3. Bhattacharya B, textbook of Visual Science and Clinical Optometry, Jaypee 2009
Ocular Physiology:
• Orbit : physiology, periorbita, orbital fascia, surgical spaces in orbit, orbital fat and reticular
tissue, contents of orbit, apertures at the base of orbit
• Eyelid and eye brows: physiology, eyelid movements
• Tear film: physiology and biochemistry
• Extraocular muscles : physiology, ocular motility, basic kinematics, mechanics of action of EOM,
agonist, antagonist, synergists, yoke muscles, laws governing ocular motility, ocular movements,
supranuclear control of eye movements
• Lacrimal apparatus: physiology
• Conjunctiva: physiology and biochemistry
• Cornea and limbus : physiology and biochemistry
• Sclera: physiology
• Iris and Pupil : physiology, papillary reflexes, pharmacology of pupils and abnormality of pupil
reflexes(RAPD)
• Aqueous Humor and IOP : physiology and biochemistry, Ocular Rigidity
• Ciliary body: physiology
• Choroid : physiology
• Lens: physiology and biochemistry, accommodation
• Retina : photo transduction/photochemistry, neurophysiology of vision, visual adaptations,
ocular hemodynamis, Blood aqueous barrier, blood retinal barrier
• Optic nerve : physiology
• Vitreous: physiology and biochemistry
• Central visual pathways : physiology
• Physiology of vision
Screening Observations
Recommended Books
Grosvenor, P.T; Primary care Optometry, 2nd edition, Allam Iqbal open university, Islamabad 2002
Introduction to optometry and its various classes,
Introduction to screening observations, children’s vision screening, screening in infants and toddlers
and adults, purpose of screening, difference between screening and eye exam, importance of vision
screening, planning and preparation for screening, care of vision materials and equipment
Overview of visual acuity screening (distant and near)
Overview of color vision screening
Recommended screening tools
Notification, referral, follow up
Common Vision problems: Refractive errors, strabismus, amblyopia, color deficiency, Introduction to
red eye, squint, headache and eye, causes of blindness, low vision introduction, torch examination, EOM
movement testing
ISLAMIC STUDIES (COMPULSORY)

Objectives:
This course is aimed at:
To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies
To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization.
To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships
To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious life.
DETAIL OF COURSES:
Introduction to Quranic Studies
Basic Concepts of Quran
History of Quran
Uloom-ul –Quran.
Study of Selected Text of Holly Quran
Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith (Verse No-284-286)
Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi (Verse No-1-18)
Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of faithful (Verse No-1-11)
Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Verse No.63-77)
Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam (Verse No-152-154).
Study of Selected Text of Holly Quran
Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (Verse No.6,21,40,56,57,58.)
Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18,19,20) Related to thinking, Day of Judgment
Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakar,Tadabar (Verse No-1,14).
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) I
Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah (Before Prophet Hood)
Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah
Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Makkah.
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) II
Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina
Important Events of Life Holy Prophet in Madina
Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Madina.
Introduction To Sunnah
Basic Concepts of Hadith
History of Hadith
Kinds of Hadith
Uloom –ul-Hadith
Sunnah & Hadith
Legal Position of Sunnah.
Selected Study from Text of Hadith
Introduction To Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
Nature of Differences in Islamic Law
Islam and Sectarianism.
Islamic Culture & Civilization
Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization
Historical Development of Islamic Culture & Civilization
Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization
Islamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary Issues.
Islam & Science
Basic Concepts of Islam & Science
Contributions of Muslims in the Development of Science
Quranic & Science.
Islamic Economic System
Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System
Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic Economics
Islamic Concept of Riba
Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce.
Political System of Islam
Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System
Islamic Concept of Sovereignty
Basic Institutions of Govt. in Islam.
Islamic History
Period of Khlaft-E-Rashida
Period of Ummayyads
Period of Abbasids
Social System of Islam
Basic Concepts of Social System of Islam
Elements of Family
Ethical Values of Islam.

1. Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam” , IRI, Islamabad
2. Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Muslim Conduct of State”
3. Hameed ullah Muhammad, ‘Introduction to Islam
4. Mulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi,”
5. Hussain Hamid Hassan, “An Introduction to the Study of Islamic Law”
leaf Publication Islamabad, Pakistan.
6. Ahmad Hasan, “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic Research
Institute, International Islamic University, Islamabad (1993)
7. Mir Waliullah, “Muslim Jrisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes”
Islamic Book Service (1982)
8. H. S. Bhatia, “Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society” Deep &
Deep Publications, New Delhi (1989)
9. Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq, “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia” Allama
Iqbal Open University, Islamabad (2001).
ENGLISH-B (COMMUNICATION, TECHNICAL WRITING & PRESENTATION SKILLS)

OD-113 ENGLISH-B (Communication, Technical Writing & Presentation Skills) 3(3-0)
Course Objectives: Enable the students to meet their real life communication needs, enhance language
skills and develop critical thinking.
Paragraph writing: Practice in writing a good, unified and coherent paragraph.
CV and job application:
Translation skills: Urdu to English.
Study skills: Skimming and scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed reading, summary and précis
writing and comprehension.
Academic writing skills: Letter/memo writing, minutes of meetings, use of library and internet. How to
write a proposal for research paper/term paper? (Emphasis on style, content, language, form, clarity,
consistency).
Presentation skills: Personality development (special emphasis on content, confidence, eye contact,
style and pronunciation).
Essay writing: Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative.
Technical Report writing: Pharmacy writing and oral communication.
NOTE: Documentaries to be shown for discussion and review. Extensive reading is required for
vocabulary building.
Semester-III

OD-119 Communication skills 3(3-0)
Credit Hours : 20
Community Medicine
Basic concepts
• Community medicine
• Public health
• Program
• Health technology
• Disease and illness
• Concepts of disease control
• Levels of prevention
• Intervention and its modes
• WHO and UNICEF
• Difference between health care and medical care
• Health system
Concepts of health care and disease
• Health definition
• Spectrum of disease
• Indicators of health
• Comparison clinical and community medicine
Epidemiology
• Definition
• Approach
• Tools of measurement
• Definition mortality and morbidity
• Epidemiological methods
• Definition Case control study and cohort study
• Epidemics and its types
• Definition Bias, Surveillance and survey
Primary health care
• Principles of PHC
• Components of PHC
• Health planning cycle
• Levels of health care
Nutrition
• Food and its classification
• Nutrients
• Balanced diet
• Malnutrition and its forms
Health Education
• Definition of communication
• Types of communication
• Barriers in communication
• Functions of health communication
• Definition Health education
• Stages of health education
• Contents of health education
Community Ophthalmology
• Introduction
• Vitamin A deficiency related ocular disorders
• Trachoma
• Pan ophthalmitis
• Corneal ulcer
Recommended books:
Park, J.E; Preventive and Social Medicine, 20th edition, Banarsidas Bhanot 2009
Clinical medicine
Introduction; clinical immunology, hypertension, diabetes mellitus, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing

spondylitis, SLE, atopic dermatitis, atopic eczema, thryotoxicosis, myasthenia gravis, MS, herpes zoster
and simplex, Chlamydia infections, TB, sexually transmitted diseases(AIDS, Hepatitis), neurological
diseases (Bells palsy, Stroke, cerebral, meningitis, cerebral palsy, Epilepsy, Migraine) blood dyscariasis,
Marfans Syndrome, Stevens Johnson syndrome, Ehler Danlos Syndrome, Sturge Weber Syndrome,
Sjogren syndrome, environmental diseases
Recommended books:
Kumar P.M Clark; Clinical medicine, 6th edition, Elsevier Saunders 2005
Geometrical and Physical optics

To give a solid theoretical understanding of geometrical and physical optics. In terms of geometrical
optics, the course spans the full range of refractive devices from simple thin lenses to reduced (Gauss)
systems, and is taught in terms of unifying vergence equations. A similar approach is taken with
reflecting surfaces. In the physical optics session, the wave and particulate theories of the nature of light
are used to explain a variety of physical phenomena. In the final lectures of the course, the optical
principles discussed earlier in the course are used to underpin an overview of several modern medical
imaging technologies that are relevant to optometric practice. In the physical optics session, the wave
and particulate theories of the nature of light are used to explain a variety of physical phenomena. In
the final lectures of the course, the optical principles discussed earlier in the course are used to
underpin an overview of several modern medical imaging technologies that are relevant to optometric
practice in the 21st Century.
Geometric Optics
1. Fermat's Principle - laws of reflection/refraction
2. Refraction at Planar Surfaces– definition of an "image"
3. Reflection/Refraction at Spherical Surfaces
4. Paraxial Optics, lenses and lens systems– matrix formulation of paraxial optics
5. Lens Aberrations – the Seidel and chromatic aberrations
6. Optical Instruments– eye, microscope, telescope, camera
II. Physical Optics
1. Light as a Wave– general concepts of wave motion– Huygen's principle– complex exponential
notation for a harmonic wave (phasors)
2. Interference– superposition field from N sources
3. Diffraction– superposition field due to N slits of finite width– rectangular and circular apertures–
resolution of imaging systems
4. Interference in Dielectric Layers– reflection/transmission at a dielectric interface (Fresnel's Eq'ns)–
interference in thin films– Michelson Interferometer: analyzed in terms of thin film interference– Fabry-
Perot Interferometer
5. Polarized Light– dichroism, birefringence– properties of polarization-sensitive optical components
Vision Sciences
• Vision and visual perception

• Basic optics
• Visual functions
• BSV
• Grades of BSV
• Refractive errors
• Introduction to advanced technical skills
Clinical:
• History Taking
• RAPD
• Pupillary Responses
• VA measurement and different VA charts
• Hirschberg test
• Contrast sensitivity measurement and charts
• Color vision testing
• Visual fields testing with confrontation and Amsler Grid
• Digital tonometry
• Cover Uncover tests
Recommended books:
1. Khurana, A.K; Theory and Practice of Optics and Refraction, 2nd edition. Elsevier 2008
2. Elkington AR; Clinical Optics, 3rd edition, Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, 1991
3. Grosvenor, P.T; primary care optometry second edition, Allama Iqbal open university, Islamabad
2002
Ocular disease Basics-I (Theory)

COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course is design to introduce students to clinical ophthalmology, to indentify presentations of acute
and common ophthalmology complaints
COURSE OBJECTIVES
• To introduce students to the basic concepts in ophthalmology and to get them familiar with
common ophthalmic disorders.
• By the end of the course, students will have knowledge about basic diseases of orbit, eye lid,
lacrimal apparatus, sclera and conjunctiva.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Basic ophthalmology Renu jogi
Clinical ophthalmology Jack j kanski
Number
1 Orbital cellulitis
2 Preceptal cellulitis
3 Thrombosis of cavernous sinus
4 Idiopathic orbital inflammatory disease
5 proptosis
6 proptosis
7 Eye lid Lid inflammation

• Blephritis.
8 Eye lid Chalazion and stye
9 Eye lid Anomalies of lid and lashes

• Entropion.
10 Eye lid Ectropion.
11 Eye lid Symblephron ankyloblephron
12 Eye lid Blephrophimosis,lagophthalmos
13 Eye lid Ptosis
14 Eye lid Ptosis
15 Eye lid Trichiasis,madarosis
16 Eye lid Congenital anomalies of lid
17 Eye lid Lid tumors
18 Eye lid Lid tumors
19 Episclera and sclera Inflammation of sclera.

• Episcleritis
20 Episclera and sclera Anterior Scleritis

21 Episclera and sclera Posterior Scleritis
22 Episclera and sclera Sclera discoloration (blue sclera).
23 Episclera and sclera staphyloma
24 staphyloma
25 Visual display terminal syndrome
26 Lacrimal drainage system dacryocystitis
27 Lacrimal drainage system dacryocystitis
28 Lacrimal drainage system Lacrimal drainage obstruction

• acquired primary and secondary punctual stenosis
29 Lacrimal drainage system Chronic canaliculitis.
30 Lacrimal drainage system Congenital naso-lacrimal duct obstruction.
31 Lacrimal drainage system Infections of lacrimal passage.
32 Conjunctiva Inflammation of conjunctiva

• acute conjunctivitis
33 Conjunctiva Purulent conjunctivitis
34 Conjunctiva Ophthalmia neonatorum,membranous conjunctivitis
35 Conjunctiva Chronic conjunctivitis
36 Conjunctiva Chronic conjunctivitis
37 Conjunctiva Allergic conjunctivitis
38 Conjunctiva Allergic conjunctivitis
39 Conjunctiva trachoma
40 Conjunctiva Degenerations of conjunctiva

• concretions
• pinguecula
41 Conjunctiva pterygium
42 Conjunctiva Symptomatic conditions of conjunctiva

• heamorhage,chemosis
43 Argyrosis.
44 Tumors and cysts
45 Dry eye Dry eye

• Causes.
• Investigation.
• Treatment.
Communication Skills
Objectives: To develop good writing, language usage and reading skills. To appreciate the importance of
business communication and to develop understanding of communication concepts, principles, theories
and problems. To develop good oral communication and presentation skills.
Course Outline: Principles of writing good English, understanding the composition process: writing
clearly; words, sentence and paragraphs. Comprehension and expression. Use of grammar and
punctuation. Process of writing, observing, audience collecting, composing, drafting and revising,
persuasive writing, reading skills, listening skills and comprehension, skills for taking notes in class, skills
for exams. Business communications; planning messages, writing concise but with impact. Letter
formats, mechanics of business, letter writing, letters, memo and applications, summaries, proposals,
writing resumes, styles and formats, oral communications, verbal and non-verbal communication,
conducting meetings, small group communication, taking minutes. Presentation skills; presentation
strategies, defining the objective, scope and audience of the presentation, material gathering material
organization strategies, time management, opening and concluding, use of audio-visual aids, delivery
and presentation.
Reference Material:
Business English, Vawdrey, Stoddard, Bell.
Introduction to Computers
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This is an introductory course on Information and Communication
Technologies. Topics include ICT terminologies, hardware and software
components, the internet and world wide web, and ICT based applications.
COURSE OUT LINE:
• Basic Definitions & Concepts
• Hardware: Computer Systems & Components
• Storage Devices , Number Systems
• Software: Operating Systems, Programming and Application Software
• Introduction to Programming, Databases and Information Systems
• Networks
• Data Communication
• The Internet, Browsers and Search Engines
• The Internet: Email, Collaborative Computing and Social Networking
• The Internet: E-Commerce
• IT Security and other issues
• Project Week
• Review Week
1. Introduction to Computers by Peter Norton, 6th International Edition
(McGraw HILL)
2. Using Information Technology: A Practical Introduction to Computer &
Communications by Williams Sawyer, 6th Edition (McGraw HILL)
3. Computers, Communications & information: A user's introduction by
Sarah E. Hutchinson, Stacey C. Swayer
4. Fundamentals of Information Technology by Alexis Leon, Mathewsleon
Leon press.
Semester-IV

Credit Hours : 17
Optometric Procedure I
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course will provide basic knowledge about basic Procedures used in optometry.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
At the end of the session student will be able to have adequate knowledge about basic
Procedures used in optometry and they will be able to use these procedures in their clinical practice
to evaluate the patients
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Theory and Practice of Optics and Refraction, 2nd edition. Elsevier 2008
Fundamentals / principles of Cooperate Finance McGraw-Hill Khurana, A.K

Clinical Ophthalmology, 8th edition, Elsevier Saunders 2011 Kanski, Jack J
Essentials of Financial Management 10th Edition South Western
Weeks Lecture Date Title of Chapter Contents

Number
1 1 Torch Examination Pupillary Function test
2 Pupillary Function test
2 3 Corneal reflex tests
4 Visual Functions Testing Distance Acuity Testing
3 5 Near Acuity Testing
6 Contrast Testing And Colour Vision
4 07 Visual Field Testing

08 Extra ocular Muscles Types and their Actions
5 09 Ocular Motility Testing EOM Motility Testing
10 Cover uncover Test, Alternate cover Test
6 11 Near Point of Accommodation
12 Near point of convergence
7 13 Objective Refraction Principle of Retinoscopy
14 Optics of Retinoscope
8 15 Retinoscopic Procedure
16 Ophthalmoscope Types of Ophthalmoscope

· Direct Ophthalmoscope
· Indirect Ophthalmoscope
9 Mid semester exam
10 17 Direct Opthalmoscope
18 Indirect Ophthalmoscope
11 19 Slit Lamp Examination Slit Lamp Bimircroscope
20 Slit Lamp Bimircroscope
12 21 Slit Lamp Bimircroscope filers and dyes
22 Keratometer Principle and uses of Keratometer
13 23 Types of keratometer
24 Keratometric Procedure
14 25 Tonometer Tonometer
26 Tonometer
15 27 Accommodation Near point of accommodation

28 Near point of accommodation
16 29 Convergence Near point of convergence
30 Near point of convergence
17 31 Revision
32 Revision
18 Final Semester Examinations
Weeks Practical Date Contents

Number
1 01 · Retinoscopy
2 02 · Retinoscopy
3 03 · Visual Acuity Testing
4 04 · Contrast Testing
5 05 · Color Testing
6 06 · Visual Field testing
7 07 · Pupillary Function test
8 08 · Corneal Reflex Test
Mid semester exam
9 09 · Cover Uncover
· Alternate Cover Test
10 10 · NPA and NPC
11 11 · Motility Testing
12 12 · Keratometry
13 13 · Lensometer
14 14 · Neutralization Procedure
15 15 · Neutralization Procedure
Ophthalmic Nursing
• Overview of ophthalmic nursing and role of nurse in ophthalmology

• overview of the eye: external structures
• overview of eye: internal structures
• Optics and care of the patient with an error of refraction
• Causes of blindness (Avoidable and Unavoidable)
• Role of the ophthalmic nurse as educator
• The ophthalmic health care team
• Ophthalmic pharmacology (administration of eye drops and ointments, insertion and removal of
contact lens),
• insertion and removal of artificial eye, patient safety
• Care of the patient presenting with common eye infections- red eye
• traumatic conditions of the eye and, principles of treatment for the injured eye
• applying pad and bandage, irrigating the eye
• Nutrition and eye (Nutrients including Vitamins) and nutritional disorders
• Ophthalmic assessment of the patient
• Taking patient history
• Patient education
• Ocular hygiene
Recommended Books
1. Ring L, Okoro M, A Handbook of Ophthalmic Nursing Standards and Procedures. M & K
Publishing
2. Core Curriculum of Ophthalmic Nursing, 2nd American Society of Ophthalmic Registered Nurses
Ocular Disease Basic – II

1) Course Description: This course deals with various ocular diseases affecting various parts
of the eyes. It covers clinical signs and symptoms, cause, pathophysiological mechanism,
diagnostic approach, differential diagnosis and management aspects of the ocular diseases.
2) Course Objective: At the end of the course the students will be knowledgeable in the
following aspects of ocular diseases: knowledge
• on the etiology,
• epidemiology,
• symptoms,
• signs,
• course sequelae of ocular disease,
• diagnostic approach, and
• management of the ocular diseases.
3) Text books:
A K Khurana: Comprehensive Ophthalmology, 4th edition, New age international (p) Ltd.
Publishers, New Delhi, 2007
4) Reference Books:
• Stephen J. Miller : Parsons Diseases of the Eye, 18th edition, Churchill Livingstone,
1990
• Jack J. Kanski Clinical Ophthalmology: A Systematic Approach, 6th edition, Butterworth
- Heinemann, 2007
5) Prerequisites: Ocular anatomy and Ocular Physiology, Ocular Biochemistry

and Microbiology, Pharmacology
6) Course outline:
S. No. Topics No. of Mode of Mode of

teaching Evaluation
Lectures
1 a) ORBIT 10 Lectures Written
 Applied Anatomy
 Proptosis
Classification,Causes,Investigations)
 Enophthalmos
 Developmental Anomalies
 ( craniosynostosis, Craniofacial
Dysostosis, Hypertelorism, Median
facial cleft syndrome)
 Orbital Inflammations (Preseptal
cellulites, Orbital cellulitis Orbital
Periostitis, cavernous sinus
Thrombosis)
 Grave’s Ophthalmopathy
 Orbital tumors( Dermoids, capillary
haemangioma, Optic nerve glioma)
 Orbital blowout fractures
 Orbital surgery (Orbitotomy)
 Orbital tumors
 Orbital trauma
 Approach to a patient with
proptosis
2 b) LIDS 6 Lecture Written
 Applied Anatomy
 Congenital anomalies
( Ptosis, Coloboma, Epicanthus,
Distichiasis, Cryptophthalmos)
 3.Oedema of the eyelids

(Inflammatory, Solid, Passive edema)
 Inflammatory disorders (Blepharitis,

External Hordeolum, Chalazion,
 Internal hordeolum,,Molluscum
Contagiosum)
 Anomalies in the position of the
lashes and Lid Margin (Trichiasis,
Ectropion, Entropion,
Symblepharon, Blepharophimosis,
Lagophthalmos, Blepharospasm,
Ptosis).
 Tumors (Papillomas, Xanthelasma,
Haemangioma, Basal carcinoma,
Squamous cell carcinoma,
sebaceous gland melanoma)
3 c) LACRIMAL SYSTEM 4 Lecture Written
 Applied Anatomy
 Tear Film
 The Dry Eye ( Sjogren’s Syndrome)
 The watering eye ( Etiology, clinical
evaluation)
 Dacryocystitis
 Swelling of the Lacrimal gland
( Dacryoadenitis)
4 d) CONJUNCTIVA 4 Lecture Written
 Applied Anatomy
 Inflammations of conjunctiva
( Infective conjunctivitis – bacterial,
chlamydial, viral , Allergic
conjunctivitis, Granulomatous
conjunctivitis)
 Degenerative conditions
 ( Pinguecula, Pterygium,
Concretions)
 Symptomatic conditions
 ( Hyperaemia, Chemosis,
Ecchymosis, Xerosis, Discoloration)
 5.Cysts and Tumors
e) CORNEA 12 Lecture Written
5
 Applied Anatomy and Physiology
 Congenital Anomalies
(Megalocornea, Microcornea,
Cornea plana, Congenital cloudy
cornea)
 Inflammations of the cornea

(Topographical classifications:
Ulcerative keratitis and Non
ulcerative
 Etiological classifications: Infective,
Allergic, Trophic, Traumatic,
Idiopathic)
 Degenerations ( classifications,
Arcus senilis, Vogt’s white limbal
girdle, Hassal-henle bodies, Lipoid
Keratopathy, Band shaped
keratopathy, Salzmann’s nodular
degeneration, Droplet keratopathy,
Pellucid Marginal degeneration)
 Dystrophies ( Reis Buckler
dystrophy,Recurrent corneal erosion
syndrome, Granualr
dystrophy,Lattice dystrophy, Macular
dystrophy, cornea guttata, Fuch’s
epithelial endothelial dystrophy,
Congenital hereditary endothelial
dystrophy)
 Keratoconus, Keratoglobus
 Corneal oedema, Corneal opacity,
Corneal vascularisation
 Penetrating Keratoplasty
f) UVEAL TRACT AND SCLERA 10 Lecture Written
6
 Applied Anatomy,
 Classification of uveitis
 Etiology
 Pathology
 Anterior Uveitis
 Posterior Uveitis
 Purulent Uveitis
 Endophthalmitis
 Panophthalmitis
 Pars Planitis
 Tumors of uveal tract( Melanoma)
 Episcleritis and scleritis
 Clinical examination of Uveitis and
Scleritis
Total 46
Physiological and Visual Optics
COURSE DESCRIPTION
The Course will introduce students to a broad range of core topics and concepts in physiological optics
and vision science, but will embed these topics within a broader framework of understanding about the
nature of vision, the underlying mechanisms of the human visual system, the way vision develops in
early life, and the functions that vision serves in human behavior. In this way, students will gain insight
into the relationships between basic science and clinical practice. The students will learn different types
of refractive errors and their management, and proper implementation of diagnostic tools, used in the
management of these refractive conditions.
The major outline of the course will cover

• Ametropia, discussion of types, significance and etiological factors
• Introduction to the process of accommodation
• Discussion of accommodation and convergence relationships
• Presbyopia and the optical provisions for Presbyopia patients
To introduce the range of clinical optometry work and will cover both objective and subjective
examination methods. The Course will teach the theory of, and examination with, ophthalmoscopy,
Retinoscopy and other methods for objective assessment of refractive error, subjective techniques for
assessing visual acuity and the subjective procedures of fan & block and cross cylinder.
The Course will introduce students to a broad range of core topics and concepts in physiological optics
and vision science, but will embed these topics within a broader framework of understanding about the
nature of vision, the underlying mechanisms of the human visual system, the way vision develops in
early life, and the functions that vision serves in human behavior. In this way, students will gain insight
into the relationships between basic science and clinical practice with emphasis on
• Consideration of Aphakia
• The optical effects of contact lenses/spectacles/intraocular lenses
• Consideration of retinal image size
• Spectacle magnification and relative spectacle magnification
• Consideration of aniseikonia and its clinical significance
• Entopic phenomenon
• Absorption characteristics of the ocular media and their clinical significance
• Optical aberrations of the eye and their clinical significance on vision
• Physiological compensation for chromatic aberration
• Contrast sensitivity
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Theory and practice of Optics and refraction s of Cooperate Finance McGraw-Hill A. Khaurana
Clinical Optics second edition f Financial Management 10th Edition South Western Elkington.
Clinical Optics American academy of ophthalmology
Weeks Lecture Title of Chapter Contents

Number
1 1 Visual optics. human eye as an optical system

Human eye as an optical
system.
2 human eye as an optical system
3 human eye as an optical system
2 4 Schematic eyes
• Calculation of retinal image size.
5 Comparison of eye optical system in accommodated and

relaxed state
6 Schematic eye
3 7 Schematic eye
8 Reduced eye
9 Reduced eye
4 10 Important Axis of eye Important Axis of eye.

• Visual axis
• Papillary axis
• Principal axis of vision
• Optical axis
• Angle kappa
• Angle alpha
11 Important Axis of eye.

• Visual axis
• Papillary axis
• Principal axis of vision
• Optical axis
• Angle kappa
• Angle alpha
12 Factors effecting visual Factors effecting visual resolution.

resolution Pupil size &its effect on visual resolution.
5 13 Contrast sensitivity & contrast sensitivity function
14 Contrast sensitivity & contrast sensitivity function
15 . Refractive status of eye. Optics of Refractive status of eye.

Optics of myopia,types,treatment.
6 16 Optics of Refractive status of eye.

• Optics of myopia,types,treatment
17 Optics of Refractive status of eye.

• Optics of hypermetropia,types,treatment.
18 Optics of Refractive status of eye.

• Optics of hypermetropia,types,treatment.
7 19 Refractive status of eye. Optics of Refractive status of eye.

• Optics of Astigmatism,types,treatment.
20 Review of optical system of Review of optical system of eye.

eye.
21 Assignment Schematic eye
8 22 Reduced eye
23 Comparison of schematic and reduced eye
24 Comparison of schematic and reduced eye
10 25 Geometrical optics. Image formation by curved surfaces.

Image formation by curved · Lenses
surfaces. · Mirrors.
26 Image characteristics Pin hole imaging.
27 Image characteristics Image characteristics.

• Magnification.
• Image location.
• Depth of focus
• Image quality.
11 28 Image characteristics.
• Magnification.
• Image location.
• Depth of focus
• Image quality
29 Ophthalmic lenses. Ophthalmic lenses.

• Focal points
• Focal planes
• Paraxial ray tracing
• Lens combinations.
30 Ophthalmic lenses. Ophthalmic lenses.

• Focal points
• Focal planes
• Paraxial ray tracing
• Lens combinations.
12 31 Magnifiers Optics of Magnifiers

• Hand held
• Stand magnifiers.
32 Mirrors
• Vergence calculation
• Reflecting power
• Reversal image space.
33 Prisms Ophthalmic prisms
13 34 • Vector addition of prisms

• Prism diopter
• Angle of deviation
• Plane parallel plate
35 • Vector addition of prisms

• Prism diopter
• Angle of deviation
• Plane parallel plate
36 Optical aberrations Optical aberrations.
14 37 Optical aberrations.
38 Optical constants of the eye Optical constants of the eye and their measurement.
Purkinje images. Corneal curvature and thickness.
39 Optical constants of the eye and their measurement.

Purkinje images. Corneal curvature and thickness
15 40 Intra ocular lens Optics of IOL

• Multifocal
• Progressive
41 Optical effects of spectacle lenses/contact

lenses/intraocular lens

16 43 Tolerance
44 · Resolving power.
45 · Resolving power.
17 46 image formation and Review of image formation and charateristeristics in
charateristeristics different optical medias.
47 Review of image formation and charateristeristics in

different optical medias

18
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Internal Assessment – 20% Mid Semester Examination – 30% Final Semester Examination –
50%
Note:-The above course outline covers all contents of the subject as prescribed by HEC and respective
accreditation Council.
Refraction
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course will provide basic and practical approach towards causes as well as assessment of decreased
vision. At the end of this course students will be able to identify refractive errors and measurement of
refractive errors.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
At the end of the session student will be able to have adequate knowledge about correcting the
refractive errors by objective and subjective method.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Theory and practice of optics and refraction Financial Management 10th Edition South Western A K
Khaurana
Clinical optics third editionprinciples of Cooperate Finance McGraw-Hill Elkington

Number
1 1 objective refraction Autorefractometer: definition and optics
2 2 objective refraction Autorefractometer: Types and uses
3 3 objective refraction Retinoscopy: Definition, principle and construction
4 4 objective refraction Retinoscopy: optics and parts of Retinoscope
5 5 objective refraction Retinoscopy: neutralization techniques
6 6 Trial lens box accessories Trial lens box accessories
7 7 Subjective refraction Subjective adjustment of refraction:

• Trial and error technique
• Fogging technique
8 8 subjective refraction Subjective refinement of refraction:

• Refining the sphere
10 9 Subjective refraction Subjective refinement of refraction:

• Refining the cylinder
11 10 Cycloplegic refraction • Definition

• Mechanism of action
• Indications
12 11 Cycloplegic refraction • Cycloplegic drugs

• Adverse effects
13 12 Myopia, Hypermetropia Myopic and Hypermetropic refraction
14 13 Astigmatism Astigmatic refraction
15 14 Near vision Near vision correction
16 15 Presbyopia Presbyopic correction
17 16 Accommodation • Definition
• Mechanism
• Near point of accommodation
18
Weeks Practical Title of Chapter Contents

Number
1 1 Autorefractometer Introduction to Autorefractometer
2 Autorefractometer Correct adjustment of Autorefractometer
2 3 Autorefractometer use of Autorefractometer
4 Retinoscopy Introduction to Retinoscopy
3 5 Retinoscopy Parts of Retinoscope
6 Retinoscopy Use of Retinoscopy
4 7 Retinoscopy With movement of reflex
8 Retinoscopy Against movement of reflex
5 9 Retinoscopy Neutralization of emmetropia
10 Retinoscopy Neutralization of myopia
6 11 Retinoscopy Neutralization of hypermetropia
12 Trial lens box accessories Names and their uses
7 13 Trial lens box accessories Names and their uses
14 Subjective refraction Subjective adjustment of refraction

• Adjustment of patient and set up
• Visual acuity assessment
8 15 Subjective refraction Subjective adjustment of sphere
16 Subjective refraction Subjective adjustment of sphere
10 17 Subjective refraction Subjective adjustment of cylinder

18 Subjective refraction Subjective refinement of cylinder
11 19 Subjective refraction Subjective refinement of sphere
20 Myopia Subjective refraction of myopia
12 21 Myopia Subjective refraction of myopia
22 Hypermetropia Subjective refraction of hypermetropia
13 23 Hypermetropia Subjective refraction of hypermetropia
24 Astigmatism Subjective refraction of astigmatism
14 25 Astigmatism Subjective refraction of astigmatism
26 Presbyopia Subjective refraction of Presbyopia
15 27 Near vision Subjective refraction for near vision
28 Accommodation Introduction to accommodation
16 29 Accommodation Near point of accommodation

Assessment of near point of accommodation
30 Cycloplegic refraction Introduction to cycloplegic refraction
17 31 Cycloplegic refraction Method of cycloplegic refraction
32 Cycloplegic refraction Method of cycloplegic refraction
18
Mathematics for optometry

• Basic mathematics: revision of fractions, decimals, elementary functions (trigonometric,

logarithmic, exponential); Vectors: addition, subtraction, resolution)
• Vectors: addition, subtraction, resolution;
• Trigonometry: definitions of trigonometric ratios, angles: degrees and radians, equations of
straight lines and circles ; Integral calculus: integration as anti-differentiation, definite integrals
and areas under curves;
• Power equations and curvature measures
The fundamentals, index of refraction, curvature, lens power
Equivalent power, back and front vertex power, effective power
Lens effectively I, lens effectively Z
• Astigmatic lenses
Calculating power in an oblique meridian, adding sphero cylinders,
Lens tilt, spherical lens tilt, astigmatic lens tilt,
Lens power and thickness, astigmatic lens and thickness,
Frame parameters and lens thickness.
• Prisms
Prentice rule, prism thickness, combining lens and prisms
Oblique prismatic effect, addition of oblique prismatic effects,
Recommended Books
Mathematics for scientific and technical students Davies G, Hicks G. Longman 1998 2ed
Behavioral Sciences
• Introduction to behavioral sciences

Behavioral sciences and their importance in health
Bio-psycho social (BPS) model of health care
Traditional v/s holistic medicine
• Principles of psychology
Learning and its types
Memory (stages and types)
Cognition (theory of cognitive development and its stages)
Intelligence
Motivations
Emotions
• Stress and its management
• Mood and memory disorders
• Personality and developmental theories (factors affecting personality)
• Influence of health and illness on behavior
• Applications of behavioral principles in health and disease
Mentally ill
Physically handicapped chronically ill
Home bound
Medically compromised
• Physician-patient relationship
• Psychological therapies
• Communication skill and counseling
Recommended Books
1. Medicine in Society ; Behavioral Sciences for Medical Students, By: Christopher Dowrick, , Arnold
Publisher
2. Behavioural Sciences in Clinical Medicine By: Wolf & Stewert.
Semester-V

OD-130 Strabismus 2(2-0)
OD-131 Optometric Procedures II (instrumentation) 3(2-1)
OD-132 Advance Ocular Diseases I 3(3-0)
Credit Hours : 19
Fundamentals of Surgery
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course covers the knowledge about preoperative and post-operative care of patients as well as
complications related to surgical infections and management.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
At the end of this course students will be able
• Pre-operative care
• Post-operative care
• Surgical infections and there management.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Short practice of surgery Bailay and lore.
Principles of general surgery Muhammad Shuja Tahir,Muhammad Abid Bashir.
Number
1 Introduction to surgery Introduction to gereral surgery
2 Introduction to surgery Introduction to surgical specialities
3 Ethics in surgery Professional ethics
4 History History taking in surgical patients
5 History History taking in surgical patients
6 Examination of patient General physical examination
7 Examination of patient Systemic examination
8 Clinical symptoms Introduction to clinical symptoms
9 Clinical symptoms Detail of clinical symptoms
10 Surgical episode Summary of surgical episode
11 Patients preparation Preoperative care, preparation &assessment
12 Patients preparation Principals of preoperative preparation
13 Patients preparation Specific preoperative problems.
14 Intraoperative care Intraoperative care(immediate before surgery)
15 Intraoperative care Srubbing , gloving ,goroing
16 Intraoperative care Preparaing and draping
17 Aseptic techniques Aseptic techniques
18 Post op care Post operative care in PACU
19 Post op care Post operative care in Surgical wards.
20 Post op care Post operative complications

21 Perioperative care Periopertive pain managment
22 Surgical instrument Introduction to surgical instrument
23 Surgical suture Introduction to suture material & needle
24 Surgical suture Introduction to suture material & needle
25 Surgical suture Surgical suture pattern &handling
26 Cryotherapy Cryotherapy
27 Management of patient Management of diabetic patients in surgical wards
28 Management of patient Management of Cardiac problems in surgical patients
29 Management of patient Management of patients with liver disorders in S.W
30 Management of patient Management of patients with Renal disorders in S.W
31 Management of patient Management of Bleeding disorders in surgical procedures.
32 Management of patient Management of other medical disorders in surgical patients.
33 Anesthesia General Anesthesia
34 Anesthesia Local Anesthesia
35 Sterilization Sterilization and disinfection
36 Work on presentation Work on presentation
37 Hemorrhage. Classification of heamorhage
38 Hemorrhage. Measurement of bloodloss
39 Hemorrhage. Measurement of heamorhage
40 ATLS Advanced trauma life support
41 Wound Classification of wound
42 Infection Surgical site infection

43 Surgical reminders General surgical reminders
44 Common mistakes Common mistakes
45 Review. Review .
46 Introduction to surgery Introduction to gereral surgery
47 Introduction to surgery Introduction to surgical specialities
48 Ethics in surgery Professional ethics
Ophthalmic dispensing I
Introduction to dispensing optics, spectacle frames- parts of frames, spectacle frame materials,
dimensions of frame, types of lenses, forms of lenses, lens material, intro to bifocals, and its types,
optical considerations and decentration, safety lenses, anti-reflection coating, terminologies of lens
centration, terminologies relating to optical centration of bifocals, focimeter
Recommended Books
Brooks C. W, Borish I. M, Systems for Ophthalmic Dispensing
Course Description: This course will deal with the dispensing aspects of spectacle lenses and
frames needed to manage the customer in an Optical set up, from counseling to delivering the
spectacles.
1. Course Objective: Skills to be acquired at the end of this course
• Reading of spectacle prescription

• Counseling the patient
• Lens edge thickness calculation
• Frame & lens measurements and selection
• Writing spectacle lens order
• Facial measurements - Interpupillary distance measurement and measuring heights
(single vision, multifocal, progressives)
• Lens verification and axis marking and fitting of all lens types
• Final checking of finished spectacle with frame adjustments
• Delivery and follow-up
• Troubleshooting complaints and handling patient’s questions.
2. Text Book:
• David Wilson: Practical Optical Dispensing, OTEN- DE, NSW TAFE Commission,
1999
• C V Brooks, IM Borish: System for Ophthalmic Dispensing, Second edition,
Butterworth-Heinemann, USA, 1996
3. Reference Book:
• David Wilson, Steve stenersen: Practical optical workshop, OTEN- DE, NSW TAFE
Commission, 2002
• Margaret Dowaliby: Practical Aspects of Ophthalmic optics, Fourth edition,
Butterworth Heinemann, USA, 2001
6. Course Outline:
No. Topic Mode of Teaching Mode of

Evaluation
1 Components of spectacle prescription &

interpretation, transposition, Add and near power
relation Theory Written +
Viva
2 Frame selection – based on spectacle prescription,

professional requirements, age group, face shape
Theory + Theory +
Demonstration Viva
3 Measuring Inter-pupillary distance (IPD) for distance

& near, bifocal height
Demonstration + Viva
Practical
4 Lens & Frame markings, Pupillary centers, bifocal

heights, Progressive markings & adjustments –
facial wrap, pantoscopic tilt Demonstration + Viva
Practical
5 Recording and ordering of lenses (power, add,

diameter, base, material, type, lens enhancements)
Theory Viva
6 Neutralization – Hand & lensometer, axis marking,

prism marking
Practical
7 Faults in spectacles (lens fitting, frame fitting,

patients complaints, description, detection and
Theory + Theory +
correction) Demonstration Viva
8 Final checking & dispensing of spectacles to

customers, counseling on wearing & maintaining of
spectacles, Accessories – Bands, chains, boxes, Demonstration + Role Theory +
slevets, cleaners, screwdriver kit plays Viva
9 Spectacle repairs – tools, methods, soldering,

riveting, frame adjustments
workshop visit
10 Special types of spectacle frames
 Monocles Demonstration Viva

 Ptosis crutches
 Industrial safety glasses
 Welding glasses
12 Frame availability in Indian market
Project Project
evaluation
13 FAQ’s by customers and their ideal answers Role plays + Viva

Assignments
Total number of Hours
7. Reading Assignments: Make the students read on the pamphlets of different company
products to keep abreast of knowledge.
Recommendation – Keep samples of wrongly fitted lenses, misaligned frames and special
frames. Keep frame repair kit (heater, screw driver, pliers etc.) in the college. Ask all students to
carry a marker pen and PD ruler.
Strabismus
• Introduction: definitions, anatomy of extra ocular muscles, ocular movements

• Binocular vision introduction and testing
• Clinical evaluation of strabismus: history, VA measurement, stereopsis testing, tests for sensory
anomalies, measurement of deviation, motility tests, refraction, funduscopy, investigations of
Diplopia
• Sensory effects of strabismus
• Classification of strabismus and their details, microtropia, case studies
• Strabismus syndromes: duane syndrome, mobius syndrome,congenital fibrosis of EOM, Brown
syndrome
• Complex strabismus: restriction, paresis, dissociated strabismus and torticolis
• Oblique muscle dysfunction
• Orthoptic assessment
• Management of strabismus: optical and surgical
Recommended books:
1. Jogi R; Basic Ophthalmology, 4th edition, Medical Publishers 2008
2. Kanski, Jack J; Clinical Ophthalmology, 7th edition, Elsevier Saunders 2011
3. Rowe F J, Clinical Orthoptics 2nd edition
4. Eperjesi F, Practical Binocular Vision Assessment
5. Evans B, Doshi S, Binocular Vision and Orthoptics
Optometric Procedures II
• Indirect ophthalmoscope
• Gonioscope
• Corneal topography
• Biometry
• Fundus florescein angiography
• B-scan
• OCT
• Perimetry
• Refractive surgery and lasers
• Pachymeter and Orb scan
• Macular function tests
Recommended books:
2. Kanski, Jack J; Clinical Ophthalmology, 7th edition, Elsevier Saunders 2011
3. Ryan SJ, Retina, 3rd edition, Vol1, Mosby Inc.
Advance ocular diseases -I
COURSE DESCRIPTION
COURSE OBJECTIVES
• This course surveys the properties of light, behavior of light towards various optical surfaces and
structures of eye.
• Students will be able to learn optical defects and properties of various optical surfaces that
effect eye.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Clinical ophthalmology Jack J kanski
WEEKS Lecture Title of Chapter Contents

Number
1 1 Retina Retina anatomy and physiology
2 Retina anatomy and physiology
3 Diabetic retinopathy
2 4 Diabetic retinopathy
5 Diabetic retinopathy
6 Branch retinal occlusion
3 7 Vein retinal occlusion
8 Artery retinal occlusion
9 Hypertension retinopathy
4 10 Hypertension retinopathy
11 Radiationa retinopathy
12 Radiation retinopathy
5 13 Retinopathies in blood disorders
14 Retinal detachment
15 Retinal detachment
6 16 Retinal detachment
17 Optic nerve Anatomy and physiology
18 Optic atrophy
7 19 Optic neuritis
20 Optic neuropathy
21 Papillitist
8 22 Macular diseases ARMD
23 ARMD
24 Macular hole
10 25 Central serus retinopathy
26 Cystoids macular edema
27 Degenerative myopia
11 28 Glaucoma Anatomy and physiology of aqueous humor
29 Anatomy and physiology of aqueous humor
30 Glaucoma Definition /types
12 31 POAG
32 POAG
33 POCG
13 34 SOAG
35 SACG
36 SACG
37 POCG
14 38 Congenital glaucoma
39 Congenital glaucoma
15 40 Congenital glaucoma
41 Congenital glaucoma
42 Causes of blindness Definitions /classification
16 43 Diseases /role of optometrist
44 Sudden vision loss List of diseases
45 role of optometrist
46 Gradual vision loss List of diseases
47 role of optometrist
ASSESSMENT SCHEME
Internal Assessment – 20% Mid Semester Examination – 30% Final Semester Examination –
50%
Note:-The above course outline covers all contents of the subject as prescribed by HEC and respective
accreditation Council.
Advance Refraction and Visual functions

• Visual functions
• Retinoscopy
• Cycloplegic refraction
• Auto refraction
• Post refraction tests
• Transposition
• Spherical equivalent
• Cylindrical reduction
• Pseudophakia
• Aphakia
• Binocular balancing
• conversions of different VA notations
R ecom m ended books:
2. Elkington AR; Clinical Optics, 3rd edition, Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, 1991
3. Grosvenor, P.T; primary care optometry second edition, Allama Iqbal open university,
Islamabad 2002
4. Ophthalmic Optics & Refraction (Systems of Ophthalmology-Vol. 5), Duke Elder
Medical Ethics
• Medical ethics introduction

• Introduction to law
• Ethics and law
• Importance of human rights
• Normative and descriptive ethics
• Approaches to ethics
• Ethical principles/pillars
• Public dealing (with angry and uncooperative patients)
• Code of ethics
• Hippocratic oath
• Conflicts between ethical principles
• Common ethical dilemmas in a doctor’s life
• Doctor patient relationship
• Communication skills
• Relevance to ethics in the life of a doctor
• Optometric code of ethics
• Rights and responsibilities of patients
• Professional ethics for students
• Required standards for care
Recommended Books:
Veatch RM, Medical Ethics, 2nd edition, USA
Clinical Practice
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course will provide the students with skill in the use of high tech instruments and interpretation
of results to solve clinical cases.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The goal of the course is to provide students with knowledge measurement of vision , and clinical
reasoning and interpretation of results of clinical findings.

Number
1 History taking A-scan Taking history of ophthalmic patients
2 Fundas photography Use of fundas camera,interpretation of results
3 Use of fundas camera,interpretation of results
5 FFA
Procedure,interpretation
6 FFA
7 ophthalmic dark room Ophthalmoscopy findings and interpretation

procedures.
8 Ophthalmoscopy findings and interpretation
Clinical cases.
9 Clinical cases of lasers

11 Clinical cases of OCT
12 Clinical cases of perimetry
13 Clinical cases of perimetry.
14 Clinical case assessment
Semester-VI

Credit Hours : 18
Ophthalmic dispensing II
IPD, optical considerations, lens and frame dimensions, pantoscopic tilt, lens materials, lens shape and
forms and types, frame parts and materials, glazing, laying off, lens cutting, edging, springing in and
rimless fitting, verification of spectacles, lens power and axis, surface defects, dispensing optics, facial
shapes, dispensing prisms, sports vision, occupational wear, focimeter
Recommended Books
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course will provide basic knowledge about spectacles’ dispensing and wearing methods.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
• To enable the students to have adequate knowledge about ophthalmic dispensing and the use
of glasses in different environmental and eye conditions.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Title Author(s)
Theory and practice of optics and refraction Financial Management A K Khaurana
Systems for Ophthalmic Dispensing C. W, Borish

Number
1 1 Ophthalmic dispensing Types of ophthalmic lenses According to:

• Correction
• Form
• Work
2 Ophthalmic dispensing Types of ophthalmic lenses According to:

• Materials
• coatings
3 Characteristics of ophthalmic Spherical lenses forms

lenses Spherical equivalent
2 4 Characteristics of ophthalmic • Cylindrical lenses forms

lenses • Cylindrical reduction
5 Optical considerations Effect of vertex distance on increasing lens power
6 Optical considerations Effect of vertex distance on increasing lens power
3 7 Optical prism Cent ration and Decent ration
8 Dispensing prism Decent ration of spheres

9 Dispensing prism Decent ration of cylinders
4 10 Dispensing prism Decent ration of cylinders
11 Spectacle Frames Frames types

Frame parts
12 Spectacle Frames Frame materials
5 13 Frames Material Allergic reactions to frame materials
14 Spectacle Lenses • Lens types

• Lens Shapes
15 Spectacle Lenses • Lens Forms

• Lens Materials
6 16 Verification of Spectacles • Lens power and axis

• Neutralization procedure
17 Verification of Spectacles Neutralization procedure
18 Lens and frame dimension Boxing system
7 19 Blank size Definition

Formula for determining blank size
20 Measuring IPD • Definition of IPD

• Near pupillary distance
21 Measuring IPD Distance pupillary distance
8 22 Dispensing Revision of dispensing
23 Ophthalmic dispensing Revision of spectacles
24
10 25 Lens fitting Laying off

26 Lens fitting Cutting
27 Lens fitting Edging
11 28 Reference point placement • Major reference point(MRP)

• Face form
29 Reference point placement • Vertical displacement

• Pantoscopic tilt
30 Measurement of Multifocal • Bifocal segment height

segment height • Trifocal segment height
12 31 Measurement of Multifocal • Progressive lenses

segment height • MRP height
32 Frame selection Frame selection by: face
33 Frame selection Frame selection by: color: Bridge selection
13 34 Frame fitting consideration • For children

• Older wearer
• Safety eye ware
• Good and Bad fitting
35 Aniseikonia • Definition
• Types
36 Aniseikonia • Symptoms
• Magnification
14 37 Aniseikonia Correcting Aniseikonia with spectacles lenses
38 Aniseikonia Methods for correcting Aniseikonia
39 Focimeter • Principle
• Parts
• optics
15 40 Focimeter • technique of focimeter

• Uses of focimeter
41 Aphakic lenses Factors :while fitting and dispensing high-powered
lenses
42 Aphakic lenses High plus lens design

Aspheric design
16 43 Aphakic lenses High plus lens design

Aspheric design
44 Occupational wear Occupational wear
45 Occupational wear Occupational wear
17 46 Safety lenses safety lenses: materials
47 Safety lenses safety lenses: materials
48 Dispensing Revision of spectacles
18

Contact Lens I
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course covers history, material, and contact lens. Contact lens solutions.
Indications of contact lens assessment of patient suitability and structures related to contact lens.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
• To acquire the knowledge related optics of all types of contact lenses in relation to manufacture
and fitting of lenses, to be able to determine radial and axial thickness, to be able to verify the
dimensions and properties all types of rigid and soft contact lenses.
• To acquire the knowledge of all types of contact lens design for different modes of use and
different functions, to assess the development of materials used for rigid and soft lenses
together with their principal properties.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Contact lenses Anthony j phillips,janet stone
2. Optics and refraction A.k khaurana
3. Gasson A, Morris J, Contact lens Manual
4. Phillips A.J, Speedwell L, Contact lens 5thEdition

Number
1 1 Introduction to contact lens Introduction to contact lens
2 History of contact lens • Work of Leonardo Da Vinci.

• Rene Descart
• Sir John F.W Herschel.
2 3 • Ophthalmic impressions
• Eye impression procedure
4 Development in contact lens design and material
3 5 Development in contact lens design and material
6 Anatomy and physiology of Anatomy and physiology of

cornea and related structure • Cornea
• Lids
• Sclera
In relation to contact lens
4 7 Anatomy and physiology of

• Cornea
• Lids
• Sclera
Inrelation to contact lens
8 Contact lens material. • Classification of contact lens material.

• Properties of contact lens material
5 9 Properties of contact lens material
10 Contact lens material

• Glass
• RGP
• CAB
• HEMA
6 11 Contact lens material
• Silicon acrylate
• Flouropolymer
• Hema vp
• T-Butylstyrene
12 Manufacturing of contact lens Manufacturing of contact lens.

• Contact lens nomenclature.
• British vs American nomenclature
7 13 Manufacturing procedure.
· Generating
· Moulding
14 Manufacturing procedure.
• Lathe cut
• Spin cut.
Difference in manufacturing procedure for hard and soft
lens.
8 15 Drugs and solutions for contact Drugs and solutions for contact lens
lens Antimicrobial agents
• Physical agents
• Chemical agents
• Disinfecting agents.
16 • Solutions for hard lenses

• Wetting solutions
10 17 • Preservatives
• Cleansing
• Soaking
• Tears
Multifunction solutions
18 Solutions for hydrophilic lenses.and RGP lenses
11 19 Methods of disinfections.
• Chemical disinfection.
• Heat disinfection
20 surfactants
12 21 Factors influencing & prescribing hydogel disinfections

and cleaning.
22 Factors influencing & prescribing hydrogel and rigid

contact lens disinfections and cleaning.
13 23 Indications for contact lens. • Optical

• Therapeutic
• Operative.
24 • Diagnostic
• Cosmetic
• Occupational
• Preventive.
14 25 Contraindications of contact lens Contraindications of contact lens
26 Assessment of patient suitability • Routine examination

for contact lens • General ocular examination
• Extraocular characteristics related to contact
lens
15 27 Other considerations.
• Personal and external factors
• Psychological influence
28 Procedure of Insertion and excursion of contact lens
16 29 Contact lens war page. Contact lens warpage

• causes
30 Affects of warped lens on eye.
17 31 Review of lens indications and contraindications
32 Solutions for hydrophilic lenses. And RGP lenses
18
LOW VISION I
1. Epidemiology of Low Vision – Definitions and Global Situation

2. Causes of Low Vision
3. Patients History & Interview – Assessment tests
4. Low Vision Assessment
5. Essentials Supplementary tests – Color Vision, Visual Fields
6. Visual Acuity
7. Magnification
8. Low Vision Devices – Types
9. EVD/EVP
10. Optical Devices for distance use – Telescopes & Filters
11. Optical Devices for near use – Magnifiers and their calculation
12. Electronic & High tech Low Vision Devices
13. Low Vision Enhancement system – Video Presentation
14. How to use Low Vision Devices
15. Environmental Modifications – Special considerations
16. Visual Training
BSV and Orthoptic Techniques (Amblyopia)

COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course will provide comprehensive knowledge about binocular single vision and amblyopia.
• This course enables the students to diagnose strabismic patients with defective BSV
• They have knowledge about diagnosis and management of Amblyopia.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Weeks Lecture Date Title of Chapter Contents
Number
1 1 Ocular movements Saccadic,persuit
2 Vergences and ductions
3 Angles of the eye visual and optical angles
2 4 Angle kappa, alpha,
5 Fusional reserves Convergence
Divergence
6 Vertical fusuional reserves
3 7 Measurement of fusional reserves
8 Convergence Definition and types
9 Near point of convergence and its measurements
4 10 Anamolies of convergences
11 Accommodation Near point of accommodation and measurement
12 Abnormalities of accommodation
5 13 Development of BSV Development of monocular and binocular vision
14 Visual development milestone

15 Grades of BSV
6 16 Assessment of grades
17 Tests for stereo sis
18 Abnormalities of BSV Confusion,diplopia,
7 19 Abnormal retinal correspondence
20 Abnormal retinal Development of abnormal retinal correspondence

correspondence
21 Assessment for BSV
8 22 Tests for BSV Hess screen test, Diplopia charting
23 Bagollini glasses
24 Syneptophore, uses and principle
9 Mid Term
10 25 Amblyopia Critical development period
26 DEfination and classification
27 Diagnosis of amblyopia
11 28 Causes and prognosis
29 Amblyopia theropy
30 Amblyopia theropy
12 31 Strabismus Classification
32 Heterophorias: eso,exo,hypo,hyper
33 heterophorias: eso,exo,hypo,hyper
13 34 Tropias, classification
35 Diagnosis
36 Measurement of deviation
14 37 Paralytic strabismus Gaze palsies
38 Horizontal and vertical gaze palsy
39 Ophthalmoplagia,
15 40 Internal and total ophthalmoplagia
41 Management of deviations Krimsky, prism reflection test
42 Orthoptic techniques cover, uncover and prism cover tests
16 43 Post-op diplopia assessment
44 Surgical management of Preoperative assessment

BSV anomalies
45 Preoperative assessment
17 46 Postoperative assessment
47 Principles of surgery
48 Principles of surgery
18 Final Semester Examinations
Pediatric Optometry
1. Course Description: This course is designed to provide the students adequate knowledge
in theoretical and practical aspects of diagnosis, and management of eye conditions related
to pediatric population. Also it will inculcate the skill of transferring/communicating the
medical information to the attender /patient by the students. The scope of this subject is to
train the optometrists to develop a systematic way of dealing with children below 12, so as
to implement primary eye care and have better, specialized management of anomalies.
2. Course Objectives: At the end of the course the student is expected to :
• have a knowledge of the principal theories of childhood development, and visual

development
• have the ability to take a thorough paediatric history which encompasses the relevant
developmental, visual, medical and educational issues
• be familiar with the accommodative-vergence system, the genesis of ametropia, the
disorders of refraction, accommodation and vergence, and the assessment and
management of these disorders
• be familiar with the aetiology, clinical presentation and treatment of amblyopia,
comitant strabismus and commonly presenting incomitant strabismus
• have a knowledge of the epidemiology of eye disease in children, the assessment
techniques available for examining visual function of children of all ages and an
understanding varied management concepts of paediatric vision disorders
• have knowledge of the art of dispensing contact lens, low vision aids and referral to
the surgeon or other specialists at the appropriate timing.
• have a capacity for highly evolved communication and co-management with other
professionals involved in paediatric assessment and care
3. Text books :
• Pediatric Optometry - JEROME ROSNER, Butterworth, London 1982
• Paediatric Optometry – William Harvey/ Bernard Gilmartin, Butterworth –Heinemann,
2004
4. References:
• Binocular Vision and Ocular Motility - VON NOORDEN G K Burian Von Noorden’s, 2nd
Ed., C.V.Mosby Co. St. Louis, 1980.
• Assessing Children's Vision. By Susan J Leat, Rosalyn H Shute, Carol A Westall.45
Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann, 1999.
• Clinical pediatric optometry. LJ Press, BD Moore, Butterworth- Heinemann, 1993
No Topics Number of Mode of Mode of

Lectures Evaluation
Teaching
1
The Development of Eye and Vision 2 Lecture Written
2 History taking Paediatric subjects 2 Lecture Written
3 Assessment of visual acuity 1 Lecture Seminar
4 Normal appearance, pathology and structural 2 Lecture Writing

anomalies of
Assignment
a) Orbit, Eye lids, Lacrimal system,
b) Conjunctiva, Cornea, Sclera 2 Lecture Writing

Assignment
Anterior chamber, Uveal tract, Pupil
c) Lens, vitreous, Fundus 1 Lecture Written
Oculomotor system
5 Refractive Examination 2 Lecture Written
6 Determining binocular status 1 Lecture Written
7 Determining sensory motor adaptability 1 Lecture Written

8 Compensatory treatment and remedial therapy 2 Lecture Written
for : Myopia, Pseudomyopia, Hyperopia,
Astigmatism, Anisometropia, Amblyopia
9 Remedial and Compensatory treatment of 2 Lecture Written

Strabismus and Nystagmus
10 Paediatric eye disorders : Cataract, Retinopathy 3 Lecture Written

of Prematurity, Retinoblastoma, Neuromuscular
conditions (myotonic dystrophy, mitochondrial
cytopathy), and Genetics
11 Anterior segment dysgenesis, Aniridia, 2 Lecture Written

Microphthalmos, Coloboma, Albinism
12 Spectacle dispensing for children 3 Lecture Seminar
13 Paediatric contact lenses 2 Lecture Seminar
14 Low vision assessment in children 2 Lecture Seminar
Total Number of Lectures 30
Clinical Practice
Applied Statistics for Optometrists

• Introduction to sciences of statistics and statistical applications required by an optometrist
• Variable, continuous, discrete and qualitative with examples from data required by
optometrists in exam of the patients, basic concept and terminology, frequency distribution,
cumulative frequency distribution
• Average, mean media and mode, quantities, percentiles
• Measures of dispersion, range, variance, standard divert, coefficient of variation, skewmen
and kurtosis sampling procedures, probability
• Regression and correction, simple, partial and multiple
• Tests of significance, chi-square as a test of association between attributes, t-test for
comparison of population means on the basis of independent and dependent sample means
and f-test for comparison of variances as well as more than to population means
• Analysis of variance
R ecom m ended Books
1. Bernard Rosner; Fundamentals of Biostatistics, 6th2008

2. D’Agostino RB, LM Sullivan and A.S Beiser; Introduction to Applied Biostatistics, 2008
3. Daniel W.W; Biostatistics, 8th edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc, US
4. Indrayan A, L Satyanarayana; Biostatistics for Medical, Nursing and Pharmacy students
2006, Prentice-hall of India, New Delhi
Semester-VII

Credit Hours : 20
Low Vision rehabilitation and Geriatrics

Assessment of patient with low vision, history leading to refraction, visual functions in low
vision, testing visual functions of low vision patient, conversions of different VA notations,
magnification, Low Vision Aids- optical and non optical aids, training a low vision patient,
visual rehabilitation services for children and adults for personal, social and independent living,
counseling, pediatric low vision issues, functional vision assessment in children and youth and
older adults, non visual assistance, aging and loss of vision, orientation and mobility for older
adults, management of low vision patients, the role of low vision therapist
Recommended Books
1. Chaudhary M, Low Vision Aids

2. Jose R.T, Understanding Low Vision, American Foundation for the Blind. NY, USA
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course will provide knowledge low vision its importance and clinical assessments.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
• At the end of the session student will be able to have knowledge about low vision ,causes
,differentiation between blind and low vision person , its assessment and socioeconomic
impact on society
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Low Vision Aids Chaudhary M,
Understanding Low Vision, American Foundation for the Blind Jose R.T,
Primary low vision care Rodney W. Nowakowski

number
1. Review of low vision Definitions, importance’s
2. Review of visual impairment Who classifications and avoidable preventable causes

and low vision causes
3. Review of functional vision Visual acuity , color vision, contrast, visual fields
4. Color vision and associated Diseases responsible for color vision , color vision enhancement
diseases , management and management
5. Visual field and associated Diseases responsible for v.f lost its diagnosis and management
diseases management
6. Visual field and associated Tracking and prism exercise

diseases management
7. Low contrast and associated Diseases responsible for low contrast its diagnosis and
diseases management management
8. Glare and associated diseases
9. Low vision refraction Special techniques ,
10. Visual acuity charts for low Calculation , conversions , charts

vision person management
11. Visual acuity charts for low Types of charts

vision person
12. Magnification calculation Near distance magnification and its relation with outcome of
vision
13. Near optical aids Spectacles , magnifiers of different types
14. Near optical dispensing and Calculation

balancing
15. Magnifier dispensing Visual out come

18. Telescopic dispensing Visual out come
19. Telescopic dispensing Visual out come
20. Filters its dispensing and

optics
21. Low vision protocol Low vision protocol
22. Non optical devices Non optical devices dispensing

dispensing
23. Non optical devices Non optical devices dispensing

dispensing
24. Tracking exercises Tracking exercises
25. Magnifier training Magnifier training
28. Telescopes training Telescopes training

31. High tec low vision aids High tec low vision aids
32. High tec low vision aids High tec low vision aids
33. Low vision software’s Low vision software’s
34. Low vision protocol for child Low vision protocol for child
35. Low vision protocol for child Low vision protocol for child
36. Low vision geriatric Low vision geriatric
39. Orientation and mobility Orientation and mobility
40. Orientation and mobility Orientation and mobility
41. Rehabilitation Motivation, Rehabilitation Motivation, counseling

counseling
42. Services for blind Services for blind
43. Braille Braille
44. Braille Braille

45. Rehabilitation package along Rehabilitation package along with low vision aids
with low vision aids
Neuro-Ophthalmology
• CNS and Autonomic Nervous system

• Cavernous sinus
• Orbital nerves
• Visual pathway anatomy and physiology
• Visual cortex anatomy and physiology (Area 17)
• Functions of striate cortical cells
• Retinal representation in visual cortex
• Parastriate cortex (area 18)
• Parastriate cortex (area 19)
• Secondary centers allied with visual sensory system
(Superior colliculus, thalamus, parietal lobes, frontal lobes, temporal lobes, corpus callosum)
• Color perception
• Visual pathway lesions and field defects
• Nerves and nerve palsies
• Nystagmus
• Optic atrophy, papilloedema
• Headaches
Neil R, Miller M.D, Walsh & Hoyt’s Clinical Neuro-Ophthalmology, 4th edition, Volume 1,2 & 3
Contact Lens II
Hard lenses, soft lenses, fitting characteristics, hard vs soft lens, special purpose lenses, lens for
astigmatism, Aphakia, keratoconnus, high myopia, presbyopia, wearing schedule, disposable,
cosmetic, therapeutic lenses, contact lens care and solutions and their complications, refraction.
1. Gasson A, Morris J, Contact lens Manual

2. Phillips A.J, Speedwell L, Contact lens 5thEdition
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This course covers use of instruments related to contact lens fitting, contact lens fitting procedure,
complications and patient management.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
• To acquire the knowledge related optics of all types of contact lenses in relation to
manufacture and fitting of lenses, to be able to determine radial and axial thickness, to be
able to verify the dimensions and properties all types of rigid and soft contact lenses.
• To acquire the knowledge of all types of contact lens design for different modes of use and
different functions, to assess the development of materials used for rigid and soft lenses
together with their principal properties.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Contact lenses Anthony j Phillips ,janet stone

Optics& refraction a.k khaurana
Clinical optics. American academy of ophthalmology.
Contact lens module American academy of ophthalmology
Number
1 keratometry Introduction and working of keratometr.
2 Uses of keratometr
• As an aid to fitting.
• In after care checking of contact lens radii.
• Keratometry and keratoscopy
3 Uses of keratometr
• As an aid to fitting.
• In after care checking of contact lens radii.
Keratometry and keratoscopy
4 Slit lamp • Introduction to slit lamp.

• Types of illumination.
• Examination of pre & post wearing of
contact lens.
5 • Introduction to slit lamp.

• Types of illumination.
• Examination of pre & post wearing of
contact lens
6 Contact lens fitting. RGP fitting.
7 Toric lens fitting.
8 Sclera lens fitting.
9 Soft hydrophilic lens fitting.
10 Verification. Hard lens verification procedure
11 Soft lens verification procedure
12 After care signs, symptoms and management.
13 After care signs, symptoms and management.

14 Patient mangment and Routine examination.
instruction.
• General ocular examination
• Different methods of insertion & removal
15 Routine examination.
• General ocular examination
Different methods of insertion & removal
16 External ocular characteristics related to contact

lens.
17 External ocular characteristics related to contact

lens
18 Patient management
• Examination.
• Wearing schedule.
• Early difficulties.
19 Patient management
• Examination.
• Wearing schedule.
• Early difficulties
20 Instructions to patients for wearing
• hard
• soft contact lens.
• RGP
21 Instructions to patients for wearing
• hard
• soft contact lens.
• RGP
22 Hygiene ,storage of contact lens and care of eye

23 Contact lens in abnormal Contact lens in abnormal ocular conditions.
ocular conditions
24 Contact lens in abnormal ocular conditions.
25 Contact lens for infants Contact lens Infants and preschool children.
26 Contact lens Infants and preschool children.
27 • Post keratoplasty ,post radial keratotmy

• Soft contact lens in abnormal eye conditions
28 • Post keratoplasty ,post radial keratotmy

• Soft contact lens in abnormal eye conditions
29 Cosmetic lens Cosmetic and prosthetic contact lens
30 Cosmetic and prosthetic contact lens
31 Special type of contact lens and their use.
32 Special type of contact lens and their use.
33 Contact lens complications Contact lens complications:
• Eye lid
• Conjunctiva
34 Contact lens complications:
• Eye lid
Conjunctiva

· Cornea

· Cornea
37 Contact lens related acute red eye
38 Contact lens related acute red eye
39 Corneal neovascularization
Edema
Infiltrates
Endothelial polymegathism
Edema
Infiltrates
Edema
Infiltrates
42 Refractive changes after Refractive changes after wearing contact lens.

wearing contact lens.
43 Refractive changes after wearing contact lens.
44 multifocal contact lens Bifocal and multifocal contact lens
45 Bifocal and multifocal contact lens
Clinical Refraction and instrumentation

• Objective and subjective refraction
• Cycloplegic refraction
• Retinoscope
• Trail lens box accessories
• Ophthalmoscope direct and indirect
• Keratometer
• Tonometer
• Slit lamp
• Refractive surgery
• Gonioscope
• Auto refractometer
• Post refraction tests
• Transposition
2. Kanski, Jack J; Clinical Ophthalmology, 7thedition, Elsevier Saunders 2011
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This course will provide basic knowledge about Clinical Refraction and instrumentation.
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To provide the students with the necessary concepts about objective and subjective
refraction.
• At the end of this semester, student will have basic knowledge regarding refraction and
advance instruments regarding optometry.
Text books recommended:
Sr.No TITLE AUTHOR
1 Theory and Practice of Optics and Refraction Khurana, A.K
2 Clinical Ophthalmology Kanski, Jack J
Lecture Title of chapter contents

number
1 Objective Retinoscopy, principle and optics

refraction
2 Retinoscopy, principle and optics

3 Retinoscopy Method
4 Cycloplegic refraction
5 subjective Verification of sphere in prescription

refraction
6 Verification of cylinder, power and axis
7 Cross cylinder
8 Muscle balancing
9 General steps in clinical refraction
10 Post refraction Pinhole test, +1 blur test, deuchrome test

tests
11 Tonometer Principle and types
12 Applanation tonometer
13 Tonometry
14 Revision
15 Corneal Principle and types

Topography
16 Scales used in Topography
17 Evaluation of Topograph
18 Uses and clinical applications
19 Biometry Keratomerty principle and methods
21 Keratomerty principle and methods
22 Axial length measurement (A.scane)
23 Ultrasonogrphy principle and methods
24 IOL power Calculation formulas
25 Pediatric Biometry
26 Biometry: Important considerations
27 Refractive surgery Concept and patient selection
28 Preoperative evaluation
29 Procedures for correction of myopia
30 Procedures for correction of hypermetropia astigmatism
03-11-
2014
Public Health Optometry

The Course will provide the basic public health problem relevant to eye care services and the role of
optometrist in the prevention of Blindness. This will cover the major vision threatening diseases in
the region / country and government and International agencies policies in the prevention of
particular diseases. Basically the course will be giving an outline to the Students for their role as a
primary eye care practioner and prevention of blindness in the country. Structure of the Pakistani
health care system; comparative study of health care systems; Optometry in a multi-disciplinary
health care system; quality assurance in health care; demography and epidemiology of occupational
eye disease and injuries; social issues and optometric involvement; occupational eye disease
management; law and ethics.
Clinical Practice 4
OD-148 Clinical Practice4(0-4)
Advance Ocular Diseases II

1. Course Description: This course deals with various ocular diseases affecting various parts
of the eyes. It covers clinical signs and symptoms, cause, pathophysiological mechanism,
diagnostic approach, differential diagnosis and management aspects of the ocular diseases.
2. Course Objective: At the end of the course the students will be knowledgeable in the
following aspects of ocular diseases: knowledge
• on the etiology,
• epidemiology,
• symptoms,
• signs,
• course sequelae of ocular disease,
• diagnostic approach, and
• management of the ocular diseases.
3. Text books:
A K Khurana: Comprehensive Ophthalmology, 4th edition, New age international (p) Ltd.
Publishers, New Delhi, 2007
4. Refernce Books:
• Stephen J. Miller : Parsons Diseases of the Eye, 18th edition, Churchill Livingstone, 1990
• Jack J. Kanski Clinical Ophthalmology: A Systematic Approach, 6th edition,
Butterworth- Heinemann, 2007
5. Prerequisites: Ocular anatomy and Ocular Physiology, Ocular Biochemistry
and Microbiology, Pharmacology
6. Course Outline:
No. Topics No of Mode of Mode of

Lectures Evaluation
Teaching
1 Retina and Vitreous: 12 Lecture Written
 Applied Anatomy
 Congenital and Developmental Disorders
( Optic Disc: Coloboma, Drusen,
Hypoplasia, Medullated nerve fibers;
Persistent Hyaloid Artery)
 Inflammatory disorders ( Retinitis : Acute
purulent , Bacterial, Virus, mycotic)
 Retinal Vasculitis ( Eales’s)
 Retinal Artery Occlusion ( Central retinal
Artery occlusion)
 Retinal Vein occlusion ( Ischaemic, Non
Ischaemic , Branch retinal vein occlusion)
 Retinal degenerations : Retinitis
Pigmentosa, Lattice degenerations
 Macular disorders: Solar retinopathy,
central serous retinopathy, cystoid
macular edema, Age related macular
degeneration.
 Retinal Detachement: Rhegmatogenous,
Tractional, Exudative)
 Retinablastoma
2 Ocular Injuries: 4 Lecture Written
Terminology : Closed globe injury ( contusion,

lamellar laceration) Open globe injury ( rupture,
laceration, penetrating injury, peforating injury)
 Mechanical injuries ( Extraocular foreign

body, blunt trauma, perforating injury,
sympathetic ophthalmitis)
 Non Mechanical Injuries ( Chemical
injuries, Thermal, Electrical, Radiational)
 Clinical approach towards ocular injury
patients
3 Lens 10 Lecture Written
 Applied Anatomy and Physiology

 Clinical examination
 Classification of cataract
 Congenital and Developmental cataract
 Acquired ( Senile, Traumatic,
Complicated, Metabolic, Electric,
Radiational, Toxic)
 Morphological: Capsular, Subcapsular,
Cortical, Supranuclear, Nuclear, Polar.
 Management of cataract ( Non surgical
and surgical measures; preoperative
evaluation, Types of surgeries,)
 Complications of cataract surgery
 Displacement of lens: Subluxation,
Displacement
 Lens coloboma, Lenticonus,
Microsperophakia.
4 Clinical Neuro-ophthalmology 12 Lecture Written
 Anatomy of visual pathway

 Lesions of the visual pathway
 Pupillary reflexes and abnormalities
(Amaurotic light reflex, Efferent pathway
defect, Wernicke’s hemianopic pupil, Marcus
gunn pupil. Argyll Robetson pupil, Adie’s tonic
pupil)
 Optic neuritis, Anterior Ischemic optic

neuropathy, Pappilloedema, optic atrophy
 Cortical blindness
 Malingering
 Nystagmus
 Clinical examination
5 Glaucoma 10 Lecture Written
 Applied anatomy and physiology of anterior

segment
 Clinical Examination
 Definitions and classification of glaucoma
 Pathogenesis of glaucomatous ocular
damage
 Congenital glaucomas
 Primary open angle glaucoma
 Ocular hypertension
 Normal Tension Glaucoma
 Primary angle closure glaucoma ( Primary
angle closure suspect, Intermittent
glaucoma, acute congestive, chronic angle
closure)
 Secondary Glaucomas
 Management : common medications, laser
intervention and surgical techniques
Total hours 46
Semester-VIII

Credit Hours : 12
Clinical Reasoning and Diagnostic Procedures

Ethics in general as well as in optometric set up, goal setting, epidemiological trends and health care
implications, micro economics as related to optometry, sociological issues and problems
Ophthalmic photograph, artifacts, managing the challenging care, stereo fundus photography,
ophthalmic angiography, description of terms used in clinical ophthalmology, dyes used in
ophthalmic angiography, uses of various filters in ophthalmic angiography, instrumentation,
procedure and phases of normal angiogram, common problems in performing FFA and their
management, ophthalmic dark room, elect diagnostic tests in ophthalmology, commonly used lasers
in ophthalmology, their unique properties, safety measures at the lasers clinic, complications of laser
based procedures
Clinical Problem Solving

The course will be delivered through special lectures highlighting the problems faced by the
patients, staff, medical doctors in the clinic, special assignments, short projects for the students to
study/issues/ problems and their possible solutions and presentations by the students on reports
completed through their projects
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course will provide knowledge about clinical problems and how to solve it
COURSE OBJECTIVES
How to solve different problem presenting in clinical practices
Week Lecture Title of Contents

number Chapter
1 1. Clinical Disease Disease case presentation and pictorial presentation about

signs and symptoms diagnosis of eye diseases
2. Clinical Disease
2 3. Clinical Disease
4. Clinical Disease
3 5. Clinical Disease
6. Clinical Disease
4 7. Low vision Management steps and problem orientation during low vision
management
8. Low vision
5 9. Low vision
10. Low vision

6 11. Low vision
12. Low vision
7 13. Contact lenses Clinical evaluation steps in contact lens and problems rising
during management
14. Contact lenses
8 15. Contact lenses
16. Contact lenses
9 17. Contact lenses
18. Contact lenses
10 19. Orthoptics Techniques and pictorial presentation about squint
20. Orthoptics
11 21. Orthoptics
22. Orthoptics
12 23. Orthoptics
24. Orthoptics
13 25. Refraction Procedures and problem during refraction protocol
Complicated case management

26. Refraction
14 27. Refraction
28. Refraction
15 29. Refraction
30. Refraction
• At the end of the session student will be able to have knowledge about low vision ,causes
,differentiation between blind and low vision person , its assessment and socioeconomic
impact on society
Basic & Advance Ocular diseases

Basic and Advance Ocular Diseases

Credit Hours: 2(2-0)
Course Code: OP- 425
• Eyelid disorders (blepharitis, Entropion, ectropion, ptosis)

• Conjunctival diseases (Trachoma, Allergic Conjucntivitis)
• Corneal Diseases (Corneal Ulcers, non healing ulcer, corneal abcess, perforated ulcer,
kertaoconus)
• Staphyloma, scleritis
• Uveal tract diseases (anterior uveitis, congenital anomalies)
• Lens (cataract and its surgeries)
• Vitreous (opacities, hemorrhage)
• Retina (CRVO, CRAO, Hemorrhages, diabetic rertinopathy, ARMD, Laser surgeries)
• Optic Nerve( Papilloedema, papillitis)
• Eye Injuries and nutritional disorders
• Squint: basic of squint, Nystagmus, amblyopia

1. Jogi R; Basic Ophthalmology, 4th edition, Medical Publishers 2008
2. Kanski, Jack J; Clinical Ophthalmology, 7thedition, Elsevier Saunders 2011
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course will provide comprehensive knowledge about basic and advanced ocular diseases,
COURSE OBJECTIVES
• This course enables the students to diagnose clinical ophthalmic conditions.

• They have knowledge about basic management options for major ocular disease.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Number
1 1 Eye Lid Common eye lid diseases,
2 Ptosis
2 3 Lid tumors
4 Cornea Corneal degenerative diseases
Keratoconus
3 5 Corneal Dystrophies
6 Congintail disorders of cornea
4 7 Non healing corneal ulcers / perforated corneal

ulcers
8 Uveitis Types and features
5 9 Complications of Uveitis
10 Pan-ophthalmitis. Endophthalmitis
6 11 Lens Cataract and its classification
12 New advances in cataract surgery
7 13 Glaucoma Pathophysiology and clasifications
14 Secondary glaucoma
8 15 Glaucomatus visual field defects
16 Glaucoma Glaucoma medications

medications
10 17 Retinal degenerations Macular degeneration, sign symptoms & treatment
18 Retinitis pigmentosa: D/D

Types
Management
11 19 Retinal degenerations Macular degeneration, sign symptoms & treatment
20 Retinopathy of prematurity
Complications
Screening.
12 21 Retinoblastoma : Stages
Retinal tumors Diagnosis
Treatment
22 Retinal degenerations Macular degeneration, sign symptoms & treatment
13 23 Retinitis pigmentosa: D/D

Types
Management
24 Retinal degenerations Macular degeneration, sign symptoms & treatment
14 25 Retinitis pigmentosa: D/D

Types
Management
26 Optic nerve Optic neuropathy
15 27 Papillitis
28 Papilloedema
16 29 Field defects Visual field defects

Hemianopias
30 Cortical Blindness/
17 31 Management of Field defects
32 Revision
Clinical Practice 4
OD-153 Clinical Practice4(0-4)
COURSE DESCRIPTION
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The goal of the course is to provide students with knowledge measurement of vision , and clinical
reasoning and interpretation of results of clinical findings.

Number
1 History taking A-scan Taking history of ophthalmic patients
2 Fundas photography Use of fundas camera,interpretation of results

5 FFA
6 FFA
7 ophthalmic dark room Ophthalmoscopy findings and interpretation

procedures.
8 Ophthalmoscopy findings and interpretation

Clinical cases.
11 Clinical cases of OCT
12 Clinical cases of perimetry
13 Clinical cases of perimetry.
Ocular Pharmacology
Ocular Pharmacology: ophthalmic solutions, ointments, eye drops, gels,

ocuserts, cholinergic stimulating drugs for eye, anticholinegrics for eye, adrenergic stimulating
and blocking drugs, anti glaucomatous drugs, anti inflammatory drugs for
eye, antifungals for eye, antibacterials for eye, antivirals for eye, steroids for
eye, NSAIDs, anti allergics and decongestants for eye, mydriatics and cycloplegics-
myrdiolytics, anesthetics for eye ( topical and injections)
Periocular administration: subconjunctival injection, retrobulbar injection, sub tenon’s injection,
peribulbar injection, Interavireal administration, intracameral administration, photodyanimc therapy,
guidelines for prescription writing
Legal basis of drug utilization: legal drug use in optometry,
Treatment of tear film abnormalities and dry eye,
Dyes (Fluorescein, Rose Bengal, ICG)
Ocular Adverse Drug Reactions to Systemic Medications
Treatment through prescription :of allergic conjunctivitis, trachoma, viral conditions,

conjunctival hemorrhage, red eye, pain around eye, mydriatics and cycloplegics, hot and cold
compression, blepharitis, stye, chalazion drug therapy, artificial tears prescription and other general
disorders
1. Bartlett J. D, Clinical Ocular Pharmacology,5th edition, 2007

2. Lippincott, Illustrated Reviews Pharmacology 4th edition, William & Williams
Discipline Semester no Commencement of Mid Semester Semester

Semester Examination Termination
Date
optometry VIII January 12,2015
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course covers pharmacological management of ocular diseases
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Students will have adequate knowledge to treat ocular diseases by the use of medicine
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Clinical Ocular Pharmacology,5th edition, 2007mentals / principles of Cooperate Finance McGraw-Hill

Bartlett J. D
Reviews Pharmacology 4th edition f Financial Management 10th Edition South Western
William & Williams, Lippincott,

Number
1 1 Ocular Pharmacology • ophthalmic solutions,

ointments, eye drops, gels,
ocuserts.
• cholinergic stimulating drugs
for eye.
2 • ophthalmic solutions,
ointments, eye drops, gels,
ocuserts.
• cholinergic stimulating drugs
for eye.
2 4 anticholinegrics anticholinegrics for

eye, adrenergic stimulating and
blocking drugs.
5 anticholinegrics for
eye, adrenergic stimulating and
blocking drugs.
3 7 anti glaucomatous drugs anti glaucomatous drugs.
8 anti glaucomatous drugs.
4 10 anti inflammatory drugs for Steroids, NSAIDs.

eye
11 antifungals for eye, Mechanism of action.

Adverse effects.
5 13 antibacterials for eye • Types of antibiotics

• Adverse effect.
14 • Types of antibiotics
• Adverse effect.
6 16 antivirals for eye • Mechanism of action

• Adverse effect
• Dosage.
17 • Mechanism of action
• Adverse effect
• Dosage
7 19 anti • Types of antiallergy.

allergics and decongestants for • Mechanism of action
eye • Adverse effect
20 • Types of antiallergy.
• Adverse effect
8 22 • Types of antiallergy.
• Mechanism of action Adverse
effect
23 Review.
10 25 mydriatics and cycloplegics- • Indication.

myrdiolytics • Mechanism of action side
effects
• Types.
26 • Indication.
• Mechanism of action side
effects
• Types
11 28 anesthetics for eye • Indication.
effects
29 • Indication.
effects
12 31 Periocular administration subconjunctival injection, retrobulbar

injection, sub tenon’s injection,
peribulbar injection, Interavireal
administration, intracameral
administration, photodyanimc
therapy
32 subconjunctival injection, retrobulbar

therapy
13 34 subconjunctival injection, retrobulbar

therapy
35 guidelines for prescription writing guidelines for prescription writing
14 37 Legal basis of drug utilization Legal basis of drug utilization
38 legal drug use in optometry,

Treatment of tear film abnormalities
and dry eye.
15 40 Dyes . (Fluorescein, Rose Bengal, ICG)
41 Ocular Adverse Drug Ocular Adverse Drug Reactions to

Reactions to Systemic Systemic Medications
Medications
16 43 Treatment through of allergic conjunctivitis, trachoma,
prescription viral conditions, conjunctival
hemorrhage, red eye, pain around
eye, mydriatics and cycloplegics, hot
and cold compression, blepharitis,
stye, chalazion drug therapy,
artificial tears prescription and other
general disorders
44 of allergic conjunctivitis, trachoma,

viral conditions, conjunctival
general disorders
17 46 of allergic conjunctivitis, trachoma,

viral conditions, conjunctival
general disorders
47 Review.
Semester-XI

Clinical Rotations III (Diagnostic & Paeds & Ophthalmology
OD-157 clinic) 6(0-6)
Credit Hours : 18
Clinical Rotations I(Refraction, screening and Pediatric care)

COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course will provide the students with skill in refraction both objective and subjective and use of
instruments used in refraction, pediatric examination and screening.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The goal of the course is to provide students with knowledge measurement of vision , refining
refractive error correction . At the end of the semester students will be able to perform refraction
with pediatric consideration and also will have the knowledge about screening.
week Refraction Retinoscopy
1. Retinoscopy in special cases
2. Cycloplagic refraction
3. Pedes retinoscopy
4. Refractive correction of nystagmoid patient
5. Subjective refraction
6. Binocular balancing
7. Pediatric Pediatric Examination

Care
8. Pediatric Vision Examination
9. Pediatric Refraction
10. Counseling of parents
11. Screening Screening for refractive errors
12. Screening for ocular disease
13. Eye Camping
14. Screening Charts
15. Screening Charts
Note:-The above course outline covers all contents of the subject as prescribed by HEC and
respective accreditation Council.
Clinical Rotations II (Contact Lens, dispensing, low vision)

COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course will provide knowledge about Contact Lens and low vision its importance and clinical
assessments. They will also learn some dispensing principles
COURSE OBJECTIVES
• At the end of the session student will be able to have knowledge about low vision patient
evaluation, prescribing LVAs. The will able to perform CL patient evaluation, complications
and there management. Will have a good knowledge about dispensing of spectacles.
Week Topics
1. Contact · Keratometry
lens
2. · Slit lamp evaluation
3. · Soft Contact Lenses
4. · Hard Contact Lenses ,Over Refraction
5. · Fitting Evaluation Dye (flouroscein) ,Contact lens projector, Fitting

Evaluation of Soft CL
6. Low Vision · LV patient Evaluation
7. · Ocular Examination , Guideline for parents and teachers
8. · Assessment of Visual Function
9. · Needs of patient. Counseling and rehabilitations
10. · LVDs Magnifiers, Telescopes Prescribing LVDs

11. Dispensing · Lensometry
12. · Prism identification
13. · IPD measurement
14. · Lens Production
15. · Frame measurements
Clinical Rotations III (Diagnostic & Paeds & Ophthalmology clinic)

OD-157 Clinical Rotations III (Diagnostic & Paeds & Ophthalmology clinic) 6(0-6)
COURSE DESCRIPTION
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The goal of the course is to provide students with knowledge how to use instruments and
interpretation of results of clinical findings,lso about the p0ediatric examination.
1. Diagnostics Diagnostic Instruments
2. Slit Lamp
3. Ultrasonography
4. Retinoscopy
5. Ophthalmoscopy
6. FFA
7. Perimetry
8. biometry
9. OCT
10. Pediatric Pediatric Examination

Clinic
11. Pediatric Vision Examination
12. Pediatric Refraction
13. Counseling of parents
14. Special consideration for ped examination
15. EUA
Semester-X

Research methodology and applied statistics and Research
OD-159 Project 6(2-4)
Credit Hours : 12
Clinical Rotation IV (Vireo-retina Clinic & Glaucoma Clinic)

Refraction, ophthalmology clinics, contact lens, low vision
Students will experience at least 2 hours of seminar per week and a minimum of 18 hours of clinical
work per week during the semester. In clinical rotations the students will examine patients in
Madina Teaching Hospital. They will work independently but under the supervision of faculty
members.
The students will examine patients in MTH and perform optometric procedures. They will look after
the management of emergency procedures as well as vision screening of children and adults.
Each student will be continuously evaluated by the faculty members throughout the semester. At the
end of semester final viva voce exam will be conducted.
The weightage of marks will be as under:
Continuous assessment = 50%
Final viva voce = 50%
(Report + question/answers)
Research methodology and applied statistics and Research Project

OD-159 Research methodology and applied statistics and Research Project 6(2-4)
(Annexure -III)
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 8
Subject: Approval of finalization, amendments and updates in course
curriculum, course codes, course outlines, course title
and credit hours of B.Sc Computer Engineering program
The Head, Department of Computer Engineering has recommended the finalization,

amendments and updates in course curriculum, course codes, course outlines, course titles and
credit hours of B.Sc Computer Engineering program are placed at Annexure-I. These have been
endorsed by the Board of Studies, and Board of Faculty of the Department of Computer
Engineering and Faculty of Engineering and Technology (Annexure-II).
The matter is placed before the Academic Council for consideration and approval.
ITEM 1
CURRENT WORK
ITEM NO. 1
Subject: FINALIZATION, AMENDMENTS AND UPDATES IN COURSE

CURRICULUM, COURSE CODES, COURSE OUTLINES, COURSE
TITLES AND CREDIT HOURS
The Board of Study of Department of Computer Engineering and Board of Faculty of Engineering
have proposed following items. Minutes of both meetings are attached.
1. Curriculum Annexure-I
2. Course outlines of all courses Annexure-II
3. Updated list of Technical electives and IDEE courses Annexure-III
4. Amendments in course titles and credit hours Annexure-IV
Details are available at annexure I, II, III and IV.
ANNEXURE I
B.Sc. Computer Engineering
Department of Computer Engineering
The previous and updated course curriculum is attached below:
Previous Course Curriculum
Theory Credit Hrs Lab Credit Hrs Total

Course Code Course Title Credit Hrs
(Contact Hrs) (Contact Hrs)
SEMESTER: 1
PHY1234 Applied Physics 3(3) 1(3) 4
MA1113 Calculus and Analytical Geometry 3(3) 0(0) 3
ME2013 Engineering Drawing 0(0) 1(3) 1
ENG103 English Language Proficiency 3(3) 0(0) 3
CS1710 Introduction to Computing 2(2) 1(3) 3
CSE1210 Linear Circuit Analysis 3(3) 1(3) 4
SEMESTER: 2
ENG105 Communication Skills 3(3) 0(0) 3
CS1712 Computer Programming 2(2) 1(3) 3
CSE1725 Digital Logic Design 3(3) 1(3) 4
CSE1220 Electrical Network Analysis 3(3) 1(3) 4
MA2320 Linear Algebra 3(3) 0(0) 3
SEMESTER: 3
MA2327 Complex Variables and Transforms 3(3) 0(0) 3
CSE2733 Computer Architecture and Organization 3(3) 1(3) 4
CSE2433 Electronics Devices and Circuits 3(3) 1(3) 4
CS2730 Elective 1 Object Oriented Programing 3(3) 1(3) 4
CSE1101 Workshop Practice 0+1 1
SS1411 Pakistan Studies 2(2) 0(0) 2
SEMESTER: 4
CS2712 Data Structures and Algorithms 3(3) 1(3) 4
MA2334 Differential Equations 3(3) 0(0) 3
CSE2743 Microprocessor Systems 3(3) 1(3) 4
CSE2126 Probability Methods in Engineering 3(3) 0(0) 3
CSE2527 Signals and Systems 3(3) 1(3) 4
SEMESTER: 5
CSE3347 Data Communication 3(3) 1(3) 4
CS3717 Database Management System 3(3) 1(3) 4
XXXXXX Elective 1 3(3) 1(3) 4
MA3143 Numerical Analysis 3(3) 0(0) 3
SEMESTER: 6
CSE3351 Computer Communication Networks 3(3) 1(3) 4
SS3720 Engineering Economics and Management 3(3) 0(0) 3
CS3734 Operating Systems 3(3) 1(3) 4
ENG1026 Technical Report Writing 3(3) 0(0) 3
CS4747 Software Engineering 3(3) 1(3) 4
SEMESTER: 7
XXXXXX IDE Elective 1 3(3) 0(0) 3
SS3721 Entrepreneurship 3(3) 0(0) 3
SS1409 Islamic Studies 2(2) 0(0) 2
CSE1030 Senior Year Project 1 0(0) 0(0) 0
SEMESTER: 8
XXXXXX IDE elective 2 3(3) 1(3) 4
MNG1020 Engineering Project Management 3(3) 0(0) 3
SSG1310 Professional Ethics 3(3) 0(0) 3
CSE1040 Senior Year Project 2 0(0) 0(0) 6
Updated Course Curriculum

Theory Lab
Credit Credit Total
Prereq Prereq
Course Code Course Title Hrs Hrs Credit Level
1 2
(Contact (Contact Hrs
Hrs) Hrs)
SEMESTER 1
PHY01114 Applied Physics 3(3) 1(3) 4 1
MAT01108 Calculus and Analytical Geometry 3(3) 0(0) 3 1
CMP05101 Engineering Drawing 0(0) 1(3) 1 1
ENG03209 English Language Proficiency 3(3) 0(0) 3 1
CS09110 Introduction to Computing 1(1) 1(3) 2 1
CMP06101 Linear Circuit Analysis 3(3) 1(3) 4 1
SEMESTER 2
ENG03203 Communication Skills 3(3) 0(0) 3 ENG03209 1
CS02113 Computer Programming 2(2) 1(3) 3 CS09110 1
CMP07101 Digital Logic Design 3(3) 1(3) 4 1
CMP11101 Electrical Network Analysis 3(3) 1(3) 4 CMP06101 1
SS06101 Islamic and Pakistan Studies 3(3) 0(0) 3 1
MAT04106 Linear Algebra 3(3) 0(0) 3 1
SEMESTER 3
MAT07203 Complex Variables and Transforms 3(3) 0(0) 3 MAT01108 2
Computer Architecture and
CMP07202 CMP07101
Organization 3(3) 1(3) 4 2
CMP06202 Electronic Devices and Circuits 3(3) 1(3) 4 CMP06101 2
CS02204 Elective 1 Object Oriented Programing 3(3) 1(3) 4 CS02113 2
CMP05202 Workshop Practice 0(0) 1(3) 1 2
CMP11202 Probability Methods in Engineering 3(3) 0(0) 3 MAT01108 2
SEMESTER 4
CS09204 Data Structures and Algorithms 3(3) 1(3) 4 CS02113 2
MAT05105 Differential Equations 3(3) 0(0) 3 MAT01108 2
Microprocessor and Microcontroller
CMP07204 CMP07101
Systems 3(3) 1(3) 4 2
MGT01305 Entrepreneurship 3(3) 0(0) 3 2
MAT07
CMP09201 CMP11201
Signals and Systems 3(3) 1(3) 4 203 2
SEMESTER 5
CMP09
CMP08301 CMP11202
Data and Communication Systems 3(3) 1(3) 4 201 3
CMP04301 Database Management Systems 3(3) 1(3) 4 CS09204 3
CMPXXXXX Elective 2 3(3) 1(3) 4 3
CS11303 Operating Systems 3(3) 0(0) 3 CS09204 3
MAT06305 Numerical Analysis 3(3) 0(0) 3 MAT05105 3
SEMESTER 6
CMP08302 Computer Communication Networks 3(3) 1(3) 4 CMP08301 3
CMPXXXX Elective 3 3(3) 1(3) 4 3
MGT01103 Principles of Management 3(3) 0(0) 3 3
CS04304 Software Engineering 3(3) 1(3) 4 CS09204 3
SEMESTER 7
XXXXXXX IDE Elective 1 3(3) 1(3) 4 4
MGT01102 Organizational Behavior 3(3) 0(0) 3 4
Technical Writing and Presentation
ENG07206
Skills 3(3) 0(0) 3 4
CMP02401 Senior Year Project 1 3 0(0) 3 4
SEMESTER 8
Understanding Psychology and Human
SS01205
Behavior 3(3) 0(0) 3 4
XXXXXXX IDE elective 2 3(3) 0(0) 3 4
CMP02402 Senior Year Project 2 3 0(0) 3 4
Semester Loading
Updated
Semester Previous Curriculum Curriculum
Load Load
First Semester Load 18 17
Second Semester Load 17 20
Third Semester Load 18 19
Fourth Semester Load 18 18
Fifth Semester Load 18 18
Sixth Semester Load 18 19
Seventh Semester Load 15 16
Eight Semester Load 16 9
Total 139 136

ANNEXURE II
B.Sc. Computer Engineering
Course Outlines
Calculus and Analytic Geometry (3+0)

Prerequisites: None
Objective:
Teach the concepts of calculus and analytic geometry and the applications of these concepts to the
solution of engineering problems.
Course Outline:
Complex Numbers, DeMoivre’s Theorem and its Applications, Simple Cartesian Curves, Functions
and Graphs, Symmetrical Properties, Curve Tracing, Limit and Continuity, Differentiation of
Functions. Derivative as Slope of Tangent to a Curve and as Rate of Change, Application to Tangent
and Normal, Linearization, Maxima/Minima and Point of Inflexion, Taylor and Maclaurin
Expansions and their convergence. Integral as Anti-derivative, Indefinite Integration of Simple
Functions. Methods of Integration: Integration by Substitution, by Parts, and by Partial Fractions,
Definite Integral as Limit of a Sum, Application to Area, Arc Length, Volume and Surface of
Revolution.
Recommended Books:
1. George B. Thomas and Ross L. Finney, “Calculus and Analytic Geometry,” 9th Edition, Addison-
Wesley,ISBN:0201531747.
2. George F. Simmons, “Calculus with Analytic Geometry,” 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, ISBN:
0070576424.
3. Gerald B. Folland, “Advanced Calculus,” 1st Edition, Prentice Hall, ISBN: 0130652652.
4. Monty J. Strauss, Gerald L. Bradley and Karl J. Smith, “Calculus”, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall,
ISBN: 0130918717
Linear Algebra (3+0)

Prerequisites: None
Objective:
Introduce the matrix theory and the use of matrices in the solution of engineering problems.
Course Outline:
Vectors, Vector Spaces, Matrices & Determinants, Cofactor and Inverse, Rank, Linear
Independence, Solution of system of Linear systems, Positive Definite matrix, Linear
Transformations, Operations on matrices, Inner products, orthgonality and least squares, Eigenvalue
& Eigenvectors. Applications to Systems of Equations and to Geometry, Singular Value
Decomposition.
Recommended Books:
1. Gilbert Strang, "Linear Algebra and Its Applications", 4th Edition, Thomson Brooks/ Cole,2007.
2. James M Ortega, "Matrix Theory – A Second Course", Plenum, 1991.
3. Otto Bretscher, "Linear Algebra with Applications", 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2005.
4. David Poole, "Linear Algebra – A Modern Introduction", Brooks/Cole, 2003.
Complex Variables and Transforms (3+0)
Prerequisites: Calculus and Analytical Geometry
Objective:
Develop fundamental skills complex variable analysis and apply it in solving differential equations
through Laplace transform.
Course Outline:
Complex numbers and functions. Complex integration. Power series, Taylor series. Laurent series,
residue integration. Laplace Transform. Use of Laplace transform in solving differential equations.
Recommended Book:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", John Wiley, 10th Edition
Probability Methods in Engineering (3+0)

Objective:
To introduce the basic concepts and engineering applications of probability and statistics.
Course Outline:
Set theory, basic concepts of probability, conditional probability, independent events, Baye's
Theorem, discrete and continuous random variables, distributions and density functions, probability
distributions (binomial, Poisson, hyper geometric, normal, uniform and exponential), mean,
variance, standard deviations, moments and moment generating functions, linear regression and
curve fitting, limits theorems and applications.
Recommended Books:
1. A. Leon-Garcia, "Probability and Random Processes for Electrical Engineering", Pearson
Education, 2nd Edition, 1994.
2. Sheldon Ross, "A First Course in Probability", Pearson Education, 6th Edition, 2002.
Differential Equations (3+0)

Objective:
Develop fundamental skills of solving ordinary differential equations, and developing differential
equations for real-world problems.
Course Outline:
Ordinary Differential Equations of the First Order: Geometrical Considerations, Isoclines, Separable
Equations, Equations Reducible to Separable Form, Exact Differential Equations, Integrating
Factors, Linear First-Order Differential Equations, Variation of Parameters. Ordinary Linear
Differential Equations; Homogeneous Linear Equations of the Second Order, Homogeneous Second
Order Equations with Constant Coefficients, General Solution, Real Roots, Complex Roots, Double
Root of the Characteristic Equation, Differential Operators, Cauchy Equation, Homogeneous Linear
Equations of Arbitrary Order, Homogeneous Linear Equations of Arbitrary Order with Constant
Coefficients, Non-homogeneous Linear Equations. Modeling of Electrical Circuits. Systems of
Differential Equations. Series Solutions of Differential Equations. Partial Differential Equations:
Method of Separation of variables, wave, Heat & Laplace equations and their solutions by Fourier
series method.
Recommended Books:
1. Michael Greenberg, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", 1996, Prentice Hall publishers.
2. Erwin Kreyzig, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", 10th edition, 1993, John Wiley & Sons
Inc.
3.Zill, Prindle, Weber and Schmidt, "A First Course in Differential Equations", 1996, Brooks/Cole
Publishing.
4. Dennis G. Zill, Michael R. Cullen. "Differential Equations with Boundary Value Problems", 1996,
Brooks/Cole Publishing,
5. C. H .Edwards, David E. Penney, "Elementary Differential Equations with Applications", 1993,
Prentice Hall.
Numerical Analysis (3+0)

Prerequisites: Differential Equation, Multivariable Calculus.
Objective:
Teach the use of computers for the numerical solution of engineering problems
Course Outline:
Floating point number system, error analysis, solutions of equations, interpolation, splines,
numerical differentiation and integration, numerical methods in linear algebra, systems of linear
equations, method of least squares, eigenvalues, eigenvectors, solution of ordinary and partial
differential equations. This subject is to be supplemented with extensive computer exercises.
Recommended Books:
1. Steven C. Chapra and Raymond P. Canale, “Numerical Methods for Engineers,” Fifth Edition,
2006, McGraw-Hill, ISBN: 0073101567.
2. Curtis F. Gerald, “Applied Numerical Analysis,” Seventh Edition, 2003, Addison Wesley, ISBN:
0321133048
Applied Physics (3+1)

Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Measurement. Motion along a straight line. Vectors. Motion in 2 and 3 dimensions. Force and
motion. Kinetic energy and work. Potential energy and conservation of energy. Center of mass and
rotation. Center of mass and linear momentum. Torque and angular momentum. Equilibrium and
elasticity. Gravitation. Fluids. Oscillations. Waves. First and second law of thermodynamics.
Electric charge. Electric field. Gauss's law. Electric potential. Capacitance. Current and resistance.
Circuits. Magnetic fields. Magnetic fields due to currents. Induction and inductance.
Electromagnetic oscillations and alternating current. Maxwell's equations.
Recommended Book:
1. Halliday, Resnick and Walker, "Fundamental of Physics", 10th Edition
Engineering Drawing (0+1)

Prerequisites: None
Objective:
To equip the students with the basic knowledge and skills of engineering drawing and its application
in practical scenarios. The students will also be introduced to a CAD package.
Course Outline:
Types of lines and usage, dimensioning, lettering, orthographic first angle projection, sheet planning,
orthographic third angle projection, introduction to computer aided drawing, isometric projection,
sectional drawing and assembly drawing. Drawing sheets will be prepared on drawing board as well
as CAD package.
Recommended Books:
1. Shawna Lockhart, “Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD”, Prentice Hall.
2. A. C. Parkinson, "First Year Engineering Drawing".
English Language Proficiency (3+0)
Objectives:
Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking.
Course Outlines:
Basics of Grammar. Parts of speech and use of articles. Sentence structure, active and passive voice.
Practice in unified sentence. Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure. Transitive and
intransitive verbs. Punctuation and spelling. Comprehension: Answers to questions on a given text.
Discussion: General topics and every-day conversation (topics for discussion to be at the discretion
of the teacher keeping in view the level of students). Listening: To be improved by showing
documentaries/films carefully selected by subject teachers. Translation skills: Urdu to English.
Paragraph writing: Topics to be chosen at the discretion of the teacher. Presentation skills.
Recommended Books:
2. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third edition.
3. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet. Oxford
Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. Pages 20-27 and 35-41.
4. Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills.
Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 453402 2.
Communication Skills (3+0)

Objectives:
Enable the students to meet their real life communication needs.
Course Outlines:
Business communications; planning messages, writing concise but with impact. Letter formats,
mechanics of business, letter writing, letters, memo and applications, summaries, proposals, writing
resumes, styles and formats, oral communications, verbal and non-verbal communication,
conducting meetings, small group communication, taking minutes. Presentation skills; presentation
strategies, defining the objective, scope and audience of the presentation, material gathering material
organization strategies, time management, opening and concluding, use of audio-visual aids,
delivery and presentation.
Recommended Books:
1. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. Exercises
2. Third edition. Oxford University Press 1986. ISBN 0 19 431350 6. 2. Writing. Intermediate by
Marie-ChrisitineBoutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills.
Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 019 4354057 Pages 45-53.
3. Writing. Upper-Intermediate by Rob Nolasco. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression
1992. ISBN 0 19 435406 5
4. Reading. Advanced. Brian Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third
Impression 1991. ISBN 0 19 453403 0.
5. Reading and Study Skills by John Langan
6. Study Skills by Richard York.
Technical Writing and Presentation Skills (3+0)
Objectives:
Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking
Course Outline:
Presentation skills. Essay writing: Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative. Academic
writing: How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper. How to write a research paper/term
paper (emphasis on style, content, language, form, clarity, consistency). Technical Report writing.
Progress report writing.
Recommended Books:
1. Writing. Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0
19 435407 3.
2. College Writing Skills by John Langan. McGraw-Hill Higher Education. 2004.
3. Patterns of College Writing (4th Edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St.
Martin’s Press.
4. The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compiled by norther Illinois University. General
Editiors: Janice Neulib; Kathleen Shine Cain; Stephen Ruffus and Maurice Scharton. (A reader
which will give students exposure to the best of twentieth century literature, without taxing the taste
of engineering students).
Introduction to Computing (1+1)

Prerequisites: None
Objective:
To acquaint the students with the structure, operation, programming, and applications of computers
Course Outline:
History, classification, basic components, CPU, memory, peripheral devices, storage media and
devices, physical and logical storage, data organization, file storage, programs and software,
application software, operating systems, problem specification, flow chart, variables and constants,
arrays, input/output, termination, social impact of computer age, computers in office, industry and
education.
Lab Work Outline:
Basic computer organization including motherboard, memory, I/O cards, networking devices, use of
flow charts, introduction to office tools including spreadsheet, word processing and presentation,
introduction to mathematical software such as MATLAB, overview of different browsers,
introduction to various operating systems, coding, executing and debugging simple programmes.
Recommended Books:
1. Brian Williams and Stacey Sawyer, “Using Information Technology”, McGraw-Hill, ISBN:
0072260718,9thEdition.
2.Patt and Patel, "Introduction to Computing Systems from Bits and Gates to C and Beyond", Mc-
GrawHill
3. Lab handouts – miscellaneous
Computer Programming (2+1)
Prerequisites: Introduction to Computing
Objective:
To acquaint the students with the fundamental concepts of structured and object oriented computer
programming language such as C++ OR Java.
Course Outline:
Fundamental data types, abstract data types, arrays and matrices, records and pointers, linked lists,
Introduction to Object oriented programming and software development, defining classes, selection
statements, repetition statements, exceptions and assertions, arrays and collections, file I/O,
inheritance and polymorphism, GUI and Event-driven programming.
Lab Work Outline:
Programming in C++ OR Java using simple programs for basic file I/O, single dimensional arrays,
two-dimensional arrays, sorting algorithm, problem solving in object-oriented paradigm, object
oriented programme design process and tools, implementation of classes and derived classes, objects
and encapsulation, operator and functions overloading, inheritance and polymorphism, GUI
development.
Recommended Books:
1. Robert Lafore, "Object-Oriented Programming in C++", Prentice Hall, ISBN: 0672323087, 4th
Edition.
2. C. Thomas Wu, "An Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming with Java", Mc-Graw Hill.
Data Structures & Algorithms (3+1)

Prerequisites: Computer Programming
Objective:
To understand the basic data structures and the abstract data structures and user defined data
structures and their applications to represent various information types. Design and analysis of
various algorithms for solving various searching, and sorting problems.
Course Outline:
Data types, Arrays, Records, Set structure, Abstract Data Types, Sequential allocation, Linked
allocation. Stacks (Sequential as well as Linked Implementation) Queues. (Sequential as well as
Linked Implementation), Linked Lists, Recursive versus Iterative Algorithms, Applications, Towers
of Hanoi, Linked Lists, Traversal, Insertion, Deletion, Doubly linked lists, Root Node, Terminal
Node, Branch Node, Level of a Node, Degree of a node. , Binary Tree, Tree traversal, (In-order/Pre-
order/Post-order traversal), Conversion of tree into binary tree/ Bin tree into a Heap,. Traversing and
searching in a tree, Insertion: Deletion, Heap, Heap-sort, Graphs. Adjacency Matrix, Traversal, DFS,
BFS, Path lengths, Shortest Path Searching & Sorting Algorithms,Insertion sort, Selections sort,
Merge sort, Radix sort, Hashing.
Recommended Books:
1. Horowitz Sahni, "Fundamentals of Data Structures in C++", 1999.
2. Lipshutz, "Data Structures", Schaum Outline Series, 1999.
3. Weiss, "Data structures and algorithm analysis in C++".
4. A. M. Tanenbaum, "Data structures using C and C++", 2001.
Database Management Systems (3+1)
Prerequisite: Data Structures and Algorithms
Objectives:
To introduce different data base design methodologies.
Course Outline:
User interface, data independence, user view, three data models (relational, hierarchical, network,
object oriented), conceptual, logical and physical database design and evaluation, normalization,
query languages, query optimization, security, integrity and concurrency protocols, introduction to
SQL and its application to RDBMS. Database design, model building, data table, forms & reports.
Database administration.
Lab:
Laboratory work will be based on the contents of the course.
Recommended Books:
1. C. J. Date, "Database Systems", Addison Wesley, 2004.
2. R. Cononolly and P. Begg, "Database Systems: A Practical Approach to Design, Implementation
and Management", Addison Wesley, 2009.
3. Elmasri and Navathe, "Fundamentals of Database Systems", Addison Wesley, 5th Edition.
Linear Circuit Analysis (3+1)

Prerequisites: None
Objective:
Introduce basic electrical engineering concepts and to acquaint students with the knowledge and
the tools to analyze linear electric circuits.
Course Outline:
Electric quantities, electric signals, electric circuits, Kirchhoff's laws, circuit elements. Resistance,
series parallel combination, voltage and current dividers, resistive bridges and ladders, practical
sources and loading, instrumentation and measurement. Nodal analysis, loop analysis, linearity and
superposition, source transformation, one ports, circuit theorems, power calculations. Dependent
sources, circuit analysis with dependent sources, ideal transformer, amplifiers. The operational
amplifier, basic op-amp configurations, ideal op-amp circuit analysis, summing and difference
amplifiers, amplifier types. Capacitance, inductance, natural response of RC and RL circuits.
Response to DC forcing function. Transient response of first order circuits, step, pulse and pulse
train responses, first order op-amp circuits. Transient response and step response of second order
circuits. AC fundamentals; RMS or effective, average and maximum values of current & voltage for
sinusoidal signal wave forms.
Lab Work Outline:
Learn the use of basic instruments in electrical engineering such as function generators, power
supplies, oscilloscopes. Design and implement circuits using R, RL and RC and verify the node
voltages and loop currents using instruments. Verify Circuit-theorems using lab instruments. Verify
circuit transformations using lab instruments.
Recommended Books:
1. S. Franco, "Electric Circuits Fundamentals", Oxford University Press.
2. R E Thomas, A J Rosa and G J Toussaint, "The Analysis and Design of Linear Circuits" John
Wiley, 6th Edition, 2009
3. C Alexander and M Sadiku, "Fundamentals of Electric Circuits", McGrawHill, 4th Edition, 2008
4. J D Irwin and R M Nelms, "Basic Engineering Circuit Analysis", Wiley, 9th Edition, 2008
5. W Hayt, J Kemmerly and S Durbin, "Engineering Circuit Analysis", McGrawHill, 7th Edition,
2007.
Workshop Practice (0+1)
Prerequisites: None
Objective:
To develop practical skills in the use of workshop tools and equipment.
Course Outline:
Introduction to various technical facilities in the workshop including mechanical and electrical
equipment. Concepts in electrical safety, safety regulations, earthing concepts, electric shocks and
treatment. Use of tools used by electricians, wiring regulations, types of cables and electric
accessories including switches, plugs, circuit breakers, fuses etc., symbols for electrical wiring
schematics e.g. switches, lamps, sockets etc., drawing and practice in simple house wring and testing
methods, wiring schemes of two-way and three-way circuits and ringing circuits, voltage and current
measurements. Electric soldering and soldering tools; soldering methods and skills, PCB designing,
transferring a circuit to PCB, etching, drilling and soldering component on PCB testing.
Recommended Books:
1.Choudhury, "Elements of Workshop Technology", Vol. 1, MPP.
2. Chapman, "Workshop Technology", Part-I,II,III, CBS.
Electrical Network Analysis (3+1)

Prerequisites: Linear Circuit Analysis
Objective:
To equip the students with the knowledge and techniques of analyzing electrical networks.
Course Outline:
Current and voltage transients, RLC circuits with DC and AC excitation, resonant circuit: series and
parallel resonance in AC circuit, Q-Factor, mutual inductance and transformers, introduction to
phasor representation of alternating voltage and current, single-phase circuit analysis, star-delta
transformation for DC and AC circuits, poly-phase generators, sphase sequence, vector diagrams for
balance and unbalanced three phase networks, power in three phase circuits and different methods
of its measurements. Two-port networks and their interconnections. Application of Laplace
transform in circuit analysis.
Lab Work Outline:
Design and implement RLC circuits and observe resonance and impedance characteristics. Verify
the node voltages and loop currents in RLC circuits using instruments. Verify Circuit-theorems using
lab instruments. Verify circuit transformations using lab instruments. Learn the use of Circuit
Simulation computer package such as SPICE. Observe transient and steady state response in RL,
RC and RLC circuits using SPICE.
Recommended Books:
1. S. Franco, "Electric Circuits Fundamentals", Oxford University Press.
2. R E Thomas, A. J. Rosa and G. J. Toussaint, "The Analysis and Design of Linear Circuits" John
Wiley, 6th Edition, 2009
3. C. Alexander and M. Sadiku, "Fundamentals of Electric Circuits", McGrawHill, 4th Edition, 2008
4. J. D. Irwin and R. M. Nelms, "Basic Engineering Circuit Analysis", Wiley, 9th Edition, 2008
5. W. Hayt, J. Kemmerly and S. Durbin, "Engineering Circuit Analysis", McGraw-Hill, 7th Edition,
2007.
Electronic Devices and Circuits (3+1)
Objective:
The objective of this course is to teach the principle, operation and characteristics of various
electronic devices and their applications in electronic circuits.
Course Outline:
PN Junction, device physics, diode circuits, clampers and rectifiers. Zener diodes, LED, L\laser
diode, photo diode, tunnel diode, BJTs, FETs and MOSFETS. Biasing circuits for BJT and FET.
Small signal transistor models. Single transistor amplifiers. Operational amplifiers.
Lab Work Outline:
Observe electrical characteristics of Diodes, BJT and FET. Design, implementation and
measurements of electronic circuits for rectifiers, zener diode regulators, Biasing in BJT and FET,
Small-signal amplifiers in BJT and FET. Use of Operational amplifiers.
Recommended Books:
1.Behzad Razavi, "Fundamentals of Microelectronics", Second Edition.
2. A. S. Sedra and K. C. Smith, "Microelectronic Circuits", Oxford University Press, 7th Edition.
Digital Logic Design (3+1)

Prerequisites: None
Objective:
To introduce the concepts for the design of digital electronic circuits and systems.
Course Outline:
Number Systems, Boolean Algebra, Logic Simplification, Combinational Logic, Sequential Logic,
Tri-state logic, Counters, Shift Registers, Computer Buses, Memory, Storage, Adders, Multiplexers
and simple arithmetic logic unit (ALU) design.
Lab Work Outline:
Basic logic gates, hardware implementation of combinational logic circuits such as multiplexers and
de-multiplexers, encoders/decoders, ALU; implementation of sequential circuits such as flip-flops,
registers, shift registers, counters and other digital circuits.
Recommended Books:
1. Morris Mano and Charles R. Kime, “Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals”, Prentice Hall.
2. Tocci and Widmer, "Digital Systems: Principles and Applications".
Computer Architecture and Organization (3+1)

Prerequisites: Digital Logic Design
Objective:
Upon completion of this course, the student will have basic understanding of computer system
architecture including CPU design, memory subsystem design and performance enhancement
techniques.
Course Outline:
Overview of main computer architectures and their performance comparison, instruction set
architecture, CPU design, and cache memory, different designs of cache memory system, virtual
memory system, and address mapping using pages, pipeling, super scaling, and threading,
instruction level parallelism (ILP), introduction to parallel processing. Branch prediction, pre-
fetching, multithreading.
Recommended Book:
1. David A. Patterson, John L. Hennessy, "Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach", 3rd
Edition, Morgan Kaufmann.
Microprocessor and Microcontroller Systems (3+1)
Prerequisites: Digital Logic Design
Objective:
To acquaint the students with the organization, programming and applications of microprocessor-
based systems.
Course Outline:
Introduction to microprocessor and microcontrollers, basic concepts, control unit, internal registers,
ALU of an 8-bit or 16-bit microprocessor, timing and sequencing, peripherals and interfacing,
memory and I/O synchronization, wait state, hardware single stepping, memory speed requirements,
logic levels, loading and buffering. Understanding the instruction set, data transfer, logic operations
and branching, programmed I/O interrupts, microprocessor system design, machine code and
assembly language programming.
Lab Work Outline:
Complete design and hardware implementation of microprocessor-based systems and connecting to
peripherals. Programming of microprocessor-based systems and debugging using Assembly
language and related tools.
Recommended Books:
1.Douglas V. Hall, "Microprocessor and Interfacing", Tata McGraw-Hill.
2.Charles Gilmore, "Microprocessors: Principles and Application", McGrawHill.
3.Mazidi, "Programming, Interfacing and Design using 8086".
Signals and Systems (3+1)

Prerequisites: Electrical Network Analysis, Complex Variables and Transforms
Objective:
To provide understanding of signals, systems and transforms.
Course Outline:
Continuous time and discrete time signals, periodic signals, even and odd signals, exponential and
sinusoidal signals, the unit impulse and unit step functions, continues time and discrete time systems,
linear time invariant (LTI) systems, difference equation, causality, BIBO stability, convolution and
correlation, discrete time Fourier transforms, time and frequency characterization of signals and
systems, the sampling theorem, aliasing, sampling the discrete time signals, z-transform, analysis
and characterization of LTI systems using ztransform, case studies: communication systems and
linear feedback systems. Introduction to Analog filter design.
Lab Work Outline:
Develop and understanding of signal systems and transforms using MATLAB.
Recommended Books:
1. A. V. Oppenheim, A. S. Willsky and S. H. Nawab, "Signals and Systems", 2nd Edition, Prentice
Hall, 1996
2. M. J. Roberts, "Fundamentals of Signals and Systems", McGraw-Hill, 2007
3. B. P. Lathi, "Linear Systems and Signals", 2nd Edition, Oxford, 2004
4. S. Haykin and B. Van Veen, "Signals and Systems", 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2002
5. C. L. Phillips, J. M. Parr and E. A. Riskin, "Signals, Systems, and Transforms", 4th Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2007.
Data and Communication Systems (3+1)
Prerequisites: Signals and Systems, Probability Methods in Engineering.
Objective:
This course is structured as a senior-level design course emphasizing fundamental communication
principles and the application of these principles to contemporary analogue and digital
communication systems. Students learn basic concepts (both digital and analogue) associated with
information, coding, modulation, detection, and signal processing in the presence of noise. They
apply these concepts to the design of contemporary communications, and digital telephony such as
television, radio, wireless, mobile, and satellite communications.
Course Outline:
Data communication networks and open system standards; Standards, ISO, Open systems Data link
layer protocols; Idle RQ, Sliding window (Go Back N, Selective Repeat), Framing, Link
management, Data transmission (Analog & Digital transmission), Guided and wireless media,
Channel capacity, Data encoding, Amplitude Modulation: Baseband and carrier communications,
Double Sideband (DSB), Single Sideband (SSB), Vestigial Sideband (VSB), Carrier Acquisition,
Angle Modulation: Instantaneous frequency, Bandwidth of FM/PM, Generation of FM/PM,
Demodulation of FM/PM, Noise: Mathematical representation, Signal to Noise Ratio, Noise in AM,
FM, and PM systems, Pulse Modulation: Sampling and Quantization, Pulse Amplitude Modulation,
Pulse Position and Pulse width Modulation, Quantization Noise, Signal to Quantization Noise Ratio,
Pulse code Modulation, Frequency Shift Keying, and Phase Shift Keying
Recommended Books:.
1. B. P. Lathi, "Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems", Oxford University Press.
2. Computer Networks 5th Edition By Andrew S. Tanenbaum, ISBN-10: 0132126958,ISBN-13:
978-0132126953, Publisher: Pearson
3. Data and Computer Communications , Wiiliam Satllings , Publisher: Pearson; 10 edition (13 Sept.
2013), Language: English, ISBN-10: 0133506487 ISBN-13: 978- 0133506488
Computer Communication Networks (3+1)

Prerequisites: Data and Communication Systems
Objective:
To help the students gain an understanding of the terminology and standards in modern day computer
networks. To make the students understand communication basics, networking and network
technologies; with emphasis on data and computer communication within the framework of the OSI
and TCP/IP protocol architectures, internet and internetworking and how to apply these in the design
and analysis of networks.
Course Outline:
Network architectures and switching techniques, characteristics of transmission media. Channel
access protocols and their efficiency. Link control protocols, and their efficiency. Routing
algorithms and protocols. Interconnection of network at the link level and at the network level,
Network layers, Network models (OSI, TCP/IP) and protocol standards, Network security issues.
End-to-end protocols, with TCP and UDP as an examples; congestion control and flow control.
Cursory view of application-level protocols, including electronic mail, HTTP and DNS.
Recommended Books:
1. Bruce S. Davie, "Computer Networks: A Systems Approach", Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 5th
Edition
2. A. S. Tanenbaum, "Computer Networks", Prentice Hall, 5th Edition.
Operating Systems (3+0)
Objectives:
To introduce various basic operational and management functions of an operating system.
Course Outline:
History and Goals, Evolution of Operating systems, Process and CPU management, Problems of
cooperative processes, Synchronization and scheduling algorithms, Deadlocks, Memory
management and virtual memory, Relocation, External Fragmentation, Paging and Demand Paging,
Secondary storage, Security and Protection, File systems, I/O systems, Multithreading, Kernel and
User Modes, Protection, Introduction to distributed operating systems.
Recommended Books:
1. Operating Systems Concepts by Silberschatz A., Peterson, J. L., & Galvin P. C., 9th Edition, John
Wiley & Sons.
2. Modern Operating Systems by Tanenmaum A. S., 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall.
3. Operating System by William Stallings, 8th Edition, Prentice Hall.
Software Engineering (3+1)

Objectives:
To understand, analyze and develop complex software by going through different phases of software
engineering methodology.
Course Outline:
Introduction to software engineering, Models of the software development process, Software
requirements and specifications, Project planning, organization and management, Software analysis
and design techniques, Team project activities, Software quality assurance, Software testing,
Software Engineering tools (CASE Tools) and environments.
Recommended Books:
1. Pressman, Roger S., "Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach", 6th Edition, Mc-Graw
Hill.
2. Sommerville, "Software Engineering", 9th Edition, Pearson Education.
Islamic Studies (2+0)

Objectives:
The objectives of this course are:
✦ To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies
✦ To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization
✦ To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships
✦ To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious life.
Course Outline:
Introduction to Quranic studies:
✦ Basic Concepts of Quran. History of Quran. Uloom-ul-Quran Study of selected text from the
Quran:
✦ Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith(Verse No-284-286)
✦ Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi (Verse No-1-18)
✦ Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of the faithful (Verse No-1-11)
✦ Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Verse No. 63-77)
✦ Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam(Verse No-152-154)
✦ Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (Verse No. 6,21,40,56,57,58.)
✦ Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18,19,20) Related to thinking, Day of Judgment
✦ Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakar, Tadabar (Verse No-1,14) Seerat of Prophet (SAW)
I:
✦ Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah ( Before Prophet Hood)
✦ Life of Holy Prophet (SAW) in Makkah
✦ Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in MakkahSeerat of Prophet (SAW) II:
✦ Life of Holy Prophet (SAW) in Madina
✦ Important Events of Life Holy Prophet in Madina
✦ Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Madina Introduction to Sunnah:
✦ Basic Concepts of Hadith. History of Hadith. Kinds of Hadith. Uloom –ulHadith. Sunnah&
Hadith. Legal position of Sunnah. Study of selected texts of hadith. Introduction to Islamic law &
Jurisprudence:
✦ Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence. History & Importance of Islamic Law &
Jurisprudence. Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence. Nature of Differences in Islamic Law.
Islam and Sectarianism. Islamic Culture & Civilization:
✦ Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization. Historical Development of Islamic Culture &
Civilization. Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization. Islamic Culture & Civilization and
Contemporary Issues. Islam and Science:
✦ Basic Concepts of Islam and Science. Contributions of Muslims in the Development of Science.
Quran & Science. Islamic Economic System
✦ Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System. Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic
Economics. Islamic Concept of Riba. Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce. Political System of
Islam
✦ Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System. Islamic Concept of Sovereignty. Basic Institutions
of Govt. in Islam. Islamic History
✦ Period of Khilafat-e-Raashida. Period of Ummayyads. Period of Abbasids. Social system of
Islam
✦ Basic Concepts of Social System of Islam. Elements of Family. Ethical Values of Islam.
Recommended Books:
1. Hameedullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam”, IRI, Islamabad
2. Hameedullah Muhammad, “Muslim Conduct of State”
3. Hameedullah Muhammad, ‘Introduction to Islam”
4. Mulana Muhammad YousafIslahi, Hussain Hamid Hassan, “An Introduction to the Study of
Islamic Law” leaf Publication Islamabad, Pakistan.
5. Ahmad Hasan, “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic Research Institute, International
Islamic University, Islamabad (1993)
6. Mir Waliullah, “Muslim Jurisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes”, Islamic Book Service
(1982)
7. H.S. Bhatia, “Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society” Deep & Deep Publications New
Delhi (1989)
8. Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq, “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia” AllamaIqbal Open University,
Islamabad (2001).
Pakistan Studies (2+0)
Objectives:
✦ Develop vision of historical perspective, government, politics, contemporary Pakistan,
ideological background of Pakistan.
✦ Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age and
posing challenges to Pakistan.
Course Outline:
Historical Perspective a) Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan,
Allama Muhammad Iqbal and Quaid-i-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah. b) Factors leading to Muslim
separatism c) People and Land i. Indus Civilization ii. Muslim advent iii. Location and geo-physical
features.
Government and Politics in Pakistan Political and constitutional phases: a) 1947-58 b) 1958-71
c) 1971-77 d) 1977-88 e) 1988-99 f) 1999 onward
Contemporary Pakistan a) Economic institutions and issues b) Society and social structure c)
Ethnicity d) Foreign policy of Pakistan and challenges e) Futuristic outlook of Pakistan
Recommended Books:
1.Burki, ShahidJaved. State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd 1980.
2. Akbar, S. Zaidi. Issue in Pakistan’s Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2000.
3. S.M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring. Pakistan’s Foreign policy: An Historical analysis. Karachi:
Oxford University Press, 1993.
4. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Political Roots & Development. Lahore, 1994.
5. Wilcox, Wayne. The Emergence of Banglades, Washington: American Enterprise, Institute of
Public Policy Research, 1972.
6. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan KayyunToota, Lahore: Idara-e-Saqafat-eIslamia, Club Road, nd.
7. Amin, Tahir. Ethno - National Movement in Pakistan, Islamabad: Institute of Policy Studies,
Islamabad.
8. Ziring, Lawrence. Enigma of Political Development. Kent England: WmDawson& Sons Ltd,
1980.
9. Zahid, Ansar. History & Culture of Sindh. Karachi: Royal Book Company, 1980.
10. Afzal, M. Rafique. Political Parties in Pakistan, Vol. I, II & III. Islamabad: National Institute of
Historical and cultural Research, 1998.
11. Sayeed, Khalid Bin. The Political System of Pakistan. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1967.
12. Aziz, K. K. Party, Politics in Pakistan, Islamabad: National Commission on Historical and
Cultural Research, 1976.
13. Muhammad Waseem, Pakistan Under Martial Law, Lahore: Vanguard, 1987.
14.Haq, Noor ul. Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspective. Islamabad: National Commission
on Historical and Cultural Research, 1993.
Entrepreneurship (3+0)
Objective:
Entrepreneurship is an important component in the process of economic development. The purpose
of this course is to analyse the theories of entrepreneurship and to go for case studies of successful
entrepreneurs.
Course Contents:
Introduction: The concept of entrepreneurship, The economist view of entrepreneurship, The
sociologist view, Behavioural approach, Entrepreneurship and Management.
The Practice of Entrepreneurship: The process of entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurial Management,
The entrepreneurial business, Entrepreneurship in service institutions, The new venture
Entrepreneurship and Innovation: The innovation concepts, Importance of innovation for
entrepreneurship, Sources of innovative opportunities, The innovation process, Risks involved in
innovation
Developing Entrepreneur: Entrepreneurial profile, Trait approach to understanding
entrepreneurship, Factors influencing entrepreneurship, The environment, Socio cultural factors,
Support systems
Entrepreneurship Organization: Team work, Networking organization, Motivation and
compensation, Value system
Entrepreneurship and SMES: Defining SMEs, Scope of SMEs, Entrepreneurial, managers of
SME, Financial and marketing problems of SMEs
Entrepreneurial Marketing: Framework for developing entrepreneurial marketing, Devising
entrepreneurial marketing plan, Entrepreneurial marketing strategies, Product quality and design
Entrepreneurship and Economic Development: Role of entrepreneur in the economic
development generation of services, Employment creation and training, Ideas, knowledge and skill
development, The Japanese experience
Case Studies of Successful Entrepreneurs
Recommended Books:
1. Paul Burns and Jim Dew Hurst: Small Business and Entrepreneurship
2. P.N. Singh: Entrepreneurship for Economic Growth
3. Peter F. Drucker: Innovation and Entrepreneurship Peter F. Drucker
4. John B. Miner: Entrepreneurial Success
Principles of Management (3+0)

Objectives:
This is a rudimentary course for the students of business administration. The focus of attention will
be given to learning fundamental principles of management and of managing people and
organization in a historical as well as contemporary world. Students are expected to develop
analytical and conceptual framework of how people are managed in small, medium and large public
and private national and international organizations.
Course Contents:
Introduction, overview and scope of discipline. The evolution and emergence of management
thought. Management functions. Planning concepts, objectives, strategies and policies. Decision
making. Organizing; departmentalization, line/staff authority, commitments and group decision
making. Staffing: principles of selection, performance, career planning. Leading: Motivation,
leadership, communication. Controlling: the system and process and techniques of controlling.
Management and Society: future perspective.
Recommended Books:
1. Stephen P. Robins, Mary Coulter: Management
2. H. Koontz Odonnel and H. Weihrich: Management
3.McFarland: Management: Foundation and Practice
4. Robert M. Fulmer: The New Management
Organizational Behaviour (3+0)

Course Outline:
Introduction to organizational behaviour. Structure and control in organization. Individual and work
learning. Stress. Individual differences. Motivation and job satisfaction. Group and work. Group and
inter-group behaviour. Leadership. Patterns of work. Conflict and consent in work. Organizational
culture.
Recommended Books:
1. Finchan, R., & Rhodes, P. (2003), Principles of Organizational Behaviour, 3rd Oxford.
2. Noe, R., Hollenbeck, J. Gerhart, B., & Wright, P. (2006), Human Resource Management, 5th Ed.,
McGraw-Hill.
3. Newstrom John W. (2007), Organizational Behaviour, (12th Ed), McGrawHill.
4. Luthan Fred, (2005), Organizational Behaviour, McGraw Hill Inc.
5. Robins, Stephen, (2005), Organizational Behaviour, McGraw Hill Inc.
Understanding Psychology and Human Behaviour (3+0)

Course Outline:
What is psychology? Nature, scope and application with special reference to Pakistan. Different
schools of psychology. Methods of psychology. Learning. Intelligence and artificial intelligence.
Personality and its assessment. Understanding malad justice behavior. Positive emotional states and
processes. Stress management and anger management.
Recommended Books:
1. Atkinson R. C., & Smith E. E. (2000), Introduction to Psychology (13th Ed.), Harcourt Brace
College Publishers.
2. Fernald, L. D., & Fernald, P. S. (2005), Introduction to Psychology, USA: WMC Brown
Publishers.
3. Hergenhahn, B. R. (2001). An Introduction to the History of Psychology, New York: Wadsworth.
4. Goodwin, C. J, (2000) Research in Psychology: Methods and Design, (3rd Ed.), New York: John
Wiley & Sons.
5. Synder, C. R., & Lopez, S. J. (2007) Positive Psychology, USA, Sage Publications.
6. Allen, B. P. (1997), Personality Theories: Development, Growth and Diversity, (2nd Ed.), Boston:
Allyn& Bacon.
7. Cohen, R. J., &Swerdlik, M. E. (2005) Psychological Testing & Assessment (6th Ed.), New York:
McGraw-Hill.
8. Corcini, R., (2000). Current Psychotherapies. London: Thompson & Co Publishers.
9. Comer, R. J. (2004). Abnormal Psychology, USA: Freeman & Company.
10. Schwartz, B., Wassernman, E., & Robbins, S. (2002), Psychology of Learning and Behaviour,
5th Ed. Norton and Company.
Object Oriented Programming (3+1)

Prerequisites: Computer Programming
Objectives:
To introduce objects, class hierarchy, operations on objects and use them in solving real life
problems.
Course Outline:
Procedural versus object oriented programming languages, UML modeling, object oriented design
strategy and problem solving, objects and classes, member functions, public and private members,
dynamic memory management, constructors and destructors, templates, object encapsulation,
derived classes, class hierarchies, inheritance and polymorphism, operator overloading, stream class,
practical design through Object Oriented Programming
Recommended Books:
1. James Martin, James J., Odell, "Object Oriented Methods: A Foundation", 2nd Edition , Prentice
Hall.
2. Robert Lafore, "Object-Oriented Programming in C++", Fourth Edition, 2002, Prentice Hall,
ISBN: 0672323087, ISBN-13: 9780672323089
Simulation and Modeling (3+1)
Prerequisites: Probability Methods in Engineering, Data Structures and Algorithms
Objective:
To provide the fundamental and practical concepts of computer simulation and modeling techniques
and its role in engineering management problem solving
Course Outline:
Introduction to Simulation and modeling, system classification, simulation models, simulation
techniques, Queuing Models, simulation softwares, probability used in simulation, random numbers
generation and algorithms, Monte Carlo Simulation, Finite element methods and analysis,
Simulation in ANSYS software.
Recommended Books:
1. Jerry Banks, John S. Carson II, Barry L. Nelson, Devid M. Nicol, “Discrete-Event system
simulation”, 5th Edition
2. Geoffrey Gordon, “System Simulation”, 2nd Edition.
3. V. p. Singh, System modelling and simulation”, 2009.
4. A.M. Law and W.D. Kelton: Simulation and Modeling and analysis”, 3rd Edition
Digital Image Processing (3+1)

Prerequisites: Computer Programming, Signals and Systems
Objective:
To understand the concepts of digital image acquisition, perception and processing in order to use
them in computer vision, image enhancement and compression.
Course Outline:
Concept of digital image, Types of images, Visual Perception, Light & Electromagnetic Perception,
Image sensing &acquisition, : Spatial and luminance resolution parameters, Image Sampling and
quantization, Imaging defects, Noise, Histogram Processing, Spatial Filtering, Convolution &
Correlation, Smoothing and Sharpening, Fourier Transform, DFT, Frequency based filtering,
Contrast enhancement and adjustment, Noise elimination: smoothing, Histogram manipulation
(equalization, compression and Stretching, Image Restoration and Reconstruction, Edge detection,
Image segmentation, Segmentation, Feature extraction, Image Coding & Compression, Applications
Lab Work Outline:
Image Sampling and quantization, Image Transform, Spatial Domain Filtering, Convolution and
Correlation, Smoothing and Sharpening, Frequency Domain Filtering, Fourier Transform, DFT,
Contrast enhancement and adjustment, Noise elimination: smoothing, Histogram equalization,
compression & Stretching, Image Restoration & Reconstruction, Filtering, low pass (smoothing),
high-pass (edge-enhancement). Edge detection techniques. Image segmentation, Feature extraction,
Image Coding & Compression.
Recommended Book:
1. R. C. Gonzales & Woods, "Digital Image Processing", 3rd Edition.
Digital System Design (3+1)

Prerequisites: Computer Architecture and Organization
Objective:
To introduce the skills to write VHDL/ Verilog code that can be synthesized to efficient logic
circuits.
Course Outline:
High-level digital design methodology using VHDL/Verilog, Design, Implementation, and
Verification, Application requiring HW implementation, Floating-Point to Fixed-Point Conversion,
Architectures for Basic Building Blocks, Adder, Compression Trees, and Multipliers,
Transformation for high speed using pipelining, retiming, and parallel processing, Dedicated Fully
Parallel Architecture, Time shared Architecture, Hardwired State Machine based Design, Micro
Program State Machine based Design, FPGA-based design and logic synthesis.
Recommended Books:
1. Kevin Skahill, "VHDL for Programmable Logic", Addison Wesley.
2. Peter J. Ashenden, "The Designer’s Guide to VHDL", 2nd Edition, Morgan Kaufman
3. Samir Palnitkar, "Verilog HDL-A guide to Digital Design and Synthesis", 2nd Edition, Prentice
Hall Publisher
4. Michael D. Ciletti, "Advanced Digital Design with Verilog HDL", Prentice Hall, 2nd Edition.
Embedded System Design (3+1)

Prerequisite: Programming Fundamentals, Digital Logic Design
Objective:
Introduce the trends and challenges in the design of embedded systems and teach chip technologies
and design tools needed for these systems.
Course Outline:
Trends and challenges in embedded system design, The Microcontroller Architecture, Assembly
Language programming, Addressing modes and Instruction Set, I/O Ports programming, TIMER
and SERIAL and PARALLEL port programming, Interrupts, interfacing, A/D and D/A conversion.
Interfacing and Application using PWM.
Lab work Outline:
Understanding and implementation of Micro controllers. A/D and D/A interfacing, interfacing such
as with LED/ LCD and KEYBOARD, etc. Speed control of DC Motor and stepper motor using
PWM
Recommended Book:
1. Frank Vahid and Tony D. Givargis, “Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software
Introduction,” 2001, John Wiley & Sons ISBN: 0471386782.
Digital Signal Processing (3+1)

Prerequisites: Signals and Systems
Objective:
This course aims to develop mathematical and analytical skills necessary to analyze digital signals
both in time and frequency domains. From the system’s perspective, the objective is to incorporate
extensive design skills in the students enabling them to develop relevant prototypes with the desired
level of accuracy.
Course Outline:
Overview of Discrete-time systems. Application of z-transform for analysis of Linear Shift Invariant
systems, Circular Convolution, Discrete Fourier Transform, Fast fourier Transform, Butterworth and
Chebyshev approximation of analogue filters, Finite Impulse Response (FIR) and Infinite Impulse
Response (IIR) filters, Design of FIR filter, Design of IIR Filter.
Recommended Books:
1. John G. Proakis and Dimitris K. Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing – Principles, Algorithms
and Applications,” 4th Edition, Prentice Hall.
2. Sanjit K. Mitra, "Digital Signal Processing - A computer Based Approach", McGraw Hill, 2nd
Edition.
3. A. V. Oppenheim and R. W. Schaffer, "Discrete-Time Signal Processing", 3rd Edition, Prentice
Hall
4. A. Ambardar, "Digital Signal Processing – A Modern Introduction", Thomson.
5. R. J. Schilling and S. L. Harris, "Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing Using MATLAB",
Thomson.
FPGA-Based System Design (3+1)

Prerequisite: Digital Logic Design
Objective:
Teach the design of digital electronic circuits with field programmable gate arrays.
Course Outline:
Introduction to digital design and FPGA, FPGA architectures, SRAM-based FPGAs, permanently-
programmed FPGAs, circuit FPGA-based system design, logic design process, combinational
network delay, power and energy optimization, arithmetic logic elements, logic implementation
using FPGAs, FSM design, ASM design. Physical design (PnR) for FPGAs, synthesis process.
Sequential design using FPGAs, sequential machine design process, sequential design style.
Lab Work Outline:
Introduction to Verilog HDL, gate-level modeling, data flow modeling, behavioral modelling,
design, simulation, synthesis and fitting of combinational circuits, design and implementation of an
FSM and memory.
Recommended Books:
1. Wayne Wolf, “FPGA-Based System Design,” with CD-ROM, 2004, Prentice Hall, ISBN:
0131424610.
2. Samir Palnitkar, “Verilog HDL,” Second Edition, 2003, Prentice Hall, ISBN: 0130449113.
3. Michael D. Ciletti, “Advanced Digital Design with the Verilog HDL,” First Edition, 2003,
Prentice Hall, ISBN: 0130891614.
4. Michael John Sebastian Smith, “Application-Specific Integrated Circuits,” First Edition, 1997,
Addison Wesley, ISBN: 0201500221.
VLSI Design (3+1)

Prerequisite: Integrated Electronics
Objective:
Teach VLSI system design including system specification, verification, and fabrication.
Course Outline:
Introduction to integrated circuits, IC fabrication, monolithic integrated circuits, introduction to
MOS technology, basic electrical properties of MOS and BiCMOS circuits, basic digital building
blocks using MOS transistor basic circuit concepts, ultra-fast VLSI circuits and systems and their
design.
Lab Outline: Implementation of VLSI design techniques using VHDL and /or Verilog HDL.
Recommended Book:
1.ZainalabedinNavabi, “Verilog Computer-Based Training Course,” First Edition, 2002, McGraw-
Hill, ISBN: 0071374736.
Digital Control Systems (3+1)

Prerequisite: Control Systems
Objective:
Teach the theory and methods for the analysis and design of digital control systems including theory
of sampling, discrete transfer functions, z transform analysis, and stability.
Course Outline:
Basics of digital control, theory of sampling, sampled data systems, discrete signals and sampling,
difference equation, discrete transfer functions, z transform analysis, frequency response methods,
state equations, time-discrete representation of time-continuous systems, discrete control algorithms,
design methods of digital controllers, stability of digital control systems, discrete equivalents for
continuous controllers, pulse transfer functions of feedback systems, digital-to analog conversion,
digital filtering of systems.
Lab Work Outline:
Control system identification; controller design, experimentation, computer simulation, and analysis
of control systems. All experiments are conducted with real-time process interface cards of PC for
experimental data display and storage. Stored files are analyzed further using MATLAB. Lab
assignments include computer-based control system simulation and design using MATLAB.
Recommended Books:
1. Charles L. Phillips and H. Troy Nagle, “Digital Control System Analysis and Design,” Third
Edition, 1995, Prentice Hall, ISBN: 013309832X.
2. H Benjamin C. Kuo H, “Digital Control Systems,” Second Edition, 1995, Oxford University
Press, ISBN: 0195120647.
3. Mohammed S. Santina H, Allen R. Stubberud and Gene H. Hostetter, “Digital Control System
Design,” Second Edition, 1995, Oxford University Press, ISBN: 0030760127.
4. Katsuhiko Ogata, “Discrete-Time Control Systems,” Second Edition, 1995, Prentice Hall, ISBN:
0130342815.
Linear Control System (3+1)

Prerequisites: Signals and Systems
Objective:
This course is aimed to build a comprehensive foundation in the analysis and design of control
systems using classical and modern techniques.
Course Outline:
Modeling of electrical, mechanical and biological control systems, Open and closed-loop systems,
Block diagrams. Second order systems. Step and impulse response. Performance criteria. Steady
state error. Sensitivity, s-plane system stability. Analysis and design with the root loci method.
Frequency domain analysis, Bode plots, Nyquist criterion, gain and phase margins, Nichols charts.
The State-space method, state equations, flow graphs, stability, compensation techniques.
Simulation and Controller design using MATLAB.
Recommended Books:
1. Steffani, Savant, Shahian and Hostetter, "Design of Feedback Control Systems" 4th Edition,
Saunders College Publications.
2. Katsushiko, Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering,” McGraw-Hill, `5th Edition
3. R. C. Dorf and R. H. Bishop, “Modern Control Systems,” 12th Edition
4. B. C. Kuo, “Automatic Control Systems” 7th Edition
Software Project Management (3+0)

Prerequisites: Software Engineering
Objectives:
Metrics based evolution of project, Role of project management during the project lineup
Course Outline:
Introduction to project management. Principals of project management, integrated software
engineering project Planning (Project infrastructure, characteristics, Activities (Work Breakdown
Structure), Iterative planning, Size, resource, cost and schedule estimation). Project Activity
Planning (Network), Resource Requirements, Scheduling, and Allocation, Monitoring and
Controlling Progress, Project organization and staffing, Risk analysis and management; Client
Management, Project direction and control, Project progress visibility: matrices and measurement.
Configuration Management.
Recommended Books:
1. Project Management Handbook K. Pinto Editor, Jossey-Bass Publishers, 1998, ISBN 0-7879-
4013-5.
2. Pressman R.S., "Software Engineering - A Practitioner's Approach”, 8th Edition, Mcgraw-Hill
Inc.
3. Practical Software Metrics For Project Management and Process Improvement, by R. B. Grady,
Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ 07632 1992. ISBN 0-13-720384-5.
4. Effective Project Management, by Wisocki, Beck and Crane. John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 1995.
ISBN 0-471-11521-5.
5. Project Management, Strategic Design and Implementation, 3rd edition, by David I. Cleland,
McGraw-Hill, 1999, ISBN 0-07-012020-X.
Software Quality Assurance (3+0)

Prerequisite: Software Engineering
Objectives:
Choose and apply appropriate quality control systems, standards, practices, and processes. Conduct
effective inspections, reviews and audits. Understand CMM concepts and methods, and able to
evaluate the current software engineering maturity by using external certifications to enhance
existing practices. Know the basics of ISO process and standards, and know how to implement an
effective quality measurement approach based on well-defined quality metrics and reporting
formats. Understanding of Software testing technique. Develop a good quality assurance plan and
standards for large, small and fast-track projects. Understand how to use quality management tools
effective.
Course Outline:
Introduction to software quality assurance, Fundamentals of software quality assurance practice,
Software quality control processes, Software quality verification, Software quality measurement,
Supporting tools for software quality control, The SEI Capability Maturity Model for Software, ISO
9000 for Software, Software Testing Techniques, Software Testing Strategies, Formal Methods,
Software quality certification, Deploying a quality system.
Recommended Books:
1. Jerry ZeyuGao, H. S. Jacob Tsao, and Ye Wu, Testing and Quality Assurance for Component-
Based Software, Artech House Publishers, 2003.
2. Frank P. Ginac, Customer Oriented Software Quality Assurance, Prentice Hall PTR; 1st Edition
(December 1997).
Wireless and Mobile Communication (3+0)

Prerequisites: Data and Communication Systems
Objective:
To provide an overview of the fundamental concepts and technologies involved in wireless and
mobile communication systems.
Course Outline:
Wireless channel models: path loss, shadowing, multipath fading, wideband channel models.
Capacity of wireless channels, digital modulation, performance in wireless fading channels.
Diversity (time, frequency, space), equalization. Multicarrier modulation (OFDM), spread spectrum
(CDMA), cellular concept, frequency reuse. Multiuser systems, wireless networks.
Recommended Books:
1. Theodore S. Rappaport, "Wireless Communications", 2nd Edition.
2. D. Tse and P. Viswanath, "Fundamentals of Wireless Communication", 6th Edition.
3. William Stallings, "Wireless Communications & Networks by Pearson, 2nd Edition
4. William Lee, "Wireless & Cellular Communications", McGraw-Hill, 3rd Edition.
Electrical Machines (3+1)

Objectives:
Covers fundamental aspects of Electrical Machines.
Course Outline:
Introduction to Electrical Machinery Principles: Magnetic Field and Circuits, Magnetization curves
Characteristics of hard and soft magnetic materials, losses. Transformers: Ideal Transformer, Single
Phase transformer: Operation and Equivalent Circuit, auto-transformer. DC Machinery
fundamentals: Basics, loop rotating between pole faces, Commutation, Windings, Armature
reaction, Induced Voltage and torque equation. Power flow and losses, Types of DC motors,
Permanent magnet DC motors. AC Machinery fundamentals: Rotating Magnetic Field, Magneto
motive force and flux distribution, Induced Voltage and Torque, Windings, Power Flow and Losses,
Introduction to Induction Machines. Special Purpose Motors: Introduction to Single phase Induction
Motors, Switched Reluctance motors, Hysteresis motors, Stepper, brushless DC motors.
Recommended Books:
1. Stephen J. Chapman, "Electric Machinery Fundamentals", McGraw-Hill, 5th Edition.
2. Fitzgerald, Kingsley and Umans, "Electric Machinery", McGraw-Hill, 7th Edition
3.Hindmarsh, "Electrical Machines", McGraw-Hill. 5th Edition.
Instrumentation and Measurements (3+1)

Prerequisite: Electrical Network Analysis, Digital Logic Design
Objective:
Introduce the concepts and the methods and instruments for the measurement of electrical and non-
electrical quantities.
Course Outline:
Precision measurements terminologies principles of different measurement techniques; instruments
for measurement of electrical and non-electrical quantities; systems for signal processing and signal
transmission; modern instrumentation techniques; static and dynamic responses of instrumentation
and signal conditioning; data acquisition systems; principles of operation, construction and working
of different analog and digital meters, Advanced Testing & Measuring instruments recording
instruments, signal generators, Input and output transducers; types of bridges for measurement of
resistance, inductance, and capacitance; power and energy meters;high-voltage measurements.
Lab Work Outline: Design, construction, and analysis of measurement circuits, data acquisition
circuits, instrumentation devices, and automatic testing; measurement of electrical parameters using
different lab instruments; calibration of measurement instruments; use of data acquisition systems
for presentation and interpretation of data; use of microcomputers to acquire and process data; use
of simulation and instrumentation languages (LabVIEW).
Recommended Books:
1. Klaas B. Klaassen and Steve Gee, “Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation,” 1996,
Cambridge University Press, ISBN: 0521477298.T
2. H Kevin, JamesH, “PC Interfacing and Data Acquisition: Techniques for Measurement,
Instrumentation and Control,” 2000, Newnes, ISBN: 0750646241.
Multimedia Communication (3+1)
Prerequisite: Data and Communication Systems
Objective:
To develop familiarity with the science and technology of multimedia communication.
Course Outline:
Overview of multimedia systems, Audio/Video fundamentals (representation, human perception,
equipment and applications). Audio and video compression (e.g., JPEG, MPEG, H.26X, etc.),
scalable coding, perceptual audio encoders. Performance comparison of coding algorithms,
Algorithms for image and video processing, multimedia programming.
Recommended Books:
1. Fred Halsall, "Multimedia Communications: Applications, Networks, Protocols, and Standards".
2. Puri, "Multimedia Systems, Standards and Networks", Marcel Dekker, 2000.
3. Steve Heath, "Multimedia and Communication Technology", Focal Press, 2nd Edition.
4. Bill Whyte, "Multimedia Telecommunication", Chapman and Hall, 1997.
Electromagnetic Field Theory (3+0)

Prerequisite: Multivariable Calculus
Objectives:
Introduce the concepts and mathematical methods to understand and analyze electromagnetic fields
and waves.
Course Outline:
Vector algebra, coordinate systems and transformations, Vector calculus, electrostatic fields in
materials, electrostatic boundary value problems, resistance and capacitance calculation. Magneto-
static fields, magneto-static fields and materials, inductance calculation. Faraday's Law,
displacement current and Maxwell's equation.
Recommended Books:
1. William Hayt and John A. Buck, “Engineering Electromagnetics”, McGrawHill, ISBN:
0073104639, 8th Edition.
2. Sadiku, Matthew N, “Elements of Electromagnetics”, Oxford University Press, ISBN:
0195103688, 5th Edition.
3. J. D. Kraus, "Electromagnetics", John Wiley & Sons, 2nd Edition.
4. David K. Cheng, "Fundamentals of Engineering Electromagnetics", Addison Wesley.
Wave Propagation and Antennas (3+1)

Prerequisites: Electromagnetic Field Theory
Objective:
To make the students understand different aspects of electromagnetic wave propagation and the
role of antenna as transducer. Different characteristics of antennas are also explained.
Course Outline:
Transmission lines, micro strip transmission lines, transient waves. The wave equation and
waveguides. Traveling and standing waves. EM plane waves. EM radiation. Properties of antennas.
Measurement of antenna characteristics. Computer aided design and testing. Propagation of radio
waves.
Recommended Books:
1. John D. Kraus, "Wave Propagation and Antennas", McGraw-Hill 4th Edition.
2. M. N. O. Sadiku, "Elements of Electromagnetics", Oxford University Press, 5th Edition.
RF and Microwave Engineering (3+1)
Prerequisites: Wave Propagation and Antennas
Objective:
To introduce basic concepts of Radio Frequency (RF) components and circuits especially in the
range of microwaves.
Course Outline:
RF behavior of Passive Components and RF models, Chip components, Distributed Circuit
elements, Strip Lines, Microstrip Lines, Coupled Striplines/Coupled microstriplines, Smith Chart,
Impedance and Admittance Transformation, Parallel and series Connection, Impedance Matching
Networks, Analysis of Single and Multiport Networks using Network Parameters, Microwave Filter
Design, Microwave Amplifier design, Mixers and Detectors, Oscillators, Power dividers,
Directional Couplers, Circulators, Microwave Systems.
Recommended Book:
1. David M. Pozar, "Microwave Engineering", Wiley India, 2009.
Introduction to Nanotechnology (3+0)

Prerequisite: Applied Physics
Objective:
The course goal is to discuss interesting emerging nanotechnologies by providing interdisciplinary
scientific and engineering knowledge necessary to understand fundamental physical differences at
the nanoscale.
Course Outline:
Introduction, nanoscale phenomena, nanoparticles, carbon nanostructures, nanowires,
nanostructured, materials, self-assembly, surface probe microscopy, other nanoscale
characterization, nanolithography, nanoscale devices and systems, applications of nanotechnology.
Recommended Books:
1. Charles P. Poole Jr. and Frank J. Owens, “Introduction to Nanotechnology,” 2003, John Wiley &
Sons, ISBN: 0471079359.
2. Massimiliano Di Ventra, StephaneEvoy and James R. Heflin Jr. (Editors), “Introduction to
Nanoscale Science and Technology,” 2004, Kluwer Academic Publishers, ISBN: 1402077203.
3. Mark A. Reed and Takhee Lee (Editors), “Molecular Nanoelectronics,” 2003, American Scientific
Publishers, ISBN: 1588830063.
Power Distribution and Utilization (3+0)

Prerequisite: Electrical Network Analysis
Objectives:
Students are introduced to the basics of power distribution systems and effective utilization of
power in heating and illumination applications.
Course Outline:
Introduction to distribution system. Urban, suburban and rural distribution systems. Primary,
secondary and tertiary voltages. Radial and ring main systems, application of distribution
transformers, estimation of load, load characteristics, substation switch gears and bus bar
arrangements, calculation of voltage drop and regulation in distribution feeders. Grounding and
earthing, distribution transformer neutral, earthing resistance, earthing practice in L.V. networks.
Power Factor: Disadvantages and causes of low power factor, methods for improvement, application
of shunt capacitors in distribution network. Batteries & Electrochemical Processes: Main types of
batteries and their working, battery charging, electroplating, electrolysis and electro-metallurgical
process. Cathodic protection of poles, gas pipes, oil pipes and water structures. Heating and Welding:
Electric heating, resistance, induction and dielectric heating, electric furnaces, microwave heating,
electric welding, resistance welding and its types. Fundamentals of Illumination Engineering: Laws,
units and terms used, requirements for good lighting, illumination schemes for various situations
(street lighting, commercial/industrial lighting, stadium/flood/stage/spot lighting etc.), types of
lamps, their working and relative merit.
Recommended Books:
1. M. L. Anand, "A Text Book of Electrical Power",2nd Edition.
2. TuranGonen, "Electrical Power Distribution System",2nd Edition.
Opto-Electronics (3+1)
Prerequisite: Applied Physics
Objective:
Teach the electronic devices and techniques used in optical communication.
Course Outline:
Nature of light, basic laws of light, optical fibre, types of optical fiber, fibre material, fabrication and
components, laser, threshold condition, laser losses, population inversion and threshold conditions,
laser modes, classes of lasers, semiconductor light sources, light emitting diodes, semiconductor
laser diodes (SLDs), optical transmitter, optical receivers, wavelength division multiplexing
(WDM), FDM versus WDM, WDM multiplexer, benefits of WDM, dense wavelength division
multiplexing, optical networks.
Lab Work Outline:
Optical sources, optical detectors, optical amplifiers, optical transmitters, optical receivers, optical
transceivers, optical fibers, propagation of light through an optical fiber, losses in fiber optic
elements, optical modulation, multiplexing, optical systems.
Recommended Books:
1. Harold Kolimbiris, “Fibre Optics Communications,” First Edition, 2004, Prentice Hall, ISBN:
0130158836.
2. John M. Senior, “Optical Fibre Communications: Principles and Practice”, 3rd Edition, 2009,
Prentice Hall.
3. Henry Zanger, Cynthia Zanger, "Fibre Optics: Communications and other Applications",
Maxwell MacMillan International.
ANNEXURE III
Following are the list of Electives and IDEE for the Department of Computer Engineering.
Technical Electives
4 Credit Hour Courses 3 Credit Hour Courses
1. Simulation and Modeling 1. Parallel and Distributed Computing

2. Web Engineering and Development 2. Fault Tolerant Computing
3. Mobile Application Development 3. Software Quality Assurance
4. Computer Graphics 4. Introduction to Cloud Computing
5. Digital Image Processing 5. Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic
6. Medical Image Processing 6. Software Project Management
7. Digital Signal Processing 7. Machine Interaction and Learning
8. System Programming 8. Computer and Network Security
9. Object Oriented Programming 9. Multimedia Communication
10. Artificial Intelligence 10. Wireless and Mobile Communication
11. Introduction to Robotics
12. Introduction to Mechatronics
13. FPGA- Based System Design
14. Embedded System Design
15. VLSI Design
16. Digital System Design
17. Digital Control System
18. Linear Control Systems
19. Compiler Design
IDEE
4 Credit Hour Courses 3 Credit Hour Courses
1. Introduction to MEMS 1. Introduction to Nano Technology

2. Electrical Machines 2. Power Distribution and Utilization
3. Instrumentation & Measurements 3. Electromagnetic Field Theory
4. RF and Microwave Engineering 4. Medical Electronics
5. Wave propagation and Antennas 5. Opto-Electronics
6. Optical Fiber Communication 6. Introduction to Telecommunications
ANNEXURE IV
Following are the summarized proposed changes in credit hours and course titles as per the
guidelines of PEC visit.
Revision of Credit Hours
Sr. Item Previous Present

no
1 “Introduction to Computing” credit hours needs to (2+1) 3 (1+1) 2
be adjusted.
2. “Islamic and Pakistan Studies” offered as one Pakistan Studies (2) 3

course Islamic Studies (2)
3. “Operating Systems” credit hours needs to be (3+1) 4 (3+0) 3

adjusted
Revision of Course Titles
1. The title of the course “ Microprocessor Systems” Microprocessor Microprocessor

should be changed to “Microprocessor and Systems and
Microcontroller Systems” Microcontroller
Systems
2. The course title of “Technical Report Writing” Technical Report Technical

should be changed to “Technical Writing and Writing Writing and
Presentation Skills” Presentation
Skills
Following two courses have been finalized from Management Field:

1. Principles of Management
2. Entrepreneurship
Following two courses have been finalized from Social Science Field:
1. Organizational Behaviour.
2. Understanding Psychology and Human Behaviour.
Memo
From: Head, Department Computer Engineering
Date: 22nd, September, 2016
SUBJECT: Minutes of Fourth meeting of Board of Studies
 Curriculum of Department of Computer Engineering has been updated as per the

recommendations by experts of PEC in Interim visit.
 Course outlines of all courses have been verified by BOS.
 Course codes of all courses have been revised.
 List of Technical Electives and IDEE courses has been updated.
 “Introduction to Computing” should be offered as 2 credit hour course.
 “Pakistan and Islamic Studies” should be offered as one course with 3 credit hours
instead of separate 2+2 credit hours.
 “Operating System” course credit hours should be revised from 4 to 3.
 The title of “Microprocessor Systems” course should be “Microprocessor and
Microcontroller Systems”.
 The title of course “Technical Report Writing” should be “Technical Writing and
Presentation Skills”, as per the title provided by HEC.
 Total credit hours of program have been reduced to 136 from 139 as per the
recommendations by experts of PEC in Interim Visit.
(Dr. Shahzadi Tayyaba)

Head
Department Computer Engineering
CC: Office File

WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 9
Subject: Approval of MS/MPhil & PhD programs in International Relations of
The competent authority, on the recommendation of The Head, School of Integrated

Social Sciences, in anticipation of the approval of the Academic Council approved MS/MPhil &
PhD programs in International Relations. The curriculum has already been approved and
endorsed by the Board of Studies, Board of Faculty. The details are available at
Annexure– I.
MEMORANDUM
To: Mr. Karam Elahi
The Registrar, UOL
From: Dr. Rabia Akhtar

HoD School of Integrated Social Sciences
Dated: April 05, 2017
Subject: MS/MPhil & PhD Program in International Relations

Agenda for Approval in the Academic Council
Dear Sir
Enclosed please find the documents that can be placed in the agenda for the upcoming Academic Council
meeting. The documents include the minutes of the SISS Board of Studies, Minutes of the Social
Sciences Board of Faculty and the curriculum for the two proposed programs: MS/MPhil in International
Relations and PhD in International Relations. The document for NoC by HEC was submitted as per the
deadline on March 31, 2017 in order to start the program in Fall 2017. The HEC NoC is in process.
I would appreciate if you could acknowledge the receipt of this memo and confirm the placement of these
agenda items in the agenda for the AC.
Regards
Rabia Akhtar
-.: i I i:r*
,';.j
;.:' ' .
l i-ti;l
''..,
r, i: i;. i, ,. i ii"'l-. : ' : '. ", .t
, , ' ,. '
:i
,' i!. ..
r!
rli, i
i.; i*-,{ i 'ii t:" i'i 'J; i ,
, :ti1- ; :: it
c ,,i.1,-r.i:t'-'*ritr
ii rl.
t-'. I ,!:t'E:'-
iii- .j:
E"_._.-.qia
ilti':-- i'::1:
/'
U 'l-ij iirl
.:r-,:fia=', i."'
i ' .f&-€J,'.;:)' ;i;s!: i, \.tia.
J. g'1..'1+.'-1 t-." ',laiit t.::t)'---.t'.
.'''t. : ..
',:
REG/017/I 7/57 {2-

Date: March 29,2017
NOTIFICATION
The competent authority has been pleased to allow the School of Integrated Social
Sciences to laulch following Programs in the UOL from Fall, 2017 in anticipation of the
apProval of Academic Council.
Programme
a) MSiMPhil Intemational Relations
"') b) PhD International Relations
it-.^"?^L
(Karam Elahi)
Registrar
6.C;=,t
l. Rector
2. I)ean Faculty ofSocial Sciences
J. Head ofschool oflntegrated Social Sciences
6. Manager MIS
.)
l:'-;:i i:::, i;3i'xrln$ 'f+ad X;ilr':Plis;

ia.il , ,', :ji;: lii:::.si':i; Ec::; :,ili':f,iLi 'Ll:'
i,i, -:€f{-i,r-'." il.t=c C:'.i:li; ,^.1.....,,,--,
Lr:a L.*i-.1- -
.:.''., ., j,j: :'
i '1
i 3::
;;1. I,i.-..i-,.i.,.,,": .-i-l iiijtli !-jiril
j",
I
I
i
Schoolof lntegrated
SocialSciences
The Chailman
Marclr 29,2017
Through: Dean Faculty of Social Sciences
Subject: Request for Anticipatory Approval for Graduate program

in International
Relations
Honorable Sir
The school of Integrated Social Sciences is looking forward

to launch two graduate programs in
Fall 2017 semester:
) s.) MS/MPhil International Relations

b) PhD International Relations
In this regard agenda item/working paper has been submitted

to the Academic council as well.
The curlicttlum of thes.-t*9 gradr-rate programs has been approvecl
by the Social Sciences Board
of Studies for the School of Integratedsocial Sciences and Social
Sciences Board of Faculty.
(Approved minutes attached).
.r b#,
It is requested to please give an anticipatory approval so that the comprehensive
- -"-*"*-' to O^\RN
document
r\uu could be submltted
obtain Noc
oDlaln submitted to the Higher Education commission. ,AV /)
,ilH"",a
^
rhankingyouinanticipation. T qld'
WrO
^4o M{r#rfr
::H:'vouinanticipation
^cb,ffip
art*eAKu;v ffi'u*Yruffiy
Dr. Rabia Akhtar
*U{4,J''
*;*:m-,xr$#,'#ilrreDeparrment Nl"R r&
,f
6s'q $oo"* \
)rw.
University of Lahore
Minutes of The Board of Studies Meeting
20th March 2017
The meeting of the Social Sciences Board of Studies for the School of Integrated Social Sciences was
called to order in the Board Room of Defense Campus on March z}'h ZO|T at 2:00 PM. Dr. Rabia Akhtar,
the HOD of School of Integrated Social Sciences (SISS) chaired the meeting.
Agenda:
The board of studies lvas conducted for the review and approval of the curriculum of the new programs
MSAdPhil and PhD in International Relations.
:l Discussion on the Agenda Items
MS/MPhit
1) Name of Program
It was decided that there will be two separate programs a) MS/MPhil and b) PhD. Students will
register in two separate program and this will not be mistaken for MPhil leading to PhD.
2) Admission Criteria
's
The admission test for MS/lvIPhil will be a written tesi and an interview. The written test wilt be
developed by the SISS faculty followed by an interview of the selected candidates.
3) Core and Elective Courses

In total, there are three core courses each of4 credit hours. Elective courses are classified along
four major themes of International Relations (as detailed in the curriculum). Students will be
advised to choose one course from each of the four themes to take all the four elective/optional
courses in order to specialize in IR degree. However, if a student wants to take the elective
courses tiom ditferent themes, they will be allowed to choose four elective courses from any two
) of the four themes. It was also discussed, that no course will be offered unless at least five
students are willing to take the course.
4) Language Courses
It was suggested, that non-credit mandatory short but intensive language course in German,
Chinese, Turkish and Persian will be offered to the students in summer. The idea was appreciated
and approved by the Board.
t: s) Fee Structure
r
t Fee structure witl be finalized after a detailed comparative review of different private and public
sector universities' fee structure for sirnilar programs.
Thesis
Thesis will be compulsory for all registered students and will not be encouraged to be substituted
by course work. Issue might be decided on case to case basis should the need arise.
Eligibility
It was decided that admission will only be granted to those with a CGPA of at least 3.0 on a 4.0
scate. SISS will formulate its own test in accordance with the guidelines of HEC'
2) Coursework and Comprehensive:

Coursework of 18 credit hours is required to be completed in the first year and the comprehensive
exam will be conducted at the end of the first year.
3) Language Courses
It was approved that non-credit mandatory intensive language course in Gennan, Chinese,
Turkish and,Persian will be offered to the students in summer (Wo sessions - 3 months each).
4) Skill enhancement
:) It was suggested by Ms. Arooj Arshad that a course on skill enhancement should be introduced to
enhance the research skills of the students. The board approved skill enhancement to be part of
the Advanced Research Methodology course instead of a separate course.
The scheme of studies for MS/MPhil in IR and PhD in lR was approved by the Board of Studies.
J
,)
1 : :..:l:ilii:1
,: ...1
.ii - i .,:,11::-:
::
t''.
fHE
ut'uveRsffYoF
;'.k LAHORE
Minutes of the 2nd Meeting

BoardofFacultySocialSciences
WednesdaY, March 22,2017
.
l1:00 AM to 12:30 Noon
In attendance:
l. Prof. Wajeeha Raoof, Pro-Rector Social Sciences
-
2. Prof. Dr. Ijaz A. Qureshi, Dean FMS (Acting Dean Faculty of Social
Sciences
Chairman BoF)
3.Prof.Dr.I(hawajaAlqama(AcademicCourrcilNonrinatiorr)
4. Prof. Dr. Asghar Nadeem Syed (Academic council Nomination)
5. Maj. Gen (R) Zahid Mubashar Sheikh'(BoG Nomination)
)
6. Prof. Dr. Naheed Sultana
)
7. Prof. Dr. Ali Sajid
8. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Aslam Ch'
9. Dr. Noor HaYat
10. Dr. Abdul Rashid Qadri
I l. Prof. Dr. Iftikhar Ahmed Baig
12. Dr. Rabia Akhtar
14. Prof. Dr Ali Akbar al-Azhari
expressedlrisspecialthankstothenrembersforhonoringtheFacultyofSocialSciences
by participating in the Board meetings'
items'
concerned departments to present their agenda
Agenda ltem No. I Social Sciences

New Degree Progranr (School of Integrated
(SISS
nottce'
for attending the meeting on a very shorl
of Integrated Social Sciences (SISS) was in
the
She informed the house that the School
Page 1 of 6
FACUL'tY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
T
ti
iHE
I
IJN|VERSITY OF
LAHORE
process of filing an application to obtain a NoC by the HEC to start new graduate programs
and the deadline for which is Marcl-r 31st,2017.
Dr. Akhtar apprised the members that SISS has the required number of PhD faculty (3 at
present) to launch graduate degree programs.
Dr. Akhtar presented the salient features of the scheme of the studies of the two years
MS/MPhil progranl, details of core and optional courses, degree credits (24 taught credits
and 6 research thesis credits) and tl're admission criteria as per the HEC guidelines.
Dr. Akhtar informed the house that as per HEC guidelines, if a student does not want to
undefiake research thesis then the equivalent of two courses (3 credits each) should be
available to the student as an option. But for anyone who rvants to enroll in the PhD
program. However, registering for six credit hours (2 courses) to replace the thesis would
qualify for the MS degree.
Tlie proposed MS/MPhil curriculum by SISS offers students a non-credit mandatory course
to learn a foreign language. Students will have the option to choose one language from the
four offered: Mandarin, Turkish, Persian and German.
l
Prof. Dr. Khawaja Alqama appreciated the division of optional courses into four major
)
gror-rpings as proposed Area Studies: International Security, International Law ald
International Political Economy. Prof. Alqama also emphasized that the selected language
shourld provide students an edge in their careers abroad and perhaps Arabic language could
be offered since the proposed Persian langr-rage is spoken in a small geographic location in
comparison to Arabic which is spoken in the entire Middlg East. Prof. Asghar Nadeem
Syed silpported this point of view of adding Arabic language to the proposed list of
languages. He further emphasized that in addition to leaming new languages, regularly
taught languages like English and Urdu are also not learned well by students. Therefore,
while command on Erlglish language is a must for students enrolling in research graduate
degrees, Urdu should also be promoted and taught at the graduate level.
Prof. Dr. Ali Sajid proposed additional courses for English language in Zero semester to
be taught as a required course for those weak in English.
Dr. Noor Hayat emphasized that point further by suggesting that tl're English language
course should be mandatory instead of zero semester or non-credit so that it is taken
seriously by the students.
Prof. Dr. Ijaz Qureshi informed the house that UoL was considering starting mandatory
zero semesters for both English and Math from Fall 2017 semester.
Prof. Dr. Naheed Sultana emphasized that quality niust be ensured at the time of the
admission in the graduate program. However, she advised that the expectation on getting
good students should not be so high given the overall inadequate standards of
education/teaching at the undergraduate level which leads to certain programs
compromising on the quality of students to maintain intake.
Maj. Gen (R) Zahid Mubashar Sheikh appreciated the quality of the content proposed
however he stressed that courses related to geography rnr-rst be made part of the courses
FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES Page 2 of 5

ET
1 TI-18
! uNrvrRSITY or
.-".'.*:iY LAHORE
that in order lor stLrdents to
related to area str-rdies and IR in general. He also advised
have a comprehensive view of the
graduate with an IR degree it was important lor ther-n to
sr-rb-fields of IR, four in particular as proposed
in the cttrriculum' Therefore, they should
to fulfrll that
be allowed to select one optional course from each category/sub-grouping
requirement.
on the content of the

colrrses by inviting experts for a specific subject' Commenting
effects on the tourism industry
proposed curriculum, he suggested that tenorism and its
higlilighted'
especially in Pakistani or regional context should also be
requirements in MS/MPhil
write the thesis or do coursework instead to complete the degree
program. On this point several board members intervened'
Dr' Baig advised that a student
whowantstoenrollinaPhDprogrammusthaveatleast3.0CGPAinMPhiltoqualifyfor
adrnission in PhD.
On an earlier point presented at the beginning of the meeting,
DI' Baig remarked that
list of general optional courses
) instead of grouping IR.o.trres into sr:b-fields,,a broad
",} guided or counseled by the teachers
should be offered to tl're students. Students can then be
his concern about sufficient
to take what optional courses. Dr. Iftikhar Baig also raised
sub-fields were offered' on this
specialized faculty to run the program if four specialized
keeping in view the
point, Dr. Rabia Akhtar replied that tl-re curriculum was designed
any shortcoming, visiting faculty cor-rld
specializations of the core SISS faculty. Ancl for
be engaged. Prof. Alqama supported engagement
of visiting faculty to support existing
regular faculty should the need arises'
ernphasized on the importance of
> Commenting on the research methods courses, Dr' Baig
coLlrses. He suggested that the course
statistics in quantitative methodology for MPhil
statistical research techniques which lie
outlines for RM courses should clearly reflect the
several board members refened him
saw missing in tlie proposed course briefs. However,
where statistical analysis and data
to the relevant portions of the proposed curriculum
methods'
collection were mentioned as part of the quantitative
methodology courses taught in MPhil and PhD

curriculum' RMI for MPhil and RM2 for il
per tl-re
phD shourd be selected as titles. However, the board resolved unanimously as
suggestionbyProf.AslamChthattheword.Advanced'slrouldbetakenofffromthe i.i
Research Methodology course offered at MPhil
level and should remain so as 'Advanced l
Research Methodology' at the PhD level'

h
and politics of wTo should be
blocks and aspects of China Pakistan Economic Corridor
Political Economy at MPhil level'
added in the specialization stream of the International
Akhtar informed the house that sl're
His suggestions were appreciated by all and Dr. Rabia
FACI.IL.I'\' OF sOCIAI.. SCIENCES PAgC 3 Of 5

THE
T
I IJNIVERSITY OF
LAHORE
woLrld revise and add these new titles. The Board agreed tl-rat as long as these sr-rbjects/titles
were covered, the titles need not be approved again.
Dr. Nawaz raised his concern about the lack of courses relatecl to Islam in the curriculum
for example titles related to Islamic Law and Human Rights in the optional courses list.
He proposed to include theory of Islam in Public Intemational law. He was briefed by Dr.
Rabia Akhtar supported by other members of the board that the proposed curriculum
carried sub-contents on Islan'ric themes. For example a course on International Human
Rights Law cannot be taught in Pakistan withor-rt outlining the framework Islam provides
as a religion with reference to basic human rights. Therefore separate titles are not
necessary. Moreover, course like Religion and World Politics covers varietyof clash of
civilizations themes relevant to our times. In the specialization of International Law, the
I
discipline of International Relations covers variety of different laws and Islamic Laws
pertaining to a particular region can be taught as a sub-content of a course related to a
specific area studies.
Prof. Wajeeha Raoof suggested that perhaps irr order to get an insight into the level of
courses taught at MS/MPhil and PhD level, a special Board of Studies meeting with subject
,
)
experts could be held to approve the detailed course outlines of each collrse to be later
shared with the Board of Faculty.
After these deliberations, the Board passed the resolution as: RESOLVBD
The scherne of studies for MS/MPhil program in International S,elations was approved by the
Board of FacUfty as proposed and cleliberated for onward submission to the Academic Council.
Agenda Item No''

*ew Degree Program
PhD in International Relations (School of Integrated
Social Sciences (SISS
Dr. Rabia Akhtar briefecl the house about this program. Slie presented salient features of
the PhD, program, its admission and eligibility criteria, list of core and optional courses
and detailed course briefs.
Dr. Aslam Ch. raised the concern about similarity of the course titles in MPhil and PhD
program. He suggested that the differentiation of advanced courses at PhD level was a
must and perhaps some titles can be revised to reflect the advanced level. He also
suggested to add an advanced course on theory in the PhD program. To this point Dr.
Rabia Akhtar suggested that it was a mistake on her part while preparing the draft of the
proposed curriculum since theory is taught at all levels and would be taught as a core
cgurse at the PhD level as well. She thanked Prof. Aslam for bringing this omission into
the notice of the house and said that it will be revised to reflect properly.
FACULTY oF sOCIAL SCIENCES Page 4 of 6

.i THE
t UNIVERSITY OF
:\-t!
LAHORE . i
that it is up to the
On the quality of course airi content, Prof. Dr. Alqama responded
teacher to enhance the level of quality of PhD courses by designing
his/her course outline
in a marLner which is reflective of top class standards'
was
from other deparlments as well to promote interdisciplinary studies. His suggestion
that cotlrses
appreciated by all the members of the board. Dr. Noor Hayat also mentioned
in both
related to media and IR shoulcl also be added to the list of optional collrses
courses from
proposed programs. Rabia Akhtar said that slie rvill collect a list of optional
that list.
relevant interdisciplinary departments ancl allow IR students to choose from
After these deliberations, the Board passed the resolution as: RESOLVEI)
was apploved by the Board of
The scherne of studies for phD program in International Relations
Faculty as proposed and deliberated for onward submission to the Academic Council.
-)
) Agenda Item No 3.
permission to allow MPhil (Education) Students to be promoted to PhD.

Program without Completion of Thesis
HEC guidelines
The house unanimously approved the agenda item after deliberating that
there is no
should be followed in this regard. And since HEC is flexible in this regard,
that
problem with approvilg this agenda item as proposed. However, tl're Board suggested
who want to shift
additional course work of 6 creclit hours should be completed by those
appraised the
to phD program without completing MPhil thesis. Prof. Dr. Ijaz Qureshi
house that this practice is being followed by many universities including
UMT and is not
a new practice.
After these deliberations, the Boarrl passed the resolution as: RESOLVED
This agbnda item was approved to be forwarded to the Acadernic council.
Agenda ltem No 4.
permission to Laqnch B.S. Bducation (Business) and B.S Education (Management)
anct Management in the BS Education degree program'
rrAC1,LTy oF soctAt. sctENcEs Page 5 of 6

, THE
i, uNrvrnsrTY oF
;'iiy LAHORE
Prof. Wajeeha Raoof and Prof. Dr.ljaz Qureshi registerecl their reservations on the
similarity of titles between the managentent specialization proposecl by the Education
progranl and the already running courses in the UoL Business School. Moreover, upon
close examination of the course titles proposecl for BS Eclucation (Business)
specialization, Prof. Wajeeha Raoof suggested that the titles did not reflect the offered
specialization and therefore would need to be revised respectivel), in consultation with
the Business School.
Dr. Baig replied that the proposed titles were HEC approved and that changing them
miglit be problematic for approval by HEC later on but tlie house assured him that HEC
allows deparlments to be creative with new titles as long as they reflect the essence of the
degree and specializations offered. Prof. Dr. Ali Sajid offered to help Dr. Baig revise the
Business specialization titles to resolve the problem.
After these deliberations, the Board the resolution as: RESOLVET)

passecl
This agenda item was conditionally approved subject to rerrision as suggested by the liouse.
Faculty Social Sciences advised tlre

Secretary of the Boarcl to place the decisions nrnde by tlre lrouse in the forthcoming
Acadernic Council meeting for approval.
Shahbaz Afzal Khan

)
Secretary
-)
Ts:a;4r
Prof. Dr. Ijaz A. Qureshi
Acting f)ean, Facultl, of Social Sciettces
FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES Page 5 of 5

UNIVERSITY OF LAHORE, PAKISTAN
Board of Faculty Meeting, March 22, 20L7
FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

School of lntegrated Social Sciences
Attendance Sheet
Pro-Rector - UoL
.,
j
Chairman
Professor Dr**Muhammad Aslam Ch

Member ';l* Member
L- ?4L)-AA^t^/
Dr. Rabia Akhtar (HoD SISS) Dr. Ali Akbar Alazhari (HoD AIS)
Member Member
tffit4
Dr. Muhammad Ozair Ahmad (HoD M&S)
Member Member
BoG Nomination
Prof. Dr. Saeed Shafqat Maj General (R) Zahid Mubashir Sheikh
Dean / Director Schoolof Public Policy Lahore, Pakistan
FC College University, Lahore, Pakistan INDUSTRY EXPERT (Defense Analyst)
PaBe 1 of 1
,,
HoD Education Nominotion

Dr. Abdul Rashid Qadri Mr. Muhammad Hameed Nawaz
Member Member
HoD Moth and Stot Nominotion HoD Social Sciffis Nominotion

Dr. Maqbool Ahmad ChaudharY
Member
,;.;;;- uS@tE{
Dr. ShakeelAhmed
al
Rector Office Nomination
@t
--
Dr. Asim Karim (HoD ELL)
hD gqga al;ot)
Member
-Dr' QV-'-lt
Xt-o"V
,TR
.J Academic Council Nomination Academic Councilf.lomination
Professor Dr. Asghar Nadeem SYed Professor Dr. Khawaja Alqama
1. )
Member
"'1"=1s!P- r)
)r p.z Mt@1t! lfrsz*t
:)
l
Page 1 of 1
(Annexure-I)
CURRICULUM
MS/MPHIL IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
Title of the Program MS/MPhil in

International Relations Date of
Commencement
Fall 2017
Introduction
MPhil in International Relations is a two year program offered by the Department of International
Relations housed in the School of Integrated Social Science (SISS). We aim to educate young men
and women who could contribute creatively and constructively towards building peaceful societies
and world at large. The program is designed to meet the needs of all those who wish to enhance
their understanding of political issues, domestically, regionally and internationally. This program
has also been designed for those wishing to pursue a doctorate degree facilitating them in joining
the academia, career in foreign policy, international diplomacy, governmental and non-
governmental jobs and wide array of career paths.
Aims & Objectives
To offer an advanced and in- depth critical /understanding of theoretical and practical
aspects of defense/ security policy, political economy, International law , regional and
international Organizations.
 To equip students with analytical and critical skill and know- how of various research
methods and modes which will enable them to undertake both qualitative and
quantitative research.
 To provide project training extending into advanced research and hence enabling them to
emerge as competent scientists competing at the international level.
Scope of the MS/MPhil and PhD in International Relations Degree: Market, Social and
Employment Perspective
 Jobs in Academia and Research
MS/MPhil and PhD in International Relations graduate can join the academia to teach in a
university setting. One advantage of an academic and research career, whether at a teaching-
oriented institution or a large research university, is intellectual freedom. One can spend a career
approaching a variety of topics that are interesting and constantly evolving, that may involve travel
abroad for fieldwork, and that may let you network with hundreds of colleagues interested in
similar topics. Most research positions (e.g., in think tanks) are different in two respects. First,
these jobs often give more direction to an individual in terms of the research to be performed.
Second, there is little or no teaching involved. Still, for those interested in IR research, such jobs
can result in a wider dissemination of one‟s work to a broader audience that often includes policy
makers.
 Jobs in Governmental and Intergovernmental Organizations
Having graduated with MS/MPhil and PhD in International relations, graduates can avail job
opportunities in both government and intergovernmental organizations (IGOs). Many employees
of IGOs or governments thrive on making decisions that influence policies. Both work
environments also attract coworkers with deep interests in international affairs, and the resulting
networks of contracts can bring professional and intellectual rewards.
 Jobs in NGO Sector
Graduates of International Relations discipline with MS/MPhil and PhD degrees can join various
NGOs who work on social issues inside Pakistan as well as abroad. The curriculum designed for
IR graduates with advanced research degrees, gears them towards taking up job opportunities that
NGOs offer for example politics or policy work, lobbying for political organizations, social and
political activism or education related work.
 Jobs in Media Organizations
IR graduates are trained in courses that provide them a perspective on how media is influenced by
politics. They also bring their foreign policy analysis training to their jobs which usually provides
a wholesome perspective on analyzing international affairs. Jobs in media could range from
political analyst, defense analyst, anchor of talk show in the electronic media, column/op-ed
writers for print media, blogging on social media and other similar outlets.
 Advantages of Learning a Foreign Language
IR graduates at University of Lahore graduating with MS/MPhil and PhD degree will be studying
a foreign language of their choice from the options offered. This will give them an edge over all
other graduates graduating from the same discipline in Pakistan. Language opens doors not only
for careers that require language skills for example working with embassies as an interpreter or
with the intelligence agencies but also provides graduates with opportunities to apply for post-doc
and research opportunities outside Pakistan.
This list provided above is not exhaustive. There are many other fields that are open to IR graduates
which are not listed here but can be explored which include: career in research with law related
organizations, human and civil rights organizations, environmental and climate change related
advocacy programs and international development bodies to name a few.
Admission Requirement
As per HEC guidelines following are the admission requirements for MS/MPhil in IR:
 Sixteen years of schooling or 4 year education (130 credit hours) after HSSC/F.A.
/FSc/Grade 12 equivalent will be required for admission in the MS/MPhil.
Distribution of Credit Hrs.

For the award of MPhil/MS degrees, the candidates will have the choice of the following:
 Complete 30 credit hours of course work (MS Degree-Non-PhD route)
 Complete 24 credit hours of course work plus 6 credit hours for research work/thesis
(MPhil)
As per HEC Guidelines
“a. 6 credit hours of research is mandatory for MPhil. However, exemption may be allowed only
for MS in those disciplines where research is not possible. (This exemption from research can
only be for non-science subjects/disciplines)
b. The Head of Department may allow the student to do course work of 6 credit hours in lieu
of 6 credit hours of research. This exemption can only be allowed if the student wants to
terminate his/her course at MS and do not want to do PhD.”
Eligibility: Eligibility requirements for MPhil admission according to HEC are as follows:
 MA/MSc degree or its equivalent in Political Science, International Relations, Defense and
Strategic Studies, Defense and Diplomatic Studies, Mass Communication, Governance and
Public Policy from an HEC-recognized University.
 First division in MA/MSc or BA/BSc or at least 60% marks in BSc (Hons) and all other 4-5
years degrees.
 No third division in BA/BSc or MA or MSc. In case of a third division in FA/FSc, the
candidate should have obtained first division in both BA/BSc and MA/MSc or at least 60%
marks in BS (Hons) and all other 4-5 years degrees.
 Eligible foreign applicants are admitted subject to the provision of NOC/Equivalence
Certificate from the HEC.
 Test and Interview: The School will conduct a written test and qualified students are then
interviewed by the SISS MPhil Admission Committee.
Duration & Semester-wise breakup
MS/MPhil 2-YEAR PROGRAMME (30 CREDIT HOURS)
Following is the scheme of studies for 2 -Year MS/MPhil in International Relations of 30 credit
hours including 6 credit hours of thesis which is compulsory. 24 credit hours will be taught in the
first year of the program.
List of Core Courses:

All core courses will be of 4 credit hours (Total 12 Cr/All 3 courses are required):
Semester Name of Subject Credits

First International Relations: Advanced Theory and Practice 4
Advanced Research Methodology 4
Foreign Policy Analysis 4
Total 12
Second Optional-I 3
Optional-II 3
Optional-III 3
Optional-IV 3
Total 12
Third and Fourth Thesis 6
List of Optional Courses/Four Areas:

All optional courses will be of 3 credit hours
(Total 12 Cr to be selected/4 courses/1 course from each specialization)
A. Area Studies
1. Politics of South Asia
2. Politics of the Middle East
3. Politics and Security of Asia-Pacific Region
4. Major Issues of Muslim World
5. Conflict and Cooperation in South Asia
6. Seminar on Contemporary Regional and Global Issues
7. Media and Global Politics
B. International Security
1. Politics of Non-proliferation and International Security
2. Interstate Cooperation and Conflict
3. Peace and Conflict Resolution
4. Nuclear Weapons, Strategy and Doctrine
5. International Terrorism and World Politics
6. Seminar on Contemporary Debates in International Security
C. International Law
1. International Law and Use of Force
2. Contemporary Trends in International Law
3. Human Rights and International Relations
4. International Refugee Law
5. The Law of Armed Conflict
6. Seminar on International Law, Security and IR
D. Political Economy
1. Global Political Economy
2. Politics of Foreign Aid
3. International Development
4. Role of International Financial Institutions in IR
5. Globalization and World Politics
6. Seminar on International Political Economy
7. WTO and Global Integration
M. Phil Dissertation (Thesis) 6 Credit Hrs.

(*An optional course will run if there is strength of minimum five students)
Language (Non-credit-Mandatory)
 Basic reading and writing proficiency in one language (other than English and
native/national) is mandatory: Chinese, German, Turkish, Arabic and Persian.
 Language courses will be taught in the summer (3 months, 2 sessions/2 Summers)
 Qualifying criteria will be pass/fail for both written and viva component.
MS/MPhil International Relations

BRIEF COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Sr. Course Title Code Cr. Brief

No Hrs
1 Contemporary 4 This course is designed as a post-graduate level introduction to
Debates in IR critical debates in contemporary IR theory. There have been
Theory rigorous academic debates on IR theories regarding their
content, nature and applicability in contemporary international
system. This course aims to engage students in understanding
those debates.
2 Advanced 4 Advanced Research Methods aims to draw on qualitative and

Research quantitative research techniques. It aims to introduce students to
Methodology emerging theories in qualitative research and the methods of
conducting research. What is data, case study methods, methods
of data collection, coding and interpretation of collected data are
some essential components of this course.
3 Foreign Policy 4 This course is designed to help students analyze, interpret and
Analysis understand the foreign policy analysis so that they may apply
this to their study of state behavior in international relations.
4 Politics of South 3 This course embraces the complexities and contradictions of

Asia South Asian politics through engagement with current debates
on key political issues. Using comparative politics framework,
this course will draw on contemporary writings on South Asia
to understand the politics of the region.
5 Politics of the 3 This course aims at engaging students in the debate on how the
Middle East nature of state has changed in the Middle East in its interaction
with other states in the international system. The course aims to
discuss foreign interventions in the Middle East since 1945, Arab
revolutions, nationalism, the history of Arab-Israeli conflict and
the rise of extremist Islamist movements. Using comparative
politics framework, this course will draw on contemporary
writings on Middle East to understand the politics of the region.
6 Politics and 3 This course introduces the students to the politics of the Asia-
Security of Asia- Pacific region, its place in the global security perspective and
Pacific Region key foreign policy formulations of the states in the Asia-Pacific
region. Using comparative politics framework, this course will
draw on contemporary writings on Asia-Pacific to understand
the politics of the region.
7 Muslim World in 3 This course invites students to understand the foreign policies of
Contemporary the Muslim world vis-à-vis the Western world, the convergences
International and the contradictions within the paradigm of East and West to
System provide them a perspective on Islam and International Relations.
8 Conflict and 3 This course aims to enlighten the students about the nature of
Cooperation in conflict and cooperation in South Asia since the decolonization
South Asia of the subcontinent in 1947. Main focus of study will be
countries including Pakistan, India, Afghanistan, Bangladesh,
Sri Lanka, Nepal and their interactions with China and the US as
an extra regional force in the region.
9 Seminar on 3 This seminar course allows students to understand the dynamics

Contemporary of global interactions among nations and regions. Issues ranging
Regional and from conflict and cooperation at inter-state level to approaches
Global Issues addressing global and regional issues, to regional and
international alliances affecting intra-regional dynamics of
selected regions of the world will be discussed.
10 Media and Global 3 Media today has manipulated to advance political agendas and
Politics national crises. The CNN effect or BuzzFeed, Facebook and
Twitter have become forums used by international leaders to
shape opinion therefore there is a need to study media and its
influences on politics critically.
11 Politics of Non- 3 The objective of this course is to enable the students to examine
proliferation and the causes, processes and effects of nuclear weapons
International proliferation, the evolution and effectiveness of the international
Security non-proliferation regime and how it influences IR.
12 Interstate 3 This course aims at providing knowledge about interstate

Cooperation and conflict, its relations with intrastate conflict and the role of
Conflict regional and international organizations in resolving those
conflict.
13 Peace and Conflict 3 The aim of this course is to introduce the students to the
Resolution philosophy of violence, conflict and peace in the backdrop of
social and political theory. One of the objectives of this course
is to help students develop skills in conflict analysis and
resolution.
14 Nuclear Weapons, 3 This course aims to provide students an understanding about the
Strategy and nature of nuclear weapons, the strategy of warfighting under the
Doctrine nuclear umbrella and various doctrines that nuclear weapon
states have employed in order to establish credible deterrence.
15 International 3 We live in an increasingly interdependent world where conflict

Terrorism and comes in many shapes. In order to understand how terrorism as
World Politics a form of conflict influences world politics, this course aims at
introducing students to the philosophy of terrorism through case
study methodology and how the world is being shaped by the
nature of terrorism pushing countries to adopt counter-terrorism
strategies.
16 Seminar on 3 The field of security studies as a subset of IR has become more

Contemporary dynamic in recent times. In order to provide an in-depth
Debates in understanding about the field of international security, this
International course aims it introducing students to various schools of thought
Security (positivist and non-positivist) and the nexus between security
and research. Themes such as peace and war, conflict and
cooperation, independence and interdependence, power and
hierarchy, anarchy and society etc. will be examined.
17 International Law 3 The objective of the course is to examine the changes that have
and Use of Force occurred since the 19th century to the body of law governing the
use of force (jus ad bellum). An understanding of the UN charter
prohibiting states from resolving international disputes by force
is critical to such examination. This examination will be carried
in the light of case studies where use of force has been used in
contradiction to the principles of international law.
18 Contemporary 3 The aim of this course is to study the nature, origin and sources
Trends in of international law in contemporary international system to
International Law determine the trends of how it may evolve in coming decades.
19 Human Right and 3 This course engages students in the study of IR along with the
International theory and practice of human rights. Study of core IR debates
Relations from a sociological, theological and legal debates in human
rights will be an essential component of this course.
20 International 3 The course aims at providing a clear understanding of customary

Refugee Law law obligations of states in respect of refugees and other asylum-
seekers and of the right of applicants. Given the current
international refugee crisis, it is important to discuss the rights
of refugees in contemporary setting and the law that supports
their right of movement.
21 The Law of Armed 3 The LOAC is also known as the International Humanitarian
Conflict Law. This course aims to introduce students to the fundamental
values of the law of armed conflict helping them distinguish
between military necessity and humanity; civilians and military
objects; reciprocity and proportional response; and the rights and
obligations of state and non-state actors parties to the conflict.
22 Seminar on 3 This seminar is designed to discuss the role and relevance of

International Law, international law in a rapidly changing global security
Security and IR environment. It will allow students to engage in wide array of
international security issues ranging from terrorism, armed
conflict, transnational organized crime etc. and how states deal
with these threats within the confines of international law.
23 Global Political 3 This course aims to provide students an understanding of the

Economy complex contemporary global economic system and the socio-
politico relationships therein. This course will enable students to
critically examine complex relationships between markets,
governments, transnational actors and networks in the context of
a globalizing world economy.
24 Politics of Foreign 3 This course offers students a survey of the politics of

Aid international foreign aid. Critical to this survey is an examination
of how foreign aid as development assistance tool influences a
country‟s foreign policy.
25 International 3 The objective of this course is to deepen the understanding about

Development some of the vital questions facing us today: why are some
countries poor and some rich? What is the relationship between
poverty and development? How does the form of government
influence development strategies of a particular country? How
do the widening socio-economic inequalities in the developing
world differ from those in the industrialized countries?
26 Role of 3 IFIs are increasingly involved in conflict situations and countries

International in which violations of international humanitarian law are
Financial rampant. This course examines how IFIs can be appropriate
Institutions in IR agents for promoting adherence to and enforcement of
international law. In additions, the roles of IFIs are regulated by
international laws since they operate transnationally. A study of
structural and political concerns of the countries and how IFIs
shape a country‟s foreign policy will lead students to understand
how IFIs have become major players of economic statecraft.
27 Globalization and 3 This course offers a thorough analysis of the driving forces and
World Politics features of globalization and its consequences for contemporary
world politics.
28 Seminar on 3 This seminar on IPE allows students to explore the concept of

International global political economy with a focus on major developments in
Political Economy 20th and 21st century IPE using case studies from the developed
and the developing world.
29 WTO and Global 3 This course aims at introducing the students to the politics of the
Integration World Trade Organization and how it influences regional and
global integration. States settle their trade disputes at the forum
of WTO and since we live in an interdependent world, WTO has
assumed utmost importance in shaping the system of trade rules.
Title of the Program
PhD in International Relations
Date of Commencement Fall
2017
4. b. PhD IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

Introduction & Objectives
The Doctoral program in IR is a five year intensive research degree grounded heavily in theory.
It offers excellent preparation and training for careers in academia and aims at producing
scholars/researchers who can demonstrate world class scholarship and profound understanding
about complex and diverse social, economic and political issues/problems. In particular, our
program is designed to offer in-depth knowledge and research training for scholars seeking to
join academia. In this respect, we offer conducive and highly vibrant academic environment that
ensures maximum motivation and incentives for the students to produce quality research under
the qualified and candid supervision of our professors.
Admission Requirement
As per the HEC guidelines following are the admission requirements for PhD in IR:
1. Minimum CGPA 3.0 (out of 4.0 in the Semester System) or First Division (in the Annual
System) in MPhil/M.S/Equivalent degree is required.
2. Eligible foreign applicants are admitted subject to the provision of NOC/Equivalence
Certificate from the HEC.
Test and Interview: The School of Integrated Social Sciences will conduct a written test and
qualified students are then interviewed by the Departmental Doctoral Program Committee. The
written test will be designed by Doctoral Program Committee having one external and one internal
member.
PhD Thesis Review Policy/Foreign Expert Evaluation: The Ph.D. Dissertation will be evaluated
by at least two Ph.D. experts from technologically/academically advanced foreign countries in
addition to local Committee members. Following are the proposed names of the PhD experts for
external evaluation in IR at University of Lahore:
1. Prof. Dr. David Stone, Professor Strategy and Policy, US Naval Postgraduate School,
Newport, Rhode Island, USA
2. Prof. Dr. Adil Najam, Dean International Studies, Boston University, USA
3. Prof. Dr. Rifaat Hussain, Professor & HoD, Governance and Public Policy, NUST,
Islamabad, Pakistan
Policy for Publication of Research Paper: Publication of at least one research paper based on
the PhD research in an HEC approved “X” category journal is the requirement for the award of
Ph.D. degree (“Y” in case of Social Sciences only).
Open Defense: An open defense of Dissertation is essential part of the PhD Program after positive
evaluation.
Plagiarism Test: The Plagiarism Test will be conducted on the Dissertation before its submission
to two foreign experts.
Course Work Credits and Dissertation

Course Work:
 Course work of 18 credit hours in the first year is required to be completed and followed
by a comprehensive examination for granting candidacy to PhD.
Language (Non-credit-Mandatory)
 Basic reading and writing proficiency in one language (other than English and
native/national) is mandatory: Chinese, German, Turkish, French, Arabic, and Persian.
Those who have already taken language other than English and Urdu are exempted at PhD
level.
 Language courses will be taught in the summer (3 months, 2 sessions/2 Summers)
 Qualifying criteria will be pass/fail for both written and viva component.
Semester-wise Breakdown

First Schools of Thought in International Relations 3
Advanced Research Methods 3
Optional I 3
Total 9
Second Seminar on Advanced Research Design/Optional-I 3

Optional-II 3
Optional-III 3
Total 9
List of Core Courses (3 Cr hours each)

1. Schools of Thought in International Relations
2. Advanced Research Methods
List of Optional Courses (3 Cr hours each – 4 courses to be selected)
1. Political Philosophy and World Order
2. Seminar on Advanced Research Design
3. Religion and International Politics
4. Topics in International Political Thought
5. Conflict, Security and Democracy
6. Comparative Foreign Policy
7. Critical Security Studies
8. Peace and Conflict Theory
9. Modern War and Strategy
10. Terrorism and Political Violence
11. Media and International Relations
12. Seminar on Nuclear Politics
13. Politics and Foreign Policy of Pakistan
14. Politics and Foreign Policy of the United States
15. Contemporary Pakistan and IR
All 18 credits to be taught in first year of the program.
PhD International Relations

BRIEF COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Sr. Course Title Code Cr. Brief

No Hrs
1 Schools of 3 This course offers an advanced level discourse analysis on
Thought in various school of thought in International Relations. It aims to
International build at the existing theoretical knowledge of the cohort to
Relations extend the discourse from a preliminary base to in-depth
analysis of how theory is relevant in contemporary IR.
2 Advanced 3 This course aims at introducing doctoral students to advance

Research social science research techniques relevant to the discipline of
Methods IR. Both qualitative and quantitative/statistical research
techniques along with data coding and interpretation will be
taught.
3 Political 3 This course aims at enhancing the understanding about world

Philosophy and politics using major texts from thinkers of the Western political
World Order tradition including Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes,
Locke, Rousseau and Tocqueville. Different political
philosophies provide us an understanding of how these timeless
texts are still relevant in contemporary international relations.
4 Seminar on 3 All doctoral students will be encouraged to enroll in this course

Advanced and work on their doctoral research proposal developing
Research Design
research prospectus which can then be presented before an in-
house doctoral research committee.
5 Religion and 3 Academic study of religion and IR in recent times have allowed
International for space to discuss how religion has shaped international
Politics system or IR theory. Important question to examine is how
religion is manifested in contemporary international relations.
Students will be encouraged to examine how religion
influences a state‟s foreign policy and its IR with other
countries in contemporary world.
6 Topics in 3 This course allows students to study comparative political

International thought with a focus on post-colonial world. It is important to
Political Thought examine how western political thought is devoid of the prism
through which „the other‟ non-western entities are seen to
interact in the world.
7 Conflict, Security 3 This course focuses on discussion of the variety of potential

and Democracy relationships between democracy, authoritarianism,
totalitarianism, democratization and conflict. This course will
also help develop and understanding about how democracy
influences international regional and international security.
8 Comparative 3 This course focuses on comparative foreign policy analysis and

Foreign Policy allows students to choose various country studies to examine
particular foreign policy approaches and challenges in an
increasingly conflictual globalized world.
9 Critical Security 3 This course introduces students to the approaches that are
Studies critical of mainstream realist approaches. Focus is on how
security is defined by different paradigms, the evolution of the
field of critical security studies and broader issues dealing with
human security and gendered dynamics of war and peace.
10 Peace and 3 This course allows students to study theoretical approaches to

Conflict Theory conflict and peace to understand the structural mechanisms of
violence.
11 Modern War and 3 This course is designed to introduce students to the changing
Strategy nature of war and how modern strategies have developed that
have completely transformed war-fighting.
12 Terrorism and 3 This course examines terrorism, political violence and security
Political in post-Cold War era. It provides understanding about global
Violence politics and contemporary international politics is shaped
through international conflict.
13 Media and 3 This course focuses on political, economic and cultural
International influences of media in contemporary IR. Critical questions are
Relations what is media‟s relationship with power structures and
international interests?
14 Seminar on 3 Seminar on nuclear politics allows students to examine nuclear

Nuclear Politics politics among countries within the non-proliferation regimes
and outside. Country case studies are encouraged for further
examination of the role of nuclear weapons, nuclear energy on
a country‟s foreign policy and behavior at the international
level.
15 Politics and 3 This course allows students to examine in depth the politics and
Foreign Policy of challenges of Pakistan‟s foreign policy.
Pakistan
16 Politics and 3 This course focuses on the politics of US foreign policy with
Foreign Policy of reference to its relations with countries that are affected by the
the United States presence of the US, directly or as an extra-regional force.
17 Contemporary 3 This course allows students to examine Pakistan‟s place in

Pakistan and IR contemporary IR and are encouraged to develop a long term
strategy for Pakistan to survive in the increasingly conflictual
international system.
Full Time Relevant PhD Faculty

The School of Integrates Social Sciences has three full time foreign qualified relevant PhD
faculty the details of which are as follows:
Sr. Name Title Area of Specialization Education

No
1 Dr. Rabia Akhtar Assistant Professor & Security Studies Kansas State
Head of the Department International Relations University, USA
Political Science (Fulbright Alumni)
2 Dr. Shakeel Ahmed Assistant Professor International Law China University of

International Relations Political Science
and Law
3 Dr. Imran Iqbal Assistant Professor International Relations University of Leeds,
Political Science England
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 10
Subject: Approval of Bachelor of Science in Information Technology (BSIT)
program of Computer Science and Information Technology
Department
The Head, Computer Science and Information Technology Department has recommended
the approval of Bachelor of Science in Information Technology (BSIT) program. The curricula
has already been approved and endorsed by the Board of Studies and Board of Faculty of
Computer Science and IT Department. The details are available at Annexure– I.
(Annexure-I)

I. Overview:
Program Title: Bachelor of Science in Information Technology
Degree (level) of (type): Undergraduate
In (field): Computer Science
Degree Program Code: BSIT
Department(s): Computer Science & Information Technology
Faculty: Information Technology
Name: Dr. Nadeem Ahmad

Phone: +92-42-111865865 (ext: 5801)
e-mail: nadeem.ahmad@cs.uol.edu.pk
Campus:
Defence Road
Starting Date:
Fall-2017

• Classroom (interactive)
• Laboratories
1
Vision & Mission

To be a prestigious, internationally recognized university offering innovative and high
quality education with a focus on research excellence, ethics, diversity and equality for all:
cultural advancement, positive partnerships and collaboration in order to produce world-class
leaders in the field of Science, Technology and Arts, while emphasizing strong moral and
ethical values thus creating professionals imbued with the resources and moral fiber to meet
the challenges of tomorrow.

The department of computer science & information technology has talented faculty and staff
to provide an environment for the students where they can discover and fulfill their
potential. The mission of faculty is to educate the students for success and personal
fulfillment in an increasingly diverse and global environment. As we grow and change as a
community, our mission needs to grow as well.
Mission of the Department

Our mission is to provide outstanding education to its undergraduate and graduate students in
accordance with the principles of the University mission. We strive for excellence in
creating, applying, and imparting knowledge in computer science and Information
Technology through comprehensive educational programs and research base teaching. We
expect our graduates to provide services to professional societies, the community, and the
nation.
Where currently department/Faculty stands?

The department of CS & IT has a diverse community of scholars, educators, staff, and
students committed to improving teaching and learning through innovative and inquiry-
driven programs, research, reflection, and critique in partnership with its communities. The
Department of Computer Science & IT is well established and imparting quality education to
its students. We have established ourselves as one of the largest Computer Science
departments in the region, with students enrolled in six different programs, i.e., BS in
Computer Science, BS in Software Engineering, MS in Computer Science, MCS, MIT and
2
PhD. We have sixty-two core computer science faculty members, including eight foreign
qualified PhDs. We have twelve foreign qualified faculty members having MS degree. They
are sharing their knowledge and provide training to our students on latest tools and
technologies. Please see Annex-I for details about the faculty.
Where do we want to go (or to develop, or to be perceived)?

• To produce skilled workforce for software industry and cultivation of close
connections among educational theory, policy, and practice.
• To provide diverse range of skills and expertise to the software industry.
• To produce experts in business process automation/ management and software
process re-engineering.
• To overcome the demands of industry, up-gradation of existing curricula as well as to
explore opportunities for launching market oriented new under-graduate programs.
How will the proposed program help us get there?

• Curricula has been developed according to the requirements of Industry and also
streamlined with guidelines provided by HEC.
• The subject experts, well conversant in different domains are available as faculty
members to inculcate the spirit of automation of business process models in complex
industrial contexts.
• Complete infrastructure including eight State-Of-The-Art IT labs, equipped each with
sixty Core I5 processors along 8GB RAM and 1TB hard disks have been established
already. Students can get hands on training on latest tools and technologies under the
guidance of experienced instructors.
• Specifically, different domains including Software Engineering, Management
Sciences, Interpersonal Skills, Organizational Skills, Artificial Intelligence helps in
obtaining necessary skills.

• BSIT program will be 4 years’ degree program divided into 8 different semesters.
• Focus on both theory and practice on providing specialized IT skills.
• The program will train the IT professionals in smart troubleshooting of applications
made by software engineers.
Is this program interdisciplinary in nature? If so, what are the fields of study involved,
and how will the identified units work together in delivering the program? (Attach any
3
The Bachelor of Science in Information Technology (BSIT) program offers an
interdisciplinary curriculum focusing on Information Technology and Computer Science. In
addition, the program is unique in that it merges traditional academic topics with leading
edge and current IT practices and technology.
The overarching goal of the program is to prepare students with broad, integrated IT
knowledge including communications, computer networking, computer-based systems,
database management, software development, website development, digital media and
electronic publishing. Students learn how to evaluate current and emerging technologies;
identify user needs; design user-friendly interfaces; apply, configure and manage
technologies; and assess the impact of technologies on individuals, organizations and society.
Figure 1: Interdisciplinary domains involved in BSIT knowledge areas.
Within what discipline(s) does it fall? What distinguishes it from other similar
The BSIT rely in computing domain. From abstract perspective, Computer science and
Information technology may be similar for novice users but technically both are different.
Most Computer Science graduates become software developers or Web programmers.
Computer Science education prepare the students to choose the correct design patterns,
algorithms and data structures for programs. However; The IT graduates acquire necessary
skills in information security, network architecture, database administration, systems
administration and computer support. In general, IT professionals need to stay abreast of new
technology and they must be very familiar with how to use operating systems, networks,
servers and software. Computer scientists should enjoy mathematics and software design
4
while IT professionals should enjoy installing computer systems, using software, maintaining
networks and databases.
Is it a broad, general program or will it focus on one specialization? Does it offer more
than one option?
It is a broad program with multiple specialization areas. The program encompasses many
sub-domains of computing such as computer networks, data mining, software engineering,
human computer interaction, databases and web-systems as summarized in figure 2.
Figure 2: Different computing domains composed in BSIT program.

The latest advancements in technologies for communication, computation, interactivity, and

delivery of information introduced inventions like the Internet, the World Wide Web, email,
bulletin board systems, virtual communities, E-commerce and other online technologies
which brought a paradigm shift into the world of business – from data processing to
information processing – converting industrial society to an “information society”. Such
inventions also upgraded computer technology into information technology (IT). While this
paradigm shift improved productivity, it also created new work place challenges regarding
the development, operation, maintenance, and up-gradation of organizational IT
infrastructure. Twenty-first century organizations use technology to find solutions for all
kinds of business challenges. For this, organizations need appropriate systems that work
properly and are secured, upgraded, maintained, and replaced if appropriate. Similarly,
employees of organizations require support from experts who understand computer systems
and software, and who understand how to make technology effective for productivity. In this
regard, the bottom lines are valued for their knowledge and skills. This has created a huge
demand of IT professionals both locally and globally.
5
Assessment
The IT education in Pakistan will focus on imparting the knowledge and training which
enable students:
1. To understand and contribute to the scientific, mathematical and theoretical
foundations on which information technologies are built.
2. To use and apply current technical concepts, techniques, skills, tools and practices to
analyze the local and global impact of IT on individuals, organizations, and society
and to identify their computing needs, and select, design, create, implement,
administer and evaluate a computer-based system, process, component, or program to
meet the desired needs and integrate them into the user environment.
3. To develop students’ interpersonal and organizational skills to communicate
effectively with a range of audience, create operative project plans and work in a
collaborative environment.
4. To strengthen students’ understanding of professional, ethical, legal and social issues
and responsibilities.
5. To develop students’ capacity for innovation and passion for life-long learning.

Our aim is to produce skilled IT graduates for IT industry. As paradigm shifted from
computer technology into information technology which creates new work place challenges
regarding the development, operation, maintenance and up-gradation of organizational IT
infrastructure. Current inventions forced all the organizations to provide IT based smart
6
solutions for business challenges. The curriculum structure will create, expand, disseminate
and teach the IT skills for positive contribution in society.
How will we assess whether we are meeting our goals and objectives – i.e., how will we
gather information and how will we use it?
A comprehensive approach is followed for assessing program objectives.
1. It is compulsory to develop a detailed week wise course outline for every course
offered during a semester. The course outlines must follow HEC recommendations.
2. To maintain the program quality, the students will be evaluated through mid-term and
final term examination. Complete course contents should be reflected in both exams.
3. For the course which required lab training sessions, lab manuals and lab tasks should
be prepared, so that students can get hands on experience.
4. To develop communication skills, students are required to give presentations in
different courses.
5. Students should be given assignments and projects, so that they can polish their
technical skills.
6. Final projects given in last two semesters will ensure that students are able to solve
the industrial problems and will help them to exhibit their leadership abilities.

Our program objectives describe the kind of success and career for which we wish to
prepare our students as a graduate. Our objectives for the BSIT program include that:
1. To create and develop student’s abilities to apply knowledge of computing, science,
and mathematics appropriate to the problems of industry, organization or individual.
2. To enable students to analyze complex problems, and identify the computing
requirements appropriate to its solution.
3. To develop abilities in students to design, implement, and evaluate computer-based
systems, processes, components, or programs to meet desired needs and requirements
under various industrial and organizational constraints.
4. To enable students to integrate IT-based solutions into industrial or organizational
environment effectively.
5. To make students enable to apply knowledge through the use of current and cutting
edge tools, technologies, practices and skills necessary for the IT profession.
6. To create and furnish such abilities and roles in candidates to function effectively as a
member or leader of a team to accomplish a common business goal.
7
7. To produce quality professionalism in candidates to assist in the creation of an
effective plan, execution and evolution of IT projects.
8. To enable to communicate effectively with the computing community and society at
large about complex computing activities through reporting, presentations, and clear
instructions.
9. To make students capable to hold progressively more responsible positions in the IT
field, including positions that are supervisory or managerial in nature.
10. IT Project enables the students to apply the learned knowledge and practical
computational skills in solving industrial problems for increasing their effectiveness
and revenue.
The BSIT program visualizes the following capabilities and attributes in their graduates at
the successful completion of the program.
Since BSIT is a multidisciplinary program, the students are provided knowledge of a diverse
range of domains/subjects in order to prepare them for their future career. There are different
courses clusters for fulfilling the objectives of the program. Each course cluster objectives
are measured differently. Below we describe the clusters and their measurable outcomes.
a. System Analysis and Design

Students are enlightening with both theory and practice. They are taught about the
techniques for system analysis and designs and gives hand on experience in
different modeling tool for software design. Student performance is measured
through assignment and term projects.
b. Technology
Students are provided with state of the art knowledge related to networking,
security, different networking devices, protocols and standard. Students get hands
on training in networking lab. The students’ performance will be measured through
lab assignment and term project. The term project is accomplished with the help of
simulation tools.
c. Interpersonal Skills
Core idea behind interpersonal skills is to polish students’ skills related to
leadership, collaboration and communication. It is compulsory for students to give
presentations, work in groups for completing assignments and participate in group
discussions.
d. Organizational skills
8
Students are taught about IT project management, entrepreneurship, and human
resource management. They are encouraged to conduct case studies in
organizations.
e. Information
Knowledge management is a core part of this cluster. Students also learn about
business process management and software process management.
f. Inter Disciplinary
BSIT students are provided knowledge about other disciplines that is vital for their
growth. It includes mathematics, probability and statistics, and other related areas
such as electronics.
Mid-term and final-term exam are a compulsory part of all cluster courses. In addition,
students are required to complete a final year project. In final year project, students give
solution of a real life problem related to IT.
Do they align with other university’s learning goals, and/or with standards from
Yes, the program objectives and students’ learning outcomes are carefully designed to reflect
the objectives and learning outcomes of the BSIT program conducted in other well-reputed
universities in the world.
C. Assessment of Student Learning and Student Achievement (resources

and samples appended)
The BSIT program will assess in different phases:
1. Students will follow the detailed week wise course outline for every course offered
during a semester. The course outline must follow HEC recommendations.
2. They will appear in the mid-term and final term exams for evaluation and to maintain
the program quality. The mid-term and final term exams questions must cover the
course contents.
3. Students will follow the lab training sessions, lab manuals and lab tasks which are
prepared to get hands on experience.
4. Students will submit their class assignments and term projects, so that they can polish
their technical skills.
9
5. Students will present their work to develop communication skills, confidence and
leadership qualities.
6. At the end each student must submit his/her final year project that will assess the
overall competency areas.
Does this program include a senior level project, where students demonstrate mastery
Yes, the program will include a senior level project to learn and to achieve the outcomes. The
students will be implementing computerized system along with its proper documentation and
will present it at the end of their last semester which would be evaluated by multiple experts
from the domain before awarding final degree to the student(s).
We have a good technological as well as physical infrastructure support at the University of

Lahore, in the form of state-of-the-art graduate labs equipped with modern and efficient
computers, networking equipment, high speed internet connection and a large library having
thousands of books. Moreover, we have good human resources including eight foreign
qualified PhD faculty members having experience and expertise in wide areas of research in
the domain of Computer Science & Information Technology. Please see Annex-II for details
about labs and library.
If the new program will be included in an existing program’s assessment plan, how will
the assessment data be disaggregated to provide useful information on the new
PROGRAM ASSESSMENT PLAN BS(IT)
SLO Student Learning Outcomes (SLO) SLO Assessment

To create and develop student’s abilities to apply Classroom discussions
knowledge of computing, science, and mathematics Students work
1
appropriate to the problems of industry, organization or Practice Exercises
individual. Projects
To enable students to analyze complex problems, and Classroom discussions
identify the computing requirements appropriate to its Students work
2
solution. Practice Exercises
Projects
To develop abilities in students to design, implement, Classroom discussions
and evaluate computer-based systems, processes, Projects
3 components, or programs to meet desired needs and Student work
requirements under various industrial and Practice Exercise
organizational constraints.
4 To enable students to integrate IT-based solutions into Classrooms discussions
10
industrial or organizational environment effectively. Projects
To make students enable to apply knowledge through Classroom discussions
5 the use of current and cutting edge tools , technologies, Laboratory
practices and skills necessary for the IT profession.
To create and furnish such abilities and roles in Classroom discussions
6 candidates to function effectively as a member or leader
of a team to accomplish a common business goal.
To produce quality professionalism in candidates to Classroom discussions
7 assist in the creation of an effective plan, execution and
evolution of IT projects.
To enable to communicate effectively with the Classroom discussions
computing community and society at large about
8
complex computing activities through reporting,
presentations, and clear instructions.
To make students capable to hold progressively more Classroom discussions
9 responsible positions in the IT field, including positions
that are supervisory or managerial in nature.
IT Project enables the students to apply the learned Final Year Project
knowledge and practical computational skills in solving
10
industrial problems for increasing their effectiveness
and revenue.
VI. Curriculum
Course Group Credit Hours Percentage (%)

Computing Courses
Computing - Core courses 40 30
Computing - Supporting areas 12 9
Information Technology Courses

IT Core courses 21 15
IT Electives 21 15
IT Supporting courses 15 11
General Education Courses 19 13
University Electives 9 7
TOTAL 137 100
General education 18 CH(13%)

Education 19CH (13%) University electives 9 CH (7%)
13%
7%
30%
11%
15% 9%
15%
IT core 21 CH (15%) 11
Computing core 40 CH (30%)
IT electives 21 CH (15%)
Computing supporting 12 CH (9%)
ITsupporting 15 CH (11%)
COMPUTING CORE COURSES (40 Credit Hours)
Credit
# Code Course Title
hours
1 CMP Programming Fundamentals 4 (3+1)
2 CMP Object Oriented Programming 4 (3+1)
3 CMP Discrete Structures 3
4 CMP Data Structures and Algorithms 3 (2+1)
5 CMP Digital Logic and Design 3 (2+1)
6 CMP Operating Systems 4(3+1)
7 CMP Database Systems 4 (3+1)
8 CMP Software Engineering 3
Computer Communications and
9 CMP 3
Networks
10 CMP Human Computer Interaction 3
11 CMP IT Capstone Project 6 (0+6)
Total Credit Hours: 40/137
COMPUTING SUPPORTING COURSES (12 Credit Hours)

Credit
# Code Course Title
hours
12 Calculus and Analytical Geometry 3
13 Probability and Statistics 3
14 Linear Algebra 3
IT CORE COURSES (21 Credit Hours)

Credit
# Code Course Title
hours
16 IT Web Systems & Technologies 3
17 IT Multimedia Systems & Designs 3 (2+1)
Systems & Network
18 IT 3
Administrations
19 IT Network Security 3
20 IT Cloud Computing 3
21 IT System Integration & Architecture 3
22 IT Technology Management 3
12
# Code Course Title Credit Hours

23 IT Telecommunication Systems 3
24 IT Routing & Switching 3
25 IT Network Design and Management 3
26 IT Network Programming 3
27 IT Computer Game Development 3
28 IT Multimedia Technologies 3
29 IT 3D Modeling & Animation 3
30 IT Mobile Computing 3
31 IT Software Agents Technology 3
32 IT E-Commerce Applications Development 3
33 IT Enterprise Application Development 3
34 IT Distributed Computing 3
35 IT Mobile Application Development 3
36 IT Web Engineering 3
37 IT Data Warehousing 3
38 IT Data Mining 3
39 IT Business Intelligence and Analytics 3
40 IT Distributed Database Systems 3
41 IT Enterprise Resource Planning Systems 3
42 IT Information Systems Auditing and 3
Assurance
43 IT Business Process Management 3
44 IT Knowledge Management 3
45 IT Artificial Intelligence 3
46 SE Formal Methods in Software Engineering 3
47 SE Software Requirement Engineering 3
48 SE Software Design and Architecture 3
49 SE Software Quality Engineering 3
50 SE Software CASE Tools & Applications 3
51 SE Software Construction 3
52 SE Software Engineering Economics 3
53 SE Design Patterns 3
54 IT Service-Oriented Architecture 3
55 IT Computer Graphics 3
56 IT Bioinformatics 3
57 IT Biometric Systems 3
Students will choose 21 credit hours from given list
13
IT SUPPORTING COURSES (15 Credit Hours)
# Code Course Title Credit hours
58 IT IT Project Management 3
59 IT Internet Architecture & Protocols 3
60 IT Object Oriented Analysis & Design 3
61 IT Database Administration & Management 3 (2+1)
62 IT Information Systems 3
What courses from other departments/colleges will be used? (Document support from
those units.)
UNIVERSITY ELECTIVE COURSES (9 Credit Hours)

These electives are not limited
63 MNG Principles of Accounting 3
64 MNG Human Resource Management 3
65 MNG Principles of Management 3
66 MNG Organizational Behaviour 3
67 SS Principles of Philosophy 3
68 SS Principles of Psychology 3
69 SS Foreign / Regional Language 3
70 MNG Entrepreneurship 3
71 MNG Principles of Marketing 3
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES (19 Credit Hours)

72 ENG Functional English (English-I) 3
73 ENG Communication Skills (English-II) 3
74 ENG Technical Report Writing (English-III) 3
75 SS Islamic Studies / Ethics 2
76 SS Pakistan Studies 2
77 SS Professional Practices 3
78 IT Information & Communication Technology 3 (2+1)
14
How do the required courses align with the student learning outcomes to ensure
students can build and refine skills and knowledge over time? Has the curriculum been
mapped?
Yes, the curriculum has been mapped (See BSIT Matrix). One or more of the program
outcomes is mapped to each course. The mapping indicates whether the outcome will be
assessed at a developing level, mature level, or proficient level. One or more individual
course objectives are mapped to each program outcome. The mapping of course objectives to
program outcomes is recorded in a matrix for each course.
Every time a course is taught, data will be collected. Assessment data is collected for each
program outcome in each course where that outcome is addressed. A variety of assessment
tools are used: Quizzes, tests, assignments, presentations, projects, portfolios, and
internships. Data is summarized for each course because each program outcome is addressed
by many courses; data is summarized longitudinally for each program outcome across all
relevant courses.
If this is an undergraduate program, how have the needs of transfer students been
taken into account in planning for it? What arrangements are in place to ensure that
pre-requisites are readily available?
University policy will be followed for migration/transfer of students. Please see Annex-III
for details of transfer/migration policy of students.
The pre-requisites are defined in table given below:
Pre-Requisite BS(IT)
Semester Wise 4-Years Plan (8 Semesters-136 Credit Hours)
Sr. Courses Pre. Requisite-1 Pre. Requisite-2
1 Programming Fundamentals - -
2 Basic Electronics - -
3 Calculus and Analytical Geometry - -
4 Information & Communication
- -
Technology
5 Functional English - -
6 Islamic Studies - -
7 Programming -
Object Oriented Programming
Fundamentals
8 Digital Logic Design Basic Electronics -
9 Discrete Structures - -
10 Principles of Psychology - -
11 Communication Skills Functional English -
12 Probability & Statistics - -
13 Object Oriented
Data Structures and Algorithms Discrete Structures
Programming
14 Computer Communication & -
-
Networks
15
15 Principles of Accounting - -
16 Information Systems - -
17 Technical & Report Writing Functional English -
18 Linear Algebra - -
19 Organizational Behavior - -
20 Computer -
Internet Architecture & Protocols Communication &
Networks
21 Data Structures and -
Software Engineering
Algorithms
22 Programming -
Database Systems
Fundamentals
23 Multimedia Systems & Design - -
24 Pakistan Studies - -
25 IT Elective-I - -
26 Programming Digital Logic Design
Operating Systems
Fundamentals
27 Programming -
Object Oriented Analysis & Design
Fundamentals
28 DB Administration & Management Database Systems -
29 Web Systems & Technologies Database Systems -
30 Technology Management - -
31 Human Computer Interaction - -
32 Computer Operating systems
Systems & Network Administration Communication &
Networks
33 IT Elective-II - -
34 IT Elective-III - -
35 System Integration & Architecture - -
36 Technology Software
IT Project Management
Management Engineering
16
Please attach a curriculum map (matrix aligning courses and the program’s student
learning outcomes)
Degree Road Map for BS(IT)

Semester Wise 4-Years Plan (8 Semesters-137 Credit Hours)
SEMESTER 1 Cr. Hrs SEMESTER 2 Cr. Hrs.
Programming Fundamentals 4(3+1) Basic Electronics 3 (2+1)
Calculus and Analytical Geometry 3 Technical & Business Writing 3
Information & Communication Technology 3(2+1) Linear Algebra 3
English Composition & Comprehension 3 Pakistan Studies 2
Probability & Statistics 3
Islamic Studies 2
University Elective-I 3
Total 15 Total 17
SEMESTER 3 Cr. Hrs. SEMESTER 4 Cr. Hrs.
3(2+1)
Object Oriented Programming 4 (3+1) Data Structures and Algorithms
Computer Communication & Networks 3 Internet Architecture & Protocols 3
Discrete Structures 3 Multimedia Systems & Design 3(2+1)
Information Systems 3 Professional Practices 3
Communication Skills 3 University Elective-II 3
Digital Logic Design 3(2+1) IT Elective-I 3
Total 20 Total 18
IT Elective-II 3 Cloud Computing 3
Database Systems 4(3+1) Systems & Network Administration 3
4(3+1)
Object Oriented Analysis & Design 3 Operating Systems
IT Project Management 3 Software Engineering 3
Web Systems & Technologies 3 System Integration & Architecture 3
Technology Management 3 DB Administration & Management 3
18
Total 19 Total
Final Year Project-I 3 Capstone Project-II 3
Data & Network Security 3 IT Elective-V 3
IT Elective-III 3 IT Elective-VI 3
IT Elective-IV 3 IT Elective-VII 3
Human Computer Interaction 3
University Elective-III 3
Total 18 Total 12
17
OOP
CCN
Level
Level
Design
Project
Designs
Network
Software
Interaction
Systems &
Systems &
Multimedia
Technology
Engineering
IT Capstone
Proficient
Management
Technologies
Programming
Fundamentals
Developing
& Architecture
Data Structures
and Algorithms
Administrations
Web Systems &
Mature Level
Digital Logic and
Network Security
Human Computer
Cloud Computing
Database Systems
Operating Systems
System Integration
Discrete Structures
Apply knowledge of
computing, science,
P
P
P
P
P
D
D
D
D
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
and mathematics
appropriate to the
problems of industry,
i i
To enable students to
analyze complex
P
P
P
P
D
D
D
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
problems, and identify

the computing
requirements
To design, implement,
and evaluate
computer-based
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
D
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
systems, processes,
components, or
programs to meet
desired needs and
To enable students to
integrate IT-based
P
P
P
P
P
P
D
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
solutions into
industrial or
organizational
environment
To apply knowledge
through the use of
P
P
P
P
D
D
D
D
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
current and cutting

edge tools ,
technologies, practices
and skills
To function effectively
as a member or leader
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
of a team to
M
M
M
COURSE MATRIX BS(IT)
accomplish a common
business goal.
To produce quality
professionalism in
P
P
D
D
D
D
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
candidates to assist in
the creation of an
effective plan,
execution and
To enable to
communicate
effectively with the
P
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
computing community
and society at large
about complex
computing activities
To hold progressively
P
P
D
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
more responsible
positions in the IT
field
IT Project enables the
students to apply the
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
D
D
M
M
M
M
M
learned knowledge
and practical
18
computational skills
What kinds of technology will be used in teaching this curriculum?
Multimedia will be used in all class rooms for delivering course contents. In Labs different
software will be utilized for improving students’ programming and development skills.
Will instructors or students need any training or support using technology? If so, how
The University of Lahore has competent faculty members who are already well trained in
different tools and technologies; furthermore, the University regularly offers training
workshops and seminars in order to train its faculty and students.
What technologies will the students learn to use in order to be employed in this field?
Information technology has an integrative discipline that pulls together the IT pillars of
database, human computer interaction, web-systems, networking and programming. IT uses
concrete background in each of competency area to enable the BSIT graduates to solve all
types of computing and informational problems. IT is concerned as a discipline that it
emphasizes to mature the themes of graduates for assurance of information, security,
management complexity, problem solving and leadership by using best practices, models,
standards, patterns and tools. IT graduates are able to perform technology tasks relating to the
processing, storing and communication of information between computers, mobile phones
and other electronic devices locally and globally. Figure 4 illustrates the diverse employed
fields involved in BSIT program.
Figure 4: BSIT employed fields/ skills.
19
To what extent do the class technologies align with technologies in the field?
The course contents are carefully defined according to the demands of market/ industry. The
BSIT course curricula not only helpful in delivering theoretical knowledge but also equip the
students with practical experience by using different market oriented tools/ software through
Labs.
BSIT is site-based, face to face program.
If site-based and face-to-face, when will the program be offered

The classes of BSIT program will be conducted in the morning during the week day. These
classes will be conducted in the department of computer science, University of Lahore,
Defense road campus.
Will students or instructors need any training or support in using the delivery
The University of Lahore conducts regular training workshops and seminars in order to train
its faculty and students.
IX. Students
The tentative student’s intake in till session 2017-18 is given:
Semester/Year Number of Students

F-2017 120
W-2018 120
F-2018 120
What is the minimum qualification requirements for admission (for undergraduates),

20
A student is required to fulfill the following requirements in order to get enrolled in the BSIT
program.
The eligibility criteria for BS information technology program shall be intermediate (FA,
F.Sc, ICS, O-Level DAE) or equivalent qualifications with minimum 50% marks. However,
university may redefine its own admission criteria.
Subject Test:
The department of CS & IT conducts its own entry test in which it is compulsory for the
candidate to pass the admission test.
Is the program fulltime daytime?
Yes, the program is fulltime daytime.
If this is an undergraduate program, can it be completed in four years (if so, please
Yes, it is an undergraduate 4- Years program with 136 credits. The details are given in
Curriculum section.
D. Advising
Who will provide academic advising for the students?

There are multiple channels for providing academic advice to the students i.e. Head of the
Department, the program in-charges, cluster heads, class teachers and office of student
affairs.
How will advisors be assigned?

A faculty member is assigned to the students through mutual consent of the HOD and
concerned course allocation committee.

Faculty in the domain of computing ONLY
Year Junior Lecturers Assistant Associate Professors Total

Lecturers Professors Professors
2016 07 26 29 01 0 63
21
Administrative Staff
Year Manager Admin Assistant Messengers Total

Admin Officers Admin
officers
2016 01 02 03 06 12
XI. Facilities
Will this program require new teaching laboratories?

The BSIT program requires undergraduate labs for the students to complete their assignments
and tasks. We already have 8 state of the art computing labs.
Will this program require specialized equipment?
The BSIT program requires computer labs, internet access, networking lab, database lab,
with supporting tools/ software. The computer science department already has sufficient
infrastructure to support BSIT program.
If so, what resources are available for this purpose?
Please see Annex-II for details about labs and library.
XII. Finances
Tuition Medical Total Fee
Crd Tuition Semester Examination Societies
Semester Courses Fee/Crd Diagnostic For
Hrs. Fee/Semester Enrollment Fee & Club
Hr Charges Semester
500
1 5 15 67,500 2,500 1000 74,000
4,500 2,500
500
2 6 17 76,500 3,000 1000 84,000
4,500 3,000
500 1000
3 6 20 94,000 1,01,500
4,700 3,000 3,000
500 1000
4 6 18 84,600 92,100
4,700 3,000 3,000
500 1000
5 6 19 93,100 1,00,600
4,900 3,000 3,000
500 1000
6 6 18 88,200 95,700
4,900 3,000 3,000
500 1000
7 6 18 91,800 3,000 3,000 99,300
5,100
500 1000
8 4 12 61,200 66,700
5,100 2,000 2,000
Total Semester Fee 7,13,900
Registration Fee (payable once) 25,000
---------------
Total Fee 7,38,900
22
XIII. External/Internal Reviews
If this program is new to the University of Lahore, please provide the names and addresses of
3 to 4 external experts from similar institutions who could be contacted to provide reviews of
this program.
The following external experts may be contacted for getting reviews.

• Dr. Irfan Younis, Assistant Professor, The National University Lahore;
Email: irfan.younas@nu.edu.pk
• Dr. Murtaza Yousaf, Assistant Professor, The Punjab University College of
Information Technology; Email: murtaza@pucit.edu.pk
• Dr. Muddassir Naseer, Assistant Professor, The COMSATS University, Lahore;
Email: mnaseer@ciitlahore.edu.pk
Prepared By:
Mr. Muhammad Waseem Iqbal
Assistant Professor
Reviewed By:
Dr. Ahmad Salman
Assistant Professor
Dr. Arshad Ali

Assistant Professor
Mr. Yasir Mahmood

Assistant Professor
Recommended By:
Dr. Nadeem Ahmad
Head of Department
23
Department of Computer Science & Information Technology
Minutes of Board of Studies Meeting Held on 8th June 2016
A Board of Studies meeting was held in conference room of School of Creative Arts (SOCA), on 8th
June 2016 at 1:00 P.M. Dr. Nadeem Ahmad, HOD CS & IT department presided over the meeting
and welcomed all the participants. The agenda of the meeting was to approve the launching of
BSIT undergraduate program and review of PhD program. The members of the Board of Studies
unanimously approved the launching of new BSIT program from Fall 2016 and suggested following
recommendations in BSIT and PhD programs.
1. Recommendations for BSIT Program:
i. The distribution of Basic Electronics course is changed from 3 credits to 2+1 where two
credits exhibits theoretical study while 1 credit shows Lab hours.
ii. The credit hours of Object Oriented Programming were increased from 3 credits to 4 credits
(3+1).
iii. The credit hours of Digital Logic Design were decreased from 4(3+ 1) credits to 3 credits
(2+1).
iv. The course “Technical and Report Writing” should be shifted semester three to semester
two.
v. The course “Communication Skills” should be shifted from semester two to semester 3.
vi. The course “Pakistan Studies” should be shifted from semester four to semester two.
vii. The course “University Elective” should be shifted from second semester to fifth semester.
viii. The course “IT Elective” should be shifted from Semester five to Semester four.
ix. The credit hours of “Data Structure and Algorithams” were decreased from 4(3+ 1) credits
to 3 credits (2+1).
x. The credit hours of “Professional Practices” were increased from 2 credits to 3 credits
(2+1).
xi. The name of the course “Capstone Project I” should be changed as “Final Year Project I”
xii. The name of the course “Capstone Project II” should be changed as “Final Year Project II”.
2. Recommendations for PhD Program:
i. A committee of four PhD faculty members should be devised to evaluate the progress of
PhD students on annual basis.
a. The committee should formulate a template for annual evaluation of PhD student’s
progress report.
b. In case of unsatisfactory progress report by any PhD student, he may be enrolled in

the same year for maximum two times.
The following members participated in Board of Studies meeting and approved the agenda
discussed above.
1. Dr. Nadeem Ahmad (HOD, CS & IT), The University of Lahore

2. Dr. Tabbassum Naz, Associate Professor, The University of Lahore
3. Dr. Adnan Hashmi, Assistant Professor, The University of Lahore
4. Dr. Arshad Ali, Assistant Professor, The University of Lahore
5. Dr. Ahmad Salman, Assistant Professor, The University of Lahore
6. Dr. Ibrar Hussain, Assistant Professor, The University of Lahore
7. Yasir Mehmood, Assistant Professor, The University of Lahore
8. Dr. Muddassir Naseer, Assistant Professor, The COMSATS University, Lahore
Minutes of Board of Faculty Meeting Held on 19 August 2016
The Board of Faculty meeting for CS & IT department was started with the recitation from Holy
Quran on 19th August 2016 in SOCA board room. Prof. Dr. Mahboob Ali Ch., Dean Engineering
presided over the meeting and welcomed all the participants. The agenda of the meeting was to
approve the launching of BS-IT undergraduate program and review of PhD program.
The members of Board of Faculty recommended the launching of BSIT program and PhD
program with the following recommendations.
1. Recommendations for BSIT Program:
i. The BS (IT) courses names should be aligned with BS (CS) program courses as per the
guideline of HEC curricula.
ii. The board suggested to change the credit hours of “Object Oriented Programming” from
3 credit hours to 4 credit hours.
iii. A course “Principles of Marketing” should be added in university elective courses.
iv. The title of “Functional English” course should be changed as “English Composition and
Comprehension”.
v. The title of “Technical Report Writing” course should be changed as “Technical and
Business Writing”.
2. Recommendations for Ph.D Program:
i. A committee of four PhD faculty members should be devised to evaluate the progress of
PhD students on annual basis. The PhD faculty members for committee may be added
from other universities.
Following Members were present in the Board of Faculty Meeting:
1. Prof. Dr. Mehboob Ali (Dean Faculty of IT)

2. Dr. Nadeem Ahmad Ch. (Head, Department of CS&IT, Main Campus)
3. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Zafar Ullah (Professor, Electrical Engineering Department)
4. Prof. Dr. Naheed Sultana (Professor, Lahore Business School)
5. Dr. Arshad Ali (Assistant Professor, Dept. of CS&IT, Main Campus)
6. Dr. Farooq Ahmad (Associate Professor, COMSATS, Lahore)
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 11
Subject: Approval of BS in Economics (4 years) program of Economics Department
The Head, Economics Department has recommended the approval of BS in Economics (4

years) program. The curricula has already been approved and endorsed by the Board of Studies
and Board of Faculty of Economics Department. The details are available at Annexure– I.
(Annexure-I)
Proposal:
to
Offer a New Degree Program

Department of Economics
1. Overview
Program Title: Bachelor of Science in Economics

( Four Years)
Degree Program Code:BSECON.
Department:Department of Economics
1-KM. Raiwind Road, Lahore (old Campus)
1
Proposal to offer a New Degree Program

1. Overview
Program Title: B. S. in ECONOMICS, Four Years
Degree Program Code:BSCON.
Department:Department of Economics
Faculty:Management Sciences
Department Contact
Name: Title:Dr. M. AslamChaudhary (HOD)
Phone:042-111-865-865 Ex. 1253
E-mail:mohammad.aslam@econ.uol.edu.pk
Campus:University of Lahore, 1KM.,Raiwind Road, Lahore

(Old Campus)
Starting Date:Fall 2016
Method of Course Delivery: (Check all that apply)
• ClassroomLecture _/
• Video-Conferencing/Projector presentation _/
• Laboratories X Home Work _/ Term Papers _/
2. Mission Statement
2
Vision
“To create an economic environment that cultivate life-long learning by imparting education based
on analytical and critical thinking that produces graduates exhibiting leadership qualities to serve the
society with the highest level of integrity and civic responsibilities, by following modern curricula and
focusing on creation of innovative research with an aim to place itself in the forefront of national
research universities”.
Mission
The University of Lahore is a private sector university committed to the tradition of service to the
• To advance knowledge through creative research and divulge knowledge across a wide
• To extend and disseminate knowledge through innovative different educational programs
build on strong foundations in which graduating scholars are motivated and well trained for
leadership qualities, responsible citizens and service to the society
• To apply knowledge to provide solutions for emerging issues in order to improve the welfare
of the society and enrich economic welfare of the nation, and rest of the world.
• Mission of the Faculty/Department

“At LBS we are committed to provide the best business education, cultivate research culture
and focus on strong industrial linkages.
We aim to produce leaders both for high tech businesses and entrepreneurial ventures. In
order to accomplish these, we strive to create challenging academic environment with a
view to transform students’ personality and make them a decent professional and caring
human being”.
Mission of theDepartment
“The Department offers high quality of education with the focus on research excellence,
develop ethical norms, neat challenges of diversified culture and foster demand drive
education for all. Provide purposeful education and training to enhance analytical ability of
the students to elucidate contemporary economic problems, divulge independent and
creative thinking to enable students for life time learning, which leads to fruitful outcomes
and valuable contributions at national, as well as, international level in the economics
sphere. Out graduates are envisage to lead the nation in their areas of specialization, moral
values, as well as, professional ethics.”
3
This program will be focused on the following aspect of the mission:

• Quality education, as per market demand driven
• Prepare students for research , teaching& Econ. Management jobs
• Improve analytical & creative ability
• Prepare students to understand & analyze emerging economic Issues
• Focus on applied courses & problem solving approach
• Prepare to demonstrate high moral values and ethical norms which prepare them
for responsible citizen.
• Imparting independent thinking& research
• Prepare for life time learner
Where currently department/faculty stands?
Present Faculty Position
Presently, the department has two full time professors, one Assistant Professor and one Lecturer.
Besides, there is also one research Assistant who can teach undergraduate courses. The new emerging
need will be fulfilled by new hiring and adjunct faculty. Demand for new faculty is given in this request
(See next pages). The competent authority has agreed for new hiring, as per need arises. The programs
offered are as given below.
• The department of Economics is presently offering MSc. Economics, M.Phil. and PhD in
Economics. This program is an undergraduate program which will provide support to our
graduate programs. Besides, it will help to produce undergraduates with special training
in the areas of economics and finance.
• This program will provide a strong base for our graduate level programs in economics.
Particularly, it will provide well trained students who can embark upon advance level
education. Presently, we are not getting well trained students for our graduate level
programs. We have to train them before they can meet our standard. We want to offer
this program in the old campus. Later on, it may also be introduced in the other
campuses of the University of Lahore. Thus, it will support our other branches of the
university; in different cities. We want to culminate this effort by achieving the goal of
becoming one of the leading institutions which focuses on producing human capital in
different sub areas of economics and finance; not only for national institutes and
department but also for rest of the world.
How will the proposed program help us get there?
The proposed program will help us to reach the destiny by widening our scope and training at the
foundation level. It will cover major areas of economics like; economic theory, public sector
economics, development economics, international economics, econometrics, Monetary
economic, institutional economics and environmental economics. This degree will be popular for
providing jobs to the student in the areas of international institutions and organization, public
4
sector, NGO’s academia and banking sector. High standard of education will be maintained;
which will not be compromised. As a result our degree program will be competitive to other
national and international universities new emerging areas like institutional Economics and
environmental economics will also be a part of this program. Our faculty will be fully utilized by
introducing this program at undergraduate level. It will also help us to strengthen research
capabilities of the department. The students will also benefit to work with the faculty on applied
emerging economic issues, which is one of the strong aspects of our degree programs. Senior
students will be engaged in research project, which will help the students to get practical
experience and exposure to research.
3. Program Description
In addition to general areas of specialization, this program will also be focused on Environmental
Economics and Institutional Economics; which is much in demand. Besides, concentration will
also be on: (i) To develop strong background of students in hard core economic theory, which
help the students for their specialization (ii)With the strong economics background, students will
be well trained to study new and wide range of areas of specialization and they will also develop
applied approach to solve economic issues, as well as contribute in policy formulation. Such
background and specialization is hardly addressed in other universities. Thus, this program will
offer more than traditional courses. As a result, it is expected that this program will be popular
and attract students.
Although, the University of Lahore is regarded as leading private institute, but the department
of economics being a new department has gained its importance due to quality education,
challenging curricula and friendly environment for research. This year, due to similar features
and popularity of our programs, we will double enrollment in our M.Phil.Program. We are
attracting outstanding students to our PhD Program too. This new undergraduate program will
further strengthen our graduate programs to;by providing well trained undergraduate students.
It will also help to fill in the gap in the market for competent and well trained graduates. Hardly
any university, in Pakistan is offering such unique program i.e., strong foundation of economics
and then specialization in new emerging areas; with applied curriculum and strong research
foundation.
Is this program interdisciplinary?
No. It is not interdisciplinary program.
5
Within what discipline does it fall? What distinguishes it from other similar discipline or from
other branches of the same field?
The program falls in the main domain of faculty of business and economics. There is hardly any
such program which produces specialized scholars in the new area in this discipline. Different
institutions do produce students with specialization in general areas; such specialized graduates
are produced by almost all the institutes where this subject is taught, like economics
departments of different universities. However, such students are not well trained for embarking
upon policy formulation and analytical ability to address emerging issues in these new areas(s).
Besides, these institutions hardly concentrate to teach and apply econometrics which is very
important for forecasting and sound research, budgeting, forecasting and policy guidelines. .
Under this program, we will also train students in econometrics, environmental economics and
institutional economics. It is expected that these students, with new specialization, will be well
placed in the market. It will also help us to emerge as leading instate in these areas.
IS it a broad, general program or will it focus on one specialization? Does it offer more than on
option?
Yes the students can specialize in more than one areas of specialization. Major areas offered for
specialization will be given below:
i)Public sector economics & finance ii ) International economics, trade , finance and
globalization iii) Monetary economics iv) Development economics
v) Econometricsvi) Environmental economics vii) Institutional economics
4. State Need and Students Demand for the Program (expected)
There are no special demand for the program ; except for class rooms and teaching
staff/faculty.
5. Goals and Objectives, Students Learning Outcomes and Assessment

We plan to fillin the gap in the market which exist in the form of specialist in new emerging
areas; with strong background in economic theory quantitative methods, analytical ability and
applied approach for new emerging issues; Such combination is hardly offered in other institutes
and universities.
How will we assess whether we are meeting our goals and objectives- i.e., how will we gather
information and how will we use it?
We plan to assess our performance by gathering data by different means as given below.
i) We will collect information from our students for feedback of our current program. The
employability will be accessed in this way. We will keep a track of our graduating
alumni’s and their absorption in public sector department, private organizations and
industry.
6
ii) Withstanding the above, we will be able to evaluate our performance during the course
work by evaluating teaching and students’ feedback for their satisfaction. It will help us
to fine tune our program to cater the emerging challenging job market, forfuture, as well
as needs of the students and their employability.
B. Students Learning
Our students will have a unique strong specialization, which will reflect human capital,as per
market demand; who will meet the emerging challenges in the market.
With strong background in economics, as well as,in quantitative skills and analytical ability, it is
expected that our graduate will be well received in the market. They will contribute to improve
well beings of the people and contribute in the world too.
The program outcomes are measureable. We will develop templates to measure student’s
absorption in the market and their acceptance for further higher education, as well as, for the
private business enterprises and NGO’s.
The quality of education and skills transferred will be measured by evaluation Performa, duly
filled in by the students. Besides, the grade point averages and grade scores will indicate fruits of
our training and hard work.
Do they align with other university’s learning goals, and/or with standards from professional
or regulatory bodies?
The program is designed by keeping in view to meet the challenges of the market and to improve
upon deficiencies in the curriculum of specialization in in the area(s). Our graduates will have
strong background and training as compared to already graduating students in other
universities. We will offer additional areas for specialization which will be an added component
to our program.
C. Assessment of Students Learning and Student Achievement (resource and sample appended).
Our students will be evaluated by different means like quizzes, homework assignments,
presentations, short surprise tests, research projects, producing reports and research papers, as
well as at least two/three examinations in each semester. The students will also be tested for
application of the knowledge, which they have gained through classrooms and lectures. An
attempt will be made to train students in quantitative methods and econometrics too, which will
enable students to carry out forecasts and guidelines for policy formulation.
7
Does this program a senior level project, where students demonstrate mastery of the learning
outcomes and assessment can readily occur?
This program is a senior level project equivalent to MSc in other disciplines. The students have to
demonstrate Master level (MSc) learning and skills training; particularly apply quantitative
techniques to address problems and challenges. The students will be trained to develop
innovative mind and habit of life time learning skills. This program will also offer an option either
to do internship or to do a project /thesis. In case the student does not opt, for thesis then he/she
must produce a research paper/project, which must be of publishable quality. The goal of the
program is to provide training for research and teaching.

Experienced faculty, templates for assessments and existing skills will help us to assess program.
If the new program will be included in an existing program’s assessment plan, how will the
assessment data will be disaggregated to provide useful information on the new program?
How will the new program participate in assessment? Are there any unique assessment needs
or constraints?
The program will be focused to assess our training in two areas i.e., i) training outcome of
applied economics theory and ii) utilization of skills for analyzing new emerging issues ( by using
quantitative skills) . A separate evaluation of this program will be carried out regularly. The
outcome will help us to further improve the program
6. Curriculum: What courses will be required?Please see annex I, II & III.
7. What electives will be available?See annex I& II, for detail of elective courses.
What courses from other department/colleges will be used?
The student can take courses in the department of business, computer sciences, mathematics,
Information Technology, as llong as the courses are relevant to the specialization. Permission of
the department will be required (HOD).
How do the required courses align with the students learning outcomes to ensure students can
build and refine skills and knowledge over time? Has the curriculum been mapped?
The courses will be mapped with the requirements of disciplines. It will be ensured that the students
are trained for analytical and creative thinking. Moreover, they will be able to perform in practical
the knowledge gained, during the courses. At the end student will develop life time learning habit.
If this is an undergraduate program, how have the needs of transfer students been taken account
in planning for it? What arrangements are in place to ensure that pre-requisites readily available?
Academic rules of the University of Lahore will be followed to accept transfer of students. We will be
open for migration of students and willing to absorb them by offering deficiency courses in
summer/regular semesters. The transfer of courses will be allowed after recommendation of the
department/HOD.
8
Use of Technology:What kinds of technology will be used in teaching this curriculum?
Lecture, computer programs like Strata, Excel E-view and SPSS etc.
Will instructor or students need any training or support using technology? If so, how will training
or support be provided?
No need.Our faculty is well trained to teach such courses.
What technologies will the students learn to use in order to be employed in this field?
The student will learn different software packages like E-view, Strata, Excel and SPSS etc. for
quantitative analysis.
To what extent do the class technologies align with technologies in the field?
Software packages will be purchased and installed on computers (when needed). Most of these are
already taught in the department.
This technology is available and is aligned with technologies in the field.
8. Delivery Methods
Will this be an entirely site-based, face to face program?
This is face to face program to be offered at the Raiwind road campus.

If site-based and face to face, when will be the program be offered?
Regular, day time.
Will students or instructors need any training or support in using the delivery methods? If so,
how will that training or support be provided?
No training required for faculty.
A. Students
B. How many students do you expect to serve with this program?
Year Number of Students*
Year 1 25
Year 2 30
Year 3 50
Year 4 90
*The above number of students is based on conservative expectations.
It is expected that we will far exceed these targets (optimistic scenario).
9
C. Admission Requirement
What is the minimum qualification requirement for admission (for undergraduates), or the
departmental process and admission requirements (for graduate program)?
Requirement for admission:
FA , F Sc. or equivalent higher secondary school certificate (minimum second division).
University entrance examination: Yes, admission test will be required. Must pass university
entrance examination/department admission test.
Interview: As per requirement of the department
D. Expected time for program completion: Four Years( eight semesters

( In special circumstances, extension may be granted for one year to students i.e in case of
sickness or other hard ships)
Is this program fulltime/ daytime?
Yes.
If this is an undergraduate program, can it be completed in four years (if so, please outline a 4-
year course of study; please explain), and what is the required number of credits to graduate
from the program?
See roadmap of the program Annex I and details of course contents annex II & III.
E. Advising
F. Who will provide academic advising for the students?
Experienced faculty and teaching staff.
How will advisors be assigned?

According to the area of specialization and expertise, HOD will assign advisers.
9. Faculty and AdministrationStaff(NEW Demand)
Year Lecturers Assistant Professors Associate Professors Professors Total

1 - - - - -
2 - - - - -
3 1 1
4 1 1 2
Administrative Staff
Year Admin Officer Data Entry Operators Messenger Total
- - - 0 -
- 0 0 - -
10. Facilities
a) Will this program require new teaching laboratories? Nil
10
b) Will this program require new research equipment?
Library books: 100and research Journals for library
c) Will this program require new specialized equipment? No
If so, what resources are available for this purpose?NA.
Finances
Year Number of FeesRs. Total RevenueRs.

Students
1 25 115,000 25 x 115 = 2.87 Million
2 25+30 = 65 New 120,000 65 = 110 = 7.15 m
Old 105,000
3 65+ 50 = 115 New 125,000 115 =x 118..= 13.5 m
Old 110,000
4 115 + 55 = 170 New 130,000 170x 125=21.25 m
Old 115,000
*Note: 5 percent per year increase in tuition fee is added.
Faculty
Year Number (New) Total OutlayRs/Yearly (Salaries)

1 - -
2 1 0.6 m
3 1 +1=2 2.7m
4 - -
Lect.=Rs 50,000/ Asstt. Prof.Rs. 1,25,000/ Associate prof. Rs. 1,50,000/
Savings (Rs)= 21.3- 3.3 =Rs. 18 Millions

11. External Reviews N/A
12. Is this a new Program?
This program is new in the University of Lahore. However, similar programs are offered in other
universities of Pakistan.
Approved by the BOS( having two external experts).

Also:
Approved by the Board of Faculty.( Minutes/approval attached)
For
Road Map, details of courses (optional and compulsory, pl. see annex. I, II , III).
11
Annex: I
Road Map of Courses Offered

BS Economics ( Four Years)
Compulsory Courses
Semester :I Crs. Semester :2 Crs.

BSECON 100 Principles of BSECON:102 Principles of Macro Econ. 3
Microeconomics 3 BSECON:107 Eng. II 3
BSECON:101 English: I 3 BSECON:109 Islamic Studies 2
BSECON:103 Into. To Pak studies 2 BSECON:203 Math. II 3
BSECON: 104 Math. I 3 BSECON: Opt ( Non-Econ) 3
BSECON: 105 Intro. To computer 3 BSECON: Opt. (Non-Econ) 3
BSECON : Opt. (Non-Econ) 3
Total Credit hours 17 Total Credit hours 17

Semester: 3 Semester 4
BECON:201 Intermediate Micro Econ. 3 BSECON:202 Intermediate Macro Econ. 3
BECON:108 Stat. I 3 BSECON:204 Stat II 3
BECON:209 English III 3 BSECON:208 World Econ. History 3
BECON:207 Develop. Economics: Theory 3 BSECON: 206 Principles of Management 3
BSECON: OPT. (Non-Econ) 3 BSECON: Opt. (Non-Econ 3
BECON:OPT. (Non-Econ) 3 BSECON: Opt. (Non-Econ) 3

Semester : 5 Semester: 6
BECON:501 Micro Econ. Analysis 3 BECON:405 Econ. Growth Models 3
BECON:502 Dynamic Macro. Econ. 3 BECON:404 Econometrics I 3
Analysis BSECON:507Islamic Economics 3
BECON:304 Issues in Pak economy 3 BSECON: Elective I (Econ) 3
BECON: 305 Math. II 3 BSECON: Elective II (Econ) 3
BSECON: Opt. (Non-Econ)

Semester :7 Semester : 8
BSECON:508Internat. Trade Theory 3 BECON:302Monetary economics 3
BSECON:506Research Methods BECON: 301Managerial Economics 3
BSECON:503 Econometrics II 3 BECON:509International Finance 3
BSECOB: 504 Public sector Economics 3 BSECON: Opt. Economics
BSECON: Elective III (Econ) 3 BECON:550 Thesis/ optional Econ. 6
BSECON: Elective IV (Econ) 3 Two optional courses Optional
3 Economics
Total Credit Hours: 130
12
Annex: II
OptionalCourse( Economics)
(Students has to take six courses ; from the list of courses given below.)
List of Elective Courses:
1. Population Economics
2. Welfare and Happiness economics
3. Pubic Policies
4. Ethics and Economics
5 Environmental and Natural Resource Economics
5. Project Appraisal and Investment Analysis
6. Transport Economics
7. Institutional Economics
8. Poverty and Income Distribution
9. Labor Economics
10. Political economy
11. Comparative Economic Systems
12. Rural Development
13. Industrial Economics
14. Health Economics
15. Urban economics
16. Regional Economics
17. Financial markets
18. Agricultural Economics
19. Entrepreneurial Economics
20. Independent Study
21. Thesis
List of Optional Courses ( Non- Economics)
( 7-8 Courses. 21-24 crs. As proposed by HEC)
1. Sociology
2. Education
3. Psychology
4. History
5. Geography
6. Philosophy
7. Mathematics
8. Law
9. Business Administration.
10. Commerce
11. Political Science
12. International Relations
13. Mass Communication
14. Foreign Language
(Course Outlines for compulsory courses are given below. annex: III)
13
Annex: III
Content of Courses: BS in Economics ( 4 -Years)
BSECON100: Introduction to Economic Theory 3 Crs.
Introduction to economics, definitions and scope – Scarcity: Individual’s and Household’s needs and
wants; Circular Flow of Real Economic Activity; opportunity cost; productive resources (Labor, Capital,
Entrepreneurship, and Land); Microeconomics Defined vs. Macroeconomics Defined (Recessions,
Inflation, Keynes, Unemployment) .
Concepts of Economics such as demand and supply, Allocation of Resources, National Income
Productivity and The Labor Force: Increases in Output based on productive resource input (Labor,
Capital, Entrepreneurship, and Land); Factors contributing to changes in productivity (education,
technology – research and development); Labor Force Participation Rates;
rebalancing/redeploying/retraining workforce to meet changing conditions; the aging employment cohort
Baby boomers vs. Youth: The productive assets/ human Capital/Labor. Inequality in Income
Distribution; measures of distribution – U.S. Census Bureau; Poverty in a relative and absolute sense;
measuring poverty; single head of household.
Market Structures, Wealth and Economic Fluctuations (business cycles): Concentration of employment
in manufacturing and services, Industrial Revolution. Changing face of market structures – competition;
the rise of the entrepreneur; union membership.Welfare, Marginal productivity and payment of reward.
BECON101 English I 3 Crs.
Basics of Grammar: Parts of speech and use of articles. Sentence structure, active and passive
voice.Practice in unified sentence. Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure.Transitive and
intransitive verbs.Punctuation and spelling.ComprehensionAnswers to questions on a given extract.
Discussion: General topics and every-dayconversation (topics for discussion to be at discretion of the
teacher keeping in view the level of students). Listening: To be improved by showing cumentaries/films
carefully selected by subjectteachers. Translation skillsUrdu to English.Paragraph writing: Topics to be
chosen at the discretion of the teacher. Presentation skills
Introduction.Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building.
BSECON: 102: Principles of Macroeconomics3 Crs.
Introduction & Overview: The economy in aggregate, Complexities of the world of business, Scope of
macroeconomics, Brief account of classical and the development of macro-economic after the World
War-II, Concept of business cycles: Boom and Depression, three concerns of macroeconomics, Inflation,
GDP growth and unemployment, Macroeconomic variables and their mutual relationship, Macro-models
as abstraction from the real economy. Stocks & Flows.Rules for computing GNP and GDP.
National Income Accounting and Aggregate Demand & Supply: Definition and concept of national
income, Measures of national income: Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and Gross National Product
(GNP), GDP at factor cost and at market prices, Computation of national income: Product, Income and
Expenditure approaches, Circular flow of income, Nominal versus Real income, Per capita income and
the standard of living.
Aggregate Demand and Its’ Determinants: Components of Aggregate Demand and their role in economy;
consumption, Investment, Govt. spending, exports & imports. Keynesian cross and
equilibrium.Consumption Behaviors; Keynesian consumption theory and its role. Permanent Income and
14
Life cycle income theory. Aggregate equilibrium under differ theories of consumption. Equilibrium in
the market.Equilibrium supply and demand of loanable funds.
Introduction of Fiscal Policy and Monetary Policy: Components and tools of Fiscal and monetary
Policy. Role of Fiscal and Monetary Policy.Full employment. There is always full employment;
classical. Classical Theory: Long Run: Production function, the supply of goods and services. Full
employment and under utilization of resources.Trade cycles.Money and Inflation. Measurement of
Money; demand deposits, M1, M2, M3 & L and its application.Fiscal Policy and its
implications.Implications of Monetary policies.
BSECON: 103 Pak. Studies 02 Crs.
The Historical Perspective of Ideology of Pakistan: The role of Arab Traders, The attack of Muhammad
Bin Qasim, Other Muslim Empires, The role of Muslim Saints. The Arrival of European Traders in the
Sub- Continent: Arrival of European Traders (French, British and Others), Establishment of East India
Company, British Era: From Trade to Politics, The War of 1857 Impact of British Rule.
The Ideology of Pakistan: Meaning and explanation of Ideology, Ideology and AllamaIqbal Ideology and
Quaid-e-Azam. Factors leading to Muslim separatism c.People and Land i.Indus Civilization ii.Muslim
advent. iii. Location and geo-physical features.
The aims and objective of establishment of Pakistan.Government and Politics in Pakistan:
a. 1947-58 b. 1958-71 c. 1971-77 d. 1977-88 e. 1988-99 f. 1999 -2003 & onward
Contemporary Pakistan: a. Economic institutions and issuesb. Society and social structurec.
Ethnicity.Economic institutions and issues.b. Society and social structure. c. Ethnicity. d. Foreign policy
of Pakistan and challengese. Futuristic outlook of Pakistan.
BSECON: 104 Math. I 03 Crs.
The Number System – Positive and Negative Integers, Fractions, Rational and Irrational Numbers, Real
Numbers, Problems involving the concept of real numbers.2. Basic Algebra – Algebraic Identities,
Simple factorizations; Equations: Linear and Quadratic (in single variable and simultaneous equations).
Surds and Indices Logarithms and their properties (including change of base); Problems based on
logarithms. The Remainder and Factor Theorems. 3. Set Theory – Introduction; Representation of sets;
Subsets and supersets; Universal and Null sets; Basic operations on sets; Laws of set algebra; Cardinal
number of a set; Venn Diagrams; Application of set theory to the solution of problems. 4. Ratio,
Proportion and Variation.5. Functions and Graphs – Elementary idea of functions; Domain and Range of
a function; Discrete and Continuous functions; Composition and Inverse of functions; Classification of
functions: polynomial, rational, exponential and logarithmic functions. General idea of curve sketching –
graphs of straight lines, modular functions, exponential and logarithmic functions. 6. Quadratic Functions
and Theory of Quadratic Equations – Solution of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, a ≠ 0; Nature of
the roots of a quadratic equation; Sum and Product of roots; Relation between roots; Condition for the
existence of a common root; forming quadratic equation with given roots. Graph of the function f(x) =
ax2 + bx + c, a ≠ 0; Sign of the expression f(x) = ax2 + bx + c; Maximum/Minimum values of a quadratic
function; Solution of quadratic inequalities. 7. Permutations and Combinations – Fundamental principle
of counting; Factorial notation. Permutation: Permutation of n different things; of things not all different;
restricted permutations; circular permutations. Combination: different formulas on combination;
complementary combination; restricted combination; Division into groups. Mixed problems on
permutation and combination. 8. Mathematical Induction and the Binomial Theorem- Principle of
mathematical induction; Examples. Binomial Theorem for a positive integral index; General term; Middle
term; Properties of Binomial Coefficients; the greatest term in the Binomial expansion. Binomial theorem
for any index. 9. Sequences and Series – General idea and different types of sequences; Arithmetic and
Geometric Progressions; Arithmetic and Geometric Means; Arithmetic and Geometric series – summation
15
formulae; Sum to infinity of a GP; Recurring decimals as GP; Harmonic Progression; Harmonic mean of
two numbers; Special sums i.e. Σn, Σn 2 , Σn 3 etc. Arithmetic- Geometric series; Method of differences.
BSECON: 105 Introduction to Computer 03 Crs.
An Introduction to Windows XP and Microsoft Office XP. File Management: Creating, Editing and
Managing File. Word for Windows: Creating and Editing a Word Document. Advanced Word for
Windows: Creating a Research Paper, Creating a Resume Using a Wizard and a Cover Letter with a
Table. Excel for Windows: Creating a Worksheet and Embedded Chart. Advanced Excel for Windows:
Formulas, Functions, Formatting, and Web Queries, What-If Analysis, Charting, and Working with Large
Worksheets. Access for Windows: Creating a Database Using Design and Datasheet Views, Advanced
Access for Windows, Querying a Database Using the Select Query Window, Maintaining a Database
using Design and Update Features of Access. Advanced PowerPoint for Windows: Using a Design
Template and Text Slide Layout to Create a Presentation, Using Outline Tab and Clip Art to Create a
Slide Show.
BSECON: 107English-II 03 Crs.
Paragraph writing: Practice in writing a good, unified and coherent paragraph. Essay writing:
Introduction. CV and job application. Translation skills Urdu to English Study skills: Skimming
and scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed reading, summary and précis writing and
comprehension. Academic skills: Letter/memo writing, minutes of meetings, use of library and
internet. Presentation skills: Personality development (emphasis on content, style and
pronunciation). Note: documentaries to be shown for discussion and review.
BSECON: 108 Statistics I 03 Crs.
Introduction: Meaning and definition of statistics, relationship of statistics with social science,
characteristics of statistics, limitations of statistics and main division of statistics.
Frequency distribution: Organization of data, array, ungrouped and grouped data, types of frequency
series, individual, discrete and continuous series, tally sheet method, graphic presentation of the
frequency distribution, bar frequency diagram histogram, frequency polygon, cumulative frequency
curve.
Measures of central tendency: Mean medium and modes, quartiles, deciles and percentiles.
Measures of dispersion: Range, inter quartile deviation mean deviation, standard deviation, variance,
moments, skewness and kurtosis. Index Numbers: Index Numbers and its applications
Probability and Probability Distributions: Discrete and continuous distributions: Binomial, Poisson and
Normal Distribution. Sampling and Sampling Distributions: Introduction, sample design and sampling
frame, bias, sampling and non sampling errors, sampling with and without replacement, probability and
non-probability sampling, Sampling distributions for single mean and proportion, Difference of means
and proportions. Hypothesis Testing: Introduction, Statistical problem, null and alternative hypothesis,
Type-I and Type-II errors, level of significance, Test statistics, acceptance and rejection regions, general
procedure for testing of hypothesis.
BSECON: 109 Islamic Studies 03Crs.
Introduction to Quran Studies: 1) Basic Concepts of Quran2) History of Quran. 3) Uloom-ul–QuranText

of Holly Quran: 1) Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith(Verse No-284-286)2) Verses of Surah Al-
Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi(Verse No-1-18)3) Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon Related
toCharacteristics of faithful(Verse No-1-11). 4) Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Verse
16
No.63-77). 5) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam(Verse No-152-154).Study of Selected Text of
Holy Quran ; 1) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (VerseNo.6,21,40,56,57,58.)2) Verses
of Surah Al-Hashar (18,19,20) Related to thinking, Day ofJudgment3) Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to
Tafakar,Tadabar (Verse No-1,14). Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) I1) Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah (
Before Prophet Hood)2) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah3) Important Lessons Derived from the
life of Holy Prophet in MakkahSeerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) II1) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in
Madina. 2) Important Events of Life Holy Prophet in Madina.3) Important Lessons Derived from the life
of Holy Prophet in Madina.Introduction to Sunnah: 1) Basic Concepts of Hadith2) History of Hadith3)
Kinds of Hadith4) Uloom –ul-Hadith5) Sunnah& Hadith6) Legal Position of Sunnah.Selected Study from
Text of Hadith; Introduction to Islamic Law & Jurisprudence; 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Law &
Jurisprudence.2) History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence. 3) Sources of Islamic Law &
Jurisprudence. 4) Nature of Differences in Islamic Law5) Islam and Sectarianism.Islamic Culture &
Civilization: 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & civilization. 2) Historical Development of Islamic
Culture & Civilization3) Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization. 4) Islamic Culture &
Civilization and Contemporary Issues ;Islam & Science: 1) Basic Concepts of Islam & Science. 2)
Contributions of Muslims in the Development of Science. 3) Quran & ScienceIslamic Economic System:
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System
2) Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic Economics. 3) Islamic Concept of Riba. 4) Islamic Ways of
Trade & Commerce: Political System of Islam: 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System
2) Islamic Concept of Sovereignty. 3) Basic Institutions of Govt. in Islam. Islamic History: 1) Period of
Khlaft-E-Rashida. 2) Period of Ummayyads. 3) Period of Abbasids.Social System of Islam: 1) Basic
Concepts Of Social System Of Islam. 2) Elements Of Family. 3) Ethical Values of Islam.
BSECON: 110 English III 03 Crs.
Objectives: Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking.

Course Contents:Presentation skills. Essay writing.Descriptive, narrative, discursive,
argumentative.Academic writing.How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper
How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content,language, form, clarity,
consistency).Technical Report writing
Progress report writing
Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building.
BSECON: 201 Intermediate Micro Economics 03Crs.
Overview of microeconomics, Consumer behavior, firm, and markets, Laws of demand and
supply, Market equilibrium, Shifts in demand and supply curves, Market equilibrium. Price
determination and elasticity of demand, Income elasticity of demand, Price elasticity of supply,
Application of elasticity. Consumer Behavior of Consumers, Utility theory, Laws of diminishing
marginal utility and equi-marginal utility, Indifference curves and decision making, Budget
constraint and decision making Theory of Firm: Cost and Returns Laws of Return; diminishing
return, Increasing, decreasing, and constant returns to scale, Forms of business organization and
decision making.Production Function.Production function. Revenue function, Cost function,
Profit maximization, Cost minimization. Demand function for factors of production, Supply
function of output. Short-run and long-run cost function.Market Structure.Market structure,
Perfect and imperfect competition, Monopoly, duopoly, Oligopoly, Monopsony, duopoly,
Oligopoly, Monopolistic competition.Factor Pricing and Productivity.Introduction: Factor
pricing. Marginal productivity theory.General Equilibrium and Welfare Economics.General
Equilibrium and welfare, edge worth box diagram, Preto-optimility etc.
17
BSECON: 202 Intermediate Macroeconomics 03 Crs.
Introduction: Brief account of the development of macroeconomics after the World War-II, Concept of
business cycles Concepts of Inflation and Unemployment, Macroeconomic variables and their mutual
relationship, real and nominal variables.
National Income: Definition and concept of national income, Measures of national income: Gross
Domestic Product (GDP) and Gross National Product (GNP), GDP at factor cost and at market prices,
concept of depreciation NNP, NI, Personnel Income and Disposable Income etc., Different methods of
computation of national income: Product and Income approaches, Circular flow of income, Real versus
Nominal income, GDP, deflator, Per capita income and standard of living.
Components of Aggregate Demand: The concept of models as abstract representation of the real
economy, closed and open economy models, Concept of aggregate Demand, Market Demand Product,
Money, Labor and Capital markets, Components of aggregate demand: Consumption, Saving and
Investment Government expenditure. and its role in aggregate demand. Impact of Aggregate demand.
Determination of National Income: The Keynesian model for a simple two-sector economy, injections
into and leakages from the economy, inflationary and deflationary gaps, Equilibrium of aggregate demand
and supply: the concept of multiplier and accelerator, concepts of full-employment and under
employment.Money and Banking: Definition, forms, functions of money, Money/credit creation Central
Bank and its functions, the role of Central Bank; Control oh Money Supply Commercial banking,
Demand for money: The Quantity Theory of money, Inflation: measurement and impacts, causes of
inflation and remedies, Monetary policy: brief introduction. Tools and functions.Public Finance: Sources
of public revenue and various forms of taxes, Cannons of Taxation. Major heads of public expenditure,
Concepts of budget deficits and sources of filling, deficit Role of deficit budget.study of the Federal
budget of Pakistan (latest) and Provincial/ Local government budgets (relevant areas). Fiscal policy:
meaning and objectives.International Trade.Concept of imports and exports, Theory of absolute and
comparative advantage, custom duties, Currency exchange rates, and Balance of Payments and its
implications.
BSECON: 203 Math II 03crs.
Differential equations:First-order differential equations; integral curve, direction diagram and slopefield;
qualitative theory and stability.2. Linear algebra:Vector spaces: algebraic and geometric properties, scalar
products, norms,orthogonality; linear transformations: properties, matrix representations and
elementary operations; systems of linear equations: properties of theirsolution sets; determinants:
characterization, properties and applications.3. Functions of several real variables:Geometric
representations: graphs and level curves; differentiable functions:characterizations, properties with respect
to various operations andapplications; second order derivatives: properties and applications; theimplicit
function theorem, and application to comparative statics problems;homogeneous and homothetic
functions: characterizations and applications.4. Multi-variable optimization:Convex sets; geometric
properties of functions: convex functions, theircharacterizations, properties and applications; further
geometric properties offunctions: quasiconvex functions, their characterizations, properties
andapplications; unconstrained optimization: geometric characterizations,characterizations using calculus
and applications; constrained optimizationwith equality constraints: geometric characterizations,
Lagrangecharacterization using calculus and applications; properties of value function:envelope theorem
and applications.
BSECON: 204 Statistics II 03Crs.

This is a continuation of the previous course (stat-II). Causality via Experimental Data –
Causality via Observational Data – Review of Histograms & Density Estimates. –Normal
Approximation. Measurement Error.Correlations: Basic IdeasCorrelations: Complexities.
18
Regressions: Basics. Regressions: Complications and additional materials. Review of Central
Limit Theorem& Random Sampling. Sample Surveys: Gallup Poll Survey of Employment &
Unemployment.Hypothesis Tests.Tests for Independence Applications to Real Data Sets.
BSECON: 205 Development Economics, Theory 03 Crs
An overview of Development:Historical experiences of developing countries, broad conceptual

explanation. of underdevelopment, comparative economic development, emerging major
issues of developing world, basic theories of growth and development, andcontemporary models of
underdevelopment/development.nThe nexus of poverty, inequality and underdevelopment, the
distribution ofwealth and resources, poverty and nutrition, demographic transition,population growth; its
causes and consequences, urbanization/rural-urbanmigrations; its causes and consequences, human
capital; education, healthand development, agriculture and rural development, wars and conflicts,
environment and natural resources, sustainable development.Trade/access to factor and product markets
and development, balance ofpayment problems, debt, stabilization policies, international shocks, foreign
finance, foreign aid, international wars and conflicts, migration andremittances.The role of markets in
development, credit, financing, SME’s, industrial andtrade policies, land, labor and agriculture, livestock,
market failure andgovernment intervention, stabilization policies.What are institutions, how do they
facilitate or hinder economic development?The political economy, democracy vs dictatorship,
decentralization, goodgovernance, corruption, rent seeking, ethnic conflict, gender inequality, voting
and lobbying, the role of civil society.
BSECON: 206 Applied Principles of Management. 03 Crs.
Introduction: Introduction to Managerial Economics, Managerial Economics and Other Subjects, Uses of
Managerial Economics, Managerial Economist Role and Responsibilities, Responsibilities of A
Managerial Economist. Demand and Supply: Demand, Law of Demand, Demand Schedule and
Demand Curve, Determinants of Demand, Changes inDemand, Elasticity of Demand, Determinants
ofElasticity, Measurement ofElasticity: Income Elasticity ofDemand & Supply Law of Supply, Supply
Schedule and Supply Curve, Determinants of Supply, Increase/Decrease and Extension/Contraction
ofSupply, Elasticity ofSupply, Measurement of Elasticity ofSupply, Determinants of Elasticity. Demand
Forecasting: Introduction: Factor Involved in Demand Forecasting, Purposes OfForecasting,
Determinants of Demand Methods Of Forecasting, Approach toForecasting, Forecasting Demand For
NewProducts, Recent Trends In DemandForecasting, Economies ofScale, Diseconomies ofScale,
Cost-Control: Methods of costing, Elements Of Cost, BreakevenAnalysis, Cost Numerical.Market
Structure: Introduction, Monopoly, Oligopoly, MonopolisticCompetition, Price Determination under
perfectCompetition, Price Determination underMonopoly, Equilibrium under PerfectCompetition,
Equilibrium underMonopoly, PriceDiscrimination, Monopoly and Perfect Competition – AComparison.
Management Function: What isManagement? Meaning of ManagementProcess, Functions
ofManagement, Functions ofManagement, Management in theFuture, Development of
ManagementThought, Systems Approach to ManagementThought. Planning: Introduction, Steps in
PlanningProcess, DecisionMaking, Decision making Process and StepsInvolved, Relationship between
Planning andDecision-making, Management By Objective(MBO), Steps in MBOPlanning, Essential
Conditions for Successful, Execution/Implementation ofMBO. Organization Structure: Introduction
Principles oforganizing, Types Of OrganizationStructure, OrganizationChart, Authority, Responsibility
andAccountability, Delegation ofAuthority, Decentralization.
Motivation and Leadership: Introduction, Theories ofMotivation, The HawthorneExperiment, Meaning
ofLeadership, Characteristics ofLeadership, Styles ofLeadership, Theories ofLeadership. Quality Control:
Quality, The Meaning of "Quality", QualityControl:, Objectives of QualityControl, Steps in
QualityControl, Advantages of QualityControl, Cost ofQuality, Total QualityManagement,
19
QualityCircle.Marketing: Meaning, Importance ofMarketing, Marketing, MarketSegmentation
Advertising, Role of Advertising in Selling ConsumerDurables, Decision-making in Advertising (Five Ms
of Advertising) MARKETINGRESEARCH: Steps in Marketing Research (Marketing ResearchProcess).
Human Resource Management: Introduction, PersonnelManagement/HRM, Recruitment AndSelection,
Procedure (Steps in the Scientific Selection Process/procedure), Training and Methods ofManagement,
Methods of Management, Development/ManagerialDevelopment.
BSECON 206 Applied Principles of Economics &Management 03 Crs.
Introduction: Introduction to ManagerialEconomics, Managerial Economics and OtherSubjects, Uses of

ManagerialEconomics, Managerial Economist Role andResponsibilities, Responsibilities of A
ManagerialEconomist. Demand and Supply: Demand, Law ofDemand, Demand Schedule and
DemandCurve, Determinants ofDemand, Changes inDemand, Elasticity ofDemand, Determinants
ofElasticity, Measurement ofElasticity: Income Elasticity ofDemand & Supply Law of Supply, Supply
Schedule and Supply Curve, Determinants ofSupply, Increase/Decrease and Extension/Contraction
ofSupply, Elasticity ofSupply, Measurement of Elasticity ofSupply, Determinants ofElasticity. Demand
Forecasting: Introduction: Factor Involved in DemandForecasting, Purposes OfForecasting, Determinants
ofDemand Methods OfForecasting, Approach toForecasting, Forecasting Demand For NewProducts,
Recent Trends In DemandForecasting, Economies ofScale, Diseconomies ofScale, Cost-Control:
Methods of costing, Elements Of Cost, BreakevenAnalysis, Cost Numerical.
Market Structure: Introduction, Monopoly, Oligopoly, MonopolisticCompetition, Price Determination
under perfectCompetition, Price Determination underMonopoly, Equilibrium under PerfectCompetition,
Equilibrium underMonopoly, PriceDiscrimination, Monopoly and Perfect Competition – AComparison.
Management Function: What isManagement? Meaning of ManagementProcess, Functions
ofManagement, Functions ofManagement, Management in theFuture, Development of
ManagementThought, Systems Approach to ManagementThought. Planning: Introduction, Steps in
PlanningProcess, DecisionMaking, Decision making Process and StepsInvolved, Relationship between
Planning andDecision-making, Management By Objective(MBO), Steps in MBOPlanning, Essential
Conditions for Successful, Execution/Implementation ofMBO. Organization Structure: Introduction
Principles oforganizing, Types Of OrganizationStructure, OrganizationChart, Authority, Responsibility
andAccountability, Delegation ofAuthority, Decentralization.Motivation and Leadership: Introduction,
Theories ofMotivation, The HawthorneExperiment, Meaning ofLeadership, Characteristics ofLeadership,
Styles ofLeadership, Theories ofLeadership. Quality Control: Quality, The Meaning of "Quality",
QualityControl:, Objectives of QualityControl, Steps in QualityControl, Advantages of QualityControl,
Cost ofQuality, Total QualityManagement, QualityCircle.Marketing: Meaning, Importance ofMarketing,
Marketing, MarketSegmentation Advertising, Role of Advertising in Selling ConsumerDurables,
Decision-making in Advertising (Five Ms of Advertising) MARKETINGRESEARCH: Steps in
Marketing Research (Marketing ResearchProcess).Human Resource Management: Introduction,
PersonnelManagement/HRM, Recruitment AndSelection, Procedure (Steps in the Scientific Selection
Process/procedure), Training and Methods ofManagement, Methods of Management,
Development/ManagerialDevelopment.
BSECON: 301 Managerial Economics 03 Crs.
The Fundamentals of Managerial Economics: What Is Managerial Economics? The Nature and Scope of
Managerial Economics, Firms and Managerial Objectives, The Managerial decision making process,
Economic Optimization, Firms and Profits, Tools of Economic Analysis, Marginal Analysis, Theory of
the firm. Profit maximization, Cost Minimization. Economic optimization.Economic relations of
variables.The Incremental concept in Economic Analysis.Demand, Supply and Equilibrium.Market
Forces: Demand and Supply, Quantitative Demand Analysis: Demand, Supply, Demand Analysis,
Elasticity, Price elasticity of demand and supply and use of derivative in finding elasticity of demand &
20
supply, Point elasticity & Are elasticity, income elasticity of demand, cross elasticity of demand,
Promotional elasticity of demand, Concept of partial elasticity, Measuring Economic Relationships,
Statistical Relations and Regression Analysis, Forecasting, Methods of demand forecasting. Trend
projections, smoothing techniques, Exponential smoothing. Econometric models, Simple linear regression
model, estimation etc., Multiple linear regression model estimation. Business Cycle, Time Series Trends.
Marginal Analysis: Consumer Behavior, Constraints, Consumer Equilibrium, Indifference Curve
Analysis & Demand Curves. Production and Cost: Theory of Production, Production functions. Total,
Marginal and Average Product. Revenue and Cost in Production. Production function
estimation.Productivity Measurement.Homogenous and Homothetic Production Function. Short run and
long run cost curves. Cost estimation, Learning curves and application. Cost and Profit Analysis,
Empirical Analysis of Production and Cost, Cost-value-profit analysis.Market Structure: Perfect
Competition, Monopolies, Monopolistic Competition. Oligopoly.Selected Pricing Models.Marginalist
Pricing. Mark up pricing. New Product Pricing.Oligopoly Model.Contestable Markets.Pricing Strategies
for Firms and Market Power.Monopolistic Competition.Price Discrimination, Monoposony and Price
Product. Measuring Firms' Performance, Making Decisions under Noncompetitive Conditions,
Oligopolies, Game Theory: Inside Oligopoly, Pricing Methods, Pricing Strategies for Firm with Market
Power.
Managerial Theories and Models of the Firm: Baumol’s Theory of Sales Revenue Maximization. Marris’s
Model of Managerial Enterprise. Williamson’s Model of Managerial Discretion Topics, Behavioral
Model by Cyert and March.Regulating the Market Economy: Economies of Scale, Taxes and Subsidies,
Costs of Regulation .Public Sector Production and Pricing of Goods: Public and Private Goods and their
pricing mechanism. Decreasing cost Industry and pricing. Externalities and Market Pricing issues. Rent
seeking and control. Government Policy and International Trade, tariff and pricing. Import
Competitiveness and tax, International pricing Techniques /Strategies.
Capital Budgeting and Investment: Pre-requisites of Capital Budgeting. Investment Criteria and
Decisions. Cash flow estimation, Internal Rate of Return, Profitability-Index Criterion and other criterion.
Optimal Capital Budget. Decision Making: Decision under Uncertainty& Risk.
BSECON 208 World Economic History. 03 Crs.
This course surveys the history of colonial expansion from the discovery of
the Americas up to the colonization of the Middle East following the end of
the First World War.The course is intended to give students a chronological account of the rise
ofimperialism and the colonial expansion into Latin America, Asia and Africa.While emphasis is
placed on social, political and economic developmentswithin the European nations which
prompted colonial expansion, the primaryfocus is on how the actual colonies were acquired and
the subsequentchanges that took place.The course attempts to provide an essential background to
understanding thehistorical processes by which modern developed nations became developed,
and how the underdeveloped “Third World” originated as part of the samehistorical process.
Textbook:
The main textbook for this course is:1. L. S. Stavrianos’ Global Rift: The Third World Comes of
Age, (New York:William Morrow and Company, 1981).
Additional readings are:
Kuhnen, Frithjof. "Causes of underdevelopment and concepts for
development. An introduction to development theories." The Journal of
Institute of Development Studies, NWFP Agriculture 8 (1987).
Arrighi, Giovanni. "Globalization and the Rise of East Asia Lessons from the
Past, Prospects for the Future." International Sociology 13.1 (1998): 59-77.
Findlay, Ronald, and Kevin H. O'Rourke.Power and plenty: trade, war, and
21
the world economy in the second millennium. Princeton, NJ: Princeton
University Press, 2007.
Stiglitz, Joseph E. Globalization and its Discontents.Vol. 500. New York: WW
Norton 2002.
BSECON: 302 Monetary Economics 03 Crs.
Introduction and Development of Monetary Mechanism: Evolution of Money and Payment System.
Definition of Money, Function of Money & Measurement of Money, Demand for Money & Supply of
Money.Definitions of Money, M1, M2, M3, L etc. The Evolution of Monetary Thought, Quantity Theory
of money, Keynesian Tradition, Monetarism and Modern Quantity Theory, Rational Expectation Theory.
Role of Money in the Economy: Debate on neutrality and non-neutrality of Money. Classical Dichotomy
and Keynesian Integration of Nominal and Real Sectors.Role of Money in the IS-LM Framework.Money
in Aggregate Demand & Aggregate Supply Analysis. Keynesian Vs. Monetarist views of Equilibrium
Output, Employment and Prices.
Theory of Demand for Money: Quantity Theory of Money. Transaction Theories of Demand for
Money.Portfolio Theories of Demand for Money.Baumol – Tobin Model of Cash Management.
Friedman’s Restatement of Quantity Theory of Money: Empirical Evidence on the Demand for Money.
The Money Supply Process: Monetary Base, Keynesian Liquidity Preference Framework, Friedman’s
Modern Quantity Theory of Money. Multiple Deposit Creation: Introducing the Money Supply Process.
Determinants of the Money Supply: Exogenous and Endogenous. Understanding Movements in the
Monetary Base, Money Multiplier.Velocity of Money and its variability. Explaining Depositor and Bank
Behavior: the Complete Money Supply Model. Regressive Expectation Model.
The Conduct of Monetary Policy: Central Bank: Structure and Functions of Central Bank. Independence
of Central Bank and its role in Economic Growth.Tool of Central Bank for Money Control.Monetary
Base. The Conduct of Monetary Policy: Goals and Targets. Tools of Monetary Policy: Three Major Tools
of Monetary Policy. Window Loans and Open Market Operation.Advantages and Disadvantages and
Impact Analysis of each Policy Tool.Central Bank as a lender of last Resort.Financial
Intermediaries.Monetization of Public Debt.Infectiveness of Stabilization Policies. Tar
Money & Interest Rates: Determinants of interest rates. Kinds of Interest Rates.The Behavior of Interest
Rates.Understanding & Measuring the Interest Rates. Real & Nominal Interest Rates, Theories of Interest
Rate Determination. The Risk & Term Structure of Interest Rates. The Distinction bet. Interest Rates &
Returns.Maturity & Volatility of Bond Returns. Portfolio Choice: the Theory of Asset Demand.
Money and Inflation: What is Inflation & Causes of Inflation? Demand – pull Inflation, Cost – push
Inflation, Stagflation & Hyperinflation. Inflation as a Monetary Phenomenon.The Philips Curve and
Accelerating Inflation. Inflation in Pakistan: Sources and Managing Policies. Sources of Inflation in
Pakistan: Spiracle Evidences. Policies to Combat Inflation in Pakistan.Money in Growth
Models.Inflationary Spiral.Current Issues in Monetary and Financial Sector Reforms.Conduct of
Monetary Policy in Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rates.Perfect Mobility of Capital and Money Control,
Effectiveness of Policy.Impact of Reserves on B.O.P and Exchange Rates.Targeting exchange rate.
Managed Exchange Rate System and Monetary Policy. Targeting Inflation.Exchange Rate and Balance of
Payment.Foreign Debt, its sustainability, contributions& remedial measures.
BSECON: 304 Issues in Pak Economy 03Crs.
Quick Review of National Income Accounts. GDP (Nominal and Real) and GNPo Measure of In. lation
and Employment. Problems with GDP as a Measure of Social Welfareo Beyond GDP. Basic Needs
Approach.HDI Approach and its Calculation. Review of Alternative Models of Economic Management.o
Markets or Liberal Capitalism. o Socialism or State Capitalism
22
o Social Democracy or Mixed Economy. o Islamic Economics or Islamic Capitalism. Pakistan’s Models
of Economic Management. Background of Pakistani Economic Management. Why we are Doing What We
are Doing. British Colonialism and Muslim Responses.Ali Garh and the Upbringing of Muslim
Nationalism.Muslim League and its Targets. Relationship between Muslim Nationalism and Capitalism
 Agricultural Sector of Pakistan. Is Pakistan Feudal or Capitalist? Nature of its Structure Before British
Rule. British Regulations and the Emergence of Markets. 1947-58: The Neglected Agriculture Sector
o The Green Revolution and its Impacts. Evaluation of Green Revolution as Development Strategy
Land Reforms (both of Ayub and Bhutto). Key Issues in Pakistan’s Agricultural Sector. Industrial Sector
of Pakistan.Composition of Manufacturing Sector.Process of industrialization from 1947-58.
o The Development Decade of Ayub—1958-68. The Experimental Regime of Bhutto—1972-77
o Zia Regime and back to the Basics—1977-88. Industry after Structural Adjustment Program—1988-
onwards. Key Issues in Pakistani Industry.Fiscal and Monetary Policies and Inflation in Pakistan.
 Structure of expenditures and trends of fiscal deficit.Issues with Financing of Fiscal Deficit.
 New NFC Award and Medium-Term Budgetary Framework.Monetary Policy Management and
Inflation in Pakistan.Understanding Monetary Data.Monetary Management. Financial Sector Reforms
 Salient Issues in Banking Sector. Inflation and its Causes in Pakistan.Public and External Debts in
Pakistan.Difference between the two Debts. Is Debt Creation always bad? Concerns Regarding Pakistan’s
Fiscal Deficit. Reforms to bring debt under control.Structural Adjustment Program (SAP) and Pakistan.
Globalization and Export of Development Thinking. Composition of SAP
o Implementation of SAP in Pakistan. Evaluation of the Results of SAP. Did Pakistan need to go for SAP?
Why does Pakistan Adopt IMF Program.Performance of Pakistan on Foreign Economic Front
o Understanding BOP accounts. Trends in BOP.Composition of Exports and Imports. Historical Directions
of Pakistan’s Trade Policy Regimes. Impacts of Structural Adjustment Program on Trade Policy.Dealing
with Globalization and WTO. Impacts of Globalization on Poverty in Pakistan
o Exchange Rate Regimes in Pakistan. The weakening currency of Pakistan. Why can’t Muslims adopt a
common currency? Social Sector in Pakistan.Health Sector and its Issues. Education and its Issues
o Gender Inequality. \ Regional Inequalities. Structure of Population. Population: Asset or Liability?
o Urbanization and Housing. Infrastructure.Poverty and Income Distribution. Measurement Issues
 Trends In Poverty and Income Distribution. Is Poverty the Problem? Does growth eliminate or create
Poverty?Poverty Alleviation Strategies and their Failure.Recent Challenges Facing Pakistan Economy
o Deteriorating Law and Order Situation. Energy Crises. Level of welfare achieved. When Pakistan will
be developed.
BSECON: 305 Math II 03 Crs.
Differential equations:First-order differential equations; integral curve, direction diagram and slope
field; qualitative theory and stability.2. Linear algebra:Vector spaces: algebraic and geometric properties,
scalar products, norms,orthogonality; linear transformations: properties, matrix representations
andelementary operations; systems of linear equations: properties of theirsolution sets; determinants:
characterization, properties and applications.3. Functions of several real variables:
Geometric representations: graphs and level curves; differentiable functions:characterizations, properties
with respect to various operations andapplications; second order derivatives: properties and applications;
theimplicit function theorem, and application to comparative statics problems;homogeneous and
homothetic functions: characterizations and applications.4. Multi-variable optimization:Convex sets;
geometric properties of functions: convex functions, theircharacterizations, properties and applications;
further geometric properties offunctions: quasiconvex functions, their characterizations, properties and
applications; unconstrained optimization: geometric characterizations,characterizations using calculus and
applications; constrained optimizationwith equality constraints: geometric characterizatons,Lagrange.
characterization using calculus and applications; properties of value function:
envelope theorem and applications.
23
BSECON: 404 Econometrics I 03 Crs.
Introduction:Definition and scope of Econometrics, Economic theory as the basis forempirical analysis,
Mathematical and Econometric models, Application ofStatistical techniques to Economic data,
Ingredients of Econometricmodeling: Specification, Estimation, Evaluation and Forecasting. Data Types
and Sources, Cross-sectional data, time-series data and pool data, Data atcurrent and constant prices,
Sources of data.The Classical Linear Regression Model (CLRM)(a) The Simple Two-Variable Model:
Simple Regression function, population and regression function, linearregression function: linearity in
variables and linearity in parameters,Simple Regression Analysis: Estimation, Method of Ordinary
LeastSquares (OLS), Estimation of regression equation using OLS, Standarderror of estimates, Numerical
properties of OLS estimators, Statisticalproperties of OLS estimators (BLUE), Classical Linear
Regression Model(CLRM), Assumptions of CLRM, Estimation of the coefficient ofdetermination,
Interval estimation of regression coefficients, ClassicalNormal Linear Regression Model (CNLRM),
Difference between CLRMand CNLRM, Properties of OLS estimates under CNLRM, Simple Linear
Regression Analysis: Inference, Confidence interval approach forregression coefficients, Test of
significance approach for regressioncoefficients, Analysis of variance (ANOVA), Test of the overall
significanceof the model, Simple Linear Regression Analysis: Extensions, Regressionthrough the origin,
Scaling and measurement of variables, Regression onstandardized variables Functional Forms of
Regression Function, Loglinear models, Cobb Douglas production function Log-Lin models, The
constant growth model, Estimating the growth rate, Lin-Log models, Engelcurve, Reciprocal models. (b)
The Multiple Linear Regression Model (MLRM). Multiple Regression Analysis, Difference between
simple and multipleregression analysis, Interpretation of multiple regression function,Multiple Regression
Analysis: Estimation, OLS estimation of multipleregression equation, Standard error of partial regression
coefficients,Properties of OLS estimators, Coefficient of determination (R2), R2 and
Adjusted R2 , Multiple Regression Analysis: Inference, Test of individualsignificance (t-test), Test of
overall significance (F-test) MultipleRegression Function: Extensions, Testing the equality of
parameters,Testing linear equality restriction, Testing for structural stability ofregression models: The
Chow testDeviation from the Classical Assumptions:Assumptions of the classical model and economic
reality, Relaxation of theassumptions and estimation issues, Brief introduction to the nature ofproblems
and alternatives.(i) Multicollinearity:Linear relationship between any two explanatory variables, Nature
andseverity of the problem, OLS estimation of regression equation in thepresence of perfect
multicollinearity, Causes of multicollinearity,Distinction between perfect and partial Multicollinearity,
Detection of theproblem and remedial measures.(ii) Heteroskedasticity:Meaning of Heteroskedasticity,
The nature of the problem with referenceto economic theory, Cross-section data and the problem of non-
constantvariances, Consequences for OLS estimators, Detection of the problem. and remedial measures in
brief, Introduction to the Generalized Least-Squares model (GLS).(iii) Autocorrelation:Autocorrelation
and its causes, Time-series data and emergence of theproblem with reference to economic theory, Serial
Correlation, The AR(1)process, Consequences of Autocorrelation for OLS estimators, Detectionof the
problem and remedial measures.
BSECON: 405 Economic growth Models 03crs.
Introduction and Overview:This section includes discussions on the facts about economic
growth,differences in the level of income among countries, differences in the rate ofincome growth,
growth before and after 19th century, the production functionand the lessons from data.Factors of
Production:Physical Capital: the nature of capital, capital’s role in production, the Solowgrowth model,
the relationship between investment and saving, andexogenous versus endogenous factors.Population and
Economic Growth: population and output in the long-run,the Malthusian model, population growth in the
Solow model, demographictransitions, future population trends, and the economic consequences of
24
demographic change.Human Capital: human capital in the form of health, human capital in theform of
education, modeling the interaction of health and incomes, changesin the level of education, education
and variation in income across countries.Productivity and Technology:Measuring productivity,
differences in productivity and growth rates ofproductivity among countries, the role of Technology in
growth, the nature,transfer and determinants of technology, research and development, patents,modeling
the relationship between Technology creation and growth, barriersto technology transfers, the cutting
edge technology, the industrial revolution,the technology production function, differential technological
progress,efficiency, differences in efficiencies, types of inefficiencies, misallocation offactors.Growth in
the Open Economy:Autarky versus openness, Globalization, the effect of openness on economic
growth, effects of geographical barriers, openness and factor accumulation,growth with capital mobility,
openness and productivity, trade as a form oftechnology, openness and technological progress, and
opposition toopenness.Fundamentals behind Economic Growth:Government: Government’s role in
economy, governance and rule of law,taxation, efficiency and the size of government, planning and
policies,corruption and Kleptocracy, democracy and economic growth, causation fromgovernment quality
to income.Income Inequality: Facts about income equality, the Kuznet Hypothesis,effects of income
inequality on the accumulation of physical and humancapital, and economic growth.Culture: the effect of
culture on economic growth, openness to new ideas,hard work, saving behavior, trust, social capital,
cultural change,determinants of cooperation.Geography, Climate and Natural Resources: Location, trade
and growth,geographic concentration and spillovers, climate and productivity, climate anddisease, natural
resource endowment and economic growth, the curse ofnatural resources, incorporating natural resources
into the analysis ofeconomic growth.
BSECON: 502 Dynamic Macro Economics 03Crs.
Introduction; The Solow Model and its dynamics; Physical Capital;Human capital and Technology.
Quantitative implications of the Solowmodel: Effects of savings on long run income; Income per capita
andOutput per capita. Empirical applications; Growth accounting, TotalFactor Productivity (TFP),
Growth of the Asian tigers; Growth of theBRICKS; Convergence hypothesis and Forecasting.. Beyond
Solow Model: externalities and endogenous growth, humancapital and endogenous growth . Reflections
on growth theory; where has all Growth gone? Consumption and investment in the framework of
Monetary and Fiscal Policies in the Framework of Dynamic Macroeconomics. Macroeconomics in the
open Economy and Macroeconomic Stabilization. Exchange Rates and their Determinants: Mundell -
Fleming Model (MFM): Small open Economy with perfect Capital Mobility. IS-LM: Goods and Money
Market. Small Open Economy, Floating Exchange Rate and Fiscal Policy.Fixed Exchange Rate and
Fiscal Policy.Flexible and Managed Exchange Rates.Monetary Policy, Devaluation and Recovery from
great depression.Trade Policy: Mundell-Fleming Model (MFM) with changing Price Level.MFM and
large open Economy.Depreciation and its impacts.Income Absorption Approach and exchange
Adjustment and Balance of Payment.Macroeconomic Policy Debate: Policy Actions: Active or Passive,
Ignorance, Expectations and the Lucas Critique. Conduct of Policy: Rule vs. Discretion, Distrust of
Policy makers and Political Process. Macroeconomics Policy: Rules for Fiscal Policy, making Policy in
uncertain World. Seignorage and Inflation: What can Policy Accomplish? Monetarists vs. Activists
debate. Phillips Curve: Short run and Long run analysis. The expectation augmented Phillips Curve.
Money Inclusion and output.Short Run and Long Run Adjustment.Perfect Foresight and
Adjustment.Economic Fluctuation and Its Sources.The Theory of Real Business Cycles: Interpretation:
Labor Market, Technology Shocks. Household behavior, the persistence of output Fluctuations.
Limitations of the Model. The Challenges: What we know and what we don’t know? Long-run and
Country’s Capacity to Produce.Short-run and influence of Aggregate Demand.Random Walk Model.
What Determines Inflation Rate, Unemployment Rate and Output Growth?
25
BSECON: 503 Econometrics II 03 Crs.
Matrix Approach of the Classical Linear Regression Model:The multiple regression (K-variable) model in
matrix format, Assumptions ofthe model, The Least-Squares estimation procedure in matrix notation,
Properties of the OLS estimators, Interpretation of the Beta coefficients (β1,β2,…., βk), Hypothesis
testing using matrix approach, Forecasting in OLS: model, OLS estimation: variance-covariance matrix
of estimators, Coefficientof determination, R2, in matrix notations, Correlation matrix
Dummy Variable Regression Models:Nature of dummy variables, ANOVA models with qualitative
variables,Regression with dummy dependent and independent variables, Technicalaspects of the dummy
variable.Econometric Modeling: Model Specification:Model selection criteria, Types of specification
errors, Consequences ofmodel, specification errors, Tests of specification errors, Errors ofmeasurement,
Model selection criteria, Endogeneity: where X is not fixed inrepeated sampling, Nature of Endogeneity,
OLS estimation in presence ofEndogeneity, Detection of Endogeneity, BLUE estimator in the presence
ofEndogeneity, Consequences of Endogeneity in OLS estimation, Remedialmeasures.Pool the Cross-
sectional and Time-series Data:Why panel data regression models, Estimation of pool data regression
models, Common intercept method, Fixed effects model, Least SquareDummy Variables Approach,
Random effects model, Generalized LeastSquare Approach, Fixed effects model vs. random effects
model, HausmanSpecification Test.Simultaneous Equation Models & Estimation Methods:Simultaneous
equation models, Nature of simultaneous equations, Examplesof simultaneous equation models from
economic theory, Inconsistency ofOLS estimators, Identification problem, Notations and
definitions,Unidentified, exactly identified and over identified, Rules for identification,Simultaneous
equation approaches to estimation, Method of indirect leastsquares (ILS), Method of two stage least
squares (2SLS), InstrumentalVariable approach to 2SLS, Seemingly unrelated equations (SUR), Nature
ofSUR equations, Method of GLS, Equations having characteristics ofsimultaneity and SUR, Three stage
least squares technique (3SLS), Fullinformation maximum likelihood estimation (FIML)Time Series
Econometrics:Concept of Stationarity, Tests of Stationarity, Unit Root test, Transforming
Non-stationary Time Series, ARMA and ARIMA Models, Comparison offorecast based on ARIMA and
regression models, Cointegration and ErrorCorrection Mechanism (ECM), ARCH models
BSECON: 504 Public Sector Economics 03 Crs.
Introduction to Public Finance: Role and Function of the Government.2. Welfare economics, the
fundamental theorems of welfare economics,Market failure, Consumer and producer surplus
3. Public and Private Goods, the free rider problem; Pareto optimal supply ofpublic goods, Public choice
4. Externalities, the nature of externalities, Externalities and Market Failures,Pigovian taxesPrivate and
public responses to externalities, Implications for incomedistribution5. Taxation and Fundamental Tax
Reforms, Taxation and IncomeDistribution, Tax incidence, Taxation and Efficiency, Excess Burden,
Impact of taxes on market prices and output; deadweight loss in the longand short run, Ramsey Rule,
Optimal Income Taxation6. Impacts of subsides on market equilibrium, deadweight losses in the long
and short run7. Market Failures; Cost Benefit Analysis 8. Social Insurance and Security
9. Income Distribution and Welfare Reforms10. State and Local Public Economics: Overview of Fiscal
Policy in Pakistan.
BSECON: 506 Research methods 03 Crs.
Introduction to Research:Why study research methods? Aims and Assumptions of this course,
CentralIssues of Research, Descriptive vs Explanation, Different ways to answer thesituations.Research
Ethics:
Plagiarism, Data Collection and Analysis, Treatment of Human Subjects,Making Ethical Decisions, The
Uses of Research: Science and Society. Problem Identification:Analysis of the area of interest, The
relationship between theory and method,What makes a problem/ topic interesting? What is
26
researchable?Feasibility...The 'so what?!' factor The value of simplicity,Research Questions:General and
Specific Research Questions, Developing Research Questionsin Different Situations, Role of Research
Questions, HypothesisElements of Research Design:Units of Analysis, Variables, Relationships,
Statistically SignificantRelationship, Research Purpose and Research Design, Qualitative
ResearchDesign, Quantitative Research DesignProposal Writing:How to draft a quality Proposal.
Research Method:
Overview of research methods, Quantitative (multivariate) methods,Qualitative (interpretive) methods,
Using available data, Multi-method andapplied research methodsData Collection:Experiments, Survey
Design, Field Study, Secondary Data CollectionSampling:Population Definition, Sampling Designs,
Probability Sampling, NonProbability Sampling, Factors Affecting Choice of Sample Design, Sample
Size and Factors Affecting Sample Size. Sampling ErrorData Analysis:Data Processing, Preliminary
Descriptive Analysis, Quantitative Data. Analysis, Qualitative Data Analysis, Interpretation of Results.
BSECON: 508 International Trade Theory Crs.
Introduction: The gains from trade, The pattern of trade, Protectionism, The balance of payments,
Exchange rate determination, International policy coordination, The international capital market.
The Ricardian Model: The concept of comparative advantage, Trade in one factor world, Misconception
bout comparative advantage, Comparative advantage with many goods, Empirical evidence on the
Ricardian model.The Specific Factors Model: Assumptions of the model, International trade in the
specific factors model, Income distribution and the gains from trade.The Heckscher Ohlin Model: A
model of a two factor economy, Effects of international trade, Empirical evidence. The Standard Trade
Model:A standard model of a trading economy, Economic growth, Internationaltransfers of income,
Tariff and export subsidies Economics of Scale and Imperfect Competition: Economies of scale and
international trade, Economy of scale and marketstructure, the theory of imperfect competition,
Monopolistic competition and trade, Dumping, The theory of external economies, External economy and
international trade.International Factor Mobility: International labor mobility, International borrowing and
lending, Direct foreign investment and multinational firms.Instruments of Trade Policy: Tariff, export
subsidies, import quota, voluntary export restraints, the effects of trade policy Trade Policies in
Developing Countries: Import substituting industrialization, Problem of the duel economy, Export
oriented industrialization.
BSECON: 509 International finance 03 Crs.
Introductory Finance Issues: Current Patterns, Past History, andInternational Institutions

National Income and the Balance of Payments Accounts3.The Trade Imbalances.4. Foreign Exchange
Markets and Rates of Return. 5. Interest Rate Parity. 6. Purchasing Power Parity. 7. Interest Rate
Determination. 8. National Output Determination. 9. The AA-DD Model. 10. Exchange Rates and its
management. 11. Policy Effects with Floating Exchange Rates. 12. Policy Effects with Fixed Exchange
Rates. 13. Short and long term financing. 14. International finance in context of Pakistan.
BSECON: 304 Issues in Pak Economy 03 Crs.
Overview of Pakistan Economy: Development Experience, Approaches, Policies and Outcomes.

Identification of Issues: The era of 1950’s, 1960’s, 1970’s, 1980’s 1990’s and 2000’s. Structural Change
and Sources of Growth.Emergence of Economic Issues, Human Resource Development, Unemployment,
Poverty, Income Distribution, Debt, Deficit etc. Growth with limiteddevelopment in
Pakistan..Agricultural Development Policies and Priorities, Major Targets of Develop Plans and
Emerging Issues; Neglects and Successes: Mobilization of Domestic Resources; Shortages, Deficits and
Role of Foreign Aid. Agricultural Vs. Industrial Development Debate.Agricultural Adequacy.
27
Pattern of Agricultural and Industrial Development, Land Reforms and Its Impacts, the Role of Green
Revolution and its Impacts: Present Status. Agricultural Price Policy and Income Tax.Sectoral Terms of
Trade.Industrial Development Policies and Strategies.Development of Large and Small Industries. Value
Added: Manufacturing Goods Vs. Primary Goods Production. Agriculture Vs. Industry: Development
Debate.Sectoral Priorities and Development Issues. Human Resource Development and Emerging Issues:
Population Growth, Labor Force Participation Rate and Employment Pattern, Unemployment and
Underemployment, Forecasting Manpower Needs and Employment. Strategies to combat unemployment.
Criteria to Measure Unemployment /Underemployment: Time Criterion, Productivity Criterion and New
Index of Unemployment: Application to Pakistan and Empirical Evidences. Good Governance, Social
Action Plan and its Impact. Social Sectors development Vs. High Return Sectors: Growth trade
off.Concepts of Foreign Aid and Debt. Borrowing Vs. Domestic Reserve Mobilization (failure). Size of
Foreign Debt, Debt Saving and its Impacts. Strategies to combat with High Debt: Saving Policy, Foreign
Trade Promotion, Cutting non-development Expenditures, Rescheduling and its Impacts. Debt
Management in Pakistan and Its Impacts.Debt Modeling and Future Implications.
Pattern of Income Distribution: Rural and Urban. Definitions and Approaches to Measure Poverty:
Income Approach, Expenditure Approach, Basic Needs Approach, Poverty of Participatory Index (POPI).
How to Combat Poverty; Growth Strategy, Basic Needs, Labor Intensive Investment: Education /
Training etc. and Social Action Plan (SAP) , its Role and Critical Review, Evasion of Policies / Strategies
to Combat Poverty and Improving Income Distribution: Critical Evaluation. Neglect of Human Resource
Development.Child Labor. Factors Productivity Issue
Sources of Inflation in Pakistan.Policies to Combat Inflation and their Impacts.Trade Performance,
Instability and its Impacts.Policies to Combat Deficit and Trade Instability.WTO and Its Impacts.Reforms
and Further Needs.Expected Impacts of WTO and Challenges. Terms of Trade Issues, Market Access and
Health Related Rates. Models of inflation. Pattern of Trade: exports, Imports and remittances. Deficit
Financing and foreign Debt.Globalization, Liberalizations and its impacts.Trade and growth.
BSECON: 511 International Finance 03 crs.
National Income and the Balance of Payments Accounts.The Trade Imbalances.

Foreign Exchange Markets and Rates of Return.Interest Rate Parity. Purchasing Power Parity
Interest Rate Determination.National Output Determination. The AA-DD Model .Exchange Rates and its
management.Policy Effects with Floating Exchange Rates.Policy Effects with Fixed Exchange
Rates.Short and long term financing.International finance in context of Pakistan.
28
Annex: IV
Course Outlines for Optional Courses (Economics)
BSECON: 510POPULATION ECONOMICS 03 Crs.
1. INTRODUCTION: Understanding Demography, Importance of Demography, Sources of Demographic

Data, Processes of Demography.
2. THEORIES OF POPULATION: Mercantilist Perspective, Malthusian Theory of Population, The
Marxist Perspective, John Stuart Mill, Lujo Brentano’s Theory, Emile Durkheim’s Perspective, The
Theory of Demographic Transition,Theory of Relative Income.
3. FERTILITY:Understanding the Concept; Intercourse, Conception & Gestation
Variables, Measuring Fertility, Period Measures of Fertility, CohortMeasures of Fertility, Fertility Trends,
Fertility & Population Growth inPakistan
4. MORTALITY: Components of Mortality; Lifespan, Longevity, Causes of Death,Measuring Mortality,
Differentials in Mortality, Estimates of Mortality inPakistan.
5. MIGRATION: Definition & Measurement, Causes of Migration, Internal VsInternational Migration,
Individual & Social Consequences of Migration,Migration Trends in Pakistan: Causes & Consequences
6. POPULATION COMPOSITION: AGE & SEX COMPOSITION
Measuring the Age Composition; Measuring the Sex Composition;Impact of Population Processes on the
Age Composition; Impact ofAge Composition on Population Processes; the Dynamics of Age/Sex
Compositions; Age-Stratification Theory.
7. POPULATION GROWTH & AGEING: Demographic Composition of the Elderly: Dynamic
Scenarios,Biological & Social Aspects of Aging, Implications for the Society
8. URBANIZATION: Demographic Components of Urbanization, Internal Rural-to-Urban Migration,
Impact of Population Processes, and Urbanization in
Pakistan: Trends, Causes & Consequences
9. POPULATION POLICY: Need of Population Policy, Influencing Population Processes, Case Studies
of Pakistan.
Recommended Readings:
1. Weeks J. R. (1989), Population: An Introduction to Concepts and Issues,Wadsworth Publishing
Company, USA.
2. Poston D. L. & L. F. Bouvier (2010), Population and Society: AnIntroduction to Demography,
Cambridge University Press, UK
BSECON: 511 WELFARE AND HAPPINESS ECONOMICS 03 Crs.
This module is designed to provide a basic understanding of humandevelopment and capability approach
to the postgraduate and undergraduatestudents of various disciplines of social sciences. The module
emphasizesthe centrality of human being in development discourse, practice, policy andresearch. It is
argued throughout the module that development is aboutenhancing human freedoms and flourishing
human capabilities. The processof development should enable individuals to act as the agents of change
tolive the kind of life they have reason to value. It is also argued that the publicpolicy needs to respect the
fundamental principles of human development;equity, empowerment, sustainability, and efficiency. The
outline given belowis very extensive, and teachers may select their own areas of interest to
specialize and develop further, according to capabilities and requirements oftheir students.The course is
divided into three main sections. The first section, consisting oftopics 1-3, provides the conceptual
foundations of human development andcapability approach. The section, consisting of topics 4-10,
provides theapplications of the concepts of human development and capability approachto various issues
of development. The third and final section, consisting oftopics 11-12, provides an overview of the policy
29
analysis from the humandevelopment perspective.The structure of this module is based upon the first
textbook on humandevelopment,
An Introduction to the Human Development and Capability
Approach: Freedom and Agency (2009). This textbook is an outcome of aproject by the Oxford Poverty
and Human Development Initiative (OPHI) andis published by the Earthscan Publishers. The textbook is
edited by SeverineDeneulin and Lila Shahani, and several authors have contributed chapters.
The book is an open source document and available at IDRC website.
Course Contents:
1. Ethics and development: Normative framework for development
Normative concerns lie at the heart of development analysis and policy.Development policy and
uncertainty, trade-off, and complexityAny public policy is based on ideas about what matters. Different
kinds ofideas lead to different kinds of actions (e.g. poverty reduction policies dependon how poverty is
conceptualized )The output or impact on wellbeing of any given policy varies depending onthe context of
countries or societies.Concerns for people should come first in social and economic progress
Key reading
1. Alkire, S. and Deneulin, S. (2009): “Normative framework fordevelopment”, in: Deneulin, S. and
Shahani, L. (Eds.). An Introduction tothe Human Development and Capability Approach: Freedom and
Agency.London: Earthscan.
Further Readings:
1. Cowen, M.P. and R. W. Shenton (1996), Doctrines of Development,London: Routledge
2. Deaton, Angus (1997), The Analysis of Household Surveys: AMicroeconometric Approach to
Development Policy, Baltimore: JohnHopkins University Press
3. Easterly, Bill (2001), ‘The Lost Decades: Explaining Developing Countries’
Stagnation in Spite of Policy Reform 1980-88’, Journal of Economic
Growth, 6(2): 135-57.
4. Gore, Charles (2000), ‘The Rise and Fall of the Washington Consensusas a Paradigm for Developing
Countries’, World Development, 28(5): 789-804.
5. Preston, P. W. (1996), Development Theory: An Introduction, Oxford:Blackwell
6. Rist, Gilbert (1997), The History of Development: From Western Origins toGlobal Faith, London: Zed
7. Ruggeri Laderchi, Caterina, RuhiSaith and Frances Stewart (2003), ‘Doesit matter that we do not agree
on the definition of poverty?’,OxfordDevelopment Studies, 31(3): 243-74.
8. Stewart, Frances, Gustav Ranis and Alejandro Ramirez (2000), ‘EconomicGrowth and Human
Development’, World Development 25(2): 197-209.
2. Introduction to the Human Development and CapabilityApproach: Objectives of development
Advent and influence of UNDP’s Human Development Reports ondevelopment discourse and policy
Values, priorities and public debateAgency, voice and empowermentPlural information and many
dimensionsCore principles for development; Equity, Efficiency, Participation, andSustainability,
AmertiyaSen’s Capability ApproachFunctioning and CapabilitiesCompare and contrast of Capabilities
Approach with other approaches,Selecting valuable capabilitiesIndividual and collective capabilities
Key reading
1. Alkire, S. and Deneulin, S. (2009): “The Human Development and
Capability Approach”, in: Deneulin, S. and Shahani, L. (Eds.). An
Introduction to the Human Development and Capability Approach:
Freedom and Agency.London: Earthscan.
Further Readings
1. Alkire, Sabina (2002), ‘Dimensions of Human Development’, WorldDevelopment, 30(2): 181-205.
2. ______ (2005), ‘Why the Capability Approach’, Journal of HumanDevelopment, 6(1): 115-33.
3. Barro, Robert and Xavier Sala-i-Martin (2003), Economic Growth,Cambridge: MIT Press
4. Layard, Richard (2005), Happiness: Lessons from a New Science,London: Allen
5. Nussbaum, Martha (2000), Women and Human Development,Cambridge University Press
30
6. Robeyns, Ingrid (2005), ‘The Capability Approach – A TheoreticalSurvey’, Journal of Human
Development, 6(1): 93-114.
7. Sen, Amartya (1980) ‘Equality of What?’, in S. McMurrin (ed.) TannerLectures on Human Values.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
8. ______ (1989), ‘Development as Capability Expansion’, Journal ofDevelopment Planning 19: 41–58,
reprinted in Sakiko Fukuda-Parr and
A.K. Shiva Kumar (eds) (2003), Readings in Human Development,Oxford University Press, pp. 3-16.
9. ______ (1992) Inequality Re-Examined, Oxford: Clarendon Press
10. _______ (1999), Development as Freedom, Oxford University Press
11. ______ (2000), ‘A Decade of Human Development’, Journal of HumanDevelopment, 1(1): 17-23.
12. ——— (2004), ‘Capabilities, Lists and Public Reason: Continuing theConversation’, Feminist
Economics 10(3): 77–80.
13. Todaro, Michael (2006), Economic Development, 9th edition, Harlow:Pearson Addison-Wesley
14. UlHaq, Mahbub (1995), Reflections on Human Development, New York:
Oxford University Press
15. ________ (2003), ‘The Human Development Paradigm’, in S. Fukuda-Parr and A.K. Shiva Kumar
(eds), Readings in Human Development,Oxford University Press, pp. 17-34.
16. UlHaq, Khadija and Richard Ponzio (eds), MahbubulHaq: AnIntellectual Biography, Delhi: Oxford
University Press
17. UNDP (1990), Human Development Report, New York: Oxford UniversityPress, introduction,
available at http//hdr.undp.org/en.
3. Contemporary development ideas
Human development and market liberalism: Freedom comparedHow the idea of freedom spread?
The Basic Needs Approach.Human RightsHuman Security,Other related human development ideas
The Millennium Development Goals (MDGs),Sustainable Development
Key Reading
1. Deneulin, S. (2009): “Human Development and related ideas”, in:
Deneulin, S. and Shahani, L. (Eds.).An Introduction to the Human
Development and Capability Approach: Freedom and Agency. London:
Earthscan.
Further Readings
1. Alkire, Sabina and Angus Ritchie (2007), ‘Winning Ideas: Lessons from
Free-Market Economics’, OPHI Working Paper 6, Oxford Poverty and
Human Development Initiative, Oxford, available at
http://www.ophi.org.uk
2. Anand, Sudhir and AmartyaSen (2000), ‘Human Development and
Economic Sustainability’, World Development, 28(12): 2029-49.
3. Commission on Human Security (2003), Human Security Now, available
at http://www.humansecurity-chs.org/
4. Desai, Meghnad (1991), ‘Human Development: Concepts and
Measurement’, European Economic Review, 35: 350-7.
5. Emmerij, Louis, Richard Jolly and Thomas Weiss (2001), Ahead of the
Curve?: UN Ideas and Global Challenges, Bloomington: University of
Indiana Press
6. Fukuda-Parr Sakiko and Shiv Kumar (eds) (2003), Readings in Human
Development, Delhi: Oxford University Press
7. Jolly, Richard (2003), ‘Human Development and Neo-Liberalism’, in
Fukuda-Parr and Kumar (eds), Readings in Human Development, Delhi:
Oxford University Press, 82-92.
8. Sen, Amartya (1981), Poverty and Famines, Oxford: Clarendon Press
9. ______ (1999), Development as Freedom, Oxford University Press
31
10. ______ (2005), ‘Human Rights and Capabilities’, Journal of Human
Development, 6(2): 151-166.
11. Srinivasan, T. N. (1994), ‘Human Development: A New Paradigm or
Reinvention of the Wheel?’,The American Economic Review, 84(2): 238-
243.
12. Streeten Paul (1994), ‘Human Development: Means and Ends’, The
American Economic Review, 84(2); 232-7.
13. ______ (2003), ‘Shifting Fashions in Development Dialogue’, in Fukuda-
Parr and Kumar, 68-81.
14. Streeten, Paul et al. (1981), First Things First: Meeting Basic Human
Needs in Developing Countries, World Bank: Washington DC
15. UNDP (2000), Human Development Report: Human Rights and Human
Development, Oxford University Press
16. World Commission on Environment and Development (1987), Our
Common Future, New York: Oxford University Press
4. Economic growth and human flourishing: Growth and flourishing in the history of economic
thoughtContribution of economic growth to human flourishingEconomic growth is one of the several
necessary ingredients for promotinghuman flourishingGDP fails to promote human flourishing for two
main reasons; 1) income is apoor measure of wellbeing and 2) it masks inequity in the distribution of
income and material consumptionEconomic policies over last three decades have tended to focus more
narrowly on efficiency and growth alone, ignoring equity and publicengagement thus sidelining concerns
for human flourishing. This has resultedin inequities, insecurity and environmental damage
Finding ‘best’ growth and development path
Key reading
1. Spence, R. (2009): “Economic growth”, in: Deneulin, S. and Shahani, L.
(Eds.). An Introduction to the Human Development and Capability
Approach: Freedom and Agency. London: Earthscan.
Further Readings
5. Human development, equality and justice
Link of the capability approach with theories of equality and social justice
How capability approach differs from John Rawls’s theory of justice
Introduction to the underlying purpose and main ideas of theories of
justice
Implications of a capability based approach to justice for policy design and
other intervention strategies.
Key Reading:
1. Robeyns, I. (2009): “Equality and Justice”, in: Deneulin, S. and Shahani,
L. (Eds.). An Introduction to the Human Development and Capability
Further Readings:
Poverty and Inequality Measurement:Importance of measurement in policyIncome poverty and
inequalityStandard Human Development Indices. Measuring multi-dimensional poverty
Why concepts matter in measurement. Measuring freedom.Qualitative poverty assessments
Key Reading
1. Alkire, S. and Santos, M. E. (2009): “Measurement”, in: Deneulin, S. and
Shahani, L. (Eds.). An Introduction to the Human Development and
Capability Approach: Freedom and Agency. London: Earthscan.
Further Readings:
Markets, institutions and public action:Institutions in economic development. The institutional
turn.Testing the theoryFrom formal rules to informal norms. Institutions as a ‘grand’ theory of
development
32
Markets.Markets as institutions.Markets in mainstream economic theoryInstitutionalist definitions of
markets.From ‘self-regulated’ to ‘socially-regulated’ marketsInstitutions and markets in the human
development approach. Key Reading
1. Johnson, S. (2009): “Institutions and economic development”, in:Deneulin, S. and Shahani, L. (Eds.).
An Introduction to the HumanDevelopment and Capability Approach: Freedom and Agency. London:
Earthscan.
Further Readings:
Human Agency and Democracy:Democracy as polyarchy. More than free and fair elections.Beyond
instrumentalismBeyond the divides. Beyond the political boundaries.Government by public reasoning
Public action and global civil society.Case studies: Costa Rica, Legitimacy of military rules; Nigeria,
Chile,Indonesia, Turkey, Argentina
Key reading
1. Deneulin, S. (2009): “Democracy”, in: Deneulin, S. and Shahani, L. (Eds.).
An Introduction to the Human Development and Capability Approach:
Freedom and Agency.London: Earthscan.
Further Readings:
Education
Conventional approaches to education. Human Capital (instrumental role of education)
Capability approach to education (both instrumental as well as intrinsic rolesof education)
Capability and functioning in education.Case Study: Two descriptions of education in Bihar, India
Key reading
1. Unterhalter, E. (2009): “Education”, in: Deneulin, S. and Shahani, L.(Eds.). An Introduction to the
Human Development and CapabilityApproach: Freedom and Agency. London: Earthscan.
Further Readings:
Health and Nutrition
What is health?Conventional approaches to health. Human capital or health as inputHealth as output.
Health within the human development and capability approachResource inputs and conversion
factorsCapabilities and functionings.
Health at the heart of inter-locking deprivations. A Case study from Pakistan
Key Reading
1. Ariana, P. and Naveed, A. (2009): “Health” in: Deneulin, S. (ed.) AnIntroduction to the Human
Development and Capability Approach:Freedom and Agency. London: Earthscan.
Further Readings:
1. Anand, P. and M. V. Hees. (2006) ‘Capabilities and achievement: Anempirical study’, The Journal of
Socio-Economics, Vol. 35, pp268-284
2. Anand, S. and M. Ravallion. (1993) ‘Human development in poorcountries: On the role of private
incomes and public services,’ Journalof Economic Perspectives, Vol. 7, No. 1, pp133-150
3. Commission on Social Determinants of Health. (2008) Closing the gapin a generation: health equity
through action on the social determinantsof health. Final Report of the Commission on Social
Determinants of Health.Geneva, World Health Organization.
4. Gallup, J. L. and J. D. Sachs. (2001) ‘The economic burden of malaria,’American Journal of Tropical
Medicine and Hygiene, Vol. 64, No. 1,suppl, pp85-96
5. Marmot, M. (2006) ‘Health in an unequal world: Social circumstances,biology and disease,’ Clinical
Medicine, Vol. 6, No 6, pp559-572
6. ______ (2007) ‘Achieving health equity: From root causes to fairoutcomes,’ The Lancet, Vol. 370, 29
September, pp1153-63
7. Narayan, D., R. Chamber, M. Shah, and P. Petesch. (2000) Voices ofthe poor, New York, Oxford
University Press for the World Bank.
8. Osmani, S. and A. K. Sen. (2003), ‘The hidden penalties of genderinequality: Foetal origins of ill-
health,’ Economics and Human Biology,Vol. 1, pp105-121
33
9. Ranis, G., F. Stewart and A. Ramirez. (2000) ‘Economic growth andhuman development’, World
Development, Vol. 28, No. 2, pp197-219
10. Ruger, J. P. (2006) ‘Health, capability, and justice: Towards a newparadigm of health ethics, policy
and law’, Cornell Journal of law andpublic policy, vol 53, no 2, pp403-82.
11. Sen, A. K. (1999) ‘Health in development’, Bulletin of the World HealthOrganization, Vol. 77, No. 8,
pp619-23
12. _____ (2002) ‘Why health equity?,’ Health Economics, Vol. 11, pp659-
13. UNICEF and Micronutrient Initiative (2005) Vitamin and mineraldeficiency: A global progress
report,
http://www.unicef.org/nutrition/index_hidden_hunger.html
14. WHO (2005) Preventing chronic diseases: A vital investment: WHOGlobal Report,
http://www.who.int/chp/chronic_disease_report/full_report.pdf
Human Development Policy Analysis:Main areas of public policyAreas of economic and social policy.
Framework and macro policies.Resource, manufacturing and services sector policy. Economic and social
services.Policy in the private, non-profit and international donors sector,Policy, politics and power.Tools
for policy analysisA human development approach to policy analysis.
Key reading
1. Spence, R. and Deneulin, S. (2009): “Public policy analysis”, in: Deneulin,S. and Shahani, L. (Eds.).
An Introduction to the Human Development andCapability Approach: Freedom and Agency. London:
Earthscan.
Policy Case Studies:
Key questions to bear in mind while analyzing policy from humandevelopment perspective
What is the problem to be addressed?What is the data needed to highlight the problem?What is being
done to address the problem?Does the existing policy respects the four principles of human development;
equity, empowerment, sustainability, and efficiency?In what ways the current policy can be reformed to
effectively promotevaluable human freedoms?
Case Studies:
A personal narrative of women’s life in Ghana.Gender policy in Turkey.Fiscal Policy in Syria
Security policy in Haiti.Technical assistance policy in Afghanistan.Post conflict policy in Liberia
Key Reading
1. Deneulin, S. (2009): “Policy case studies”, in: Deneulin, S. and Shahani,
L. (Eds.). An Introduction to the Human Development and Capability
Experimental and Behavioral Economics
This course outline is based on free online video lectures and supporting coursematerials available from
http://asadzaman.net The course has been designed tominimize mathematical requirements, and to be
aligned with requirements ofand background of typical Pakistani students.
Introduction to Basic Game Theory:
Details:
 Extensive Form Games, solution by backwards induction, Strategies Normal Form Games,
Dominance Nash Equilibrium Dominance Solvable Games
Readings: Notes: https://sites.google.com/site/uzmaexpecon/?pli=1
Chapter1, 2 and 3 available at:http://jourdan.ens.fr/~laffargue/teaching/Incertain/Problemes/lectnotes.pdf
Why do we need Experiments:Details: Why do we need experiments?
 Experimental Methods: Advantages and Limitations Different types of experiments
Readings: Experimental Economic by Davis and Holt: Chapter 1”Introduction
and Overview”Altruism and Fairness: Ultimatum Game:Details: Ultimatum Game: Theory and
Results What is altruism and Fairness? Dictator Game and Altruism
Readings: Ultimatum Game: from Chapter 2 of Colin Camerer: Behavioral
Game Theory
34
Public Good Game and Free-Riding:
Details: Public Good Game: theory and PracticesFree Riding and Voluntary Contribution Dilemma
 Factors to Alleviate Free RidingReadings: Experimental Economics by Davis and Holt: Chapter 6,
“PublicGoods, Externalities and Voting”
Experimental Labor Market:Details:
 Employment RelationsIncentives and PerformanceMarket vs. Social exchanges
Readings: Behavioral and Experimental Economics edited by DurlaufandBlume: Experimental Labor
market by Falk and GachterHeyman and Ariely (2004), Effort for payment. A tale of two markets,
Psychological Science.15(11):787-93.
Trust, reciprocity, Incentives and Crowd-Out:Details:
 Gift Exchange mechanism Reciprocity and Trust Incentives and internal and External motivation
 Crowding out of internal motivation Monetary and Non-monetary incentives
Readings:
1. The Currency of Reciprocity - Gift-Exchange in the Workplace (2011) bySebastian Kube, Michel
André Maréchal and Clemens Puppe (WorkingPaper No. 377, Institute for Empirical Research in
Economics, Universityof Zurich)
2. PUTTING BEHAVIORAL ECONOMICS TO WORK: TESTING FOR GIFTEXCHANGE IN LABOR
MARKETS USING FIELD EXPERIMENTS: byURI GNEEZY AND JOHN A. LIST (Econometrica, Vol. 74,
No. 5(September, 2006), 1365–1384)
3. A FINE IS A PRICE (2000) by URI GNEEZY and ALDO RUSTICHINI
Bargaining and Auctions:Details:
 Structured and unstructured Bargaining Bilateral Bargaining: Ultimatum Game
 Multilateral Bargaining: Auction Different Auctions
Readings: Experimental Economic by Davis and Holt: Chapter 5 ”Bargaining
and Auctions”.
Social Norms and Economic Behavior:Details:
 Social Norms Role of expectations Self Image
Readings: Do the Right Thing: But Only if Others Do So, by Cristina
Bicchieri and Erte Xiao.
BSECON: 512 PUBLIC POLICIES 03Crs.
I. Introduction: Definition of Policy. Types of Policy: Broad, Specific andOperational Policy. Problem
and Vision approach to policy development. Values,Vision and Policy: linkages and relationships. The
policy development cycle andassociated stages.
II. Policy Science: Public Policy –Introduction, The Policy Problem, Approaches To Public Policy
III. Institutions, Actors And Instruments: Policy Actors And Institutions, Issues In Public Economics,
Market Failure AndIntervention. Policy Instruments, Agenda Setting : Policy Determination ,
Policy Ideas And Policy Windwos, Policy Formulation, Public Policy DecisionMaking
IV. Implementation And Evaluation :Policy Design And Implementation Styles, Policy Evaluation
V. Policy Development And Change In Practice: Policy Regimes And Policy Dynamics
Evaluation: Does Policy Matter?
Recommended Books:
1. Michael Howlett and M. Ramesh, Studying Public Policy: Policy Cyclesand Policy
2. Subsystems, Latest ed. (Toronto: Oxford University Press).
3. Michael C. Munger, Analyzing Policy: Choices, Conflicts, and Practices
(New York: Norton). Latest Edition.
35
BSECON: 513 ETHICS AND ECONOMICS 03 Crs.
An excellent single textbook for fulfillment of the objectives of the course isHausman and
MacPherson:Economic Analysis, Moral Philosophy, andPublic Policy. Outline below is chosen from
major topic headings. It isstrongly recommended that this course should be taught as widely aspossible,
since it provides ethical and moral foundations currently missingentirely from conventional treatments of
economics. Islamic views couldeasily be added to the topics treated, but this would require additional
workon the part of the instructor. Collective efforts to create resources in thisdirection would be very
useful to create additional interest and motivation, aswell as enhanced learning, among Pakistani
students.1 Ethics and Economics?What Are Moral Questions and How Can They Be Answered? How Is
MoralPhilosophy Relevant to Economics?2: Ethics in Welfare Economics: Two Examples3 Ethics in
Positive Economics: Two Examples4 & 5: Rationality & Morality in Positive and Normative Economics
7 Utilitarianism and Consequentialism8 Welfare & Preferences9 Efficiency & Welfare10 Liberty, Rights,
and Libertarianism11 Equality and Egalitarianism12 Justice and Contractualism13 Social Choice
Theory14 Moral Philosophy and Some Simple Games15 Pollution Transfers and School Vouchers:
Normative EconomicsReconsidered16 Economics and Ethics, Hand in Hand.
SUGGESTED ADDITIONAL READINGS
1. Ethics, Universal Values and Economics, a manual of selected essays,KIE, University of AJK
2. Economics and Ethics, Syed NawabHaiderNaqvi , The IslamicFoundation UK (1981)
3. On Ethics and Economics, Amartya Sen.
4. Jami' al-Sa'adat (The Collector of Felicities) by Naraaqi; Englishtranslation by Gul M. Naqvi
5. Economic Analysis of Ethical Doctrines and Behavior Henry Hazlitt, TheFoundations of Morality
6. Daniel Kahenman, Peter Walker and RakeshSarin, “Back to Bentham?www.al-islam.org/al-
tawhid/felicities/
A course on Ethics and Economics: http://works.bepress.com/mario_rizzo/20/
Introduction to Philosophy and Ethics http://www.virtualclassroom.net/tvc/phil/
BSECON: 601 ENVIRONMENTAL AND NATURAL RESOURCE ECONOMICS 03 Crs.
Course Description
This course focuses on economic causes of environmental problems. Inparticular, economic principles are
applied to environmental questions andtheir management through various economic institutions,
economicincentives and other instruments and policies. Economic implications ofenvironmental policy
are also addressed as well as valuation ofenvironmental quality, quantification of environmental damages,
tools forevaluation of environmental projects such as cost-benefit analysis andenvironmental impact
assessments. Selected topics on internationalenvironmental problems are also discussed.
Course Outline:
Introduction:What is environmental economics; review of microeconomics and welfareeconomics.
Limitation of market:Excludable and rival goods, common pool resources and public goods
The Theory of Externalities:Pareto optimality and market failure in the presence of externalities;
propertyrights and the Coase theorem.
Valuing the Environment: Methods ;Introduction: theoretical aspects, Economic valuation of the
environment:methodologies and Applications
Benefit–Cost Analysis and Other Decision-Making Metrics:Framework of BCA and its applications,
Divergence of Social and PrivateDiscount Rates, Cost-Effectiveness Analysis, Impact Analysis
The Design and Implementation of Environmental Policy:Overview; pigouvian taxes and effluent fees;
tradable permits; choicebetween taxes and quotas under uncertainty; selection of environmental
policy instruments; implementation of environmental policy.
36
International Environmental Problems:Trans-boundary environmental problems; global pollution;
economicsignificance of biodiversity; economics of climate change; trade and
environment.
Measuring the Benefits of Environmental Improvements:Non-Market values and measurement methods;
risk assessment andperception.
Contemporary Issues in Environmental Economics with Reference toPakistan:Energy crisis, Water
footprints, Forests, Fisheries, Economics of Pollution,
Sustainable Development:Concepts; Sustainability of Development, The Growth–Development
Relationship measurement (conventional and alternative).
Readings:
1. Tom Tietenberg and Lynne Lewis Environmental & Natural Resource
Economics Pearson Education, Inc., 9th Edition 2012
2. Charles Kolstad, Intermediate Environmental Economics, Oxford
University Press, 2nd edition, 2010.
3. Robert N. Stavins (ed.), Economics of the Environment: Selected
Readings, W. W. Norton, 5th edition, 2005.
4. Roger Perman, Yue Ma, James McGilvray and Michael Common, Natural
Resource and Environmental Economics, Pearson Education/Addison
Wesley, 3rd Edition, 2003.
5. Ian Wills, Economics and Environment; A signaling and incentive
approach, 2nd edition, 2007
6. Freeman, A M, The measurement of Environment and resource Values;
Theory and Methods, resource for the future, 2nd edition, 2003
7. Thomas Sterner, Policy Instruments for Environmental and Natural
Resource Management, Resource for the future, 2003
8. Haab, T C and McConnell, K E, “Valuing Environmental and Natural
Resources; The Econometrics of Non-Market Valuation”, Edward Elgar
Publishing ltd, 2002.
BSECON: 602 PROJECT APPRAISAL AND INVESTMENT ANALYSIS 03Crs.
Introduction and Overview:Investment – an Overview, Investment Appraisal – Nature and Scope,

Investment Appraisal and Financial Decision Making, Cost-Benefit Analysis –Issues and Evolution,
Projects and Project Appraisal, Public and PrivateSector AppraisalInvestment Appraisal – Basic
Evaluation Techniques:Introduction, Traditional Methods, Time Value of Money Methods
Cash Flows, Capital Budgeting and Investment Decisions:Introduction, Identifying and Using Cash
Flows, Capital Market Imperfections,Simple Ways to Cope with Risk . Social and Economic Cost-Benefit
Analysis:Cost Benefit Analysis – an Illustration, Identifying Costs and Benefits,
Valuation of Costs and Benefits, A Case Study in Valuation – Putting Moneyon Human LifeDiscount
Rate, Risk and Uncertainty in Cost Benefit Analysis:Introduction, The Discount Rate, Theoretical
Consistency and Derivation of aSocial Rate of Discount, The Social Discount Rate in Practice: A Case
Studyon Discount Rate Policy in the UK, Risk and Uncertainty, Methods forHandling Risk and
Uncertainty. A case study depicts the situation of Pakistan. Different Criterion for Project Evaluation:
Discounted Measures, Like NPV, IRR, BCR, Net Benefit-Investment Ration.Undiscounted measures for
project worth.Comparative Analysis forDiscounted Measures.Income Distribution through Project
Appraisal within and betweenGenerations:Introduction – Income Distribution and Thorny Questions,
DiminishingMarginal Utility of Income and Intergenerational Welfare Weights, IncomeClasses for
Distributional Weights, Further Issues, IntergenerationalDistribution, Case StudySignificance and
Importance of Investment and Project Appraisal inDeveloping Countries:Reading Material:
37
Readings: Steve 1. Lumby and Chris Jones: Corporate Finance: Theory & Practice,latest edition,2. HM
Treasury, “The Green Book, a UK government publication detailing. the methods it uses in evaluating
public service projects.” latest edition
3. David Potts,” Project Planning and Analysis for Development, latestedition
4. Pedro Belli, Jock Anderson, Howard Barnum, John Dixon and Jee-Peng,latest edition
5. Tan (2001) Economic Analysis of Investment Operations, latest edition
6. Richard Layard and Stephen Glaister, Cost-Benefit Analysis, latest edition.
BSECON: 603Transport Economics 03Crs.
Economic analysis of transportation projects and transportation infrastructureinvestment, optimal pricing

and investment, Travel demand analysis and thevalue of travel time saving consumers’ surplus and
producers’ surplusmeasures, General equilibrium models for transportation economics, analysis
of travel demand, benefits, costs, equilibrium, pricing, and market structure.Intro to microeconomic
principles in transportation, Pricing alternatives,road pricing and sustainable transportation, fare increases
and the publictransport fare adjustment mechanism, Price discrimination ,Road congestionpricing, Equity
dimensions of transport policy, Cost function for transport firm,City formation and transport cost, , peak
load and cost allocation problem,project appraisal and financing, Economics of transport logistics,
,Efficiency. measurement theory and its application to transport, Theory of external cost,Transport and
energy, Competition ,regulation and public service obligations,Public private partnership in transport
,transportation improvements and landvalues, returns to scale and road durability, Project evaluation,
Congestion,Air quality, Fuel economy and safety, Transportation technology.
Transportation and international Trade, Transportation and Economic
Development.
Recommended Books:
1. Palma, Andre De. A Handbook of Transport Economics. Edward Elgar
Publishing, 2011
2. ÉmileQuinet, R. Roger William Vickerman, Principles of Transport
Economics, Edward Elgar Publisher 2005
3. John Robert Meyer, José A. Gómez-Ibáñez, W. William B. Tye, Essays in
Transportation Economics and Policy.A Handbook in Honor of John R.Meyer.
BSECON: 604 Institutional Economics 03 Crs.
1. Introduction to institutional analysis; The concept of institution: attemptsat definition. Institutions and
organizations.Functions of socialinstitutions. Interaction situations and the types of norms: prisoners'
dilemma-type situation; co-ordination situation; inequality situation.Enforcement
characteristics.stitutional structure of a society. Formaland informal institutions.Sanctins for disobeying
norms (selfenforcingsanctions, guilt, shame, informational sanctions, bilateralcostly sanctions,
multilateral costly sanctions).Conditions of norms'effectiveness.Interaction of formal and informal
institutions.The limits.of imitations of institutions from best-performing countries. Theproblems of their
enforceability.The New Institutional Economics andmodern institutionalism.Old institutional
economics.2. ransaction costs: The concept of transaction. Market and intrafirm.transactions. Transaction
costs as friction in the economy. Transaction.costs and transformation costs. Interdependency between
transactioncosts and transformation costs.Types of market transaction costs andmeans of transaction costs
minimization (search and information costs;measurement costs; bargaining and decision costs;
supervision andenforcement costs).Comparative advantages and shortcomings of thelegal enforcement
mechanism.Reputation as a contract enforcementdevice.Ideal model of "perfect reputation".
Shortcomings of the
38
reputation as a contract enforcement mechanism. Reputation and the"free rider problem". Reputations
aided by institutions. Contractenforcement in contemporary Russia.3. The definition of property rights.
Property rights in different legaltraditions (common law and civil law traditions). The property rights
approach: some basic concepts. Specification of property rights, thebundle of rights, partitioning of
property rights, attenuation of propertyrights. Assigning of property rights: the internalization of
xternalities.The Coase Theorem. Critic of Coase (dynamic effects of alternativelegal rules, wealth effect,
distributional effects, strategic behavior andthe problem of holding-out, endowment effect, sociological
critic,unrealistic assumption about zero transaction costs). Alternativeproperty rights regimes. Common
property (open access) and thetragedy of the commons. Exclusive property rights and the conditions
for their emergence. The first economic revolution.Communalproperty.Optimal group size.Private
property.Moral and economicaspects of private property.Public property.The emergence ofproperty
rights. The optimistic theory of the emergence of propertyrights (naive model). The interest-group theory
of property rights.Thecosts of collective action.The theory of rent-seeking.Interest-groupsand rent-seeking
in the Russian economy.
4. Contracts: The definition of a contract. Legal and economic approach tocontracts. Freedom of ontract.
Bounded rationality and contractualincompleteness. Asymmetric information (hidden characteristics,
hidden information/ hidden action, hidden intentions) and opportunisticbehavior. Adverse selection and
the closing of markets.Signalling,screening and self-selection.Asset plasticity and moral hazard.
Principal-agent problem and agency costs.A simple principle-agentexperiment in the classroom.
Controlling and preventing moral hazard(controlling the agent, incentive contracts, bonding, do-it-
yourselfmethod). Case study: crisis of the savings and loan associations inAmerica as an example of
moral hazard in financial markets. Attributesof transactions and the choice of a contract. Asset specificity,
types ofspecific assets. Synergy effects, quasi-rents appropriation and hold-upproblem. Classification of
contracts (classical, neoclassical andrelational contracting). Discrete alternative governance
structures:market, hybrids and hierarchy. Self-enforcing agreements (Telser) and
hostages (Williamson). Hybrids: specific assets and their safeguards.Institutional environment and its role
in the choice of contract. GM andToyota: different models for solving the problem of safeguards for
specific investments. The role of trust.Economic approach to trust.Kreps: the trust game. Types of trust
(contractual trust, competencetrust and good will trust). Explaining the internal structure of formal
organizations: transaction costs approach.
5. The new institutional theory of the firm: Neoclassical theory of the firm.Explanations of the firm in the
new institutional theory (F. Knight, R.Coase, A. Alchian and H. Demsetz, O. Williamson, O. Hart). The
market and the firm. Comparative analyses of the alternative.coordination forms. Internal market and
influence costs.Theboundaries of the firm.Ownership structure of the firm.A theory of theowner-monitor.
Competing forms of economic organization, relativeadvantages of alternative structures (proprietorships,
partnerships,open corporation, regulated firms, public enterprises, nonprofitrganizations, labor-managed
firms). Separation of ownership andcontrol in the open corporation.pportunistic behavior of themanagers
and corporate control. Outsider and insider corporategovernance. Privatization in Russia and other
transition economies: how to control the managers.
6. The new institutional theory of the state: Social mechanisms forconstraining open access. Contractual
theories of the state (Locke,Rousseau), Hobbes predatory theory of the state. North's model of the
state. The regulatory role of the state in the Russian economy.7. The theory of institutional change:
Stability of institutions andinstitutional change. The concept of institutional equilibrium.The mainsources
of institutional change.Centralized and spontaneousinstitutional change.The role of the state in the process
of institutionalchange.The problem of compensation of the disadvantaged groups.Theories of selection of
efficient institutions in the process ofcompetition (Alchian, Friedman).Institutional hange and
pathdependence. Forms of path-dependence (weak form, semi-strong andstrong forms).Institutional
change in contemporary Russia.
Recommended Books:
1. ElinorOstrom, "Understanding Institutional Diversity" latest Edition,
Princeton University Press
39
2. Marc Tool, "Institutional Economics Theory, Method, Policy" LatestEdition
3. Akerlof G. A. (1984) The Markets for "Lemons": Quality Uncertainty andthe Market Mechanism" 84
Quarterly Journal of Economics, pp. 488-500
4. Alchian A., Demsetz H. (1972) Production, Information Costs andEconomic 52 The American
Economic Review, pp. 777-795
5. Coase R. (1937) The Nature of the Firm. 4 Economica, pp. 386-4056.Coase R. H. (1960) The Problem
of Social Cost. 3 Journal of Law andEconomics 1-44
7. Dahlman C. (1979) The Problem of Externality. 22 Journal of Law andEconomics, pp. 141-162
8. EggertsonThr. Institutions and Economic Behavior.
9. Hart O. (1989) An Economist's Perspective on the Theory of the Firm. 89, Columbia Law Review.
10. Joskow P. (1987) Contract Duration and Relationship-SpecificInvestments: Empirical Evidence from
Coal Markets. 77 AmericanEconomic Review pp. 168-173
11. Milgrom P., Roberts J. Economics, Organisation and Management.
12. Milgrom P., Roberts (1992) J. Economics, Organization andManagement. - Prentice-Hall Int.,.
13. North D. (1990) Institutions, Institutional Change and EconomicPerformance. Cambridge University
14. Posner R. (1997) Social Norms and the Law: an Economic Approach. 87American Economic Review.
15. Rose C. Evolution of Property Rights. In: Newman P. The New PalgraveDictionary of Economics and
the Law.Vol. 2.
BSECON: 605POVERTY AND INCOME DISTRIBUTION 03 Crs.
What Is Poverty and Why Measure It?, The Concepts of Well-Being andPoverty, Measuring Poverty,
Steps in Measuring Poverty, monetary poverty,capability approach, Poverty Lines, Relative Poverty,
Absolute Poverty,Issues in Choosing an Absolute Poverty Line, Measures of Poverty,Headcount Index,
Poverty Gap Index, Squared Poverty Gap (PovertySeverity) Index, Sen Index, The Sen-Shorrocks-Thon
Index, FGT class ofmeasures, multidimensional poverty index, Poverty Indexes: Checking forbustness,
Sampling Error, Measurement Error, Equivalence Scales,Choice of Poverty Line and Poverty Measure,
Definition of Inequality,Measures of Inequality, Decile Dispersion Ratio, Gini Coefficient of Inequality,
Generalized Entropy Measures, Atkinson’s Inequality Measures, InequalityComparisons, Measuring Pro-
Poor Growth, Decomposition of IncomeInequality, Poverty Profiles, Additive Poverty Measures,
eterminants ofPoverty, Household and Individual-Level Characteristics, Analyzing theDeterminants of
Poverty: Regression Techniques, Poverty ReductionPolicies, The Analysis of Poverty over Time,
Vulnerability to Poverty,Quantifying Vulnerability to Poverty. Poverty and inequality in Pakistan- How
does Pakistan compare? Historical Trends- the longer term picture.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Jonathan Haughton and ShahidurKhandker (2009) Handbook onPoverty and Inequality. (World Bank
Training Series) .
2. Atkinson, A. B., B. Cantillon, E. Marlier and B. Nolan (2002), SocialIndicators. The EU and Social
Inclusion. Oxford: Oxford UniversityPress.
3. Cowell, F. (1992), Measuring Inequality, 2nd Edn. Hemel Hempstead:Harvester Wheatsheaf.
4. Fields, G. S. (2001), Distribution and Development. Cambridge, MA:MIT Press.
5. Foster, J. E., J. Greer and E. Thorbecke (1984), “A class ofdecomposable poverty measures”,
Econometrica, 52(3): 761-66.
6. Kakwani, N. (2003), “Issues in Setting Absolute Poverty Lines”,Poverty and Social Development
Paper 3. Asian Development Bank. .
7. Ravallion, M. (1994), Poverty Comparisons, Chur: Harwood AcademicPublishers.
8. Sachs, Jeffrey (2005) End of Poverty: Economic Possibilities for ourTime (New York, Penquin).
40
BSECON: 606Labour Economics 03 Crs.
1. Introduction: Overview of the Labor Market (C. McConnell et al., Chapter: 1, 2. Labor Supply: (G.
Borjas, Chapter 2). 3. Labor Demand: (G. Borjas, Chapter 4). 4. Labor Market Equilibrium: (G. Borjas,
Chapter 5). 5. Compensating Wage Differentials. , (G. Borjas, Chapter 6).6. Labor Quality: Investing in
Human Capital (C. McConnell et al., Chapter4). 7. The wage structure (C. McConnell et al., Chapter 8)
8. Mobility, Migration, and Efficiency (C. McConnell et al., Chapter 9). 9. Labor Market Discrimination:
(G. Borjas, Chapter 10). 10. Labor Unions and Collective Bargaining (G. Borjas, Chapter 11/ C.
McConnell et al., Chapter 10). 11. Labor Market Contracts and Work Incentives (G. Borjas, Chapter 12)
12. Unemployment (G. Borjas, Chapter 13)
Required Text:
1. G. Borjas, Labor Economics, latest edition, McGraw-Hill.
2. McConnell et al., Contemporary Labor Economics, latest edition, McGraw-Hill,
Additional Texts:
1. R. Ehrenberg and R. Smith, Modern Labor Economics, latest edition,Addison Wesley,
2. R. Elliott, Labor Economics: A Comparative Text, latest edition McGraw-Hill.
2. Hamermesh and A. Rees, The Economics of Work and Pay, latest edition,Harper an Row.
3. Sapsford and Z. Tzannatos, The Economics of the Labour Market, latestedition Macmillan.
BSECON: 607 Political Economy 03 Crs.
Introduction to Political Economy: 1. Course Introduction, Overview2. Approaches to the Study of

Political Economy (Shepsle Chapters 1and 2).3. Analyzing Group Choice (Shepsle Chapters 3 and 4). 4.
Spatial Models of Majority Rule (Shepsle Chapter 5). 5. Strategic Behavior and Majority Rule (Shepsle
Chapter 6). 6. Voting and Elections (Shepsle Chapter 7)Understanding Collective Action: 1. Cooperation
(Shepsle Chapter 8). 2. Collective Action (Shepsle Chapter 9). 3. Market Failures and Collective Action
(Shepsle Chapter 10)What Role Do Institutions Play?1. Institutions and Their Impact (Shepsle Chapter
11). 2. Legislatures (Shepsle Chapter 12). 3. Bureaucracy, Delegation, and Principal Agent Theory
(ShepsleChapter 13). 4. Courts and Judges (Shepsle Chapter 15). Topics in the Political Economy of
Pakistan:
1. The Economics of atronage. 2. Seven Pillars of Good Governance. 3. The Political Economy of
Reforms. 4. Pakistan - Dynamics of Elitist Model. 5. Strategies for Self-preservation. 6. A military
Theocracy. 7. Different Regimes. 8. Economic Development. 9. Ethnic conflict. 10. The Role of State. 11.
Emerging Economic and Political Issues and their Linkages. 12. Regionalism. 13. Poverty.
14. Governance
BSECON: 608 Comparative Economic SystemCrs. 03
Capitalism: Definition, Historical Development, Pre-Requisites of Capitalism,Competitive and Monopoly

Capitalism. Economic Institutions ofCapitalism. Distinction between private and Public Property and
Production, Price System, Profit Maximization/Cost Minimization andCompetition. Economic Decision
Making under Capitalism.Evaluation.of Capitalism in USA and Europe Capitalism, Market System
andEnvironmental Problems.Communism and Socialism; Meaning and Nature, Communism and Power
to the Centre.Concepts ofOwnership and Production.Various types of Communism, Marxism,Socialism,
Economic Planning and Decision Making.Achievements andFailures, Communism / Socialism in USSR,
China and Other parts of theWorld.Modern Trend and its failure, Convergence of Capitalism
andSocialism.Present Status of Socialism.Economic System of Islam: Distinctive Features, Basic
Economic Values of Islam. EconomicInstitutions and their Role, Property Rights, Production and
Distribution.System.The Concept of Welfare State. Comparative Analysis: IslamicSystem, Capitalism
and Communism.Economic System in Pakistan: Brief Economic History of Pakistan. The Mixed
41
Economy,Nationalization and its Impacts.Operations under Mixed Economy,Privatization and
Liberalization in the 1990’s and 2000’s.Islamisation inPakistan: Process and Problem, Achievements and
Experience. IslamicEconomics as Global System of Equity and Welfare.
Recommended Books:
1. Capitalism, Socialism and Islam by Syed A. AlaMaududi, Islamic Book Publisher, Lahore.
3. Comparative Economic System by William, Louks and William G.Whitnery (latest edition).
5. Comparative Economic Systems by Martin C. Schmeltzer andJames W. Hordyke (1977).
6 Economic System of Islam by M. Omer Chapra.Islam or Socialism by Wilicaynaki.
7 Comparative Economic Systems by Gregory, Stuart, HoughtonMifflin Company, Boston (1985).
BSECON: 609 Rural Development 03Crs.
Structures of Rural Economy: Land, People and Resources. Socioeconomicand Political

Organizations.Modes, Means and Relations of Production.Potential for Development. Basic Problems
Including Traditions, PowerStructure, Illiteracy, Poor Health, Unemployment, Poverty, Underdeveloped
Infrastructures and Environmental Degradation.Theories of Rural Development: Basic Needs and
Community Development.Modernization of Agriculture.Diversification of Rural Economy. Rural-Urban
Nexus of Development and Other Approaches.Rural Development Planning: Rural Integrated
Development ProgramIncluding Location, People, Utilities and Services, and Infrastructures. Village
Aid Program.Rural Development through Local Government.RuralDevelopment through NGOs.Rural
Resource Allocation.Rural Development in Pakistan: Historical Background, Introduction, Rural
Scene in Pakistan, Land Reforms, Government Plans and Policies, Peoples.Participation, NGOs and RSPs
Vision in Rural Development, RuralDevelopment Strategy.Design and Evaluation of Rural
DevelopmentProjects.Rural Development Programs Before and During Eighties.RuralHRD.Local
Organizations for Rural Development.Role of VoluntaryAgencies in Rural Development.Use of Improved
Technologies, Poverty inthe Non-Modern Sector.Impact of Integrated Rural Development
Programme(IRDP).Impact of Rural Support Programmes (RSPs) on Rural Households.
Recommended Books:
1. Malcolm Moseley, Rural Development: Principles and Practice, SagePublications 2003
2. Young, F/Clark, J., Interdisciplinary Theories of Rural Development, JaiPress 2006
3. Hasan, Ibnul, Integrated Rural Development in Pakistan, Sterling PressLimited 1989
4. Kator Singh, Rural Development: Principals and Policy Institute ofRural Management (1999)
5. Desilva, G. Haque, Towards A Theory of Rural Development,Progressive Publishers 1988
6. James, Jeffrey, Improving Traditional Rural Technologies, MacmillanPress 1989
7. Kenneth Lynch, Rural Urban Interaction in the Developing World,Routledge 2005
8. Khan, MahmoodHasan, Community Organizations and Ruraldevelopment, Vanguard 2001
9. Khana, B., Rural Development in South Asia, Deep & DeepPublications 1992
10. Khanna, B., Rural Development in South Asia, Deep and Deep
11. Shoaib Sultan Khan, Rural Development in Pakistan, VikasPublishers, 1982
12. The African Development Bank, African Development Report 2002,Oxford 2002
13. World Bank, Agriculture and Rural Development, Washington D.C.2005
14. Dar, S. U, Impact of Integrated Rural Development Programme,Anmol, New Delhi 1992.
BSECON: 610 Industrial Economics 03Crs.
Theory of a firm: What is the firm and why is it organized? A firm as analternative to a market.
Transaction costs theory explaining appearance offirms. Production scale, specialization level and
advantages of firms as ameans of production.Hierarchical firm structure and its efficiency.Optimal size of
a firm (of anumber of hierarchical levels).Hierarchical firm structure under oligopoly.
Consumer Surplus and Public Welfare: Estimation of public welfare within the framework of partial
equilibriumanalysis. Quasilinear utility function and measure of public welfare.Compensated and
42
equivalent variations. Public welfare and Hicksian andMarshallian demand functions. Consumer surplus
as an approximatemeasure of public welfare.
Economic Theory of Bundling; Bundling as a marketing tactics.Price discrimination and bundling.
Heterogeneous consumers. Pure components strategy, pure bundlingstrategy, and mixed bundling
strategy. Superiority of mixed bundling relativeto pure bundling.Conditions for mixed bundling strategy
to be dominant overpure components strategy.Independent distribution of reservation
prices.Homogeneous consumers.Commodity bundling and consumer surplus.
Mergers and Acquisitions.
Horizontal Mergers and Acquisitions ;Types of mergers and acquisitions: horizontal, vertical,
conglomerates.Examples of mergers and acquisitions within the last decade.Mergers offirms with
identical production costs. Condition of a merger profitability.Mergers of firms with differing production
costs.Reaction of a firm to achange in output by all other firms on the same market. Condition of
industryoutput increase, resulting from a merger.Horizontal mergers and public welfare.Herfindal-
Hirshman index as ameasure of public welfare. Condition under which horizontal merger results in
higher public welfare.
Vertical Mergers: Effect of a vertical merger on output of final and intermediate products.Vertical
mergers and market foreclosure.Vertical mergers and profits ofintegrated and unintegrated firms.
Product Differentiation
Location Models: Linear city, linear transportation costs. Quadratic transportation costs.Stability of
equilibrium states.Circular city.Welfare implications.
Differentiated Goods, Increasing Returns to Scale, and Monopolistic
Competition; Markets for differentiated goods. The problems solved by consumers andproducers.
Market equilibrium under free entry conditions. Effects of fixedcosts and market size on product diversity
and output.
Industrial Agglomeration: Phenomenon of industrial agglomeration. Increasing returns to scale as a
driving force of agglomeration. External and internal mechanisms ofincreasing returns to scale. The role
of transportation costs. A simple modelof industrial agglomeration: two regions, two production factors
(perfectlymobile workers and immobile farmers). Competition and market size – themain factors
affecting the process of industrial agglomeration. Effects oftransportation costs, fixed costs, a share of
immobile factor on industrialagglomeration.Stability of distributed and agglomerated equilibria.ultiple
equilibria and hysteresis.
Economics of Innovations: Model of the innovation process. Patent race.Market structure andinnovation
efforts.Incentives for innovations.Socially optimal and marketinvestments into R&D. Patent life.
Imperfect Competition and Macroeconomics :Theories of business cycles. Increasing returns to scale
and stability ofeconomic equilibrium. Price rigidity as a source of business cycles.Explanations of price
rigidities: kinked demand curve, menu costs. Marketmonopolization and price rigidity.Small menu costs
and large business.cycles during economic booms and busts.Externalities, corrective taxes, and market
structure.Possibility of a negativeeffect of Pigou tax on public welfare under monopoly.
Theory of Regulation: Public costs of monopoly. Subadditivity of cost function – a necessary and
sufficient condition for a natural monopoly. Economy of scale, concavity of acost function and
subadditivity.Stability of a natural monopoly.History of regulation after World War II. When should
natural monopolies beregulated? Demsetz competition for a market.Contestability of a market.
Deadweight losses, sunk costs and regulation. Regulation under completeinformation.Price
Discrimination and nonlinear tariffs as a means ofincreasing efficiency of a regulated monopoly. Peak-
load pricing.Regulatingmonopoly under asymmetric information. Exogenous mechanisms of
regulation. Averch-Johnson model.Endogenous mechanisms of regulation.
The delegation and revelation approaches.
Analysis of Particular Industries and Enterprises.Airlines: Effects of deregulating air companies.
“Hub and Spokes” system and itsefficiency.
Theatres and restaurants: Why in developed market economies there are queues in theatres,
43
restaurants, etc.? Network externalities in services consumption and non –monotonicityof demand
function. Instability of equilibrium, corresponding toprofit maximization, and limitedness of prices and
supply of services.
Economics of Show Business: Why relatively small number of people in show business, sports, book
publishing, etc. earn a lot of money and dominate on markets? Effect ofimperfect substitution: lesser
talent is a poor substitute of larger talent.Dependence of demand function on quality. Increasing returns to
scale inshow business production. Demand and supply structure.Market equilibrium.Convexity of
revenue function, depending on talent.Continuous distributionof performers on talent, and rent
dissipation. Outstanding performer and rentvalue.
Recommended Books:
Adams W.J., and J.L. Yellen, 1976, “Commodity Bundling and theBurden of Monopoly”, Quarterly
Journal of Economics, vol. XC, 475-
Averch H., and L.L. Johnson, 1962, Behavior of the Firm underRegulatory Constraint, American
Economic Review, vol. 52, 1052-
Baron D., 1989, Design of Regulatory Mechanisms and Institutions, inR. Schmalensee and R.D. Willig
eds.: The Handbook of IndustrialOrganization, Elsevier North-Holland.
Baumol W.J., J.C. Panzar, and R.D. Willig, 1982, Contestable Marketsand the Theory of Industry
Structure, New York: Harcourt BraceJovanovich.
Becker G., 1991, A Note on Restaurant Pricing and Other Examples ofSocial Influences on Price,
Journal of Political Economy, vol. 99, 1109-
Braeutigam R., 1989, Optimal Policies for Natural Monopolies, in R.Schmalensee and R.D. Willig eds.:
The Handbook of IndustrialOrganization, Elsevier North-Holland.
Buchanan J.M., 1969, External Diseconomies, Corrective Taxes, andMarket Structure, American
Economic Review, vol. 59, 174-177.
Coase R.H., 1992, The Institutional Structure of Production, AmericanEconomic Review, vol. 82, 713-7
Diversity, American Economic Review, vol. 67, 297-308.
Dixit A.K., and J. Stiglitz, 1977, Monopolistic Competition and OptimumProduct
Farrel J., and C. Shapiro, 1990, Horizontal Mergers: An EquilibriumAnalysis, American Economic
Review, vol. 80, 107-126.
Krugman P., 1991, Geography and Trade, The MIT Press.
Krugman P., 1991, Increasing Returns and Economic Geography,Journal of Political Economy, vol. 99,
483-499.
Krugman P., 1995, Development, Geography, and Economic Theory,The MIT Press.
Loury G.L., 1979, “Market structure and Innovation”, Quarterly Journalof Economics, vol. XCIII, No.
3, 395-410.
Mankiw G., 1985, Small Menu Costs and Large Business Cycles: A
Macroeconomic Model of Monopoly, Quarterly Journal of Economics,
vol. 100, 529-537.
Martin S., 1993, Advanced Industrial Economics, Blackwell.
McAfee R.P., J. McMilan, M.D. Whinston, 1989, “MultiproductMonopoly, Commodity Bundling, and
Correlation of Values, Quarterly
Journal of Economics, vol. CIV, 371-383.
Posner R.A., 1975, The Social Costs of Monopoly and Regulation,Journal of Political Economy, vol.
83, 807-827.
 Rotemberg J.J., and G. Saloner, 1987, The Relative Rigidity ofMonopoly Pricing,American
Economic Review, vol. 77, 917-926.
Salant S.W., S. Switzer, and R.J. Reynolds, 1983, Losses fromHorizontal Merger: The Effects of an
Exogenous Change in IndustryStructure on Cournot-Nash Equilibrium, Quarterly Journal of
Economics, vol. 98, 185-199.
Salinger M.A., 1988, Vertical Mergers and Market Foreclosure,Quarterly Journal of Economics, vol.
77, 345-356.
44
Sharky W., 1982, The Theory of Natural Monopoly, CambridgeUniversity Press.
Shy O., 1995, Industrial Organization, The MIT Press.
Tirole J., 1988, The Theory of Industrial Organization, The MIT Press.
Varian H., 1992, Microeconomic Analysis, W.W. Norton & Company.
Williamson O., 1996, The Mechanisms of Governance, OxfordUniversity Press.
Williamson O.E., 1981, The Modern Corporation: Origins, Evolution,Attributes, Journal of Economic
Literature, vol. 19, 1537-1568.
Willig R., 1976, Consumer’s Surplus Without Apology, AmericanEconomic Review, vol. 66, 589-597.
BSECON: 611 Health Economics 03Crs.
1. Introduction: The particular problems of health and the economics of health: greatuncertainty, great
irreversibility, major ethical/equity concernsthroughout time, the near-impossibility of separating
production fromdistribution. Are there parallels?2. Studies of the production of health: What makes
individuals and populations healthier or unhealthier? Lifeexpectancy mortality, morbidity and X-Adjusted
Life.The distinctionbetween the production of health and the production of health care alsoa distinction
between the production of health and the production ofutility.3. The fundamental of health care: Is health
care really different from other commodities? Is this marketfailure irreparable, and what does it imply for
market versus social orstate provision of health care? Have we learnt more since Arrow’sbasic insights?
Health care insurance as a special sub-topic ofinsurance. The health care market: Supply, demand,
industrialorganization. Health care as a part of public economics. Why healthcare is almost everywhere a
topic for public economics. The alternateprivate/public mix which has been developed in different
countries.What is happening in Russia? What could happen? How should healthcare systems be
compared? Cost-effectiveness and the role of theeconomist in the health sector: an introduction. (Students
interested infurther applications can find them in Cost-Benefit Analysis). MeasuringHealth : Adjusted
Life Years: QALYs, DALYS, life years. How far havewe come? Can we really measure cost-
effectiveness. Can we producea single objective function? The debate over WHO rankings. Howhealth
and health care has changed in the last century, the last twodecades, the last year: an international
overview. Demographers’measures, particularly life expectancy. What has happened to Russianmortality
in the last century, the last two decades, the last few years?Trying to quantify health care: QALYs,
DALYs and WHO rankings.How is it done? What should we do now? What is the researchagenda?
Problems of Health Care insurance in theory. Alternate formsof health care provision in the world, and
recent changes.Trade-offs in“American” versus “European” systems. Is Health care really differentfrom
all other commodities? Are there even partial cures for problemssuch as the agency problem? How much
is inherent, how much is inbuiltinstitutionally?4. The pharmaceutical market.5. Health in transition.6. The
future of health care reform in the world, and particularlyPakistan.
Recommended Books:
The Economics of Health is one of the newest fields to have its ownNorth-Holland 2-Volume
Bootman JL, Townsend RJ, McGhan WF.(2005). Principles ofPharmacoeconomics.Harvey Whitney
Books, Cincinnati.
Drummond MF, O’Brien BJ, Stoddart GL, Torrance GW (1998).Methods for the Economic Evaluation
of Health Care Programmes.2ndedition, Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Duckett SJ (2004).The Australian Health Care System. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford.
Gold MR, Siegel JE, Russell LB, Weinstein MC (1996).Cost-Effectiveness in Health and Medicine.
Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Petitti DB (2000).Meta-Analysis, Decision Analysis, and Cost-Effectiveness Analysis:
Methods for Quantitative Synthesis in Medicine, 2nd edition. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford.
 Rychlik R (2002).Strategies in Pharmacoeconomics and OutcomesResearch. The Haworth Press,
New York.Also See; Vogenburg, FR (2001).Introduction to applied pharmacoeconomics.McGraw Hill,
New York.Zweifel and Breyer, Economics of Health, North Holland
45
BSECON: 612 Urban Economics 03Crs.
1. Theory of Residential Land Use The Standard Monocentric CityModel: Comparative Statics, Dynamic
Stability:2. Durable Housing - Development Timing3. Durable Housing - Endogenous Maintenance, A
Commodity HierarchyModel, Maintenance, Comparative Statics with Durable Housing:
4. Name Durable Housing - Investment and Demolition. 5. Spatial Interactions and Non-monocentric
Cities6. Name Economics of Agglomeration7. City Sizes: Factory Towns, A System of Cities,
8. Empirical Studies on the Housing Market: Homogeneous Housing,Intraurban Migration, Supply,
Demand, Tenure Choice,9. Urban Transportation: Congestion Pricing and Investment, Second-
Best Pricing and Investment, Land Use for Transportation,Transportation Technology and Demand,
Regulation of Urban. Transportation Services.10. Local Public Goods. 11. Taxation: Property Taxes,
Capital Gains Tax. 12. Externalities and Zoning: Externality Zoning, Fiscal Zoning13. The Hedonic
Approach.14. Measuring the Benefits and Costs of Urban Externalities
15. The Contract Theory and the Housing Market, Tenure Choice. Project Financing in Pakistan.
Recommended Books:
Beckmann, M.J., Location Theory, Random House, (1968).(An oldbook, but still the best one in
location theory.)
Fujita, M., Urban Economics Theory, Cambridge University Press,(1989), (An up-to-date survey of
technical aspects of urban land use
theory.)
Henderson, J.V., Economic Theory and the Cities, (2nd Edition),Academic Press, (1985).(A standard
graduate textbook.)
Kanemoto, Y., Theories of Urban Externalities, North-Holland, (1980).
Miles, D., Housing, Financial Markets and the Wider Economy, Wiley,(1994).(A book on housing
economics with special emphasis on thefinancial side.)
Mills, E. S. and B.W. Hamilton, Urban Economics, (4th Edition), Scott,Foresman and Company,
(1989).(A standard undergraduate textbook.
Small, K. A., Urban Transportation Economics, Harwood, (1992).(Agood survey of recent research on
transportation economics withspecial emphasis on the empirical side.)
Wildasin, D. E., Urban Public Finance, Fundamentals of Pure andApplied Economics 10, Harwood
Academic Publishers: Chur,Switzerland, (1986).
BSECON 613 Regional Economics 03Crs.
Different types of Regions, Micro Level (Regional), Political Blocks,Homogeneous and Heterogeneous
Blocks. Need for Planning for LocalLevel Development; Techniques / Methods / Tools. Regional Aims
ofPlanning.Theoretical and Practical Problems of Regional Development.Planning.Combining Theory,
Techniques and Practices of Development.Linkage between Planning and Implementation at grassroots
Level.Aggregate and Regional Planning Techniques / Models.Inter-industry.Model.Theories of Inter-
regional Economic Growth.Regional Policies andAlternatives. Shadow Pricing and Socio-economic
Development. Criterias forDevelopment of Backward Areas.Impact of Distance on Classical Economic
Markets and Theory of Firms.International and Regional Location Analysis of Industries. Spatial and
Economic Structure of Regions and Regional Development. AgglomerationEconomics and
industrialization Measurement of Regional EconomicActivities. Social and Economic Returns to Develop
Backward Regions.Growth Poles.Project Economics and Planning. Centralized and
Decentralized Planning and Financing for Development. Rationale forDecentralization and Functioning
of Markets. Factor Mobility, Lack of LocalResources and Financing Techniques. Sharing to Finance
Local Projectsand Benefits.Cost / Benefits Analysis of Socially Uplifting Projects. Social
Returns to Local Projects.International Inter-regional Economic Growth: Convergence-divergence
46
debate. Regional Policies for Development and Regional (Provincial).development in Pakistan; Planning,
Implementation and Progress.International Income Differential and Issues.
Recommended Books:
Armstrong, Harvey, (2000), Regional Economics and Policy, Black wallPublishing Company.
Choi, Rok-Byung, (2003), High Technology Development in RegionalEconomic Growth, Policy
Implications of Dynamic Externalities,Amazon.com.
Davis H., Craig, (1990), Regional Economics, Impact Analysis andProject Evaluation, Amazon.com.
Hijkamp (Editor), Handbook of Regional and Urban Economics, NorthHolland.
Lee Roger (ed). (1997), Geographics of Economics, John Wiley and Sons.
Marshall Peter, (1998), Competitiveness, Localized learning andRegional Development: Specialization
and Prosperity in Small OpenEconomies, (Routledge Functions of Political Economy), Amazon.com.
Mcker David L., (1970), Regional Economics: Theory and Practice,The Free Press, New York.
Philip McCann, (2001), Urban and Regional Economics, OxfordUniversity Press.
Richardson Harry, W., (1985), Regional Development Theories inEconomic Prospects for the ortheast,
(Editors), Harry W. Richardsonand Joseph H., Turek, Temple University Press, Philadelphia, USA.
Simon David, (1990), Third World Regional Development: AReappraisal, Paul Chapman Educational
Publishing.
Shrivastava D.S. (1985), Advanced Economics of Development andPlanning, Allied Publications, New
Delhi.
Thisse, Fujita, M.J., (2002), Economics of Agglomeration: Cities,Industrial Location, and Regional
Growth, Cambridge University Press.
Taylor, Jim, and Armstrong, H.W., (2000), Regional Economics andPolicy, Amazon.com.
Treyz, George, (1993), Regional Economic Modeling: A SystematicApproach to Economic Forecasting
and Policy Analysis, KluwerAcademic Publishers.
 Winters L. Alam, Regional Integration and Development, Amazon.com,
latest edition.
Zaidi, Akbar, (1999), Issues in Pakistan Economy, Oxford Univ. Press,
Karachi.
BSECON: 614 Financial Markets 03 Crs.
Theory of the Role and Functioning of Financial System: Information asymmetric and the need for the
role of financial sector. Some Basic concepts likeadverse selection, moral hazard, free rider and principal-
agent problems in financial sector tounderstand puzzles of financial markets.Financial system and its
relationship with the rest of theeconomy. Functions of financial sector: mobilization and allocation of
resources; pooling,diversification and trading of risk; advisory role; financing technological innovation
and development.Financial Repression vs Financial Liberalization.
Growth and stability of financial system: Why there is need to regulate the financial sector? Why
financial sector is most regulated one in aneconomy? State Bank of Pakistan and its main functions:
conduct of monetary policy; promotion,establishment, regulation and supervision of depository
institutions; exchange rate policy andmanagement of foreign exchange reserves; Payment System (NIFT
And its functions. Relating topayments system). Securities and Exchange Commission of Pakistan and its
functions: promotion,establishment, regulation and supervision of various components of capital market .
Financial Institutions and Current issues
i) Scheduled Banks and their role in economic development of Pakistan: Introduction to
commercial banking; structure of commercial bank in Pakistan; Assets and Liabilities of a
commercial bank; performance indicators for commercial banks; recent issues in commercial
banking.ii) Non-bank Financial Institutions: Development Financial Institutions, Investment Banks,
Modarbas, Leasing companies, Mutual Funds, Housing Finance Corporations, Discount Houses,
Venture Capital Companies.iii) Micro Finance Institutions, SME Banksiv) Insurance Companies – the
rationale and role.
47
Financial Markets and Current Issues: i) Functioning of Money Market (Primary and Secondary Dealersii)
Capital Market (Stock exchanges and Various Components of capital markets – Securities,
equities, bonds, debentures). iii) Foreign Exchange Market and its evolution, dollarization of the
economy.
Financial Infrastructure: Legal Framework (SBP Act 1956, BCO, 1984, SBP Prudential Regulations),
Accounting Standard,Auditing, Corporate governance of banks and other financial institutions. Human
ResourceDevelopment|(Skill and Training) – Importance for functioning of financial sector. Electronic
Bankingand its prospects
Recommended Books
Fabozzi, F. and Modigliani, F. Capital Markets.2nd edition.Prentice- Hall London (1996).
Mishkin (2003), The Economics of Money, Banking, and Financial Markets.7th edition.
Ritter, L. S. and Peterson, R.L. Financial Institutions and Financial Markets.9th edition. New
York. Basic Books.
Arby, Muhammad Farooq (2004), “Functions, Evolution and Organization of State Bank of
Pakistan” www.sbp.org.pk
History of State Bank of Pakistan (Volume – 3, chapters 2 to7, 13).
Zaidi, Akber (2005), “Issues in Pakistan Economy,” Karachi. Chapters12, 13
SBP Annual and Quarterly Reports.
BSECON: 615Agricultural Economics 03 Crs.
Introduction and Importance of Agriculture: Agricultural Revolution, Importance of Agriculture, Food

Safety, Agriculture vs. Industrialdevelopment Debate. Current State of Agricultural Development.Brief
Overview of Sources ofGrowth.Introduction to issues in Agriculture etc.
Structure and Characteristics of Agriculture in LDCs: Traditional Agriculture and Productivity. Access to
non-labor resources.The Framing Environment: Natural Hazards and Economic Uncertainties. The Food
problem.Farm.Size and Productivity.Farm Size in Pakistan and Productivity Commercial Farms. Impact
of Farm Size.
Role of Agriculture in Economic Development: A framework of Analysis. Product Contribution, Market
Contribution, Factor’s Contribution.ForeignExchange Contribution.Agriculture vs. Industry Debate of
Development.
Theory of Rent and the Concept of ‘Surplus’: Introduction. Economic Rent.The Theory of Rent.Rent and
Quasi-Rent.The Ricardian ‘Corn Rent. The Rental Market.Agricultural Surplus.Characteristics of
Landownership.in Underdeveloped Agriculture and Pakistan. The Theory of Share Tenancy.Some
Extensions of theShare Tenancy Model.Tenant’s Status in Pakistan. Agricultural productivity in Pakistan
and use of inputs.
Agriculture in Dualistic Development Models:

Introduction.The Lewis Model.The Ranis-Fei (FR) Model.The Jorgenson Model. Kelley, Williamson,
Cheetham Model.Criticism : Dual Economy Models. Agricultural Adequacy; Mellor’s Model.
Resource Use Efficiency and Technical Change in Peasant Agriculture: Efficiency of Resource
Utilization. Technological Change in Agriculture.Generation of new Agricultural Technology.Factor-
biased Technological Change and its.Distributional Consequences. Agricultural Technical Change and
Agricultural Employment: EmpiricalEvidences. Agricultural Resources and Technical Change in LDCs:
with Special Reference toPakistan.
Supply Response: Introduction. The Cobweb Model: An Illustration. Price-Supply Response in Backward
Agriculture. Asimple Supply Response Model.Supply Response in the Underdeveloped Agricultural
labour Market, Specifically in Pakistan. TheConcept of ‘ Marketed Surplus’: Some Methods of
Estimation.Some Criticisms of Krishna’s Method and the Alternative Approach of Behrman Perennial
Crops andMarketed Surplus in Pakistan. Green Revolution in Pakistan and Responses. Present Status of
Green Revolution in Pakistan: Empirical Analysis.
48
Population and Food Supplies: The Classical Model. Contra-Malthusian Model.Ecological
Disequilibrium.Synthesis of Population and Food Supply Theories.Malnutrition in Developing Countries
likePakistan and Remedial Manners.Choice of Planning Strategy for Agriculture Development,
Agricultural Project Planning.
Recommended Books
Brown, Lester, The Social Impact of Green Revolution, New York, The GreogieEndownment
for International Peace, 1971.
Capstick Margret. The Economics of Agriculture, London George Allen Unwin Ltd., latest
edition.
Chaudhary M. Aslam, (1989), Agricultural Development and Public Policies, Izhar Sons,
Lahore.
Ghatak S., and Ingersent K., Agriculture and Economic Development, (Latest Edition),
Harvester Press.
Johnston, Bruce, F &FellirKily. Agricultural and Structural Transformation, Economic
Strategies in late Developing Countries.
Khan Mahmood-ul-Hassan. The Economics of Green Revolution in Pakistan, New York,
Published 1975.
Karamat, A., Political Economy of Rural Development in Pakistan, Lahore Vanguard Book
House, 1981.
Shafi M., (1995), Pricing of Farm Produce in Pakistan, Objectives, Practices, and
Experiences. Print Associates International, Islamabad.
ThorbakeErike. The Role of Agriculture in Economic Development, New York, Columbia
University Press (1971).
Upton Marlin, Agricultural Production and Resource Use.
Colman D. and Young T., Principals of Agricultural Economics, Markets and Prices in Less
Developed Countries, (1989), Cambridge University Press.
Yujiro Hayami and Vernon W. Ruttan, Agricultural Development, John Hopkin University
Press, London.(Latest edition).
BSECON: 616Entrepreneurial Economics 03 Crs.
Entrepreneurship is considered the liberal arts of business education.Entrepreneurship means to keep an

open mind, think outside the box, reevaluateyour own views of entrepreneurship, and intellectually
challengeyour peers. Entrepreneurship is a way of thinking and acting.The emphasis of this course is on
entrepreneurship as a manageableprocess that can be applied in virtually any organizational setting.
Entrepreneurship will be studied over the life cycles of people’s careers, oforganizations as they evolve
from start-up enterprise to sizeable corporation.However, the principal focus is on the creation of new
ventures, the ways thatthey come into being, and factors associated with their success.Another interesting
dimension of this course is that it enables you toappreciate the concept of spiritual orientation. The
Islamic perspective ofentrepreneurship is also discussed in the course. This provides a new
approach to the subject integrated with local cultural norms, which createsmotivation and inspiration for
the subject, combined with a practical how-todo-it approach. This approach has been pioneered by a
newly establishedEntrepreneurship Department at IBA, Karachi. This Department will be happy
to share teaching resources with any HEI on the topics discussed below.The objective is to have a greater
understanding of the entrepreneurialprocess – a process of opportunity recognition, resource marshalling,
andteam building driven by communication, creativity and leadership. Whenprocess and passion collide,
the seemingly unconnected become connected.New ventures are born, stagnating businesses grow, and
failing businessesare reinvented.
The course consists of the following major modules. 1. The Entrepreneurial Mind for an Entrepreneurial
World. 2. The Effectuation theory of Entrepreneurship. 3. The Opportunity. 4. The Founder and the Team
5. Marketing and Financing Entrepreneurial Ventures6. Startup and beyond
49
Recommended Books:
1. “New Venture Creation: Entrepreneurship for the 21st century”, by JeffryTimmons, Stephen Spinelli,
Jr. 8th edition
2. Entrepreneurship: A process perspective 2e, by Robert A. Barona andScott A. Shane
3. Effectual Entrepreneurship, by Stuart Reed and SarasSarasvathy
4. Innovation and Entrepreneurship: Peter Drucker5. Collins and Porras: Build to Last
6. Parker, Simon C., “The economics of Entrepreneurship” latest Edition,Cambridge University Press,
USA, New York.
7. Hirsch, Robert D., Peters, Michael P. and Shepherd, Dean A.,“Entrepreneurship” latest Edition,
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. USA, NewYork.
BSECON: 459 Independent Study 03Crs.

The student will carry out research study on specific topic / economic issues, which will be of
publishable quality.
BSECON: 660Thesis 06 Crs. Or Two courses
50
Minutes of 4thMeeting
Board of Faculty
Faculty of Management Sciences
Lahore Business School, Lahore School of Aviation, Lahore School of Economics and
LBS Gujrat, LBSPakpatan, LBSSargodha, and LBSIslamabad Campuses
Held on: Wednesday, 20th April, 2016
Time: 10:30 AM to 01:45 PM
In attendance:
1. Prof. Dr. Ijaz A. Qureshi, Dean FMS (Chairman)
3. Prof. Dr. Ali Sajid – BoG Adviser to LBS
4. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Aslam Ch.
5. Dr. Imran Hameed
6. Dr.Javed Sheikh- Observer
7. Dr. Jam e Kausar - Member
8. Dr. Nawaz - Member
9. Mr. Zeeshan Anwar-
10. Mr. Saroop Anwer – LSA HoD Representative
11. Mr.Mubashar Ali Khan - Member
12. Syeda Maryium Fatima - Member
 Meeting started with the verses from Holy Quran by Mr. Saroop Anwer.
 The meeting started with a welcome note.
 It was appreciated by the chair that it is the first “BoF” meeting where representatives
of all the campuses from Pakistan i.e. Pakpattan, Sargodha, Gujrat and Islamabad were
present.
 Meeting agenda was already shared with the members.
 Minutes of 3rd“BoF”meeting were discussed and approved.
Extract from the Minutes of BoF
 Dr. Aslam delivered a detailed power point presentation on both the proposed degree
programs of Department of Economics like its mission, vision, admission criteria, credit
hours, intake, expenses, faculty position and other resources etc. in details keeping in
view the “HEC” polices and other necessary requirements. He emphasized that these
programs will create good job opportunities for our graduates in the market.
OTHER ITEMS
1. Starting of a new Program in any other Campus

2. BS Economics Program by Department of Economics – Lahore Campus
3. BBA Agribusiness Specialization at Pakpatan Campus – Pakpatan Campus
4. MBA Risk Management Specialization at Islamabad Campus – Islamabad Campus
 Dr. Aslam and Dr. Naheed Sultana showed their intentions on starting a BS Program in
Economics. Dr. Ijaz Qureshi formed a committee consisting of Dr. Ali Sajid as chair and
Dr. Aslam, Dr. Imran Hameed and Dr. Naheed Sultana as members to see the prospect
of this program and submit the report to Dean’s office within a week.
 The committee for BS Economics (Hons) sent its written report within desired time
and the Dean office with committee decision program approved for launch in the Fall
2016 semester with the approval of Academic Council.
Meeting ended with a note of thanks.
_______sd_____ sd_____
Shahbaz Afzal Approved by:
Secretary BoF Dr. Ijaz A.
Qureshi
Dean
Minutes of 1STMeeting
Board of Faculty
Lahore Business School, Lahore School of Aviation, Lahore School of Economics
Held on: Tuesday, 21st April 2015
Time: 3:00PM to 4:30PM
In attendance:

3. Prof. Dr. Zulfiqar Ali Khan
5. Prof. Dr.Muhammad Aslam Ch.
6. Dr. Atif Mahmood
7. Mr. Sajjad Anwar Pasha
8. Mr. Ghulam Rasool Madni
9. Mr. M. Nadeem Ansari
10. Mr. Basharat Ahmad
11. Mr. Imtiaz Hussain
In Abssence:
1. Dr. Hina Khan (ON APPROVED LEAVE)
2. Prof. Dr. Hannan Mian
3. Prof. Dr. M. Bashir Khan

 Recitation of Holy Quran was done by Dr.Atif
Extracted from minutes of meeting of Board of Faculy.
AGENDA ITEM NO. 1:Award of MS in Economics on completion of two additional courses

(3 credit hours each) over and above of MPhil course work.
Resolved:that MS in Economics be awarded on completion of 2 additional courses( 3 credits

each) over and above the M. Phil course work.
Approved by
Dean, lBS…sd….
LBS, LSA, LSE - FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Page 1 of 1

Minutes of Meeting BoSE
A meeting of Board of Studies (Economics) was held on 11 August 2015 at 1300 in the office of
HoD, Economics. Following members were present in the meeting;
• Prof. Dr. M AslamChaudhary Chair

• Prof. Dr. Naheed Sultana Member
• Dr. Nawaz Ahmad Member
• Mr. Abdul Farooq Member
• Mr. GhulamRasoolMadni Secretary
• (One member was absent)
The following agenda items were discussed;
1. Consideration of MS Economics Program

2. Consideration of List of Supervisors
3. Current Items
a. Proposed Programs in Future
b. Comprehensive Examination for Ph.D.
Extracted from Minutes of Meeting of BoSE
1. It was unanimously approved that MS degree may be awarded, if student wants to leave
M.Phil. but opt for MS degree. To attain MS degree, student has to complete twoadditional
courses, over and above the M.Phil. course work; in lieu of thesis. Thosestudents will be allowed
for M.Phil thesis who earn CGPA=2.75 or above. The CGPA forPh. D. will be 3.0 to allow them
to start dissertation (i.e on completion of course work).
…………………………………………..
The meeting was ended with well wishes.
Sd.
Prof. Dr. M AslamCh

HoD, Economics/ Chairman BoSE
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 12
Subject: Approval of correction in duration of MS in Economics (from 1-1/2 to
2 years) program of Economics Department
The Head, Economics Department has recommended the approval of correction in

duration of MS in Economics (from 1-1/2 to 2 years) program. The MS in Economics program was
approved in the 21st meeting of the Academic Council, however, its duration was mentioned as 2
years. The duration of MS in Economics (2 years) program has already been approved and
endorsed by the Board of Studies and Board of Faculty of Economics Department. The details
are available at Annexure– I.
(Annexure-I)
• MS in Economics
Credit Hours
Total Credit hours Program : 34 Credit Hrs
Duration
Duration of MS in Economics is two years (4-semesters)
Eligibility
Minimum 16 years of education i.e. BS (Hons.) or conventional M.A./M.Sc. Economics.
GAT-General/ Departmental Test with 50% marks is mandatory.
Semester-I
Course Code Title Credit Hrs.

Econ701 Advanced Microeconomics and Application* 03+1
Econ702 Advanced Macroeconomics and Application* 03+1
Econ 703 Advanced Applied Econometrics* 03
Sub Total 11
Semester-II
Course Code Title Credit Hrs

Econ 715 Major Economic Issues in Pakistan Economy* 03+1
Econ 716 Topics in International Economics and Finance* 03+1
Ono Optional Course 03
Sub Total 11
Semester-III

Two Optional Courses (03 Credit Hrs. each) 06
Sub Total 06
Semester-IV

Two Optional Courses (03 Credit Hrs. each) 06
Sub Total 06
Grand Total 34
* Compulsory Courses
Optional Courses for MS in Economics
Course Code Title Credit Hrs.

Econ. 704 Topics in Monetary Economics and Application 03
Econ. 705 Institutional Economics 03
Econ. 706 Topics in Environmental Economics and Application 03
Econ 707 Resource Economics 03
Econ 714 Advanced Mathematical Economics 03
Econ 711 Topics in Development Economics & Policy 03
Econ. 717 Economic Growth Models and Application 03
Econ. 718 Project Analysis and Investment decision Making 03

Econ 719 Topics in Public sector Economics and Application 03
Econ. 720 WTO, Globalization, International Trade and 03
Integration
Econ 721 Topics in Applied Econometric Techniques 03
Econ 722 Applied Welfare Economics 03
Econ. 723 Independent Study (Research Paper and Empirical 03
Investigation)
1
Minutes of 4thMeeting
Board of Faculty
Lahore Business School, Lahore School of Aviation, Lahore School of Economics and
LBS Gujrat, LBSPakpatan, LBSSargodha, and LBSIslamabad Campuses
Held on: Wednesday, 20th April, 2016
Time: 10:30 AM to 01:45 PM
In attendance:
3. Prof. Dr. Ali Sajid – BoG Adviser to LBS
4. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Aslam Ch.
5. Dr. Imran Hameed
6. Dr.Javed Sheikh- Observer
7. Dr. Jam e Kausar - Member
8. Dr. Nawaz - Member
9. Mr. Zeeshan Anwar-
10. Mr. Saroop Anwer – LSA HoD Representative
11. Mr.Mubashar Ali Khan - Member
12. Syeda Maryium Fatima - Member
 Meeting started with the verses from Holy Quran by Mr. Saroop Anwer.
 It was appreciated by the chair that it is the first “BoF” meeting where representatives
of all the campuses from Pakistan i.e. Pakpattan, Sargodha, Gujrat and Islamabad were
present.
 Minutes of 3rd“BoF”meeting were discussed and approved.
Extract from the Minutes of BoF
 Dr. Aslam delivered a detailed power point presentation on both the proposed degree
programs of Department of Economics like its mission, vision, admission criteria, credit
hours, intake, expenses, faculty position and other resources etc. in details keeping in
view the “HEC” polices and other necessary requirements. He emphasized that these
programs will create good job opportunities for our graduates in the market.
OTHER ITEMS
1. Starting of a new Program in any other Campus

2. BS Economics Program by Department of Economics – Lahore Campus
3. BBA Agribusiness Specialization at Pakpatan Campus – Pakpatan Campus
4. MBA Risk Management Specialization at Islamabad Campus – Islamabad Campus
 Dr. Aslam and Dr. Naheed Sultana showed their intentions on starting a BS Program in
Economics. Dr. Ijaz Qureshi formed a committee consisting of Dr. Ali Sajid as chair and
Dr. Aslam, Dr. Imran Hameed and Dr. Naheed Sultana as members to see the prospect
of this program and submit the report to Dean’s office within a week.
 The committee for BS Economics (Hons) sent its written report within desired time
and the Dean office with committee decision program approved for launch in the Fall
2016 semester with the approval of Academic Council.
Meeting ended with a note of thanks.
_______sd_____ sd_____
Shahbaz Afzal Approved by:
Secretary BoF Dr. Ijaz A.
Qureshi
Dean
Minutes of 1STMeeting
Board of Faculty
Lahore Business School, Lahore School of Aviation, Lahore School of Economics
Held on: Tuesday, 21st April 2015
Time: 3:00PM to 4:30PM
In attendance:

3. Prof. Dr. Zulfiqar Ali Khan
5. Prof. Dr.Muhammad Aslam Ch.
6. Dr. Atif Mahmood
7. Mr. Sajjad Anwar Pasha
8. Mr. Ghulam Rasool Madni
9. Mr. M. Nadeem Ansari
10. Mr. Basharat Ahmad
11. Mr. Imtiaz Hussain
In Abssence:
1. Dr. Hina Khan (ON APPROVED LEAVE)
2. Prof. Dr. Hannan Mian
3. Prof. Dr. M. Bashir Khan

 Recitation of Holy Quran was done by Dr.Atif
Extracted from minutes of meeting of Board of Faculy.
AGENDA ITEM NO. 1:Award of MS in Economics on completion of two additional courses

(3 credit hours each) over and above of MPhil course work.
Resolved:that MS in Economics be awarded on completion of 2 additional courses( 3 credits

each) over and above the M. Phil course work.
Approved by
Dean, lBS…sd….
LBS, LSA, LSE - FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Page 1 of 1

Minutes of Meeting BoSE
A meeting of Board of Studies (Economics) was held on 11 August 2015 at 1300 in the office of
HoD, Economics. Following members were present in the meeting;
• Prof. Dr. M AslamChaudhary Chair

• Prof. Dr. Naheed Sultana Member
• Dr. Nawaz Ahmad Member
• Mr. Abdul Farooq Member
• Mr. GhulamRasoolMadni Secretary
• (One member was absent)
The following agenda items were discussed;
1. Consideration of MS Economics Program

2. Consideration of List of Supervisors
3. Current Items
a. Proposed Programs in Future
b. Comprehensive Examination for Ph.D.
Extracted from Minutes of Meeting of BoSE
1. It was unanimously approved that MS degree may be awarded, if student wants to leave
M.Phil. but opt for MS degree. To attain MS degree, student has to complete twoadditional
courses, over and above the M.Phil. course work; in lieu of thesis. Thosestudents will be allowed
for M.Phil thesis who earn CGPA=2.75 or above. The CGPA forPh. D. will be 3.0 to allow them
to start dissertation (i.e on completion of course work).
…………………………………………..
The meeting was ended with well wishes.
Sd.
Prof. Dr. M AslamCh

HoD, Economics/ Chairman BoSE
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 13
Subject: Approval for revised M.Phil and Ph.D curriculum of Lahore Business
School
The Head Lahore Business School has recommended revision of M.Phil and Ph.D
curriculum details of which are placed at Annexure-I. These have been endorsed by the Board
of Studies, and Research Program Committee of Lahore Business School (Annexure-II).
The matter is placed before the Academic council for consideration and approval.
UNIVERSITY
Merx) n I
i TIt.-" ri;',; f;;;E
r'|i'trtir:t''
Ms. wajeeha Raoof (@n".,or, UoL) I be MAy ?0,I t
Dr. lmran Hameed (Head LBS)
April25,2017
Approval for Revised MPhil/PhD Curriculum
You are hereby requested to approve the revised MPhil & PhD Curriculum, as our admission
\,, are about to start and we have to print the prospectus with updated information. We will further
send it to Academic Council for their formal approval.
Following Supporting document are attached for reference.
1. Approval of Research Program Committee (RPC). (Annexure l)
2. Approval of Board of Studies (BOS). (Annexure ll)
3. List of Major Elective Courses. (Annexure lll)
\--
Head
H€evbc ttc. +s"l d*o^/ k"^d
ffi-i
t,r 1,
tt; ll
Lahore Business School
I ll
X I'
fl iiiI
beep(
0
sH, lll
ti /i
1".
q-[u,se_ *AaX \\ ULs 1\-/./
\-,/,
fvo&.t *^s"<-
--t\"{.u,{ -f r,iCa ,1
MTi\UTES OF RESEARCH PROGRANI COMMITTEE MEETING
Meeting No.: 06/2017

Date: Wednesciay, 22nd February 2017
Time: 2:00 PM
Venue: Dr. Faisai Qadeer's Office, 1" Floor, Room# 22, LBS
Thc meeting was attended by:
Dr. Faisal Qadeer Chairman

f)r. ImranHameed Member
Dr. Sajid Hussain Member
Dr. Ramiz Ur Rehman Member
Dr. Atif Mahmood Member
Sameia Farhat Secretary
a
Dr. Faisal Qadeer, the chair, started rnegting in the name of Allah and recitation from the
Holy Quran. He welcomed all memb-ers of the Research Program Committee (RPC) and
thanked them for taking the time out of their busy schedule.
The agenda-wise decisions on each items and minutes of the meeting are as under:
Item 01 Review of M.Phil. /PhD Road Map
Dr. Faisal highlighted the issue that the courses registered on university portal are old.
He further proposed that an emai! should be send to all the LBS faculty members for
asking them about 5 to 7 subjepts which they prefer to teach. By doing this, we rvill
have the list of all the courses whose expertise iq available and the same courses will
be moved to portal.
Allmembers of the RPC agreed gn this point.
Following suggestions were proposed by RPC members for irnproving the M.Phil. road map:
Dr. Sajid proposed that the coufse title of 'Organization Theory and Design' should
be reftamed, as in research we focus more on theory rather than design essentials.
Dr. Imran and Dr. Atif propose{ the name Organization Management and Theory.
Dr. Faisal explained his viewpoint on this issue and proposed the subject name
'Organization Theory', on which all members agreed.
class should be split with respect to their specialization fields.
statistical tools are used in diffefeqt sub-fields.

Committee agreed to create sectiqns as per requirement; however, the execution of
this subject will be decided in next meeting in a separate rneeting.
Dr. Faiiat proposed to have four elgctive und fou, compulsory courses'in M.Phil.
Dr. Imran asked about the HEC criteria in this regard, which was explained by Dr.
Faisal.
Research Program Committee

I !,,!:s_ 9t l"e9!il-s !
l 9 : 9-!1 19 1_7
r 19 L9_9-L l!9ry 1"/.. 1? 1,29 1 1.
7 Dr. Atif and Dr. Faisal proposed that Aclvanc'e Straregic L{anagentent and fulanageriul
Econotttics may be excluded from M.Phil. road map. on rvhich all members agreed'
The reviseci road ntap ior M.Phil' cottrselvork is as lbllorvs:
Sr. No Course Title Cr.Hr

A. Coursework:
I Research Workshop J
Advanced Research MethodologY J

2
1 Organization Theory J
4 Statistical Inference & Data Anal

5 Elective I J
6 Elective 2 J
7 Elective 3 l
8 Elective 4 J
B. Thesis 6
v
,.
Fotlowing suggestions were proposed by RPC members for improving the Ph.D road map:
!
i
i
t
:
be
I
compulsory and three will be elective.
i
Advanced Research
Methods in Data Analysis
Y B. Comprehensive Exam ination

'
I
i
"RESOLVED that the M.Phit course title "Organization Theory & Design" will be
changed to Organization Theory"
*RESOLVED that on need bqsis sections moy be created for teaching "Statistical
Infe.rence & Data Analysis" and lls execuiio4 will be finalized in the next rneeting"
,,RESOLVED that the revised M.Phil road maps will be adoptedfrom Fail 2A17"
*ilES1LVED that the revised Ph,D road maps will be adoptedfrom Fatl 2017"
Rsearch Program Commltt€e

Yi!yte-: 9114.99!11! 19 9-91.291?: i1919 91- a,9,q1lqy-33:?-0!7 - - PJeA2 of4-
i
SOPs and Forms

Sharing hardcopies of the Post Coursework
ivas clesigned bY him for the Post

courselvork SOPs and forms'
followed'
imProvement.
post coursework soPs and Forms hwe added to the

value of
*RES,LIED that the
LBS"
M.Phil * pnO proio'i o"a tno"ld be kept on strictlyfollowed at
M.PhilDissertationsubmittedbyfivestudentsregisteredinFall2012
v
-:.2:
at LBS'
!
th.r". are not in line with the SOPs followed
are more than
o why theses u." Juu*itt',"d so late when dates mentioned in these
.. 8 months old?
o Where these have been meantime?
o Why many signatures are missing on these? - .. ^
of RPC and or BASR?
o Why these *J'" not brought intolhe notice
}Housedeliberatedindetaitandeachmembersharedhisviewpoints.
finalized after due consultations and the
F Trre names of Dr. Atif and Dr. Rizrvan werewere handed over to Dr. Atif.
five dissertation, urong *itt,,r," transcripts
*RES\LVED that a two-member inquiry coinmittee comprises of Dr' Atd and Dr'
Rimanwillperformathorottghp,o"u,,,,oluationofthesedissertations,submita "
I i to nPC 7o, final decision"
report and propose ,""o**rniotions up to I0.N.2a
\rl
PhD Dissertation of Mr' Zain ul Abidin
Dr. Faisal briefed the members about the status of

Mr' Zain ul Abidin's dissertation
rrgg;tred that it is ahnost ready for foreign "oul'utiol',. ..- abroad. for
""i
Co**II"" decided to have an internal assessment betore sending
evaluation.
with Finance'
Df. hnran suggested that since the field-of investigation overlapsall members agreed'
therefor, Dr Ramiz *"V the internal evalualion,.lo which
""rO*i 20 evaluators cited in the
It rvas unanimousty iJ"iJ"J ir,*i Dr. Ramiz will identiff
Jissertation from technologically advanced countries'
,RESOLWD thAt the Ph.D dissertation of (Y' Zain ul AbidiniiU n, sent for
and recontntendation of
foreign evaluation after the internal
assessment
ettaluators to RPC"
Research Program Comm{ttee

r4,"-9!I9 19: 99116-lZ, !919,9l.Ig,b-ryia ?-2r
r!1 - pase 3 0f 4
Iil'!q.-9J
Delayed sutrmission of results
Dr'Faisalproposedthattheduedateforfinalprojectsorfinaltermpaperorany
the final term examination'
submission should not be latter then
ft *"*U.rs of the RPC unanimously agreed on it'
"
,,REilTLVED thot all the committee ntembers agreel that"to avoid unnecessary
the due_date i7 att ,"at activities/submissions
clelay in subrnission of inoi ,utrlts,
;;';;r;,;int, ,n*u#b'i"t"* or within thefinal term examination"
Naveed
Transfer case of a PhD student Mr' Sheharyar
Dr. Imran briefed the house about the issue'-

lmran and Dr. sajid will discuss the lSSUC
The members of Rpc J""ia"a that the Dr.
Y with Ms. Wajeeha Raoof'
a
*RES,LVED that the issue will be discussed with the Director LBS for pleading
-:.!
foruard to the Rector"
to all RPC members'

The meeting concluded with vote of thanks
( " ^r\'
eia Farhat
,mJh-uL+
Dr. AtifMahmood Or. itamiz Ur Rehman
Dr. [mran Hameed Assistqnt Professor
v: Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
ty
'adeer
Sajid Awan D
As ilci ate P iofe s so r1 C h air nta n RP C
a Raoof
ReJearch Program Committee

fur*\t-'N-L,-t*- -\t
Minutcs of Meeting
Board of Studies [BoSl

Lahore Business School
lleeting No.: 08/2017

Date: Tuesday, 11e APril 2017
Tin.re: 02:3OPM
Venue: Office of Head MPhil/PhD Programs (Room # 22)
The meeting was attended bY:
1. Dr. [mran llameed ChairPerson

2. Dr. Naheed Sultana Member
3. Dr. Faisal Qatleer Member
4. Dr. Sajid Awan Member
u/i
I
5. Dr. Atif Mahmood Member

6. Dr. Ali Asadultah Member
7. Dr. Rameez Ur Rehman Member
8. Dr. Ahdullah Ejaz Member
g. Dr. Abdul Waheed (UCP) Member
10. Dr. Zahid Riaz (LSE) Member
11. Mr. Daniyat Subhani (Industry Expert) Member
12. Mf;. Faran Moin (tndustry Expert) Member
13. Ms. Uzma Tahira Member
14. Mr. Atif Rana Member
15" Mr. Muhammad Afzat SecretarY
Dr. Iprran Harneed, the chair, stafted rreeting witha welcome note. The Secretary informed that Prof'
Dr. Ati Sajid could not attend the meeting due to his pressing professional engagements.
The agenda-wise decisions on each items and minutes of the meeting are as under:
0l previous BoS meeting

ttem I Review of compliance status of the decisions taken in
The Secretary presented the compliance status of the decisions taken in previous BoS meeting.
The Board reviewed and passed the resolution as:
,,RES,LVED that the ,r*ot',r,;:ff;::{#ri,ii;,: taken in previous Bos meeting is

:
Item 02 | Revised MPhil Program Curriculum
vis-ir-vis deficiencies ol existing

MPhil program, HEC guidelines and industry practices'
Eoard of Studies :
Minutes of Meeting No. 08/2017, held on April 11, 2017

Paqe 1 of J
program curriculutn n*' o"t* ciuly revierved
and
He further inlorrned that the revisecl MPhil
Committee (RPC)
recomtnended by Research Program especially for the
prof. Dr, Naheed ,"oi;r;.,1 u-nd uppre.iutea )he proposed clo_cument tl-reir research area'
lor elective touittt in relation to
flexibitify that it provid., ,rua.*, to'opt 25% of the
hours ior MPhil thesis maki'g at ieast
Dr. Rameez suggestecl io *nt.lun.. credit
phD atlmrssiorr
race difficulry whirc taki.g
i,,ti[h., added thaL orherwisc, rhe srudenrs may
and as werl,
is fullv complia*t ro HEC guiderines
il,'i;:?l::I;:'iilo *",6 cr Hrs. rhesis
universities of Pakistan'
;.";;it practiced by all recognized
House agreed to it.
The Board passed the resoltttions as:
,RES,L,ED that the reyised Mphil progrant Curriculum recommended by RPC is

APPROVED"
relevant to
*FURTHER REflTLVED that MPhit students shall take at-least two elecrtves
theit research area"
Revised PhD Program Curriculum
program'
Dr. Imran shared revised curriculum of PhD
t' He explained that existing
1.5 Years to colnPlete'
phD tio lengthy for the students and takes at least
"o..rrr"*o.kis
tt a"rtt and with the revised coursework' it lvill only

it HEC I more flexible foi
"o*ptiarri
take one year for students to complete coursework'
relating to their research area'
thebeginningofPhDprogramasatthisstage,theyarenotclearaboutresearcharea;it
happeri *itn tf,. p*rugl oiti*" that ideas get refined
and converged'
year
be forced to offer electives throughout the
to standardize operations; otherwise, *"iritt
execute'
making researctr programs difficult to manage and
school'
the larger gain ofsiuaents, supervisor and the business
After {etailed deliberation, the Board passed the resolutions

as:
*RE*TLVEDthattherevisedPhDProgramCurriculumrecommendedbyRPCis
APPROVED'
*F(.IRTHER RESOLVED thqt phD students shall take at-least two electives relevant
to
their reseqrch area"
I i*"
" ftr
.i.r ,. Board of Studies
''--padd2-of-3 ---
!1 :il.!-,:,--. i-ii., !r,,!._:9.i!99!i19l9,9s12-9-!1.119r99!-1?lillla?911
' i' ';
and PhD Programs
a) Supervisor Allocation for Thesis of MPhit
ltem 04
list
b) Zain Ul Abidin DMG02123010 RefereelExaminer
Dr.Imransharedrelevantdocumentsregardingagendaitems.
House deliberated in detail'
supervlsor r and emphasized to
ij..-i":ia showed his concem the existing practice to change
develop a PolicY in this regard
He further emphasized tha:t allowing student
to change supervisor. without consent of existing
property rights'
;;;;;ilt is unethicat and also, a matter of inteltectual
'Change of Supervisor Form''
Dr. Imran supported him ani ptoposed to develop
House deliberated in detail'
The Board passed the resolutions as:
*RESOL4ED rhar referee/exafttiner list of zain ul Abidin DMG02t230l0 is APPROVED"
,FURTHER RESTLVED that supervisor allocation details for thesis of MP_hi.l.and PhD
qre hereby APPROVED"
pragrams as presented iy Dr' Imran be and
prepare 'change.of supervisor Form' and

"FURTHER RESOL4ED that Dr. Faisal shall
implement henceforth in letter and spirit"
change of supervisor may be qllowed twice

(as a maxintum
"FIIRTHER RESOLVED that grounds and any such case that
..timit) by Head MPhil/PhD Programs on genuine and logical
referred to RPCfor review and further action"
exceeds the aforementtioned iimit shatl-be
Item 05
The Board passed the resolution as:
*RESOLVED that a prof. Dr. Naheed Sultana and Dr. Rameez (Jr Rehman shall jointly
BoS Jinal decision"
update ,ni proprtit in ternts of Curricula' Road Map for
The meeting concluded rvith vote of thanks'
i'
t-
'-'i-i'13*, Mf,;;t
' 't:!...,1- S.uretary
Dr. lmran Hameed

Chairperson Board of Studies
aoerd of Studics
Minutes of Meeting No' 08/2017'teld 014!,11 1-1.
?-OL] --- -
/\
.\x"1 i\ t- \{ 1_/\ G .- Irl
{ \i
I',Icctii'c Ctiurccr.s ]1. l'liil i {'lr!)

S# Course'I'itlc I,'iclrl
1 I ILrrnan I{csoul'cc N{anagerncnt: Stratcg_r and I)l'aclicc IIITM
2 [)cllblnrancc Nlanaqcntcnt III{M
J I ILtnran l{esourcc Dcve lopntcrrt IIRM
+ lltrnran IJchavior in Olqanizations OI]
) Negotiation arrd Colr1'lict RcsolLrtion OI]
6 Organizatiorr Dcvclopntcnt & Chansc or]
7 []ehavioral [rinarrcc Ir inance
8 F nancla Market Structure and Functions. Irinance
9 lr Itancla Risk Managernent Ir lrance
0 Serninar n Corporate Governance Irinance
1 Corporate Social Responsi bi I ity Spcc al
2 Corporate S Lrstai rrabi I ity and Environmental ism Spcc al
1
J Entrepreneurship Spcc al
4 Theory Building in Management Special
5 Strategic Brand Management Marl<eting
6 Strategic Marketing Management Marketing
7 Cottsuurer Behavior Marketing
8 Strategic Services Marketing Marke ng
o Customer Relationship Management Marke lug
20 Management of Technology 'l'echnoloiry
)1 Productivity Management Technology
22 Management in tli Tech Proiects -l'cchno
logy
Note: Electives ntay be changed fi'ont tinte to tirnc
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 14.
Subject: Establishment of new discipline entitled “Zoology (HEC approved

The Director, IMBB/CRiMM has recommended establishment of the following new

discipline entitled “Zoology (HEC approved curriculum)” covering the following programs.
a. MS/MPhil (2 years Weekend Programme)

b. PhD (3-5 years Programme)
The curricula has already been approved and endorsed by the Board of Studies and Board
of Faculty of IMBB/CRiMM. The details are available at Annexure– I.
Subject: Agenda for forthcoming Academic Council meeting
The following agenda items are placed for the approval in forthcoming Academic council
meeting of after approved from board of faculty and departmental board of studies of IMBB.
1. Establishment of new discipline entitled “Zoology (HEC approved curriculum)”

covering the following programmes is placed for approval. (Annexure-I)
a. MPhil (2 years Weekend Programme)
2. Establishment of new discipline entitled “Botany (HEC approved curriculum)”
covering the following programmes is placed for approval. (Annexure-II)
3. Establishment of new programs in various discipline is placed for approval.
(Annexure-III)
a. BS in Biochemical Engineering
b. BS in Biomedical Engineering
c. MS in Industrial Biotechnology & Bioinformatics
d. MS in Medical Biotechnology
e. MPhil in Commercial & Entrepreneurship Biotechnology
f. MPhil in Bio-Medical Engineering
4. Approval for establishment of diploma in various discipline at graduate and post-

graduate level. (Annexure-IV)
a. Graduate Diploma in Industrial Biotechnology and Bioinformatics
b. Graduate Diploma in Forensic Sciences
c. Post graduate diploma in Analytical Biology
d. Post graduate diploma in Industrial Biotechnology and Bioinformatics
5. Approval for Introducing new courses (Annexure-V)
a. Biotechnology and Drug Discovery for BS Biotechnology
b. latent finger printing for MPhil forensic Sciences
Note: All course contents related to Annexure III & IV are present in end of the file.
Annexure-I
MS/M.PHIL. And Ph.D. PROGRAMS IN ZOOLOGY
Introduction of the program:

Zoology is the branch of biology that includes the study of animals and animal life,
including, but not limited to, the study of the structure, function, and classification of animals. It
is a multidisciplinary subject covering all aspects of animal life. With the evolution and
development of modern scientific knowledge, the zoological sciences has also become
revolutionized which not only include the basic classical disciplines but also contain the large
number of allied modern disciplines. The main basic subjects are, Morphology of vertebrates
and invertebrates, Physiology, Ecology (Environmental biology), Embryology (Developmental
Biology), Genetics, Evolution, Taxonomy, Entomology, Parasitology, Microbiology, Fresh water
Biology, Fisheries and Wildlife and its Conservation. The other modern disciplines included in
the subject are, Cell Biology, Molecular Biology, Biochemistry, Immunology, Biotechnology,
Endocrinology, Reproductive Physiology, Pest Control, Recombinant DNA Technology,
Virology , Teratology, Toxicology and number of other allied courses.
Objectives to offer the program:

• The main objective of the induction of MS/M.Phil. and Ph.D. programs in zoological
sciences is to trained and equip the students with the skills in various disciplines of the
subject ranging from Basic to Modern and Advanced Biotechnologies which can cater the
future needs of our country and world.
• To train students with the biological and analytical techniques, which can help them to
become an excellent scientist, researcher and teachers all over the world in the institutes
of higher learning.
• To train the students in such a way that they can handle the advanced and basic research
projects of our country in more skilled way.
• To develop the spirit among students to conserve our resources and Love for Nature.
Scope regarding market, social & employment perspective of program:

The MS/MPhil. and Ph.D. programs in zoology have been designed to address the future
needs and challenges to our country and world. The program aims to prepare and develop the
skilled manpower, scientists and researchers to serve in various national and international
research organizations (such as, NIBGE, NIAB. NIFA PCSIR Labs, PARC, NARC, Labs etc.),
Universities, Institutes of Public Health, Environment related Agencies, Pest Control & Plant
Protection Institutes, Wildlife Conservation & Management organizations, Natural History
Museums, Fisheries Departments, Molecular Biology Research organization, NIBGE, NIAB,
NIFA, PCSIR , PARC, NARC Research centers and Labs, Biomedical Sciences & Forensic
science Organizations, Pathology Labs, Agriculture Research Departments such as NARC,
PARC
SCHEME OF STUDIES FOR MS/M.Phil. (A) AND
Ph.D. (B) IN ZOOLOGY
A. Scheme of Studies for M.Phil. Zoology
SEMESTER- 1 Course Title Cr. Hrs.
Core Course Advanced Analytical Techniques 3 (1+2)
Optional –I* Advances in Cell Biology 3 (2+1)
Optional –II* Applied Microbiology 3 (2+1)
Optional III* Toxicology 3 (2+1)
Total Total 12
SEMESTER- 2
Core Course Applied Biostatistics 3 (3-0)
Optional –I* Physiology of Reproduction) 3 (2+1)
Optional –II* Biological Toxicology 3 (2+1)
Optional III* Medical Parasitology 3 (2+1)
Total Total 12
SEMESTER- 3 & 4
Research & Thesis in in various Disciplines Total 12
Grand Total Credits 36
*optional courses selected from list of MPhil & PhD courses

Research Thesis Cr. Hrs. 12 (0+12)
The MS/M.Phil. Thesis in the field of Zoology will be carried out under the supervision of a
competent Faculty Member. Each student will be provisionally allocated a supervisor that will be
confirmed after the student has successfully completed the courses of readings. The Supervisor
may suggest the tentative topic of the research Thesis with originality in the various fields of
Zoology.
This course will train the student to choose a problem worth investigating by searching through
the research literature already published and find the aspect still to be investigated.
In case of Research Thesis student will do experimental work or collect the data on the aspect
decided. Analyze the data and find newer information from the work.
There will no formal examination or assessment of Research Thesis until the end of 6th semester,
when a student can submit the Research thesis provided the work is completed to the satisfaction
of the Supervisor. In case the outcomes of the researches are delayed, the research work
extension/s may be sought from the competent authority for further two years or four semesters.
It is necessary to know that research work of this course is not done from an already done work or
data. This is considered unethical and is termed as Plagiarism i.e. stealing, illegal use and breach
of copyright. Any material if used e.g., in literature citations, methods etc. is properly referred in
the contents of Thesis.
B. Scheme of Studies for Ph.D. Zoology

Semester 1
Course Code Title of the Course Credit Hours
Course I* 3
Course II* 3
Course III* 3
Total 9
Semester 2
Course IV* 3
Research Reading I 3(2+1)
Research Reading II 3(2+1)
Total 9
Semester 3
Research *(Thesis) 7
*Continues in the subsequent semesters until thesis submission
Semester 4
Research* (Thesis) 7
Semester 5
Semester 6*
Grand Total 48
*Thesis submission Due (minimum duration otherwise subject to extension) at the end of semester
The Ph.D. dissertation (Research Thesis) in the field of Zoology will be carried out under the supervision
of a competent Faculty Member. Each student will be provisionally allocated a supervisor that will be
confirmed after the student has successfully completed the courses of readings. The Supervisor may
suggest the tentative topic of the research Thesis with originality in the various fields of Zoology.
This course will train the student to choose a problem worth investigating by searching through the
research literature already published and find the aspect still to be investigated.
In case of Research Thesis student will do experimental work or collect the data on the aspect decided.
Analyze the data and find newer information from the work.
There will no formal examination or assessment of Research Thesis until the end of 6th semester, when a
student can submit the Research thesis provided the work is completed to the satisfaction of the
Supervisor. In case the outcomes of the researches are delayed, the research work extension/s may be
sought from the competent authority for further two years or four semesters.
It is necessary to know that research work of this course is not done from an already done work or data.
This is considered unethical and is termed as Plagiarism i.e. stealing, illegal use and breach of copyright.
Any material if used e.g., in literature citations, methods etc. is properly referred in the contents of Thesis.
LIST OF COURSES FOR MS/M.PHIL. & PHD

PROGRAMS IN ZOOLOGY
(Courses may be added as per specialization)
Compulsory Courses:
1. Zoo-701. Advanced Analytical Techniques*

2. Zoo-702. Applied Biostatistics
Specialized Courses
3. Zoo-703 Advances in Cell Biology 3(2+1)

4. Zoo-704 Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology 3(2+1)
5. Zoo-705 Advanced Microbiology 3(2+1)
6. Zoo-706 Advanced Physiology 3(2+1)
7. Zoo-707 Advances In Wildlife 3(2+1)
8. Zoo-708 Applied Genetics 3(2+1)
9. Zoo-709 Applied Microbiology 3(2+1)
10. Zoo-601 Aquaculture and Fisheries 3(2+1)
11. Zoo-710 Bacterial Genetics 3(2+1)
12. Zoo-711 Biological Toxicology 3(2+1)
13. Zoo-712 Biology of Birds and Mammals In Pakistan 3(2+1)
14. Zoo-713 Cell and Tissue Culture 3(3+0)
15. Zoo-714 Clinical Teratology* 3(2+1)
16. Zoo-602 Conservation Biology of Wildlife 3(3+0)
17. Zoo-603 Fish Requirements 3(2+1)
18. Zoo-715 Human Genetics* 3(2+1)
19. Zoo-716 Medical Biotechnology* 3(2+1)
20. Zoo-717 Medical Microbiology* 3(2+1)
21. Zoo-718 Medical Parasitology* 3(2+1)
22. Zoo-719 Microbial Genetics and Disease 3(2+1)
23. Zoo-720 Molecular Entomology 3(2+1)
24. Zoo-721 Molecular Physiology* 3(2+1)
25. Zoo-604 Principles of Wildlife Management 3(2+1)
26. Zoo-722 R ecent advances in Endocrinology 3(2+1)
27. Zoo-723 Recombinant DNA Technology 3(2+1)
28. Zoo-724 Research Methods in Entomology* 3(2+1)
29. Zoo-725 Stem Cell Technology 3(2+1)
30. Zoo-607 Toxicology 3(2+1)
31. Zoo-726 Recent Trends in Immunology 3(2+1)
32. Zoo-727 Advanced Biochemistry 3(2+1)
33. Zoo-728 Advanced Virology 3(2+1)
34. Zoo-729 Food Microbiology 3(2+1)
35. Zoo-730 Techniques in Molecular Biology 3(2+1)
36. Zoo-731 Genomics, Transcriptomics & Proteomics 3(3+0)
37. Zoo-732 Cell signaling & cell transduction 3(3+0)
38. Zoo-733 Advanced Biochemistry 3(2+1)
39. Zoo-734 Advanced Molecular Biology 3(2+1)
THE
rjNveRsffIoF
THE UUVERSTY OT LNHONE
LAHORT
DEPERTMENT OT PUYSICS
Merm
To: The Regisuar
From: Head of PhYsics DePartnent
Date: Jnne 16,20ll

proceedings'
Subject: Board of Faculty of Sciences
EnclosedareproceedingsofBoardofFacultyofSciencesforyourrecord.
SomeoftheitemsneedtoincludedintheagendaoftheAcademicCouncil.
fProf. Dr. F azal' e'Aleem)

Dean, FacultY of Sciences
Head, DePartment of PhYsics
;llr
i THE
,lli
lll
rll
)UNIVERSITYOF
--14;
,- tl LAHORE
A Prcject of lbadat Edr_icational Trust
Date: February 06,2017
Proceedinss of the 1" meetins of the Board of Facultv of Sciences,

The Universitv of
Luhot". h"ld on F"b.r"* 06. 2017 11130 in M""tinn Room. Institute of
"t New".-.
Molecular BiolosY and Biotechnolosv flMBB). Campus. The Universitv of Lahore
Following members were present in the meeting:
l. Prof. Dr. MH Qazi Member

vice chancellor & Director, IMBBI]RIMM
2. Prof. Dr. F azal-e-Aleem Chairman
Dean, Faculty of Sciences
Head, Department of physics
a
J. Dr. Syed Shahid Ali
Member
Professor, IMBB/CRiMM
4. Dr. Arif Malik

Member
5. Dr. Aamer Qazi
Member
6. Dr. M. Ikram Shahzad
Member
Associate Professor, Department of physics
7 " Prof..Dr. Muhammad Uzair Ahmad

Member
HoD, Department of Mathematics and Statistics
8. Dr. Maqbool Ahmed Chaudhary
Member
Professor, Mathematics and Statistics
9. Dr. Habib Ahmed

Member
10. Mr. Arnjad Iqbal

Member
Department of Mathematics
Raiwinci Road Campu$
(]znrr,
r
I l. Mr. Anwar_ul_Haq
Program coordinaior, Special Invitation
Department of physics
12. Dr. Faiza Hassan
' Program coordinator,
Department of chemistry Special Invitation
13. Dr. Rab Nawaz

Program coordinator, Special Invitation
Department of Environmental physics
The meeting started with

the recitation from Hory
euran.
Prof' Dr' Fazal-e-Aleem (Dean,
welcomed all of the members Faculty of sciences &
Head, Department of physics)
detail' Following is the ,..i;rg
"rin.discussionand the agenda of the meeting was discussed
summ aryof in
and decisions:
l' orscience was discussed

fr+',i;l:li;Tir""-,:::ultv in accordance with the
charter
2' The Board was apprised
that as per charter of the
Department. ,urt t" University, new programs
in"_rou.a of the
"pp;;;;jii
taking these to the academi;;;;;Jt. or siuo]", uno Board of dcurty before
goarJ;f rddi*'ilgefore
for all departments incruding needs to be constituted
a;";;rrry and Er.ironmentar Sciences.
3
lTl;if;#?:tffi;fy?:I"",'iffi*L', was approved. rhe same wiu be rorwarded
4. It was discussed flr1 scignge

addition to the courses .faculty should try to teach multidisciplinary courses
of their a".i"ir.
experience' A rist of speciatized;;".*r rnis.witt ;;" th",, an additionar rearning
in
added to the curricurum under severir aoruin,

ihrough must be prepared and
.lorria"ru,ion.'Jnjt;, of the facurry.
"u..rri
5. Finally' It was emohasized
needs to be promotelil;ii, ';;;;ilil.rose,
that research needs to be
focused. Murtidisciprinary
research
speciar meeting
u* tr,. ."l"ui.r, io.u" uno il;ir;l., wiil be convened soon.
The Science facurty needs
to rt
with each other.
iiil#J,,lrT:ff *ffirthanked all the members for a*ending

the meering and ror their
(Secrbtary) F,
(Conve ner)
,
THE
UNIVERSITYOF
LAHORE
Date: March 27, 2017
Proceedines of the 2nd meetins of the Board of Facultv of Sciences. The Universitv of
Lahore. held on 27 March 2017 tt 11:30 a.m. in IMBB/CriMM conference room
Defence Road Camnus. The Universitv of Lahore
Board of Faculty of Sciences meeting was held on March 27, 2017 in IMBB/CRiMM
conference room at I l:30 a.m. Prof. Dr. Fazal-e-Aleem (Dean, Faculty of Sciences & Head,
Department of Physics) presided the meeting and welcomed all the members present in the
meeting.
Following members were present in the meetins:

Vice Chancellor & Director, IMBB/CRIMM
2. Prof. Dr. F azal-e-Aleem Convener

3. Prof. Dr. A. M. Khalid Member

4. Prof. Dr. Javed Anver Quershi Member

5. Ptof. Dr. Arif Malik Member

6. Prof. Dr. Aamer Qazi Member


Raiwind Road Camnus

I
_-
-I
Special Invitation
8. Mr. Anwar-ul-Haq
Program Coordinator, Department of Physics
Special Invitation
9. Dr. Faiza Hassan
Program Coordinator, Department of Chemistry
Special Invitation
10. Dr. Rab Nawaz
program Coordinator, Department of Environmental Physics
The agenda of the meeting was as follows:

06' 2017
I ) Proceedings - Approval of the minutes of Board of Faculty in Sciences dated February '
2) Approval. (Annexure A - IMBB/CriMM Board of Studies meeting minutes)'

Proceedirrgs -
Approval of new programs at IMBB/CRiMM. (Annexure B - BOS IMBB/CRiMM agenda)'
3)
campuses as presented at
4) General Discussion. Policy guidelines regarding programs at UOL
Academic Council meeting.
5) Current Work.
The proceedings of the

The agenda of the meeting was discussed One by one in detail.
meeting are as follows:
l. prof. Dr. Fazal-e-Aleem initiated the meeting with the name of Allah and welcomed all
the members of Board of Faculty of Sciences'
Decision: Minutes of the BoF meeting held on 6-2-2017 were on

table and
approved.
(annex A)'
z. Ms. Rabait Alam presented the BoS - IMBB minutes held on 22-3-2017
Different propor"d'programs were discussed at length with aspect
of curriculum being
were given by the
offered and suggestion, on all the new programs foi IMBB/CRiMM
discussed in BOS of
respected board members. All the new programs were already
IMBB/CRiMM meeting in detail and were alproved in the BoS
meeting' Dr' A' M'
about the significance and beqefits
Khalid gave his infut"and told all the members
respectively'.- Dr' Javed
students would be getting after completing all the programs
Anver Quershi also lave [is input und guu. tome sugg-estions'
Dr' Arif Malik also gave
to the current needs
his input and suggested if the programs-could be modified according
members agreed upon'
according to the riarket value and HEC policy, which all the board
were answered by
Dr. Aamer Qazi also gave his input and raisid a few questions, which
of all the programs and
Dr. A. M. Khalid. orlsyed Shahid Alitold about the significance
at the end with the agreement of all the board members, the agenda
of the Board of
Studies of IMBB/Cniuu held on March 22,2017 was approved.
to be forwarded to
Decision: New programs for IMBB were approved unanimously
the Academic Council for final approval'
guidelines for programs at UOL sub-
A general discussion was held regarding the policy the same cufficulum as is
campuses. was resolved that utt sub-campuses will follow
It
followed at the main campus'
The Academic council for approval and
Decision: The same item is forwarded to
necessary action.
took place on research collaboration amongst
current work was discussed. A discussion
different departments of the Science faculty'
this purpose'
Decision: A special meeting will be called for
and
the members for attending the meeting
At the end, prof. Dr. Fazal-e-Aleem thanked all
R&
suggestions.
for their valuable time and providing valuable
IW
/t"
tu
(Convener)
(SecretarY)
tl
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 15.
Subject: Establishment of new discipline entitled “Botany (HEC approved

The Director, IMBB/CRiMM has recommended establishment of the following new

discipline entitled “Botany (HEC approved curriculum)” covering the following programs.
a. MS/MPhil (2 years Weekend Programme)

The curricula has already been approved and endorsed by the Board of Studies and Board of
Faculty of IMBB/CRiMM. The details are available at Annexure– I.

(Annexure-III)

Annexure-II
MS/M.PHIL. And Ph.D. PROGRAMS IN BOTANY
Introduction:
Plants have emerged as the most successful organisms in evolution providing a basis for the
survival and taxonomic diversions of different biotic components of the biosphere. The biotic
component of any agricultural ecosystem is essentially maintained by the photosynthetic activity
of plants and their role in various food webs. Thus an understanding of the basic mechanisms
underlying the precise and measured responses of plants to the ecological factors is imperative in
determining the role and utilization of plants and their products for the welfare of man and
ecosystems.
The Department of Botany at the University of Lahore imparts knowledge in key disciplines of
plant sciences with the recent advances in taxonomy, physiology, evolution, ecology,
developmental biology, tissue culture and breeding of plant species mainly of agricultural
importance. The faculty and research facilities provide a unique opportunity to the MPhil/PhD
students to not only deepen their insight into different research themes in botany but in the
genesis of novel hypotheses.
Objectives:
To enable the students and researchers for work and research according to the following main
objectives:
• To comprehend and pursue knowledge about the botanical aspects of life.

• The implementation of management strategies for a sustainable utilization of the
resources in agriculture, horticulture and forestry.
• The production of high quality seeds for agronomically important field and horticultural
crops.
• The protection of ecosystems from hazards related with the climate change with an
effective use of biological resources according to the changing climate and
implementation of the remedial and restorative activities.
• To pursue independent enterprises in agriculture and plant-related industries such as farm
management, pharmacology, phytochemistry etc.
• To strengthen the workflow between academia and industry.
Entry Requirement: M.Sc. Botany for ‘MPhil in Botany’

MPhil Botany for ‘PhD in Botany’
Exact Title of the Degree to be awarded: ‘MPhil in Botany’; ‘PhD in Botany’
Scope of the program
The study of botany encompasses many benefits from the market, social and employment point
of view. A vast array of the employment opportunities is available for MPhil/ PhD graduates in
Botany. However as the theme of profession varies according to the available demand and
resources, the presumed choices for a botanist are very vast.
The botanists may further proceed in research during doctoral and post-doctoral education and
can join teaching and research as a profession; work agriculturists involved in the development
and procurement of horticultural plants for far-off markets and act as a farm managers to develop
strategies for yield enhancement coupled with a reduction in costs and inputs. The graduates
are able to better characterize the plant varieties according to the changing climatic conditions
and may adopt feasible biotechnological products for the sustainable use of farm fauna and flora.
It will contribute to strengthening of traditional knowledge about the plants along with the
adoption of new crop breeding methods. The students may initiate their private nursery farms for
the valuable plants and their products. A number of Govt. and semi-Govt departments related
with agriculture, environment and food safety require the services of botanists and can also
contribute to the betterment of the society by increasing awareness about beneficial impacts of
plants upon micro and macro-climatic conditions of a particular ecosystem. The graduates may
contribute in ecological surveys conducted by national and international organizations which
require the services of keen botanists.
A. SCHEME OF STUDIES FOR MPhil BOTANY
Duration: 2 Semesters Course Work and 1-2 year research thesis after course work
Courses: 24 Credits Thesis: 10 Credits Total: 36 Credits
Semester-I
No. Course Credits

BOT-601 Core-I Advanced Analytical Techniques 3(3+0)
BOT-602 Core-II Advanced Plant Physiology 3(3+0)
BOT-604 Agrostology 3(3+0)
BOT-603 Elective I: Plant Growth & Development 3(3+0)
Total Credits 12
Semester-II
No. Course Credits
BOT-701 Core-I Applied Biostatistics 3(3+0)
BOT-702 Core-II Plant Breeding 3(3+0)
BOT-704 Insect-Plant Interactions 3(3+0)
BOT-703 Elective II: (e.g. Soil-Plant Relationship) 3(3+0)
Total Credits 12
LIST OF ALLIED/ELECTIVE COURSES

No. Course Credits
BOT-605 Allelopathy 3(3+0)
BOT-606 Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition 3(3+0)
BOT-607 Nitrogen Biological Fixation 3(3+0)
BOT-608 Plant Cellular Signaling 3(3+0)
BOT-705 Invasive Plant Species 3(3+0)
BOT-706 Population structure and dynamics 3(3+0)
BOT-707 Plant–Environment Interactions 3(3+0)
BOT-708 Conservation and Management of Plant Resources 3(3+0)
BOT-709 Advanced Biochemistry 3(2+1)
BOT-710 Advanced Molecular Biology 3(2+1)
Semester-III & IV
No. Course Credits

Research and Thesis 10
Seminar** 2
12
Total Credits (Flexible from 30-36) 36
B. Scheme of Studies for Ph.D. BOTANY
Semester 1
Course I* 3
Course II* 3
Course III* 3
Total 9
Semester 2
Course IV* 3
Research Reading I 3(2+1)
Research Reading II 3(2+1)
Total 9
Semester 3
Research *(Thesis) 7
Semester 4

Semester 5
Semester 6*
Grand Total 48
*Thesis submission due (minimum duration otherwise subject to extension) at the end of semester
The Ph.D. dissertation (Research Thesis) in the field of Zoology will be carried out under the supervision
of a competent Faculty Member. Each student will be provisionally allocated a supervisor that will be
confirmed after the student has successfully completed the courses of readings. The Supervisor may
suggest the tentative topic of the research Thesis with originality in the various fields of Zoology.
This course will train the student to choose a problem worth investigating by searching through the
research literature already published and find the aspect still to be investigated.
In case of Research Thesis student will do experimental work or collect the data on the aspect decided.
Analyze the data and find newer information from the work.
There will no formal examination or assessment of Research Thesis until the end of 6th semester, when a
student can submit the Research thesis provided the work is completed to the satisfaction of the
Supervisor. In case the outcomes of the researches are delayed, the research work extension/s may be
sought from the competent authority for further two years or four semesters.
It is necessary to know that research work of this course is not done from an already done work or data.
This is considered unethical and is termed as Plagiarism i.e. stealing, illegal use and breach of copyright.
Any material if used e.g., in literature citations, methods etc. is properly referred in the contents of Thesis.
LIST OF COURSES FOR MS/M.PHIL. & PHD

PROGRAMS IN BOTANY
(Courses may be added as per specialization)
Compulsory Courses:
BOT-601. Advanced Analytical Techniques
BOT-701. Applied Biostatistics
Specialized Courses
BOT602 Advanced Plant Physiology 3(3+0)

BOT604 Agrostology 3(3+0)
BOT603 Plant Growth & Development 3(3+0)
BOT702 Plant Breeding 3(3+0)
BOT704 Insect-Plant Interactions 3(3+0)
BOT703 Soil-Plant Relationship 3(3+0)
BOT605 Allelopathy 3(3+0)
BOT606 Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition 3(3+0)
BOT607 Nitrogen Biological Fixation 3(3+0)
BOT608 Plant Cellular Signaling 3(3+0)
BOT705 Invasive Plant Species 3(3+0)
BOT706 Population structure and dynamics 3(3+0)
BOT707 Plant–Environment Interactions 3(3+0)
BOT708 Conservation and Management of Plant Resources 3(3+0)
THE
rjNveRsffIoF
LAHORT
Merm
To: The Regisuar
Date: Jnne 16,20ll

proceedings'

;llr
i THE
,lli
lll
rll
)UNIVERSITYOF
--14;
,- tl LAHORE

The Universitv of
"t New".-.

a
Member
4. Dr. Arif Malik

Member
5. Dr. Aamer Qazi
Member
Member

Member
Member
9. Dr. Habib Ahmed

Member

Member
(]znrr,
r
13. Dr. Rab Nawaz


euran.
summ aryof in
and decisions:

charter
in"_rou.a of the
"pp;;;;jii
3

of their a".i"ir.
in

"u..rri
research
speciar meeting
to rt
with each other.

(Secrbtary) F,
(Conve ner)
,
THE
UNIVERSITYOF
LAHORE
meeting.







Raiwind Road Camnus

I
_-
-I
Special Invitation
8. Mr. Anwar-ul-Haq
Special Invitation
9. Dr. Faiza Hassan
Special Invitation
10. Dr. Rab Nawaz

06' 2017

Proceedirrgs -
3)
5) Current Work.


table and
approved.
(annex A)'
of curriculum being
were given by the
discussed in BOS of
meeting' Dr' A' M'
were answered by
of the Board of
to be forwarded to
It
necessary action.
this purpose'
and
R&
suggestions.
IW
/t"
tu
(Convener)
(SecretarY)
tl
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 16.
Subject: Establishment of six new BS and MS/M.Phil degree programs in

IMBB/CRiMM
The Director, IMBB/CRiMM has recommended the establishment of the following six
new BS and MS/M.Phil degree programs in IMBB/CRiMM.

(Annexure-III)

Annexure-III
Establishment of new programmes in various discipline.
A. BS Biochemical Engineering
COURSE DETAILS
Course Code
Course BS Biochemical Engineering
Coordinating Unit Institute of Molecular Biology and Biotechnology
Term Four Years
Level Graduate
Location IMBB, UOL Defence Road Campus Lahore
Unit 8 Semester
Contact
Available for Undergraduates
Course
Description
Course Prof Dr Ahmad M. Khalid Coordinator
Coordinator
STANDARDIZED FORMAT
FOR BS (4 YEAR) IN BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE
No. of Credit
Sr. No. Categories
courses Hours
1. Discipline specific foundation courses 13 39
2. Major courses (including Research Project/Internship) 13 35
3. Electives within the major 4 12

4. Compulsory courses 9 24
General courses
5. 8 24
(to be chosen from other Departments)
Total 47 134
 Total numbers of credit hours 134

 Duration 4 years
 Semester duration 16-18 weeks
 Semesters 8
 Course load per semester 15-18 Credit hours
 Number of courses per semester 5-6
LAYOUT FOR BS (4-YEAR) IN BCHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Discipline Specific Major Courses (M) Elective Courses within the

Foundation Courses (F) (including research project/internship) major
13 courses 13 courses 4 courses
39 Credit hours 35 Credit hours 12 Credit hours
Subject Cr. Subject Cr. Subject Cr. Hr.

Hr. * Hr. * *
1. Microbiology 3(2-1) 1. Principles of Biochemical 3(2-1) Elective – I 3(3-0)
2. Biochemistry-I 3(2-1) Engineering Elective - II 3(3-0)
3. Biochemistry-II 3(2-1) 2. Biochemical Engineering 3(2-1) Elective - III 3(3-0)

Design
4. Cell Biology 3(2-1) 3(3-0) Elective - IV 3(3-0)
3. Differntial and Integral
5. Classical Genetics 3(3-0) 3(3-0)
Calculus
6. Probability & Note
4. Engineering Physics I
Biostatistics
3(3-0) 3(3-0) These courses will
5. Network Analysis in
7. Analytical be selected from
Biochemical Enging 3(3-0)
Chemistry & the list of elective
Instrumentation 3(2-1) 6. Seq, Series and Multivariant 3(1-2) courses.
Calculus 3(2-1)
8. Molecular Biol.
7. Bioinformatics 3(3-0)
9. Introduction to
Biochemical 3(3-0) 8Diferential Equation with
Engineering 3(3-0) Linear Algebra 1(1-0)
10. Immunology 9. Research Methodology & 1(1-0)

Skill Enhancement
11. Methods in 3(3-0) 3(3-0)
Molecular Biol. 10. Transport Phenomena in
3(1-2)
Living System
12. Molecular
Engineering 11. Seminar-II
3(3-0) 3(3-0)
13. Quantitative 12. Research Project OR
Physiology Internship OR Special Paper
– I (M)
3(3-0)
39 35 12
Compulsory Courses (C) General Courses (G)
(i.e., student has no choice) (to be chosen from other Departments)
9 courses 8 courses
24 Credit hours 24Credithours
Subject Cr. Hr. Subject Cr.

* Hr. *
1. English I 3(3-0) 1. Physical Chemistry 3(3-0)

2. English II 2. Inorganic Chemistry
3(3-0) 3(2-1)
3. English III 3. Organic Chemistry
4. Pakistan Studies 3(3-0) 4. Ecology, Biodiversity & Evolution - I 3(2-1)
5. Islamic Studies 2(2-0) 5. Ecology, Biodiversity & Evolution - II 3(3-0)
6. Biochemical Engineering Design 6. Biological Physics
2(2-0) 3(2-1)
7. Biomathematics 7. Two social science courses from
8. Introduction To Computer 3(3-0) following list: 3(3-0)
Science a) Sociology
9. Biosafety & Bioethics b) Mass Communication
3(3-0) c) Economics
d) Marketing
3(2-1) 3(3-0)
e) Environmental Policy
f) Psychology 3(3-0)
2(2-0) g) Fine Arts 3(3-0)

h) Political Science
3(3-0)
i) International Affairs
j) Public Administration 3(3-0)
24
* Weightage of theory and practical credits may be changed on the laboratory facilities available
SCHEME OF STUDIES FOR 4-YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BS) DEGREE IN

BCHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Year 1:1st Semester
Credit
S. No. Course Code Subject
Hours
1 BCHEMENG-101 English-I (C) 3(3-0)
2 BCHEMENG-103 Pakistan Studies (C) 2(2-0)
3 BCHEMENG-105 Mathematics-I (pre-calculus) (C) 3(3-0)
4 BCHEMENG-107 Ecology, Biodiversity & Evolution – I (G) 3(3-0)
5 BCHEMENG-109 Organic Chemistry (G) 3(2-1)
6 BCHEMENG-111 Cell Biology (F) 3(2-1)
Total 17
Year 1:2nd Semester

Credit
Hours
1 BCHEMENG-102 English-II (C) 3(3-0)
2 BCHEMENG-104 Islamic Studies/Ethics (C) 2(2-0)
3 BCHEMENG-106 Biomathematics (C) 3(3-0)
4 BCHEMENG-108 Inorganic Chemistry (G) 3(2-1)
5 BCHEMENG-110 Ecology, Biodiversity & Evolution – II (G) 3(2-1)
6 BCHEMENG-112 Microbiology (F) 3(2-1)
Total 17
Year 2:3rd Semester
Credit
Hours
1 BCHEMENG-201 English-III (C) 3(3-0)
2 BCHEMENG-203 Introduction to Computer Science (C) 3(2-1)
3 BCHEMENG-205 Physical Chemistry (G) 3(3-0)

4 Any subject from Social Sciences (G) 3(3-0)
5 BCHEMENG-209 Biochemistry-I (F) 3(2-1)
6 BCHEMENG-211 Classical Genetics (F) 3(3-0)
Total 18
Year 2:4th Semester
Credit
Hours
1 BCHEMENG-202 Biological Physics (G) 3(3-0)
2 BCHEMENG-204 Probability & Biostatistics (F) 3(3-0)
4 BCHEMENG-208 Analytical Chemistry & Instrumentation (F) 3(2-1)
5 BCHEMENG-210 Biochemistry-II (F) 3(2-1)
6 BCHEMENG-212 Molecular Biology (F) 3(3-0)
Total 18
Year 3:5th Semester

Credit
Hours
1 BCHEMENG-301 Introduction to BCHEMENGnology (F) 3(3-0)
2 BCHEMENG-303 Immunology (F) 3(3-0)
3 BCHEMENG-305 Methods in Molecular Biology (F) 3(2-1)
4 BCHEMENG-307 Principles of Biochemical Engineering (M) 3(2-1)
5 BCHEMENG-309 Bioinformatics (M) 3(1-2)
Total 15
Year 3:6th Semester
Credit
Hours
1 BCHEMENG-302 Genetic Resources & Conservation (F) 3(3-0)
2 BCHEMENG-304 Microbial BCHEMENGnology (F) 3(3-0)
3 BCHEMENG-306 Agriculture BCHEMENGnology (M) 3(2-1)
4 BCHEMENG-308 Food BCHEMENGnology (M) 3(3-0)
5 Elective-I * 3(3-0)
6 BCHEMENG-312 Research Methodology & Skill Enhancement (M) 3(3-0)
Total 18
* one course may be taken from the list of Elective I
Year 4:7th Semester
Credit
Hours
1 BCHEMENG-401 Health BCHEMENG (M) 3(3-0)
2 BCHEMENG-403 Seminar-I (M) 1(1-0)
3 BCHEMENG-405 Environmental BCHEMENG (M) 3(2-1)
4 BCHEMENG-407 Genomics and Proteomics (M) 3(3-0)
5 Elective-II * 3(3-0)
Research Project OR Internship OR Special Paper – I
6 BCHEMENG-411 3(3-0)
(M)
Total 16
Year 4:8th Semester
Credit
Hours
1 Elective-III ** 3(3-0)
2 Elective-IV *** 3(3-0)
3 BCHEMENG-406 Seminar-II (M) 1(1-0)
4 BCHEMENG-408 Industrial Biochemical Engineering (M) 3(2-1)
Research Project OR Internship OR Special Paper – II
5 BCHEMENG-410 3(3-0)
(M)
6 BCHEMENG-412 Biosafety &Bioethics (C) 2(2-0)
Total 15
* one course may be taken from the list of Elective II
** one course may be taken from the list of Elective III
*** one course may be taken from the list of Elective IV
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 134
SEMESTER-WISE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

NOTE: Latest Edition of Books shall be used when available.
SEMESTER - I
BBCE-101 ENGLISH – I: FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To enhance language skills and develop critical thinking.
COURSE CONTENTS
Basics of Grammar: Parts of speech and use of articles; Sentence structure, active and passive voice;
Practice in unified sentence; Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure; Finite and Non-finite
verbs; Transitive and intransitive verbs; Punctuation and spelling.
Comprehension: Answers to questions on a given text (practice passages shall be selected by the
instructor).
Discussion: General topics and every-day conversation (topics for discussion to be at the discretion of the
teacher keeping in view the level of students)
Listening: To be improved by showing documentaries/films carefully selected by subject teachers

Paragraph writing: Topics to be chosen at the discretion of the teacher
Presentation skills: Introduction, structure of presentation
Functional vocabulary: Academic vocabulary; Professional vocabulary; Active vs passaive vocabulary
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
a) Grammar
1. Kennedy, G. and Longman, P. 2003. Structure and Meaning in English.
2. Thomson, A.J. and Martinet A.V. 1997. Practical English Grammar: Exercises 1.3rd Edition.
Oxford University Press. ISBN 0194313492
3. Thomson, A.J. and Martinet A.V. 1997. Practical English Grammar: Exercises 2. 3rd Edition.
Oxford University Press. ISBN 0194313506
b) Writing
1. Writing. Intermediate by Boutin, M.C., Brinand, S. and Grellet, F. 1993. Oxford Supplementary
Skills. 4th Impression. Pages 20-27 and 35-41. ISBN 0 19 435405 7.
2. Langan, J. 2013. College Writing Skills with Readings. 9th Edition. McGraw Hill Higher
Education.
c) Reading/Comprehension
1. Tomlinson B. and Ellis, R. 1992. Reading. Upper Intermediate. Oxford Supplementary Skills. 3rd
Impression. ISBN 0 19 453402 2.
BBCE-103 PAKISTAN STUDIES 2(2+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To develop vision of historical perspective, government, politics, contemporary Pakistan, ideological

background of Pakistan and to study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in
the modern age and posing challenges to Pakistan.
COURSE CONTENTS
Historical Perspective: a) Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama
Muhammad Iqbal and Quaid-i-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah. b) Factors leading to Muslim separatism c)
People and Land: i) Indus Civilization, ii) Muslim advent and iii) Location and geo-physical features.
Government and Politics in Pakistan: Political and constitutional phases: 1947-58, 1958-71, 1971-77,
1977-88, 1988-99, 1999 onward
Contemporary Pakistan: a) Economic institutions and issues, b) Society and social structure, c) Ethnicity,
d) Foreign policy of Pakistan and challenges, e) Futuristic outlook of Pakistan.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Burki, S.J. 1980. State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd.
2. Akbar, S.Z. 2000. Issue in Pakistan’s Economy. Oxford University Press, Karachi
3. Burke S.M. and Ziring, L. 1993. Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: An Historical Analysis. Oxford
University Press, Karachi
4. Mehmood, S. 1994. Pakistan Political Roots & Development, Lahore,
5. Wilcox, W. 1972. The Emergence of Bangladesh. American Enterprise, Institute of Public Policy
Research, Washington.
6. Mehmood, S. Pakistan Kayyun Toota, Idara-e-Saqafat-e-Islamia, Club Road, Lahore.
7. Amin, T. Ethno - National Movement in Pakistan. Institute of Policy Studies, Islamabad.
8. Ziring, L. 1980. Enigma of Political Development. WmDawson & Sons Ltd, Kent England.
9. Zahid, A. 1980. History & Culture of Sindh. Royal Book Company, Karachi
10. Afzal, M.R. 1998. Political Parties in Pakistan, Vol. I, II & III. National Institute of Historical and
cultural Research, Islamabad.
11. Sayeed, K.B. 1967. The Political System of Pakistan. Houghton Mifflin, Boston.
12. Aziz, K.K. 1976. Party, Politics in Pakistan, National Commission on Historical and Cultural
Research, Islamabad.
13. Waseem, M. 1987. Pakistan Under Martial Law. Vanguard, Lahore
14. Haq, N. 1993. Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspective. National Commission on Historical and
Cultural Research, Islamabad.
BBCE-105 MATHEMATICS – I: ALGEBRA 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To prepare the students, not majoring in mathematics, with the essential tools of algebra to apply the
concepts and the techniques in their respective disciplines.
COURSE CONTENT
Preliminaries: Real-number system, complex numbers, introduction to sets, set operations, functions,
types of functions.
Matrices: Introduction to matrices, types, matrix inverse, determinants, system of linear equations,
Cramer’s rule.
Quadratic Equations: Solution of quadratic equations, qualitative analysis of roots of a quadratic

equations, equations reducible to quadratic equations, cube roots of unity, relation between roots and
coefficients of quadratic equations.
Sequences and Series: Arithmetic progression, geometric progression, harmonic progression.
Binomial Theorem: Introduction to mathematical induction, binomial theorem with rational and irrational
indices.
Trigonometry: Fundamentals of trigonometry, trigonometric identities.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Dolciani, M.P., Wooton, W., Beckenback, E.F., Sharron, S. 1978. Algebra 2 and
Trigonometry. Houghton & Mifflin.
2. Kaufmann, J.E., 1987. College Algebra and Trigonometry, PWS-Kent Company, Boston.
3. Swokowski, E.W. 1986. Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry, 6th Edition. PWS-Kent
Company, Boston.
BBCE-107 BIOLOGY – I: PRINCIPLES OF PLANT SCIENCE 3(3+0)
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to the principles of plant biology; Respiration and photosynthesis in plants; Classification
and diversity of prokaryotes, fungi, protista, plants, Plant systematics and identification, Introduction to
nomenclature; Development of plant body, anatomy and morphology of various tissue types, hormonal
and environmental growth regulators; Plant nutrition, regulation of water and other nutrients; Dynamics
of communities and ecosystems; Origin of agriculture, interaction of plants and people, Green
Revolution; Plants as medicine; Current environmental issues related to plant biology.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Mauseth, J.D. 1998. An Introduction to plant Biology: Multimedia Enhanced. Jones and
Bartlett Pub. UK.
2. Raven, P.H., Evert, R.E. and Eichhorn, S.E. 1999. Biology of Plants. W. H. Freeman and
Company, Worth Publishers.
3. Lawrence, G.H.M. 1951. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants. MacMillan & Co. New York.
4. Panday, B.P. 2004. A textbook of Botany (Angiosperms). S. Chand and Co., New Delhi.
5. Raymond E. and Eichhorn, S.E.. 2005. Esau’s Plant Anatomy: Meristems cells and tissues of
the plant body, 3rd Edition. John Wiley & Sons. Inc.
6. Eames, A.J. and MacDaniels, L.H. 2002. An Introduction to Plant Anatomy. Tata-McGraw
Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
7. Pullaiah, T. 2007. Taxonomy of Angiosperms. 3rd Edition, Regency Publications, New Delhi.
8. Naik, V.N. 2005. Taxonomy of Angiosperms, 20th Reprint. Tata McGraw Hill Publication
Company Limited, New Delhi.
9. Rajput, M.T., Hassney, S.S. and Khan, K.M. 1996. Plant Taxonomy. New Trends Computer
Service, Hyderabad, Pakistan.
BBCE-109 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 4(3+1)
COURSE CONTENTS
Elementary Mathematics: Logarithmic, exponential and trignometric functions, differentiation of

elementary functions, methods of differentiation & integration, significance of differentiation &
integration.
Physical States of Matter: Gases (van der Waal’s equation, critical Phenomena, Critical values of T, P
&V., liquification of gases, molecular collisions, collision diameter, mean free path) Liquids (viscosity,
Parachor value, Refractive index, molar refraction and its applications. Dipole moment, Solids (Unit cells.
Bragg crystal analysis, crystal structure of NaCl, powder method of crystal structure analysis).
Atomic Structure: De Brogile equation. Schrodinge wave equation, solution for particle in 1D box,
quantization concept, Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle, Puali Exclusion Principle, Hund’s Rule.
Chemical Thermodynamics: First law of thermodynamics, state functions, isothermal and adiabatic
processes in ideal gases, heat capacity, reversible and irreversible processes. Spontaneous and non-
spontaneous processes, second law of thermodynamics, change of entropy with change in T, P &V.
Chemical Equilibrium: Law of Mass Action, equilibrium constant, relationship between Kc, Kp, Kx and
Ka and LeChaterlier’s Principle.
Solutions: composition, ideal and non-ideal solutions. Raoult’s law. Colligative properties, ebullioscopy,
cryoscopy, osmotic pressure, distillation and concept of azeotrops.
Chemical Kinetics: Zero, first and second order reaction, Arrhenius equation, activation energy,
Lindermmann’s mechanism, collision theory and transition state theory.
Electrochemistry: Conductance, dependence of conductance on the nature of solvent and temperature,

Kohlrausch’s law and its applications, measurement of conductance strong and weak electrolytes, degree
of dissociation.
PRACTICALS
1. Determination of surface tension and Parachor value by stalagmometer.

2. Determination of percent composition of liquid solutions from surface tension measurement.
3. Determination of viscosity and Rhechor value of liquids from viscosity measurement.
4. Determination of percent composition of liquid solutions viscometrically.
5. Determination of refractive index and molar refractivity by refractometer.
6. Determination of percent composition of liquid solutions by refractive index measurements.
7. Determination of heat of solution by solubility method.
8. Determination of heat of neutralization of an acid with a base.
9. A kinetic study of acid hydrolysis of ethyl acetate.
10. Kinetic study of saponification of ethyl acetate.
11. Determination of molecular weight of a compound by elevation in boiling point. (Ebullioscopic
method).
12. Determination of molecular weight of a compound by lowering of freezing point (The Cryoscopic
methods).
13. Determination of equilibrium constant of KI – I2 Kl3.
14. Conductometric titration of strong acid and strong base.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Chaudhry, G.R. 2001. Text Book of Physical Chemistry, 2nd Edition, New Kitab Markaz, Aminpur
Bazar, Faisalabad, Pakistan,
2. Maron S.H. and Jerome, B. 1995. Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry. Macruthan Publishing Co.
Inc. New York,
3. Atkins P.W. and Clugston, M.J. 1998. Principles of Physical Chemistry. Pitam Publishing Company
NY.
4. Moore, W.J. 1972. Physical Chemistry, 5th Edition. Longmans Publishers, NY.
5. Jones, M. 1993. Elements of Physical Chemistry, 3rd Edition. Benjamin Cummings Publishing
Company Inc., NY.
6. Adamson, A.W. 1973. Understanding Physical Chemistry, 3rd Edition. Benjamin Cummings
Publishing Company Inc. NY.
7. Heald, C. and Smith, A.C.K. 1973. Applied Physical Chemistry. MacMillan UK.
8. Akhtar, M.N. and Ghulam Nabi, G. 2006. Text Book of Physical Chemistry. Ilmi Kitab Khawna,
Lahore.
9. Bhatti, H.N. and Hussain, K. 2005. Principles of Physical Chemistry. Carwan Book House, Lahore.
10. Levitt, B.P. 1973. Findlay’s Practical Physical Chemistry, 9th Edition. Longman, London.
11. Das, R.C. and Behera, B. 2003. Experimental Physical Chemistry. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
12. Crocleford, H.D., Biard, H.W., Getzen, F.W. and Nowell, J.W. 1975. Laboratory Manual of Physical
Chemistry, 2nd Edition. John Wiley & Sons, London.
BBCE-111 ECOLOGY, BIODIVERSITY & EVOLUTION – I 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
This course aims to introduce students to the fundamentals of ecology, biological diversity and evolution
– key areas that are pertinent to modern day biology.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction; ecosystem and ecological pyramids; role of environment on phenotype of organisms; food
chain, webs and trophic levels; factors influencing environment; impact of urbanization and industry on
environment; population: air, water, land, thermal, radiation and noise; community ecology; atmosphere –
composition and cycles; pollution; climate change (greenhouse effect and global warming); ozone layer –
composition and state across the globe; waste and sewerage processing and disposal; microbes, plants and
animal species; comparative study of life forms; features and characteristics of bacteria, archaea and
eukaryotes; phylogenetic relationships between the three kingdoms; evolution of different members
belonging to each of the three domains of life (with specific examples); models of speciation; causes and
consequences of extinction.
RECOMMENED BOOKS
1. Davet, P. 2004. Microbial Ecology of Soil and Plant Growth. Science Publishers.
2. Nico, et al., 2006. An Introduction to Ecological Genomics, 1st Edition. Oxford University Press.
3. Aston, et al., 2004. Ecological Genetics: Planning and Application. Blackwell Science, UK.
4. Costa, L.G., and Eaton, D.L., 2006. Gene-Environment Interactions: Fundamentals of Ecogenetics, 1st
Edition. John-Wiley & Son.
5. Freeland, J.R. 2005. Molecular Ecology, 1st Edition. John-Wiley & Son.
6. Wenz, P.S. 2001. Environmental Ethics Today. Oxford University Press.
7. Louis, P. and Pojman, L.P. 2007. Environmental Ethics: Readings in Theory and Application, 5th
Edition. Wadsworth Publishing.
8. Light, A. and Rolston, H. 2002. Environmental Ethics, 1st Edition. Wiley Blacwell Publishing.
9. Raven, P.H., and Berg, L.R. 2005. Environment, 5th Edition. John-Wiley & Son.
BBCE-113 CELL BIOLOGY 3(2+1)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with features of eukaryotic cells, functions of different compartments and the overall
structure/ultrastructure of cells as visualized by electron microscopy.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to cell theory including historical perspective; overview of membrane structure and chemical
constituents of the cell; function, isolation and molecular organization of cellular organelles specifically
the endoplasmic reticulum, lysosome, micro-bodies, mitochondrial ultra-structure and function,
chloroplast ultra-structure and the mechanism of photosynthesis; composition and structure of
membranes; membrane receptors and transport mechanisms; cell movement - structure and function of
cytoskeleton, centriole, cilia and flagella; nucleus; structure and function of chromosomes; cell cycle,
mitosis and meiosis.
PRACTICALS
Microscopy and staining techniques; study of prokaryotic, eukaryotic, plant and animal cells; cell
structure in the staminal hair of Tradescantia; study of different types of plastids; cellular reproduction;
Mitosis: smear/squash preparation of onion roots.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Alberts, B. and Johnson, A. 2006. Molecular Biology of the Cell, 4th Edition. Garland Publishers,
New York. (available at www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov).
2. Karp, 2002. Cell and Molecular Biology, 3rd Edition. John Wiley & Sons, New York.
3. Alberts, et al., 2009. Essential Cell Biology, 3rd Edition. Garland Publishers, New York.
4. Lodish, et al., 2007. Molecular Cell Biology, 6th Edition. Freeman and Company, New York.
(available at www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov).
5. Cooper, G.M. and Hausman, R.E., 2009. The Cell: A Molecular Approach, 5th Edition. Sinauer
Associates, Inc.
SEMESTER - II
BBCE-102 ENGLISH – II: COMMUNICATION SKILLS 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To enable the students to meet their real life communication needs.
COURSE CONTENTS
Paragraph writing: Topics/thesis sentences, Structure of a good paragraph, Practice in writing a good,
unified and coherent paragraph
Essay writing: Introduction to essay writing, writing introductory paragraph
CV and job application: CV formats and resume writing, solicited and unsolicited job application
Study skills: Skimming and scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed reading, summary and précis
writing and comprehension
Academic skills: Letter/memo writing, minutes of meetings, use of library and internet resources
Presentation skills: Personality development (emphasis on content, style and pronunciation)
Note: Recordings of presentations to be shown for discussion and review
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
a) Grammar
1. Kennedy, G. and Longman, P. 2003.Structure and Meaning in English.
2. Thomson A.J. and Martinet, A.V. 1986. Practical English Grammar. Exercises 2. 3rd Edition.
Oxford University Press. ISBN 0 19 431350 6.
b) Writing
1. Boutin, M.C., Brinand S. and Francoise Grellet, F. 1993. Writing. Intermediate. Oxford
Supplementary Skills. 4th Impression ISBN 019 435405 7 Pages 45-53.
2. Nolasco, R. 1992. Writing. Upper-Intermediate. Oxford Supplementary Skills. 4th Impression.
ISBN 0 19 435406 5 (particularly good for writing memos, introduction to presentations,
descriptive and argumentative writing).
3. Langan, J. 2013. College Writing Skills with Readings, 9th Edition. McGraw Hill Higher
Education.
c) Reading
1. Tomlinson B. and Ellis, R. 1991. Reading. Advanced. Oxford Supplementary Skills. 3rd
Impression. ISBN 0 19 453403 0.
2. Langan J. Reading and Study Skills.
4. Yorky, R. Study Skills.
BBCE-104 ISLAMIC STUDIES 2(2+0)

COURSE OBJECTIVES
This course is aimed at:
• To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies

• To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization
• To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships
• To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious
life.
COURSE CONTENT
Introduction to Quranic Studies: a) Basic Concepts of Quran, b) History of Quran, c) Uloom-ul -Quran
Study of Selected Text of Holly Quran: a) Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith(Verse No-284-286),
b) Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi (Verse No-1-18), c) Verses of Surah Al-
Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of faithful (Verse No-1-11), d) Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related
to Social Ethics (Verse No.63-77), e) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam(Verse No-152-154)
Study of Sellected Text of Holly Quran: a) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (Verse
No.6,21,40,56,57,58), b) Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18,19,20) Related to thinking, Day of Judgment, c)
Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakar, Tadabar (Verse No-1,14)
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) I: a) Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah ( Before Prophet Hood), b) Life of
Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah, c) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Makkah
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) II: a) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina, b) Important Events of
Life Holy Prophet in Madina, c) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Madina
Introduction To Sunnah: a) Basic Concepts of Hadith, b) History of Hadith, c) Kinds of Hadith, d) Uloom
–ul-Hadith, e) Sunnah & Hadith , f) Legal Position of Sunnah
Selected Study from Text of Hadith
Introduction To Islamic Law & Jurisprudence: a) Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence, b)
History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence, c) Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence, d)
Nature of Differences in Islamic Law, e) Islam and Sectarianism
Islamic Culture & Civilization: a) Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization, b) Historical
Development of Islamic Culture & Civilization, c) Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization, d)
Islamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary Issues
Islam & Science: a) Basic Concepts of Islam & Science, b) Contributions of Muslims in the Development
of Science, c) Quranic & Science
Islamic Economic System: a) Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System, b) Means of Distribution of
wealth in Islamic Economics, c) Islamic Concept of Riba, d) Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce
Political System of Islam: a) Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System, b) Islamic Concept of
Sovereignty, c) Basic Institutions of Govt. in Islam
Islamic History: a) Period of Khlaft-E-Rashida, b) Period of Ummayyads, c) Period of Abbasids
Social System of Islam: a) Basic Concepts Of Social System Of Islam, b) Elements Of Family, c) Ethical
Values Of Islam
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Hameedullah, M. Emergence of Islam. IRI, Islamabad

2. Hameedullah, M. Muslim Conduct of State.
3. Hameedullah, M. Introduction to Islam.
4. Hussain Hamid Hassan, H.H. An Introduction to the Study of Islamic Law. Leaf Publication,
Islamabad, Pakistan.
5. Hasan, A. 1993. Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence. Islamic Research Institute, International
Islamic University, Islamabad.
6. Mir Waliullah, M. 1982. Muslim Jrisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes. Islamic Book
Service.
7. H.S. Bhatia, H.S. 1989. Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society. Deep & Deep
Publications, New Delhi.
8. Zia-ul-Haq M. 2001. Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia. Allama Iqbal Open University,
Islamabad.
BBCE-106 MATHEMATICS – II: CALCULUS 3(3+0)

COURSE OBJECTIVES
This course aims to provide students with the essential concepts of biomathematics and how these can be
employed for analyzing real data.
COURSE CONTENTS
Preliminaries: Real-number line, functions and their graphs, solution of equations involving absolute
values, inequalities
Limits and Continuity: Limit of a function, left-hand and right-hand limits, continuity, continuous
functions.
Derivatives and their Applications: Differentiable functions, differentiation of polynomial, rational and
transcendental functions, derivatives.
Integration and Definite Integrals: Techniques of evaluating indefinite integrals, integration by
substitution, integration by parts, change of variables in indefinite integrals.
Application and importance of calculus for biotechnology; the exponential growth curve and growth
equation.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Helfgott, M. and Moore, D. 2011. Introductory Calculus for the Natural Sciences. Create Space
Independent Publishing Platform, USA.
2. Neuhauser, C., 2010. Calculus for Biology and Medicine. Prentice Hall.
3. Anton, H., et al., 2005. Calculus: A New Horizon. John Wiley, New York.
4. Thomas, G.B. and Finney, A.R. 2005. Calculus. Addison-Wesley, Reading, USA.
5. Kumar, A. 2011. Mathematics for Biologist. 1st Edition. Alpha Science. International.
BBCE-108 BIOLOGY – II: ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY OF ANIMALS 3(3+0)
COURSE CONTENTS
Skins, Muscles and Skeletons: protection, support and movement, The Nervous System: spinal and
cranial nerves, neurons, membrane potentials and nerve transmission; senses and sensory receptors;
Endocrine Glands and their Hormone Messengers, Hormal system of invertebrates, Blood and the
Circulatory System of vertebrates and invertebrates, Immune and Lymphatic Systems of vertebrates, The
Respiratory System: Breath of Life, Nutrition and the Digestive System, Urine, Reproduction in
Animals.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Layman, D.P. 2003. Biology Demystfied, 1st Edition. McGraw Hill
2. Pechenik, J.A. 2000. Biology of Invertebrates, 4th Edition (International). McGraw Hill, Singapore.
3. Kent, G.C. and Miller, S. 2001. Comparative Anatomy of Verebrates. McGraw Hill, NY.
4. Campbell, N.A. 2002. Biology, 6th Edition. Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc.,
California.
BBCE-110 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4(3+1)
COURSE CONTENTS
Periodic Table and Periodicity of Properties: Modern Periodic Table, Group trends and periodic
properties, Atomic & ionic radii, ionization potentials, electron affinities and electronegativities;
Redox potential, electrochemical series and its applications. Corrosion and electroplating.
Acid Base Equilibria: Acids and bases, relative strengths of acids, pH, pKa, pKb. Hard and soft
acid & Bases. SHAB Principle & its application. Buffers, types buffer, Preparation, Buffer
capacity and applications of buffers. Indicators: (Acid-base, Redox, Adsorption), Solubility
product, Common ion effect and its applications.
Chemical Bonding: Nature of a bond, hybridization, Valence Bond Theory (VBT), The Concept
of Resonance, Molecular Orbital Theory (MOT), Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion
(VSEPR) theory. Special types of bonds such as Metallic bonds, Hydrogen Bonding, Bent bond,
Ion-dipole-dipole bond, ion induced-dipole bond.
Chemistry of p-Block Elements: Introduction to p-block elements (Group trends in p-block
elements with reference to, atomic sizes & chemical reactivities). Boranes & Boride; aluminium
halides, hydrides & Alums; Silicates (Structural aspects, classifications and applications);
silicones (Structural aspects, classifications and applications),Germanes; phosphazenes,
Phosphides, Oxoacids of Phosphorous; Oxoacids & salts of sulphur; Noble gases (compounds of
Xe, Kr, Ra; bonding and applications).Production of pure silicon chips for solar energy cells.
Chemistry of d-Block Elements: Electronic configuration. Characteristics. Nomenclature. Nature
of bonding in coordination compounds: Werner’s theory, VBT, MOT and CFT for coordination
compounds. Isomerism in coordination compounds. Chelates: Classification and applications.
Applications of coordination compounds (Medicinal, Industrial, Agricultural).
Separation Techniques: General introduction and Applications (Solvent extraction and
Chromatographic techniques such as paper, Ion exchange and Column).
Introduction to Analytical Techniques in Inorganic Chemistry: Introduction to spectroscopic
Techniques: Principle, brief instrumentation, sample handling and applications (Flame emission,
Atomic Absorption, IR & UV/Vis).
Chemical Industries: Metallurgy of Al, Cr and U, fertilizers (Urea & Phosphate fertilizers) Cement and
Sugar.
PRACTICALS
1. Qualitative Analysis; four radicals (cations and anions) for salt mixture.
2. Chromatographic separation of cations
3. Determination of total hardness of water using EDTA.
4. Estimation of manganese (II) using EDTA.
5. Estimation of copper (iodometrically).
6. Determination of thiosulphate ion (lodometrically).
7. Determination of ferricyanide using KI solution.
8. Determination of chloride by Volhard’s and Mohr’s methods.
9. Estimation of chloride ions using adsorption (Fluorescein) indicator.
10. Estimation of bromide ions using adsorption (Eosin) indicator.
11. Estimation of percentage of ferrous ions in the Mohr’s salt using KMnO 4 .
12. Percentage determination of ferric ions in ferric alum using KMnO 4 solution.
13. Determination of purity of commercial potassium oxalate using KMnO 4 solution.
14. Estimation of ferrous ions using K 2 Cr 2 O 7 solution.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Iqbal, M.Z. 1998. Text Book of Inorganic Chemistry. Ilmi Kitab Khana, Revised Edition.
2. Chaudhry, G. R. 2001. Text Book of Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd Edition. New Kitab Markaz,
Faisalabad, Pakistan.
3. Bhatti, H.N. and Nasir, B.A. 2000. Modern Inorganic Chemistry, 1st Edition. The Carvan Book
House, Lahore.
4. Albert, C.F., Wilkinson G. and Gaus, P.L. 1995. Basic Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd Edition. John Wiley
& Sons, Inc. NY.
5. Lee, J.D. 1996. Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edition. Chapman & Hall, UK.
6. Jolly, W.L. 1991. Modern Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd Edition. McGraw Hill, NY.
7. Shriver, D.F., Atkins, P.W. and Langord, C.H. 1994. Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd Edition. Oxford Press,
UK (1994).
8. Housecroft, C.E. and Sharpe, A.G. 1992. Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd Edition. Longman, NY
9. Rayner-Canham, G. 1995. Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry. W.H. Freeman & Co. UK.
10. Jeffery, G.H., Bassett, J., Mendham, J. and Denney, R.C. 1989. Vogel’s Textbooks of Quantitative
Chemical Analysis, 5th Edition. Benjamin-Cummings, NY.
11. Vogel, A.I. 1995. A Text Book of Macro and Semi-micro Qualitative Inorganic Analysis. Longman
Green & Co. NY.
12. Skoog, D.A., West, D.M and Holler, F.J. 1994. Analytical Chemistry, 6th Edition. Saunders College
Publications, UK.
13. Graham, H and Man, H. 2000. Chemistry in Context, 5th Edition. Thomas Nelson Ltd. U.K.
14. Philip, M. 1996. Advance Chemistry, Low Price Edition. Cambridge, U.K.
15. David H. 2000. Modern Analytical Chemistry. McGraw Hill, NY.
BBCE-112 ECOLOGY, BIODIVERSITY & EVOLUTION – II 3(2+1)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
This course is a continuation of Ecology, Biodiversity & Evolution – I and offers advanced concepts in
these areas.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to animal kingdom: features of protists, protozoa, annelids, arthropods, myriapods,

echinoderms, chordates, amphibians, reptiles and birds. Plant biodiversity – history, importance,
usefulness and evolution; importance of plants, their conservation and domestication; improvement of
crops; impact of environment on loss of genetic diversity and speciation; in situ and ex situ conservation;
evolution of microbes, plants and animals; origin of life; methods of studying evolution; construction of
phylogenetic trees on basis of morphology and molecular markers; environmental ethics.
PRACTICALS
Shape and structure of different classes of microbes, plants and animals by light microscopy; study of
euglena, amoeba, entamoeba, plasmodium and paramecium (from slides); sponges and their various body
forms; cnindaria; platyhelminths; nematodes; molluscs; annelids; pisces; amphibians; reptilian; aves;
mammalia; pond freshwater ecosystem; vegetation profile; grassland, rangeland and forest; biotic and
abiotic factors of grassland, rangeland and aquatic ecosystem including methods of sampling; analysis of
plant communities by different methods and decomposition of leaf litter by organisms.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Davet, P., 2004. Microbial Ecology of Soil and Plant Growth. Science Publishers.
3. Aston, et al., 2004. Ecological Genetics: Planning and Application. Blackwell Science (UK).
4. Costa, L.G., and Eaton, D.L., 2006. Gene-Environment Interactions: Fundamentals of Ecogenetics. 1st
BBCE-114 MICROBIOLOGY 3(2+1)

COURSE OBJECTIVES
This course aims to familiarize students with fundamentals of prokaryotic and eukaryotic microbial life
including viruses.
COURSE CONTENTS
Overview and history of microbiology including microbial diversity (Archaea, bacteria, fungi,algae,
protozoa), nutrition, growth, metabolism; cultivation; viruses; control of microorganisms: sterilization and
disinfection, antimicrobial agents, antibiotics, antibiotic resistance and susceptibility, antifungal and
antiviral agents; cell death; symbiosis, carbon, nitrogen, sulfur and phosphorus cycles; microbiology of
soil, freshwater and seawater.
PRACTICALS
Sterilization techniques; culturing of bacteria in liquid and on solid medium; Gram-staining of bacteria;
colony and cell morphology; bacterial cell count and growth curves; biochemical tests.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Alcamo, I.E., 2010. Fundamentals of Microbiology 9th Edition. Jones and Bartlett Publishers.
2. Madigan, M.T. and Martinko, J. 2010. Brock Biology of Microorganisms, 13th Edition. Pearson
College Div.
3. Talaro, K.P. 2009. Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 7th Edition. McGraw Hill
Publisher.
4. Black, J.G., 2007. Microbiology: Principles and Explorations, 7th Edition. John Wiley & Sons.
5. Baker, et al., 2006. Instant Notes in Microbiology, 3rd Edition. Taylor and Francis.
6. Prescott, et al., 2005. Microbiology, 6th Edition. McGraw-Hill Medical Publishing.
7. Cappuccino, J.G. and Sherman, N. 2013. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual, 10th Edition. Pearson
Education.
SEMESTER - III
BBCE-201 ENGLISH – III: TECHNICAL WRITING & PRESENTATION SKILLS 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking
COURSE CONTENTS
Presentation skills
Essay writing: Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative
Academic writing: How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper
How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content, language, form, clarity,
consistency)
Technical Report writing
Progress report writing
Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
a) Essay Writing and Academic Writing
1. White, R. 1992. Writing. Advanced. Oxford Supplementary Skills. 3rd Impression. ISBN 0 19
435407 3 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive, argumentative and report writing).
2. Langan, J. 2004. College Writing Skills. McGraw-Hill Higher Education.

3. Kirszner, L.G. and Mandell, S.R. Patterns of College Writing, 4th Edition. St. Martin’s Press.
b) Presentation Skills
c) Reading
Neulib, J.; Kathleen Shine Cain, K.S., Ruffus, S. and Maurice Scharton, M. The Mercury Reader.
A Custom Publication. Compiled by Northern Illinois University. (A reader which will give
students exposure to the best of twentieth century literature, without taxing the taste of
engineering students).
BBCE-203 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE 3(2+1)
COURSE CONTENTS
Introductions to Computers: Data and Information, Information Processing Cycle, The Components of
Computer, Advantages and disadvantages of using computers, Networks and the Internet. Computer
Software, Categories of Computers, Elements of an Information System, Examples of Computer Usage,
Computer Application in Society.
The Internet and World Wide Web: Key Concept of the Internet, Evolution of Internet, The World Wide
Web, E-commerce, Other Internet Services, Netiquettes.
Application Software: Business Software, graphics and Multimedia Software, Software for Home,
Personal and Education Use, Web Applications, Application Software for Communications.
The system unit: Processor, Data Representation, Memory, Expansion Slots and Adapter card, ports and
Connectors, Busses, Bays, power Supply.
Input devices: What is Input, What are Input Devices, The Key Board, Pointing Devices, Mouse, Other
Pointing Devices, Touch Screens, and Touch Sensitive Pads, pen Input, Other Inputs for Smart Phones,
Game Controllers, Digital Cameras, Voice Input, Video Input Scanners and Reading Devices, Biometric
Input, Terminals, Putting it all tgether, Input Devices for Physically Challenged Users.
Output Devices: What is Output, Display Devices, Printers, Speakers, Headphones, And Ear Buds, Other
Output Devices.
Storage: Hard Disk, Flash Memory Storage, Could Storage, Optical Discs, Other Types of Storage.
System Software: Operating Systems, Operating System Functions, Types of Operating Systems, Stand
Alone Operating Systems, Server Operating Systems, Embedded Operating Systems, Utility Programmes.
Communications: Use of Computer Communications, Networks, Network Communications Standards
Communications Software, Communications Over the Telephone Network, Communications Devices,
Home Networks, Communications Channels, Physical Transmission Media, Wireless Transmission
Media.
Databases: Data and Information, The Hierarchy of Data, Maintaining Data, File Processing Verses
Database, Database Management System, Relational, Object Oriented and Multidimensional Databases,
Web Databases and Database Administration.
Computer Security and Safety Ethics and Privacy: Computer Security Risks, Internet and Network
Attacks, Unauthorized and Use, Hardware Theft and Vandalism, Software Theft, Information Theft,
System Failure, Backing Up, Wireless Security, Health Concerns of Computer Use, Ethics and Society.
PRACTICALS
Lab work should be carried out to develop students Computer Skills, Operating Systems, and Utility
Software Skills, E-Mail Skills, Work Processing Skill, Spreadsheet Skill, Electronic Presentation Skills,
Web Surfing Skills.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Shelly, G.B. and Vermaat E.E. 2011. Discovering Computers. 1st Edition. Course Technolgy.
2. Leary, T.J.O. and Leary L.I.O. 2012. Computing Essentials, 22nd Revised Edition. McGraw
Hill Higher Education.
3. Floyed, F. and Brain, L. Computers Understanding Technology, 4th Edition. ISBN: 978-
076383-927-7.
4. Saeed, I., Raz, A., Tariq Mahmood, T. and Hussain, Z. Concepts of Information Technology,
6th Edition. IT Series Publications.
5. Walters, E.G. 2000. The Essential Guide to Computing; The Story of Information
Technology. Prentice Hall PTC ISBN: 10;0130194697
6. Mustafa, T., Mahmood, T., Saeed, I. and Zahid Javed, Z. Computer Application. IT
Publication Series.
BBCE-205 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4(3+1)
COURSE CONTENTS
Basic Concepts: Atomic, molecular and hybrid orbitals: multiple localized and delocalized bonds;
properties of bonds; inductive; effect dipole moment. The concept of resonance, rules for resonance;
resonance energy; steric inhibition of resonance; hyper conjugation; resonance effect; hydrogen bonding;
tautomerism. Introduction to resonance, rules for resonance, resonance energy, steric inhibition of
resonance, Introduction to spectroscopy with special reference to ultraviolet / visible and infrared
spectroscopy.
Hydrocarbons: Classification of hydrocarbons. Nomenclature, methods of preparations, physical

characteristics and chemical reactions of alkanes, cycloalkanes, alkenes and alkynes. Source of aromatic
hydrocarbons. Structure of benzene and the concept of aromatics hydrocarbons. Structure of benzene and
the concept of aromaticity Aromatic electrophilic substitution.
Stereoisomerism: Conformational Analysis of ethane and butane. Optical Isomerism. Optical activity,
chiral carbon atom and optical isomerism; relative and absolute configuration, creation of chiral carbon
and racemization, optical isomerism in compounds containing two chiral carbon atoms; diasteroisomers;
elements of symmetry; resolution of racemic mixture. Geometrical Isomerism, cis/trans isomerism,
designation of configuration, Determination of configuration.
Alkyl Halides: Nomenclature, methods of preparation and chemical reactions with special reference to
nucleophilic substitution and elimination reaction of alkyl halides. Preparations, structure and synthetic
applications of Grignard’s reagents.
The Hydroxyl group and Ethers: Nature of hydroxyl group in alcohols and phenols.
Alcohols: Classification and nomenclature of alcohols; methods of preparation and chemical reactions of
alcohols; distinction between primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols. Polyhydric alcohols.
Phenols: Methods of preparation of phenols; acidity of phenols; chemical reactions of phenols. Ethers:
Methods of preparation and reactions of ethers.
The Carbonyl Group: Nature of carbonyl group and its reactivity; nomenclature of aldehydes and
ketones; methods of preparation of aldehydes and ketones; chemical reactions of aldehydes and ketones;
distinction between aldehydes and ketones.
Carboxylic Acids and their Derivatives: Nomenclature of carboxylic acids; methods of preparation and
chemical reactions of carboxylic acids, strength of carboxylic acids and the factors affecting it. Formation
and hydrolysis of acid anhydrides, acid amides, acid halides and esters including glycerides. Introduction
to amino acids.
Nitrogen Compounds: Amines: Classification and nomenclature of amines; methods of preparation and
chemical reactions of amines; distinction between primary, secondary and tertiary amines. Preparation
and reactions of aniline. Basicity of aliphatic and aromatic amines and factors affecting it. Diazzonium
Salts and their synthetic applications.
PRACTICALS
1. Qualitative Organic Analysis: Systematic identification of organic compounds containing

groups containing groups like COOH, OH, NH 2 and C=O.
2. Purification techniques viz solvent extraction distillation and Recrystallization, etc.
3. Preparation of simple organic compounds viz, Ethyl benzoate, benzoic acid, tribromophenol,
aspirin and nitrobenzene.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Younas, M. 2006. Text Book of Organic Chemistry. Ilmi Kutab Khana, Lahore.
2. Rehman, A. 2006. Text Book of Organic Chemistry. Caravan Book House Lahore.
3. Smith M.B. and March, J. 2001. March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition. John
Wiley, NY.
4. Pine, S. H. 1987. Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition. McGraw-Hill, NY.
5. Sykes, P. 1999. A Guide Book to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry. Longman, London.
6. Younas, M. 2006. Organic Spectroscopy. A. H. Publisher, Lahore.
7. Solomons, T.W.G. 2003. Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry, Wiley, NY.
8. Kemp, W. 1990. Organic Spectroscopy. Macmillan, London.
9. Vogel, A.I. 1968. A Text Book of Practical Organic Chemistry. Longman, London.
10. Mann, F.G and Saunders B.C. 1978. Practical Organic Chemistry. Longman, London.
11. Shriner, R.L., Curtin, D.Y. Fuson, R.C. and Morrill, T.C. 1997. The Systematic Identification
of Organic Compounds. Wiley, NY.
12. Rehman, A. 2006. Experimental Organic Chemistry. The Caravan Book House, Lahore.
13. Morrison, R.T. and Boyd, R.N. 1987. Organic Chemistry. Allyn & Bacon, Boston.
BBCE-207 BIOCHEMISTRY – I 3(2+1)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
This course aims to provide students with fundamental knowledge of the molecules of life, as well as
their function in the context of a living cell.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to biochemistry; water, pH, buffers, and biochemical composition of cells; carbohydrates -
structure and classification; proteins - overview with emphasis on their composition and structure,
classification and function; lipids - structure, classification and biological significance; enzymes -
properties, nomenclature, classification, and factors affecting enzyme activity including inhibitors and
potentiators, basic kinetics, derivation of K m and V max ; coenzymes and vitamins; nucleic acids - structure
and function.
PRACTICALS
Standard laboratory operating and safety procedures, Preparation of laboratory solutions, buffers and pH
determination; qualitative and quantitative tests for carbohydrates, proteins and lipids; enzyme assays and
the effect of pH, temperature and other factors on enzyme activity.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Nelson, D.L. and Cox, M.M. 2012. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry. 6th Edition. W.H. Freeman,
2. Stryer, et al., (Ed.)W.H. Freeman 2006. Biochemistry. 6th Edition. New York. (available at
www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov).
3. Voet, D. and Voet, T.G. 2008. Biochemistry. 4th Edition. John Wiley & Sons, New York.
4. Murray, et al., 2012. Harper’s Illustrated Biochemistry. 29th Edition. McGraw-Hill Medical Publishing.
5. Ferrier, D.R., 2013. Lippincott’s Biochemistry. 6thEdition. Lippincott Williams & Wilkin
Publishing Company.
6. Schantz, J.T., 2007. A Manual for Biochemistry Protocols. World Scientific Publishing. (available
online).
BBCE-209 CLASSICAL GENETICS 3(3+0)

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with classical aspects of genetics.
COURSE CONTENTS
Classical Mendelian genetics; monohybrid crosses, dominance, recessiveness, codominance, and

semidominance; principle of independent assortment; dihybrid and trihybrid ratios; gene interactions;
epistasis and multiple alleles; ABO blood type alleles and Rh factor alleles in humans; probability in
Mendelian inheritance; structure of chromosomes; organization of genes and genomes; nucleic acid
function; DNA as warehouse of genetic information; experimental evidence that DNA is genetic material;
sex determination; linkage and crossing over.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
th
1. Snustad, D.P. and Simmons, M.J. 2008. Principals of Genetics, 5 Edition. John Willy & Son, New
York.
2. Klug, W.S. and Cumming, M.R. 2008. Concepts of Genetics, 9th Edition. Prentice Hall, USA.
3. Pierce, B. 2004. Genetics: A Conceptual Approach, 2nd Edition. W.H. Freeman, New York.
4. Brooker, R. 2011. Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 4th Edition. McGraw-Hill.
5. Pierce, B.A. 2011. Genetics: A conceptual approach, 4th Edition. W.H. Freeman Publisher.
SOCIAL SCIENCES COURSES
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING 3(3+0)
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction: Marketing in Changing World: Creating Customer Value and Satisfaction. Strategic
Planning and the Marketing Process, Global Marketing Environment; Marketing Research and
Information Systems, Consumer Markets and Consumer Buyer Behavior, Business Markets and Business
Buyer Behavior; Marketing Segmentation, Targeting, and Positioning for Competitive Advantage Product
and Services strategy. New Products Development and Product Life-Cycle Strategies; Pricing Products:
Pricing Considerations and Approaches, Pricing Strategies Distribution Channels and Logistics
Management, Retailing and Wholesaling; Integrated Marketing Communication Strategy, Advertising,
Sales Promotion and Public Relations, Personal Selling and Sales Management, Direct and Online
Marketing; Competitive Strategies: Building Lasting Customer Relationships
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Philp, Kotler and Gary Armstrong : Principle of Marketing, McGraw Hill Co. (Latest
Edition)
2. William J. Stanton: Fundamental of Marketing, Etzel, and Walker McGraw Hill (Latest
Edition)
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 3(3+0)
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction: Nature, scope, and subject matter of sociology; Brief historical development of sociology;
Sociological Perspectives; Relationship with other social sciences like Economics, Political Science,
History, Psychology, and Anthropology.
Social interaction: Types, processes: i) Cooperation ii) Competition iii) Conflict iv) Accommodation v)
Acculturation vi) Assimilation.
Social groups: Definition and functions; Types of social groups: i) In and out groups ii) primary and
secondary groups iii) reference, groups iv) formal and informal groups v) pressure groups.
Social institutions: Definition, structure and functions of the following Institutions: i) Family ii) religion
iii) education iv) economic v) political; Inter-relationships among various social institutions.
Culture and related concepts: Definition and aspects of culture: i) Material and non-material culture ii)
Ideal and real culture; Elements of culture: i) Beliefs ii) values iii) norms (folkways, mores, laws) and
social Sanctions; Organization of culture: i) Traits ii) complexes iii) patterns; Other related concepts: i)
Cultural relativism ii) sub-cultures iii) ethnocentrism iv) cultural lag.
Socialization and personality: Role and status; Socialization; Culture and personality
Deviance and social control: Definition and types of deviance; Juvenile delinquency; Formal and
informal methods of social control
Social stratification: Determinants of social stratification i) caste ii) class iii) ethnicity iv) power v)
prestige vi) authority; Social mobility: definition and types; Dynamics of social mobility
Social and cultural change: Definition of social change; Dynamics of social change: i) Education ii)
innovation iii) industrialization iv) Urbanization & diffusion; Impact of globalization on society and
culture; Resistance to change
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Neulreck, Kenneth, J. 2005. Sociology: Diversity, Conflict and Change, Boston
2. Barnard, Andy. 2004. Sociology. Cambridge University Press
3. Giddens, Anthony. 2004. Sociology 4th edition, Cambridge Polity Press
4. Albrow, Martin. 2003 Sociology. London Routledge.
5. Richard, T. Schaefer. 2003. Sociology 5th edition. McGraw Hill College
6. Allama Iqbal Open University (1990) Sociology 1: Islamabad
7. Allama Iqbal Open University (1990) Sociology 2: Islamabad
8. Horton, Paul B. and Hunt, Chester L. (1990) Sociology Singapore: McGraw Hill Book Company.
9. M. Haralambes and Holborn (1991). Sociology themes and
10. Perspectives. London: Collin Educational, an Imprint of Harper Collins Publishers.
11. Thio, Aex (latest Ed.). Sociology- An Introduction. New York: Harper and Row
MASS COMMUNICATION 3(3+0)
COURSE CONTENTS
• Communication
• Communication Breath (types)
• Models
• Public Relations and Advertising
• Mass Media and Society
• Media Effects
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Mahsud, M.N. (2006). Mass Communication: An Introduction to Information, Revolution,

Theories, Skills and Practices. Islamabad: Higher Education Commission.
2. Weller W; Burnet, J; and Monaty, S. (2001). Advertising Principles and Practices, 6th ed:
Pearson, USA: Prentice Hall.
3. Willcox, D.L; Ault, P.H; Agee, W.K. and Cameron, G.T. (2000). Public Relations: Strategies
and Tactics, 6th ed. USA: Longman.
INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
• To ensure an effective orientation of students towards the discipline of psychology so that

they may come to appreciate the diversity of the subject and its pragmatic significance.
• To make students familiar with the essentials features of research enterprise in Psychology.
• To inculcate a sense of personal relevance of Psychology as a subject with the potential of
gaining better insight into one’s own self.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to Psychology: Nature and Application of Psychology with special reference to Pakistan
Research Enterprise in Psychology (A brief sketch): Goals of Scientific Enterprise; Steps in Scientific
Investigation; Advantages of Scientific Approach; Experimental Research; Descriptive / Correlational
Research: i) Naturalistic Observation ii) Case History Method iii) Survey Method; Statistics and
Research: i) Descriptive Statistics ii) Inferential Statistics; Evaluating Research: i) Sampling Bias ii)
Placebo Effects iii) Distortion in Self Report Data iv) Experimenter Bias; Research Ethics: i) The
Question of Deception ii) The Question of Animal Research
Biological Basis of Behavior: a. Communication in the Nervous System, b. Organization of the Nervous
System, c. Brain Research Methods, d. The Brain and Behavior, e. Right Brain / Left Brain: Cerebral
Laterality, f. The Endocrine System, g. Heredity and Behavior (Nature & Nurture), h. The Evolutionary
bases of Behavior
Sensation and Perception: Nature and Application of Psychology with special reference to Pakistan;
Psychophysics: Basic Concepts and Issues; Our senses of Sight: The Visual System; Our Senses of
Hearing: The Auditory System; Our Chemical Senses: The Taste and Smell; Our Senses of Touch:
Sensory Systems in the Skin; The other Senses: i) The Kinesthetic System ii) The Vestibular System
Motivation and Emotion: a. The Motivation of Hunger and Eating; b. Affiliation: In Search of
Belongingness; c. Achievement: In search of Excellence; d. The Elements of Emotional Experience; e.
Theories of Emotion: i) James Lange Theory ii) Cannon-Bard Theory iii) Schachter’s Two Factor Theory
iv) Evolutionary Theories of Emotion.
Learning: Definition of Learning; Types of Learning: i. Classical Conditioning ii. Operant Conditioning;
Changing Directions in Study of Conditioning; Observational Learning; Human Memory; Encoding:
Getting Information Into Memory; Storage: Maintaining Information in Memory; Retrieval: Getting
Information Out of Memory; Forgetting: When Memory Lapses; In Search of Memory Trace: The
Physiology of Memory; Are There Multiple Memory Systems? Language & Thinking; The Cognitive
revolution In Psychology; Language: Turning Thoughts into Words; Problem Solving: In Search of
Solutions; Decision Making: Choices and Chances; Personality: Theory, Research and Assessment; The
Nature of Personality; Psychodynamic Perspectives; Behavioral Perspectives; Humanistic Perspectives;
Biological Perspectives; Contemporary Empirical Approaches to Personality Traits; Culture and
Personality.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Wayne Weiten. (2001). Psychology: Themes and variations. (5th ed.). New York:
Wadsworth
2. Atkinson, R. C., & Smith, E. E. (2000). Introduction to psychology (13th ed.). Harcourt
Brace College Publishers.
3. Fernald, L.D., & Ferbnald, P. S. (2005). Introduction to psychology. USA: WMC Brown
Publishers.
4. Glassman, W. E. (2000). Approaches to psychology. Open University Press.
5. Hayes, N. (2000). Foundations of psychology (3rd ed.). Thomson Learning.
6. Lahey, B. B. (2004). Psychology: An introduction (8th ed.). McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
7. Leahey, T. H. (1992). A history of psychology: Main currents in psychological thought. New
Jersey: Prentice Hall International, Inc.
8. Myers, D. G. (1992). Psychology (3rd ed.). New York: Wadsworth Publishers.
9. Ormord, J. E. (1995). Educational psychology: Developing learners. Prentice-Hall, Inc.
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS 3(3+0)
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to microeconomics: Economic systems, basic functions of an economic system; Theory of

the Consumer behavior (cardinal & ordinal approach); Supply, Demand, and the market price
determination; Concept of Elasticity (Demand and Supply); Theory of Cost (traditional theory); Theory of
the Firm ( laws of return & law of variable proportion); Market structure: Perfect Market and Imperfect
Markets (Monopoly & Monopolistic competition)
Introduction to Macroeconomics: Introduction of different concepts of NATIONAL INCOME i.e.Gross

domestic product (GDP), Gross national product (GNP), Net national product (NNP), National income
(NI), Personal income (PI), Personal disposable income (PDI) and measurement of GDP: Product, Income
and Expenditure approach; Circular flow of national income. Consumption and saving function;
Investment and its types; Concept of Multiplier & Accelerator; Concept of Aggregate Demand & Supply
and their equilibrium; MONETARY and FISCAL Policies; Inflation and Unemployment (PHILLIPS
CURVE); Balance of Payment (BOP) Problems and remedies; Public Finance: Taxation, Debt and
Expenditure.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. McConnel, C.R. and Brue, S.L. 1996. Economics-Principles, Problems and Policies,
McGraw-Hill, Inc.
2. Varian, H.R. 1999, Intermediate Microeconomics, 5th Edition, W.W. Norton and Company,
New York.
3. Nicholson. 1994. Intermediate Microeconomics. The Drydon Press. Harcourt Brace College,
Publishers, New York Sanfransisco
4. Dornbusch, R. & S. Fisher, 1998, Macroeconomics. McGraw Hill. Inc. New York.
5. Rashid, A.H. 1998. Macro Economics. Ilmi Kitab Khana Lahore
6. Samuelson, Paul A. & Nordhaus W.D. Economics McGraw Hill. Inc.
7. Salvatore, D. & Diulio, E .A. Principles of economics, Self-Study McGraw Hill.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 3(3+0)
COURSE CONTENTS
Political Science: a) Definition and Nature b) Scope and Utility of Political Science
State: a) Definition and Elements b) Islamic Concept of State c) State Vs Government & Society
Classification of States: a) Monarchy/Dictatorship b) Democracy c) Unitary & Federal Government
Forms of Government: a) Parliamentary b) Presidential
Individual and the State: a) Law b) Liberty c) Sovereignty d) Fundamental Human Rights & Duties
Political Dynamics: a) Public Opinion b) Pressure Groups c) Political Parties
Political Theories: a) Fascism & Nazism b) Socialism c) Communism d) Imperialism & New Imperialism
Note: Courses from other Departments
Details of courses from other departments may be developed by the concerned DEPARTMENT
according to their Selection of Courses as recommended by their Board of Studies.
SEMESTER – IV
BBCE-202 BIOLOGICAL PHYSICS 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
This course is intended for students studying life sciences and aims to impart fundamental concepts of
physics in the context of biological systems.
COURSE CONTENTS
Essentials of thermodynamics; concept of entropy, enthalpy and Gibb’s free energy; order and disorder in
biological systems; molecules, diffusion, random walks and friction; methods of studying
macromolecules; interactions of molecules in 3-D space – determining binding and dissociation constants;
molecular motors; sedimentation; Reynold’s number; chemical forces and self-assembly; physics of ion
channels.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Nelson, P. 2004. Biological Physics, Energy, Information and Life, 1st Edition. W.H.
Freeman & Company.
2. Kirsten, et al., 2010. Introduction to Biological Physics for the Health and Life Sciences, 2nd
Edition. John Wiley & Sons.
3. Davidovits, P. 2013. Physics for Biology & Medicine, 4th Edition. Academic Press.
4. Newman, 2008. Physics of the Life Sciences. Springer.
5. Duncan, 1975. Physics for Biologist. Blackwell Science.
BBCE-204 BIOSTATISTICS 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with statistical techniques frequently used in biology to process real data.
COURSE CONTENTS
Frequency distribution, exercise frequency distribution, measures of central tendency, measures of

dispersion and measures of location. Second part of the study will cover the areas of statistical hypothesis
and significance, null and alternative hypothesis, confidence interval, tests involving binomial
distribution, tests involving normal distribution, F-distribution, student’s t-distribution, chi-square test,
tests of independence and contingency tables. In the third part lectures will cover the following topics:
Analysis of Variance (ANOVA), LSD test, experimental designs, Completely Randomized Design
(CRD), Randomized Complete Block Design (RCBD), Latin Square Design, Markov chains and Models
and their applications in Bioinformatics such as gene predication, sequence analysis, profile HMMs,
probabilistic approaches to phylogeny, etc.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Mann, P.S. 2010. Introductory Statistics. 7th Edition. John Wiley & Sons.
2. Freund, J. E. and Perles, M.B. 2005. Modern Elementary Statistics. 12th Edition. Pearson.
3. Chaudhry, S.M. 2005. Introduction to Statistical Theory. 6th Edition. Markazi Kutub Khana, Lahore.
4. Chernick, M.R. and Friis, R.H. 2003. Introductory Biostatistics for the Health Sciences: Modern
Applications Including Bootstrap. 1st Edition. Wiley Interscience.
st
5. Le, C.T. 2003. Introductory Biostatistics. 1 Edition. Wiley Interscience.
BBCE-206 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 4(3+1)
COURSE CONTENTS
Data Handling: Introduction to Analytical Chemistry, Sampling; Types of samples, Techniques/ Steps
involved in sample preparation, Drying and ignition, Weighing, Analytical balance, its construction
working volumetric glassware, Errors in measurements, Calibration of glassware, Steps involved in
chemical analysis, System for units of measurements and their inter conversion, Chemical concentration
and preparation of solutions, Calibration and calibration curves(construction and interpretation), Standard
addition and internal standard methods, Statistical treatment of analytical data; Precision, accuracy and
types of errors, Sample, Population, Mean, Average, Median, Range, Standard Deviation, Variance,
Significant figures, Chemical Equilibrium ant its types.
Separation Techniques: Chromatography (Introduction, Classification.) TLC. Column & Ion exchange
chromatography (with reference to principles & applications). Electrophoresis & Solvent Extraction.
PRACTICALS
1. Calibration of glass ware (Pipette, Burette, Flask) used for volumetric Analysis.
2. Use of Analytical balance and calculation of standard deviation.
3. Use of pH meter for plotting acid - base titration curve and assay of commercial caustic soda.
4. Plotting of first differential curve for titration of acetic acid and commercial soda.
5. Measurement of solubility products of sparingly soluble salts.
6. Determination of HCl by titrating with NaOH and plotting of a titration curve.
7. Packing of chromatographic column and separation of mixture of dyes.
8. Separation of various components of plant extract by column chromatography.
9. Separation of mixture of dyes by Radial chromatography.
10. Separation of mixture of Amino acids by paper chromatography.
11. Coating of TLC plates and separation of mixture of dyes.
12. Separation of mixture of Amino acids by TLC.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Skoog, D. A. West, D. Holler, J. M.F., Crouch S. R. 2003. Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, 8th
Edition. Saunders College Publishing, Philadelphia.
2. Christian, G.D. 2005. Analytical Chemistry. John Wiley & Sons, NY.
3. Harris, D.C. 2003. Quantitative Chemical Analysis. W.H. Freeman, NY.
BBCE-208 BIOCHEMISTRY – II 3(2+1)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
This course is a continuation of principles of Biochemistry - I, and aims to familiarize students with the
key concepts of intermediary metabolism of proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and lipids.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to metabolism and basic aspects of bioenergetics and biochemical thermodynamics (endergonic
and exergonic reactions); phosphoryl group transfer and ATP production; metabolism, oxidation-reduction;
carbohydrate metabolism and regulation (glycolysis, glycogenolysis; gluconeogenesis; pentose phosphate
pathway); citric acid cycle (reactions, energetics and control), electron transport chain, oxidative
phosphorylation, shuttle mechanisms (glycerol-phosphate shunt), lipid metabolism (energy yield from fatty
acid oxidation, ketone bodies, acyl glycerol, compound lipids, cholesterol); photosynthesis; Calvin Cycle;
metabolism of nitrogenous compounds (amino acid synthesis, catabolism, purine and pyrimidine synthesis);
nucleic acid metabolism and control; urea cycle; integration of metabolism.
PRACTICALS
Basic biochemical methods such as iodine test for polysaccharides, fermentation of sugars by Baker’s yeast;
isolation of amylose and amylopectin from starch; extraction of glycogen from liver; acid and enzymatic
hydrolysis of glycogen; extraction and estimation of lipids from plant tissue/seed and lipid separation from
different tissues; fractionation by thin layer chromatography (TLC).
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Nelson, D.L. and Cox, M.M. 2012. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry. 6th Edition; W.H. Freeman,
2. Stryer, et al., 2006. Biochemistry. 6th Edition. W.H. Freeman New York. (available at
3. Voet, D. and Voet, T.G., 2008. Biochemistry. 4th Edition. John Wiley & Sons. New York.
4. Murray, et al., 2012. Harper’s Illustrated Biochemistry. 29th Edition.McGraw-Hill Medical Publishing.
5. Ferrier, D.R. 2013. Lippincott’s Biochemistry. 6th Edition. Lippincott Williams & Wilkin
Publishing Company.
6. Schantz, J.T. 2007. A Manual for Biochemistry Protocols.World Scientific Publishing. (available
online).
BBCE-210 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with the chemistry and biology of macromolecules.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to molecular biology and history; structure and function of DNA; chromatin and structure of
chromosomes; protein structure and function; DNA replication in prokaryotes and eukaryotes;
transcription in prokaryotes and eukaryotes; post transcriptional processing (e.g., RNA splicing,
alternative splicing, editing); genetic code; translation, post-translational processing in prokaryotes and
eukaryotes; protein folding, targeting and turnover; DNA damage and repair, recombination and
transposable elements. Signaling and control of gene regulation in prokaryotes and eukaryotes.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Nelson, D. and Cox, M.M. 2009. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, 5th Edition. W.H.
Freeman, New York.
2. Lodish, et al., 2012. Molecular Cell Biology, 7th Edition. W.H. Freeman, New York.
3. Berg, et al., 2006. Biochemistry, 6th Edition. W.H. Freeman, New York.
4. Alberts, et al., 2007. Molecular Biology of The Cell, 5th Edition. Garland Science.
5. Weaver, R. 2011. Molecular Biology, 5th Edition. McGraw-Hill.
SEMESTER – V
BBCE-301 INTRODUCTION TO BIOTECHNOLOGY 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with the basic concepts and significance of biotechnology as it stands today.
COURSE CONTENTS
Biotechnology- definition and history; foundations of biotechnology and interdisciplinary pursuit;

branches and/or applications of biotechnology in medicine, agriculture (food, livestock, fisheries, algae,
fungi, etc.); protection of biotechnological products; safety in biotechnology; public perception of
biotechnology; biotechnology and ethics; biotechnology and the developing world
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Daugherty, E. 2012. Biotechnology: Science for the New Millennium. 1st Edition. Revised;
Paradigm Publication.
2. Smith, J.E. 2009. Biotechnology. 5th Edition. Cambridge University Press.
3. Nicholl, T.S.D. 2004. An Introduction to Genetic Engineering. 2nd Edition. Cambridge
University Press, UK.
4. Purohit, S.S. 2005. Biotechnology Fundamentals & Application. 4th Edition. Agro Bios,
India.
5. Ratlegde, C. and Kristiansen, B. 2006. Basic Biotechnology. 2nd Edition. Cambridge
University Press, UK.
6. Thomas, J.A. and Fuchs, R.L. 2002. Biotechnology and Safety Assessment. 3rd Edition.
Academic Press, UK.
BBCE-303 PRINCIPLES OF BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING 3(2+1)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with fundamentals of biochemical engineering.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to microorganisms and biological molecules; principles of enzyme catalysis; methods of

enzyme and cell immobilization; enzyme kinetics; internal mass transfer effect on immobilized growth;
stoichiometry models of microbial growth; structured model, of microbial growth; bioreactors -
continuous stirred tank bioreactors, plug-flow and packed bed bioreactors, imperfect mixing, fed batch
bioreactors, gas liquid mass transfer in bioreactors, power requirement for bioreactor, sterilization and
heat transfer in bioreactors; introduction to bioproduct recovery; biological product manufacturing;
economic analysis of bioprocesses; case study: penicillin.
PRACTICALS
Unstructured microbial growth with application of Monod model; inhibition kinetics and nutrient uptake
rate; methods of immobilization via binding and physical retention; yield coefficient and stoichiometry;
production of enzymes by structured and segregated models; bioreactor design and analysis (batch, fed-
batch and continuous); enzyme catalysis in the CSTR; packed bed and plug flow bioreactor; rheology of
fermentation broth; mixing and gas-liquid mass transfer, heat transfer, media and bioreactor sterilization
techniques; techno-economic analysis of a typical bioprocess.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Douglas, S.C. and Blanch, H.W. 1997. Biochemical Engineering. 2nd Edition. CRC Publishers.
2. Bailey, et al., 1986. Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals. 2nd Edition. McGraw-Hill.
3. Aiba, et al., 1973. Biochemical Engineering. 2nd Edition. Academic Press.
4. Katoh, S. and Yoshida, F. 2009. Biochemical Engineering: A textbook for engineers, chemists and
biologists. Wiley-VCH.
5. Clark, D.S. and Blanch, H.W. 1997. Biochemical Engineering, 2nd Edition. (Chemical Industries).
CRC Press.
BBCE-307 TECHNIQUES IN BIOCHEMISTRY 3(2+1)
COURSE CONTENTS
Resin break-down in liquid chromatography. Handling macro chromatographic resins. Use of eppendorf
and pasteur pipettes. pH meter calibration, pH adjustment and measurement. Set-up and use of
microscope. Establish classification system for resin fragmentation. Graphically plot fragmentation as a
function of time and environmental conditions. Resin charging in ion exchange chromatography.
Formulation and preparation of buffers / reagents. Calibrate and use pH meters. Charge resin and
continuously monitor pH. Generate computer plot of charging profiles for buffers. Dialysis and
diafiltration. Handling viscous protein solution. Filtration of viscous solution. Use of conductivity meters.
Set up and operate continuous ultrafiltration membrane apparatus. Conduct diafiltration to a target
conductivity. Use of dialysis tubing to lower conductivity. Assess samples via uv/vis spectrophotometry.
HPLC analysis of proteins, interpersonal skills. Set-up and operation of size-exclusion HPLC. Generation
of chromatograms for all systems, samples, and control. Polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE). Use
and handling of pre-formulated PAGE gels. A Filtration Profile. A Centrifugation Profile. Method
Development for Biological Samples. Simple Diagnostic Test Kits. Use of CAD (computer assisted
drawing) to generate a facility schematic.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. John FR and Bernard JW (1990). Biochemical Techniques: Theory and Practice. Waveland Press.
2. Rodney FB (2000). Modern Experimental Biochemistry, 3rd edition. Pearson Education, Inc.
3. Irwin HS (1976). Biochemical Calculations: How to Solve Mathematical Problems in General
Biochemistry, 2nd edition. Wiley.
BBCE-307 ENGINEERING STATICS 3(3+0)
BBCE-309 BIOINFORMATICS 3(1+2)

OBJECTIVES
To familiarize students with biological data mining from online databases and the use of various
bioinformatics tools for extracting and processing biological data.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction; bio-computing; biological databases - types and retrieval of nucleic acid (or
genomic) or protein sequence information; sequence alignment - pairwise, multiple;
phylogenetics; in silico identification of protein motifs and domains; structural bioinformatics of
proteins and RNAs including protein modeling and prediction of their interactions with other
proteins and small molecules; identification of genes and promoter regions within genomes;
networks; strategies for whole genome sequencing and assembly.
RECOMMENDED DATABASES AND TOOLS
NCBI, PDB, EcoCyc, DDBJ, SWISS-PROT, TIGR, KEGG etc.
Bioedit, Repeatmasker, PHRED, PHRAP, BLAST, Prosite/BLOCKS/PFAM, CLUSTALW, Emotif,

RasMol, Oligo, Primer3, Molscript, Treeview, Alscript, Genetic Analysis Software, Phylip, MEGA4.0
etc.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Claverie, J.M. and Notredame, C. 2006. Bioinformatics for Dummies, 2nd Edition. Wiley
Publishing.
2. Xiong, J. 2006. Essential Bioinformatics, 1st Edition. Cambridge University Press.
3. Xia, X. 2007. Bioinformatics and the Cell: Modern Computational Approaches in Genomics,
Proteomics and Transcriptomics, 1st Edition. Springer
4. Mathura, V. and Kangueane, P. 2009. Bioinformatics: A Concept-Based Introduction. Springer.
5. Mount, D.W. 2004. Bioinformatics Sequence and Genome Analysis, 2nd Edition. Cold Spring
Harbor Laboratory Press.
6. Sperschneider, V, 2008. Bioinformatics: Problem Solving Paradigms. Springer.
BBCE-311 GENETIC RESOURCES AND CONSERVATION 3(3+0)

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with importance of bio-resources and their conservation especially in relation to
Pakistan.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to genetic resources and their significance; plant genetic resources - utilization,
opportunities and constraints; strategic role of plant genetic resources in achieving global food
security and sustainable agriculture; overview of wild and domesticated genetic resources of
Pakistan; genetic diversity in endangered species; genotype-environment interactions; gene pools
and genetic boundaries; genetic drift, inbreeding, migration and gene flow; introduction to
extinction and its causes; threatened animal and plant species; conservation of genetic resources
through mapping of existing biological diversity; assessing conservation status; management
strategies; laws and treaties of conservation; quarantine regulations; future prospects of genetic
conservation.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Primack, R.B. 2012. A Primer of Conservational Biology. 5th Edition. Sinauer Associates
Inc.
2. Virchow, D. 1999. Conservation of Genetic Resources: Costs and Implications for a
Sustainable Utilization of Plant Genetic Resources for Food and Agriculture. Springer.
3. Mills, L.S. 2012. Conservation of Wildlife Populations: Demography, Genetics, and
Management. 2nd Edition. Wiley-Blackwell.
4. Kamau, E.C. and Winter, G. 2009. Genetic Resources, Traditional Knowledge and the Law:
Solutions for Access and Benefit Sharing. 1st Edition. Earthscan.
5. Primack, R.B. 2010. Essentials of Conservational Biology. 5th Edition. Sinauer Associates
Inc.
6. Frankham, R. 2010. Introduction to Conservation Genetics. 2nd Edition. Cambridge
University Press.
SEMESTER – VI
BBCE-302 BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND DESIGN 3(2+1)
BBCE-304 TECHNIQUES IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 3(2+1)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with the experimental aspects of molecular biology
COURSE CONTENTS
Polymerase chain reaction (PCR) - types; (inverse, touch-down, nested, hemi-nested, pit stop, multiplex,
reverse transcriptase, RACE, real-time) and its applications; detection of mutations and/or SNPs; analysis
of nucleic acids by gel electrophoresis – horizontal, vertical, pulse field, denaturing gradient gel
electrophoresis; analysis of proteins by native and SDS-PAGE; 2-D gels; enzyme-linked immunosorbant
assay; Southern, Western, Northern blotting.
PRACTICALS
Preparation of stock and working solutions; isolation of nucleic acids and their quantification; restriction
digestion of DNA and preparation of restriction maps; gel electrophoresis, agarose and polyacrylamide
gels; polymerase chain reaction (PCR); detection of mutations by restriction fragment length
polymorphism; preparation of chemically competent cells; transformation of bacteria with plasmid DNA;
analysis of proteins by SDS-PAGE
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Ausubel, F.M. 2005. Short Protocols in Molecular Biology (2 volume set). 5th Edition.John
Wiley & Son.
2. Green, M.R. and Sambrook, J. 2001. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual. 3rd Edition.
Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press.
3. Primrose, S.B. andTwyman, R. 2006. Principles of Gene Manipulation and Genomics. 7th
Edition. Wiley-Blackwell.
4. Wilson, K. and Walker, J. 2010. Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular
Biology. 7th Edition. Cambridge University Press.
5. Walker, J.M. and Rapley, 2008. Molecular Biomethods Handbook (Methods in Molecular
Biology). 2nd Edition. Humana Press.
BBCE-306 ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS 3(2+1)
BBCE-308 FLUID MECHANICS 3(2+1)
BBCE-310 GENOMICS AND PROTEOMICS 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The overarching goal of this course is to provide students with a thorough overview of both the
theoretical and experimental aspects of structural and functional genomics as well as proteomics.
COURSE CONTENTS
Organization and structure of genomes; genetic mapping (RFLP, microsatellite, SNP); high-
resolution physical mapping (STS, EST); flow cytometry; somatic cell and radiation hybrids;
artificial chromosomes in bacteria and yeast; hierarchical and whole genome shotgun
sequencing; DNA sequencing strategies - manual and automated sequencing, pyrosequencing,
Solexa, Helicos, Roche 454, real-time and nanopore sequencing; sequence assembly, obstacles
and solutions; estimating gene number – over-prediction and under-prediction, homology
searches, exon prediction programs, integrated gene-finding software packages; structural
variation in the genome and its applications; microarray and RNA interference; proteomics;
cellular communication/signaling pathways; protein-protein interactions and validation - yeast
two hybrid system, affinity purification-mass spectrometry (AP-MS), tandem affinity
purification (TAP) tagging, fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) and co-
immunoprecipitation.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Strachan, T. and Read, A.P. 2010. Human Molecular Genetics. 4th Edition. Garland Science.
2. Saccone, C. and Pesole, G. 2003. Handbook of Comparative Genomics: Principles and
Methodology. 1st Edition. Wiley-Liss.
3. Town, C. 2002. Functional Genomics. 1st Edition. Springer.
4. Krebs, et al., 2010. Lewin Genes X. 10th Edition. Jones and Bartlett Publishers.
5. Al-Rubeai, M. and Fussenegger, M. 2010. Systems Biology (Cell Engineering). 1st Edition.
Springer.
BBCE-312 BIOSAFETY AND BIOETHICS 2(2+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with principles of biosafety and ethical perspectives pertaining to biotechnology
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to Biosafety - definition, concept, uses and abuses of genetic information, and biohazards;
good laboratory practices; risks related to genetically modified organisms (GMO); international rules and
regulations for biosafety and GMOs; introduction to bioethics; ethical issues related to GMOs;
euthanasia, reproductive and cloning technologies, transplants and eugenics; patenting, commercialization
and benefit sharing; role of national bioethics committees; biosafety guidelines from a national
perspective.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Altman, A. and Hasegawa, P.M. 2012. Plant Biotechnology and Agriculture: Prospects for the 21st
Century. 1st Edition. Academic Press.
2. Furr, A.K. 2000. CRC Handbook of Laboratory Safety. 5th Edition. CRC Press.
3. Maria, J.A. 2003. Genes Technology and Policy. (Available online
at: http://www.apdip.net/publications/iespprimers/eprimer-genes.pdf).
4. Krishna, V.S. 2007. Bioethics and Biosafety in Biotechnology. New Age International Publishers.
5. WHO. 2006. Laboratory Biosafety Manual. 3rd Edition. AITBS Publishers and Distributors, India.
(Available online free of cost).
6. National Biosafety Guidelines. 2005. Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (Available online).
SEMESTER – VII
BBCE-401 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY & SKILL ENHANCEMENT 2(2+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To familiarize students with various methods used for conducting research and latest trends in the field of
biotechnology through reading and understanding scientific literature, preparing scientific manuscripts,
designing research projects and presenting them.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction; unethical academic practices (plagiarism); need of research and research types; extraction
and review of literature; identifying a research problem and formulating a hypothesis; designing a study;
data collection, interpretation and analysis; writing a research report, project, thesis and/or research article
or review; preparing posters; making scientific presentations; intellectual property.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Bryman, A. 2001. Social research methods. 2nd Edition. Oxford University Press.
2. Awan, J.A. 2003. Scientific Presentation. Unitech Communication, Faisalabad, Pakistan.
3. Kumar, R. Kindersley, D. 2010. Research Methodology: a step by step guide for beginners.
3rd Edition. SAGE Publications.
4. Kothari, C.R. 2004. Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques. Second Revised
Edition. New Age International Publishers, New Delhi.
5. Durrani, S.A. 2004. Technical Writing. Higher Education Commission, Islamabad.
BBCE-403 NETWORK ANALYSIS IN BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING 3(2+1)
BBCE-405 EQUILIBRIUM THERMODYNAMICS 3(2+1)
ELECTIVE – I
BBCE-407 TISSUE ENGINEERING 3(3+0)
BBCE-409 SOFT MATERIALS 3(3+0)

BBCE-411 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 3(2+1)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with key analytical chemistry concepts involving identification and analysis at the
molecular level by introducing a variety of analytical chemistry techniques and their applications at the
molecular level; designing analytical chemistry methods to obtain analysis data with the high precision
and accuracy from experiments; demonstrating biochemical laboratory techniques and explaining the
theory and background behind these techniques.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to various analytical techniques; principles and applications of various types of

chromatography including paper, thin layer, gel filtration, ion-exchange, affinity, high performance liquid
chromatography (HPLC), gas chromatography, GC-MS and LC–MS; spectroscopy types including
nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), visible, ultraviolet, luminescence, flame, atomic absorption,
fluorescence, emission and inductively coupled plasma emission spectroscopy (ICPMS); principles and
applications of flow cytometry; introduction to X-ray diffraction; general analytical instrumentations and
methods of fractionation and characterization of proteins and nucleic acids including dialysis, ultra-
filtration, lyophilisation, ultracentrifuge and amino acid analyzer.
PRACTICALS
Separation of biomolecules by paper, column and thin layer chromatography; determination of molecular
weight of proteins by gel filtration; identification of sugars, proteins, electrolytes etc. by UV/Visible
spectrophotometer; determination of sodium and potassium content in blood serum by flame photometer
and mineral analysis of plant tissues using atomic absorption spectrophotometer.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Boyer, R.F. 2011. Biochemistry Laboratory: Modern Theory and Techniques. 2nd Edition.
Prentice Hall.
2. Wilson, K. 2010. Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. 7th
Edition. Cambridge University Press.
3. Christian, G.D. 2003. Analytical Chemistry. 6th Edition. John Wiley & Sons, New York.
4. Chung et al., 2005. Analytical Methods validation and Instrument Performance verification.
1st Edition. John Wiley & Sons, New York.
5. Sharma, B.K. 2005. Instrumental Method of Chemical analysis. 1st Edition. Meerut Goel
Publishing House, India.
6. Harris, D.C. 2010. Quantitative Chemical analysis. 8th Edition. W.H. Freeman, New York.
SPECIAL PAPER – I (In lieu of Reseach Project)
BBCE-415 MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS 3(2+1)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with modern techniques used in molecular diagnostics.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction and applications of molecular diagnostics techniques in agriculture and forensic sciences;
polymerase chain reaction (PCR); detection of mutations and single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) by
restriction fragment length polymorphisms (RFLPs); DNA sequencing; blotting techniques (e.g.,
Southern, Northern and Western); enzyme-linked immunosorbant assays (ELISA); immunofluorescence
staining and immunohistochemistry; micro-arrays; in situ hybridization; molecular cytogenetics.
PRACTICALS
ELISA; PCR.Visits to various diagnostic, pathology laboratories and/or research institutes.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Debnath, et al., 2010. Molecular Diagnostics: Promises and Possibilities. Springer.

2. Deniese, D. Wilson. 2008. Manual of Laboratory and diagnostic tests. McGraw-Hill
publisher.
3. Brown, T.A. 2010. Gene Cloning and DNA analysis. 6th Edition. Wiley-Blackwell
Publishing.
4. Buckingham, et al., 2007. Molecular Diagnostics Fundamentals, Methods, and Clinical
Applications. 1st Edition. F.A. Davis Publisher.
5. Walker, J.M. and Rapley, R. 2005. Medical Biomethods Handbook. Humana Press.
BBCE-417 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING AND REMEDIATION 3(2+1)
BBCE-419 BIOFUELS AND BIOREFINERIES 3(3+0)

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with the sources of biomass and their extraction and processing for common use.
COURSE CONTENTS
Biofuels - introduction, types and sources; agroindustrial byproducts and biodegradable materials;
genomics of biofuels; metabolic engineering; biorefineries; biobased industrial products; basics of green
biorefineries; agriculture, forestry and primary refinery raw material; lingo-cellulosic feedstock
biorefinery; whole-crop biorefinery based on wet/dry milling and products from whole-crop biorefinery;
fundamental sugar platform and syngas platform.
RECOMMENDED TEXTBOOKS
1. Kamm, et al., 2006. Biorefinery-Industrial Processes and Products Status Quo and Future Directions.
Wiley-VCH.
2. Meroehr, 2001. Biotechnology of Ethanol. Wiley-VCH.
3. Vertset al., 2010. Biomass to Biofuels: Strategies for Global Industries. 1st Edition. Wiley.
4. Lee, S. and Shah, Y.T. 2012. Biofuels and Bioenergy: Processes and Technologies (Green Chemistry
and Chemical Engineering). 1st Edition. CRC Press.
BBCE-421 BIOCATALYSIS & PROTEIN ENGINEERING 3(2+1)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquint students with enzyme structure, nomenclature and classification. To provide understanding of
methods used for enzyme purification and characterization.
COURSE CONTENTS
Enzyme discovery; Enzyme classification and nomenclature; Enzyme biochemistry (Amino acid and
protein structures, Forces that maintain protein structures); Isoenzymes, Allosteric enzymes, Multienzyme
complexes and multifunctional enzymes; Up-stream processing of enzymes; Enzyme recovery and
purification by fractional precipitation and Fast Protein Liquid chromatography; Physiochemical and
thermodynamic properties of enzymes (effect of temp, substrate & pH); Kinetics and thermodynamics of
enzyme stability; Enzyme Inhibition/Activation (Kinetic mechanism: competitive, uncompetitive and
non-competitive); Catabolite repression and feed back inhibition; Industrial application of enzymes
(amylases, cellulases, proteases, glucoamylase, lipase, galactosidase etc). Introduction to protein
engineering. Mutagenesis strategies and approaches. Engineering with unnatural amino acids analogues.
Structure-function relationship and protein engineering. Various procedures/techniques used in protein
engineering such as protein production in Escherichia coli, Sacchromyces cerivisiae and/or Pichia
pastoris and cell free protein synthesis. Use of protein engineering in protein purification. Protein
targeting/sorting, Protein folding mechanisms. Refolding and stabilization of recombinant proteins.
Elucidation of protein engineering approaches: rational and random with examples such as protein
engineering of the cytochrome P450 monooxygenase, aldolases and other industrial enzymes.
PRACTICALS
Enzyme kinetics, effect of different factors on enzyme activity, enzyme denaturation, purification and
characterization techniques e.g. column chromatography
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Shailendra, S. 2007. A text Book of Enzymes. Campus Book International, India.

2. Nelson, D.L and Cox, M.M. 2006. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, 4th Edition. W.H. Freeman
and Company, England.
3. Price, N.C. and Stevens, L. 2005. Fundamentals of Enzymology, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press,
USA.
4. Walsh, G. 2005. Protein Biochemistry and Biotechnology. John Wiley and Sons, USA.
5. Purich, D.L. 2002. Enzyme Kinetics and Mechanism: Detection and Characterization of Enzyme
Reaction. Volume 354, Part F. Methods in Enzymology Series, Academic Press, USA.
6. Schramm, V.L and Purich, D.L. 1999. Enzyme Kinetics and Mechanism: Energetics of enzyme
catalysis. Volume 308, Part E. Methods in Enzymology series, Academic Press, USA.
7. Dixon, M and Webb, E.C. 1997. Enzymes, 3rd Edition. Malcolm Dixon and Edwin C. Webb,
Academic Press, USA.
8. Engel, P.C. 1996. Enzymology. The LABFAX Series, Academic Press, USA.
9. Eisenthal, R. and Danson, M. J. 1992. Enzyme Assays: A Practical Approach. Practical Approach
Series, Oxford University Press, USA.
10. Hirs, C.H.W. and Timasheff, S. N. 1986. Enzyme Structure, Volume 117, 130 & 131, Part J, K & L.,
Methods in Enzymology series, Academic press, USA.
11. Leisola, M. & Turunen, O. (2007). Protein engineering: opportunities and challenges, Appl Microbiol
Biotechnol 75, 1225-1232.
12. Alberghina, L. (2000). Protein engineering in industrial biotechnology. Australia: Harwood Academic
Publishers.
SEMESTER – VIII
BBCE-402 KINETICS AND REACTOR DESIGN 3(2+1)
BBCE-404 MASS AND HEAT TRANSFER 3(2+1)
BBCE-406 BIOCHEMICAL PROCESS CONTROL 3(2+1)
ELECTIVE – II
BBCE-408 RENEWABLE ENERGY ENGINEERING 3(3+0)
BBCE-410 PHARMACEUTICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To familiarize students with the general process of drug development, basic concepts of
biopharmaceuticals and how they are better than conventional drugs.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction and basic concepts of pharmaceutical biotechnology; properties of an effective drug; drug
development process; selection of a lead molecule from available pool, lab scale studies, pilot scale
studies and clinical trials (Phase I, II and III); drug toxicity; impact of genomics and other related
technologies on drug discovery; use of DNA and protein microarrays in identification of disease targets
and for monitoring effectiveness of drugs; pharmacogenomics; plants and microorganisms as sources of
drugs; polymers: classification, polymerization and characterization; controlled drug release system and
its advantages and disadvantages over conventional release methods; legal and regulatory issues.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Kayser, O. 2012. Pharmaceutical Biotechnology: Drug Discovery and Clinical Application.

2nd Edition. Wiley-Blackwell.
2. Kokate, C. 2012. Textbook of Pharmaceutical Biotechnology. Elsevier.
3. Crommelin, et al., 2007. Pharmaceutical Biotechnology: Fundamentals and Applications. 3rd
Edition. Informa Healthcare.
4. Ende, D.J. 2010. Chemical Engineering in the Pharmaceutical Industry: R & D to
Manufacturing. 1st Edition. Wiley.
5. Subramanian, G. 2012. Biopharmaceutical Production Technology. 1st Edition. Wiley-VCH.
BBCE-412 BIOMATERIALS 3(3+0)
BBCE-414 BIOPROCESS QUALITY CONTROL 3(3+0)
SPECIAL PAPER – II (In lieu of Research Project)
BBCE-416 NANO-BIOTECHNOLOGY 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with key integrative technologies and use of nanoparticles in biological systems
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction; interface between nanotechnology and bionanotechnology; manipulating molecules; carbon

fullerenes and nanotubes; non-carbon nanotubes and fullerene-like materials; quantum dots; nanowires,
nanorods and other nanomaterials; magnetic nanoparticles; natural biological assembly at the nanoscale
and nanometric biological assemblies (complexes); nanobionics and bio-inspired nanotechnology;
applications of biological assemblies in nanotechnology; medical, cosmetics, agriculture, water and other
applications of nanobiotechnology; future prospects of nanobiotechnology; use of nanotechnology for
diagnosing and curing disease.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Gazit, E. 2007. Plenty of Room for Biology at the Bottom: An Introduction to Bionanotechnology. 1st
Edition.Imperial College Press.
2. Renugopalakrishnan, V. and Lewis, R.V. 2006. Bionanotechnology: Proteins to Nanodevices.

Springer.
3. Greco et al., 2004. Nanoscale Technology In Biological Systems. CRC Press.
4. Mirkin, C.A. and Niemeyer, C.M. 2007. Nanobiotechnology II: More Concepts and Applications.
John Wiley & Sons.
5. Niemeyer C.M. and Mirkin, C.A. 2004. Nanobiotechnology. 1st Edition. Wiley-VCH.
BBCE-418 BIOSENSORS 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with fundamentals of sensors that are capable of specifically detecting minute
quantities of various individual biomolecules or those displayed on cellular or viral surfaces.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction; miniaturization and microsystems including sensing by optical techniques, field-effect

transistors, ion-selective and enzyme-sensitive electrodes; biological signals and their types;
amperometric biosensors based on redox enzymes, potentiometric biosensors and enzyme field effect
transistors (ENFET); thermal biosensors; optical biosensors based on redox enzymes; indirect affinity
sensors; optical and electrical antibody-based biosensor; direct affinity detection using surface plasmon
resonance and piezoelectric biosensors.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Nielson, et al., 2003. Bioreaction Engineering Principles. 2nd Edition. Kluwer Academic / Plenum
Publisher, New York.
2. Monsi, et al., 2011. Fermentation Microbiology and Biotechnology. 3rd Edition. CRC Press.
3. Bone, S. and Zaba, B. 1992. Bioelectronics. 1st Edition. Wiley.
4. Hall, E.A.H. 1991. Biosensors. John Wiley & Sons.
5. Koryta, J. 1993. Ions, Electrodes and Membranes. 2nd Edition. John Wiley & Sons.
BBCE-420 METABOLIC ENGINEERING & SYNTHETIC BIOLOGY 3(2+1)
COURSE CONTENTS
Definition of Biofuels, biomass and bioenergy, bioresources, biofuels classification, energy

crises, importance and application of biofuels, environment and biofuels, World energy scenario,
Leading countries using biofuels, advances in biofuels research, University-Industry linkage,
biofuels feed stock. Introduction of biodiesel as a fuel, history, international applications and
production, environmental impacts, systematics of oil seeds plants, classification, edible and
non-edible oil seeds, cultivation, systematic research trends, concept of free fatty acids, feed
stock selection, transesterification, types, oil seed processing, quality control of biodiesel,
phytochemical screening of biodiesel, biodiesel blends, American Standard Testing Methods
(ASTM) and EN (European Nations) standards, fuel properties, viscosity, specific gravity,
density, flash, cloud, pour points, centane index and number, distillation, sulfur contents, acid
values, biodiesel byproducts, glycerin and soap analysis, methanol recovery, implementation in
engine, efficiency performance and consumption, biodiesel emissions, economics of biodiesel,
marketing, supply chain, systematics of biodiesel yielding plant species of Pakistan, future of
biofuels technology.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Armentrout, D., & Armentrout, P. (2009). Biofuels. Vero Beach, Fla: Rourke Pub.
2. Dhillon, D. S., Tyagi, R. K., Saxena, S., & Agrawal, A. (2004). Plant Genetic Resources: Oilseed and
Cash Crops. Narosa Publishing House, India.
3. Lele, S. (2005). Biodiesel and Jatropha Cultivation. Bharat Printers, Jodhpur, India.
4. Mendez. M. C. (2006). Feasibility Study of a biodiesel production plant form oil seeds. University of
Strathclyde, Department of Mechanical Engineering
5. Soetaert, W., & Vandamme, E. J. (2009). Biofuels. Hoboken, N.J: Wiley.
6. Verpoorte, R., Alfermann, A. W., & Johnson, T. S. (2007). Applications of plant metabolic
engineering. Dordrecht: Springer.
7. Wittmann, C., & Lee, S. Y. (2012). Systems metabolic engineering. Dordrecht: Springer.
BBCE-422 BIOFERTILIZERS AND BIOPESTICIDES 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with techniques and skills employed for production and using biofertilizers and
biopesticides.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to Biofertilizers, Types of biofertilizers, Media preparation and staining techniques,

Advantages of biofertilizers over chemical fertilizers, Preparation of carrier based biofertilizers,
Introduction to Biopesticides, Types of biopesticides and their function, Benefits and Barriers to
Biopesticide Use, Successfully Using Biopesticides, Disease and Insect Control Products, Safety Review,
Mass scale production, Scale up and formulation.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Suri, S. 2011. Biofertilizer and Biopesticide. APH Publishing Corporation.

2. Alam, G. 2000. A Study of Biopesticides and Biofertilisers in Haryana, India. International Institute
for Environment and Development.
3. Board, N. I. I. R. 2004. The Complete Technology Book on Bio-fertilizer and Organic Farming.
National Institute of Industrial Research.
4. Deshmukh, A.M., Khobragade, R.M. and Dixit P.P. 2007. Handbook of Biofertilizers and
Biopesticides. Oxford Book Company.
B. BS Biomedical Engineering
COURSE DETAILS
Course Code
Course BS Biomedical Engineering
Coordinating Unit Institute of Molecular Biology and Biotechnologys
Term Four Years
Level Graduate
Unit 8 Semester
Contact
Course
Description
Course Prof Dr Ahmad M. Khalid Coordinator
Coordinator
STANDARDIZED FORMAT
FOR BS (4 YEAR) IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE
No. of Credit
Sr. No. Categories
courses Hours
1. Discipline specific foundation courses 13 39
2. Major courses (including Research Project/Internship) 13 35
3. Electives within the major 4 12

General courses
5. 8 24
(to be chosen from other Departments)
Total 47 134
 Semester duration 16-18 weeks
 Semesters 8
 Course load per semester 15-18 Credit hours
LAYOUT FOR BS (4-YEAR) IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
Discipline Specific Major Courses (M) Elective Courses within the

Foundation Courses (F) (including research project/internship) major
13 courses 13 courses 4 courses
39 Credit hours 35 Credit hours 12 Credit hours
Subject Cr. Subject Cr. Subject Cr. Hr.

Hr. * Hr. * *
1. Microbiology 3(2-1) 1. Principles of Biomedical 3(2-1) Elective – I 3(3-0)
2. Biochemistry-I 3(2-1) Engineering Elective - II 3(3-0)
3. Biochemistry-II 3(2-1) 2. Biomedical Engineering 3(2-1) Elective - III 3(3-0)

Design
4. Cell Biology 3(2-1) 3(3-0) Elective - IV 3(3-0)
3. Differntial and Integral
5. Classical Genetics 3(3-0) 3(3-0)
Calculus
6. Probability & Note
4. Biomedical Physics I
Biostatistics
3(3-0) 3(3-0) These courses will
5. Network Analysis in BME
7. Analytical be selected from
3(3-0)
Chemistry & 6. Seq, Series and Multivariant the list of elective
Instrumentation 3(2-1) Calculus 3(1-2) courses.
8. Molecular Biol. 7. Bioinformatics 3(2-1)
9. Introduction to 8Diferntiula Equation with 3(3-0)

BMEnology 3(3-0) Linear Algebra
10. Immunology 3(3-0) 9. Research Methodology & 1(1-0)

Skill Enhancement
11. Methods in 1(1-0)
Molecular Biol. 10. Transport Phenomena in
3(3-0) 3(3-0)
12. Molecular 3(1-2) Living System
Engineering
11. Seminar-II
13. Quantitative
3(3-0) 12. Research Project OR 3(3-0)
Physiology
Internship OR Special Paper
– I (M)
13. Research Project OR

3(3-0) Internship OR Special Paper
– II (M)
39 35 12
Compulsory Courses (C) General Courses (G)
(i.e., student has no choice) (to be chosen from other Departments)
9 courses 8 courses
24 Credit hours 24Credithours
Subject Cr. Hr. Subject Cr.

* Hr. *
10. English I 3(3-0) 8. Physical Chemistry 3(3-0)
11. English II 9. Inorganic Chemistry
3(3-0) 3(2-1)
12. English III 10. Organic Chemistry
13. Pakistan Studies 3(3-0) 11. Ecology, Biodiversity & Evolution - I 3(2-1)
14. Islamic Studies 2(2-0) 12. Ecology, Biodiversity & Evolution - II 3(3-0)
15. Biomedical Engineering Design 13. Biological Physics
2(2-0) 3(2-1)
16. Biomathematics 14. Twosocial science courses from following
17. Introduction To Computer 3(3-0) list: 3(3-0)
Science k) Sociology
18. Biosafety & Bioethics l) Mass Communication
3(3-0) m) Economics
n) Marketing
3(2-1) 3(3-0)
o) Environmental Policy
p) Psychology 3(3-0)
2(2-0) q) Fine Arts 3(3-0)

r) Political Science
3(3-0)
s) International Affairs
t) Public Administration 3(3-0)
3(3-0)
3(3-0)
3(3-0)
3(3-0)
3(3-0)
24
* Weightage of theory and practical credits may be changed on the laboratory facilities available
SCHEME OF STUDIES FOR 4-YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BS) DEGREE IN
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
Year 1:1st Semester
S. No. Course Code Subject Credit Hours
1 BME-101 English-I (C) 3(3-0)
2 BME-103 Pakistan Studies (C) 2(2-0)
3 BME-105 Mathematics-I (pre-calculus) (C) 3(3-0)
4 BME-107 Ecology, Biodiversity & Evolution – I (G) 3(3-0)
5 BME-109 Organic Chemistry (G) 3(2-1)
6 BME-111 Cell Biology (F) 3(2-1)
Total 17
Year 1:2nd Semester
1 BME-102 English-II (C) 3(3-0)
2 BME-104 Islamic Studies/Ethics (C) 2(2-0)
3 BME-106 Biomathematics (C) 3(3-0)
4 BME-108 Inorganic Chemistry (G) 3(2-1)
5 BME-110 Ecology, Biodiversity & Evolution – II (G) 3(2-1)
6 BME-112 Microbiology (F) 3(2-1)
Total 17
Year 2:3rd Semester

1 BME-201 English-III (C) 3(3-0)
2 BME-203 Introduction to Computer Science (C) 3(2-1)
3 BME-205 Physical Chemistry (G) 3(3-0)
5 BME-209 Biochemistry-I (F) 3(2-1)
6 BME-211 Classical Genetics (F) 3(3-0)
Total 18
Year 2:4th Semester
1 BME-202 Biological Physics (G) 3(3-0)
2 BME-204 Probability & Biostatistics (F) 3(3-0)
4 BME-208 Analytical Chemistry & Instrumentation (F) 3(2-1)
5 BME-210 Biochemistry-II (F) 3(2-1)
6 BME-212 Molecular Biology (F) 3(3-0)
Total 18
Year 3:5th Semester

1 BME-301 Introduction to BME (F) 3(3-0)
2 BME-303 Immunology (F) 3(3-0)
3 BME-305 Methods in Molecular Biology (F) 3(2-1)
4 BME-307 Principles of Biochemical Engineering (M) 3(2-1)
5 BME-309 Bioinformatics (M) 3(1-2)
Total 15
Year 3:6th Semester
1 BME-302 Genetic Resources & Conservation (F) 3(3-0)
2 BME-304 Microbial BMEnology (F) 3(3-0)
3 BME-306 Agriculture BMEnology (M) 3(2-1)
4 BME-308 Food BMEnology (M) 3(3-0)
5 Elective-I * 3(3-0)
6 BME-312 Research Methodology & Skill Enhancement (M) 3(3-0)
Total 18
* one course may be taken from the list of Elective I
Year 4:7th Semester

1 BME-401 Health BME (M) 3(3-0)
2 BME-403 Seminar-I (M) 1(1-0)
3 BME-405 Environmental BME (M) 3(2-1)
4 BME-407 Genomics and Proteomics (M) 3(3-0)
5 Elective-II * 3(3-0)
6 BME-411 Research Project OR Internship OR Special Paper – I 3(3-0)

(M)
Total 16
Year 4:8th Semester
Credit
Hours
1 Elective-III ** 3(3-0)
2 Elective-IV *** 3(3-0)
3 BME-406 Seminar-II (M) 1(1-0)
4 BME-408 Industrial BMEnology (M) 3(2-1)
Research Project OR Internship OR Special Paper – II
5 BME-410 3(3-0)
(M)
6 BME-412 Biosafety &Bioethics (C) 2(2-0)
Total 15
* one course may be taken from the list of Elective II
** one course may be taken from the list of Elective III
*** one course may be taken from the list of Elective IV
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 134

Course Content Detail
BBME101 Fundamental of Biomedical Engineering (2+1)
Course Contents:
Introduces basic engineering principles in the context of biomedical topics, including electrical
circuits and components such as resistors, capacitors, diodes, transistors, digital electronics and
motors. Applications of biomedical systems including heart function, brain waves, human
motion and skin responses are discussed.
Lab Contents:
The laboratory introduces fundamental biomedical circuit testing and measurement and proper
laboratory writing, with students required to analyze, build and test biomedical devices such as
those involving ECG, EMG and Galvanic Skin Response.
Recommended Books:
1. G.S.Sahwney, Fundamental Biomedical Engineering ISBN (13) : 978-81-224-2549-9

Copyright © 2007, New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers
BBME 102Introduction to Biological Sciences

Objectives of Course:
• To understand fundamental concepts in biology and recognize the connections to your
daily life;
• To critically think about, analyze and evaluate scientific data and knowledge;
• To practice written and verbal communication skills and effective collaboration with
peers; and,
Course Contents:
An integrative approach to the science of life for science and engineering students
Macromolecular structure and function. Cell structure, reproduction, metabolism, and energy
production Genomes, replication, gene structure, RNA and protein synthesis Processes of cellular
and organismic function: cell structure, respiration, photosynthesis, molecular genetics and
development, structure and physiology of plants and animals.
Recommended Books:
1. Starr, Evers, & Starr. 5th edition Biology ISBN 9781305623682 (2015).
BBME105 Applied Physics (2+1)

• The course is intended to provide knowledge about:
• Properties of Matter and fluids
• Heat & Thermodynamics with introduction to heat transfer machine.
• Concepts of optics covering theory of light.
• Introduction to electricity and magnetism and its application in electrical and electronic
field.
Course Contents:
Properties of Matter: Elasticity; modulus of Elasticity, Experimental determination of young’s
modulus, Bending of beams, Cantilever.
Fluids: Steady and turbulent flow, Bernoulli’s theorem, Viscosity, determination of Coefficient
of viscosity by Poiseuillie's method. Surface tension, Surface energy, Angle of contact,
determination surface tension by rise in a capillary tube.
Heat & Thermodynamics: Heat, Temperature, Theories of heat, Adiabatic and isothermal
processes, the four laws of thermodynamics, Thermodynamic functions, Efficiency of Heat
Engines, Carnot’s Cycle, , Entropy, Reversible Process and cycles, Thermodynamic equilibrium,
Introduction to Heat transfer Mechanisms.
Optics: Waves and Oscillations, Simple Harmonic Motion, types of wave motion, theories of
light, Interference, Diffraction, Polarization, Double refraction, Dispersion, Types and uses of Deviation
Lasers. Electricity and Magnetism: Electric charges, Electric field, Electric potential, Coulomb’s
law, Gauss’s law, Capacitors and dielectrics, Electric current, Ohm’s Law, Magnetic properties
of matter, Magnetic field, Magnetic force on current, Ampere’s law, Faraday’s law, and Lenz’s
law.
Lab Contents:
Coulomb’s Law, Gauss’s law, Faraday’s laws, Electricity & Magnetism, Laws of Optics, Lenz’s
law, Thermodynamics principles, Heat Transfer.
Recommended Books:
1. David Halliday, Robert Resnick and Jearl Walker, WIE Fundamentals of Physics, 7th ed.
2005, John Wiley & Sons, ISBN:0471465097
2. Arthur Beiser, “ Schaum’s Contents of Applied Physics, 4th ed. 2004, McGraw Hill,
ISBN:0071426116
3. Hobbie, Russell, Intermediate physics for medicine and biology-4th edition, 2007
BBME130 Introduction to Computing (2+1)

Objectives of the Course:
An overview of Computer Science and information technology with applications. Number
systems and Boolean algebra. Programming forms the core of Computer Science. Other aspects
of the subject are either side-issues, or specializations from the basic programming core.
Therefore Computer Programing is the core first-year course in all Electronics,
Telecommunication, Biomedical & Computer Science degrees, and is an essential prerequisite to
almost all that follows in the second and third year. After the completion of the course, the
students should be able to:
i) To write real working programms, albeit ones on a much smaller scale than those used in
industry or sold as commercial software applications.
ii) Being able to think logically so one can predict in advance the behaviour of a system working
to fixed set of rules.
iii) Computing and execution of C Program.
Course Contents:
Review: Basic programming concepts. arrays and strings. Advanced Programming Concepts:
data types, pointers and references, parameters passing, functions, classes, objects, headers and
file linkages. Filing & Interfacing: File handling, input output interfacing. Graphics: Drawing
functions, graphic modes. Applications: Development of software for solving biomedical
problems
Lab Contents:
Compilation, debugging, data types, pointers, functions, classes, headers, file linkages, Input/
output, file handling.
Recommended Books:
1. Tanenbaum, Langsam and Augenstein, Data Structures Using C, Prentice-Hall.

2. Mark A. Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++,
3. Sahni, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, Computer Science Press.
4. World Wide Web: www.microsoft.com, www.ocw.mit.edu.
BBME104 Applied Chemistry (2+1)

To review those aspects needed to learn concepts of biochemistry biophysics, bio-sensors and
imaging.
Course Contents:
Introduction: Wave properties of electrons and matter Quantum theory of matter at atomic level,
atomic structure. Energy levels, orbital, hydrogen spectrum, bond energy, molecular structure
and its rotational and vibration energy Chemical Bonding: Types of Bonds, Hybridization and
Theories of Bonding. Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion Theory and Molecular Orbital
Theory. Physical state of matter. Gas laws, properties of liquid, surface tension, viscosity, optical
activity, dielectric constant, polarization, dipole moment. Crystal structure Chemical Kinetics:
Rate of reaction, order of reaction, First, Second and third order reaction, factors affecting rate of
reaction like Pressure, Temperature, concentration, catalyst, surface area and volume.
Electrochemistry: oxidation and reduction reactions, Balancing of redox reaction in acidic and
basic medium. Construction of galvanic cell. Organic chemistry: Introduction and classification
of organic compounds. Saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons. Chemistry of Alkanes, Alkynes,
Alkenes and Aromatics. Nucleophilic and Electrophonic substitution Reactions.
Lab Contents:
Order of reaction, factors affecting rate of reaction, acid-base titrations, Redox’s titrations,
preparation of Acidic and Basic buffer solutions and mixture analysis.
Recommended Books:
1. Silberberg Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change. McGraw Hill.
2. John, R. Holum: Elements of General, Organic and Biological Chemistry. John Wiley &
Sons
BBME146 Basic Electrical Engineering (2+1)

To give adequate knowledge and clear understanding about the concept of Basic electrical
engineering.
Course Contents:
Review: Structure of Matter, Conductors, Insulators and Semiconductors, Electric Current,
Electromotive Force (Voltage), Resistance, Conventional Current, DC and AC, Ohm’s Law,
Work, Energy, and Power, Conductance, Efficiency, Real and ideal Sources. Resistive Network:
Kirchoff’s voltage and current Laws, The Voltage-Divider Rule, the Current-Divider Rule,
Series and Parallel Connected Sources, Y-Delta Transformations, Balanced Bridges, voltage and
Current Source Conversion, Network Theorems: The Superposition Theorem, Maximum Power
Transfer Theorem. Capacitance and Capacitors: The Nature of Capacitance, Capacitor
Dimensions and Dielectrics, Capacitor Types and Ration, Transients in RC Networks, Energy
Stored in a Capacitor. Inductance and Inductors: Electromagnetic Induction, Lenz’s Law,
Faraday’s Transformer Action, Self Inductance, Inductor, Transients in RL Circuits, Energy
Stored in Inductors. Poly Phase Systems: Three phase circuits and balanced loads. Transformers
and AC Machines: General principle, working, fundamental equations, types, efficiency and
losses. Motor Controllers and Drives: DC & AC Drives, Speed control of motors, Stepper motor
Drive.
Lab Contents:
Measuring instruments like multimeter, oscilloscope, etc. Ohm’s Law, Krichhoff’s Current,
Voltage Law, Current Divider Theorem, Voltage Divider Theorem, Study of Superposition
Theorem, Maximum Power Theorem, Thevenon’s Theorem. Study of RLC Series Circuits, RLC
Parallel Circuits, Simulation of Basic Electrical Circuits Using PSpice, Orcad or Electronic
Workbench.
Recommended Books:
1. David Irwin, Engineering Circuit Analysis, Wiley.
2. Electrical Circuit Analysis by William H. Hayat, Mac-Hill.
3. Computer Aided Enginee
BBME114 Bio Fluid Mechanics (2+1)

Course Contents
Basic concepts in fluid mechanics: Viscosity, surface tension, compressibility; hydrostatics,
pressure on plate; kinetics & kinematics of fluid flow; continuity equation; conservation of
momentum; Bernoulli’s equation; Poiseuille equation; viscous, unsteady flows; dimensional
analysis. Physiological Fluid Mechanics:
Introduction to blood flow in the circulatory system, respiration, peristaltic motion, ciliary and
flagellar transport, Rheology of blood and blood vessels, static and steady flow model, native
heart valve, Fluid dynamics measurement techniques
Recommended Books:
1. Introduction to Bioengineering; Berger S. A., Goldsmith, W. and Lewis E. R., 1996
2. Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics; Munsen B. R., Young D. F. and Okiishi T. H., ed.
2006, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
3. Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer; Incropera, F. P. and De Witt, D. P., 5th ed.
2002, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Transport Phenomena.
4. K. B Chandran, A. P. Yuganathan, Stanley E Rittgers, Biofluid mechanics Human
circulation, CRC Taylor and Francis, 2007.
109 Physiologies-I (2+1)

The use of physiology in bio-medical engineering is to help improve medical diagnosis and
treatment and to improve the quality of life for people who are incapacitated injured. The course
is intended to provide the knowledge about:
• To set trends for finding physiological parameters with accuracy & precision with subject
human body.
• Advance development for techniques of interfacing electro-medical equipment
• To study on physiological processes in helping physician & constant for offering best
medical facilities with respect to biomedical devices.
Course Contents:
Introduction to Physiology: The Cell and General Physiology. Functional organization of human
body and control of the internal environment. Cell and its function, protein synthesis and cell
reproduction. Metabolism of carbohydrates and formation of ATP. Lipid and Protein
Metabolism, transport through Cell membrane.
Human physiology from a system's view point: Quantitative issues at the organ and whole body
levels of:
a) Cardiovascular
b) Respiratory
c) Renal and
d) Digestive systems.
Nerve and Muscle: Membrane potential, Action potential, Excitation and Rhythmicity.
Contraction of Skeletal and cardiac muscles, sliding filament Mechanism, Heart as a pump.
Sensory Systems: Sensory Receptors: Classification and basic mechanism of action.
Somatic Sensations: Mechanoreceptive sensations, pain, thermal and visceral pain, headache.
Special Senses: Eye, receptor function of the retina, Neurophysiology of Vision, the Chemical
Sense-taste and smell.
Lab Contents:
1 Use of stethoscope & measurement of human arterial Blood pressure & pulse
2 Determination of Red Blood Cells per cumm of human Blood
3 Determination of White Cells per cumm of human blood
4 Determination of haemoglobin percentage in human blood
5 Physiochemical & microscope analysis of human urine sample (Renal System)
6 a) Demonstration of the use of ECG
b) Test of hearing
7 Determination of visual acuity of a human subject by using
snellen’s eye chart
8 Determination of bleeding time in human body
9 Determination of the coagulation time in human body
10 a) To record normal respiration & effect of System exercise on it using spirometer.
b) To record normal respiration & effect of exercise on it using power lab.
c) Introduction the organization & classification of neurons using neurolab System
11 a) To record normal respiration & effect of exercise on it Sysusing spirometer
b) To record normal respiration & effect of exercise on it using power lab
c) Introduction the organization & classification of neurons using neurolab
12 To demonstrate the differential count of leukocytes in human blood Sample
13 To observe the shape of RBC in normal saline stem
14 To identify various parts of digestive tract & to observe cut mobility in exposed abdomen of
dissected rabbit 15 To determine the group of blood sample
Recommended Books:
1. A. C. Guyton, A Text-Book of Medical Physiology, 12th Ed, 2010.
2. William F., Review of Medical Physiology 22nd Ed, 2005.
3. Arthur C. Guyton, John E. Hall, Textbook of Medical Physiology: with STUDENT
CONSULT Access (Textbook of Medical Physiology)
4. Robert M. Berne (Editor), Physiology.
5. Linda S. Costanzo, Physiology (Board Review Series) (3rd Edition)
6. Elaine N. Marieb, Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology with Essentials of
InterActive Physiology CD-ROM (8th Edition)
BBME112 Biophysics(2+1)
The object of this course is that the student could appreciate the function of various bio-medical
instruments built on the basics of bio-physical principles.
Course Contents:
Sound: Hearing and Echolocation, Ultrasound. Optics of Vision: Quantum Nature of Vision.
Nervous system: Biophysics of Neural Spike. Information theory and Memory; Nervous system.
Structural Biophysics: Conformational analysis and forces that determine protein and nucleic
acid structure. Molecular Modeling of protein, nucleic Radiation and Radiobiology: Interaction of
radiation with matter, Biological effects of radiation, radiobiological effects of radiation, medical imaging
using radio-isotopes. Biopotentials: Electrocardiograms and electric shocks, Fundamental laws for current
in biological tissues, Biopotentials in hearts, electrocardiogram, Action potentials in nervous system.
Bioenergetics: Thermodynamic principles. First law (energy, enthalpy), Second law of Thermodynamics.
Free energy, standard physical free energy and standard biological free energy, determination of the free
energy from equilibrium constant and EMF measurements. Thermodynamics of phosphate compounds
(phosphate transfer reactions) and role of ATP for biological energy transfer, thermodynamics of life.
Energy Pathways: Coupled Reactions, Group Transfer Potential, Role of Pyridine Nucleotides, Energy
Conversion Pathways, Biological Membrane, Active Transport, Chemi-osmotic theory-passive transport.
Lab Contents:
1 Molecular Graphics of Peptide Unit
2 Molecular Graphics of Proteins
3 To find out the ionization constant of given acid (Acetic Acid) by pH titration curve
4 To find out the maximum absorption of Riboflavin by Spectrophotomer and determination of molar
extinction co-efficient
5 To calculate potential energy of biomolecules on the basic of non bonded interactions
6 Potential energy determination on the basis of electrostatics Forces
7 Determination of free energy for Redox reactions in biological System
8 Determination of Redoxpotential for Cytochrome Fe++
9 Demonstration of Sound and hearing (organ and pathway) by models and Computers
10 . Tests of hearing and tests of vision
11 Demonstration of the taste and smell by models and Computers
12 To determine the standard curve of Riboflavin by Spectrophotometer
13 To locate the blind spot of the object by using Neurolab or similar software
14 .Determination of frequency, Intensity and airflow of speech phonics using phonatory function
analyzer
15 .Demonstration of Ultrasound
16 To observe and analysis of the different types of errors and disease of Eyes by using the Neurolab
software or similar software.
Recommended Books:
1. V. Pattabhi, N. Gautham, Biophysics
2. Christaan Sybesma, Biophysics, Kluwer Academic Publications.
3. Henrik Flyvbjerg (Editor), Physics of Bio-Molecules and Cells, et al
4. Forces, Growth and Form in Soft Condensed Matter: At the Interface between A. T.
Skjeltorp (Editor), A. V. Belushkin (Editor), Physics and Biology (NATO Science Series
II: Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry)
5. Becker , Oren M, Computational biochemistry and biophysics, 2001
6. Paul, Davidovitis, Physics in Biology & Medicine, 3rd Ed, 2007.
7. World Wide Web: www.physicsdaily.com
BBME112 Human Anatomy (2+1)

The aim of this course is to give the students basic information on normal structure of human
body.
• At the end of the course, students are expected to be able to describe and compare the
principle structures of major human organs and systems.
• Discuss the anatomical basis of the circulation and the peripheral nervous system.
• Discuss the anatomical basis for actions such as breathing and digestion.
Course Contents:
Introduction: Anatomy and its branches, Anatomical positions, planes, topography. Cell
Anatomy: Overview of Cellular Anatomy. Extremities (Upper and Lower): Bones, muscles,
ligaments, tendons, bursae, reticulae, capsules, arteries, veins, Lymphatic system. Vertebral
Anatomy: Vertebrae, Pelvic girdle, spinal cord, nervous system. Thorax-Thoracic Viscera:
Surface anatomy, bones surface musculature, lungs, heart. Abdomen: Organs (location,
structures, relations and function). Head & Neck: Bones, muscles, cranial nerves (location,
structures, relations and function).
Lab Contents:
1 Demonstration of Human Skeleton in general
2 Demonstration of basic structures in Human Anatomy
(Skin, Muscles & Other Structures)
3 Demonstration of Anatomical planes & positions
4 Demonstration of Movements & Motinal Terms
5 Demonstration & Study of Scapula & Clavicle
6 Demonstration & Study of Humerus bone
7 Demonstration of Ulna and Radius
8 Demonstration of wrist & hand bones
9 Demonstration of Pelvic bone
10 Study and demonstration of Femur bone Study and demonstration of Tibia & Fibula
12 Demonstration of Foot bones
13 Demonstration of skull
14 Demonstration & study of different parts of Vertebral column
15 Study and Demonstration of different Models
16 Audio & Visual Demonstration of Human Anatomy
Recommended Books:
1. Snell, Clinical Anatomy for Medical Students 8th Ed.
2. Gerard J. Tortora, Principles Of Human Anatomy Along With (A Photographic Atlas Of
The Human Body)
3. Ellis, Horlad, Clinical Anatomy. A Revision & Applied Anatomy For Clinical Students-
Ed-10th.
4. Chaurasia’s B. D, Human anatomy regional & applied vol-1. 4th ed, 2007
5. Frederic H. Martini Human Anatomy (4th Edition), et al
6. Human Anatomy Plus Human Anatomy Place CD-ROM and Access to Human Elaine N.
Marieb, Anatomy Place Website (4th Edition) et al
7. Michael McKinley, Human Anatomy Valerie O'Loughlin
BBME112 Linear Algebra & Differential Equations: (3+0)

• To develop the knowledge of matrix Algebra, the system of linear equations.
• To give an idea about formation, solution and the physical application of ordinary
differential equations.
Course Contents:
Linear Algebra: Methods for solution of algebraic linear equations.
Vectors: Scalar and vector quantities, Differentiation and integration of vector functions.
Gradient, Divergence and Curl. Line integrals, Green’s Theorem, Gauss, divergence
theorem, Stokes’ theorems
Ordinary Differential Equations: Formulations, Order, degree and linearity of differential
equations. Complementary and particular solutions, initial and boundary value problems.
Solution of Ordinary Linear Differential Equations of First Order: Methods of solutions,
Bernoulli’s differential equations.
Linear Second Order Differential Equations: Characteristic equation and different types
of it. Methods of solving homogeneous linear differential equations with constant
coefficients. Particular solution by variation of parameter’s method and solution by
indeterminate coefficient method.
Recommended Books:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engg. Mathematics
2. S. H. K. Dass, Advanced Engg. Mathematics
BBME106 Biochemistry (2+1)

• To provide an introduction to the basic concepts of biochemistry.
• To learn about the structure, classification and functions of protein and enzymes.
• To learn about the lipids, vitamins & carbohydrates.
Course Contents:
Introduction to Biochemistry: Colloidal state, buffer, pH, significance of pH Henderson
equation, surface tension, viscosity, osmosis, diffusion, concept of chromatographic techniques
(TLC, paper chromatography, GLC column chromatography etc.) carbohydrates, amino acids,
nucleic acids, proteins, vitamins, enzymes, hormones & signaling agents,.
Metabolism of Carbohydrates, Lipids and Proteins: carbohydrate derivatives, optical activity,
polarimetry, glycogenesis, gluconeogenesis, glycolysis, tricarboxylic acid cycle, hexose
monophosphate shunt. Effects of hormones on carbohydrate metabolism. Chemistry and
Metabolism of Lipids, Proteins
LAB CONTENTS:
1. (a). General test for carbohydrates
. (b). General test for polysaccharides
2. Determine the pH of different given samples
3. To study the cell fragility
4. Estimation of Blood glucose level
5. To detect essential amino acids color reaction test.
6. To determine the protein in the given solution
7. Isolation of casein from milk.
8. Isolation of glycogen from liver.
9. To find out viscosity of the given solution
10. To study colorimeter
11. Estimation of plasma cholesterol level.
12. Effect of temperature on enzyme activity.
13. Separation of amino acids by chromatography
14. Study of nucleic acid (Software)
15 Preparation of solutions (Buffers)
Recommended Books:
1. Lippincott, Bio-Chemistry 5th Ed, 2010
2. Donald Voet, Judith, G. Voel and Charlotte, W. Prats, Fundamentals of Biochemistry,
2006, John Wiley & Sons.
3. Rodney Boyer, Modern Experimental Biochemistry, Pearsons Education, Delhi, India.
4. Tsai.C.Stan, An Introduction To Computational Biochemistry
5. Sawhney S.K., Introductory Practical Biochemistry
1. David L. Nelson, Michael M. Cox, Lehninger Principles 5th ed. 2008

6.
7. Bundred, I, Biochemistry 2nd Ed, 2007
8. Raju, SM , Illustrated medical Biochemistry, 2005
9. Dutta, Rajiv, Fundamental of Biochemistry engg, 2007
10. Jeremy M. Berg, & Lubert Stryer, Biochemistry, 6th Ed, 2006
BBME 113Physiology-II (2+1)

The use of physiology in bio-medical engineering is to help improve medical diagnosis and treatment and
to improve the quality of life for people who are incapacitated injured. The course is intended to provide
the knowledge about nervous system, motor functions and endocrinology.
Course Contents:
Nervous System: Organization of Nervous System, Basic functions of synapses ; Neuronal Mechanism
and circuits for processing information. Motor Functions: Spinal cord and the cord reflexes; the cerebral
cortex and intellectual functions of the Brain. Motor function of the Brain stem. Vestibular control of
postural reflexes, Cerebrum and basal ganglia. Reticular formation. Behavioral functions of the Brain:
Limbic System, role of the Hypothalamus, and control of the vegetative functions of the body; the
Autonomic nervous system; the Adrenal Medulla. Electrical Activity from Brain. Endocrinology and
Reproduction: Introduction to Endocrinology and the pituitary Hormones; Hormonal functions in male
and female.
LAB CONTENTS:
1. To observe the receptor adaptation associated with Paccinian Corpuscle and other receptors in a
computer simulated program
2. Determination of visual field in human subject.
3. Observe the relationship between the sound waveform and its spectrum using the computer simulated
program
4. Observe and study the spectrum and waveforms of different vowels sound and their relationship with
the configuration of the vocal tract
5. Study the movement in basilar membrane during the passage of sound waves of different frequencies,
on a simulated model
6. To illustrate the principle of phase locking in auditory fibers by using the compute simulated program
7. To study the principle of interaural delay for sound localization or locating the position of source of
sound using the simulated program
8. Demonstration: Use of an oscilloscope for the recording of nerve action potential
9. (a) To calculate nerve conduction velocity from twitch records obtained by using a nerve-muscle
preparation using Kymograph.
(b) To calculate nerve conduction velocity from twitch records obtained by using a nerve-muscle
preparation using powerlab. To locate the gustoreceptors in the human
preparation using powerlab. To locate the gustoreceptors in the human
preparation using powerlab To locate the gustoreceptors in the human
12 To elicit various spinal reflexes in human being.
13. Demonstration of various common (daily use) examples for the understanding of spinal reflexes
14. Demonstration of the recording of an (extracellular) action potential from frog sciatic nerve
(monophasic & biphasic) on oscillograph / oscilloscope
15. Study of reflex movements in spine of frog; Effect of acid treatment, EffecEffects of electric shock &
Effect of Strychnine
16. Study of superficial, pupillary, cutaneous and kinaesthetic reflexes in human
Recommended Books:
1. C. Guyton, A Text Book of Medical Physiology, 12th Ed, 2010
2. William F., Review of Medical Physiology 22nd Ed, 2005
BBME131 Basic Electronics (3+1)

To study the fundamentals of Solid-State Electronics, the construction and function of Electronic Devices,
and their applications, to be familiar with power electronic devices such as Thyristor, SCR, DIAC, and
TRIAC
Course Contents:
Semiconductors: Atomic structure of Elements, Energy level diagram for solids, Intrinsic and Extrinsic
semiconductors, Electron hole pairs, Distribution of electrons, combination & Regeneration.
Diodes: P-N Junction, Ideal diode, Real diode, Large & Small signal operation, Application of Diodes in
half wave rectification, full wave rectification, equivalent circuit, Zener & Special purpose diodes,
voltage regulation.
Bi-Polar Junction Transistors: Operation of BJT, Static characteristic, Q-Point, Amplification, A.C.
loading, D.C. circuit analysis, Cut-off point, Break Down voltage, Transistor as a switch, Transistor
configurations and Biasing.
Field Effect Transistors: Operation of FET, Output characteristics,
Field Effect Transistors: Operation of FET, Output characteristics, Transfer characteristics, N-channel
and P-channel J-FET, Biasing circuit, Q-point. MOSFET, N-channel and P-channel MOSFET, Small
signal Analysis, low frequency and High frequency small signal Model.
Introduction to Power Electronic Devices: Introduction to Thyristor, SCR, DIAC, TRIAC, Phase
controlled rectifiers/ Inverter circuits, step down & step up choppers.
Applications: Power electronics in medical equipment.
Lab Contents:
Study of forward and reverse bias characteristic, Study Characteristics, Zener Diode, LED, Tunnel Diode,
Laser Diode, Photo Diode, Reverse of Recovery Times of Diode, PNP & NPN Transistor Characteristics,
Photo Transistor, JFET, MOSFET, Rectifiers (Half wave, Full Wave, Centre Tape and Bridge Rectifier.).
Recommended Books:
1. Manera A. S. “Solid State Electronic Circuits”
2. Crovic M. M. “Basic Electronic Devices, Circuits and Systems” Reston
Publishing Co.
3. Steward H. E. & Annyn “Engineering Electronics” Becon Inc.
4. Robert B. Northrop, Analysis and Application of Analog Electronic Circuits to
Biomedical Instrumentation (Biomedical Engineering)
5. Howard M Yanof (Author), Textbook of Biomedical Electronics, [sic]
BBME145 Circuit Analysis (3+1)

On completion of this course the students will be able to:
• Understand the concepts of Electrical Circuits of AC & DC.
• Discuss various concepts of Theorems. Draw the equivalent
circuits.
• Apply and understand the Inductive, capacitate and resistive
circuits in series and in parallel.
• Determine the steady state and transient circuits.
• Explain the forced, natural and total responses.
• Explain the exponential, sinusoidal excitations and their responses.
• Describe the circuits in time and frequency domains
Course Contents:
The RLC Circuits: Source Free Series & Parallel RLC Circuits, over-damped, under-damped,
critically damped RLC Circuits, complete response of RLC Circuits, Lossless LC Circuits.
The Sinosoidal Steady Response: Nodal, Mesh & loop analysis, AC source Transformation,
Thevenin’s, Norton’s, Reciprocity & Compensation theorems.
Complex Frequency: Introduction to complex frequency damped sinosoidal forcing function,
Laplace Transform, Z(s) & Y(s), frequency response as a function of s, Complex frequency
plane, natural response & the S-Plane. Voltage ratio synthesizing, Scaling & Bode Diagrams.
General Two Port Networks: Introduction, admittance parameters, some equivalent networks,
impedance parameters, hybrid parameters, transmission parameters.
Lab Contents:
Steady state response of RLC Circuits. Node, Mesh & Loop Analysis, Transient response of
RLC circuits, damping and stability,
Recommended Books:
1. William Hayt, Engineering Circuit Analysis 5th Ed
2. David Irwin, Engineering Circuit Analysis, Wiley.
3. J. S. Kang, PSPice Manual for Electric Circuits Fundamentals, Oxford Univ.
Press.
4. M. E, Valkenburg, Network Analysis, Prentice Hall, Inc.
5. Joseph J. Carr, John M. Domach, Network Analysis with Application-4th Ed.
6. S. Franco, Electric Circuits Fundamentals, Oxford University Press.
7. Wilhelm C. Miller, Circuit Analysis: Theory & Practice, 3rd Ed.
8. Robert L. Bolestad, Introductory Circuit Analysis (10th Edition)
9. John O'Malley, Schaum's Contents of Basic Circuit Analysis
10. Paul R. Gray, Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits (4th Edition)
BBME116 Biomedical Electronics (3+1)

To have basic concepts of amplifier, power amplifier, operational amplifier and instrumentation
amplifier, to be able to use OP-AMP as pre-amplifier, power amplifier, oscillator, filter, to
perform mathematical operations on signals using OP-AMP, and to design various timing
circuits using OP-AMP
Course Contents:
Amplifier Characteristics: Input and output impedance, Real and Apparent gain, Amplifier
loading, Impedance matching of amplifiers.
Power Supplies: Regulated and switched mode power supplies.
Power Amplifiers: Classes of Power amplifiers.
Oscillators: Hartley oscillators, Colpitt oscillators, RC phase shift oscillators, Wein-Bridge
oscillators, Crystal oscillators based on BJT and FET.
Differential Amplifiers: Darlington transistor circuit, properties of differential amplifier stage,
circuits of differential amplifiers using BJTs and FETs.
Operational Amplifiers: Analysis of OP-AMP action, OP-AMP specifications: interpreting OP-
AMP data sheet, offset voltage and current, temperature rating, output swing, CMRR, slew rate,
Applications: Inverting amplifiers, non-inverting amplifiers, voltage follower, summing
amplifiers, instrumentation amplifiers, integrator, differentiator, non linear amplifiers. Frequency
response of OP-AMPs, A/D and D/A converters, power control using Op-Amp, Op-Amp based
timing circuits.
Recommended Books:
1. Cirovic, M. M., “Basic Electronic Devices, Circuits and Systems”, Prectice-Hall.
2. Hayt and Neudeck, “Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design”, Houghton Mifflin
Company, Boston.
3. Robert F. Coughlin, “Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits, 4th Ed.
4. Howard M. Berlin, Fundamental of Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated
Circuits
5. Reinaldo Perez, Design Of Medical Electronic Devices
6. Malvino, Principles of Electronic Devices.
7. Thomas L. Floyd, Electronic Devices.
BBME147 Numerical Analysis (3+0)

After completing this course, the student should be familiar with:
i) Root of a non-linear equation f ( x ) = 0 and its computation.
ii) Iterative methods for the solution of simultaneous linear algebraic equations.
iii) Interpolation and extrapolation.
iv) Numerical differentiation and integration.
v) Numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equation.
Course Contents:
Introduction, Error analysis: floating points, errors and types of errors. Solution of non-linear
equation: Bisection, Regula-Falsi, Fixed-point iterative and Newton-Raphson’s methods.
Solution of linear algebraic equations. Direct methods: Crout’s and Cholescky methods; Iterative
methods: Jaccobi’s and Guass-Seidal methods. Eigen values and eigen vectors: Characteristics
equation and, Power methods. Interpolations and extrapolations: Forward, backward, central
difference operators and their relations. Newtons Forward, Backward and Divided Difference
Interpolation Formulae. Lagrange’s and Stirling’s Interpolation Formulae. Numerical
differentiation: Newton’s-Forward and Backward differentiation Formulae. Numerical
quadrature: Trapezoidal, Simpson’s one-third, Simpson’s three-eight and Weddle’s rules and
Gaussian quaderature. Solution of ODEqus: Taylor Series, Euler’s and its modified, Runge-
Kutta, Miline's, Adam-Moltan (Predictor-Corrector) methods. Solution of Higher Order
Differential Equations: Runge-Kutta methods. Solution of Partial Differential Equations by
Finite Differences Methods (Explicit, Implicit and Crank-Niclson techniques) and ADI Method.
Recommended Books:
1. Dunn, Stanley M, Alkis Conastantinides, Numerical methods in biomedical engineering
2006
2. Canal and Chapra “Numerical Methods for Engineers”.
3. Curits F. Gerald “Applied Numerical Analysis”.
4. Erwin Kreyszig “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”.
5. Chung Yau Lam “Applied Numerical Methods for the Solution of Partial Differential
Equations”
6. Dr Saeed Akhtar Bhatti “A First Course in Numerical Analysis”.
7. John L. Van Iwaarden “Ordinary Differential Equations with Numerical Techniques”.
BBME102 Computational Methods in Biomedical Engineering
Course Objective:
The goal of this course is to enhance students' software skills for subsequent biomedical engineering
courses and laboratories, as well their careers.
Course Contents:
The course covers the basic fundamentals of programming as well as data analysis of biomedical data. An
important component of this course is developing problem-solving skills. This course covers advanced
computational methods from a biomedical engineering perspective. Linear and nonlinear systems, partial
differential equations, optimization and inverse problems will be discussed. Advanced computational
techniques are increasingly needed in today’s biomedical engineering. For example, one needs a
nonlinear system to describe a model or problem in neural engineering. Finite element has been a
powerful numerical method to deal with many problems in biomechanics and biomaterials where partial
differential equations are involved. Inverse problems are common almost everywhere in the field of
biomedical imaging. This course is geared towards the applications of the advanced computational
techniques to various biomedical engineering
Recommended Books:
BBME 148 Health Biotechnology (3+0)
Introduction to Biotechnology and Health Biotechnology, Natural products and drugs, Natural cures for
Ancient Diseases from dyes to drugs, the discovery of medicine. Large Molecules, Disease
prevention(vaccines): less risky and more effective, the use of insulin, the use of human growth hormone,
Disease Diagnosis, Types of recombinant Drugs, protein factories, using antifreeze to keep protein in the
blood choosing a production system, the production of antibiotics, uses for Recombinant protein drugs,
pioneers and medical advances, working with blood cells, immune system drugs, treating heart disease,
cancer treatment, Gene therapy to treat disease, The human genome project, problems with gene therapy,
unlimited consequences of gene therapy, Gene Therapy for cancer treatment, Immune based cancer gene
therapy strategies, Replacing cells, Blood transfusions, stem cells, possibilities of stem cell therapy,
Forensic medicine.
Recommended Books
• Schacter B. 2006. Biotechnology and Your Health. Infobase Publishing.
• Singh BD. 2005. Biotechnology. 2nd Revised and Enlarged Edition. Kalyani Publishing.
• Kuby J. 2003. Immunology. 5th Edition. W. H. Freeman and Company.
• Walker JM, The protein Protocols. 2nd Edition. Humana Press.
ENGLISH
ENG-102 3 (3-0)
Foundation of English
Basics of Grammar; Parts of speech and use of articles; Sentence structure, active and passive voice;
Practice in unified sentence; Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure; Transitive and intransitive
verb; Punctuation and spelling. Comprehension: Answers to questions on a given text. Discussion:
General topics and every-day conversation (topics for discussion to be at the discretion of the teacher
keeping in view the level of students). Listening: To be improved by showing documentaries/films
carefully selected by subject teachers. Translation skills: Urdu to English; Paragraph writing (Topics to be
chosen at the discretion of the teacher). Presentation skills: Introduction. (Note: Extensive reading is
required for vocabulary building).
Recommended Books:
• Practical English Grammar. A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 1. Third edition. Oxford
University Press. 1997.
• Practical English Grammar. A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third edition. Oxford
University Press. 1997.
• Writing. Intermediate. Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet. Oxford
Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. Pages 20-27 and 35-41.
• Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third
Impression 1992.
ENGLISH TECHNICAL WRITING & COMPREHENSION

ENG-104 3 (3-0)
Presentation skills. Essay writing: Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative. Academic
writing: How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper. How to write a research paper/term paper
(emphasis on style, content, language, form, clarity, consistency). Technical Report writing. Progress
report writing. (Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building).
Recommended Books:
• Writing. Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992.
• College Writing Skills by John Langan. McGraw-Hill Higher Education. 2004.
• Patterns of College Writing (4th edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin‟s
Press.
• The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compiled by norther Illinois University.
General Editiors: Janice Neulib; Kathleen Shine Cain; Stephen ure to the best of twentieth
century literature, without taxing the taste of engiRuffus and Maurice Scharton. (Note: A
reader which will give students exposneering students).
COMMUNICATION SKILL
ENG 213 3 (3-0)
Paragraph writing: Practice in writing a good, unified and coherent paragraph, Essay writing:
Introduction, CV and job application. Translation skills: Urdu to English. Study skills: Skimming and
scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed reading, summary and précis writing and comprehension.
Academic skills: Letter/memo writing, minutes of meetings, use of library and interne. Presentation
skills: Personality development (emphasis on content, style and pronunciation). (Note: documentaries to
be shown for discussion and review).
Recommended Books:
• Practical English Grammar by AJ. Thomson and AV. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third edition. Oxford
University Press 1986.
• Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Chrisitine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet. Oxford
Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993.
• Writing. Upper-Intermediate by Rob Nolasco. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1992.
(Particularly good for writing memos, introduction to presentations, descriptive and argumentative
writing).
• Reading. Advanced. Brian Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression
1991.
• Reading and Study Skills. John Langan
Study Skills. Riachard York.
ISLAMIC STUDIES
HU-103 2 (2-0)
The Holy Quran: Translation of selected Verses of the Holy Quran: Verses of the Surah-al-
Baqra;Related to “Faith” (Verses No. 1-5 & 284-286); Verses of the Surah-al-Hujrat; Related to the
“Adab-al-Nabi & Obligatory Social Instructions” (Verses No 1-18); Verses of the Surah-al-Furqan;
Related to the “Social Ethics” (Verses No 63-77); Verses of the Surah-al-Inaam; Related to the
“Humanity” (Verses no. 151-153); Verses of the Surah-al-Ihzab; Related to the “Adab-al-Nabi” (Verses
No. 32-33); Verses of Surah-al-Saf; Related to the “Prophethood, Migration, Jihaad, Triumph,
Domination” (Verses No. 1-14). Explanation of the selected Verses of the Holy Quran. The Ahadith of
the Holy Prophet (PBUH): Definition and Basic concept of the ‘Ahadith’; History of ‘Hadith’; Kinds of
‘Hadith’; Sunnah & Hadith. Translation of the following selected ‘Ahadiths’ of the Holy Prophet
(PBUH): Introduction of ‘Faith’; Superiorty of the Holy Quran over other Revealed Books; Islamic
Pillars; Basics of Islam; Offering Prayer; Importance of knowledge & learning; Questions of the day of
Judgment; ‘Hilal’ Earning; Huqooq-ul-Ibaad; Truthful & Honest Merchant. Explanation of the selected
‘Ahadiths’ of the Holy Prophet (PBUH). Seearat-Un-Nabi (S.A.W): The Life of the Holy Prophet
(PBUH) ; Before “Nabuwwat” or “Prophethood”; The Life of the Holy Prophet (PBUH) in Makkah;
Important lessons derived from the life of the Holy Prophet (PBUH) in Makkah; The Life of the Holy
Prophet (PBUH) in the Madina; Important events of the life of the Holy Prophet (PBUH) in Madina;
Important lessons derived from the life of the Holy Prophet (PBUH) in Madina. Islamic Culture and
Civilization: Definition of the Islamic Culture & Civilization; Description of the Islamic Culture &
Civilization; Basics of the Islamic Culture & Civilization; Historical Development of the Islamic Culture
& Civilization; Characteristics of the Islamic Culture & Civilization; The Islamic Culture & Civilization
and contemporary issues.International influence of Islamic Culture & Civilization.
Recommended Books:
• Mir Wali Ullah. 1982. “Muslim Jurisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes” . Islamic
Book Service.
• H.S. Bhatia. 1989. “Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society” New Delhi; Deep
& Deep Publications.
• Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haqq. 2001. “Introduction to Al-Sharia-al-Islam”. Allama Iqbal
Open University, Islamabad.
• “Emergence of Islam”, Hameedullah Muhammad, Islamic Research Institute, International
Islamic University, Islamabad.
PAKISTAN STUDIES
HU-202 2 (2-0)
IDEOLOGY OF PAKISTAN: Ideology, Ideology of Life, Ideology of Pakistan. Two Nations Theory;
Importance of Two-Nation Theory. HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVES OF IDEOLOGY OF
PAKISTAN: The efforts of Mujadid Alf Saani; Educational efforts of Sir Syed Ahmad Khan; Ali Garh
Movement. PAKISTAN MOVEMENT: Urdu-Hindi Controversy; Causes and circumstances leading to
the establishment of Muslim League; Lakhnow Pact; Simins Commission; Nehru Report; Fourteen Points
of Quad-e-Azam’. FINAL FACTORS LEADING TO THE STRUGGLE FOR INDEPENDENCE.
INITIAL PROBLEMS OF NEWLY ESTABLISHED PAKISTAN. CONSTITUTIONAL &
POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE ISLAMIC REPUBLIC OF PAKISTAN: Constitutional
Dilemmas; Objectives Resolution; Constitution of 1956; Constitution of 1962; Constitution of 1973;
Efforts for Implementation of Islamic Laws & Regulations in Pakistan. LAND OF PAKISTAN:
FOREIGN AFFAIRS OF PAKISTAN: Basic Aspects of Foreign Affairs; Foreign Affairs of Pakistan.
Recommended Books
• Qureshi, I.H. 1965. “Struggle for Pakistan”. Karachi.
• Rizvi, H.A. 1987. “The Millitary and Politics in Pakistan: 1947-86”. Progressive Publishers.
Lahore.
• Sayyad, K.B. 1988. “The Political System of Pakistan”. National Book Service. Lahore.
• Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: An Historical Analysis S.M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring. Oxford
University, Karachi. 1993.
C. MS/MPhil in Industrial Biotechnology and Bioinformatics
Introduction: Iindustrial biotechnology can be simply defined as the exploitation of enzymes,

microorganisms, and plants to produce energy, industrial chemicals and consumer goods. It is an
industrial paradigm based on the expectation that renewable plant-derived carbohydrates, lipids
and other compounds can displace a significant fraction of petroleum and other fossil fuels that
are currently the raw material and energy basis of modern industrial societies. The objective is to
develop biotechnology approaches that will yield 'green' industrial processes that are cost
effective and sustainable.
Course Scheme
Course Code MIBB
Course Master Degree in Industrial Biotechnology
Term Two Years
Level Graduate
Unit 4 Semester
Contact
Available for Graduates
Course Contents
Course Staff Prof Dr Ahmad M. Khalid Coordinator
Road Map:
Semester I
Course Code Name of Subject Cr Hr
MIBB701 Principles of Industrial Biotechnology 3+0
MIBB705 Advance Bioinformatics 3+0
MIBB702 Advance Fermentation Technology 3+0
MIBB704 Economics and Innovation in the Biotechnology Industry 3+0
Total 12
Semester II
MIBB703 Enzymology and Biological Production 3+0
MIBB707 Pharmaceutical Biotechnology 3+0
MIBB706 Bioinformatics Programming & System Management 3+0
MIBB708 Bioinformatics Software Engineering 3+0
Total 12
Semester III &IV

Thesis (In two semesters) 12
Total 36
Compulsory courses:
Course Code Subjects

MIBB701 Principles of Industrial Biotechnology
MIBB 702 Advance Fermentation Technology
MIBB 703 Enzymology and Biological Production
Economics and Innovation in the Biotechnology
MIBB704
Industry
MIBB705 Advance Bioinformatics
Bioinformatics Programming & System
MIBB 706
Management
Elective Course:
Course Code Subjects

MIBB707 Pharmaceutical biotechnology
MIBB708 Bioinformatics software engineering
MIBB709 Techniques for biomolecules analyses
MIBB710 Biotechnology business and entrepreneurship
MIBB711 Academic skills development
MIBB712 Genomics and proteomics
MIBB713 Computational drug design
Course Detail
MIBB701 Principles of Industrial Biotechnology (3+0)
Course Objectives:
To provide students with a broad-based introduction to the field of industrial Biotechnology
Course Contents:
Industrial biotechnology – introduction and scope; microorganisms commonly used in industry;
media and nutritional requirements of industrial organisms; screening for productive strains and
strain improvement; culture collections; fermentation and fermenters; extraction of fermented
products; production of beer, wines, spirits and vinegar; use of single cell proteins as food
products; biocatalysts; microbial insecticides; production of metabolites: organic acids and
amino acids; vaccines and antibiotic production
Recommended Books:
1. Modern Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology. 1st Edition; Science Publishers,
USAOkafor N, 2007.
2. Industrial Microbiology: An Introduction. Blackwell Science Ltd Waites et al., 2001.
3. Industrial Biotechnology. 1st Edition; Nova Science Publishers Shara et al., 2009
4. Industrial Biotechnology. ANE Books Abhilasha MS, 2009
5. Industrial Biotechnology. Global Vision Publishing House Singh R and Ghosh S, 2004
MIBB702 Advance Fermentation Technology (3+0)
Course Objectives:
To acquaint students with theoretical and experimental techniques used for fermentation.
Course Contents:
Overview of fermentation technology: definition, economics, applications; strain development
and improvement: isolation of microorganisms - plating, criteria for selection and improvement
through genetic engineering; growth requirement of various organisms and media preparation;
stoichiometry of microbial growth; preparation of inoculum; microbial growth kinetics in batch
culture; continuous culture; sterilization: modes & kinetics of sterilization, design of batch and
continuous sterilization process, air sterilization & theory of fibrous filters; fluid rheology:
classification, Newtonian & non-Newtonian factors effecting KLa in fermentation vessel; design
of bioreactors and configuration for free and immobilized cells; waste treatment; tissue
engineering for plant and animal cell cultures; aeration and agitation; product recovery; scaling
up of fermentation process
Recommended Books:
1. Bioprocess Engineering Principles.2nd Edition; Academic Press. Doran PM, 2012.
2. Practical Fermentation Technology. John Willey & Sons McNeil B, 2008.
3. Fermentation Microbiology and Biotechnology.CRC Press. El-Mansi et al., 2007.
4. Bioprocess Engineering: Basic concept. Prentice Hall. Shuler ML and Kargi F, 2002.
MIB 704 Economics and Innovation in the Biotechnology Industry
Course Objectives:
The teaching objectives of the course are to impart knowledge of how biotechnology has
developed into today’s industry and how biotechnology contributes to the research and
development culture of our contemporary economic systems.
Course Contents:
The Global Appetite for Drugs and Medical Technologies The Differences Between the
International Market and US Markets Impact on Supply Chain Dynamics Healthcare Reform
Issues and Disparities: Solvency vs. Insolvency Pharmaceutical/Biotech Companies, Payers and
Patients and Business Models, Key Issues and Inherent Problems Inter-connectivity of the two
industries Applied Pharmacoeconomics Drug Trends Cost-benefit, effectiveness and utility
analyses The Gamesmanship of Selling and Buying of Prescription Drugs Creating a Pharma
R&D Roadmap Driving the cost of healthcare up through Biotech and Medical Devices
Innovation The Rising Demand for Medical Technology: A New Age R&D Strategy Biologic
and Genomic Explosion The cost benefit and utility analysis of the biotech business The
Economics of Industry Regulation The Cost of Doing Business Drug Regulatory Affairs
Biomedical Regulation & Policy Clinical Research Regulation & Ethics 6 Predicting the Future
Final Class:
MIBB707 Pharmaceutical Biotechnology (3+0)
Course Objectives:
To familiarize students with the general process of drug development, basic concepts of
biopharmaceuticals and how they are better than conventional drugs
Course Contents:
Introduction and basic concepts of pharmaceutical biotechnology; properties of an effective
drug; drug development process; selection of a lead molecule from available pool, lab scale
studies, pilot scale studies and clinical trials (Phase I, II and III); drug toxicity; impact of
genomics and other related technologies on drug discovery; use of DNA and protein microarrays
in identification of disease targets and for monitoring effectiveness of drugs; pharmacogenomics;
plants and microorganisms as sources of drugs; polymers: classification, polymerization and
characterization; controlled drug release system and its advantages and disadvantages over
conventional release methods; legal and regulatory issues.
Recommended Books:
1. Pharmaceutical Biotechnology: Drug Discovery and Clinical Application.2nd Edition;
Wiley-Blackwell. Kayser O, 2012.
2. Textbook of Pharmaceutical Biotechnology. ELSEVIER Kokate C, 2012.
3. Pharmaceutical Biotechnology: Fundamentals and Applications.3rd Edition.Informa
Healthcare. 39 Crommelin et al.,2007.
4. Chemical Engineering in the Pharmaceutical Industry: R&D to Manufacturing. 1st
Edition; Wiley am Ende DJ, 2010.
5. Biopharmaceutical Production Technology. 1st Edition.Wiley-VCH. Subramanian G,
2012.
MIBB705 Advance Bioinformatics (3+0)
Course Objectives:
The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with different areas of Bioinformatics.
Student would be made familiar with: Biological data
Course Contents
Introduction to Biological data, Different areas in Bioinformatics Bioinformatics and internet
Biological sequence data basesSequence alignment and data base searchStructural data bases
Small molecular modeling, properties and Chemical data basesBasic principles in protein
modeling and drug designing
Recommended Books:
1. Introduction to Bioinformatics:T.K.Attwood& Parry Smith, 1999. Longman Higher
Education.
2. Introduction to Bioinformatics :Lesk, A.M. 2002.. Oxford University Press;
3. Bioinformatics: Sequence, Structure, and Databanks: A Practical Approach Practical
Approach Series Des Higgins andWillie Taylor. (Paper)).2000. Oxford University
Press. 0199637903.
4. Bioinformatics A practical guide to analysis of genes and protein: BaxevanisA., D &
Ouellette B.F.F Wiley
5. Developing Bioinformatics Computer Skills: Cynthia Gibbs and Per Jambeck.
O'Reilly &Associates.PerJambeck (Paperback) Essentials of Biophysics: P.
Narayanan , New Age International Publishers,
6. Biophysics :VasantaPattabhi, Vikas Publishing Molecular Modeling :Holtje and
Folkers G Weinheim New York
MIBB706 Bioinformatics Programming & System Management (3+0)
Course Objectives:
The course focuses on object-oriented concepts, analysis and software development. The course
aims to introduce basic database concepts, different data models, storage and retrieval
techniques, database design techniques. Course Outline
Course Contents
Concept of object oriented programming (OOP), characteristics of OOP, simple programs,
dynamic initializing, scope and lifetime of variables, type conversion and casting, the type
promotion rules, arrays, string data type, operator and its types. Introducing classes, declaring
objects, object reference, control access, specified, public, private, static, data member and
methods. Creating packages, constructors, function overloading, constructor overloading,
reference, members, inheritance, polymorphism, dynamic method binding, inner class
definitions, Friend function, virtual functions, inline functions, Abstract classes, Interfaces,
exception handling. Basic database concepts, conceptual modeling, hierarchical, network and
relational data models, relational theory and languages, databases design, database security and
integrity, query languages, relational calculus, relational algebra, SQL, query processing and
optimization, normalization, concurrency and recovery, front-end and back-end databases.
Recommended Book:
1. Ivor Horton, “Beginning Java”, Wrox.

2. Herbert Schildt, “Java: The Complete Reference”, Mcgraw-Hill Osborne Media.
3. Robert Lafore, “Object Oriented Programming in C++”, Sams Publishing.
4. Deitel & Deitel, “JAVA: How to Program”, Prentice Hall.
1. Thomas Connolly and Steven Morris, “Database Systems: Design, Implementation &
Management”, Cengage Learning.
2. Jeffrey A. Hoffer, Ramesh Venkataraman and Heikki Topi, “Modern database
management”, Prentice Hall.
3. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry Korth and S. Sudarshan, “Database system concepts”,
McGraw-Hill Science.
4. Jeffrey A. Hoffer, Ramesh Venkataraman and Heikki Topi, “Modern database
management”, Prentice Hall.
MIBB703Enzymology and Biological Production (3+0)
Objective:
The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with enzymes, their kinetics, purification
and applications in different fields
Course Content:
Enzymes Enzyme: Enzyme classification, enzyme properties. Coenzymes and Cofactors, and
their roles. Enzyme substrate interactions. Active site identification – Chemical modification of
active site amino acids.Enzyme Kinetics & regulation of Enzyme actionEnzyme kinetics
(Michaelis Menten equation). Inhibition-Enzyme, types and their kinetics. Mechanism of
enzyme catalysis with reference to chymotrypsin, lysozyme, metalloenzyme and the role of
metals in catalysis with reference to carboxypeptidases. Allosteric Enzymes. Ribozymes Enzyme
purification Source, methods of purification and criteria (amylases, lipases, proteases, renin, etc.)
Role of immobilized enzymes. Applications of enzymes in: Food processing Medicine
Diagnostics Production of new compounds as research tools (ELISA method) immobilized
enzymes. Leather industry. Textile industry. Enzyme technology Enzymes as biosensors,
enzyme engineering, artificial enzymes, future prospects for enzyme technology, recent advances
in enzyme technologySpecific enzymes &Their applicationsThermozymes,Cold-adapted
enzymes,Ribozymes,Hybrid enzymes,Diagnostic enzymes,Therapeutic enzymes
Recommended Book:
1. Berg JM, JL Tymoczko and L Stryer (2007). Biochemistry, 6th edition, W.H. Freeman and Co.
2. Thomas MD (2006). Textbook of Biochemistrywith Clinical Correlations, Volume 35, 6th edition,
Wiley-Liss, 2006.
3. Albert LL, David LN and Michael MC (2005).Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, Volume 1, 4th
edition, W.H. Freeman.
4. Voet DJ, GJ Voet and CW Pratt (2008). Fundamentals of Biochemistry, 3rd edition, Wiley and Sons
Inc.
MIBB709 Techniques for Biomolecules Analyses
Course Objectives:
Major advances in the realms of proteomics, biochemistry and molecular biology have improved
our understanding of the fundamental life processes. Knowing the importance of advanced
analytical techniques in the analyses and characterization of biomolecules, this course has been
designed with an aim to equip the students with some recent applications and theoretical
developments taking place in this area.
Course Contents:
An overview of chromatographic and electrophoresis techniques used for biomolecules analysis.
Strategies/tools for protein identification and analyses; amino- and carboxy-terminal sequencing;
peptide mapping; peptide mass fingerprinting; Circular dichorism spectrometry, mass
spectrometry, MALDI-TOF MS, Tandem MS/MS, Electrospray ionization (ESI) MS, MS/MS,
Surface enhanced laser desorption ionization (SELDI)-TOF MS. Multidimensional
chromatographic and electrophoretic techniques in proteome research; two-dimensional liquid
chromatography on ProteomLab-PF 2D; capillary electrophoresis; conventional two-dimensional
gel electrophoresis versus 2D-differential in gel electrophoresis. Determining the protein
structure using X-ray crystallography, nuclear magnetic resonance imaging and electron
microscopy. Protein Microarrays and multiplex approaches to proteomics with special reference
to Luminex microbead multiplex technology. PCR and quantitative Real-time PCR approaches
for nucleic acids analysis
Recommended Book:
1. Proteomics: From protein sequence to function, Pennington, S. and Dunn, M.J. (2009),
Spring Verlag.
2. Modern Biophysical Chemistry: Detection and Analysis of Biomolecules. Peter Jomo
Walla. (2009). Wiley-VCH.
MIBB710 Biotechnology Business and Entrepreneurship
CourseObjectives:
This course is designed to familiarize the students with the language of business and imbibe in
them appropriate skills needed to be effective as entrepreneurs. All aspects of commercial
biotechnology will be addressed through a combination of readings, group discussions, case
studies and a team project designed to expose the student to the tools, concepts and practices of
the entrepreneurial world.
Course Contents:
Entrepreneurship; entrepreneurship and economic development. Era of bio entrepreneurship.
Bioentrepreneurship in developed and developing countries - an empirical analysis. Developing
and maintaining the culture of bioentrepreneurship in Pakistan. History of establishment of
pioneer biotechnology companies, significance and impact of business models. Starting up or
spinning out of a new biotech company; Company formation and organization; Building/hiring
of a dream team; Incentivizing innovative business ideas/entrepreneurial plans; Intellectual
property protection strategy; Financing the biotech company, fundraising and financing process;
Manufacturing process, commercialization and distribution of goods/biotech products;
Biomarketing and business strategies, strategic alliances, collaborations, licensing and
technology transfer; Regulatory affairs; Roadmap to reimbursement and access; Working
towards a successful exit.
In addition to formal lecturing, students will be asked to perform in-depth analysis of a
hypothetical biotechnology/pharma company. The analysis shall revolve around goals and
objectives of selected company, its product/s, competitive landscape, risks and opportunities,
marketing/sales strategies and organizational structure and future development forecast. Two
field trips shall also be arranged.
Recommended Book:
1. Biotechnology Entrepreneurship: From Science to Solutions. Salgaller, M. L. (2010).
2. Entrepreneurship: Successfully Launching New Ventures, 2nd Edition, Pearson
Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, NJ. Barringer, B. and Ireland, D. (2008).
3. Ernst and Young Life Science Practice. Beyond Borders: Global Biotechnology
Report 2008,
4. Entrepreneurship and Business of Biotechnology, Himalaya Publishers, India.
Jogdand, S. N. (2008)
5. Market Imperfections, Opportunity and Sustainable Entrepreneurship. Journal of
Business Venturing, 22(1): 29-49. Cohen, B. and Winn, M. I. (2007).
6. Creating Something from Nothing: Resource Construction through Entrepreneurial
Bricolage." Administrative Science Quarterly 50(3): 329-366. Baker, T. & Nelson, R. E.
(2005).
7. Entrepreneurship: Productive, Unproductive, and Destructive. Journal of Political
Economy, 98(5): 893-921. Baumol, W. (1990).
MIB711Academic Skills Development (3+0)
Course Objectives:
The course is designed to train the biotechnology students in the survey of primary literature in a
particular research area and enhance their skills of presenting the research findings in the form of
oral and poster presentations.
Course Contents:
Enhancing the capability of scientific writing and presentation. Students will be allotted research
project in the beginning of semester. They will prepare an extensive review on the subject area.
Evaluation will be based on the quality of the review, comprehension of the subject and
oral/poster presentations. A variety of activities including seminars on assigned topics, written
assays, presentation of reviews of research publications, etc. shall also be undertaken throughout
the semester. The exact details of the activities will be described by the Faculty from time to time
accordingly.
Recommended Book:
1. Preparing Scientific Illustrations – A guide to Better poster presentations and

publications, M.H. Briscoe, 2nd edition (1996), Springer, New York.
2. Resource – Based Learning, S. Boowa, B. Smith, (1996), Kojan page, London.
MIBB712 Genomics and Proteomics (3+0)
Course Objectives:
The overarching goal of this course is to provide students with a thorough overview of both the
theoretical and experimental aspects of structural and functional genomics as well as proteomics.
Course Contents:
Organization and structure of genomes; genetic mapping (RFLP, microsatellite, SNP); high
resolution physical mapping (STS, EST); flow cytometry; somatic cell and radiation hybrids;
artificial chromosomes in bacteria and yeast; hierarchical and whole genome shotgun
sequencing; DNA sequencing strategies – manual and automated sequencing, pyro-sequencing,
Solexa, Helicos, Roche 454, realtime and nano-pore sequencing; sequence assembly, obstacles
and solutions; estimating gene number – over-prediction and under-prediction, homology
searches, exon prediction programs, integrated gene-finding software packages; structural
variation in the genome and its applications; microarray and RNA interference; proteomics;
cellular communication/signalling pathways; protein-protein interactions and validation - yeast
two hybrid system, affinity purification-mass spectrometry (AP-MS), tandem affinity
purification (TAP) tagging, fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) and
coimmunoprecipitation.
Recommended Books:
1. Human Molecular Genetics. 4th Edition; Garland Science. Strachan T and Read AP,
2010.
2. Handbook of Comparative Genomics: Principles and Methodology. 1st Edition; Wiley-
Liss. Saccone C and Pesole G, 2003.
3. Functional Genomics. First Edition; Springer. Town C, 2002.
4. Lewin Genes X. 10th Edition; Jones and Bartlett Publishers. . Krebs et al., 2010.
5. Systems Biology (Cell Engineering). 1st Edition; Springer. Al-Rubeai M and Fussenegger
M, 2010.
MIBB708 Bioinformatics software engineering
Course Objectives:
This course introduces the software engineering principles and methodologies with the goal of developing
bioinformatics applications.
Course Contents:
System analysis and design, UML, software development methodology, waterfall model, iterative model, rapid
application development, prototyping, software life cycle, development of software projects for bioinformatics
problems, overview of software architecture, web-based applications, architecture, developing front end
applications, database connectivity, software testing and validation, software robustness, software quality assurance.
Recommended Books:
1. Pressman R. S., “Software engineering: A practitioner’s approach”, McGraw Hill.
2. Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, Addison Wesley.
3. Larman C., “Applying UML and patterns”, Prentice Hall.
4. Weston P., “Bioinformatics Software Engineering: Delivering effective applications”,
Wiley.
MIBB713 Computational Drug Design
Course Objectives:
This course is designed to introduce the students with the different challenges in drug discovery
and to use the advanced computational tools in drug design
Course Contents:
Introduction: Pharmacoinformatics and Drug Discovery, Molecular Representation, File formats,
Quantitative Structure Activity Relationship (QSAR), Molecular Descriptors, (1D, 2D, 3D),
Fragment-based Drug Design, Target-based drug design, Pharmacophore Modeling , Data Base
Search, High throughput screening
Recommended Books:
1. QSAR: Hansch Analysis and Related Approaches in Methods and Principles in Medicinal• Chemistry by
Hugo Kubinyi, Volume 1, 1993, VCH Publishers, New York, NY (USA).
2. Advanced Computer- Assisted Techniques in Drug Discovery in Methods and
Principles• in Medicinal Chemistry by Han van de Waterbeemd (ed.) Volume 3, 1994,
VCH Publishers, New York, NY (USA).
3. Molecular Modeling in Methods and Principles in Medicinal Chemistry by Hans-Dieter•
Holtje and Gerd Folkers, Third edition, Volume 5, 1996, VCH Publishers, New York,
NY (USA).
4. Structure-Based Ligand Design in Methods and Principles in Medicinal Chemistry by•
Klaus Gubernator, Hans-Joachim Bohm, Volume 6, 1997, VCH Publishers, New York,
NY (USA).
5. Virtual Screening for Bioactive Molecules by in Methods and Principles in Medicinal•
Chemistry, Edited by Hans-Joachim Bohm and Gisbert Schneider, Volume 10, 2000.
Pharmacophore and Pharmacophore Search in Methods and Principles in Medicinal• Chemistry,
Edited by Thierry Langer and Rémy D. Hoffmann, Volume 32, 2006
D. MS/MPhil in Medical Biotechnology
Introduction: The Department of Biotechnology at the Institute for Molecular Biology and
Biotechnology at University of Lahore offers a Master of Science Degree in Medical
Biotechnology that focuses on the scientific and skill set basis of biotechnology as applied in
support of medicine. The program concentrates on biological processes, technologies and skill
sets used in the research and development of pharmaceutical products, vaccines and devices for
the medical industry.
Students in this interdisciplinary program will receive in-depth training in modern biotechnology
and learn a range of transferable research, analytical communications and business skills.
Students will also gain an appreciation of the role of biotechnology in society and the regulatory
and ethical framework in which it operates.
Drawing upon the excellent resources of the University of Lahore, the program faculty includes
members of the Institute of Molecular Biology and Biotechnology faculty, experienced
industrial scientists, lawyers and practicing medical doctors. This array offers a unique depth of
training and practical experience to the program. Courses are offered at the Defense Road
campus. Because of the small class sizes and flexibility, some courses may be scheduled to
accommodate the mutual convenience of both faculty and students.
Upon a successful completion of the program, students will gain:

• Advanced knowledge in the areas of cellular and molecular biology, protein biochemistry
and immunology necessary for professional practice in the field of medical biotechnology.
• Understanding of the use and application of relevant analytical techniques within the field of
medical biotechnology.
• Training with the planning, execution and communication skills necessary to successfully
conduct research and development in medical biotechnology.
• An understanding of basic project management and product development practices
along with the regulatory structures that impact R&D in biotechnology.
• Enhanced skills in effective interpersonal and professional communication, both oral
and written.
Increased awareness of professional, ethical and social responsibilities with relationship to
COURSE DETAILS
Course Code MMBT
Course Master Degree in Medical Biotechnology
Location IMBB, UOL Defense Road Campus Lahore
Term Two Years
Level Graduate
Available for Graduates (16 Years education)
Course Coordinator Prof Dr Ahmad M. Khalid
Curriculum Overview
The curriculum of medical biotechnology program is designed with flexibility to allow schedule
tailoring to the need of a wide range of students. Students will be guided to plan the route they
wish to take to fit their needs throughout the program.
Course Duration
The Masters in Medical Biotechnology program is designed for completion in two years.
However, with proper planning and effort, a student may be able to complete the program in one
and a half years. The maximum lapsed time allowed for degree completion is five years.
Course Organization
In the first year of the program, students will take core courses in subjects such as protein
biochemistry, molecular biology, cell biology, immunology, bioethics, statistics, and product
development. The second year will differ depending on the tracks chosen. Students will meet
with the program director to discuss their study plan regarding requirements for their chosen
track.
STANDARDIZED FORMAT FOR MS IN
MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
Sr. No. Category No. of courses Credit Hours
2. Elective courses 4 12
3. Thesis/Dissertation - 06
Total 9 30

 Semesters 4
 Course load per semester 12-15 credit hours
LAYOUT FOR MS IN MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
COMPULSORY COURSES ELECTIVE COURSES

5 courses 4 courses
12 Credit hours 12 Credit hours
Subject Cr. hr. Subject Cr. hr.
1. Principles and Techniques in Clinical 3(3+0) Elective-I 3(3+0)
Biochemistry Elective-II 3(3+0)
2. Ethics in Medical Biotechnology & 2(2+0) Elective-III 3(3+0)
Research Planning Elective-IV 3(3+0)
3. Advanced Biostatistics 3(3+0)
4. Drugs: From Discovery to Market 3(3+0) Note
5. Seminar in Medical Biotechnology 1(1+0) These courses will be
selected from the list of
elective courses.
12 12
Thesis Research: 06 Cr. hr.

LIST OF ELECTIVE COURSES
1. MMBT-705 Cell Biology 3(3+0)

2. MMBT-706 Human Physiology and Mechanisms of Disease 3(3+0)
3. MMBT-707 Principles and Techniques in Immunology 3(3+0)
4. MMBT-708 Proteomics and Biological Mass Spectrometry 3(3+0)
5. MMBT-709 Genetics and Genomics 3(3+0)
6. MMBT-710 Molecular pharmacology and toxicology 3(3+0)
7. MMBT-711 Biotechnology Product Development: Concepts & Regulatory Issues
3(3+0)
8. MMBT-712 Biochemical Engineering 3(3+0)
9. MMBT-713 Nanobiotechnology 3(3+0)
10. MMBT-714 Bioinstrumentation and Biosensors 3(3+0)
11. MMBT-715 Bioprocess Technology 3(3+0)
12. MMBT-716 Applied Microbiology and Pathogenesis 3(3+0)
13. MMBT-717 Applied Bioinformatics 3(3+0)
14. MMBT-718 Recombinant DNA Technology 3(3+0)
15. MMBT-719 Laboratory Qualification, Validation, and Documentation 3(3+0)
16. MMBT-720 Biotechnology Start-up and Entrepreneurship 3(3+0)
17. MMBT-721 Marketing and Business Strategy 3(3+0)
18. MMBT-722 Project Management: Leadership and Control 3(3+0)
The courses from the list can be taken depending upon the resources of the department.
SCHEME OF STUDIES FOR MS DEGREE IN
MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code Name of Courses Credit Hours
MMBT-701 Principles and Techniques in Clinical Biochemistry 3(3+0)
MMBT-703 Advanced Biostatistics 3(3+0)
Elective I 3(3+0)
Elective II 3(3+0)
Total 12
SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code Name of Courses Credit Hours
MMBT-702 Drugs: from Discovery to Market 3(3+0)
MMBT-704 Research Planning and Ethics in Medical Biotechnology 2(2+0)
MMBT-723 Seminar in Medical Biotechnology 1(1+0)
Elective-III 3(3-0)
Elective-IV 3(3-0)
Total 12
THIRD & FOERTH SEMESTERS: Thesis Research 06
MS Project / Thesis:
Total effort - the equivalent of 4-8 months of full time effort on proposal preparation, research
execution and project reporting and defense. This effort may be distributed over up to 18 months
lapsed time.
Specialized Training
The various specialized training relevant to medical biotechnology will be offered to students via
the Special Topics elective. Among the topics that may be available are:
1. Molecular Biology
2. PCR Based Techniques
3. siRNA Based Techniques
4. Antisense Approaches
5. Immunotechnology
6. Flow Cytometry
7. ELISA and Western Blotting Techniques
8. Antibody: Production, Purification and Evaluation Techniques
9. Vaccine Development
10. T-cell based techniques
11. Cell and Tissue Culture Techniques
12. Immunohistochemistry Techniques
13. Project Management Practice
14. Regulatory Procedure
15. Quality Systems Practices
DESCRIPTION OF MS COURSES
MMBT-701 PRINCIPLES AND TECHNIQUES IN CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY 3(3+0)
Protein structure and structure/function relationships, protein expression, purification and
characterization, chemical analysis and modification of proteins, identifications of protein
interactions, Immunoassays and protein chips. Biochemical pathways and their regulation.
Carbohydrates, lipids and lipoproteins. Electrolytes. Blood gases. pH and buffer systems. Trace
elements. Body fluids analysis. Assessment of organ systems functions. Circulating tumor
markers: basic concepts and clinical applications. Analytical techniques. Nutritional assessment.
Presentation of basic concepts of clinical trials: "the question", the study population, basic study
design, randomness, blindedness, sample sizing, baseline assessment, data collection and QC.
Recommended Books:
• Michael LB, Edward PF and Larry ES (2005). Clinical Chemistry. Principles, Procedures,
Correlations, Lippincott Williams and Wilkins.
• Allan G, JM Michael, AC Robert and St. J O'Reilly Denis (2008). Clinical Biochemistry:
An Illustrated Color Text. 4th edition. Churchill Livingstone Elsevier.
• Thomas MD (2006). Textbook of Biochemistry with Clinical Correlations. Volume 35, 6th
edition, Wiley-Liss.
• Tsisana S (2011). Biological Aspects of Human Health and Well-being. Nova Science Pub
Inc.
MMBT-702 DRUGS: FROM DISCOVERY TO MARKET 3(3+0)

Lead substances, molecular recognition, bioinformatics and combinatorial chemistry in drug
design. Enzymes / receptors as design targets, screening of natural products, high throughput
assays and preclinical studies. Control of drug metabolism. Recent trends in medicine and drug
development. Therapeutic drug monitoring. Disease diagnosis and prevention, Types of
recombinant drugs, Protein factories, The production of antibiotics, Uses for Recombinant
protein drugs, Immune system drugs. Course will focus on the technical processes and legal
requirements of pre - clinical safety assessment of drugs and devices with some discussion of
clinical assessment practices.
Recommended Books:
• Schacter B. (2006). Biotechnology and Your Health. Infobase Publishing.
• Berg JM, JL Tymoczko and L Stryer (2007). Biochemistry, 6th edition, W.H. Freeman and
Co.
• Thomas MD (2006). Textbook of Biochemistry with Clinical Correlations, Volume 35, 6th
edition, Wiley-Liss, 2006.
MMBT-703 ADVANCED BIOSTATISTICS 3(3+0)

Applied course in statistical analysis and reporting of data for clinical trials. To reinforce an
understanding of basic statistical concepts and provide basic skills in creating, manipulating, and
analyzing datasets using commonly available software such as SPSS, Excel, and Minitab. Data
collection, organization of data, Types of measurement: categorical, cordinal and quantitative,
Types of studies: surveys, comparative studies, Frequency distributions, Comparison of mean,
median and mode, Variance and standard deviation, Probability concepts, Confidence intervals,
Statistical inference, Hypothesis testing, Correlation and regression, ANOVA, Analysis of
microarray data, Linkage analysis in disease gene mapping, Risk factor calculation in genetic
diseases, Use of selected software's for statistical data analysis.
Recommended Books
• Dowdy, S. M., Wearden, S., & Chilko, D. M. (2004). Statistics for research. Hoboken, (3rd
ed.) N.J: Wiley-Interscience.
• Le, C. T. (2003). Introductory biostatistics. Hoboken, N.J: John Wiley.
• Stephenson F. H. (2003). Calculations in molecular biology and biotechnology: A guide to
mathematics in the laboratory. Academic Press.
MMBT-704 ETHICS IN MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY & RESEARCH PLANNING 2(2+0)

Introduction to bioethics, National bioethics committees and the role, Use of human tissues/
embryos, Use of animals for experimentation and animal rights, Individual and organizational
responsibility in R and D and commercial aspects of biotechnology. Case studies involving gene
therapy, cloning, and biomaterials in the medical and health sector, Rationale for making ethical
decisions, review of existing guidelines, considerations of the use of adult and embryonic stem
cells. Conflict of interest and misconduct in research and business.
Presentation of the basics of planning, designing and executing a research plan. Students prepare
a project plan and defend the plan to a faculty panel and peers.
Recommended Books:
• Jecker, N. S., Jonsen A. R., & Pearlman, R. A. (2007). Bioethics: an introduction to the
history, methods, and practice (2nd ed.). Jones and Bartlett Learning.
• Levitt, M., & Chadwick, R. (2009). Bioethics: Theory and Practice. SAGE publications,
Limited.
• National Research Council Guide for the Care and Use of laboratory Animals, (1996).
National Academy Press, Washington, D.C.
MMBT-705 CELL BIOLOGY 3(3+0)

Cellular membranes structure and transport. Protein localization and vesicular transport. Protein
folding, Protein aggregation and protein degradation. Cell organelles. Cytoskeleton and cellular
motility. Cell signaling, Reception and transduction of environmental information. Cell adhesion,
junction and cell-matrix attachment. The cell cycle and its regulation. Stem cells and tissue
renewals, cell cycle control, apoptosis, and cancer.
Recommended Books
• Hawes, C. R. & Jeunemaitre, B. S. (2001). Plant Cell Biology; A practical approach. Oxford
University Press. New York.
• Alberts, B. (2008). Molecular Biology of the Cell (5th ed.). New York: Garland Science.
• Jeon. K. W. (2008). A survey of cell biology. Academic Press Boston.
• Lodish, H. F. (2007). Molecular cell biology (6th ed.). Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
• Karp, G. (2010). Cell biology (6th ed.). Hoboken, N.J: Wiley.
• Pollard, T. D., Earshaw, W. C., Schwartz, J. L. & Johnson, G. T. (2008). Cell Biology (2nd
ed.). Saunders Elsevier Science, London, New York.
MMBT-706 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY AND MECHANISMS OF DISEASE 3(3+0)

Focuses on how structure relates to function and vice versa, and explore the interrelationship and
interdependency of the various organ systems. Homeostatis, Neural communications and CNS,
Introduction to hormones and endocrine system. Calcium homestasis and hormonal regulation.
Organ systems: Muscles, Liver function, cardiac function, renal function, pancreatic function and
gastrointestinal function, reproductive system. Body fluids.
Recommended Books:
• Marieb, E. N. (2016). Human Anatomy & Physiology (10th Ed). Pearson Learning Solutions.
FL. USA.
• Guyton, A. C. and Hall. (2012). Textbook of Medical Physiology. Elsevier, UK.
• Tortora G. J. and Derrickson B. (2017). Principles of Anatomy and Physiology (15th Ed).
Wiley. TX, USA.
MMBT-707 PRINCIPLES AND TECHNIQUES IN IMMUNOLOGY 3(3+0)

Overview of the immune response: Introduction to infection and immunity, innate immune
system, the adaptive immune system, cells of immune system, molecules of the immune system.
General properties and classification of cytokines, cytokine receptors, cytokines and cell
interactions. Vaccination; Autoimmunity, Hypersensitivity, Inflammation, Transplantation,
Control of cell death, Allergy, Tumor immunology, MicroRNA immunity. Principles and
methodologies involved in antigen preparation and presentation, antibody production and
purification, isolation and immortalization of immune cells, immunohistochemical analyses and
assays for complements and cytokines. Covers antibody production principles, clinical uses of
antibodies, cellular and stem cell therapies
Recommended Books:
• Alt, F. W. (2014). Advances in immunology: Volume 122. Academic Press, USA.
• Chapel, H. (2006). Essentials of clinical immunology (5th ed.). Malden, Mass: Blackwell
Pub.
• Paul, W. E. (2008). Fundamental immunology (6th ed.). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer/
Lippincott Williams and Wilkins.
MMBT-708 PROTEOMICS AND BIOLOGICAL MASS SPECTROMETRY 3(3+0)

Proteomics approach for target recognition, identification and analysis of proteins through
LC/MS/MS and MALDI-TOF. Protein structure, Protein folding, Protein purification, Protein
sequencing, Protein engineering, DNA-protein interaction, Protein-protein interaction, Protein
microarrays, Introduction to databases, data search and utilities including translation, multiple
alignment, identification of specific motifs, signal peptides (structure-function relationship, ORF
and annotation, literature search (PubMed), Major Protein Resources {ExPASy (Swiss-PROT),
BRENDA, ProtParam, Protscale, PIR, PBD, Entrez, InterProScan, Dotlet, ClustalW, PSIPRED,
CN3D, What-IF}, Retrieving Protein Sequences, Protein chemistry on computers, Predicting
Physio-chemical Properties of a protein, Comparing Protein sequences to other sequences, Data
mining tool (BLASTing), Comparing Protein Sequences by Dotlet & ClustalW, Finding domains
in a protein using InterProScan, Predicting secondary structure with PSIPRED, Homology
modelling using Swiss model. Protein structure and functional characterization, expressed
sequence tag (EST) analysis.
Recommended Books:
• Hamdan, M., & Righetti, P. G. (2005). Proteomics today: Protein assessment and biomarkers
using mass spectrometry, 2D electrophoresis, and microarray technology. Hoboken (N.J.:
Wiley-Interscience.
• Kraj, A., & Silberring, J. (2008). Proteomics: Introduction to methods and applications.
Hoboken: John Wiley and Sons.
• Lundblad, R. L. (2006). The evolution from protein chemistry to proteomics: Basic science
to clinical application. Boca Raton: CRC/Taylor and Francis.
• Smejkal, G. B., & Lazareu, A. (2006). Separation methods in proteomics. Boca Raton, Fla..:
CRC/Taylor & Francis.
• Walker, J. M. (2005). The proteomics protocols handbook. Totowa, N.J: Humana Press.
MMBT-709 GENETICS AND GENOMICS 3(3+0)

Gene expression analysis techniques, Genomic libraries, Methods of cDNA library
development/screening, Southern, northern and western hybridization, ELISA, Genome
mapping. Development of genetic maps and markers. Mass genomic expression analysis (Real
time PCR and microarray). Advanced techniques in pharmacogenomics and genetic test
methods, Genetic variations, SNP, QTLs, deletion/insertion, allele frequencies, Personalized
medicines, drug selectivity and variability in patients. Genomics databases to identify genetic
variations related to drug action. The human genome project, problems with gene therapy,
unlimited consequences of gene therapy, Gene Therapy for cancer treatment, Immune based
cancer gene therapy strategies.
Recommended Books:
• Brown, T. A. (2007). Genomes 3. London: Garland Science.
• Brown, T. A. (2010). Gene cloning and DNA analysis: an introduction (6th ed.). Balckwell
Sciences Ltd. Oxford.
• Campbell, A. M., & Heyer, L. J. (2009). Discovering genomics, proteomics, and
bioinformatics (2nd ed.). San Francisco, Calif.: CSHL Press.
• Miesfeld, R. L. (1999). Applied Molecular Genetics. John Willey and Sons Publications.
• Pevsner, J. (2015). Bioinformatics and functional genomics (3rd ed.). Chichester, West
Sussex: Wiley Blackwell.
• Twyman, R. M. (1998). Advanced molecular biology: A concise reference. Oxford, UK:
Bios Scientific Publishers.
MMBT-710 MOLECULAR PHARMACOLOGY AND TOXICOLOGY 3(3+0)

Basic pharmacology, drug-receptor interactions. Basic toxicology. Drug development cycle
(Preclinical work, Phase I, II, III). Theory and Principles of Bioassays. Acute and Chronic
Toxicity. Mammalian Toxicity. Entomotoxicology. Toxicity of Pesticides (Insecticides).
Forensic Toxicology. Bioaccumulation. Enzyme Activation and Inhibition. Detoxification
Mechanisms. Joint Action of Chemicals (Synergism, Potentiation and Antagonism). Antidotes.
Anaphylactic Shock. Toxic Foods. Handling and Standardization of Experimental animals in
testing of Chemicals. Design, implementation and evaluation of clinical trials. IRB issues.
Ethical conduct of clinical trials.
Recommended Books:
• Katzung B.G. (2015). Basic and Clinical Pharmacology. McGraw Hill.
• Klaassen C., and John B Watkins III, J. B. (2015). Casarett & Doull's Essentials of
Toxicology, (3rd Ed). McGraw Hill.

• Timbrell, J.A. (2008). Principles of Biochemical Toxicology (4th Ed) Informa Healthcare;
• Saleem, M.A, (2004). Principles of Toxicology. Pak Book Empire, Lahore.
MMBT-711 BIOTECHNOLOGY PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT: CONCEPTS AND

REGULATORY ISSUES 3(3+0)
Product development and commercialization processes. Product life cycles, Bioanalysis and
Pharmacokinetics. Scaling up of process. Risk assessments. Program management basics. FDA
and ISO, and all major international standards. Intellectual property. Regulatory affairs issues:
GLP, product registration, GMP, documentation, validation, FDA inspections.
Recommended Books:
• Jecker, N. S., Jonsen A. R., & Pearlman, R. A. (2007). Bioethics: an introduction to the
history, methods, and practice (2nd ed.). Jones and Bartlett Learning.
• Levitt, M., & Chadwick, R. (2009). Bioethics: Theory and Practice. SAGE publications,
Limited.
• Pappas M. G. (1994) The Biotech Business Handbook. SpringerLink.
• Pisano G. P. (2006). Science Business: The Promise, the Reality, and the Future of
Biotech. Harvard Business School Press.
• Sufian, J. (2006). Biotechnology law and regulation: the ASEAN perspective. Cameron.
• Wellons H. B., & Ewing, E. S. (2007). Biotechnology and the law. American Bar
Association.
MMBT-712 BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING 3(3+0)

Engineering aspects of large-scale cell culture: methodologies, types of production equipment,
process sensing and control, harvesting, separation and purification. Sterilization, aseptic
processing, filling and finishing steps. Control and regulation of microbial growth in bioreactors,
Mass and energy transfer: Mechanism of mass transfer, mass transfer across gas/liquid and
solid/liquid phase boundaries. Fermenter design: Fermenter configuration, aeration, agitation and
process control. QA/QC.
Recommended Books
• Baltz, R. H., Davies, J. E., & Demain, A. L. (2010). Manual of industrial microbiology and
biotechnology (3rd ed.). Washington, DC: ASM Press.
• El-Mansi, M., & Bryce, C. F. A. (2007). Fermentation microbiology and biotechnology (2nd
ed.). Boca Raton: CRC/Taylor and Francis.
• Mukhopadhyay, S. N. (2004). Process biotechnology fundamentals. Tunbridge Wells, Kent,
UK: Anshan.
• Najafpour, G. D. (2007). Biochemical engineering and biotechnology. Amsterdam: Elsevier.
MMBT-713 NANOBIOTECHNOLOGY 3(3+0)

This course will explore latest research articles on therapeutic applications of Biochemistry and
Molecular Biology research. Specifically, new concepts in drug design, combinatorial chemistry,
Biochemical conjugates, Nano-bioconjugates, Nanotubes and nanosheets, Gene therapeutics,
Targeted drug delivery, Safety and efficacy of experimental drugs.
Recommended Books:
• Niemeyer, C. M., & Mirkin, C. A. (2004). Nanobiotechnology: Concepts, applications and
perspectives. Wiley-VCH.
• Reisner, D. E. (2008). Bionanotechnology: Global prospects. CRC Press.
• Wilkins, M. R. (2003). Experimental Therapeutics. CRC Press.
• Xie, Y. (2012). The Nanobiotechnology Handbook. CRC Press.
MMBT-714 BIOINSTRUMENTATION AND BIOSENSORS 3(3+0)

Biomaterials used; surface modification and coatings; biomechanics; tribocorrosion. Possible
failure mechanisms that can affect the performance and longevity will also be addressed.
Biosensor introduction and background; Classification of biosensors, Optical biosensors in
bioprocess technology; Optical transducers and measurement principles, Optical biosensors;
advantages and disadvantages, Enzyme based (bioactivity) sensors, Bioaffinity sensors,
Electrochemical DNA biosensors, Biosensors for in situ measurements, Flow injection analysis,
Examples of FIA-systems used for on line bioprocess monitoring, Current and potential
applications and difficulties with biosensor applications (Biomedical, Environmental, monitoring
microbial processes etc.), Recent trends and Future perspectives, Economics and market for
biosensors; Development cost of a biosensor, Cost reduction methods, Commercially available
biosensors
Recommended Books
• Ligler, F. S., & Taitt, C. A. R. (2008). Optical biosensors: Today and tomorrow. Amsterdam
[etc.: Elsevier.
• MacGrath, M. J., & Scanaill, C. N. (2014). Sensor technologies: Healthcare, wellness, and
environmental applications. New York: Apress Open.
• Sadana, A. (2002). Engineering biosensors: Kinetics and design applications. San Diego
(Calif.) [etc.: Academic Press.
• Tuan, V. D. (2014). Nanotechnology in Biology and Medicine: Methods, Devices, and
Applications. CRC Press.
MMBT-715 BIOPROCESS TECHNOLOGY 3(3+0)

Growth Kinetics: Growth in batch and continuous cultures; factors affecting the growth rates;
biomass production and yields. Continuous cultures, chemostat theory, critical dilution rate,
productivity, applications of continuous cultures. Fermentation medium: inoculum, dissolved
oxygen tension. Bioreactors: Stirred-tank bioreactor, Air-lift bioreactor, fluidized bioreactor,
membrane bioreactor (hollow-fiber and rotating membranes). Scale-up theory. Oxygen transfer
and shear effects in bioreactors. Transport phenomena (Mass, Heat).Down-Stream Processing:
Economic Aspects of the Bioprocesses.
Recommended Books
• El-Mansi, M., & Bryce, C. F. A. (2007). Fermentation microbiology and biotechnology.
Boca Raton: CRC/Taylor and Francis.
• Heinzle, E., Biwer, A. P., & Cooney, C. L. (2006). Development of sustainable bioprocesses:
Modeling and assessment. Chichester, England: John Wiley and Sons.
• Hutkins, R. W. (2006). Microbiology and technology of fermented foods. Chicago, Ill: IFT
Press.
• Shuler, M. L., & Kargi, F. (2002). Bioprocess engineering: Basic concepts. Upper Saddle
River, NJ: Prentice Hall.
• Subramanian, G. (2007). Bioseparation and bioprocessing: A handbook. Weinheim: Wiley-
VCH.
MMBT-716 APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY AND PATHOGENESIS 3(3+0)

Review of the basic elements of microbiology; Laboratory training in culturing and identification
of microbes; Microbial classification: covering bacteria, viruses, fungi, and protozoa. Role of
microorganisms in human disease and pathogenesis. The stages of infection, and diagnosis.
Antibiotic susceptibility testing and applications of microbiology in biotechnology and
pharmaceutical industry. Diseases caused by prions, Novel approaches in anti-viral therapies,
Microbicides, Tumor-associated viruses. Fermentation and bioremediation and protein
production principles, Bioterrorism control, containment and eradication.
Recommended Books:
• Harvey, Richard, et al. (2007). Lippencott’s illustrated reviews: microbiology. 2nd edition.
Lippincott Williams and Wilkins.
• Pelezar, M. J., Krieg, C.N. R. (2008). Microbiology 5th Edition McGraw-Hill.
• Pommerville J. C. (2011). Alcamo‘s Fundamentals of Microbiology, (9th Ed) Jones and
Bartlett publishers, Canada.
• Atlas R. M. (2008). Microbiology: Fundamentals and applications, Macmillan.
• Cappuccino, J.G. and Sherman, N (2002). Microbiology. A Laboratory Manual. (6th Ed).
Benjmin/Cum Publication. Co., Califomia, U.S.A.
• Lee, Y.-K. (2013). Microbial biotechnology: Principles and applications (3rd ed.). Singapore:
World Scientific Publ.
MMBT-717 APPLIED BIOINFORMATICS 3(3+0)

Introduction to bioinformatics covering biological databases, gene prediction, sequence
alignment, phylogenetic analysis, structural bioinformatics, genomics, functional genomics and
proteomics. Application of computational tools to the analysis of genome and their gene
products, Amino acids and their properties, Protein secondary and tertiary structure prediction,
classification and super folds. Introduction to sequence databases e.g. ExPASy tools, Comparing
sequences against sequence databases, Predicting protein coding regions, Prediction of protein
structure from sequencing data, Genome sequencing projects, Bioinformatics and genome
analysis.
Recommended Books:
• Baldi, P., & Brunak, S. (2001). Bioinformatics: the machine learning approach. (2nd ed.). The
MIT Press, Cambridge.
• Baxevanis, A. S., & Quellette, B. F. F. (2001). Bioinformatics: a practical guide to the
analysis of genes and proteins. Wiley-Interscience. John Wiley and Sons.
• Edwards, D., Stajich, J., & Hansen, D. (2009). Bioinformatics: Tools and applications.
Springer.
• Higgins, D., & Taylor, W. (2000). Bioinformatics: Sequence, structure and databanks,
Oxford University Press.
• Misener, S., & Krawetz, S. A. (2000). Bioinformatics methods and protocols. Humana Press,
Totowa.
• Pain, R. (2000). Mechanism of protein folding. Oxford University Press.
• Ramsden, J. (2009). Bioinformatics: An introduction. Springer.
MMBT-718 RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNOLOGY 3(3+0)

Includes underlying theory of molecular biology and its applications. Covers the various tools
and techniques required for creating a recombinant DNA molecule, transforming host cell and to
check the expression of recombinant DNA. Different approaches to isolate nucleic acids,
cleavage of DNA, genetic maps, restriction endonucleases; DNA modifying enzymes; cloning
vectors, various types; Making new DNA molecules, gene libraries and cDNA cloning;
Competency and different means of introducing DNA into prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Reporter
genes, identification and screening of recombinant DNA molecules.
Recommended Books:
• Brown, T. A. (2010). Gene cloning and DNA analysis: an introduction. (6th ed.). Oxford:
Balckwell Sciences Ltd.
• Glick, B. R., & Pasternak, J. J. (2003). Molecular Biotechnology: Principles and Applications
of Recombinant DNA (3rd ed.). ASM Press.
• Kreuzer, H., & Massey, A. (2001). Recombinant DNA and Biotechnology (2nd ed.). ASM
Press.
• Primrose, S. C., Twyman, R.M., & Old, R. W. (2002). Principles of Gene Manipulations (6th
ed.). Blackwell Science.
• Sambrook, J., & Russell, D. W. (2001). Molecular cloning. A laboratory manual. (3rd ed.).
New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press.
MMBT-719 LABORATORY QUALIFICATION, VALIDATION, AND

DOCUMENTATION 3(3+0)
Method evaluation and quality management. Covers FDA regulations, GLP, USP, and industry
recognized best practices in the laboratory with a focus on Qualification, Validation and
Documentation. Exposure to basics of GLP and practical experience in applications of GLP.
Point of Care Testing. Risk-based validation and qualification. The principles and methodologies
used in commercial lab assays will be analyzed and their strengths and weaknesses discussed. An
array of hospital/clinical techniques will be reviewed via lecture/demonstration in typical
application venue.
Recommended Books:
• Ludwig Huber (2007). Validation and Qualification in Analytical Laboratories, (2nd Ed).
CRC Press.
• Ezzelle J., I. R. Rodriguez-ChavezI. R. et al. (2008). Guidelines on Good Clinical
Laboratory Practice: Bridging Operations between Research and Clinical Research
Laboratories. J Pharm Biomed Anal. Jan 7; 46(1): 18–29.
MMBT-720 BIOTECHNOLOGY START-UP AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP 3(3+0)

Overview of new venture creation process. Includes topics such as team building, necessary
skills to initiate a start-up company, seeking venture financing and protecting intellectual
property. Topics include: intellectual property, privacy, government and industrial regulation,
liability, ethics, and policy responses to societal concerns. Key issues in intellectual property and
patent law, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, licensing and patent litigation and how they
influence the development and commercialization of advances in the field of biotechnology.
Recommended Books:
• Sufian, J. (2006). Biotechnology law and regulation: the ASEAN perspective. Cameron.
• Wellons H. B., & Ewing, E. S. (2007). Biotechnology and the law. American Bar
Association.
MMBT-721 MARKETING AND BUSINESS STRATEGY 3(3+0)

Strategic Marketing Practices: Assessing external markets, segments and competitive space,
Assessing and designing internal marketing strategies, Strategic marketing planning
process,Customer relationship management and customer satisfaction, Segmentation, targeting,
positioning and competitive strategies, SWOT analysis, Portfolio analysis and BCG matrix
The Marketing Plan: Product strategies: innovation, new product development, brand
management, Pricing strategies: value chain and pricing strategies, Promotion strategies:
advertising, sales promotion, internet, Place strategies
Implementing, Monitoring and Controlling Marketing Strategy Programs: Budgeting and
financial analysis for marketing planning and control
Analysis and Solutions to Marketing Problems: Advanced teamwork and interpersonal skills,
Marketing strategy simulation game
Recommended Books:
• Cravens, D. and Piercy, N. (2013). Strategic Marketing, (10th Ed). McGraw-Hill Higher
Education
• Macmillan, P. (2008). Calkins, Breakthrough Marketing Plans
• Walker, Jr. O. C. and Mullins J. W. (2011). Marketing Strategy. McGraw-Hill.
MMBT-722 PROJECT MANAGEMENT: LEADERSHIP AND CONTROL 3(3+0)

Introduction: Project Management course format, Case study, Review some basic Project
Management concepts. Project Selection and approvals. Integration Management: Overall
Project Plan, Integrated change control, Executing the plan, Work allocation, Project closure, A
brief review of tools which can be used to assist in running projects Scheduling, risk, change and
issue management and new developments. Time Management, Cost Management: Deriving
budgets and monitoring performance against them, Earned value analysis. Risk Management,
Quality Management, Procurement Management, Human Resource Management: Project
Management competency model, Training issues, Performance agreements, Project organisation
models, Project staffing plans video, Project Management competencies and behaviours on the
job. Communications Management, Professional Responsibility: brief guide to the major
professional responsibilities of a project manager in the workplace and the ethical conflicts that
can arise from this role.
Recommended Books:
• Project Management Institute. (2013). A Guide to the Project Management Body of
Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide) 5th Edition.

• Verzuh, E. (2015). The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management
(Fast Forward MBA Series). Wiley.
• Portny, S. E. (2013). Project Management For Dummies (4th Ed).
MMBT-723 SEMINAR IN MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY 1(1+0)

Students are taught how to write and present literature research/review papers on topics directly
related to medical biotechnology. Lectures and demonstrations of new topics of significance in
medical biotechnology that are not covered in existing courses. Additionally, Lecture series by
invited speaker or advanced students with lectures on topics of current or developing interest in
E. MS in Commercial Biotechnology &Entrepreneurship
Module Title Commercial Biotechnology &Entrepreneurship
Module Code BE306
Department Institute of Molecular Biology and Biotechnology
Module Co-
ordinator PROFESSOR DR AHMAD M. KHALID
Prof Dr Ahmad M. Khalid

Dr Arfan Ali, Dr M. Sajjad Khattack
Dr AfiaAkram
Module Teachers Mr Abdul Razzaq
BS in Biology, Biotechnology, Molecular Biology, MBA, Public

Pre-requisite Administration, B.Com, M.Com and other related fields
Alternatively Managers, Administrators, Accountants and related fields with

Co-requisite significant experience.
Description
To introduce students to the key factors underpinning the commercialization and manufacture of
biopharma and biotechnology products. To review the impact of emerging technologies on the
industry. To review industry status and trends globally, in Europe and in Ireland. To discuss the
social and ethical issues raised by some aspects of biotechnology. To review the impact of –omics
technologies, and the potential for “personalized medicine”, on the biotechnology sector in
particularly, and on society in general. To encourage students’ awareness and development of
their individual strengths, and to enable them to productively in groups.
Learning Outcomes
1. Communicate appropriately to the public concerning scientific advances and applications.
2. Identify and describe the main features and requirements of different markets within the
global biotechnology industry (incl. biopharma), and their diverse range of products and job
opportunities.
3. Explain the factors and issues involved in commercializing a biotech product, with special
reference to new drug development, clinical trials and biosimilars.
4. Outline the benefits of Six Sigma methodology, Quality Assurance (QA), Good Manufacturing
Practice (GMP) and Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) to manufacturing processes.
5. Describe in broad terms the impact of –omics technologies on diagnostics and therapeutics,
and the potential for “personalized” approaches to disease treatment.
6. Outline ethical and social questions, raised by advances in biotechnology, in their legal,
regulatory and intellectual property contexts.
Workload Full-time hours per semester
Type Hours Description
Lecture 24 No Description
Independent
Study 41 No Description
Assignment Group Work: Media and

Completion 60 Company Case Studies
Total Workload: 125

Indicative Content and Learning Activities
FUNDAMENTALS; PUBLIC PERCEPTION
Overview of the biotechnology industry & its main market sectors; public & media perceptions.
SPECIAL-INTEREST SECTORS
Application of biotech to disease diagnosis & treatment; the future of personalized medicine, an
economic analysis; industrial enzymes & ‘bio-derived’ commodities; biotech applications in the
agri/food sector; ethical considerations in the uses of biotechnologies.
THE BIOTECHNOLOGY INDUSTRY

Bioprocessing & industrial manufacture of biotech &biopharma products; the biotechnology
industry globally, in Europe & in Ireland.
RESEARCH AND INNOVATION

Biotechnology research processes; university-industry relationships; intellectual property
protection & licensing; translating research to product; new product development; clinical trials.
QUALITY ASSURANCE/ CONTROL

Compliance & quality issues in manufacturing, regulatory matters, GMP, ISO 9000, SOPs, lean
six sigma manufacturing, clean technologies, special quality issues in biotechnology.
Assessment Breakdown
Continuous Assessment 40% Examination Weight 60%
Course Work Breakdown
Type Description % of total Assessment Date
Presentation Group Work on Media Issues 30% Week 7
Report(s) Group Assignment: Company Case Study 40% Week 10
Reassessment Requirement
Resit arrangements are explained by the following categories;

1 = A resit is available for all components of the module
2 = No resit is available for 100% continuous assessment module
3 = No resit is available for the continuous assessment component
Indicative Reading List

Sherlock, R. and Morrey, J.D. (Eds): 0, Ethical Issues in Biotechnology, Rowman and Littlefield,
Rifkin, Jeremy: 0, The Biotech Century, Phoenix,
Bryant, J., Baggott la Velle and Searle, J. (Eds): 0, Bioethics for Scientists, Wiley,
Durant, J., Bauer, M.W. and Gaskell, G. (Eds): 0, Biotechnology in the Public Sphere, Science
Museum,
Other Resources
12787, Website, European Federation of Biotechnology, 0,
http://efbweb.org/, http://efbweb.org/, 15183,
Website, Enterprise Ireland, 0, Enterprise Ireland, http://enterprise-ireland.com, 12789,
Website, Biotechnology Industry Organization (USA), 0, http://www.bio.org/,
http://www.bio.org/, 12790,
Website, DCU Library, 0, Biotechnology Subject Portal,
http://www.library.dcu.ie/Portals/Biotechnology/bio.htm, 12791,
Website, DCU Library, 0, Business Subject Portal,
http://www.library.dcu.ie/Portals/Business/business.htm, 12792, Printed Report, Ernst & Young,
0, Biotech Industry in Europe,
Array
1. Course title: Storage and warehouse
Course Description:
Warehouse Management is a business philosophy and a corporate strategy to drive or turn-
around the business. Warehouses and Inventory Management are critical for the effective
management of procurement and the supply chain to enable the efficient delivery of superior
customer service. Warehouses and Inventory controls are often overlooked and are not thought to
be an important activity. Therefore, incorrect levels of inventory can be held with attendant
knock on effects to costs, availability and customer service.
Storage and warehousing involves Locating, structuring, and operating the warehouse,
implementing Lean principles in the warehouse, crafting an inventory strategy using Stock
Keeping Unit (SKU) segmentation. Best-practice warehouses deliver superior customer
satisfaction and return on investment by functioning as a tightly-integrated part of a company’s
value chain.
The purpose of this course is to show how to implement all of the essential tools for the effective
management of warehouses and stores. This course includes how to evaluate procedures and how
to improve methods by eliminating wasteful activities and excess costs. This course will enable
participants to understand how to improve the operations of any warehouse by implementing
lean operating processes, by intelligently managing inventory, and by establishing a performance
management program that ensures continuous improvement. An effective warehousing strategy
can be a powerful competitive weapon.
Course contents
Warehousing concept, warehousing basic functions, storage functions, good storage practices,
relation to logistics, elements of warehouse management, concept and functions of inventory,
inventory classification and strategies, Locations, setting up the warehouse, warehouse design
and layout, warehouse personnel, Checking and packing, Shipping. Receiving and shipping,
Stock locator system, the market, Supply Chain Execution Systems. Storage equipment, Pallet
storage, Bin-shelving or static rack, Gravity flow rack, Conveyors, Sortation equipment. Space,
Rack or stack? Lane depth, Labor, Operating protocols, Two commonly-used storage strategies,
Product placement, A model of work and workers, Improvements that are not ,Some advantages
of bucket brigades ,Bucket brigades in the warehouse, Operations, Freight flow, Congestion,
Design, Size, Geometry, Trailer management, Activity profiling, Basics, Warehouse activity
profiling, General Hazards, Material Handling Hazards, Protection Against Hazards, Material
Handling Protections, Safe Lifting, Ladder Safety, Loading Dock Safety, Safety Procedures, Safe
Storage Practices, Packing and Unpacking, Types of documents, control of documents, efficient
record keeping.
Recommended Textbook:
1- Business Logistics & Supply chain management by Ronald H. Ballou, (5e.) Prentice Hall
2- Warehouse & distribution science by John J. BARTHOLDI, III Steven T. HACKMAN
Supplementary Textbook:
1 Logistics and supply chain management by Martin Christopher, (2nd Ed.), Prentice Hall
2 Supply chain logistics management by Bowersox, (2nd Ed.), McGraw Hill publishers.
3 Lean Logistics, The nuts and bolts of delivering materials and goods by Michael Baudin,
Productivity press, 2004
4 Essentials of Inventory Management, Max Muller, American Management Association
2. Course title: Advertising and promotion strategy
Course description
Introduces students to the concepts and tools of Advertising and promotional strategy.
Through this course students learn and apply the advertising planning process and
examine the role of promotions to ensure consistency of creative strategy and
complementary use of traditional and digital media.
Course contents
Overview of advertising and Marketing Function, The Advertising Department, Types of
Advertising, The Advertising Agency, Advertising media: Above-the-Line, Advertising
media: Below-the-Line, Sales Promotion, Copywriting, Public Relations, Corporate
Advertising, Advertising Research, Exhibition and Presentation of Project, Final Project
Presentations.
1. Advertising, Frank Jefkins, published by Pearson, Copyright 2013, 4th Edition,
ISBN: 978-81-317-0382-3.
Additional Resources:
1. Aurora Magazine by Dawn Group.
2. Harvard Business Review (Available in Library)
3. Newspapers
3. Course title. Supply chain design and performance

Course description
Supply chain management involves the integration of business processes across
organizations, from material sources and suppliers, through manufacturing and processing, to
delivery to the final customer. Managing To successfully manage today’s complex supply
chain (SC) environment, managers need an understanding of traditional business functions
and the linkage of these functions to customers and suppliers.
Supply Chain Design & Performance’ focuses on many changes that have occurred in recent
years, in the ways that top managers think, plan, and operate manufacturing and service
facilities. These changes have been driven by dramatic improvements in: information
technology, the growth and increasing accessibility of global markets, and the necessity to
adapt to more sophisticated & quality conscious consumers. The increased attention towards
managing supply chains efficiently and effectively in the recent times requires that
performance measurement systems be developed so as to measure this efficiency and
effectiveness at the SC level.
This course provides an overview of various SC Performance measurement models.

Participants of this course will also learn about various practices that have direct impact on
SC performance. It further explain the WHAT, WHY and HOW of supply chain design. This
will facilitate the participants to have the understanding of features of supply chain
management—and its conceptual and operational boundaries.
Course contents
Introduction of supply chain management, value chains, bullwhip effect, Supply chain
mapping, Strategic, Tactical and Operational Decision Making, Selecting the Proper Channel
Strategy, Seven Principles of Supply Chain, Framework of Structuring Derivers, Derivers of
Supply Chain Performance, ABC Analysis, Customer Service Elements, Customer Service
Complaints, Customer Service Elements and Customer Service Strategies, CPFR, concept of
true demand, The new product development process, Mitigating risk in NPD, Role of finance
in NPD, Integral product design, Order fulfillment process, Typical elements of Order
Processing, Factors affecting order Processing Time, Ware House Management System,
Optimizing order fulfillment process, Logistical Elements in Supply Chains, Warehousing
and Cross Docking Operations, Supply Chain Dynamics and Analysis, Supply Chain
Dynamics and Optimization, Managing performance of Supply Chains, Frameworks for
Supply chain performance (SCP) measurement. SCOR Performance measurement
framework (Beamon (1999) Model), Determining the optimal level of product availability,
Improving Product Availability, Pricing and Revenue Management in SC, Ethical Issues in
SCM, Reverse Supply Chains and Green Supply Chains,
1. Supply Chain Management By Sunil Chopra, Peter Meindal & D.V Karl
Supplementary Textbook:
1. Business Logistics/Supply Chain Management Ronald H. Ballou & Samir K.5th
Edition Pearson
2. Supply Chain Management: from vision to implementation by Stanley E. Fawcett,
Lisa M. Ellram & Jeffrey A. Ogden (1st Ed.), Prentice Hall
1. Management Outlook by PIM
3. Wiley online library
4. www.google.com
4. Course title: New product development
Course Description:
The development and commercialization of new products and new services is an important
business function for many organizations. This course builds on knowledge of basic marketing
concepts and complements this knowledge by developing a deeper understanding of strategic
managerial and marketing aspects of innovation. It involves not only an application and
extension of basic marketing concepts within the context of strategic innovation management,
but also the further development of consumer market analysis skills in technical areas of product
development research. This course is helps to develop an understanding of new product and new
service development from a strategic marketing and management perspective. The topics cover
a) the strategic basis for product development including sources and types of innovation, market
entry timing, product market structure and competition, disruptive and entrepreneurial
innovation, and developing new services and service bundles; b) marketing research techniques
for new product development including user and lead user analysis and conjoint analysis; and c)
managing the new product development process including collaboration and networks as well as
strategies for launching and marketing new products and services. This course will attempt to
present and explain the practical, common procedures of New Product Management processes. It
will include the development process of a new product and its subsequent marketing plan and
strategy. The learning’s of developing and launching new products or services will be
highlighted in the lectures. This is a course that consists of only a few theory but mostly
empirical experiences and “marketing truths” based on analysis of actual in-market data.
Course contents
Introduction and Importance of New Product Development Process, Strategic Alignment and
New Product Portfolio, Creativity and Product Concept, Finding and Solving Customer’s
Problems, Product Concept Definition and Phases, Stages in Product Development in Electronic
Instrumentation, Consumer Products, Six Sigma, Quality and Process Improvement, Measuring
New Product Development, Full Product Development and Marketing,
1. Barkley, Bruce. Project management in new product development. McGraw Hill
Professional.
Instructor will facilitate students by providing all training material mentioned in week-wise
broader
content break-up. In addition, you can refer to following:
2. The Journal of Product Innovation Management
3. Pakistan Management Review by PIM (Available in library)
4. www.smeda.org.pk
5. Course title: Bioentrepreneurship
Course description
Process of identifying and pursuing business opportunities and process of creating value by
bringing together resources to exploit an opportunity using set of critical thinking skills.
The exploitation of entrepreneurial opportunities includes design actions to develop a business
plan, acquire the human, financial and other required resources, and to be responsible for its
success or failure.
The capacity and willingness to develop, organize and manage a business venture along with any
of its risks in order to make a profit. The most obvious example of entrepreneurship is the
starting of new businesses. In economics, entrepreneurship combined with land, labor, natural
resources and capital can produce profit. Entrepreneurial spirit is characterized by innovation and
risk-taking, and is an essential part of a nation's ability to succeed in an ever changing and
increasingly competitive global marketplace.
Entrepreneur is defined as an individual who organizes or operates a business or businesses.
Successful entrepreneurs have the ability to lead a business in a positive direction by proper
planning, to adapt to changing environments and understand their own strengths and weakness.
The term "entrepreneur" is often conflated with the term "small business." While most
entrepreneurial ventures start out as a small business, not all small businesses are entrepreneurial
in the strict sense of the term. Many small businesses are sole proprietor operations consisting
solely of the owner, or they have a small number of employees, and many of these small
businesses offer an existing product, process or service, and they do not aim at growth. In
contrast, entrepreneurial ventures offer an innovative product, process or service, and the
entrepreneur typically aims to scale up the company by adding employees, seeking international
sales, and so on, a process which is financed by venture capital and angel investments.
Biotechnology has become popular science all over the world and developed countries are
seeking this science more rigorously with the involvement of public and private sectors. DNA is
a magic bullet in the field of biotechnology which was first time reported by Watson and Crick
and they published double helical structure of DNA in Nature journal in 1953.
Genentech was the first American based biotech company in the world started by the union of a
scientist Herbert Boyer and a business man Robert Swanson in 1976 for the manufacturing of
Insulin and got its patent in 1980. Subsequently other biotech companies started establishing
such as (1976–Genentech) (1978–Biogen), (1980–Amgen), (1981–Immunex), (1981–Chiron)
and (1981–Genzyme).
Biotechnology or biostart ups can be established in the areas of;
Health biotechnology- drugs and other agents to treat diseases
Green biotechnology- products and applications related to livestock and crops
White biotechnology- modification and improvements in industrial processes
Blue biotechnology- products and application to get rid of environment related concerns
Course contents
Define entrepreneurship and entrepreneur and salient characteristics, Five elements to happen bio
entrepreneurship with bio entrepreneurial orientation, Illustrate bio entrepreneurship as a process,
Future prospects of entrepreneurship, Advantages and disadvantages of self-employment, Skills
and education for self-employment, Personal potential for self-employment, Business
opportunity and an innovation/idea, sources of an innovation/idea, Obstacles to innovation and
creativity and pro activeness, Why to start a business or bio business, Factor of successful bio
business, Reasons of failure of bio business, risks of bio business, Pillars of biotech company,
elements of success of biotechnology company, Define a company, Identify reasons to get ABC
name for a company. Identify how to register a trademark with the state and federal government.
Identify where to get business licenses and permits. Identify how to register for taxes. Identify
sources of assistance in planning and licensing a business, Startups, spin offs, joint ventures,
enterprises, partnerships, private limited and limited companies, Identify promotional methods
and cost, Identify factors to evaluate promotion, advertising media, and advertising messages,
Trade mark, trademarks, copy rights, patents, Brief history of biotechnology up to date, First
biotechnology company in the world, Different biotechnology companies in the world, Status of
biotechnology companies in Pakistan, Product development, Services development, Equipment
manufacturing, Marketing and distribution, Equipment qualification, calibration, validation,
Define technology transfer (TOT), Components of TOT, Quality operational management,
Quality operations (QO), Quality assurance (QA), Quality control (QC), cGMP, cGLP, Identify
the importance of defining your business, Identify the importance of a mission and vision
statement for a business, Plan Identify reasons for writing a business plan, Business Identify and
describe the parts of a business plan, Identify reasons to focus the scope of a company's products
and services, Identify how the scope of products and services will be different for different types
of businesses, Identify how to determine what products and services the business will offer
Recommended books
1. Entrepreneurship 3rd edition by Bruce R. Barringer and R. Duane Ireland
2. Innovation and entrepreneurship by peter F. Drucker
3. International handbook series on entrepreneurship by Holger Patzelt and Thomas brenner
4. Essentials of entrepreneurship and small business management 5th edition by Thomas W.
Zimmerer and Norman
6. Bioprocessing
Course description
A bioprocess is a specific process that uses complete living cells or their components
(e.g., bacteria, enzymes, chloroplasts) to obtain desired products.
Transport of energy and mass is fundamental to many biological and environmental processes.
Areas, from food processing to thermal design of building to biomedical devices to pollution
control and global warming, require knowledge of how energy and mass can be transported
through materials (mass, momentum, heat transfer).
Therapeutic cell manufacturing processes can be separated into upstream processes and
downstream processes. The upstream process is defined as the entire process from early cell
isolation and cultivation, to cell banking and culture expansion of the cells until final harvest
(termination of the culture and collection of the live cell batch).
Aside from technology challenges, concerning the scalability of culture apparatus, a number of
raw material supply risks have emerged in recent years, including the availability of GMP grade
fetal bovine serum. This is discussed in the seminal piece "Peak Serum: Implications for Cell
Therapy Manufacturing.[4]
The upstream part of a bioprocess refers to the first step in which microbes/cells are grown, e.g.
bacterial or mammalian cell lines (see cell culture), in bioreactors. Upstream processing involves
all the steps related with inoculum development, media development, improvement of inoculum
by genetic engineering process, optimization of growth kinetics so that product development can
improve tremendously. Fermentation has two parts: upstream and downstream. After product
development, the next step is purification of product for desired quality. When they reach the
desired density (for batch and fed batch cultures) they are harvested and moved to
the downstream section of the bioprocess.
The downstream part of a bioprocess refers to the part where the cell mass from the upstream are
processed to meet purity and quality requirements. Downstream processing is usually divided
into three main sections: cell disruption, a purification section and a polishing section. The
volatile products can be separated by distillation of the harvested culture without pre-treatment.
Distillation is done at reduced pressure at continuous stills. At reduced pressure distillation of
product directly from fermentor may be possible. The steps of downstream processing are:
1. Separation of biomass: separating the biomass (microbial cells) generally carried out by
centrifugation or ultra-centrifugation. If the product is biomass, then it is recovered for
processing and spent medium is discarded. If the product is extra cellular the biomass
will be discarded. Ultrafiltration is an alternative to the centrifugation.
2. Cell disruption: If the desired product is intra cellular the cell biomass can be disrupted so
that the product should be released. The solid-liquid is separated by centrifugation or
filtration and cell debris is discarded.
3. Concentration of broth: The spent medium is concentrated if the product is extracellular.
4. Initial purification of metabolites: According to the physico-chemical nature of the
product molecule several methods for recovery of product from the clarified fermented
broth were used (precipitation, etc.)
5. De-watering: If low amount of product is found in very large volume of spent medium,
the volume is reduced by removing water to concentrate the product. It is done by
vacuum drying or reverse osmosis.
6. Polishing of metabolites: this is the final step of making the product 98 to 100% pure.
The purified product is mixed with several inert ingredients called excipients. The
formulated product is packed and sent to the market for the consumers.
Course contents
Isolation of suitable microorganisms from the environment, culture collections, industrial strains
and strain improvement; natural recombination, mutagenesis, genetic engineering of microbes,
strain stability, media formulation, culture maintenance, fermentation design and construction,
control of chemicals and physical conditions, fermenter control and monitoring, operating
modes, solid substrate fermentation, fermentation process development, downstream processing;
cell harvesting, industrial centrifuges, cell disruption, product recovery, filtration, distillation,
crystallization, drying, product quality and recovery, manufacturing and environmental safety,
Recommended books
Chiu, Y.H. (1988). Validation of fermentation process for the production of a recombinant DNA
drug. Pharmaceutical Technology 12, 132-138
Seamon, K. B. (1998). Specification for biotechnology derived protein drugs. Current opinion in
microbiology 9, 319-325.
Thomas, J. A. and myers, L.A. (eds) (1999) Biotechnology and safety assessment, 2nd edition,
Raven press (taylor and Francis), London.
7. Industrial process and products
Course description
Products and services that depend on bioprocessing can be grouped broadly into
• Biopharmaceuticals. Therapeutic proteins, polysaccharides, vaccines, and diagnostics.

• Specialty products and industrial chemicals. Antibiotics, value-added food and agricultural
products, and fuels, chemicals, and fiber from renewable resources.
• Environmental-management aids. Bioprocessing products and services used to control or
remediate toxic wastes.
This chapter reviews the status of bioprocessing for manufacture of products in categories that
are relevant for the next 10 years. Much of the relevant background is derived from an Office of
Technology Assessment report Biotechnology in a Global Economy (OTA, 1991).
The success of biotechnology is seen in the impact of new products and processes. The products
include biotherapeutics, specialty chemicals, and reagents. Such as diagnostics, biochemicals for
research and enzymes for the food and consumer markets. The purpose of this section is to
examine the state of bioprocessing of biopharmaceuticals, including the status of current research
and the needs and opportunities form innovation in bioprocessing for manufacturing of
biotherapeutic products. Biotherapeutics include therapeutic proteins, vaccines, therapeutic
polysaccharides, diagnostics, and low-molecular-weight pharmaceutical chemicals.
Extensive research on eukaryotic gene expression in bacteria, yeasts, plants, insects, and
mammals has resulted in many options for producing proteins in recombinant hosts. In spite of
the numerous options, most of the products manufactured today are made either in
recombinant E. coli or in animal cells, i.e., Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells or hybridoma
cells.
E. coli is the microbial system of choice for the expression of heterologous proteins. No other
microorganism is used to produce so large a number of products at high level.
High levels of protein synthesis have been obtained with several intracellular expression
systems, particularly in E. coli. High expression of a foreign protein in the cytoplasm of E.
coli often results in the accumulation of nonnative aggregates called inclusion bodies. Isolation
of inclusion bodies by centrifugation has become an important first step in the purification and
recovery of recombinant proteins.
Production of heterologous proteins by mammalian cells has usually used CHO cells or
hybridoma cells. Initially, hybridoma cells were the only hosts used for antibody production.
More recently, CHO cells and mouse myeloma cells have also been used. CHO cells are
generally able to produce bioactive mammalian proteins that are glycosylated and properly
folded. As yet, the system is often not able to effect specific proteolytic maturation, except to
remove the secretion-signal sequence.
Course contents
Microbial enzymes, commercial microbial enzyme production, detergent enzymes, starch
processing enzymes and related carbohydrases, enzymes in cheese production, plant juice
production, textile manufacturing, leather manufacturing, wood pulp preparation, as catalysts in
organic synthesis, healthcare products; antibiotics, ergot alkaloids, steroid biotransformation,
bacterial vaccine, recombinant therapeutic proteins
Recommended books
Demain, A. L. Davies, J.E. and Atlas, R.M. (1999). Manual of industrial microbiology
and biotechnology. American society for microbiology, Washington, DC.
Strohl, W.R (ed) (1997) Biotechnology and antibiotics. Marcel dekker, New York.
F. MS/MPhil in Biomedical Engineering

Introduction
Biomedical engineering applies engineering expertise to analyze and solve problems in biology
and medicine in order to enhance health care. Students involved in biomedical engineering learn
to work with living systems and to apply advanced technology to the complex problems of
medical care. Biomedical engineers work with other health care professionals including
physicians, nurses, therapists and technicians toward improvements in diagnostic, therapeutic
and health delivery systems. Biomedical engineers may be involved with designing medical
instruments and devices, developing medical software, tissue and cellular engineering,
developing new procedures or conducting state-of-the-art research needed to solve clinical
problems.
Course Scheme
Course Code BBME
Course MPHIL Degree in Biomedical Engineering
Term Two Years
Level Graduate
Unit 4 Semester
Contact
Available for Graduate
Course Contents
Course Outline
Semester I
MSBME701 Biomedical Engineering Practicum 3+0
MSBME702 Computational Methods in Biomedical Engineering 3+0
MSBME705 Human Anatomy 3+0
BBME703 Applied Chemistry 3+0
Total 12
Semester II
MSBME704 Applied Physics 3+0
MSBME707 Biomedical Electronics 3+0
MSBME706 Advance Physiology 3+0
MSBME708 Numerical Analysis 3+0
Semester III& IV
Thesis (In two semesters) 12
Total 36
Major Subject:
MSBME701 Biomedical Engineering Practicum 3+0
MSBME702 Computational Methods in Biomedical Engineering 3+0
MSBME703 Applied Chemistry 3+0
MSBME704 Applied Physics 3+0
MSBME705 Human Anatomy 3+0
MSBME706 Advance Physiology 3+0
MSBME707 Biomedical Electronics 3+1
MSBME708 Numerical Analysis 3+0
Elective Courses:
MSBME709 Calculus and Analytical Geometry 3+0
MSBME710 Biochemistry 3+0
MSBME711 Biophysics 3+0
MSBME712 Bio Fluid Mechanics 3+0
MSBME713 Microprocessor & Interfacing 3+0
MSBME714 Introduction to Biological Sciences 3+0
MSBME715 Biomedical Instrumentation 2+0
MSBME716 Biomedical Control Systems 3+0
MSBME717 Biomaterials & Design 3+0
MSBME718 Economics & Healthcare Management 3+0
MSBME719 Professional Practices & Ethics 3+0
MSBME720 Microcomputer Applications in Biomedical Engineering 3+0
MSBME721 Basic Electronics 3+0
MSBME722 Digital Logic Design 3+0
MSBME723 Physical Principles of Medical Imaging 3+0
MSBME724 Cellular and Molecular Biology 2+0
MSBME725 Applied Statistics for Engineers 3+0
MSBME726 Rehabilitation Engineering 2+1
Course Content Detail
Course Objective:
Course Contents:
Introduces basic engineering principles in the context of biomedical topics, including electrical
circuits and components such as resistors, capacitors, diodes, transistors, digital electronics and
motors. Applications of biomedical systems including heart function, brain waves, human
motion and skin responses are discussed.
the introduction of clinical procedures and biomedical devices and technology to biomedical
engineering freshmen. Students will tour medical facilities, clinics and hospitals and will
participate in medical seminars, workshops and medical rounds. Students will rotate among
various programs and facilities including orthopaedics, cardiology, neurology, surgery,
otolaryngology, emergency medicine, pharmacy, dentistry, nursing, oncology, physical medicine
ophthalmology, pediatrics and internal medicine.
MSBME702 Computational Methods in Biomedical Engineering (3+0)
Course Objective:
The goal of this course is to enhance students' software skills for subsequent biomedical engineering
courses and laboratories, as well their careers.
Course Contents:
The course covers the basic fundamentals of programming as well as data analysis of biomedical data. An
important component of this course is developing problem-solving skills. This course covers advanced
computational methods from a biomedical engineering perspective. Linear and nonlinear systems, partial
differential equations, optimization and inverse problems will be discussed. Advanced computational
techniques are increasingly needed in today’s biomedical engineering. For example, one needs a
nonlinear system to describe a model or problem in neural engineering. Finite element has been a
powerful numerical method to deal with many problems in biomechanics and biomaterials where partial
differential equations are involved. Inverse problems are common almost everywhere in the field of
biomedical imaging. This course is geared towards the applications of the advanced computational
techniques to various biomedical engineering
Recommended Books:
MSBME714 Introduction to Biological Sciences (3+0)

• To understand fundamental concepts in biology and recognize the connections to your
daily life;
• To critically think about, analyze and evaluate scientific data and knowledge;
• To practice written and verbal communication skills and effective collaboration with
peers; and,
Course Contents:
An integrative approach to the science of life for science and engineering students
Macromolecular structure and function. Cell structure, reproduction, metabolism, and energy
production Genomes, replication, gene structure, RNA and protein synthesis Processes of cellular
and organismic function: cell structure, respiration, photosynthesis, molecular genetics and
development, structure and physiology of plants and animals.
Recommended Books:
2. Starr, Evers, & Starr. 5th edition Biology ISBN 9781305623682 (2015).
MSBME704 Applied Physics (3+0)

• The course is intended to provide knowledge about:
• Properties of Matter and fluids
• Heat & Thermodynamics with introduction to heat transfer machine.
• Concepts of optics covering theory of light.
• Introduction to electricity and magnetism and its application in electrical and electronic
field.
Course Contents:
Properties of Matter: Elasticity; modulus of Elasticity, Experimental determination of young’s
modulus, Bending of beams, Cantilever.
Fluids: Steady and turbulent flow, Bernoulli’s theorem, Viscosity, determination of Coefficient
of viscosity by Poiseuillie's method. Surface tension, Surface energy, Angle of contact,
determination surface tension by rise in a capillary tube.
Heat & Thermodynamics: Heat, Temperature, Theories of heat, Adiabatic and isothermal
processes, the four laws of thermodynamics, Thermodynamic functions, Efficiency of Heat
Engines, Carnot’s Cycle, , Entropy, Reversible Process and cycles, Thermodynamic equilibrium,
Introduction to Heat transfer Mechanisms.
Optics: Waves and Oscillations, Simple Harmonic Motion, types of wave motion, theories of
light, Interference, Diffraction, Polarization, Double refraction, Dispersion, Types and uses of Deviation
Lasers. Electricity and Magnetism: Electric charges, Electric field, Electric potential, Coulomb’s
law, Gauss’s law, Capacitors and dielectrics, Electric current, Ohm’s Law, Magnetic properties
of matter, Magnetic field, Magnetic force on current, Ampere’s law, Faraday’s law, and Lenz’s
law.
Recommended Books:
4. David Halliday, Robert Resnick and Jearl Walker, WIE Fundamentals of Physics, 7th ed.
2005, John Wiley & Sons, ISBN:0471465097
5. Arthur Beiser, “ Schaum’s Contents of Applied Physics, 4th ed. 2004, McGraw Hill,
ISBN:0071426116
6. Hobbie, Russell, Intermediate physics for medicine and biology-4th edition, 2007
MSBME703 Applied Chemistry (3+0)

To review those aspects needed to learn concepts of biochemistry biophysics, bio-sensors and
imaging.
Course Contents:
Introduction: Wave properties of electrons and matter Quantum theory of matter at atomic level,
atomic structure. Energy levels, orbital, hydrogen spectrum, bond energy, molecular structure
and its rotational and vibration energy Chemical Bonding: Types of Bonds, Hybridization and
Theories of Bonding. Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion Theory and Molecular Orbital
Theory. Physical state of matter. Gas laws, properties of liquid, surface tension, viscosity, optical
activity, dielectric constant, polarization, dipole moment. Crystal structure Chemical Kinetics:
Rate of reaction, order of reaction, First, Second and third order reaction, factors affecting rate of
reaction like Pressure, Temperature, concentration, catalyst, surface area and volume.
Electrochemistry: oxidation and reduction reactions, Balancing of redox reaction in acidic and
basic medium. Construction of galvanic cell. Organic chemistry: Introduction and classification
of organic compounds. Saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons. Chemistry of Alkanes, Alkynes,
Alkenes and Aromatics. Nucleophilic and Electrophonic substitution Reactions.
Recommended Books:
3. Silberberg Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change. McGraw Hill.
4. John, R. Holum: Elements of General, Organic and Biological Chemistry. John Wiley &
Sons
MSBME712 Bio Fluid Mechanics (3+0)

Course Contents
Basic concepts in fluid mechanics: Viscosity, surface tension, compressibility; hydrostatics,
pressure on plate; kinetics & kinematics of fluid flow; continuity equation; conservation of
momentum; Bernoulli’s equation; Poiseuille equation; viscous, unsteady flows; dimensional
analysis. Physiological Fluid Mechanics:
Introduction to blood flow in the circulatory system, respiration, peristaltic motion, ciliary and
flagellar transport, Rheology of blood and blood vessels, static and steady flow model, native
heart valve, Fluid dynamics measurement techniques
Recommended Books:
5. Introduction to Bioengineering; Berger S. A., Goldsmith, W. and Lewis E. R., 1996
6. Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics; Munsen B. R., Young D. F. and Okiishi T. H., ed.
2006, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
7. Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer; Incropera, F. P. and De Witt, D. P., 5th ed.
2002, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Transport Phenomena.
8. K. B Chandran, A. P. Yuganathan, Stanley E Rittgers, Biofluid mechanics Human
circulation, CRC Taylor and Francis, 2007.
MSBME706 Advance Physiologies (2+1)

The use of physiology in bio-medical engineering is to help improve medical diagnosis and
treatment and to improve the quality of life for people who are incapacitated injured. The course
is intended to provide the knowledge about:
• To set trends for finding physiological parameters with accuracy & precision with subject
human body.
• Advance development for techniques of interfacing electro-medical equipment
• To study on physiological processes in helping physician & constant for offering best
medical facilities with respect to biomedical devices.
Course Contents:
Introduction to Physiology: The Cell and General Physiology. Functional organization of human
body and control of the internal environment. Cell and its function, protein synthesis and cell
reproduction. Metabolism of carbohydrates and formation of ATP. Lipid and Protein
Metabolism, transport through Cell membrane.
The study of representative physiological mechanisms at the molecular and cellular levels of
organization. The function of biological macromolecules, bioenergetics and metabolism, cell
surface dynamics, functional microanatomy of neurons, neural information transfer and
integration, organization of reflexes, hormones and other bioactive chemical messengers, renal
regulation of the internal environment.
Human physiology from a system's view point: Quantitative issues at the organ and whole body
levels of:
a) Cardiovascular
b) Respiratory
c) Renal and
d) Digestive systems.
Nerve and Muscle: Membrane potential, Action potential, Excitation and Rhythmicity.
Contraction of Skeletal and cardiac muscles, sliding filament Mechanism, Heart as a pump.
Sensory Systems: Sensory Receptors: Classification and basic mechanism of action.
Somatic Sensations: Mechanoreceptive sensations, pain, thermal and visceral pain, headache.
Special Senses: Eye, receptor function of the retina, Neurophysiology of Vision, the Chemical
Sense-taste and smell.
Recommended Books:
7. A. C. Guyton, A Text-Book of Medical Physiology, 12th Ed, 2010.
8. William F., Review of Medical Physiology 22nd Ed, 2005.
9. Arthur C. Guyton, John E. Hall, Textbook of Medical Physiology: with STUDENT
CONSULT Access (Textbook of Medical Physiology)
10. Robert M. Berne (Editor), Physiology.
11. Linda S. Costanzo, Physiology (Board Review Series) (3rd Edition)
12. Elaine N. Marieb, Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology with Essentials of
InterActive Physiology CD-ROM (8th Edition)
MSBME711 Biophysics(3+0)
The object of this course is that the student could appreciate the function of various bio-medical
instruments built on the basics of bio-physical principles.
Course Contents:
Sound: Hearing and Echolocation, Ultrasound. Optics of Vision: Quantum Nature of Vision.
Nervous system: Biophysics of Neural Spike. Information theory and Memory; Nervous system.
Structural Biophysics: Conformational analysis and forces that determine protein and nucleic
acid structure. Molecular Modeling of protein, nucleic Radiation and Radiobiology: Interaction of
radiation with matter, Biological effects of radiation, radiobiological effects of radiation, medical imaging
using radio-isotopes. Biopotentials: Electrocardiograms and electric shocks, Fundamental laws for current
in biological tissues, Biopotentials in hearts, electrocardiogram, Action potentials in nervous system.
Bioenergetics: Thermodynamic principles. First law (energy, enthalpy), Second law of Thermodynamics.
Free energy, standard physical free energy and standard biological free energy, determination of the free
energy from equilibrium constant and EMF measurements. Thermodynamics of phosphate compounds
(phosphate transfer reactions) and role of ATP for biological energy transfer, thermodynamics of life.
Energy Pathways: Coupled Reactions, Group Transfer Potential, Role of Pyridine Nucleotides, Energy
Conversion Pathways, Biological Membrane, Active Transport, Chemi-osmotic theory-passive transport.
Recommended Books:
8. V. Pattabhi, N. Gautham, Biophysics
9. Christaan Sybesma, Biophysics, Kluwer Academic Publications.
10. Henrik Flyvbjerg (Editor), Physics of Bio-Molecules and Cells, et al
11. Forces, Growth and Form in Soft Condensed Matter: At the Interface between A. T.
Skjeltorp (Editor), A. V. Belushkin (Editor), Physics and Biology (NATO Science Series
II: Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry)
12. Becker , Oren M, Computational biochemistry and biophysics, 2001
13. Paul, Davidovitis, Physics in Biology & Medicine, 3rd Ed, 2007.
14. World Wide Web: www.physicsdaily.com
MSBME705 Human Anatomy (3+0)

The aim of this course is to give the students basic information on normal structure of human
body.
• At the end of the course, students are expected to be able to describe and compare the
principle structures of major human organs and systems.
• Discuss the anatomical basis of the circulation and the peripheral nervous system.
• Discuss the anatomical basis for actions such as breathing and digestion.
Course Contents:
Introduction: Anatomy and its branches, Anatomical positions, planes, topography. Cell
Anatomy: Overview of Cellular Anatomy. Extremities (Upper and Lower): Bones, muscles,
ligaments, tendons, bursae, reticulae, capsules, arteries, veins, Lymphatic system. Vertebral
Anatomy: Vertebrae, Pelvic girdle, spinal cord, nervous system. Thorax-Thoracic Viscera:
Surface anatomy, bones surface musculature, lungs, heart. Abdomen: Organs (location,
structures, relations and function). Head & Neck: Bones, muscles, cranial nerves (location,
structures, relations and function).
Recommended Books:
8. Snell, Clinical Anatomy for Medical Students 8th Ed.
9. Gerard J. Tortora, Principles Of Human Anatomy Along With (A Photographic Atlas Of
The Human Body)
10. Ellis, Horlad, Clinical Anatomy. A Revision & Applied Anatomy For Clinical Students-
Ed-10th.
11. Chaurasia’s B. D, Human anatomy regional & applied vol-1. 4th ed, 2007
12. Frederic H. Martini Human Anatomy (4th Edition), et al
13. Human Anatomy Plus Human Anatomy Place CD-ROM and Access to Human Elaine N.
Marieb, Anatomy Place Website (4th Edition) et al
14. Michael McKinley, Human Anatomy Valerie O'Loughlin
MSBME710 Biochemistry (3+0)

• To provide an introduction to the basic concepts of biochemistry.
• To learn about the structure, classification and functions of protein and enzymes.
• To learn about the lipids, vitamins & carbohydrates.
Course Contents:
Introduction to Biochemistry: Colloidal state, buffer, pH, significance of pH Henderson
equation, surface tension, viscosity, osmosis, diffusion, concept of chromatographic techniques
(TLC, paper chromatography, GLC column chromatography etc.) carbohydrates, amino acids,
nucleic acids, proteins, vitamins, enzymes, hormones & signaling agents,.
Metabolism of Carbohydrates, Lipids and Proteins: carbohydrate derivatives, optical activity,
polarimetry, glycogenesis, gluconeogenesis, glycolysis, tricarboxylic acid cycle, hexose
monophosphate shunt. Effects of hormones on carbohydrate metabolism. Chemistry and
Metabolism of Lipids, Proteins
Recommended Books:
11. Lippincott, Bio-Chemistry 5th Ed, 2010
12. Donald Voet, Judith, G. Voel and Charlotte, W. Prats, Fundamentals of Biochemistry,
2006, John Wiley & Sons.
13. Rodney Boyer, Modern Experimental Biochemistry, Pearsons Education, Delhi, India.
14. Tsai.C.Stan, An Introduction To Computational Biochemistry
15. Sawhney S.K., Introductory Practical Biochemistry
2. David L. Nelson, Michael M. Cox, Lehninger Principles 5th ed. 2008

16.
17. Bundred, I, Biochemistry 2nd Ed, 2007
18. Raju, SM , Illustrated medical Biochemistry, 2005
19. Dutta, Rajiv, Fundamental of Biochemistry engg, 2007
20. Jeremy M. Berg, & Lubert Stryer, Biochemistry, 6th Ed, 2006
MSBME707 Biomedical Electronics (3+0)

To have basic concepts of amplifier, power amplifier, operational amplifier and instrumentation
amplifier, to be able to use OP-AMP as pre-amplifier, power amplifier, oscillator, filter, to
perform mathematical operations on signals using OP-AMP, and to design various timing
circuits using OP-AMP
Course Contents:
Amplifier Characteristics: Input and output impedance, Real and Apparent gain, Amplifier
loading, Impedance matching of amplifiers.
Power Supplies: Regulated and switched mode power supplies.
Power Amplifiers: Classes of Power amplifiers.
Oscillators: Hartley oscillators, Colpitt oscillators, RC phase shift oscillators, Wein-Bridge
oscillators, Crystal oscillators based on BJT and FET.
Differential Amplifiers: Darlington transistor circuit, properties of differential amplifier stage,
circuits of differential amplifiers using BJTs and FETs.
Operational Amplifiers: Analysis of OP-AMP action, OP-AMP specifications: interpreting OP-
AMP data sheet, offset voltage and current, temperature rating, output swing, CMRR, slew rate,
Applications: Inverting amplifiers, non-inverting amplifiers, voltage follower, summing
amplifiers, instrumentation amplifiers, integrator, differentiator, non linear amplifiers. Frequency
response of OP-AMPs, A/D and D/A converters, power control using Op-Amp, Op-Amp based
timing circuits.
Recommended Books:
8. Cirovic, M. M., “Basic Electronic Devices, Circuits and Systems”, Prectice-Hall.
9. Hayt and Neudeck, “Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design”, Houghton Mifflin
Company, Boston.
10. Robert F. Coughlin, “Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits, 4th Ed.
11. Howard M. Berlin, Fundamental of Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated
Circuits
12. Reinaldo Perez, Design Of Medical Electronic Devices
13. Malvino, Principles of Electronic Devices.
14. Thomas L. Floyd, Electronic Devices.
MSBME708 Numerical Analysis (3+0)

After completing this course, the student should be familiar with:
i) Root of a non-linear equation f ( x ) = 0 and its computation.
ii) Iterative methods for the solution of simultaneous linear algebraic equations.
iii) Interpolation and extrapolation.
iv) Numerical differentiation and integration.
v) Numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equation.
Course Contents:
Introduction, Error analysis: floating points, errors and types of errors. Solution of non-linear
equation: Bisection, Regula-Falsi, Fixed-point iterative and Newton-Raphson’s methods.
Solution of linear algebraic equations. Direct methods: Crout’s and Cholescky methods; Iterative
methods: Jaccobi’s and Guass-Seidal methods. Eigen values and eigen vectors: Characteristics
equation and, Power methods. Interpolations and extrapolations: Forward, backward, central
difference operators and their relations. Newtons Forward, Backward and Divided Difference
Interpolation Formulae. Lagrange’s and Stirling’s Interpolation Formulae. Numerical
differentiation: Newton’s-Forward and Backward differentiation Formulae. Numerical
quadrature: Trapezoidal, Simpson’s one-third, Simpson’s three-eight and Weddle’s rules and
Gaussian quaderature. Solution of ODEqus: Taylor Series, Euler’s and its modified, Runge-
Kutta, Miline's, Adam-Moltan (Predictor-Corrector) methods. Solution of Higher Order
Differential Equations: Runge-Kutta methods. Solution of Partial Differential Equations by
Finite Differences Methods (Explicit, Implicit and Crank-Niclson techniques) and ADI Method.
Recommended Books:
8. Dunn, Stanley M, Alkis Conastantinides, Numerical methods in biomedical engineering
2006
9. Canal and Chapra “Numerical Methods for Engineers”.
10. Curits F. Gerald “Applied Numerical Analysis”.
11. Erwin Kreyszig “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”.
12. Chung Yau Lam “Applied Numerical Methods for the Solution of Partial Differential
Equations”
13. Dr Saeed Akhtar Bhatti “A First Course in Numerical Analysis”.
14. John L. Van Iwaarden “Ordinary Differential Equations with Numerical Techniques”.
THE
rjNveRsffIoF
LAHORT
Merm
To: The Regisuar
Date: Jnne 16,20ll

proceedings'

;llr
i THE
,lli
lll
rll
)UNIVERSITYOF
--14;
,- tl LAHORE

The Universitv of
"t New".-.

a
Member
4. Dr. Arif Malik

Member
5. Dr. Aamer Qazi
Member
Member

Member
Member
9. Dr. Habib Ahmed

Member

Member
(]znrr,
r
13. Dr. Rab Nawaz


euran.
summ aryof in
and decisions:

charter
in"_rou.a of the
"pp;;;;jii
3

of their a".i"ir.
in

"u..rri
research
speciar meeting
to rt
with each other.

(Secrbtary) F,
(Conve ner)
,
THE
UNIVERSITYOF
LAHORE
meeting.







Raiwind Road Camnus

I
_-
-I
Special Invitation
8. Mr. Anwar-ul-Haq
Special Invitation
9. Dr. Faiza Hassan
Special Invitation
10. Dr. Rab Nawaz

06' 2017

Proceedirrgs -
3)
5) Current Work.


table and
approved.
(annex A)'
of curriculum being
were given by the
discussed in BOS of
meeting' Dr' A' M'
were answered by
of the Board of
to be forwarded to
It
necessary action.
this purpose'
and
R&
suggestions.
IW
/t"
tu
(Convener)
(SecretarY)
tl
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 17.

Subject: Approval for establishment of diplomas in various disciplines at
graduate and post-graduate level in IMBB/CRiMM
The Director, IMBB/CRiMM has recommended the establishment of the following of

diplomas in various disciplines at graduate and post-graduate level in IMBB/CRiMM.


(Annexure-III)

Annexure-IV
A. Graduate Diploma in Industrial Biotechnology and
Bioinformatics
COURSE DETAILS
Course Code
Course Graduate Diploma in Industrial Biotechnology and Bioinformatics
Term Two Terms
Level Graduate
Unit 2 Semester
Contact
Course
Description
MODULES
FERMENTATION TECHNOLOGY - CORE
This module gives an insight into Industrial Microbiology and Biochemistry, showing how
fundamental principles can be applied to industrial processes.
RECOMBINANT DNA AND GENOMICS - CORE
This module provides in-depth coverage of developments in recombinant DNA technology
and genomics, using examples from both prokaryotic and eukaryotic systems.
Research Methods - Core
This module equips you with the necessary core skills to effectively design, plan, perform
and report scientific research.
CELL TECHNOLOGY – CORE
BIOTECHNOLOGY: PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS – CORE
BIOINFORMATICS- CORE SOURSE

ENTERPRENEURSHIP : CORE COURSE.
TUITION FEES
Pakistani National For this course (per year)
PK Rupees 150,000
International feesFor this course
US $12,360
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Students will need an degree in Biological Sciences; Natural sciences, Engineering sciences,
Medical and Pharmacology and other related disciplines..
Alternative qualifications, Foremen, operators and associated with industry/sale etc.,

coupled with a significant period of relevant work experience, will also be considered.
B. Graduate Diploma in Forensic Sciences
Forensic science, the application of science to legal matters, has always

captivated individuals with an interest and aptitude for investigation.
Seen in popular culture through television shows such as CSI, it is easy
to see how forensic science has captured the attention and interest of
society.
The goal of the forensic science program is to provide a strong scientific

approach to an applied discipline by exploring both the theoretical and
practical aspects involved with forensics. The curriculum covers key
areas required by forensic investigators, including, but not limited to:
Canadian legal aspects, evidence and expert witness training, crime
scene processing, case management, death investigation, biological
aspects (DNA, anthropology, entomology, odontology, etc.), chemical
aspects (fingerprinting, firearms/tool marks, poisons, etc.), physical
aspects, and a variety of elective topics.
Course Details
Course Code FS D
Course Forensic Sciences Diploma
Coordinating Institute of Molecular Biology and Biotechnology
Unit
Term 6 Months
Level Undergraduate
Location/s UOL Defence Campus
Units 2
Contact Up to 2 hours per week

Available for Undergraduate
The aim of this course is to provide students with an

overview of a variety of topics within the area of Forensic
Sciences including Introduction of Forensic Science, Crime
scene Investigation, Fire Arms and Tool Marks,
Course Fingerprinting, Biological Evidence, Blood Spatter, Types
Description of Injuries, Death: Meaning, Manner, Mechanism and Time,
Question Documents Court and police organizational
structures and Forensic DNA analysis. Topics to be covered
also include identification of the deceased and disaster
victim identification structures.
Course Staff
Course Coordinator:
Prof. Dr.Ahmad.M.Khalid
Course Outline
No Subject Name Credit Hrs

1 Introduction of Forensic Sciences
2 Crime Scene Investigation
3 Fingerprinting
4 Fire Arms and Tool Marks
5 Biological Evidence,
6 Forensic DNA Analysis
7 Blood Spatter
8 Death: Meaning, Manner, Mechanism and Time
9 Question Documents,
10 Report Writing
Course Timetable
The full timetable of all activities for this course can be
Course Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of this course students will be able to:
1. Gain knowledge and understanding of the relationship between the
forensic sciences and the law
2. Understand the methods and principles of forensic investigations and
how forensic science can be applied in criminal investigations.
3. Explain at an introductory level the organizational structures and
procedures within forensic sciences
4. Use and understand the basic terminology for forensic science
correctly and contextually.
5. Gain a basic understanding of the history of forensic sciences and how
forensic sciences in the real world differs from the forensic sciences in
fictional depictions.
University Attributes
This course will provide students with an opportunity to develop the
Graduate Attribute(s) specified below:
Course Learning
Attribute
Outcome(s)
Deep discipline knowledge 1-5
 informed and infused by cutting edge research,

scaffold throughout their program of studies
 acquired from personal interaction with research
active educators, from year 1
 accredited or validated against national or
international standards (for relevant programs)
Critical thinking and problem solving 1-5
 steeped in research methods and rigor

 based on empirical evidence and the scientific
approach to knowledge development
 demonstrated through appropriate and relevant
assessment
Teamwork and communication skills 1-5
 developed from, with, and via the SGDE

 honed through assessment and practice throughout
the program of studies
 encouraged and valued in all aspects of learning
Career and leadership readiness N/A
 technology survey
 professional and, where relevant, fully accredited
 forward thinking and well informed
 tested and validated by work based experiences
Intercultural and ethical competency N/A
 adept at operating in other cultures

 comfortable with different nationalities and social
contexts
 Able to determine and contribute to desirable
social outcomes
 demonstrated by study abroad or with an
understanding of indigenous knowledges
Self-awareness and emotional intelligence
 a capacity for self-reflection and a willingness to

engage in self-appraisal
 open to objective and constructive feedback from
supervisors and peers
 able to negotiate difficult social situations, diffuse
conflict and engage positively in purposeful debate
Learning Resources
Required Resources
Online Learning
There will be four online teaching modules during the semester. Each
module will have questions related to that specific material. There will
also be online quizzes available after each lecture to review and
stimulate additional learning.
Learning & Teaching Activities
Learning & Teaching Modes
The content of the course is delivered through lectures and online
material accessable via Forensic@uol.edu.pk (University online
service). Some material is delivered online in a teaching module.
Questions in different formats are available online (quizzes) and these
questions are available for training, review and to stimulate additonal
learning. Quizzes are in the form of formative exams - meaning that
students can assess their own knowledge. Questions can be used in
summative exams (assignments and final examination).
Lectures will not be recorded and are not available online due to the
nature of the content and the potentially sensitive material shown during
the lecture. It is therefore highly recommended to attend lectures as
material presented at lectures are examinable. Lecture notes will be
available and each lecture (and online module) will have a short
introduction video, presenting the lecturer and the learning objectives for
that lecture.
Workload
The information below is provided as a guide to assist students in
engaging appropriately with the course requirements.
There are 2 scheduled lecture slots per week together with online
material accessed through forensic@uol.edu.pk as well as required
reading.
Learning Activities Summary
1. Gain knowledge and understanding of the relationship between the
forensic sciences and the law
Forensic science – an overview
Crime, injury and death
the coroner, the act and the system
the structure of the courts
2. Understand the methods and principals of forensic investigations and

how forensic science can be applied in criminal investigations.
Genetics
DNA and CSI
Digital forensics
Forensic photography
Alternative light sources
Ballistics
Ancient DNA
Fingerprinting
Identification of a deceased person (not DNA)
Evidence handling
Document and traces
Profiling
Forensic diving and underwater criminal investigations
What on earth is a forensic pathologist
How dangerous is traffic
Anthropology
Forensic odontology
3. Understand at an introductory level the organizational structures and

procedures within forensic sciences
Crime scene investigations – a police perspective, Interpol and police
organizations
DVI (Disaster Victim Identification) – global perspective and action,
4. Use and understand the basic terminology for forensic science

correctly and contextually. / Gain a basic understanding of the history of
forensic sciences and how forensic sciences in the real world differs
from the forensic sciences depicted on television.
Homicides, suicides and accidents in adults
Crime. What is a common crime
CSI and the real World
Specific Course Requirements
BA/BSc or minimum 14th Year Education/ alternative Qualification
(Person having sufficient experience in these lines)
Small Group Discovery Experience

N/A
C. Post Graduate Diploma in Analytical Biology
COURSE DETAILS
Course Code
Course Post graduate diploma in Analytical Biology
Term One Semester
Level Graduate and equivalent
Unit 1Semester
Contact
Course
Description
Instructions shall comprise of lectures, theory and then hand on training of available equipment.
MODULES
SPECTROSCOPY CORE
UV-VIS SPECTROSOPY
INFRARED SPECTROSCOPY
CIRCULAR DICHORISM SPECTROSCOPY
RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY
SURFACE PLASMON RESONANACE
FLOURESENCE SPECTROSCOPY (Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer. FRE)
MASS SPECTROSCOPY (GCMS)
NMR (SOLUTION AND SOLID) SPECTROSCOPY
DYNAMIC LIGHT SCATTERIN
MICROSCOPY - CORE
CONFOCAL
ATOMIC FORCE MICROSCOPY
CRYO-ELECTRON MICROSCOPY FOR STRCTURAL STUDIES
X-RAY CRYSTALLOGRAPHY FOR STRUCTURAL STUDIES.
RESEARCH METHODS – Core

This module equips you with the necessary core skills to effectively design, plan, perform
and report scientific research.
TUITION FEES
Pakistani National For this course)
PK Rupees 100,000
International feesFor this course
US $1000
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Students will need an Honours degree in Biological Sciences; Natural sciences, Engineering
sciences, Medical and Pharmacology and other related disciplines..
Alternative qualifications, Managers, coupled with a significant period of relevant work

experience, will also be considered
D. Post graduate diploma in Industrial Biotechnology and
Bioinformatics
COURSE DETAILS
Course Code
Course Post graduate diploma in Industrial Biotechnology and Bioinformatics
Term Two Semester
Level Graduate and equivalent
Unit 2 Semester
Contact
Course
Description
MODULES
FERMENTATION TECHNOLOGY – CORE : This module gives an insight into Industrial
Microbiology and Biochemistry, showing how fundamental principles can be applied to industrial
processes.
RECOMBINANT DNA AND GENOMICS – CORE: This module provides in-depth coverage of
developments in recombinant DNA technology and genomics, using examples from both prokaryotic and
eukaryotic systems.
Research Methods - Core
This module equips you with the necessary core skills to effectively design, plan, perform and report
scientific research.
CELL TECHNOLOGY – CORE
BIOTECHNOLOGY: PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS – CORE

BIOINFORMATICS- CORE SOURSE
ENTERPRENEURSHIP : CORE COURSE.
TUITION FEES
Pakistani National For this course (per year)
PK Rupees 150,000
International fees For this course
US $12,360
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Students will need an Honours degree in Biological Sciences; Natural sciences, Engineering sciences,
Medical and Pharmacology and other related disciplines..
Alternative qualifications, Managers, coupled with a significant period of relevant work
experience, will also be considered.
THE
rjNveRsffIoF
LAHORT
Merm
To: The Regisuar
Date: Jnne 16,20ll

proceedings'

;llr
i THE
,lli
lll
rll
)UNIVERSITYOF
--14;
,- tl LAHORE

The Universitv of
"t New".-.

a
Member
4. Dr. Arif Malik

Member
5. Dr. Aamer Qazi
Member
Member

Member
Member
9. Dr. Habib Ahmed

Member

Member
(]znrr,
r
13. Dr. Rab Nawaz


euran.
summ aryof in
and decisions:

charter
in"_rou.a of the
"pp;;;;jii
3

of their a".i"ir.
in

"u..rri
research
speciar meeting
to rt
with each other.

(Secrbtary) F,
(Conve ner)
,
THE
UNIVERSITYOF
LAHORE
meeting.







Raiwind Road Camnus

I
_-
-I
Special Invitation
8. Mr. Anwar-ul-Haq
Special Invitation
9. Dr. Faiza Hassan
Special Invitation
10. Dr. Rab Nawaz

06' 2017

Proceedirrgs -
3)
5) Current Work.


table and
approved.
(annex A)'
of curriculum being
were given by the
discussed in BOS of
meeting' Dr' A' M'
were answered by
of the Board of
to be forwarded to
It
necessary action.
this purpose'
and
R&
suggestions.
IW
/t"
tu
(Convener)
(SecretarY)
tl
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 18.

Subject: Approval for introducing new courses Biotechnology and Drug Discovery for
BS Biotechnology, Latent Finger Printing for MPhil Forensic Sciences in
IMBB/CRiMM
The Director, IMBB/CRiMM has recommended introduction of the following new

courses in Biotechnology and Drug Discovery for BS Biotechnology, Latent Finger Printing for
MPhil Forensic Sciences in IMBB/CRiMM.


(Annexure-III)

Annexure-V
Proposed new course for BS Biotechnology
Biotechnology and Drug Discovery 3(3+0)
Introduction to Drug Discovery (Basics of Drug Discovery in the Biopharmaceutical Industry,
Historical Landmarks in Drug Discovery and Development, Current Status of Drug Discovery),
New Biotechnologies for Drug Discovery, Genomic Technologies for Drug Discovery (SNPs
in Drug Discovery, Gene Expression Profiling, Limitations of Genomics for Drug Discovery and
Need for Other Omics), Role of Proteomics in Drug Discovery (Proteins as Drug Targets,
Protein Expression Mapping by 2D Gel Electrophoresis, Liquid Chromatography-based Drug
Discovery, Matrix-assisted Laser Desorption/Ionisation Mass Spectrometry, Protein–Protein
Interactions, Use of Proteomic Technologies for Important Drug Targets), Metabolomic and
Metabonomic Technologies for Drug Discovery, Role of Nanobiotechnology in Drug
Discovery, (Nanobiotechnology for Target Validation, Nanotechnology-based Drug Design at
Cell Level, Nanomaterials as Drug Candidates), Role of Biomarkers in Drug Discovery,
Screening in Drug Discovery (Cell-based Screening System, Receptor Targets: Human versus
Animal Tissues, Tissue Screening), Target Validation Technologies (Animal Models for
Genomics-based Target Validation Methods, Role of Knockout Mice in Drug Discovery),
Antisense for Drug Discovery (Antisense Oligonucleotides for Drug Target Validation,
Aptamers, RNA as a Drug Target, Ribozymes), RNAi for Drug Discovery (Use of siRNA
Libraries to Identify Genes as Therapeutic Targets, RNAi as a Tool for Assay Development,
Challenges of Drug Discovery with RNAi, Role of MicroRNA in Drug Discovery), Biochips
and Microarrays for Drug Discovery (Finding Lead Compounds, High-throughput cDNA
Microarrays, Use of Gene Expression Data to Find New Drug Targets, Investigation of the
Mechanism of Drug Action), Applications of Bioinformatics in Drug Discovery (Combination
of In Silico and In vitro Studies), Role of Model Organisms in Drug Discovery,
Chemogenomic Approach to Drug Discovery,
Recommended Books
Colin Ratledge and Bjorn Kristiansen, (2006) Basic Biotechnology, 3rd Edition, Cambridge
University Press.
Michael A. Palladino and William J. Thieman, (2013) Introduction to Biotechnology, 3rd
Edition, Pearson Education.
John M Walker and Ralph Raply, (2009) Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, 5th Edition,
RCS Publishing.
Lisa A. Seidman and Cynthia J. Moore, (2009) Basic Laboratory Methods for Biotechnology,
2nd Edition, Pearson Education.
Proposed Course for MPhil Forensic Sciences
LATENT FINGER PRINTING 3(2+1)
Theory:
General History and Background Information of Fingerprint, Types of Finger print,
Latent Fingerprint and painted Fingerprint, Fingerprint Sensing , Fundamental Composition of
Fingerprint, Classification of Fingerprint (arch, loop and whorl) and Indexing, Characteristics of
Fingerprint, Fingerprint Development (Physical and chemical techniques), Fingerprint Analysis
and Representation, Fingerprint identification techniques, Fingerprint Matching.
Practical:
1. Development of Fingerprint with different Techniques.
2. Identification of Fingerprint.
3. Lifting Techniques of Finger printing.
4. Fingerprint Characteristics and indexing
5. Fingerprint Matcing
Reference books:
1. Handbook of Fingerprint Recognition, Authors: Maltoni, D., Maio, D., Jain,
A., Prabhakar, S
2. International Association for Identification training manual
3. Scientific Working Group on Friction Ridge Analysis, Study and Technology
(SWGFAST)
4. https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/225320.pdf
Course Contents:
BBCE-107 BIOLOGY – I: PRINCIPLES OF PLANT SCIENCE 3(3+0)
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to the principles of plant biology; Respiration and photosynthesis in plants; Classification
and diversity of prokaryotes, fungi, protista, plants, Plant systematics and identification, Introduction to
nomenclature; Development of plant body, anatomy and morphology of various tissue types, hormonal
and environmental growth regulators; Plant nutrition, regulation of water and other nutrients; Dynamics
of communities and ecosystems; Origin of agriculture, interaction of plants and people, Green
Revolution; Plants as medicine; Current environmental issues related to plant biology.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Mauseth, J.D. 1998. An Introduction to plant Biology: Multimedia Enhanced. Jones and
Bartlett Pub. UK.
2. Raven, P.H., Evert, R.E. and Eichhorn, S.E. 1999. Biology of Plants. W. H. Freeman and
Company, Worth Publishers.
3. Lawrence, G.H.M. 1951. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants. MacMillan & Co. New York.
4. Panday, B.P. 2004. A textbook of Botany (Angiosperms). S. Chand and Co., New Delhi.
5. Raymond E. and Eichhorn, S.E.. 2005. Esau’s Plant Anatomy: Meristems cells and tissues of
the plant body, 3rd Edition. John Wiley & Sons. Inc.
6. Eames, A.J. and MacDaniels, L.H. 2002. An Introduction to Plant Anatomy. Tata-McGraw
Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
7. Pullaiah, T. 2007. Taxonomy of Angiosperms. 3rd Edition, Regency Publications, New Delhi.
8. Naik, V.N. 2005. Taxonomy of Angiosperms, 20th Reprint. Tata McGraw Hill Publication
Company Limited, New Delhi.
9. Rajput, M.T., Hassney, S.S. and Khan, K.M. 1996. Plant Taxonomy. New Trends Computer
Service, Hyderabad, Pakistan.
BBCE-109 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 4(3+1)
COURSE CONTENTS
Elementary Mathematics: Logarithmic, exponential and trignometric functions, differentiation of

elementary functions, methods of differentiation & integration, significance of differentiation &
integration.
Physical States of Matter: Gases (van der Waal’s equation, critical Phenomena, Critical values of T, P
&V., liquification of gases, molecular collisions, collision diameter, mean free path) Liquids (viscosity,
Parachor value, Refractive index, molar refraction and its applications. Dipole moment, Solids (Unit cells.
Bragg crystal analysis, crystal structure of NaCl, powder method of crystal structure analysis).
Atomic Structure: De Brogile equation. Schrodinge wave equation, solution for particle in 1D box,
quantization concept, Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle, Puali Exclusion Principle, Hund’s Rule.
Chemical Thermodynamics: First law of thermodynamics, state functions, isothermal and adiabatic
processes in ideal gases, heat capacity, reversible and irreversible processes. Spontaneous and non-
spontaneous processes, second law of thermodynamics, change of entropy with change in T, P &V.
Chemical Equilibrium: Law of Mass Action, equilibrium constant, relationship between Kc, Kp, Kx and
Ka and LeChaterlier’s Principle.
Solutions: composition, ideal and non-ideal solutions. Raoult’s law. Colligative properties, ebullioscopy,
cryoscopy, osmotic pressure, distillation and concept of azeotrops.
Chemical Kinetics: Zero, first and second order reaction, Arrhenius equation, activation energy,
Lindermmann’s mechanism, collision theory and transition state theory.
Electrochemistry: Conductance, dependence of conductance on the nature of solvent and temperature,

Kohlrausch’s law and its applications, measurement of conductance strong and weak electrolytes, degree
of dissociation.
PRACTICALS
1. Determination of surface tension and Parachor value by stalagmometer.

2. Determination of percent composition of liquid solutions from surface tension measurement.
3. Determination of viscosity and Rhechor value of liquids from viscosity measurement.
4. Determination of percent composition of liquid solutions viscometrically.
5. Determination of refractive index and molar refractivity by refractometer.
6. Determination of percent composition of liquid solutions by refractive index measurements.
7. Determination of heat of solution by solubility method.
8. Determination of heat of neutralization of an acid with a base.
9. A kinetic study of acid hydrolysis of ethyl acetate.
10. Kinetic study of saponification of ethyl acetate.
11. Determination of molecular weight of a compound by elevation in boiling point. (Ebullioscopic
method).
12. Determination of molecular weight of a compound by lowering of freezing point (The Cryoscopic
methods).
13. Determination of equilibrium constant of KI – I2 Kl3.
14. Conductometric titration of strong acid and strong base.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Chaudhry, G.R. 2001. Text Book of Physical Chemistry, 2nd Edition, New Kitab Markaz, Aminpur
Bazar, Faisalabad, Pakistan,
2. Maron S.H. and Jerome, B. 1995. Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry. Macruthan Publishing Co.
Inc. New York,
3. Atkins P.W. and Clugston, M.J. 1998. Principles of Physical Chemistry. Pitam Publishing Company
NY.
4. Moore, W.J. 1972. Physical Chemistry, 5th Edition. Longmans Publishers, NY.
5. Jones, M. 1993. Elements of Physical Chemistry, 3rd Edition. Benjamin Cummings Publishing
Company Inc., NY.
6. Adamson, A.W. 1973. Understanding Physical Chemistry, 3rd Edition. Benjamin Cummings
Publishing Company Inc. NY.
7. Heald, C. and Smith, A.C.K. 1973. Applied Physical Chemistry. MacMillan UK.
8. Akhtar, M.N. and Ghulam Nabi, G. 2006. Text Book of Physical Chemistry. Ilmi Kitab Khawna,
Lahore.
9. Bhatti, H.N. and Hussain, K. 2005. Principles of Physical Chemistry. Carwan Book House, Lahore.
10. Levitt, B.P. 1973. Findlay’s Practical Physical Chemistry, 9th Edition. Longman, London.
11. Das, R.C. and Behera, B. 2003. Experimental Physical Chemistry. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
12. Crocleford, H.D., Biard, H.W., Getzen, F.W. and Nowell, J.W. 1975. Laboratory Manual of Physical
Chemistry, 2nd Edition. John Wiley & Sons, London.
BBCE-111 ECOLOGY, BIODIVERSITY & EVOLUTION – I 3(3+0)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
This course aims to introduce students to the fundamentals of ecology, biological diversity and evolution
– key areas that are pertinent to modern day biology.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction; ecosystem and ecological pyramids; role of environment on phenotype of organisms; food
chain, webs and trophic levels; factors influencing environment; impact of urbanization and industry on
environment; population: air, water, land, thermal, radiation and noise; community ecology; atmosphere –
composition and cycles; pollution; climate change (greenhouse effect and global warming); ozone layer –
composition and state across the globe; waste and sewerage processing and disposal; microbes, plants and
animal species; comparative study of life forms; features and characteristics of bacteria, archaea and
eukaryotes; phylogenetic relationships between the three kingdoms; evolution of different members
belonging to each of the three domains of life (with specific examples); models of speciation; causes and
consequences of extinction.
RECOMMENED BOOKS
1. Davet, P. 2004. Microbial Ecology of Soil and Plant Growth. Science Publishers.
3. Aston, et al., 2004. Ecological Genetics: Planning and Application. Blackwell Science, UK.
4. Costa, L.G., and Eaton, D.L., 2006. Gene-Environment Interactions: Fundamentals of Ecogenetics, 1st
BBCE-113 CELL BIOLOGY 3(2+1)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with features of eukaryotic cells, functions of different compartments and the overall
structure/ultrastructure of cells as visualized by electron microscopy.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to cell theory including historical perspective; overview of membrane structure and chemical
constituents of the cell; function, isolation and molecular organization of cellular organelles specifically
the endoplasmic reticulum, lysosome, micro-bodies, mitochondrial ultra-structure and function,
chloroplast ultra-structure and the mechanism of photosynthesis; composition and structure of
membranes; membrane receptors and transport mechanisms; cell movement - structure and function of
cytoskeleton, centriole, cilia and flagella; nucleus; structure and function of chromosomes; cell cycle,
mitosis and meiosis.
PRACTICALS
Microscopy and staining techniques; study of prokaryotic, eukaryotic, plant and animal cells; cell
structure in the staminal hair of Tradescantia; study of different types of plastids; cellular reproduction;
Mitosis: smear/squash preparation of onion roots.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Alberts, B. and Johnson, A. 2006. Molecular Biology of the Cell, 4th Edition. Garland Publishers,
2. Karp, 2002. Cell and Molecular Biology, 3rd Edition. John Wiley & Sons, New York.
3. Alberts, et al., 2009. Essential Cell Biology, 3rd Edition. Garland Publishers, New York.
4. Lodish, et al., 2007. Molecular Cell Biology, 6th Edition. Freeman and Company, New York.
(available at www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov).
5. Cooper, G.M. and Hausman, R.E., 2009. The Cell: A Molecular Approach, 5th Edition. Sinauer
Associates, Inc.
BBCE-110 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4(3+1)
COURSE CONTENTS
Periodic Table and Periodicity of Properties: Modern Periodic Table, Group trends and periodic
properties, Atomic & ionic radii, ionization potentials, electron affinities and electronegativities;
Redox potential, electrochemical series and its applications. Corrosion and electroplating.
Acid Base Equilibria: Acids and bases, relative strengths of acids, pH, pKa, pKb. Hard and soft
acid & Bases. SHAB Principle & its application. Buffers, types buffer, Preparation, Buffer
capacity and applications of buffers. Indicators: (Acid-base, Redox, Adsorption), Solubility
product, Common ion effect and its applications.
Chemical Bonding: Nature of a bond, hybridization, Valence Bond Theory (VBT), The Concept
of Resonance, Molecular Orbital Theory (MOT), Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion
(VSEPR) theory. Special types of bonds such as Metallic bonds, Hydrogen Bonding, Bent bond,
Ion-dipole-dipole bond, ion induced-dipole bond.
Chemistry of p-Block Elements: Introduction to p-block elements (Group trends in p-block
elements with reference to, atomic sizes & chemical reactivities). Boranes & Boride; aluminium
halides, hydrides & Alums; Silicates (Structural aspects, classifications and applications);
silicones (Structural aspects, classifications and applications),Germanes; phosphazenes,
Phosphides, Oxoacids of Phosphorous; Oxoacids & salts of sulphur; Noble gases (compounds of
Xe, Kr, Ra; bonding and applications).Production of pure silicon chips for solar energy cells.
Chemistry of d-Block Elements: Electronic configuration. Characteristics. Nomenclature. Nature
of bonding in coordination compounds: Werner’s theory, VBT, MOT and CFT for coordination
compounds. Isomerism in coordination compounds. Chelates: Classification and applications.
Applications of coordination compounds (Medicinal, Industrial, Agricultural).
Separation Techniques: General introduction and Applications (Solvent extraction and
Chromatographic techniques such as paper, Ion exchange and Column).
Introduction to Analytical Techniques in Inorganic Chemistry: Introduction to spectroscopic
Techniques: Principle, brief instrumentation, sample handling and applications (Flame emission,
Atomic Absorption, IR & UV/Vis).
Chemical Industries: Metallurgy of Al, Cr and U, fertilizers (Urea & Phosphate fertilizers) Cement and
Sugar.
PRACTICALS
1. Qualitative Analysis; four radicals (cations and anions) for salt mixture.
2. Chromatographic separation of cations
3. Determination of total hardness of water using EDTA.
4. Estimation of manganese (II) using EDTA.
5. Estimation of copper (iodometrically).
6. Determination of thiosulphate ion (lodometrically).
7. Determination of ferricyanide using KI solution.
8. Determination of chloride by Volhard’s and Mohr’s methods.
9. Estimation of chloride ions using adsorption (Fluorescein) indicator.
10. Estimation of bromide ions using adsorption (Eosin) indicator.
11. Estimation of percentage of ferrous ions in the Mohr’s salt using KMnO 4 .
12. Percentage determination of ferric ions in ferric alum using KMnO 4 solution.
13. Determination of purity of commercial potassium oxalate using KMnO 4 solution.
14. Estimation of ferrous ions using K 2 Cr 2 O 7 solution.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Iqbal, M.Z. 1998. Text Book of Inorganic Chemistry. Ilmi Kitab Khana, Revised Edition.
2. Chaudhry, G. R. 2001. Text Book of Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd Edition. New Kitab Markaz,
Faisalabad, Pakistan.
3. Bhatti, H.N. and Nasir, B.A. 2000. Modern Inorganic Chemistry, 1st Edition. The Carvan Book
House, Lahore.
4. Albert, C.F., Wilkinson G. and Gaus, P.L. 1995. Basic Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd Edition. John Wiley
& Sons, Inc. NY.
5. Lee, J.D. 1996. Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edition. Chapman & Hall, UK.
6. Jolly, W.L. 1991. Modern Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd Edition. McGraw Hill, NY.
7. Shriver, D.F., Atkins, P.W. and Langord, C.H. 1994. Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd Edition. Oxford Press,
UK (1994).
8. Housecroft, C.E. and Sharpe, A.G. 1992. Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd Edition. Longman, NY
9. Rayner-Canham, G. 1995. Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry. W.H. Freeman & Co. UK.
10. Jeffery, G.H., Bassett, J., Mendham, J. and Denney, R.C. 1989. Vogel’s Textbooks of Quantitative
Chemical Analysis, 5th Edition. Benjamin-Cummings, NY.
11. Vogel, A.I. 1995. A Text Book of Macro and Semi-micro Qualitative Inorganic Analysis. Longman
Green & Co. NY.
12. Skoog, D.A., West, D.M and Holler, F.J. 1994. Analytical Chemistry, 6th Edition. Saunders College
Publications, UK.
13. Graham, H and Man, H. 2000. Chemistry in Context, 5th Edition. Thomas Nelson Ltd. U.K.
14. Philip, M. 1996. Advance Chemistry, Low Price Edition. Cambridge, U.K.
15. David H. 2000. Modern Analytical Chemistry. McGraw Hill, NY.
BBCE-112 ECOLOGY, BIODIVERSITY & EVOLUTION – II 3(2+1)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
This course is a continuation of Ecology, Biodiversity & Evolution – I and offers advanced concepts in
these areas.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to animal kingdom: features of protists, protozoa, annelids, arthropods, myriapods,

echinoderms, chordates, amphibians, reptiles and birds. Plant biodiversity – history, importance,
usefulness and evolution; importance of plants, their conservation and domestication; improvement of
crops; impact of environment on loss of genetic diversity and speciation; in situ and ex situ conservation;
evolution of microbes, plants and animals; origin of life; methods of studying evolution; construction of
phylogenetic trees on basis of morphology and molecular markers; environmental ethics.
PRACTICALS
Shape and structure of different classes of microbes, plants and animals by light microscopy; study of
euglena, amoeba, entamoeba, plasmodium and paramecium (from slides); sponges and their various body
forms; cnindaria; platyhelminths; nematodes; molluscs; annelids; pisces; amphibians; reptilian; aves;
mammalia; pond freshwater ecosystem; vegetation profile; grassland, rangeland and forest; biotic and
abiotic factors of grassland, rangeland and aquatic ecosystem including methods of sampling; analysis of
plant communities by different methods and decomposition of leaf litter by organisms.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Davet, P., 2004. Microbial Ecology of Soil and Plant Growth. Science Publishers.
3. Aston, et al., 2004. Ecological Genetics: Planning and Application. Blackwell Science (UK).
4. Costa, L.G., and Eaton, D.L., 2006. Gene-Environment Interactions: Fundamentals of Ecogenetics. 1st
BBCE-114 MICROBIOLOGY 3(2+1)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
This course aims to familiarize students with fundamentals of prokaryotic and eukaryotic microbial life
including viruses.
COURSE CONTENTS
Overview and history of microbiology including microbial diversity (Archaea, bacteria, fungi,algae,
protozoa), nutrition, growth, metabolism; cultivation; viruses; control of microorganisms: sterilization and
disinfection, antimicrobial agents, antibiotics, antibiotic resistance and susceptibility, antifungal and
antiviral agents; cell death; symbiosis, carbon, nitrogen, sulfur and phosphorus cycles; microbiology of
soil, freshwater and seawater.
PRACTICALS
Sterilization techniques; culturing of bacteria in liquid and on solid medium; Gram-staining of bacteria;
colony and cell morphology; bacterial cell count and growth curves; biochemical tests.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Alcamo, I.E., 2010. Fundamentals of Microbiology 9th Edition. Jones and Bartlett Publishers.
2. Madigan, M.T. and Martinko, J. 2010. Brock Biology of Microorganisms, 13th Edition. Pearson
College Div.
3. Talaro, K.P. 2009. Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 7th Edition. McGraw Hill
Publisher.
4. Black, J.G., 2007. Microbiology: Principles and Explorations, 7th Edition. John Wiley & Sons.
5. Baker, et al., 2006. Instant Notes in Microbiology, 3rd Edition. Taylor and Francis.
6. Prescott, et al., 2005. Microbiology, 6th Edition. McGraw-Hill Medical Publishing.
7. Cappuccino, J.G. and Sherman, N. 2013. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual, 10th Edition. Pearson
Education.
BBCE-205 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4(3+1)
COURSE CONTENTS
Basic Concepts: Atomic, molecular and hybrid orbitals: multiple localized and delocalized bonds;
properties of bonds; inductive; effect dipole moment. The concept of resonance, rules for resonance;
resonance energy; steric inhibition of resonance; hyper conjugation; resonance effect; hydrogen bonding;
tautomerism. Introduction to resonance, rules for resonance, resonance energy, steric inhibition of
resonance, Introduction to spectroscopy with special reference to ultraviolet / visible and infrared
spectroscopy.
Hydrocarbons: Classification of hydrocarbons. Nomenclature, methods of preparations, physical

characteristics and chemical reactions of alkanes, cycloalkanes, alkenes and alkynes. Source of aromatic
hydrocarbons. Structure of benzene and the concept of aromatics hydrocarbons. Structure of benzene and
the concept of aromaticity Aromatic electrophilic substitution.
Stereoisomerism: Conformational Analysis of ethane and butane. Optical Isomerism. Optical activity,
chiral carbon atom and optical isomerism; relative and absolute configuration, creation of chiral carbon
and racemization, optical isomerism in compounds containing two chiral carbon atoms; diasteroisomers;
elements of symmetry; resolution of racemic mixture. Geometrical Isomerism, cis/trans isomerism,
designation of configuration, Determination of configuration.
Alkyl Halides: Nomenclature, methods of preparation and chemical reactions with special reference to
nucleophilic substitution and elimination reaction of alkyl halides. Preparations, structure and synthetic
applications of Grignard’s reagents.
The Hydroxyl group and Ethers: Nature of hydroxyl group in alcohols and phenols.
Alcohols: Classification and nomenclature of alcohols; methods of preparation and chemical reactions of
alcohols; distinction between primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols. Polyhydric alcohols.
Phenols: Methods of preparation of phenols; acidity of phenols; chemical reactions of phenols. Ethers:
Methods of preparation and reactions of ethers.
The Carbonyl Group: Nature of carbonyl group and its reactivity; nomenclature of aldehydes and
ketones; methods of preparation of aldehydes and ketones; chemical reactions of aldehydes and ketones;
distinction between aldehydes and ketones.
Carboxylic Acids and their Derivatives: Nomenclature of carboxylic acids; methods of preparation and
chemical reactions of carboxylic acids, strength of carboxylic acids and the factors affecting it. Formation
and hydrolysis of acid anhydrides, acid amides, acid halides and esters including glycerides. Introduction
to amino acids.
Nitrogen Compounds: Amines: Classification and nomenclature of amines; methods of preparation and
chemical reactions of amines; distinction between primary, secondary and tertiary amines. Preparation
and reactions of aniline. Basicity of aliphatic and aromatic amines and factors affecting it. Diazzonium
Salts and their synthetic applications.
PRACTICALS
1. Qualitative Organic Analysis: Systematic identification of organic compounds containing

groups containing groups like COOH, OH, NH 2 and C=O.
2. Purification techniques viz solvent extraction distillation and Recrystallization, etc.
3. Preparation of simple organic compounds viz, Ethyl benzoate, benzoic acid, tribromophenol,
aspirin and nitrobenzene.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Younas, M. 2006. Text Book of Organic Chemistry. Ilmi Kutab Khana, Lahore.
2. Rehman, A. 2006. Text Book of Organic Chemistry. Caravan Book House Lahore.
3. Smith M.B. and March, J. 2001. March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition. John
Wiley, NY.
4. Pine, S. H. 1987. Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition. McGraw-Hill, NY.
5. Sykes, P. 1999. A Guide Book to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry. Longman, London.
6. Younas, M. 2006. Organic Spectroscopy. A. H. Publisher, Lahore.
7. Solomons, T.W.G. 2003. Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry, Wiley, NY.
8. Kemp, W. 1990. Organic Spectroscopy. Macmillan, London.
9. Vogel, A.I. 1968. A Text Book of Practical Organic Chemistry. Longman, London.
10. Mann, F.G and Saunders B.C. 1978. Practical Organic Chemistry. Longman, London.
11. Shriner, R.L., Curtin, D.Y. Fuson, R.C. and Morrill, T.C. 1997. The Systematic Identification
of Organic Compounds. Wiley, NY.
12. Rehman, A. 2006. Experimental Organic Chemistry. The Caravan Book House, Lahore.
13. Morrison, R.T. and Boyd, R.N. 1987. Organic Chemistry. Allyn & Bacon, Boston.
BBCE-207 BIOCHEMISTRY – I 3(2+1)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
This course aims to provide students with fundamental knowledge of the molecules of life, as well as
their function in the context of a living cell.
COURSE CONTENTS
Introduction to biochemistry; water, pH, buffers, and biochemical composition of cells; carbohydrates -
structure and classification; proteins - overview with emphasis on their composition and structure,
classification and function; lipids - structure, classification and biological significance; enzymes -
properties, nomenclature, classification, and factors affecting enzyme activity including inhibitors and
potentiators, basic kinetics, derivation of K m and V max ; coenzymes and vitamins; nucleic acids - structure
and function.
PRACTICALS
Standard laboratory operating and safety procedures, Preparation of laboratory solutions, buffers and pH
determination; qualitative and quantitative tests for carbohydrates, proteins and lipids; enzyme assays and
the effect of pH, temperature and other factors on enzyme activity.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Nelson, D.L. and Cox, M.M. 2012. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry. 6th Edition. W.H. Freeman,
2. Stryer, et al., (Ed.)W.H. Freeman 2006. Biochemistry. 6th Edition. New York. (available at
3. Voet, D. and Voet, T.G. 2008. Biochemistry. 4th Edition. John Wiley & Sons, New York.
4. Murray, et al., 2012. Harper’s Illustrated Biochemistry. 29th Edition. McGraw-Hill Medical Publishing.
5. Ferrier, D.R., 2013. Lippincott’s Biochemistry. 6thEdition. Lippincott Williams & Wilkin
Publishing Company.
6. Schantz, J.T., 2007. A Manual for Biochemistry Protocols. World Scientific Publishing. (available
online).
BBCE-209 CLASSICAL GENETICS 3(3+0)

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To acquaint students with classical aspects of genetics.
COURSE CONTENTS
Classical Mendelian genetics; monohybrid crosses, dominance, recessiveness, codominance, and

semidominance; principle of independent assortment; dihybrid and trihybrid ratios; gene interactions;
epistasis and multiple alleles; ABO blood type alleles and Rh factor alleles in humans; probability in
Mendelian inheritance; structure of chromosomes; organization of genes and genomes; nucleic acid
function; DNA as warehouse of genetic information; experimental evidence that DNA is genetic material;
sex determination; linkage and crossing over.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
th
1. Snustad, D.P. and Simmons, M.J. 2008. Principals of Genetics, 5 Edition. John Willy & Son, New
York.
2. Klug, W.S. and Cumming, M.R. 2008. Concepts of Genetics, 9th Edition. Prentice Hall, USA.
3. Pierce, B. 2004. Genetics: A Conceptual Approach, 2nd Edition. W.H. Freeman, New York.
4. Brooker, R. 2011. Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 4th Edition. McGraw-Hill.
5. Pierce, B.A. 2011. Genetics: A conceptual approach, 4th Edition. W.H. Freeman Publisher.
THE
rjNveRsffIoF
LAHORT
Merm
To: The Regisuar
Date: Jnne 16,20ll

proceedings'

;llr
i THE
,lli
lll
rll
)UNIVERSITYOF
--14;
,- tl LAHORE

The Universitv of
"t New".-.

a
Member
4. Dr. Arif Malik

Member
5. Dr. Aamer Qazi
Member
Member

Member
Member
9. Dr. Habib Ahmed

Member

Member
(]znrr,
r
13. Dr. Rab Nawaz


euran.
summ aryof in
and decisions:

charter
in"_rou.a of the
"pp;;;;jii
3

of their a".i"ir.
in

"u..rri
research
speciar meeting
to rt
with each other.

(Secrbtary) F,
(Conve ner)
,
THE
UNIVERSITYOF
LAHORE
meeting.







Raiwind Road Camnus

I
_-
-I
Special Invitation
8. Mr. Anwar-ul-Haq
Special Invitation
9. Dr. Faiza Hassan
Special Invitation
10. Dr. Rab Nawaz

06' 2017

Proceedirrgs -
3)
5) Current Work.


table and
approved.
(annex A)'
of curriculum being
were given by the
discussed in BOS of
meeting' Dr' A' M'
were answered by
of the Board of
to be forwarded to
It
necessary action.
this purpose'
and
R&
suggestions.
IW
/t"
tu
(Convener)
(SecretarY)
tl
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 19.
Subject: Approval for grant of permission to award MS to MPhil degree students by

course work of 6 credit hours relating to the faculty of Sciences in exceptional
cases.
The Dean, Faculty of Sciences, in pursuance of the HEC’s latest criteria, has proposed that
the students pursing M.Phil may be allowed by the HOD to do coursework of 6 (six) credit hours
in lieu of 6 (six) credit hours of research for award of MS degree in exceptional cases.
This exemption can only be allowed if the student wants to terminate his/her course at MS
level and do not want to purse PhD program. Such students will provide an undertaking that they
will not seek admission in PhD without doing research.
In view of the above, current students of M.Phil program may be permitted to be award MS
degree based on course work in addition to the ongoing practice of awarding M.Phil degree
based on research. The details are placed at Annexure-I.
Iraculty of Science THE T]NTVERSITY OF LAHORE
Meno
To: The Registrar
From: Dean, Faculty of Science
Date: Ivly 17,2017
Subject: Permission to award M. Phil. By course work
Enclosed is the latest criterion for M.Phil./Ph.D. programs as approved by HEC

(http://hec.gov.pk/english/scholarshipsgrants/Documents/MPHll_Phd_Criteria.pdfl. As per
clause 3b, the Head of Deparfnent may allow the student to do course work of 6 credit hours in
lieu of 6 credit hours of research. This exemption can only be allowed if the student wants to
terminate his/her course at MS and do not want to do Ph.D.
It is requested that Faculty of Science may be permitted to award MS/ M.Phil degree based on
course work in addition to the ongoing practice of awarding M.Phil. degree based on research
work.
An undertaking will be taken from these students that they will not seek admission in Ph.D.,
without undertaking research work.
Same may be allowed by BASR. qc
This may please be included in the agenda of BASR in the current work
fit^*-
Dr. Fazal-e-Aleem
Dean, Faculty of Science
(Annexure-I)
Minimum Criteria for MS/M.Phil and Ph.D. Programs

This is for the information of all concerned that the degrees awarded by the Universities/Degree
Awarding Institutions must meet the following minimum criteria for recognition by the HEC.
MS/M.Phil Programme:
1. Sixteen years of schooling or 4 year education (130 credit hours) after HSSC/F.A. /F.Sc/Grade
12 equivalent will be required for admission in the M.Phil/MS.
2. The GAT-General (www.nts.org.pk/gat/gat.asp) conducted by the National Testing

Service with a minimum 50% cumulative score will be required at the time of admission
to M.Phil/M.S. The GAT-General test is valid for a period of two years.
3. For award of M.Phil/M.S/Equivalent degree, candidates will either need to complete 30

credit hours of course work or complete 24 credit hours of course work along with a
minimum of 6 credit hours for research work/thesis.
(*a. 6 credit hours of research is mandatory for M.Phil. However, exemption may be allowed
only for MS in those disciplines where research is not possible. (This exemption from research
can only be for non-science subjects/disciplines)
(*b. The Head of Department may allow the student to do course work of 6 credit hours in lieu
of 6 credit hours of research. This exemption can only be allowed if the student wants to
terminate his/her course at MS and do not want to do PhD.
PhD Programme:
Admission requirement:
1. For admission into the PhD minimum CGPA 3.0 (out of 4.0 in the Semester System) or
First Division (in the Annual System) in M.Phil/M.S/Equivalent is required.
Subject Test:
2. A subject test conducted by the National Testing Service (NTS) or ETS, USA in the
area of specialization chosen at the PhD level must be cleared prior to admission for the
PhD Program.
a. In the case of GAT Subject test ( http://www.nts.org.pk/GAT/GATSubject.asp) a

minimum of 60% marks is required to pass the test.
b. In the case GRE subject test, the minimum score will be acceptable as follows:
i. 45% Percentile Score: Valid for Admissions until December 31, 2010
ii. 50% Percentile Score: Valid for Admissions until December 31, 2011.
iii. 60% Percentile Score: Valid for Admissions thereafter.
c. If the Test is not available in NTS subject list, then a University Committee consisting of at
least 3 PhD faculty members in the subject area and approved by the HEC will conduct the
Test at par with GRE Subject Test and qualifying score for this will be 70% score.
d. Students admitted in PhD Programs after August 25, 2010 have to submit the requisite GAT
Subject or GRE Subject within period of one year that is by October 31, 2011.
Course Work:
3. Course work of 18 credit hours preferably in the first year is required to be completed and
followed by a comprehensive examination for granting candidacy as PhD researcher.
Foreign Expert Evaluation:
4. The Ph.D. Dissertation must be evaluated by at least two Ph.D. experts from
technologically/academically advanced foreign countries in addition to local Committee
members.
Open defense:
5. An open defense of Dissertation is essential part of PhD Program after positive evaluation.
Research Paper:
6. Acceptance/publication of at least one research paper in an HEC approved “X” category journal is a
requirement for the award of Ph.D. degree (“Y” in case of Social Sciences only).
Plagiarism Test:
7. The Plagiarism Test must be conducted on the Dissertation before its submission to the two foreign
experts, as described below.
Copy of PhD Dissertation to HEC:
8. A copy of Ph.D. Dissertation (both hard and soft) must be submitted to HEC for record in Ph.D.
Country Directory and for attestation of the PhD degree by the HEC in future.
Conduct of PhD Program:
9. There should be at least 3 relevant full time Ph.D. Faculty members in a department to launch the
Ph.D. program.
10. The maximum number of Ph.D. students under the supervision of a full time faculty member is five
which may be increased to eight under special circumstances in certain teaching departments subject
to prior approval of the Higher Education Commission (HEC).
Flow Diagram for Minimum Quality Criteria for M.Phil/MS & PhD
Minimum 16 years of schooling/130 credit M.Phil/M.S/Equivalent

hours GPA => 3.0
NTS GAT General Test with minimum cumulative score of

50%
M.Phil Option # 1: 30 Credit Hours course work

Option # 2: Minimum 24 C.H course + 6 C.H thesis
M.Phil/M.S/Equivalent degree
No
*
No Admission to PhD GPA =>3.00(For
Semester)
st
Programme 1 Division (For Annual)
Yes
1 2 3
ETS GRE Subject Test (in NTS GAT Subject Test University Based Test (for all
8 available Subjects) other subjects not available
with NTS/ETS)
No
Qualifying Score
Yes
**Minimum 18 Credit hours course work
Comprehensive Exam (Maximum Two attempts)
Dropout from PhD Success

No Yes
PhD Candidacy PhD

* Top 25% of the
coaching class for those
st
subjects in which 1
PhD Research Proposal
Division is not common
like literature etc. Final Minimum one paper accepted in HEC approved Journal
Decision will be taken by
** Maximum Dissertation Approved (By two foreign relevant subject
the University
load/Semester 12 credit Experts)
Hours
Open Defense of Dissertation
Award of PhD Degree
Submission of Dissertation copy to HEC for PhD Country

Directory
Note: These are minimum HEC requirements and universities may make them more stringent.
1. ETS GRE-Subjects:
1) Biochemistry, Cell and Molecular Biology
2) Biology
3) Chemistry
4) Computer Science
5) Literature in English
6) Mathematics
7) Physics
8) Psychology
Minimum Qualifying Score: The minimum acceptable scores are as follows:

i. 45% Percentile Score: Valid for Admissions until December 31, 2010
ii. 50% Percentile Score: Valid for Admissions until December 31, 2011.
iii. 60% Percentile Score: Valid for Admissions thereafter.
2. NTS GAT Subjects:

Presently the NTS has arrangements for the following Subjects and the Minimum
Qualifying Score is 60 % Cumulative Score.
1 Agriculture Sciences 18 Management Sciences
2 Architecture 19 Mathematics
Biochemistry, Cell and 20 Mechanical Engineering
3 Molecular Biology 21 Physics
4 Chemistry 22 Psychology
5 Civil Engineering 23 Statistics
6 Computer Engineering 24 Telecom Engineering
7 Computer Science 25 Urdu
8 Economics 26 Veterinary (Animal Sciences)
9 Education Veterinary (Bio-Medical
27 Sciences)
10 Electrical Engineering
11 Electronics Veterinary (Clinical Sciences)
28
12 Environmental Sciences
Veterinary (Patho-Biological
13 Geography 29 Sciences)
14 History
15 Islamic Studies
16 Library Sciences
17 Literature in English
3. University Based Tests:
Every effort should be made to identify a GAT Subject test that the PhD applicant must take. In
case this is really not possible. It is the responsibility of the respective universities to arrange for the
Subject test at par with the GRE-Subject Test in all other subjects currently not available in the ETS and
the NTS List. A University Committee consisting of at least 3 Ph.D. faculty members in the subject area
with prior approval of the HEC will conduct the Test at par with GRE Subject Test.
Minimum Qualifying Score: 70% Cumulative Score

FAQs for M.Phil/M.S and PhD Programme
Q. I have sixteen years of education with second class/division. Am I eligible for admission
into the M.Phil/MS programme?
A. Provision of admission in M.Phil/M.S programme based on first/second/third class/division is
prerogative of University/Institution. Institutions are required to follow minimum requirements of
the HEC and they may stringent these criteria at their own.
Q. I have qualified GAT General with 50% and have sixteen years of education but
University is denying admission on the pretext that qualifying score should be 60%?
A. The HEC requires that scholars should pass NTS GAT test with minimum 50% score but
Universities can ask for more score as per their policies.
Q. Is it necessary that GAT test should be qualified with minimum of 50% cumulative score
before admission into the M.Phil/M.S programme?
A. Yes, GAT test conducted by the National Testing Service is required to be qualified with a
minimum 50% score at the time of admission to M.Phil/M.S.
Q. I have acquired admission in the PhD programme during 2006, what should be
International GRE (Subject) qualifying score for me?
A. All students enrolled after May 31, 2005 and before July 31, 2008/ Fall 2008 are required to
qualify International Subject (GRE) with 50% (percentage) passing score. After Fall 2008
following minimum score will be required:
i. 40% percentile Score: Valid for admissions until December 31, 2009
ii. 45% percentile Score: Valid for admissions until December 31, 2010
iii. 50% percentile Score: Valid for admissions until December 31, 2011
iv. 60% percentile Score: Valid for admissions thereafter
Q. I am going to appear for International GRE (Subject) in February 2010. I was enrolled in
2007. How much qualifying score is required in my case?
A. As you were enrolled during 2007(prior to implementation of percentile score i.e. July 31,
2008/Fall 2008). Therefore, 50% (percentage) score will be required for qualifying International
GRE (Subject).
Q. For M. Phil/M.S degree total 30 Credit hours are required out of which 24 credit hours
are for course work. Can I complete 30 credit hours by course work?
A. HEC requires minimum 24 credit hours course work and has recommended thesis of minimum 6
credit hours. However, degree with 30 credit hours course work is also acceptable.
Q. I have acquired 3.0 CGPA in M.S and submitted PhD application with University, which is
denying admission and is asking for 3.5 CGPA in M.S for admission in the PhD programme.
A. One of the minimum requirements of the HEC for admission into PhD programme is 3.0 CGPA
in M.Phil/M.S degree. However, Universities can raise this as per their policy.
Q. I am currently registered in Ph.D. Could you please update me regarding the condition
of International GRE Subject Test. Is the condition abolished?
A. No the condition is there but the HEC has approved to also accept the GAT Subject Test (NTS)
for PhD admissions in those eight subjects where the International GRE Subject is offered.
Q. I have already cleared the International GRE Subject Test with the requisite percentile
score. Should I also appear for NTS GAT Subject Test?
A. Students who have already cleared the International GRE Subject Test and achieved the
requisite percentile score are not required to clear the NTS GAT Subject Test.
Q. Will the relaxation of NTS GAT Subject score for the period of one year be applicable to
already enrolled PhD Scholars?
A. This decision is not applicable to PhD scholars, who are enrolled before 25th August, 2010.
Already enrolled students will submit the requisite GAT Subject score before submission of
thesis as per previous policy.
Q. Can i take provisional admission into PhD in the Fall semester 2010 without having
cleared the International GRE/NTS GAT Subject Test.
A. The Universities may provide provisional admissions to PhD students who have not cleared
the International GRE/NTS GAT Subject Test. However the students must compulsorily clear
the International GRE/NTS GAT Subject Test within a period of one year i.e. by October 31,
2011.
Q. I am planning to enroll myself in PhD program in the Fall 2011. What policy will be
applicable to me?
A. From the Academic year 2011-12 beginning from the Fall 2011, all prospective PhD students
have to qualify the appropriate Subject Test (conducted either by the NTS or GRE by ETS or
HEC approved University Committee based Test) in the area of specialization as determined by
the admitting University prior to admission in the PhD Program.
Q. What does mean by Comprehensive Exam?

A. Comprehensive Exam is requirement for all doctoral programs, and precedes defense of
the PhD research proposal. The student must pass both the written and oral components after the
completion of 18 credit Hours Course Work. Successful completion of the both the
comprehensive exam and the PhD research proposal must be completed before a student can be
granted Doctoral Candidacy status.
Q. I have completed course work for PhD. Is it necessary to appear in comprehensive

examination? What score should be acquired for qualifying that exam?
A. Yes, comprehensive examination is mandatory and it should be qualified. Qualifying score
should be in accordance with rules of the Institution.
Q. What does a Public Defense mean?

A. The defense is done in a public presentation in which teachers, students, and the general
public can participate. The Scholar presents his/her Research Work and answers the questions of
the audience. Public thesis defense is mandatory, in the presence of a board of senior researchers,
consisting of members from an outside organization or a university. The University concerned
will notify in advance the date, Time and venue of the event via its website, News Papers and
electronic media.
Q. Previously ‘Y’ Category Journal in Sciences was accepted for publication of paper for
PhD degree, now, it is ‘X’ Category.
A. The condition of Publication in “X‟ category is applicable with effect from January 11, 2010.
A. My PhD thesis is evaluated with favorable comments by two foreign experts. University
is not processing my case for final seminar, because they are asking for the third
evaluation.
A. The evaluation of thesis by two foreign experts with positive comments/recommendations is
minimum requirement of the HEC. Universities can evaluate theses from more than two
experts.
Q. How many PhD scholars one professor/supervisor can supervise?

A. One supervisor can supervise five PhD Scholars that can be increased to eight under special
circumstances in certain teaching departments subject to prior approval of the Higher Education
Commission (HEC).
Q. Which countries are academically/technically advanced?

A. Following countries are developed countries:
List of Industrially/Academically advance countries for evaluation of PhD thesis
(For all subjects unless noted)
1 Australia 19 Ireland
2 Austria 20 Italy
3 Belgium 21 Japan
4 Bulgaria 22 Luxemburg
5 Canada 23 Netherland
+
6 China 24 New Zealand
7 Czech Republic 25 Norway
8 Denmark 26 Poland
9 Egypt* 27 Portugal
10 Finland 28 Romania
11 France 29 Singapore
12 Germany 30 South Korea
13 Greece 31 Spain
14 Hong Kong 32 Sweden
15 Hungry 33 Switzerland
16 Iceland 34 Turkey
17 India* 35 United Kingdom
18 Iran* 36 United States
* For Oriental Languages (Arabic etc.) Islamiat, Islamic Studies
+ For Science Engineering & Technology
Quality Assurance Division, HEC, Islamabad (February 24, 2010)
Q. Is there any financial assistance for GRE Test?

A. Universities/DAI‟s will refund GRE fee to those students who will qualify GRE test with the
required score.
Q. How many students a supervisor can supervise?

A. a) The maximum number of PhD students under the supervision of a full time faculty member
will normally be 5 which may be increased to 8 under special circumstances in teaching departments
subject to prior approval of the Higher Education Commission.
b) Eminent faculty/scientists such as HEC distinguished professors, Fellow of Royal Societies
(FRS) and those who have cumulative impact factor of 100 or more can supervise as many PhD
students as they wish.
Q. Can Adjunct faculty members (of the University) supervise PhD Students?
A. Yes, Adjunct faculty members (of the University), can supervise the PhD students.
Q. How to calculate 50% percentage score from the ETS score card?
A. 50% (percentage) score is calculated from total scaled score in each subject which is available in GRE
Guide book at page number 14. For example, for Mathematics, total scaled score is 900 and its 50%
percent is 450.
Q. Will HEC notifies clarifications mentioned in FAQs, as Universities are insisting for the HEC
notification?
A. Clarifications made in FAQs are approved by the authorities and need no further notification.
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 20
Subject: Approval of New Degree program Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Computer
The Department of computer science and information Technology, The university of Lahore
Gujrat campus, has proposed to offer Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in computer science.
The framework of the program including lists of courses, course codes and scheme of studies are placed
at Annexure – I.
Faculty, The University of Lahore, Gujrat Campus. The details are available at Annexure– II.
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO.
Subject: Approval of New Degree program Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Computer

The Department of Computer Science and Information Technology, The University of Lahore,
Gujrat Campus, has proposed to offer Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Computer Science.
The framework of the program including lists of courses, course codes are placed at Annexure-I
and scheme of studies are placed at Annexure- II.
The program have been approved by the Board of Studies of Computer & Information
Technology, The University of Lahore, Gujrat Campus and Faculty Board of Studies, University of
Lahore in their meetings on 12.07.2016 and 07.032017 respectively.
Framework for Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
in
Computer Science
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT
UNIVERSITY OF LAHORE, GUJRAT CAMPUS
Annex- I
List of Courses with Course Codes

Duration 3 years
Number of semesters 6
Weeks per semester 16-18
Total credit hours 48
Credit hours per semester 6-9
Course
Course Title Cr. hrs Lec. hrs
Code
CS518 Research Methods 3 3
CS525 Advanced Software Engineering 3 3
CS514 Advanced Computer Architecture 3 3
CS513 Advanced Operating Systems 3 3
SE522 Software System Design & Architecture 3 3
SE526 Topics in Software Engineering 3 3
SE531 Object Oriented Software Engineering 3 3
SE541 Software Quality Assurance 3 3
SE521 Advance Computer Networks 3 3
CS522 Network Security & Cryptography 3 3
CS531 Advanced Database 3 3
CS532 Object Oriented Database 3 3
CS533 Data Mining 3 3
CS538 Advanced Wireless Networks 3 3
SE530 Software Evolution and Maintenance 3 3
SE335 Advanced Requirement Engineering 3 3
CS650 Machine Learning 3 3
CS630 Semantic Technologies 3 3
CS331 Advanced Artificial Intelligence 3 3
CS625 Advanced Human Computer Interaction 3 3
SE336 Formal Verification of Distributed Systems 3 3
SE535 Software Process Engineering and Improvement 3 3
CS545 Search Algorithms for Combinatorial Problems 3 3
CS631 Computer Ethics 3 3
SE655 Global Software Engineering 3 3
CS555 Evolutionary Network 3 3
CS626 Thesis-I 9
CS627 Thesis-II 6
CS628 Thesis-III 9
CS629 Thesis-IV 6
Specialized Areas (not limited) to the list given above (Students will select 6 Courses of 18 credit hours.)
Annex- II
Scheme of Studies
3–year Program (6 Semesters 48 Credit Hours)
Semester 1
S.No. Code Course Title Cr. Hrs.
1 Elective–I 3
2 Elective–II 3
3 Elective–III 3
Semester 2

1 Elective–IV 3
2 Elective V 3
3 Elective–VI 3
Semester 3
1 Thesis–I 9
Semester 4
1 Thesis–II 6
Semester 5
1 Thesis–III 9
Semester 6
1 Thesis–IV 6
(Annexure-I)
The University of Lahore, Gujrat Campus

I. Overview:
Program Title:
Doctor of Philosophy in Computer Science
Degree Program Code:

PhD Computer Science
Department(s):
Computer Science & Information Technology
Name: Dr. Sohail Masood Bhatti

E-mail: sohail.masood@cs.uol.edu.pk
Phone: +92-53-3589155 (ext: 160)
Campus:
Gujrat Campus,
Starting Date:
October, 2016
 Classroom (including hybrid)

× Video-Conferencing System
 Laboratories

Vision
qualities to serve the society with highest level of integrity and civic responsibility.
By following modern curricula and focusing on creation of innovative research with an aim
to place itself in the forefront of national research universities.
Mission


The Faculty of CS aspires to be an academic leader recognized for innovation

and quality in teaching, learning and international standing in research areas.
We aim to provide top quality higher education, teaching, learning and
opportunities for individuals to realize their full potential.
Our mission is to provide outstanding education to its undergraduate and

graduate in accordance with the principle of the university mission. We strive
for excellence in creating, applying and imparting knowledge in computer
science and information technology through comprehensive educational
programs and research base teaching. We want to build CS & IT department a
research intensive institute with emphasis on innovation and discovery. It is
our priority to provide exceptional learning environment that helps students
in intellectual, personal and professional growth.
The Department of Computer Sciences and Information Technology is offering seven

different programs i.e. BS Computer Science, BS Information Technology, BS
Software Engineering, MS Computer Science, MS Information Technology, MS
Software Engineering and Master in Computer Science. We have eighteen core
computer science faculty members, including four PhD doctors. Six faculty members
are foreign qualified.
Please see Annex-III for details about the faculty.
We want to build our department a research intensive institute with emphasis on
innovation and discovery.
We plan to start PhD in computer science in our department. Keeping in view of our
mission to focus on research, PhD program will open the horizons for research
culture in the department.

This is an intense research oriented program. According to HEC guidelines, students will be
required to take 18 credit hours course work and 30 credit hours intense research work. The
research work will be measured by publications in credible international journals.
This is not an interdisciplinary program.
This is a computer science program and will involve all the sub-fields of computer science.
one option?
Computer Science is a broad field and students will be able to work under any of the subfields
of Computer Science i.e. Computer Networks, Human Computer Interaction, Geographical
Information System, Digital Image Processing etc.

It is observed that the demand for the program is high keeping in view the academic
institute’s only, so on initial basis this program will be offered as faculty development
program. Through this initiative, we are getting our MS qualified faculty members enrolled
into the PhD program.

2016 7-10 students
2017 10-15 students
Assessment
We want to build research culture in the department using this research oriented
program.
Research will be published in prestigious international journals and conferences.

Number of publications in international journals will help us assess how we are
meeting our goals.
The students will learn how to conduct research to solve a new problem.
Yes, the outcomes will be observed by the number of publications in international

journals and conferences.
Yes, the outcomes are aligned with the HEC guidelines and followed by all
universities.
C. Assessment of Student Learning and Student Achievement (resources and

samples appended)
outcomes?
The learning outcomes of the students will be measured by number of international

journal publications.
No, it doesn’t include a project rather research work will be published in the forms of
journal and conference papers.
We have a good technological support at the University of Lahore, in the form of

computer labs equipped with modern and efficient computers, networking
equipment, high speed internet connection and a library having thousands of books.
Moreover, we have good human resources including four foreign qualified PhD
faculty members having experience and expertise in wide areas of research in the
domain of Computer Science.

VI. Curriculum
Students will take 6 courses depending upon field of their research.
Students will be required to take 6 elective courses with the consent of supervisor
and depending upon background and field of research.

from those units.)
No courses are required from other departments.
been mapped?
Courses will be offered according to the field of research and students background.
Please see Annex-II for the curriculum map.
It is not an undergraduate program.
Along with the traditional way of teaching courses, research papers will be discussed
in the classes and students will be required to present ideas in different research
papers of their field.
No training is required, although students will be encouraged to attend research

seminars and conferences.
field?
Main focus of the PhD program is not on the teaching of technologies. The students
primarily learn the tools, techniques, methodologies and problem-solving skills to
conduct research.
Standard methods will be used in the field.
It will be site-based program during the course work (6 courses). After course work,
research work will start and students will not be bound to be present at any specific
time. Instead students and supervisors will set the meeting times with mutual
consent.

The program will be offered during week days.
The University of Lahore conducts regular training workshops and seminars in order
to train its faculty and students.
IX. Students

Year 1 7-10 students
Year 2 10-15 students

graduate programs)?
For admission into the Ph.D. minimum CGPA 3.0 (out of 4.0 in the Semester System)
or First Division (in the Annual System) in M.Phil/M.S (18 years of education)
Equivalent degree in the relevant field is required.
Subject Test:
a. A GRE subject test (ETS, USA) or the University subject test in the area of
specialization chosen at the PhD level must be cleared prior to admission in
PhD Program. The University subject test will be conducted by a committee
consisting of at least 3 full time Ph.D faculty members in the subject area as
par with GRE subject test.
b. In case of GRE as well as University subject test, a minimum 60% Percentile
Score is required.
Yes, the program is fulltime daytime
The students will be required to take 6 courses (3 credit hours each) with the
consent from supervisor. A comprehensive exam will be conducted after completion
of 6 courses. Once the students have passes the comprehensive exam, they will start
their research work. Minimum of 1 international ISI-indexed Journal paper is
required before submission of PhD thesis. The PhD thesis will be evaluated by two
foreign professors from technically advanced countries according to HEC guidelines.
After the acceptance of thesis from foreign evaluators, students will have to go
through PhD defence (viva) in front of a committee comprising of three local
universities’ professors. Students will be required to make changes in the thesis
according to the suggestions of the examiners for the completion of degree.
D. Advising
Four fulltime PhD faculty members will be available for students advising. Moreover,
some other visiting PhD members will also be advising the students.
Advisors will be assigned to the students according to their background and area of
interest for research.
Faculty

1 10 7 1 1 19
Administrative staff

1 1 0 1 2
XI. Facilities
No
No
We may require high performance computers for simulations and experiments, if the
current computers don’t fulfill the requirements.
Please see Annex-III for details about labs and library.

XII. Finances
Courses Cr. Research Total Tuition Tuition Enrolment Examination Medical Club Total fee/
hrs Cr.hrs Cr.hrs fee/cr.hr fee/ fee fee charges fee semester
semester
3 9 9 6,300 56,700 1,500 1,500 500 1,000 61,200
3 9 9 6,300 56,700 1,500 1,500 500 1,000 61,200
1 9 9 6,600 59,400 500 500 500 1,000 61,900
1 9 9 6,600 59,400 500 500 500 1,000 61,900
1 9 6 6,900 41,400 500 500 500 1,000 43,900
1 9 6 6,900 41,400 500 500 500 1,000 43,900
10 18 30 48
Total semester fee 334000
Registration Fee (payable once) 20000
Thesis Evaluation Fee 75000
Total Fees 429000
XIII. External Reviews
If this program is new to the University of Lahore, please provide the names and addresses
of 3 to 4 external experts from similar institutions who could be contacted to provide
reviews of this program.
1. Dr. Muhammad Waseem (Associate Professor, FAST ISB)

2. Dr. Muhammad Yousaf (Assistant Professor, Riphah International University ISB)
3. Dr. Ayyaz Hussain, (Assistant Professor, IIUI ISB)
Annexure-I
List of Courses
Course
Course Title Cr. hrs Lec. hrs
Code
CS518 Research Methods 3 3
CS525 Advanced Software Engineering 3 3
CS514 Advanced Computer Architecture 3 3
CS513 Advanced Operating Systems 3 3
SE522 Software System Design & Architecture 3 3
SE526 Topics in Software Engineering 3 3
SE531 Object Oriented Software Engineering 3 3
SE541 Software Quality Assurance 3 3
SE521 Advance Computer Networks 3 3
CS522 Network Security & Cryptography 3 3
CS523 Internet Technologies & Protocols 3 3
CS531 Advanced Database 3 3
CS532 Object Oriented Database 3 3
CS533 Data Mining 3 3
CS538 Advanced Wireless Networks 3 3
SE530 Software Evolution and Maintenance 3 3
SE335 Advanced Requirement Engineering 3 3
CS650 Machine Learning 3 3
CS630 Semantic Technologies 3 3
CS331 Advanced Artificial Intelligence 3 3
CS625 Advanced Human Computer Interaction 3 3
SE336 Formal Verification of Distributed Systems 3 3
SE535 Software Process Engineering and Improvement 3 3
CS545 Search Algorithms for Combinatorial Problems 3 3
CS631 Computer Ethics 3 3
SE655 Global Software Engineering 3 3
CS555 Evolutionary Network 3 3
CS626 THESIS-I 9
CS627 THESIS-II 6
CS628 THESIS-III 9
CS629 THESIS-IV 6
Annexure-II
Curriculum Alignment Matrix
Following is the list of students’ learning outcomes for the PhD Computer Science program:
1. To acquire and excel with the fundamental knowledge in algorithms,

programming languages, and architectures.
2. To be proficient with the fundamental knowledge in several specialized areas of
research and have expertise in at least one area of research.
3. To be able to apply reasoning, problem solving, and technical skills to solve
problems with minimal guidance, and to conduct independent and innovative
research.
4. To be able to communicate concepts and results to a technical audience in the
form of conference papers, journal papers, and/or oral presentations.
Here is the list of notations used inside the Curriculum Alignment Matrix, against each course for
each learning outcome.
I = Introduced; P = Practiced; D = Demonstrated
“I” Introduction to the students to achieve the learning outcome
“P" Reinforced and opportunity to practice
“D” Students have the opportunity to further develop the outcome
Following table shows the Curriculum Alignment Matrix for the PhD Program.
Course PLO2 PLO3 PLO4

Course Title PLO1
Code
CS518 Research Methods I I
CS525 Advanced Software Engineering IPD P P
CS514 Advanced Computer Architecture I IPD P P
CS513 Advanced Operating Systems IPD P P
SE522 Software System Design & Architecture
SE526 Topics in Software Engineering I IPD P P
SE531 Object Oriented Software Engineering I IPD P P
SE541 Software Quality Assurance IPD P P
SE521 Advance Computer Networks IPD P P
CS522 Network Security & Cryptography IPD P P
CS523 Internet Technologies & Protocols IPD P P
CS531 Advanced Database IPD P P
CS532 Object Oriented Database I IPD P P
CS533 Data Mining IPD P P
CS538 Advanced Wireless Networks IPD P P
SE530 Software Evolution and Maintenance I IPD P P
SE335 Advanced Requirement Engineering IPD P P
CS650 Machine Learning IPD P P
CS630 Semantic Technologies I IPD P P
CS331 Advanced Artificial Intelligence I IPD P P
CS625 Advanced Human Computer Interaction IPD P P
SE336 Formal Verification of Distributed Systems I IPD P P
SE535 Software Process Engineering and Improvement IPD P P
CS545 Search Algorithms for Combinatorial Problems I IPD P P
CS631 Computer Ethics I I
SE655 Global Software Engineering IPD P P
CS555 Evolutionary Network IPD P P
Annexure-III
List of Faculty in Domain of Computing
Qualification Designation
PhD 5 Professor 1
MS 9 Associate Professor 1
BS/MCS 5 Assistant Professor 7
Lecturers 10
TOTAL 19
Sr. Employee Name Designation Qualification Country
Ph.D. CS, Middle Sex UK

1 MBA, AU Philipine
Dr. Javed Anjum Sheikh UK
Professor (Director) M.Sc. UoH UK
Post/Doc, Chile
Associate Professor Ph.D. CS, FAST ISB Chile
2 Dr. Sohail Masood
(HoD) MSCS, FAST ISB
MCS, BIIT UAAR RWP
Ph.D. CS, UoT, Holland
3 Dr. M. Imran Sarwar Assistant Professor MS CS, UoT, Holland Holland
Ph.D, CS, China

4 Dr. Babar Hayat Assistant Professor China
MS SE, SZABIST
Ph.D. UET Lahore

5 Dr. Abdur Rehman Assistant Professor Pakistan
MSCS, UET Lahore
MS Data Telecom & Networks, UoS

6 Jawwad Ibrahim Assistant Professor UK UK
BE TE, NUML RWP
MS CS, FUUAST ISB

7 Mehmood ul Hassan PK
Assistant Professor BS IT, AIOU RWP
MS EE, CIIT LHE

8 M.Saad Bin Ilyas Assistant Professor PK
BS EC, UOL LHE
MS SE, Bahria Uni, ISB

9 Mubashir Ali Assistant Professor PK
BS CS, AIOU,ISB
MS EE, CIIT ISB

10 Aziz ur Rehman Lecturer PK
BS CS, FUUAST ISB
11 MS SE, Mid Sweden
Asif Jamal Lecturer Sweden
BS CE, UET Peshawar
12 Sohail Ahmed Lecturer MS CE, UET,Taxila PK
BS CE,UET,Taxila
13 Maria Latif Lecturer MS CS, CIIT ISB PK
BS CS, Kotli Uni, AJK
14 Maimoona Shahid Lecturer BS CS, UOG PK
MS CS, NCBAE
15 Aneela Abbas Lecturer MSc IT UOG PK
MS IT in Progress UOG
16 Iqra Tariq Lecturer BS CS,PUGC PK
MS CS in Progress UOL
17 Syed Hammad Shah Lecturer BS EC, UOL PK
MS EE in Progress UOL
18 Adil Butt Lecturer BS CS, UCP LHE PK
MS CS in Progress, UOG
19 Arslan Tariq Lecturer BS CS, UOG PK
MS CS in Progress, UOL
Annexure-IV
Infrastructure
LABS
No. of No. of PCs
labs
Programming 2 110
Project/Research 1 40
TOTAL 150
Library
No. of computing related books 1049
Minutes of the Board of Studies
Department of CS & IT Meeting
Tuesday, July 12, 2016, 12:30 pm
Board Room, University of Lahore, Gujrat Campus
Dr. Sohail Masood Bhatti

Chair (HoD, CS Department, The University of Lahore, Gujrat Campus)
Dr. Ayaz Hussain
External Member (Assistant Professor, CS Department, International Islamic University,
Islamabad)
Dr. Muhammad Yousaf
External Member (Assistant Professor, CS Department, Riphah International University,
Islamabad)
Dr. Nadeem Ahmed
External Member (HoD, CS Department, The University of Lahore, Main Campus Lahore)
Attendees:
1. Dr. Sohail Masood Bhatti

2. Dr. Javed Anjum Sheikh
3. Dr. Ayaz Hussain
4. Dr. Muhammad Yousaf
5. Mr. Jawwad Ibrahim
6. Mr. Saad Bin Ilyas
7. Mr. Mehmood Ul Hassan
8. Mr. Aziz ur Rehman
Mr. Asif Jamal, Secretary
Apologies:
Dr. Nadeem Ahmed

External Member (HoD, CS Department, The University of Lahore, Main Campus Lahore)
The meeting commenced at 1230hrs with the recitation of Quran and greetings from
the chair. The agenda of the meeting was presented by the secretary:
1. Approval for the new degree program i.e. PhD in CS
2. Approval for the new degree program i.e. MS CS during week days
3. Revision of the curriculum of degree programs offered by Computer Science
Department
Following points/issues were discussed:
1. MS and PhD program:
i. After the successful degree completion of the MSCS and MSIT first batch, it is
decided to launch the MS CS program also in weekdays from Fall-2016.
ii. PhD in CS is planned to be started from Fall-2016 keeping in view the faculty
development program and the MS/M.Phil. students who have completed their
degrees recently from Gujrat Campus.
2. Hiring of new faculty for CS & IT department:
i. To maintain students-faculty ratio according to the criteria of HEC and NCEAC it

is required to hire new faculty members.
ii. For BS programs, Lab work is important for students to understand the concept
of theory studied during the class hours. Therefore it is advised to hire Lab
Instructors for this purpose.
3. M.S Research Proposal & thesis:
i. Research proposal & thesis should be approved in B.O.S meeting before defense.
ii. Supervisors should be honored with the honorarium as other universities are
paying to their faculty members.
The meeting ended with thanks from and to the Chair. The meeting adjourned at 1430hrs.
Signatures of all present members:

Minutes of 3rd Board of Faculty Meeting Held on 07 March 2017
The 3rd Board of Faculty meeting of CS & IT department was started with the recitation from
Holy Quran on 7th March 2017 in the board room of engineering building. Prof. Dr. Mahboob Ali
Ch (Dean Engineering) presided over the meeting. Mr. Awais Rauf (Chairman BOG) especially
participated in the meeting and provided his valuable suggestions. The Chairman BOG
emphasized on following points.
i) The Board of Faculty should formulize an IT Supervisory committee with

representation of all sub-campuses to analyse and evaluate the required
infrastructure of sub-campuses for smooth running of degree programs.
ii) The knowledge and competency of all PhD faculty members should be shared
amongst all campuses to enhance the quality of education.
iii) The research activities should be synchronized and there should be some cross
campus initiatives to work in collaborative environment.
iv) The Board of Faculty should ensure the standardization of all degree programs being
offered in our campuses.
v) The IT supervisory committee should regularly visit sub-campuses before the visit of
Accreditation committees to ensure that all necessary requirements are fulfilled and
the departments should carefully perform self-assessments before such visits.
vi) The IT supervisory committee should directly report to Chairman BOG.
The members of the Board of Faculty discussed and approved following agenda items.
Item 1: The Board of Faculty of CS&IT has established an IT Supervisory Committee of the
following members on the recommendations of Chairman-BOG.
1. Prof. Dr. Mehboob Ali (Supervisor)

2. Prof. Dr. Khalid Hussain (Convener)
3. Dr. Nadeem Ahmad Ch. (Member)
4. Prof. Dr. Javed Anjum Sheikh (Member)
The IT Infrastructure Supervisory Committee will analyze the faculty and infrastructure
requirements of all sub-campuses and will submit its report to the Chairman-BOG.
Item 2: The Board of Studies of all sub-campuses should be approved by Rector.
Item 3: The Board of Studies of CS&IT department of main campus should be revised and
should include the members of all sub-campuses.
Item 4: All the changes in degree road maps of BSCS and BSSE suggested by Islamabad
campus should be discussed in the next meeting of Board of Studies scheduled in the main
campus in which the degree road maps should be synchronize with all sub-campuses.
Item 5: The PhD program of Gujrat campus is approved by Board of Faculty for submission in
Academic Council.
Item 6: The Islamabad campus should prepare the documentation of PhD program in new
degree template provided by Rector Office and should present it in the next Board of Faculty
meeting for detailed discussion.
Item 7: All the sub-campuses should get NOC from HEC prior to launch any new degree
program. The degree program should be approved from all the statutory bodies before
submission in HEC.
Item 8: All the degree programs suggested by Sargodha campus should be prepared in new
degree template and should be approved by their Board of Studies before submission in Board
of Faculty.
Item 9: All the sub-campuses should carefully evaluate the requirements of faculty,
infrastructure, library books and computer labs before launching any new degree program.
Following Members were present in the Board of Faculty Meeting:
1. Prof. Dr. Mehboob Ali (Dean Faculty of IT)

2. Prof. Dr. Javed Anjum Sheikh (Campus Supervisor, Gujrat Campus)
3. Dr. Nadeem Ahmad Ch. (Head, Department of CS&IT, Main Campus)
4. Dr. Jawad Hussain (HOD Computer Science, Islamabad Campus)
5. Dr. Yaqoob Wani (HOD Software Engineering, Islamabad Campus)
6. Dr. Pervaiz Khan (HOD Computer Science, Sargodha Campus)
7. Dr. Sohail Bhatti (HOD Computer Science, Gujrat Campus)
8. Dr. Adeel Javed (HOD Computer Science, Pakpattan Campus)
9. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Zafar Ullah (Professor, Electrical Engineering Department)
10. Prof. Dr. Naheed Sultana (Professor, Lahore Business School)
11. Prof. Dr. Khalid Hussain (Professor, Islamabad Campus)
12. Dr. Tabbasum Naz (Associate Professor, Dept. of CS&IT, Main Campus)
13. Dr. Muhammad Irfan Memon (Associate Professor, Dept. of CS&IT, Main Campus)
14. Dr. Arshad Ali (Assistant Professor, Dept. of CS&IT, Main Campus)
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 21
Subject: Approval for the change of degree title from MS-Sports
Science to MPhil-Sports Sciences and Physical Education
The Rector, on the recommendation of Dean, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences, in

anticipation of the approval of the Academic Council approved the change of degree title from
MS-Sports Sciences to MPhil-Sports Sciences and Physical Education under the Department of
Sports Sciences & Physical Education. The details are available at Annexure–I.
The Academic Council may kindly confirm the action taken by the Rector.
"$'rHr
i $ '.
UNIVERSITYOF
@t i*rffi,.1';:,:xr.. '"&'' LAHORE
ODH/DSSPE/LeI/IU /017
Feb't4,2017
Rector
srq
--
Through: Dean - Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
Subject: Request for Anticipatory Approval of Academic Cou4cil for Change of

-
Degree Title
Honorable Sir,
It is forwarded that with reference to L5ft meeting of Academic Council held on

the MS-Sports Sciences (18 Years Program) was approved for launch. Later
11.-06-201.4,
the students of the said program requested to change the degree title from MS to MPhil,
which was approved (copy of the case is attached), but the notification was not issued in
this regards.
The approval of the academic council is necessary for notification by the registrar office.
Hence, it is requested to kindly give the anticipatory approval to change the degree title
from MS-Sports Sciences to MPhil-Sports Sciences and Physical Education, from the next
Academic Council, so that the case could be forwarded for NOC from Higher Education
Commission.
Thank you and looking forward.
Head of Department
Dr. |amshaid
Head of Department
ircf. Dr. Syed
:,!!5, D),iRD, Iliri IiD{RrC),
'Jean, Faculty Of Allied Health Sciences

e Bh.
$sq ,derffi i\ r4; '. -w,u w
q-Bfl{HVkt{hg i '{ i*}tr
yh :."-,.}l "'*Z^Bt*.
44qdd'efuffi
{Y
r-
'$.a f"l*#" y i,*- ,t i';,i d*"'
1:""1r"
.t i at
A project ,:rf ii:adat ilducati*i:al Tnrst
RE(ii 3 100-011t11t \
Date: June 12.2017
NOTIFICATION
The Rector, in anticipation of the approval of the Academic Council has been pleased to
approve the change of degree title from \'{S-Sports Sciences to MPhil-Spofts Sciences and Physical
Education under Deparlment of Sporls Sciences & Physical Education, Faculty of Allied Health
Sciences.
/ta*o';:-G,,.
(Karam Elahi)
Registrar
C.C.
L Rector
2. Dean, Facultl' of Allied Health Sciences
3. Head. Spots Sciences & Physical Education Department
4. Chief Finance Olficer
5. Controller of E,xaminations
6. Director Aclmissions
7 . Controller of Examinations
\ B. Olfice Record
ffi
W
Ksiwimd ffi*ad #a*mpu*
'r-yii\i $ifirriri{;i:i i\+**, t*;i!:*;',;. lh}; +$} ',rt $$SSSS}':'3$, $:nx; r-$} $ft S$$$${$1t}
ffi
ffin$sna-e &mmd ffima"etp
ffi
ffi j"iiii$L\sl*;]{)f,i:::r::-r{J,$fftia:r":i:i!sililili:v:I,i."uhr:r*. I*rl:+$ii4:"1 $$ii}t5$}$-lt"Si*l{:$\-\3i$:}5i:,..,', lS' u*i.*dil.Pkmryw
ffi
ffi LjAN: +$3 4f; {'t'* Sffi$ &S$ itiio{$ui:ii.*c1r"t. pk
ffi
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 22
Subject: Approval of t-DOT Program in Department of Health
The Dean, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences has proposed to start new program 1 Year t-
DOT (Transitional Doctor of Occupational Therapy) to be offered by Department of Health
Professional Technologies from Fall Semester 2017. The details are available at Annexure–I.
This has been endorsed by the Board of Studies of Department of Health Professional
Technologies (DHPT) and Board of Faculty. (Annexure-II)
WORKING PAPER
Item No: -
Subject: - Approval of t-DOT Program in Department of Health
April 2017, Faculty Board of Studies reviewed on 25 April 2017 discussed, reviewed and
approved respectively 1 Year t-DOT (Transitional Doctor of Occupational Therapy) program in
Department of Health Professional Technologies (minutes of meetings are attached).
University all over the world. It is also decided that the degree program should be of 1 year
Programs:
• Transitional Doctor of Occupational Therapy (t-DOT) – 1 year (2 semesters) comprising

32 credit hours.
B.Sc. Hons. Occupational Therapy

Merit will be finalized as per UOL & HEC rules and regulations on the basis of the following:
1. Academic achievements (distinctions / university positions)
2. UOL entry test and interview

fall 2017.

4. Approval from Faculty Board of Studies, FAHS, UOL
(Annexure-I)
Transitional Doctor of Occupational Therapy (t - DOT)

(One Year/ Two Semesters)
Course Outline
Program: Transitional Doctor of Occupational Therapy (t - DOT)
Short Title: t-DOT
Duration: 2 semesters (one year)
Credit Hours: 32
Timing: Weekend
Eligibility: B.Sc. Hons. Occupational Therapy
Semester- I
Course Code Course Title Credits
tDOTAW-101 Academic Writing 2(1-1)

tDOTE-102 Ergonomics 3(1-2)
tDOTMA-103 Musculoskeletal Assessment 3(2-1)
tDOTCM-104 Community Medicine 2(2-0)

tDOTRDI-105 Radiology and Diagnostic Imaging 2(1-1)
tDOTOP-106 Orthotics and Prosthetics 2(1-1)
tDOTAMOT-107 Assessment & Management in OT I 3(1-2)
Credit Hours : 17
Semester-II
Course Code Course Title Credits
tDOTSMOT-108 Sports Medicine through OT 2(1-1)
tDOTG-109 Geriatrics 2(1-1)
tDOTP-110 Pharmacology 2(2-0)

tDOTAMOT-111 Assessment & Management in OT II 3(1-2)
tDOTOTRP-112 OT Research Project 6(6-0)
Credit Hours : 15
Total: 32
I. Overview:
Program Title: Transitional Doctor of Occupational Therapy

Degree Program Code: t-DOT
Campus: Main Campus
Title: Head of DHPT/Assistant Professor
Phone: +923364150279
Title: Supervisor of the Program
Name: Dr. Soraya Rahbar
E-mail: rahbarsoraya7@gmail.com
Title: Program Coordinator
Name: Ms. Anam Zahir
Phone: 0092-321-8177539
E-mail: zahiranam7@gmail.com
Starting Date:
• Classroom
• Hospitals/ Clinics
• Rehabilitation centers/special education centers
• Work settings (Industries, Universities, and Community Centers etc.)
Vision:
To create an academic environment that cultivates lifelong learning by

imparting education based on analytical and critical thinking that produces
graduates exhibiting leadership qualities to serve the society with highest level
of integrity and civic responsibility. By following modern curricula and focusing
on creation of innovative research with an aim to place itself in the forefront of
national research universities.
Mission:
The University of Lahore is a private sector university committed to the

tradition of service to society. Our objectives are:
• To advance knowledge through creative research and scholarship across a
wide range of academic disciplines.
• To extend knowledge through innovative educational programs built on
strong foundation in which emerging scholars are motivated to realize their
highest potential and assume roles of leadership, responsibility, and service
to society.
• To apply knowledge to provide solutions to the problems in order to
improve the quality of life and enrich the economy of the nation, and the
world.
To integrate fundamentals of Allied healthcare professionals (AHPs),
includes individuals involved with the delivery of health or healthcare
related services with qualification and competence in therapeutic,
diagnostic, curative, preventive and/or rehabilitative interventions. To
provide services in multidisciplinary health teams in diverse healthcare
settings to promote, protect, treat and/or manage a person (‘s) physical,
mental, social, emotional, environmental health and holistic well-being. To
facilitate the learning at best clinical practices, consistency and alliance
between the academic and clinical is rudiments. Program has made
important progress in both areas and efforts to refine and consolidate the
integration between theory and practice is mission of AHS.
Teach and develop plans to enhance service delivery through specialty
programs. Increase teamwork with on-campus and other institutions of
allied with clinical and academic advising for professional students
regarding the key areas of diagnose management and rehabilitations.
• Providing high quality profession related education to prepare professionals

for providing full-scope in clinical practice with an ethical and professional
manner.
• Educate student/professionals, how to communicate with patients/clients,
care-givers, other health professionals and other members of the
community, effectively and appropriately.
• We make an effort for our students to be of the highest competence and be
able to obtain the highest level of skills and education needed to serve their
patients and communities after graduation.
• Department providing large variety of academic and clinical experiences,
students are prepared to become professional, competent and
compassionate educators and clinicians who are able to utilize evidence-
based principles in their professional practice.
• Providing a multidisciplinary environment for professionals that encourages
scholarly activities/services and lifelong learners.
• Advancing knowledge of human and contribute to the advancement of the
profession of occupational practice, research and professional
development.
• Producing professionals with a strong clinical and theoretical background to
practice at the highest level of professional proficiency and integrity, who
provide quality services to students while maintaining sensitivity to cultural,
linguistic and individual diversity.
• Acquiring a sound foundation in basic and clinical sciences essential for
graduates of t-DOT.
• Learning the technical, communicative, and interpersonal skills required to
apply that knowledge; develop self-confidence in decision-making,
acceptance of responsibility and characteristics of a professional.
• Becoming involved in discovery, transmittal and application of knowledge
through participation in, or appreciation of, scientific inquiry. Be exposed to
and made aware of:
The ethical insights and moral attitudes required to ensure the best
interests of the patient are served. The forces-legislative, legal, ethical,
technical and socioeconomic--which influence health care. The necessity of
keeping abreast of new knowledge and technology and their applications as
a continuing obligation to patients and their care.
• The research goal of the University is to conduct scholarly inquiry both basic
and applied and to disseminate this information to the appropriate
audiences.
• Encourage students to develop interest in leadership roles within the
professions and a concern for the highest quality of care given by the
professionals in Pakistan.
• Teach students about the role of other healthcare providers and the
importance of a holistic and co-operative approach with other professions
and professionals.
The educational missions of the department DHPT is to educate and train to

professionals to serve the needs of the health care populations. Moreover
educate and train qualified teachers and researchers in field of allied health
sciences to provide professional degree in advanced clinical areas and to
provide training for practitioners in new developments. The research mission is
to add to the body of knowledge identified in occupational therapy and its
effective applications. The service missions are to provide counsel and support
to the profession in its mission to improve clinical services, to help provide
appropriate health education to the public, to help extend care to those
segments of society which are underserved and to provide advice and counsel
to the international professionals in health sector (DHPT, UOL)
The mission of the (t-DOT) Transitional Doctor of Occupational Therapy

missions.
Where currently department/Faculty stands? Transitional Doctor of
Occupational Therapy (t-DOT) will be the first specialized program which is a
dire need in the country to have specialized programs which will produce
Occupational Therapists.
They will be able:
1. To provide specialized occupational therapy care.

2. To serve as responsible members in the professional community and are
willing and able to assume leadership roles in the communities they serve.
3. To identify researchable problems, advocate and participate in research,
and incorporate research findings into clinical practice.
4. To understand and place in context the social, economic and cultural issues
of practice and effectively advocate for changes in policy.
5. To apply different techniques of occupational therapy in a safe and
effective manner.
6. To adopt only those techniques which are evidence based.

3- Although OT started originally at a diploma or B.Sc. level globally, it has
quickly moved to M.Sc. and Ph.D and more recently to DOT levels to
address the growing needs to the very specialized services it can
address, a 4 year B.Sc. program is not enough to cover all aspects and a
USA, UK and Australia. The graduates of B.Sc. Hons. appreciated the idea
of starting t-DOT and found it a golden opportunity to upgrade their
degree.
Therefore, there is no doubt that t-DOT is needed to be redirected to a

Feasibility:
Although a formal feasibility study has not been conducted, it is quite
obvious that the fast growing need for the OT services and very limited
number of occupational therapists working in Pakistan, a t-DOT program
will be attractive not only to new students, but also to the occupational
therapists already holding a B.Sc. and willing to join a 2 semester
Transitional Doctor of Occupational Therapy (t-DOT) program as
included in the proposal.
Sustainability:
t-DOT will be sustainable because of the ever growing need to its
services in physical, mental and psychiatric areas and over the life span
from pediatrics to geriatrics. Pakistan population and very limited
number of occupational therapists that are currently practicing and are
educated only at a BSc level guarantees that the program will attract
students immediately and in the long run.
This unique program consists of a team of members of a diverse, highly
specialized and qualified background, which enriches the Pakistani society
through highly qualified post-graduates.
Doctor of occupational therapy (DOT)
The four-year post-graduate curriculum includes instruction in all clinical and
practical phases of an essential part of curriculum.
program? (Attach any document on support from all units involved.) Within
what discipline(s) does it fall? What distinguishes it from other similar
The Five years Doctor of occupational Therapy (DOT) Degree in program has
been designed for meeting the demand of the growing needs of experts in the
fields of occupational therapy. DOT will be sustainable because of the ever
growing need to its services in physical, mental and psychiatric areas and over
the life span from pediatrics to geriatrics. In Pakistani population, there are
limited numbers of occupational therapists that are currently practicing and
are educated only at a B.Sc. level guarantees that the program will attract
students immediately and in the long run. This program will fulfill the demand
of field of Allied health professions.

Occupational therapy (OT) is the use of assessment and intervention to

develop, recover, or maintain the meaningful activities, or occupations, of
individuals, groups, or communities. It is an allied health profession
performed by occupational therapists. OTs often work with people with
disabilities, injuries, or impairments. The American Occupational Therapy
Association defines an occupational therapist as someone who "helps people
across the lifespan participate in the things they want and need to do
through the therapeutic use of everyday activities (occupations). Common
occupational therapy interventions include helping children with disabilities
to participate fully in school and social situations, helping people recovering
from injury to regain skills, and providing supports for older adults
experiencing physical and cognitive changes. Occupational therapists often
work closely with professionals in physical therapy, speech therapy, nursing,
social work, and medicine. Hence, it is a broad based profession.
III Goals and Objectives, Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment:


How will we assess whether we are meeting our goals and objectives – i.e.,
how will we gather information and how will we use it?
• Learning will be assessed using a variety of examinations and written

assignments, project presentations and a research paper.
• This interactive degree is designed to help students build their knowledge

leadership and training skills in occupational therapies.
• This course will enhance ability to facilitate a cooperative team work in

students and also develop the skills and knowledge to communicate
effectively with patients, clients and staff; learn how to transport and care
for your clients and develop a understanding of basic medical terminology
and anatomy, enabling you to deliver the highest standards of service.
• The Program emphasis initially on the academic content establishing a
strong scientific basis and later on the application of theory to
clinical/reflective practice, on a continuum of rotation from theory to
practice over the program.
• The program helps students to specialize in the examination, diagnosis,

treatment, management and preventions.
• This graduate degree is designed to help students to apply principles of

evidence-based practice to their clinical service delivery, work in
combination with other health care professional to provide integrated,
quality care for patients.
requirements, personal satisfaction and career potential for the
professionals with supporting pathway in the development of the
profession.
theoretical knowledge and skills to competency based education and
training. Optimal education/training requires that the student is able to
integrate knowledge, skills and attitude in order to be able to perform a
professional act adequately in a given situation.
learning and are designed accordingly designed with an aim to standardize
the content across the nation.
• Students will be given grounding in research methods and data analysis that
prepares them for higher research-related degrees.
After DOT students will be able to:
o Work as Occupational therapist in special schools
o Hospitals settings
o Art therapist
o Ergonomist
o Health promotion specialist
o Sports therapist
o Advice worker
o Care manager
o Play therapist
o Primary care graduate mental health worker
o Social worker
o Special educational needs teacher
• The outcomes the proposed program will be observable and measurable
the program will facilitate the student’s problem solving skills. Thinking
• The program will introduce the students to collect analyze critically evaluate
and prepare data for presentation, through internet and web-based
technologies.
Do they align with other university’s learning goals, and/or with standards
from professional or regulatory bodies?
We’ll deliver and promote the activities which fulfill the requirement and goals
set by the professional or regulatory bodies as well.
C. Assessment of Student learning and Student Achievement (resources and
samples appended)
How will we assure whether students are achieving the student learning
outcomes?
• We’ll assess our student by evaluating their competitive skills in hospital
and clinics, on simulators, by community services and psychological services
to enhance research oriented activities and task. This program is basically
for the professionals and the resources will be their organizations, work
places and teachers.
Does this program include a senior level project, where students demonstrate
Although OT started originally at a diploma or BSc level globally, it has quickly

moved to MSc and PhD and more recently to DOT levels to address the
growing needs to the very specialized services this it can provide. Current
belief is that, considering all areas that OT should address, a 4 year BSc
program is not enough to cover all aspects and a DOT is absolutely needed
• The required resources are available with internet and web-based

technology; with equipment and instrumentation; and grounds/courts; and
for collection, analyzing and preparing data for research purposes.
If the new program will be included in an existing program’s assessment plan,
how will the assessment data be disaggregated to provide useful information
on the new program? How will the new program participate in assessment?
Are there any unique assessment needs or constraints (may include delivery
mode, for example)?
The existing available assessment plan will fulfill the required assessment or as
per university policy.

 Assessment of this program will be incorporated into the existing
assessment plan for Please attach a copy of the existing plan.
IV. Curriculum:
Department of health professional technologies will manage and arrange

specific field subjects by its own faculty and basic sciences FAHS faculty
teachers.
How do the required courses align with the student learning outcomes to
ensure students can build and refine skills and knowledge over time? Has the
curriculum been mapped?
• The program will support studying of roles of occupational therapists who

work in mental health settings where they help patients who suffer from
developmental disabilities, mental illness, or emotional problems. They help
these patients cope with, and engage in, daily life by teaching skills such as
time management, budgeting, using public transportation, and doing
household chores. In addition, therapists may work with individuals who
have problems with drug abuse, alcoholism, depression, or other disorders.
They may also work with people who have been through a traumatic event.
The program will facilitate the student’s problem solving skills. Thinking
• If this is an undergraduate program, how have the needs of transfer
students been taken into account in planning for it? What arrangements are
in place to ensure that pre-requisites are readily available?
Students/professionals will be on clinical attachments/Rotations with
adjacent hospital of UOL.
Please attach a curriculum map (matrix aligning courses and the program’s
student learning outcomes)
V. Use of Technology:
Lectures would be delivered by the academician and field experts. The
program will introduce the students to criticize information: with internet
and web-based technology; with occupational tests and assessment and
managements in different clinical settings. Further practice of Occupational
Therapy would be executed to impart knowledge to the students in a
theoretical as well as practical manner.
• To what extent do the class technologies align with technologies in the

field?
The Internet has the potential to change the in DOT research and services are
provided. In recent years, the computer industry has made dramatic gains in
the development of the Internet and other computer technology. As would be
expected, occupational therapists are taking advantage of these
improvements, and are developing new and innovative ways of using this
technology to further their professional development. This technology is now
being used to improve communication and the dissemination of information
among professionals, students and laypersons.
 Testing and assessment are common techniques used by occupational
therapists when working with patients. Internet based technology now

gives practitioners and patients 24 hour access to these assessment
devices, and they can now be scored, and the results interpreted at any
time or place.
 Use of Internet related technologies such as video conferencing; chat
rooms, e-mail, and teleconferencing can open the door and allow
individuals from all backgrounds and geographic locations to receive help
from professional practitioners. The Internet can also be used to improve
the cost-effectiveness of face-to-face meetings.
 Through the use of secure web sites, our institution can allow students to
access course assignments, read, listen to or watch lectures on specific

topics, ask questions, receive guidance, and turn in course
assignments. Furthermore, the Internet can also be used to access domain
specific specialists in distant locations for supervision opportunities.
VI. Delivery methods:
It would be entirely face to face program.

The program will be offered weekdays Monday to Friday and tDOT will be
offered during weekends.
• Will students or instructors need any training or support in using the

delivery methods? If so, how will that training or support be provided?
Not applicable.
VII. Students:

Year 1 40
Year 2 80
Year 3 100
Year 4 100
Year 5 100
What is the minimum qualification requirements for admission (for
undergraduates), or the departmental process and admission requirements
(for graduate programs)?
F.Sc. Pre Medical (12 Years)
The program will be offered on weekday basis (Monday to Friday) and tDOT
on weekends.

please outline 4-year course of study; if not, please explain), and what is the
The duration of shall be five academic years (for DOT) and one academic year
for t-DOT.
D. Advising
Academic expert/ Researcher/ Professionals from the field
VIII. Faculty and Administration:
A. Faculty
Assistant Associate
1 02 01 01 01 04
2 02 01 01 01 04
3 02 02 02 01 07
4 02 02 02 01 07
5 02 04 02 02 10
Admin Data Entry

Year Messengers Total
Officers Operators
1 01 01 01 03
2 01 01 01 03
3 01 01 02 04
4 01 02 02 05
5 01 02 02 05
IX. Facilities:
Students will be trained in adjacent hospitals rehabilitation centre and OT
clinics.
Not applicable
Clinical attachments required.
• Finances:
Year Number of Fees Revenue Total
Students
X. External Reviews:
If this program is new to the University of Lahore, please provide the names
and addresses of 3 to 4 external experts from similar institutions who could be
contacted to provide reviews of this program.
1. Assistant Prof. Ms. Atia Ur-Rehman
2. Associate Prof. Dr Soraya Rahbar (Supervisor of t-DOT )
3. Associate Prof. Dr. Muhammad Salman Bashir
4. Lecturer Ms. Anam Zahir (Co-ordinator of t-DOT)
(Annexure-II)
MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES OF DHPT

HELD ON 11-04-2017 AT 10.30 A.M. IN THE OFFICE OF HOD OF DHPT,
FAHS
Approval for course outline and alteration of the title of the degree.
• Transitional Doctor of Occupational Therapy (t-DOT)

• Bachelor of Science in Bio-medical Technology (BS-BMT)
1. Assistant Prof. Ms. Atia Ur-Rehman HOD/Convener

2. Associate Prof. Dr. Sohail Safdar (Co-ordinator of BS-BMT) Member
3. Associate Prof. Dr Soraya Rahbar (Supervisor oft-DOT) Member
4. Associate Prof. Dr. Muhammad Salman Bashir Member
5. Lecturer ¥s. Anam Zahir (Co-ordinator oft-DOT) Member
All member were present except Prof. Dr. Soraya Rahbar (online)
SN AGENDA DECISION
1. • Meeting was started with the recitation of the Ms. Anam Zahir.
Holy Quran.
2. • Ms. Atia Dr-Rehman welcomed to all the All members of board of

meeting members. studies collectively agreed
• Ms. Anam Zahir presented the scheme oft- and approved t-DOT
DOT. The matter was discussed in detail about program.
assigned number of credit hours and justified the
case by providing all the relevant documents.
Clinical rotation hours were also discussed.
• Dr. Sohail Safar presented the subject to alter All the members of board of
the name ofthe degree as BS-BMT instead of studies collectively agreed at
BME. The matter was discussed in detail new degree name(BS-BMT)
regarding financial feasibilities, availability of
teachers and equipment.
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO.23
Subject: Approval to change the title of degree (Bachelor of Science in
Bio-Medical Engineering (BSBE) to Bachelor of Science in
Bio-medical Engineering Technology (BS-BMET)) in
Department of Health Professional Technologies
The Dean, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences has proposed to change the title of degree
(Bachelor of Science in Bio-Medical Engineering (BSBE) to Bachelor of Science in
Bio-medical Engineering Technology (BS-BMET)) in Department of Health Professional
Technologies. The details are available at Annexurrl.
This degree program has been endorsed by the Board of Studies of Department of Health
Professional Technologies (DHPT) and Board of Faculty. (Annexure-Il)
WORKING PAPER
Item No: -
Subject: - Approval of change the title of degree (Bachelor of Science in bio-

Medical Engineering (BSBE) to Bachelor of Science in Bio-
medical Technology (BS-BMT)) in Department of Health
Department of Health Professional Technologies Board of Studies (BOS-DHPT)

reviewed on 11 April 2017, Faculty Board of Studies reviewed on 25 April 2017
discussed, reviewed and approved respectively change the title of already approved
degree program Bachelor of Science in bio-Medical Technology (BS-BMT) instead of
Bachelor of Science in bio-Medical Engineering (BSBE) in Department of Health
Professional Technologies (minutes of meetings are attached).
Programs:
• Bachelor of Science in bio-Medical Technology (BS-BMT)
Documents Attached:

2. Approval from Faculty Board of Studies, FAHS, UOL
(Annexure -I)
THE
UNIVERSITY OF
LAHORE
A Project of Ibadat Educational Trust
OFFTCE OF THE REGISTRAR
REG/3 toofitrr,q8'
Date: September 13, 2017
NOTIFICATION
The competent authority, in anticipation ofthe approval of the Board of Advanced Studies and
1. Department of Sports Sciences (DSS)

3. Department of Health Professional Technology (DHPT)
i. BS Biomedical Engineering Technology (BSBMET), 4 years, 8 Semesters
ii. Doctorof Occupational Therapy (DOT) 5 years, 10 Semesters
This is in supersession of notification No. REG/310011615890 dated 24-03-2017.
thf#ldm
Registrar
C.C.
2. Rector
5. Head, University Institute of Physical Therapy
6. Head, Department of Sports Sciences
7 . Head, Department of Health Professional Technology

1 0. Director Admissions
I l. Office Record
Raiwind Road Campus

l'r:l.l.i l-i
Defence noad Campus

'''-.ii'-,
uol.edu.pk r
I UAN: +92 42lLL 865 865 info@uoi.ed,;:r
Bachelor of Science in Bio-Medical Technology (BS-BMT)
Course Outline
Program: Bachelor of Science in Bio-Medical Technology
Short Title: BS-BMT
Credit Hours: 137
Eligibility: FSc Pre Medical/Pre engineering (12 Years)
SEMESTER I Credit hours
Course Course Title
1 English I (Functional English) 2(2+0)
2 Applied Physics 3(2+1)
3 Introduction to Computing 3(2+1)
4 Basic Electrical Engineering 3(2+1)
5 Applied Chemistry 3(2+1)
6 Computer Aided Engineering Drawing 1(0+1)
7 *Basic Mathematics/Basic Biology (Foundation) *(6/5+0/1)
Total 15
*Basic Mathematics/Basic Biology are mandatory foundation courses to be taken as non-

credit hours
SEMESTER II Credit hours
Course Course Title
1 English II (Communication Skills) 2(2+0)
2 Calculus and Analytical Geometry 3(3+0)
3 Physiology-I 3(2+1)
4 Complex Variables & Transforms 3(3+0)
5 Biochemistry 3(2+1)
6 Human Anatomy 3(2+1)
Total 17
SEMESTER III Credit hours
Course Course Title
1 Linear Algebra & Differential Equations 3(3+0)
2 Biophysics 3(2+1)
3 Physiology-II 3(2+1)
5 Circuit Analysis 4(3+1)
Total 17
SEMESTER IV Credit hours

Course Course Title
1 Biomedical Electronics 4(3+1)
2 Numerical Analysis 3(3+0)
3 Pakistan Studies 2(2+0)
4 Biomechanics 3(2+1)
5 Digital Logic Design 3(2+1)
6 Bio Fluid Mechanics 3(2+1)
Total 18
SEMESTER V Credit hours
Course Course Title
1 Signals & Systems 4(3+1)
2 Electromagnetism 2(2+0)
3 Probability & Statistics 2(2+0)
4 Microprocessor & Interfacing 3(2+1)
5 Biomedical Instrumentation-I 4(3+1)
6 Islamic Studies/Ethics 2(2+0)
Total 17
SEMESTER VI Credit hours
Course Course Title
1 Bio-signal Processing 3(2+1)

2 English-III (Technical Report Writing and Presentation Skills) 3(3+0)
3 Biomedical Instrumentation-II 4(3+1)
4 Biomedical Control Systems 3(2+1)
5 Modeling & Simulation 3(2+1)
6 Rehabilitation Engineering 3(2+1)
Total 19
SEMESTER VII Credit hours
Course Course Title
1 Economics & Healthcare Management 3(3+0)
2 Social Sciences 3(3+0)
3 Biomaterials & Design 4(3+1)
4 Elective-I 3(2+1)
5 Biomedical Engineering Project – I 3(0+3)
6 Elective-II 2(2+0)
Total 18
SEMESTER VIII Credit hours
Course Course Title
1 Neuroscience & Neural Networks 4(3+1)

2 Medical Imaging 3(2+1)
3 Professional Practices & Ethics 3(3+0)
4 Elective-III 3(3+0)
5 Biomedical Engineering Project – II 3(0+3)
16
Total 137
Information Required for B.Sc. Hons., MS/MPhil,
PhD or Equivalent Degree Program
I. Overview:
Program Title: Bachelor of Science in Bio-medical Technology
Degree (level) of (type): Graduation
In (field) Bio-medical Technology
Degree Program Code: BS-BMT
Department(s): Department of Health Professional Technologies
Faculty: Allied Health Sciences
1. Name: Title: Ms.Atia Ur-Rehman

Phone: 0333-8154696
2. Name: Title: Dr. Sohail Safdar (Program Coordinator)
Phone: 0300-9474974
E-mail: sohailaimc@hotmail.com
Campus: Defence Road Campus

• Laboratories
• Clinical rotation/Electives
Vision
Mission
The University of Lahore is a private sector university committed to the tradition of service to
• To advance knowledge through creative research and scholarship across a wide range
of academic disciplines.


able to play a distinguish role in allied fields.

able to play a distinguish role in allied fields.
Currently is DHPT running full-fledged international level undergraduate courses.

The DHPT aspire to promote globally competitive undergraduate,
postgraduate, professional programs that support research, intellectual development,



Bio-medical Technology focuses on health issues, aging populations around the world,
Bio-Medical Technology. Employment of Bio-Medical Technology is expected to grow fast
than all occupations globally. This growing field needs immediate attention by government of
Pakistan.
• Is this program interdisciplinary in nature? If so, what are the fields of study involved, and how
will the identified units work together in delivering the program? (Attach any document on
support from all units involved.)
Yes it is interdisciplinary and permission letter is attached
one option?
It is a specialized field, in practice; it involves everything from equipment for diagnosis and patient
monitoring through implants such as pacemakers, artificial joints, limbs to the computer simulations
of biological functions.


2017 50
2018 100
2019 100
2020 100
2021 100
Assessment

• 1.1 Offer an educational opportunity through which students will be able to identify
their learning needs and give them the opportunity to enhance their effectiveness in
the critical application of skills and interventions across a range of biomechanical
principle
• 1.2 Through independent learning and continued professional development, enable
them to evidence their attainment of the core standards of practice articulated by the
Health Professions council and other professional bodies.
• 1.3 Enhance and consolidate their critical reflection and clinical reasoning skills to
enable them to utilize evidence critically to justify their professional practice
• 1.4 Facilitate critical reflection on skills and practice development within the context
of health care provision in local and global community.
• 1.5 Enable students as either a novice clinician or a returnee to develop their
intellectual potential, critical reasoning and ability to critically evaluate the movement
disorders.
• How will we assess whether we are meeting our goals and objectives – i.e., how will
we gather information and how will we use it?
• Bio-medical Engineering focuses on health issues, aging populations around the world,
Pakistan.
• It is a specialized field, in practice; it involves everything from equipment for diagnosis and
patient monitoring through implants such as pacemakers, artificial joints, limbs to the
computer simulations of biological functions.

integrate e-learning, promote learner Student Learning Outcomes 1.3; 2.1; 2.2;
autonomy and embed employability and 3.3
personal development planning into the Tutor and Student Directed learning
curriculum Section
Skills Section
Section
experiences Student Learning Outcomes 3.3
Explore issues of effectiveness and within the Program Section
opportunities
C. Assessment of Student learning and Student Achievement (resources and samples
appended)
 There is a variety of assessments used within the course to facilitate assessment for
learning. Tutor marked assessments and feedback will be offered as soon as possible
to facilitate future submissions. The team recognizes that not only do students learn
from tutors but also that they value the input from other students. There is a reliance
on tutors that is matched by the peer assessment and the self-assessment that will be a
part of some subjects. Being able to be self-critical and constructively critical of peers
is a major step in becoming a professional. These skills are used within the
assessment process to shape the students' thinking processes as they are skills
needed for the "real life "situations that they will be in when working in clinical
practice. Thus the assessment strategies employed are intended to facilitate real life
situations and to boost learning. Summative assessment strategies used will facilitate
personal and professional learning and development. Assessments will provoke
students to challenge existing concepts and ideas, to allow reflection upon their
practice, to review, critically analyze current research and literature developing an
awareness of how it informs and relates to evidence-based clinical practice, and
to demonstrate their professional skill base. A variety and balance of assessment
methods and tools are employed during the course, assessing cognitive,
psychomotor and affective domains, and providing students with effective
learning opportunities and enabling them to be assessed appropriately at master level.
• Attendance: It is expected that they will be in attendance unless they are
prevented from doing so by illness or some other domestic or personal
emergency. Records of attendance will be kept for practice learning activities
and action will be taken where attendance issues arise.
• Academic Performance: The outcomes of the assessment process will be available
to the student at the end of each semester see table below
Initial core subjects form the basis of the learning and act to offer a firm foundation
for future study. The range of assessments has been designed to fulfil the
subject learning outcomes and go beyond the perception of "what do I need to do
to pass”
• Does this program include a senior level project, where student’s demonstrate mastery
• Yes, program involves a research project at the end. This project is essentially an
individual, self-directed piece of work. The contents of which will be specific to the
professional area and interests. Student will be expected to demonstrate a knowledge
base relevant to the topic of interest as well as knowledge and understanding of
appropriate methodologies. Student will be advised appropriately about the necessity
of obtaining ethical and scientific approval for their projects. These are examples of
the content that the project will need to include:
• • Abstract
• • Literature review
• • Justification for project
• • Aim of project
• • Methodology, with justification
• • Results
• • Discussion of results with reflection on previous relevant findings
• • Conclusion
• • References
• • Appendices
• At the end of the project, it is expected that student will publish their research paper in
the HEC recognized national or international journal
recommended by HEC.
will the assessment data be disaggregated to provide useful information on the new
It’s a new program however assessment will be done per policy of university and no
other tool or delivery mood is required.

VI. Curriculum
The detailed course outline has been attached for guideline
Detail of elective has been attached

• What courses from other departments/colleges will be used? (Document support from
those units.)
been mapped?
It will be assessed as per university policy
taken into account in planning for it? What arrangements are in place to ensure that
pre-requisites are readily available?
As per university rules and regulations
outcomes)
Power point presentations, video lectures, and other soft ware’s/programs will be used.
• Will instructors or students need any training or support using technology? If so, how
University and training and teaching center is on board and provide training twice a year. It
monitors any ongoing and future need and fulfills them accordingly.
• What technologies will the students learn to use in order to be employed in this field?
It involves everything from equipment for diagnosis and patient monitoring through implants such as
pacemakers, artificial joints, limbs to the computer simulations of biological functions.
S TECHNOLOGIES BEING USED IN THE BIO- TECHNOLOGIES

NO MEDICAL ENGINEERING AVAILABLE IN THE
DEPARTMENT
1. Fully established Electronics Labs Available
2. Fully established Medical Labs Available
3. Fully Established engineering department Available
4. Clinical rotation setups Available


Bio-Medical Engineering is a regular program in which the classes to will be

conducted from Monday to Friday.
• Though instructors are experienced and well trained for the program but as far as
• However, university and training and teaching center is on board and provide training
twice a year. It monitors any ongoing and future need and fulfills them accordingly.
IX. Students

Year 1 100
Year 2 100
Year 3 100
Year 4 100
• What is the minimum qualification requirements for admission (for undergraduates),

• As per policy of HEC.
4 years
It is full time program
outline a4-year course of study; if not, please explain), and what is the required
Total numbers of credit hours are 137
D. Advising
As per their experience and specialty
1. CV’s, copies of PHD degrees and transcript of faculty members clearly

indicating their areas of specialization and date of joining in university.
2. Faculty

1 5 1 1 1 8
2 5 1 1 1 8
3 5 1 1 1 8
4 5 1 1 1 8

Mr. M.Azam Mr. Binish Mr. Shahid 3
XI. Facilities
The department owns state of the art laboratories with most up to date equipment. So
no further new laboratories are required
will be met with that research center
The program is equipped with the specialized equipment to date so no further need for the
other equipment yet.

N/A
XII. Finances

3
4
5
Year Numbers of Average Salary Total outlay (salaries)

teachers
1 8 (Further hiring in 50,000/Month 400,000/Month
process)
2
3
4

(Annexure-II)
MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES OF DHPT

HELD ON 11-04-2017 AT 10.30 A.M. IN THE OFFICE OF HOD OF DHPT,
FAHS
Approval for course outline and alteration of the title of the degree.
• Transitional Doctor of Occupational Therapy (t-DOT)

• Bachelor of Science in Bio-medical Technology (BS-BMT)
1. Assistant Prof. Ms. Atia Ur-Rehman HOD/Convener

2. Associate Prof. Dr. Sohail Safdar (Co-ordinator of BS-BMT) Member
3. Associate Prof. Dr Soraya Rahbar (Supervisor oft-DOT) Member
4. Associate Prof. Dr. Muhammad Salman Bashir Member
5. Lecturer ¥s. Anam Zahir (Co-ordinator oft-DOT) Member
All member were present except Prof. Dr. Soraya Rahbar (online)
SN AGENDA DECISION
1. • Meeting was started with the recitation of the Ms. Anam Zahir.
Holy Quran.
2. • Ms. Atia Dr-Rehman welcomed to all the All members of board of

meeting members. studies collectively agreed
• Ms. Anam Zahir presented the scheme oft- and approved t-DOT
DOT. The matter was discussed in detail about program.
assigned number of credit hours and justified the
case by providing all the relevant documents.
Clinical rotation hours were also discussed.
• Dr. Sohail Safar presented the subject to alter All the members of board of
the name ofthe degree as BS-BMT instead of studies collectively agreed at
BME. The matter was discussed in detail new degree name(BS-BMT)
regarding financial feasibilities, availability of
teachers and equipment.
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 24
Subject: Approval of the changes in curriculum of MSMIT, M.Phil MUT, PhD
DU and PhD MUT
The Dean, Faculty of Allied Health Sciences has proposed the changes in curriculum of
MSMIT, M.Phil MUT, PhD DU and PhD MUT. The details are available at Annexure–I.
These changes in curriculum of MSMIT, M.Phil MUT, PhD DU and PhD MUT degree
program has been endorsed by the Board of Studies of UIRSMIT and Board of Faculty.
(Annexure-II)
(Annexure -I)
I""Jh.$IV[RSBTY (}F
;,.J
ifirr'5,-.1
T q*#
\\ gT FACULTY OF
e B,c@qqe
*E .fS,e ir"'t tr*
kr$i_&,lwfrqG
X .Ii {f-b
l$@{ W
. I I^ ALIIED HEALTH
AUG ?An
AHb SCffir*KES
L LTIU
Date: 24-08-2017 *A
Ref # LIIRSMIT/ 41 4 I 20 17
\"*tn\,x-n1'\
Lry\
To: Rectoq
Through: Dean FAHS,

The University of Lahore.
Subiect: Chanees in Curriculum of NISMIT. M.Phil MUT. PhD DU and PhD

MUT
Thedepartmenta1board,,,'',,"?:::!K*thechangesincur:ricu1umof
MSMIT, M.Phil. MUT, PhD Dtl and PhD MUT. (Details attached)
Kindly grant approval of the said programs in anticipation of the academic council.
uit#"fJ*ht$T#
Dr. Sajid Shaheen Malik Prof. Dr. Syed Amir Gilani
Head of Department Dean
UIRSMIT, FAHS Facultv of Allied Health Sciences
The University of Lahore niversity of Lahore
:W
iid' 'L
-,,d
^..,*_.'
,jiV:i l, I_Afr
, Lahore
r?
')
/$.U!,e"'/
Old Curriculum of MSMIT (Total Credit Hours:72)
SEMESTER 1 [16 week)
Course code Course Credit Hours
MITPI-1201 Medical Imaging Physics & Instrumentation 3
MITAA-1202 Applied Anatomy 3
MITAP.12O3 Applied Physiology 3
MITAU-1204 Abdominal Ultrasound 3
MITSPU-1205 Small Parts Ultrasound 2
MITGU-1206 Gynaecological Ultrasound 3
MITCR-1207 Conventional Radiography 3
MITBC-1208 Basics of CT 2
MITBM-1209 Basics of MRI 2
TOTAL 24

MITOU-1211 Obstetrical Ultrasound 2
MITAP-1,212 Applied pathology 2
MITAD-1213 Applied Doppler 2
MITVU-1214 Vascular Ultrasound 2
MITMU-1215 Musculoskeletal Ultrasound 2
MITAG-1216 Angiography 2
MITIR.1217 Interventional Radiology 2
MITBCM-1218 Brain CT & MRI 2
MITCCM-1219 Chest CT & MRI 2
MITACM.122O Abdominal CT & MRI 2

MITLCM-1227 Locomotors system CT and MRI 2
MITNR-1222 NEURORADIOLOGY 2
TOTAL 24
SEMESTER3 fl6week)
MITRMS-1221 Research M. & Statistics. 2
MITME-I222 Medical Ethics 3
MrTR-t-1223 Research 7
TOTAL 12
SEMESTER 4 (16 week)

MITR2-1231 RESEARCH 72
TOTAL L2
New Curriculum of MSMIT (Total Credit Hours:36)

Medical Imaging Physics & Instrumentation 2
Basics of Ultrasound 2
Conventional Radiography 2
Medical Ethics 2
Basics ofCT 2
Basics of MRI 2
TOTAL t2
Vascular Ultrasound & Musculoskeletal 2

Ultrasound
Angiography 7
Interventional Radiology 1,
Brain CT & MRI 2
Chest CT & MRI 2
Abdominal CT & MRI 2
Locomotors system CT and MRI 2
NEURORADIOLOGY 2
TOTAL L4

Research M. & Statistics. 2
Research I 2
TOTAL 4

RESEARCH II 6
TOTAL 6
Old Curriculum of M.Phil. MUT(Total Credit
Hours:30)
PPI616 Ultrasound Physics & Instrumentation 3
PAU614 Abdominal Ultrasound L
SPUSG -612 Vascular Ultrasound t

GYNUSG -613 Biostatistics and research Methodology 3
OBUSG -613 Obstetrical and Gynaecological Ultrasound 2
PPA61,2 Practical Advance 1
PPA613 Practical Basic 1
72
INTVUSG6lT Interventional Ultrasound 2
MSKUSG616 Musculoskeletal Ultrasound 2
SPUSG6lB Small Parts Ultrasound 2
TOTAL 6

RESEARCH 6
TOTAL 6
RESEARCH 6
TOTAL 6
New Curriculum of M.Phil MUT(Total Credit

Hours:36)
Ultrasound Physics & Instrumentation 3
Abdominal Ultrasound 2
Vascular Ultrasound 2
Obstetrical and Gynaecological Ultrasound 2
Practical Basic 2
77

Interventional Ultrasound 2
Musculoskeletal Ultrasound 2
Practical Advance 3
Small Parts Ultrasound 2
TOTAL 9
SEMESTER3 fl6week)

RESEARCH 6
Biostatistics and Research 2

Methodology
Research Methodology 2
TOTAL 10
SEMESTER4 fl6week)

RESEARCH 6
TOTAL 6
Old Curriculum of PhD MUT(Total Credit Hours:48)

PAU614 Abdominal Ultrasound 1
SPUSG -612 Vascular Ultrasound 1
OBUSG -613 Obstetrical and Gynaecological Ultrasound 2
PPA612 Practical Advance 7
L2
SEMESTER2 fl6week)

INTVUSG6lT Interventional Ultrasound 2
TOTAL 6
SEMESTER3 fl6week)

RESEARCH 6
TOTAL 6
SEMESTER4fl6week)
RESEARCH 6
TOTAL 6
SEMESTER 5t16 week)

RESEARCH 9
TOTAL 9
RESEARCH 9
TOTAL 9
New Curriculum of PhD MUT(Total Credit Hours:36)

Practical Basic 4
12
I nterventional Ultrasound 2
Musculoskeletal Ultrasound 2
Biostatistics and research Methodology 2
Practical Advance 4
TOTAL 72

RESEARCH 6
TOTAL 6
RESEARCH 6
TOTAL 6
SEMESTER 5t16 week)

RESEARCH 6
TOTAL 6
SEMESTER6 fl6week)

RESEARCH 6
TOTAL 6
Old Curriculum of PhD DU(Total Credit Hours:48)
SEMESTER 1 f16 week)

PAU614 Abdominal Ultrasound 1
SPUSG -612 Vascular Ultrasound 1
OBUSG -613 0bstetrical and Gynaecological Ultrasound Z
PPA61,2 Practical Advance 7
1,1

INTVUSG6lT I nterventional Ultrasound 2
TOTAL 15

RESEARCH 6
TOTAL 6

RESEARCH 6
TOTAL 6
SEMESTER 5(16 week)

RESEARCH 9
TOTAL 9
SEMESTER 3 [16 week'l

RESEARCH 6
TOTAL 6

RESEARCH 6
TOTAL 6
SEMESTER 5t16 week

RESEARCH 6
TOTAL 6

RESEARCH 6
TOTAL 6
/)
/
/,
offiraheen
-r,ntgs,
6lano'
Malik
ltrasound ill. sc., U
Acci- '.::': l-^fl'tcr

HOD, i.,:r'SMIT' FAh:
UOL' Lahore
RESEARCH I
TOTAL 9
New Curriculum of PhD DU(Total Credit Hours:36)
SEMESTERl fl6week)
Practical Basic 4
L2
SEMESTER2 fl6week)
Interventional Ultrasound 2
M usculoskeletal Ultrasound 2
Biostatistics and research Methodology 2
Practical Advance 4
TOTAL L2
(Annexure -II)
Tt-ts
UNIVMR$IYY #T &tffi*rnr*o
L&HMMH . I I^ AIilED HEATIH
AH5 SCENCTS
MINUTES OF MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES, FAHS HELD ON June

01,2017 AT 10.00 A.M IN THE OFFTCE OF THE DEAN, FAHS.
o Changes in Curriculum of MSMIT, M.Phil. MUT, PhD DU& PhD MUT

L Prof. Dr. Syed Amir Gilani Chairman/Convener
2. Dr. Ashfaq Ahmed Member
4. Dr. Nazar ullah Raja Member
5. Muhammad Afzal Member
All the members were present.
Proceedings:
SN AGENDA DECISION
I Meeting was stafted with the recitation of Holy Ouran Dr. Nazar Ullah Raia
2. Dr. Sajid Shaheen Malik presented the case of change in All the members of BOS, FAHS
curriculum of various degrees of UIRSMIT, FAHS to unanimously approved the
Prof. Dr. Syed Amir Gilani and the respected members changes in curriculum of
of BOS. MSMIT, M.PhiI. MUT, PhD
MUT and PhD DU and
forwarded to Academic Council
for further approval.
Details attached
Meeting adjourned: Meeting was adjourned at 72i30 p.m for next time with a very positive note.
l'rcf. Dr. Syed Amir Gilani

D[arr. [a"cultv Of Allied Health Sciences
/
,lrV, y"ersity of Lahor e
/*
Dr. Sajid Shaheen Malik
Head of Department Dean
UIRSMIT, FAHS Faculty of Allied Health Sciences
The Universitv of Lahore The University of Lahore
pn S: lid : :L .:?n Malik
M(r ns:s::.:s 11.1'f
:;'.!11;-.';'
lif; ;1":, rrj.sMll, FAh.l
f_ici,, Lahore
MTNUTES OF THE MEETTNG OF THE FACUTTY BOARD OF STUDIES OF FAHS HELD pN
AT 10.30 A.M. tN THE OFFTCE OF DEAN, FAHS
r Changes in Curriculum of MSMIT, M. Phil. MUT, PhD DU
1, Prof. Dr. Syed Amir Gilani Chairman/Convener

2, Prof. Dr. Muhammad Athar Khan Member
3, Prof. Dr. Nazarullah Raja Member
4, Mr. Muhammad Afzal Member
5. Dr. Jamshed Ahmed Member
6. Dr. Attia Ur Rehman Member
8, Dr. Ashfaq Ahmed, PT Member/ Secretary
Allthe members were present.
Proceedings
SN AGENDA DECIStON
1. Meeting was started with the recitation of Holy Mr. Muhammad Afzal
Quran,
2. Dr. Sajid Shaheen Malik presented the case of All the members of Faculty
change of curriculum of various degrees of UIRSMIT, BOS, FAHS unanimously
FAHS to Prof. Dr. Syed Amir Gilani and the respected the
approved changes in
members of the faculty BOS. curriculum of MSMIT, M.Phil,
MUT, PhD MUT and PhD DU
and forwarded to Academic
Council for Approval.
Details attached
Meeting adjourned: Meeting was adjourned at 12.30 p.m for the next time with a very positive
note.
'.llr.5'ieJ' Anrir Gii

,, " I t-rr,,y ci,ttli*l *:i,:Xu^t:
-1,* i"ll cf Lahttt
-t*iry
Amir Gilani
HOD, UIPT, FAHS Dean, FAHS, UOL
SEtefa f,7i; rBot
RAtt=l S/ UQl, p
i' Chairman, FBOS, FAHS, UOL
ijPl,;rl; t;l.!:r;i, l'i , i/iipi'plD"pi.
r.
.",:l 1.. . :: '. .:':l s.:,,.:.r
Unryg;i:Ii , .. ..: ,' , . ..
:'..,.,,;,:2liltrrr4pl
'i
;ii ;,iii;[r;,,lili i, ui Li{ii0RE.
{u-(Y
, \ Oct EA-t'
I L L 'itr'"
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 25
Subject: Approval of agenda Items of Sargodha Campus by the Board of Faculty
The Dean Faculty of Sciences recommended the proceedings of Board of Faculty held on
March 27, 2017 (Annexure I) . The same is reproduced below:
“A general discussion was held regarding the policy guidelines for programs at UOL sub-
campuses. It was resolved that all sub-campuses will follow the same curriculum as is followed
at the main campus.”
(Annexure -I)
T THE
. T UNIVERSITY OF
DupeRrunrur Op Puyslcs
:- " l-AHORf
rl;1 | '.1,1.,'iJ;;ffi;:
-+.***-a
Merm l-l.rrli:,i!tlr'l"i (-:!'fi;.1,

:
j
To: The Registrar

T T I1IJN ?OII .
:
\ -r*.: d^ q!" ;
From: Head Department of Physics tripl\rl.ill*V

i L l.l V L *' L | ,,,,,,...,
Date: Augast?4,2077
Re: Approval of Board of Faculty for Sargodha Campus agenda Items
Please refer to your letter no. REG/039/1911189 dated August 11,2017.
Kindly note a paragraph from the proceedings of Board of Faculty held on

March 27,2017. The same is reproduced below:
"A general discussion was held regarding the policy guidelines for programs at
UOL sub-campuses. It was resolved that all sub-campuses will follow the same
curriculum as is followed atthe main campus.
Decision: The same item is forwarded to The Academic Council

for approval and necessary action. "
Er-*'u
(Prof. Dr. Fazal-e-Aleem)
cc:
l. Pro-Rector (Academics)
2. Registrar
3. Director Academics, Sargodha Campus
fu
ffw
^ "
\t@'e{
/A- (l ,rt-r)
..,'.. i ':,,,1.;i,:
ti
; i ii..-
OF'FICE OF THE REGI$TRAIT [,,lnii,/ffii.:Jii .
ilLC/039,'l ,t,,1
f4 i
I -.',-:- '
.dJI !l . j tueesffire*:
Dar".d:,.rugLrJt Yt/ zol t A Pri-:'"!rrt r;.f ibarl;i friurlir.;r.r_;;
] I)can, Facultl, of Scicnces

2. I)ean, Faculti, of il{anrg,lncnt
Sciences
3 l)can, Iacuth.of SocialS-;.;;",
4. .f)c:rn, i'acuttl.of AIlierI H.,,i;; Scicnce
5. I)ean, Fncultl,ComputerS"i.,,.. * ff
6. I)ean, Faiultv of Engineer.irg ,* .fcchnology
sulljcct: Approval of Board of Faculty

f,r sarg,cilra canrpus agentra itcnrs
I. the 22"d nreeti,g of thc z\cademic Cou,cii
itenrs of Sargocl.ha Am1i11 herd un 0g-02-20r7 trre irirorvi.g.genLla
and Board olFaciilty -' jii anticil_.,oiio,
\\,e rc, apjrro\.e,d
clearance b' their lloarcl oi_StLrdics
liraain Cr,,rrpurl. "l,ie
Sr. # Departmentltiogni,* Sr. # Department/p."g;nrs Sr. # i Departm ent/iriof-a-rrn -
I Ilotanv 2. Lnerrtstl:y I
-
r|Cjlrr r.'.ir,..,r;-- -
_1 .
T L orltpllter Science 5. rtrysrcal Therapy 6. D,et u,rd Nut,iti,r;,f .n;;.. ,
'7
L:cttr.ronr ics
& .L0Llcatlon
9. ri stl.[--
10. Islarnic Sttrclics
rvlal1a_eerrcnt Sciences i 12. nl,,rir"a"t"., ,t srririi -
13. l-l l,\:s lcs
l+. l.K. and lrolitical Science 15. l\clr.rl"g
16. Social \\,ork
17. u::du
1IJ" Zoologv
i9. 5l)r)rts Scicnces
'1.'he
clepartrrenral lJoarcl oi S Lrdies
items ol' these deprar,tnents/progranrs.
of Sargod haC anlpus huve sinc-i!f,iliEd tG nge,xr.
'l-hc
cottccrned Deans o1'facultl'are
requestecl to kin<lly a,.ange
and pl'ovidc tltc ,tin,te-s
of tlre n".rin,q*, Board olF.ac,lt' rneetirgs
con.ipliance rvith trre decision
of the Academic councir.
,t:-
" ..i . .. ].". -'t , .";'

(l(aranr iitatri;'
Itegi:str"ar 4" t::t,' i,'
j Prri-Ilector (Acaclc:nrics ) .,
2, Prof. Dr. Khalicl Far.ooclAkbar ,.,,
(Dir.cctor Academics.
Acting;, Sargodha Campus
}t*iriEilrcJ i{sartr C;;nluus
*eIE:nce lt*ad i)ampus
U&.i']; +t2 .i2 1i1 ti$E 8{i,S uci,edL1.pi"l xxlx

rr:f;iti} r,,.: ! +,.:,, l;t.
WORKING PAPER
ITEM NO. 26
Subject: Any other item with the permission of the Chair

Agenda of 23rd Meeting of Academic Council PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Agenda of 23rd Meeting of Academic Council PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

THE UNIVERSITY OF LAHORE

1-KM Defence Road Campus, Lahore

ITEM NO. 1:-

Minutes of the 22nd meeting of the Academic Council held on 08-02-2017 at

The following were present:

1. Mr. Uzair Raoof Chairman

The meeting commenced with recitation from the Holy Quran.

ITEM NO. 3 Approval of minor revisions in the Current Curriculum of M.S/Ph.D

ITEM NO. 5 Approval of Revised Curriculum of BSEE Electrical Engineering

The Academic Council approved the Revision of Curriculum of BSEE Electrical

1. “Biotechnology and Entrepreneurship” for all BS and MSc Program in IMBB

ITEM NO. 8. Approval of Mission, Vision & Values of University College of

ITEM NO. 10. Approval of curriculum of M.Phil Hematology offered by University

The Academic Council approved the curriculum of M.Phil Hematology offered by

ITEM NO. 11. Approval of curriculum of M.Phil Chemical Pathology offered by

The curriculum of M.Phil. Chemical Pathology offered by University College of Medicine,

ITEM NO. 13. Approval of curriculum of M.Phil Histopathology offered by

The curriculum of M.Phil. Histopathology offered by University College of Medicine

ITEM NO. 14. Approval of curriculum of PhD Histopathology program offered by

The curriculum of MBBS/BDS Modular System of University College of Medicine

ITEM NO. 16. Approval of Revised Curriculum of Master of Medical Education

ITEM NO. 17. Approval of curriculums of Post-graduate disciplines offered by Post

The Academic Council approved the curriculums of following Post-graduate disciplines

ITEM NO. 29. Approval of amendments in curriculum of Doctor of Medical Laboratory

ITEM NO. 31 Approval of formation of five Board of Studies of Gujrat Campus

ITEM NO. 50. Approval for establishment of Department of International Relations

ITEM NO. 52. Approval for establishment of Department of Environmental Science

ITEM NO. 53. Approval of Undergraduate Degree program of BS (Hons) in Social

i. Politics and International Relations

ITEM NO. 54 Approval of 2-years M.Phil Health Professions Education (MHPE)

ITEM NO. 55 Approval of Certificate in Health Professions Education (CHPE)

The competent authority, in anticipation of the approval of Academic Council has

OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR

Raiwind Road CamPus

The University of Lahore

Degree level: Undergraduation

Field: Orthotics & Prosthetics

Degree Program Code:_BSOP

Department(s): University Institute of Physical Therapy

Faculty: Faculty of Allied Health Sciences

1) Name: Title: Dr. Ashfaq Ahmad, PT (Head of the Department)

Campus: DEFENCE ROAD CAMPUS

Starting Date: Fall 2017

Method of course delivery: (check all that apply)

What is the Mission statement of your Faculty and Department?

o Mission of the Faculty

• Where currently department/Faculty stands?

• Where do we want to go (or to develop, or to be perceived)?

• How will the proposed program help us get there?

III. Program Description

• Describe the nature and focus of this program.

IV. State Need and Student Demand for the Program

Year Expected intake

V. Goals and Objectives, Student Learning Outcomes and

A. Goals and Objectives

B. Student Learning Outcomes

• Are the program outcomes observable and measurable?

Theme 1 Vibrant and challenging learning opportunities

Provide learning opportunities that Program aims 1.2; 1.3; 1.5

Development of Autonomous Learning

Employability Skills and Career Progression

Development of Autonomous section

Development of Reflective Skills